Niʻihau Place Names 9780824896317

Table of contents :
Contents
Acknowledgments
Introduction
Hawaiian-Language Newspapers
Ni‘ihau Place Names
Ni‘ihau History
Mai Hawai‘i a Ni‘ihau: From Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau
Epithets in the Hawaiian-Language Newspapers
Sale of an Island
Makaloa Mats (Moena Pāwehe)
Ni‘ihau Shell Lei (Lei Pūpū O Ni‘ihau)
Droughts and Famines
Lost at Sea
Christianity
Schools
Surfing
Winds and Weather
War Story
Miscellaneous
Vital Statistics
Kanikau
Ka‘ula
Nihoa
References
General Index
Index of Place Names
Index of Personal Names
About the Author / About the Translator

Citation preview

Ni‘ihau Place Names

Ni‘ihau

Place Names JOHN R. K. CLARK Translations by Keao NeSmith

UNIVERSITY OF HAWAI‘I PRESS honolulu

© 2023 University of Hawai‘i Press Hawaiian proverbs are from ‘Ōlelo No‘eau: Hawaiian Proverbs & Poetical Sayings, collected, translated, and annotated by Mary Kawena Pukui. Copyright © 1983 by Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum. Used with permission of Bishop Museum Press (bishopmuseumpress.org). All rights reserved Printed in the United States of America First printed, 2023 Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Names: Clark, John R. K., author. | NeSmith, Keao, translator. Title: Ni‘ihau place names / John R. K. Clark ; translations by Keao NeSmith. Description: Honolulu : University of Hawai‘i Press, [2024] | Includes bibliographical references and index. | In Hawaiian and English. Identifiers: LCCN 2023008849 (print) | LCCN 2023008850 (ebook) | ISBN 9780824895198 (hardback) | ISBN 9780824895778 (trade paperback) | ISBN 9780824896331 (kindle edition) | ISBN 9780824896324 (epub) | ISBN 9780824896317 (pdf) Subjects: LCSH: Names, Geographical—Hawaii—Niihau. | Proverbs, Hawaiian. | Niihau (Hawaii) —History. Classification: LCC DU628.N55 C53 2024 (print) | LCC DU628.N55 (ebook) | DDC 996.9/42—dc23/eng/20230307 LC record available at https://lccn.loc.gov/2023008849 LC ebook record available at https://lccn.loc.gov/2023008850 Cover art: Kawaihoa, the hill at the southern tip of Ni‘ihau, is one of the island’s wahi pana, or famous places. A volcanic tuff cone, it rises over 500 feet above sea level. Copyright © Tor Johnson, PhotoResourceHawaii.com. Ni‘ihau Shell Lei drawing by Jen Shigemi, Pipili ‘Oe Design. Used with permission. https://www.etsy.com/shop/PipiliOeDesign University of Hawai‘i Press books are printed on acid-free paper and meet the guidelines for permanence and durability of the Council on Library Resources.

No ka po‘e Ni‘ihau

Contents

Acknowledgments  ix Introduction  xi Hawaiian-Language Newspapers  xvii Ni‘ihau Place Names  1 Ni‘ihau History  53

Mai Hawai‘i a Ni‘ihau: From Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau  53 Epithets in the Hawaiian-Language Newspapers  60 Sale of an Island  69 Makaloa Mats (Moena Pāwehe)  132 Ni‘ihau Shell Lei (Lei Pūpū o Ni‘ihau)  154 Droughts and Famines  161 Lost at Sea  173 Christianity  200 Schools  216 Surfing  226 Winds and Weather  235 War Story  252 Miscellaneous  262 Vital Statistics  273 Kanikau  285 Ka‘ula  374 Nihoa  390

References  427 General Index  431 Index of Place Names  435

CONTENTS

Index of Personal Names  439

viii

Acknowledgments

This book would not have been possible without the Office of Hawaiian Affairs’ online archive of Hawaiian-language newspapers and the translations of the Hawaiian-language newspaper articles by Keao NeSmith. Special thanks for their support to: Carlos Andrade, Wendy Bolton, DeSoto Brown, Wanda China, Emma Ching, Jason Clark, Kanoa Clark, Koji Clark, Sachi Clark, Christopher Cook, Timothy DeLaVega, Sahoa Fukushima, Kuupua Girod, David Graham, Emily Heber, Alan Kam, Charles Kelley, Mele Khalsa, Gianna Marsella, Kīna‘u McKeague, Linda Paik Moriarty, Lolena Nicholas, Pua Niau-Puhipau, Puakea Nogelmeier, Tia Reber, Barbara Ritchie, Evaline “Tuti” Kanahele Sandborn, Kara Smith, Harry B. Soria Jr., Julie Ushio, Chipper Wichman, Hau‘oli Wickman, and Dazhi Yang.

ix

Introduction

The story of Ni‘ihau, including its sale to a private party in 1864, has been told many times. Ni‘ihau Place Names adds new information to the island’s history before and after the sale from a unique source: the ­Hawaiian-language newspapers. From 1834 to 1948, approximately 125,000 pages of Hawaiian-language newspapers were printed in more than 100 different papers. These newspapers are now an invaluable cultural and historical repository that document the history of the islands as Hawai‘i moved from a kingdom, to a constitutional monarchy, to a republic, and to a territory of the United States. I discovered this resource in 2005 and used it to research and write Hawaiian Surfing: Traditions from the Past (2011), North Shore Place Names: Kahuku to Ka‘ena (2014), and Kalaupapa Place Names: Waikolu to Nihoa (2018). Like its three predecessors, Ni‘ihau Place Names is a large collection of historic newspaper articles, many written by Native Hawaiians, that tell the island’s history. The translator for these articles was Keao NeSmith, an applied linguist and researcher who is fluent in ‘ōlelo Hawai‘i, or Hawaiian, and in ‘ōlelo Ni‘ihau, the Ni‘ihau dialect of Hawaiian. Keao also did the translations for Hawaiian Surfing and North Shore Place Names, and the translations for Kalaupapa Place Names with Iāsona Ellinwood. To research the history of Ni‘ihau I assembled a list of its Hawaiian place names from maps and other sources and searched for these names in the online archive of Hawaiian-language newspapers. This approach turned up a wonderful cross section of articles about the island and its residents before and after its sale in 1864. For some of the translations, I added comments in brackets in or following the translations, such as corrections of misspellings in the original articles or explanations for topical references at the time the articles were written. I also reviewed every translation and edited them as necessary for

xi

Map of the island of Ni‘ihau. Courtesy of Stan Kawasaki.

Although a controversial topic in some regards, the purchase of Ni‘ihau Island by the Sinclair family in 1864 helped ensure that Ni‘ihau remained a linguistic and cultural oasis. With restricted access and minimal development, Hawaiian remains the sole language spoken there. A small island with very few resources, there once was a population of about 1,000 at the end of the 1800s. Families increasingly found themselves resettling on neighboring Kaua‘i Island throughout the 20th century for work and access to medical care. Industries such as cattle, honey, salt, wool, and charcoal production once thrived on Ni‘ihau and supported its population, but these industries diminished throughout the 1900s and today’s population holds at about 100. Family members travel between Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau often throughout the year, and so the population on Ni‘ihau fluctuates. These families, whether situated on Ni‘ihau or Kaua‘i, constitute “the Ni‘ihau community. There is a noticeable difference between Hawaiian spoken by the Ni‘ihau community and Hawaiian spoken elsewhere today. One of best examples of this difference is the use of the letters “t” and “r” in ‘ōlelo Ni‘ihau and the absence of these letters in Hawaiian spoken elsewhere. This is a result of the alphabet for Hawaiian that was established by Christian missionaries in 1826, using only the letters: a e i o u h k l m n p w. The missionaries standardized the language

INTRODUCTION

brevity and clarity. Any errors that resulted from these changes are mine alone. Writers in the Hawaiian-language newspapers did not use the diacritical marks that are common now, the ‘okina, or glottal stop, and the kahakō, or macron. Some early writers occasionally used an apostrophe, dash, or single open quote mark to represent the ‘okina, but none of them used the kahakō. In this book, Hawaiian words in the English translations, including personal names and place names, are written with ‘okina and kahakō. In recognition of the Hawaiian language as an official language of the State of Hawai‘i, Hawaiian words within the English texts are not regarded as foreign words and are not italicized. Words, phrases, sentences, and comments within the articles that are enclosed in parentheses are from the original articles, while those enclosed in brackets are comments from my personal research. The “at” symbol, @, in any Hawaiian text indicates a letter or word that was illegible or missing in the original article. Each article begins with its original Hawaiian text and ends with the name and date of the newspaper. This is followed by an English translation. If an article is not preceded by Hawaiian text, it was published in English. The original articles from the Hawaiian-language newspapers may be found online in the Office of Hawaiian Affairs’ Papakilo Database. Residents and former residents of Ni‘ihau wrote many of the Hawaiianlanguage newspaper articles, but they are not written in ‘ōlelo Ni‘ihau, the dialect of Hawaiian that is unique to the people of Ni‘ihau. In 2019 Keao NeSmith wrote an essay about ‘ōlelo Ni‘ihau called “Take My Word: Mahalo No I To‘u Matua Tane.” The two paragraphs that follow are from his essay. They describe the Ni‘ihau dialect and explain why it does not appear in the Hawaiian-language newspapers.

xiii

INTRODUCTION

for the publication of the bible, other texts, and newspapers, substituting “k” for “t” and “l” for “r.” This decision and the widespread use of the new alphabet impacted not only how Hawaiian was written, but also how Hawaiian was spoken everywhere in Hawai‘i, except on Ni‘ihau. Ni‘ihau speakers continued to use their traditional speech and still do today, pronouncing, for example, place names as they appear on the earliest maps of the island. However, they write with the Christian alphabet, and for this reason, ‘ōlelo Ni‘ihau does not appear in the Hawaiian-language newspapers.

xiv

One of the best written examples of ‘ōlelo Ni‘ihau is found in the text of Aloha Niihau: Oral Histories of Emalia Licayan, Virginia Nizo, and Elama Kanahele. Interviews with these three women from Ni‘ihau were transcribed the way they spoke, which includes many words and place names where “t” is substituted for “k.” The interviews are supported with English translations by Elama Kanahele, Kimo Armitage, and Keao NeSmith. The articles in Ni‘ihau Place Names contain 20 epithets that are found in Mary Kawena Pukui’s book ‘Ōlelo No‘eau: Hawaiian Proverbs & Poetical Sayings. They are examples of how these proverbs and poetical sayings were used in everyday conversations. Pukui’s explanations of the epithets are reprinted with permission from the Bishop Museum Press. Ni‘ihau Place Names is divided into two sections: Ni‘ihau Place Names and Ni‘ihau History. Both sections include articles translated from ­Hawaiian-language newspapers arranged in chronological order. Modern Hawaiian orthography is used in the translations of all the articles. The first section, Ni‘ihau Place Names, is an alphabetical list of prominent place names on the island. The list also includes Lehua, the small island near the northwest tip of Ni‘ihau. The articles that follow each place name mention the name and offer information about it. The second section, Ni‘ihau History, is a collection of additional articles about Ni‘ihau divided into 17 subsections. Many of these articles have lesser-known place names, which are not included in the alphabetical list of prominent names in the Ni‘ihau Place Names section. The oldest Hawaiian-language newspaper article in the second section was published in 1834, so the articles begin while Ni‘ihau was still an island ruled by a Hawaiian king and follow its sale and conversion into a sheep ranch by a foreign owner. Kamehameha IV, king of the Hawaiian monarchy from 1855 to 1863, offered to sell Ni‘ihau to Elizabeth “Eliza” Sinclair during the winter of 1863 for $10,000. Kamehameha IV, however, died on November 30, 1863, before the transaction was completed. Kamehameha V, Kamehameha IV’s brother and successor, finalized the sale as Royal Patent No. 2944 on February 23, 1864. Since the Sinclair family’s purchase of Ni‘ihau, the island has been continuously owned by their descendants. Today, the owners are Elizabeth Sinclair’s great-great-grandsons, Bruce and Keith Robinson. The sale and conversion of Ni‘ihau was a controversial subject, which is reflected in several articles in the years that followed. Hawaiians were angry that the king sold one of their islands, especially one that had been inhabited for generations by Native Hawaiians. The Sinclair family was also a staunch-

ly Christian family with high moral expectations for everyone who lived on the island and worked for them. Those who didn’t meet those expectations were asked to leave. In the early 1900s Sinclair-descendent Aubrey Robinson restricted access to Ni‘ihau, allowing visits from outsiders only with his permission. Tava and Keale in Niihau: The Traditions of a Hawaiian Island explained it this way:

This isolationist policy led to a nickname for Ni‘ihau, the Forbidden Island, but at the same time helped to preserve the language and other cultural elements, such as the production of Ni‘ihau shell lei. More than 150 years after its sale, Ni‘ihau today is still in a unique position as a privately owned and largely undeveloped Hawaiian island, where the primary language is ‘ōlelo Ni‘ihau, as it has been for generations. The Ni‘ihau History section goes beyond the islands of Ni‘ihau and Lehua to include the islands of Ka‘ula and Nihoa. During the 1800s and the early 1900s, these two small islands, which are some distance from Ni‘ihau, were considered to be part of the main Hawaiian Islands. In a front-page article titled “The Hawaiian or Sandwich Islands” in the February 25, 1858, edition of the Pacific Commercial Advertiser, editor Henry M. Whitney wrote, “The Hawaiian Archipelago consists of twelve islands, which lie in the North Pacific Ocean.” He went on to identify Molokini [between Maui and Kaho‘olawe], Lehua, Ka‘ula, and Nihoa, in addition to the eight main islands. With the introduction of sailing ships and later steamships to Hawai‘i, Ka‘ula, and Nihoa were visited periodically by Hawaiian royalty and other interested parties. Several long articles detail a visit in 1885 to these two islands by a large contingent of sightseers, including Princess Lili‘uokalani. The Ni‘ihau History section also includes a collection of more than 30 kanikau, one of the best sources of place names in the Hawaiian-language newspapers. Kanikau are dirges, or poetic chants, that express deep emotions for someone who passed away. Prior to the introduction of the printed word, composing them to honor the memory of a loved one was a common practice among Hawaiians. Composing them for publication in the 1800s offered a new way to express this important tradition, and many Hawaiians took advantage of the opportunity to create permanent memorials for family and friends in the Hawaiian-language newspapers. The first kanikau in Ni‘ihau Place Names was written in 1845 and the last in 1931. Today, kanikau are treasuries of language, history, genealogies, and ­cultural knowledge, especially place names. They are often written as a trip

INTRODUCTION

For more than a century, the Hawaiian island of Niihau has been forbidden to outsiders. The owners are the Robinson family, descendants of the Sinclairs who originally purchased the island in 1864. Keeping the privacy of Niihau as a way to protect the Hawaiian lifestyles of the residents, the Robinson family has restricted visits over the years to an occasional invited guest, a few public officials and physicians. To add to the mystique of life there, the family will not grant any interviews to discuss aspects of life on Niihau. Most information about the people and their lifestyles has been gathered from Niihau residents themselves. (P. 3)

xv

INTRODUCTION

that goes past places familiar to the deceased and places famous throughout Hawai‘i. A good example is He Kanikau no Rode Koleiki, A Lament for Rode Koleiki, which is from the November 1, 1862, edition of Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. The writer mentions more than 40 place names on Ni‘ihau and several more on the islands of O‘ahu, Maui, and Moloka‘i.

xvi

Hawaiian-Language Newspapers

The following Hawaiian-language newspapers are cited in this book. Hawaii Holomua Home Rula Repubalika Ka Elele Hawaii Ka Hae Hawaii Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika Ka Lama Hawaii Ka Lanakila Ka Lei Momi Ka Leo O Ka Lahui Ka Makaainana Ka Nai Aupuni Ka Nonanona Ka Nupepa Elele Ka Nupepa Kuokoa Ke Alakai Hawaii Ke Alaula Ke Aloha Aina Ke Au Okoa Ke Kumu Hawaii Ko Hawaii Pae Aina Kuokoa Home Rula Kuu Hae Hawaii Nupepa Puka La Kuokoa

xvii

Ni‘ihau Place Names

Hawaiian place names are a valuable part of life in Hawai‘i. They reflect the culture and language of the people who coined them and connect us to the past. Embedded with the who, what, when, where, and why at the time they were given, place names open windows on Hawaiian history and help bring it to life for us today. The place names in this section are prominent names that appear in the Hawaiian-language newspaper articles about Ni‘ihau. They are listed in alphabetical order. Almost all of the entries are followed by one or more articles from a Hawaiian-language newspaper that include the respective place name. The articles are listed in chronological order. Halāli‘i.  Land division and the larger of two intermittent lakes at the south end of the island. Halulu is the other lake. Both are saltwater lakes, or playas, that leave salt deposits when the water evaporates. Halāli‘i was famous for sugar cane that grew in the sand dunes that border it. Often only the leaves of the plants extended above the sand. The cane was harvested by digging the stalks out of the dunes by hand, which resulted in a famous saying that was unique to Ni‘ihau: Ke kō ‘eli lima o Halāli‘i. ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 1752. “Ke kō ‘eli lima o Halāli‘i. The sugar cane of Halāli‘i, dug out by hand. Winds blowing over this place on Ni‘ihau buried the sugar cane [with sand]. Here and there leaves would be seen and the people would dig them out by hand.” 1

The Hawaiian Dictionary notes that Halāli‘i is a variant spelling of Halaali‘i, although in the Hawaiian-language newspapers Halāli‘i is used more often than Halaali‘i. The Hawaiian Dictionary also says Halāli‘i

Halāli‘i

was “the name of a pleasure-loving chief of Ni‘ihau in ancient times. His name became synonymous with fun-making. E hele mai i ka pō le‘a o Halāli‘i. Come to the joyous night of Halāli‘i (an invitation to a party).” There are many references to “ka pō le‘a o Halāli‘i,” in the Hawaiianlanguage newspapers. In Aloha Niihau Emalia Licayan added the following: “Halalii is a brackish water [wai paatai] lake. It’s a lake, but the water comes from under the ground. It springs up from way down under. We don’t see very much water” (P. 77). In an interview with Tuti Kanahele [TK] in 1990 for Nā Maka o ka ‘Āina, Alina Kanahele [AK], who was born and raised on Ni‘ihau, spoke about the sugar cane at Halāli‘i and the breadfruit near Kawaihoa. TK: Aunty, explain that story about the breadfruit that grows on the coral flats [hapapa], and that sugar cane you dig up by hand. Are those things still living on Ni‘ihau, the breadfruit tree and the sugar cane in the sand? AK: That breadfruit tree, it’s still growing on the coral flats. That sugar cane you dig by hand at Halāli‘i, no. It died. It was eaten up by the animals, the sheep, the pigs.

2

No Iolani Kamaka O Iouli Kamehameha IV. O Kawaihoa ua hoa me ka haina, Ua ike laua o Kalakalaihi, I ka hoomaauea a Halalii, Ua Lopa ka noho i Kalaalaau, Ua kaukoe i ka piha a ke kua, Me he kuni la i ka maka o Kauaulau, Ahula la i Kehuakeao, Ka malu hoi o ke kukui lau nui e, Ua-i-i aku la oe ia ia nei e, Ua nui ia mea ua malama ia, He lulu wai opae wale no, Kai loko ia wahi a ka olelo e, Ua-i-i aku la oe ia ia nei e, Ua-i-i ae la oe ia ia nei e. Na Liliha. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 13 November 1862. P. 1. For ‘Iolani Kamaka O ‘Iouli Kamehameha IV. Kawaihoa struck by the heat They have seen Kalakala‘ihi The laziness of Halāli‘i Living as farmers at Kala‘alā‘au Heading straight with a full load on the back With a feverish face at Ka‘ua‘ulau Building up at Kēhuakeao The shade of the kukui tree with large leaves You have said—said to him It is large and preserved Sprinkled with spring water inhabited by shrimp

The place is a fishpond of words You have said—said to him You have said—said to him. By Liliha.

Hunahuna Mea Hou O Hawaii Nei. Ko Eli Hou. Ua hai ia mai makou e M. W. Keale o Niihau, i ko lakou ike ana i kekahi ko eli hou. Ua puhi ia ka puu one e ka makani a paa loa ke opu ko, oia ka mea i lilo ai i ko eli. Ua eli ia no, aole nae i hemo pu me ke kumu, ua like keia ma ke ko eli o Halalii. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 29 June 1865. P. 2. Bits of News of Hawai‘i. Newly Dug Sugar Cane. We have been told by M. W. Keale of Ni‘ihau of their identifying a new kind of sugar cane. A sand dune blown by the wind covered a patch of sugar cane, and that is what becomes sugar cane that is dug out. It was dug out but did not emerge with the stalk. It was like the sugar cane dug up at Halāli‘i. No Ka Mokupuni O Niihau. Ke Ano O Ka Aina. A ma kahi e kokoke aku ana i keia puu o Kawaihoa, kahi kaulana i oleloia, ke ko eli o Halalii; a me ka Uluhua i ka hapapa. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 23 December 1865. P. 3.

Halāli‘i

He Inoa No Aliiolani. O Aliiolani he Inoa la, Aia ke aloha i Niihau la, I ke ko eli o Halalii la, He alii ke aloha i ke kino la, Lana mai ka manao la, Paa ole ke kaohi iho la, I ka wai huna a ka paoo la, Pahee au pakika i Lehua la, I ke oni mai a Kaula la, Na ale paio i ka moana la. Mrs. Kekokua. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 19 February 1863. P. 3. A Name for Ali‘iōlani. Ali‘iōlani is a name, The love is in Ni‘ihau, Where the hand-dug sugar cane of Halāli‘i is, Love is a chief to the body, Hopes are raised, Incapable of being suppressed, In the hidden water of the pāo‘o fish, I slip and slide at Lehua, As Ka‘ula moves this way, The open-ocean waves clash together. Mrs. Kekokua.

3

From the Island of Ni‘ihau. Description of the Land. And close to this hill of Kawaihoa is that famous place people talk about, where the sugar cane is dug up at Halāli‘i and the breadfruit tree produces fruit on the coral rock.

Halāli‘i

A-Pa Ia. I ka auina la o ka Poalua ihonei, ua kukulu o Mi. W. H. Pease, (Pi), i kona lio, ma kahi ana i manao ai, aohe la hoi e a-pa iaana e ka mea kolohe, o ka lio a me ka noho a me ke kaulawaha no. Mai kahi e no paha ka mea kolohe a, a lawe ana. Oi huli wale ua Pi nei, aohe wahi mea a loaa iki, a i ke kakahiaka mai o ka Poakolu, aia hoi, loaa aku la iloko o ka pa hale kuai o Stapenhorst ma. Oia mau no, aohe i ano e ia ae, ka noho a me ke kaulawaha. He a-pa aku la no paha na ka mea ponoi! Ina paha na ka mea e, ina la, “Ua hao ka Mikioi i ke kai o Halalii.” —Ke Au Okoa. 4 February 1867. P. 2. Stolen. In the afternoon of last week Tuesday, Mr. W. H. Pease (Pī) secured his horse where he intended, where it would not be stolen by any mischief-makers. He secured his horse and set down his saddle and reins. Some rascal came from somewhere and took the items. Pease searched for his belongings, but found nothing. The next day, Wednesday, lo and behold, he found them in the store of the Stapenhorsts. But the saddle and reins were not altered in any way. It was like they were stolen by the owner! Had they been stolen by someone else, “The Mikioi wind would have stolen them away to Halāli‘i.” Wehe Ia Na Hana Ma Waialua. Ma ke ahiahi Poaono la 24, Aug. 1878, hora 7 P. M. Ua wehe ia na hana ma ka luakini hoole pope o Kawailoa; ua naue ae ka mea hanohano ke kiaaina o keia mokupuni. J. O. Dominis, me kona mau ohua, e ike i na hana hauoli puukani, a na keiki o na pali hauliuli, a me na keonimana, na lede pu kekahi i haiamu ae i keia po hauoli o Halalii, me na lau oliwa pu a ke aloha, aia me lakou ko makou mahalo piha. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 26 October 1878. P. 1. Festivities at Waialua Opened. In the evening of Saturday, the 24th of August 1878 at 7 p.m. the festivities of the Protestant Church at Kawailoa were opened. The honorable governor of this island, J. O. Dominis, along with his entourage arrived to witness the festive activities and the singing of the children of the dark green cliffs, along with the gentlemen and ladies who also gathered on this joyous night of Halāli‘i with olive leaves of love. Our aloha is extended to them all. [Although this event took place in Waialua, O‘ahu, it is described as the “joyous night of Halāli‘i,” a reference to Ni‘ihau. The phrase “dark green cliffs,” or pali hāuliuli, is an epithet for the district of Ko‘olauloa, O‘ahu, which borders the Waialua district.]

4

He Moolelo Hawaii. Mokuna X. He Leina a ka uhane no, a me ka ulu o Leiwalo ma Hawaii, Maui, Molokai, Lanai, Kauai a me Niihau, a he like no nae na moolelo.

O ko Maui ao auwana, o Kamaomao, o Uehana ko Lanai, o Maohelaia ko Molokai, o Mana ko Hawaii, o Halalii ko Niihau; maanei e auwana ai na uhane kanaka ole. —Nupepa Puka La Kuokoa. 21 August 1893. P. 4. Hawaiian History. Chapter X. There were spirit leaps and breadfruit trees of Leiwalo on Hawai‘i, Maui, Moloka‘i, Lāna‘i, Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau, and the stories about them are the same. Maui’s wandering world is Kama‘oma‘o. On Lāna‘i it’s Uēhana. It’s Mao­ hela‘ia on Moloka‘i, Mānā on Hawai‘i, Halāli‘i on Ni‘ihau. Here is where the disembodied spirits wander. [In Ka Poe Kahiko, The People of Old, historian Samuel Kamakau noted a breadfruit tree of Leiwalo grows at each spirit leap, where it played a part in the departure of souls to the spirit world.]

Ua Hala O A. A. Kaholokai. Ua holo aku makou no Niihau no hookahi pule, ike ia aina maikai. Ua ike i ka ulu hua i ka hapapa ame ke ko eli o Halalii. Auwe, ua hala, ua pau, ua kuu ka luhi! G. K. Kaholokai. Waiehu, Maui. T. H. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 14 September 1917. P. 2. A. A. Kaholokai Passed On. We sailed for Ni‘ihau for a week and saw that great island. We saw the breadfruit growing on the coral and the sugar cane of Halāli‘i dug up. Oh, he has passed on and has given up the burden! G. K. Kaholokai. Waiehu, Maui. T. H. [Territory of Hawai‘i]

Halāli‘i

He Moolelo Hooni Puuwai No Ka Eueu Kapunohuula. E na makamaka heluhelu o keia moolelo, e ae mai i kou mea kakau e hoakaka iki aku ma keia wahi, oiai a ia o Kalanialuloa i Mokihana kahi i hanai ai a e kupelu ia la no hoi e ka Oopu ai lehua ame ka poi pualu, ame Kahauohalawa no hoi e hanaiia nei i Ewa. A e huli ae kakou a nana aku ia Lihauula. O keia Lihauula oia no kekahi mea pili loa i na lalani Akua o Pele ma, ame Namakaokahai, a o keia Lihauula kekahi i hele pu mai me Pele ma. Nolaila, he mea pono ia oukou e na makamaka heluhelu e ike a e hoomaopopo i ko Lihauula hiki ana mai a noho oia ma Niihau, a kanu ai oia i ka Uluhapapa a me ke ko eli o Halaalii. —Kuokoa Home Rula. 21 October 1910. P. 4. A Heart-Stirring Story of the Hero Kapūnohu‘ula. Dear readers of this story, allow your writer to explain for a moment at this point. While Kalani‘aluloa was in Mokihana, being fed ‘o‘opu fish that feed on lehua blossoms and heaps of poi, and with Kahauohālawa being raised in ‘Ewa, let us turn and look at Līhau‘ula. This Līhau‘ula was closely connected to the godly lineages of Pele and Nāmakaokaha‘i, and this Līhau‘ula was one of those who travelled with Pele and her clan. So, dear readers, you need to read in order to understand how Līhau‘ula reached and lived on Ni‘ihau, and how he planted the breadfruit on the coral rocks and the dug-up sugar cane of Halāali‘i [Halāli‘i].

5

Halawela.  Land division. Also spelled Halewela. Ma ke Kauoha. I ku like ai me ka Pauku 231 o ke Kanawai Kivila, ua hookaawaleia he wahi kupono no ka hoopaa ana i na holoholona hele wale ma Halawela, Niihau. Jno. E. Bush, Kuhina Kalaiaina. Keena Kalaiaina, Dek. 22, 1882. I ku like ai me ka Pauku 232 o ke Kanawai Kivila, ua hookohu aku au ia J. W. Kane i Luna Pa Aupuni no ka Pa Aupuni ma Halawela, Niihau. Paulo Kanoa, Kiaaina o Kauai. Keena Kiaaina o Kauai, Dek. 22, 1882. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 20 January 1883. P. 3. By Order. In accordance with Article 231 of the Civil Code an appropriate area was established to contain stray animals at Halawela, Ni‘ihau. Jno. E. Bush, Minister of the Interior. Office of the Interior, Dec. 22, 1882. In accordance with Article 232 of the Civil Code I have appointed J. W. Kāne Supervisor of the Public Enclosure in Halawela, Ni‘ihau. Paulo P. Kanoa, Governor of Kaua‘i. Office of the Governor of Kaua‘i, Dec. 22, 1882.

Halulu.  Land division and the smaller of two shallow, intermittent lakes at the south end of the island. Halāli‘i is the larger lake. Both are saltwater lakes, or playas, that leave salt deposits when the water evaporates. Tava and Keale in Niihau: The Traditions of a Hawaiian Island identified Halulu as a place to gather pa‘akai, or evaporated sea salt.

Halawela

The people of old were also adept at manufacturing paakai, or salt. This was a natural sea salt created by evaporation. At Lake Halulu and on the southern coast at Leahi, salt was collected. The finest and whitest salt—­ almost powder-fine—was from Niihau. The pure white color was obtained by scraping off the salt from the top of the foam, where no dirt mixed in with the salt. Niihauans did not have salt pans as on Kauai. As intermittent lakes would evaporate, pure salt would remain. (P. 27)

6

Memoranda. On the 31st ulto. [of last month] a small coaster called the Lopailani, owned at Hanalei, and running between that port and Ni‘ihau, was lost near Hanalei. She was laden with a full cargo of salt from Ni‘ihau. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 25 September 1856. P. 2.

Hu‘alele.  Surf spot. Literally, “flying foam.” Tava and Keale in Niihau: The Traditions of a Hawaiian Island told this story about Hu‘alele: “In the surfing place known as Hualele, or ‘flying foam,’ there was a champion body surfer of this area named Laeanui. He was Tutu Kaui’s grandfather. His boast was ‘Keiki mai au, mai ka nalu o Hualele,’ or ‘I am the child, the champion, of the surf of Hualele’ ” (P. 39).

He Kanikau no Rode Koleiki Aloha ka nalu hailau e Hualele —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 1 November 1862. P. 4. A Lament for Rode Koleiki. I love the wave [with] many breaks at Hu‘alele Haina O Na Ninau A Iosepa Waialeale “Na Rose O Na Ia.” Me ka mahalo. E. K. Kanaluohualele. Puuwai, Niihau, Jan 29, 1866. —Ke Au Okoa. 19 February 1866. P. 4. Answers to the Questions of Iosepa Wai‘ale‘ale “The Rose of the Days.” With gratitude. E. K. Kanaluohu‘alele. Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau, Jan. 29, 1866. [Kanaluohu‘alele means “The surf of Hu‘alele.”]

No Iolani Kamaka O Iouli Kamehameha IV. Mama wale i ka la Kalaalaau, He loa ia kaha a Waiuonae, I huli aku a loaa i Halalii, Ua hala aku la aia i Kalaihi, Ua hoi ae la i Kehuakeao, Ke noho pu la I Kaaliwai, Aia la i makani Koahiahi, Hookani pihe i ka pihe a ke kua—e, Ua-i-i aku la oe ia ia nei—e, He kua ka oe no ka lokoino, O ka nana mai no a na maka, Nawai au e kipa aku i kou hale—e, Ua-i-i kau la oe ia ia nei—e, Ua-i-i ae la oe ia ia nei—e. [Na] W. P. Leileiohoku. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 25 December 1862. P. 1. For ‘Iolani Kamaka O ‘Iouli Kamehameha IV. Kala‘alā‘au is so light in the sun Waiūona‘e is a long place As I turn and find Halāli‘i It passes and there is Kala‘ihi It has returned to Kēhuakeao Living together at Ka‘aliwai There it is in the Kōahiahi wind Crying out loudly at Kapiheakekua You have said—said to him You are a god of fierceness

Ka‘ali

Ka‘ali.  Cliff, northeast end of the island. Also spelled Ka‘a‘ili. Ka‘alihala and Ka‘aliwai are similar names of places nearby. In Aloha Niihau, Virginia Nizo, who was born on Ni‘ihau in 1924, recalls that there was only a limited supply of taro on the island in the mountainous area called Ka‘ali: “There is taro [on Ni‘ihau], but it is up in the mountains. You get taro up in Ta‘ali. You get there by horse” (P. 85).

7

The eyes look this way Who sent me to visit your house You have said—said to him You have said—said to him. [By] W. P. Leleiohoku. No Ka Mokupuni O Niihau. Ke Ano O Ka Aina. Ua waiho molale aku iloko o ka moana, a ma kona aoao i kapaia o Kona, he aoao pali, e waiho like ae ana mai ke kuemaka pali; mai Kaaili aku, a hala loa ae ma kela aoao, e nana aku ai ia Kawaihoa, he like no kona ano me Leahi, ma Honolulu o Oahu. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 23 December 1865. P. 3. From the Island of Ni‘ihau. Description of the Land. It [Ni‘ihau] sits clearly on the ocean. One side is called Kona. There is [also] a cliff side, which lies parallel [to Kona] from the cliff top at Ka‘a‘ili and beyond, and that side looks towards Kawaihoa, which is similar to Lē‘ahi in Honolulu on O‘ahu.

Ka‘ali

He Moolelo Walohia No Kuu Pua Oliana Ua Mae. Ei aku nei paha ka uhane I ka luna o Niihau I ke kauaheahe a Kaali i ka malie I walea paha ka uhane I ke ala o ka Hinahina E nenee mai ana i ka pali Pali nui o Kaalihala —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 28 May 1881. P. 4. A Tragic Story of my Dear Oliander Flower That Wilted. Maybe your spirit Is at the top of Ni‘ihau Heading straight for Ka‘ali on a calm day Where the soul relaxes On the pathway of hinahina plants Moving towards the cliff Ka‘alihala is a large cliff

8

Na Anoai O Ka Ua Naulu A Hoea I Ka Ua Kukalahale. Aia hoi ka ihu o ua nuhu nei ke haulani nei i na ale o Kahai, ke aui hope ae nei ke one o Kalanihale, ke kokololio mai la ke ahe makani, he lehua; ke hoiliili ae la i ke ao i ke kaiaulu pali o Kaaliwai, oiai hoi ua nunu nei e holu ana iluna a ilalo, e hooluliia ana hoi i o a ianei e na auiui ale o Kaulakahi. —Nupepa Kuokoa. 9 September 1921. P. 2. The News of the Nāulu Rain to the Kūkalahale Rain. The bow of this dove [ship] was on the move on the waves of Kahai, and the sand of Kalanihale passed behind us. The Lehua wind blew gathering the clouds in the range of cliffs of Ka‘aliwai while this dove swayed up and down, rocking to and fro as the waves of Kaulakahi passed us by.

He Hoalohaloha No Ko Makou Mama Aloha. E na makani hoolewa o ka aina, ua pau kou hoopa hou ana mai i na papalina o ko makou mama, ua lawe aku la o Malio ua lilo. E ka pali hinahina o Kaali, kahi a ko makou mama e pii aku ai e honi i ke ala o kou nani, i kona helehelena, ua nalo. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 7 April 1922. P. 3. Condolences for our Loving Mom Rose Ho‘olikelike. Dear winds that blow across the island, you shall not touch the cheeks of our mom anymore, Mali‘o having taken her away. Oh, gray cliff of Ka‘ali, where our mom climbed to smell the fragrance of your beauty on her face, she is no more.

Kāhi‘o.  Shoreline site of an one kani, or “sounding sand,” an acoustic sand that makes noise when it is disturbed. Na Mea Hou O Hawaii Nei. One Kani Hou. Ua hai mai nei o Ezek. [Ezekiela] Kahale o Puuwai Niihau, i ka ikeia ana o kekahi one kani hou ma Kahio ame Keaku, ua like ke kani me ke one o Nohili. He mea hou loa ka ike ia ana o ia mea ma ia wahi. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 30 May 1863. P. 2. News of Hawai‘i. A New Sounding Sand. Ezekiela Kahale of Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau told of a sounding sand that was seen at Kāhi‘o and Keaku, with a sound resembling that at Nohili [one kani o Nohili, Kaua‘i]. It is something new seen in that area.

Kaimuhonu.  Bay at the south end of the island near Kawaihoa.

[Untitled] Pau ka makaikai ana i na ulu hua i ka hapapa, hele komohana hema, hiki i Kawaiahao, ma ka aoao komohana, hiki i Kawaihoa, ma ka aoao komohana hema, o Kaimuhonu ia wahi. —Ke Au Okoa. 28 September 1871. P. 1. [Untitled] After visiting the breadfruit trees bearing fruit on the coral rock, we went southwest to Kawaiaha‘o. Then we went to Kawaihoa on the west side where Kaimuhonu is.

Kaimuhonu

He Kanikau no Rode Koleiki. No luna o Kawaihoa ke aloha, Kahi a kaua e nonoho ai, E kilohi ana i ke kumu iki o Kaula i ke kai, I ka paia mai e ka makani olalo he Inuwai, Aloha o Kaimuhonu waiho kahela i ka pohu. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 1 November 1862. P. 4. A Lament for Rode Koleiki. Love comes from above Kawaihoa Where you and I lived Gazing at the little base of Ka‘ula on the sea In the noise of the wind below Inuwai How I love Kaimuhonu spread out in the calm.

9

Kaluahonu.  Land division. Inoa O Na Aina. Pohueloa, Ahupuaa, Kona, Niihau Kaluahonu, Ahupuaa, Kona, Niihau Pauahula, Ahupuaa, Kona, Niihau —Ka Elele Hawaii. 14 July 1848. P. 20. Names of Places. Pōhueloa, Ahupua‘a, Kona, Ni‘ihau Kaluahonu, Ahupua‘a, Kona, Ni‘ihau Pauahula, Ahupua‘a, Kona, Ni‘ihau

Kamalino.  Former landing, beach, and surf break.

Kaluahonu

Kuu Wahine Aloha Ua Hala. E ka la’i o Kamalino i ka ehu a ke kai, ka home aloha a kuu wahine i noho ai, ua pau kou hookipa ana aku iaia maloko o kou malumalu; ua pau kou ike ana i kona helehelena. E ke one kaulana o Kahamaluihi e, ua pau ka hehi ana o na kapuaiwawae o kuu wahine aloha i kou mau aekai. —Nupepa Kuokoa. 3 October 1919. P. 8. My Dear Departed Loving Wife. Dear calm of Kamalino in the spray of the sea, the loving home where my dear wife lived, you shall no longer receive her in your shade. You shall not see her face again. Dear famous sand of Kahamalu‘ihi, the feet of my dear, loving wife will no longer step on your shore.

10

He Hoalohaloha No Ko Makou Mama Aloha. Ua hala, e ke one kapu o Kahamaluihi, ua pau kou ike hou ana mai i na kapuai wawae o ko makou mama i ka hehi, iho maluna ou; e ka home Kakela i ka la’i o Kamalino, ka home hoi o ko makou mama i puka mai ai mai kona mau makua mai, ua pau kona komo hou ana aku iloko o kou malu ua hala ua moe ua nalo, aloha no! —Nupepa Kuokoa. 7 April 1922. P. 3. Condolences for our Loving Mom. She is gone, oh sacred sand of Kahamalu‘ihi. You shall no more see the stepping of the feet of our mom upon you. Oh, castle home in the calm of Kamalino, the home of our mom, where she came from her parents, she shall no longer enter into the shade of your pandanus groves. She has laid to rest and is gone. Oh woe!

Kamoamoa.  Beach and surf break near Pu‘uwai. Also abbreviated as Ka­ mōmoa. Residents of Ni‘ihau formerly held an annual celebration, a surf pā‘ina, in the fall to welcome the beginning of the winter surf in Hawai‘i. The pā‘ina always began with a ceremony to honor the ocean and to reinforce its importance in their lives. Carlos Andrade described the ceremony in Pae I Ke One:

Kawika Kapahulehua is perhaps best known as the captain of the first voyage of the Hōkūle‘a, the double-hulled canoe that sailed from Maui to Tahiti in 1976. He lived on Ni‘ihau until he was 11 years old. The following are his memories of Kamoamoa from an interview on March 14, 2007, in Hawaiian Surfing: Traditions from the Past: I was born in Hilo in 1931, but when I was young, my family moved to Ni‘ihau, where my dad was a cowboy for the ranch. I learned to surf and bodysurf at Kamoamoa, where the surf breaks way out, and you can get long rides. All the surfers would meet there [annually in October], and all the families would come down and chant at the beach. They were so happy when the surf came up. (P. 81)

Kamoamoa

This event was something that all the po‘e he‘e nalu (surfers) waited for and in which all the inhabitants of the island participated. The islanders were given time off [from work], one to two or more weeks, depending on the inclination of the owner of the island and a pā‘ina (party with food) was prepared. All members of the community assembled at their surfing beach [Kamoamoa] near the area in which the islanders have their homes [Pu‘uwai]. [Kahu Apelahama Nizo explainted that] one man from the community was designated to hānai (feed) the ocean. A pū‘olo (offering) was prepared that contained portions of all the foods that had been prepared for the pā‘ina. A prayer was offered on the beach before the gathered community by the kahu (an elder spiritual leader) and the pū‘olo was given to a selected man who then paddled his board out past the area where the waves stood up (take off zone in modern terminology). There the man opened the pū‘olo and fed the ocean its portion of the feast. If the man felt moved to do so, he could offer a prayer of his own at this time. Pāpā Malaki Kanahele and Pāpā Kalihilihi Niau say that sometimes the ocean would be calm and smooth when the offering was made and as soon as the man was through feeding the ocean, a wave would rise up on the horizon and the man would pae i ka nalu (catch the wave) and the wave would carry him all the way and land him on the beach. This was called pae i ke one (land on the sand) or pae i uka (land onshore). The ability to ride a wave from the furthest seaward part of the break to the culmination of landing on the beach seemed to be the ultimate expression of the skill of the surfer according to the older, more experienced surfers. They repeated the phrase “pae i ke one” over and over whenever describing famous riders or rides of their youth. They also reflected that this was an important part of the legacy that was passed on to them by their kūpuna. After the feeding of the ocean, the waves were then free for all to enjoy and the surfers surfed, the musicians played music, the swimmers swam, and this continued for the balance of the time set aside for the pā‘ina. Day and night for a week or two, there would be feasting, surfing, and music as families went back and forth to their homes as necessary, but most activity centered on the surfing beach.

11

Kamoamoa

In Niihau: The Traditions of a Hawaiian Island Tava and Keale included a song called “Ka Hui Nalu Mele,” or “The Surf Club Song” (P. 40). Several of its verses mention Kamoamoa. The version of the song that follows is from a Hawaiian-language newspaper.

12

Ka Moamoa Hula. He mele he inoa no ka hui nalu Haulani ma ke kai o Kamoamoa Alawa ae oe ani ka makani Moae kaulana no Kawaihoa E aha ia ana kauaheahe Me haaheo i ka ili o ke kai He aloha kahi nalu o Kamoamoa I ke ani peahi me he ipo ala E kono mai ana lai ka manao E pili me ke kai hoeha ili Ilihia i ka nani ke ike aku Na pua hiehie a Kahelelani Lia au i ka la me ka makemake Kahi nalu ha’i mai o ka moana Hoohie ka manao poina ole I ka papa hee nalu o ka muliwai Kohu kapa ahuula no ka moana Hooheno i ka ehuehu o ke kai Kai no paha oe ua ike aku Ia Lehua mokupuni i ka ehu kai He home noho ia na ke Koolau Poina ole ai kahi manao Kohu lio kakele no ka moana He pakika he pahee i ka ili kai Ua ana ia a ili wai like Na hana noeau a ka makua O ka milo hae no kau aloha Olali o ke kai hanupanupa He manao no kou ae ike lihi I ke kai popolo o ke ahiahi Akahi a lana mai ka manao E ike i ka nalu ao Ohia Alia hoi oe e ka makemake E uilani nei paa ole iho Uluwehi wale ai o ka moamoa I ka puni kanaha a na kupuna Nana i kono mai kahi manao Ike ia Kaleponi aina hau Mea ole na ale ao ka moana Ka ilio hae o ka Pakipika Ke kiina iho ia a ke akamai *A loaa mai au pahi koe pua

Kamoamoa

Nana e noii nowelo aku Pau pono na ale o Kamoamoa Kilohi aku ae ia o ka nani Molina wai gula anapanapa Hea ia ka inoa o ka hui nalu O ka Hae Hawaii kou makia E ola kakou a mau loa A kau i ke ao malamalama Haina ka puana ai lohe ia Kahi nalu hooheno o Kamoamoa. Niihau. —Ka Hoku o Hawaii. 22 May 1928. P. 3. [*The word pahi in this line may be a misspelling of wahi.] Kamoamoa Hula A song and a name for the surf club Passing here and there on the sea at Kamoamoa You turn and look at the wind blowing The famous Moa‘e wind of Kawaihoa Perhaps rising straight up Proudly on the surface of the sea How I love the wave at Kamoamoa As it waves to me like a lover Inviting me to relax the mind And join the sea that hurts the skin Taken by the beauty as I watch The elegant children of Kahelelani I enjoy myself in the sun as I please The wave of the ocean that breaks My thoughts are carried away never forgetting The surfboard of the stream mouth Like a feather cape of the ocean Adoring the spray of the sea Surely you have seen Lehua, the island in the seaspray A permanent home of the Ko‘olau wind The mind cannot forget Like a running horse of the ocean Slipping and sliding on the surface of the sea It is measured and perfectly even The clever arts of the parents The curling wave of your loved one Glistening on the turbulent sea You have a thought to catch a glimpse Of the dark sea of the evening My thoughts are lifted To see the waves of ‘Ōhi‘a Holding back the desire Restless, unable to keep still

13

Kamoamoa is adorned With the delight of forty ancestors Who invite us to think To look to California, land of snow Disregarding the waves of the ocean The fierce dog of the Pacific It is the way of cleverness Until your child is found Who will seek out All the waves of Kamoamoa He will behold the beauty The shiny golden gates Calling out the name of the surf club The Hawaiian flag is your banner May we all live forever To find our place in the enlightened world I tell the story for all to hear Of the treasured wave of Kamoamoa. Ni‘ihau. He Puolo Waimaka No Ko Makou Papa Aloha I Haalele Mai. E ka nalu kaulana o Kamoamoa e, Ua pau lohe hou ana o kuu papa i ka owe mai o kou mau ale e. —Ke Alakai O Hawaii. 12 March 1931. P. 4. A Bundle of Tears for our Loving Departed Dad. Oh, famous waves of Kamoamoa My dad will not hear the rustling of your waves any more.

Kapapaki‘iki‘i

Kapapaki‘iki‘i.  Leina a ka uhane, or “spirit leap,” on Ni‘ihau.

14

Mooolelo Hawaii. Helu 13. No ka uhane mahope iho o ka make ana o ke kino. Eia kekahi: Aia ma ka aina maloo, kahi i noho ai ka Uhane mahope iho o ka make ana o ke kino, a ua kapaia mai keia mau wahi o Kaleina a ka Uhane. Ua lawa keia inoa “leina a ka uhane,” ma kela Mokupuni, keia Mokupuni o Hawaii nei i noho ia e ke kanaka. O kahi e noho ai ka Uhane o ko Niihau poe, aia ma Kapapakiikii, a o Mauloku ma Lehua kekahi, oia hoi kahi i kapaia ka leina a ka Uhane o ko Niihau poe. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 21 July 1858. P. 1. Hawaiian History. Number 13. Regarding the soul after the death of the body. Here also: On the dry land is where spirits live after the death of the body, and such places are called leaping places of the spirit. It is enough to give it the name, “leaping place of the spirit,” on each and every island throughout Hawai‘i where people have lived. Where spirits of the people of Ni‘ihau live is Kapapaki‘iki‘i. Mauloku on Lehua [island] is another place that is called the leaping place of the spirit for Ni‘ihau people.

Ka‘ula.  See the subsection Ka‘ula under Ni‘ihau History.

Kaulakahi.  Channel between Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau that is 17 miles wide. Kaulakahi is one of Nā Kai ‘Ewalu, or “the eight seas,” the famous channels between the eight main Hawaiian Islands.

Na Kai Me Na Kowa O Keia Mau Mokupuni. Alenuihaha mawaena o Hawaii ame Maui, he 26 mile. Alala-keiki mawaena o Maui ame Kahoolawe, he 6 mile. Kealaikahiki mawaena o Lanai ame Kahoolawe, he 18 mile. Auau mawaena o Maui ame Lanai, he 9 mile. Pailolo mawaena o Molokai, Maui ame Lanai, he 9 mile. Kaiwi mawaena o Oahu me Molokai, he 23 mile. Kaieie-waho mawaena o Kauai ame Oahu, he 61 mile. Kaulakahiki [sic: Kaulakahi] mawaena o Niihau ame Kauai, he 15 mile. —Ka Lanakila. 26 August 1909. P. 21. The Seas and the Channels of These Islands. ‘Alenuihāhā between Hawai‘i and Maui, 26 miles. ‘Alalākeiki between Maui and Kaho‘olawe, 6 miles. Kealaikahiki between Lāna‘i and Kaho‘olawe, 18 miles. ‘Au‘au between Maui and Lāna‘i, 9 miles. Pailolo between Moloka‘i, Maui and Lāna‘i, 9 miles. Kaiwi between O‘ahu and Moloka‘i, 23 miles. Ka‘ie‘iewaho between Kaua‘i and O‘ahu, 61 miles. Kaulakahi between Ni‘ihau and Kaua‘i, 15 miles. [Today, Kaulakahi is said to be 17 miles wide.]

Kaulakahi

Mea Hou Ma Kauai. I ka 26 o Augate, e holo ana makou i Niihau ma Lopailani moku, a me kahi waapa no Opio; hiki makou a pau ilaila i ka la 27 o Augate nei me ka pilikia ole; noho iki makou e imi i ukana no ka moku, a i kakahiaka o ka la 29, oia hoi ka poalima; hoi mai ka waapa o Opio mai Keawanui mai, a ia ahiahi holo mai hoi makou mai Kaulunui mai, ma Lopailani moku, a ao ia po, mawaena makou o ka moana o Kaulakahi. Oia ka poaono; lewa ana makou io ia nei no ka makani ole, a ia poi ho, a ao ae la, oia ka la Sabati, la 31 o Augate, e lana ana makou ma Polihale, paina kakahiaka makou, holo mai me ka manao e hiki ana i Hanalei ia la. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 10 September 1856. P. 110. News of Kaua‘i. On the 26th of August we were going to Ni‘ihau on the ship, Lopailani, and a boat belonging ‘Ōpio. We arrived there on the 27th of August without any problem. We stayed for a little while to look for items for the ship, and on the morning of the 29th, which was Friday, the boat of ‘Ōpio came back from Keawanui, and that evening, we came back from Kaulunui [sic: Kaununui] on the ship, Lopailani, and that evening we were on the open sea of Kaulakahi. On Saturday we drifted here and there as there was no wind until that night, and in the morning, which was Sunday, the 31st of August, we were outside of Polihale, where we had breakfast intending to make it back to Hanalei that day.

15

Kaununui

Kaununui.  Shoreline name and the name of a surf break. In a personal message on May 22, 2020, Keao NeSmith, t­ranslator for Ni‘ihau Place Names, related a story about two famous rocks at Kaununui. He heard about them first in 2005 from Ni‘ihau resident Keoki Keamoai. The following story is from Keao:

16

Pohatukamaile is a pair of large rocks in the area of Taununui on Ni‘ihau, one onshore several yards inland of the beach, and the other in the ocean several yards offshore. I remember that large rock in the water from a time I paddled with a crew who escorted Donna Kahakui on her legendary interisland solo paddle in 2004. We paddled from Kalihiwai, Kaua‘i to Kawaihoa, Ni‘ihau. On the north coast of Ni‘ihau we passed a large rock in the ocean not far from shore and I remember how that rock really caught my attention and I kept looking at it, thinking that rock has a story, and I wanted to know what it was. Several months later on Kaua‘i, I went to visit with Papa Keoti Keamoai at his home in Hanapepe. I was always very close with the Keamoai ‘ohana from small kid time, since I was the same age as his kids and we used to hang out a lot growing up. I asked Papa Keoti about that rock and described it to him. He told me that it was Pohatukamaile and there was another rock onshore from that rock and that they were a pair. According to him the two were a brother and a sister, but together they were known as Pohatukamaile. He said that at one time they were both onshore, but one (he wasn’t quite sure if the one in the water was the sister or the brother) decided to go into the water because it was hot onshore, but the other didn’t want to. But one got into the water and enjoyed the cool water. From that time the two would tease each other, with the one onshore teasing the other that the waves would constantly crash on its head, and it would have limu growing all over it and crabs crawling all over it. But the other teased back that it would constantly be hot and birds would defecate on its head. And so, they remain until today. When Papa Keoti told me this story it brought to my mind a story I heard on Hawai‘i of a pair of rocks at Waiapele in Puna, Hawai‘i. Pohakuohanalei was the sister and Pohakuolekia was the brother. Kaleikini was a kupua who wanted to knock them over starting with Pohakuolekia. Pohakuohanalei called out to her brother to stay strong and “oni a paa,” dig into the earth so that Kaleikini would not succeed. Kaleikini eventually gave up and left and this is where the Hawaiian Kingdom adopted the slogan, Onipa‘a, to encourage the people to be resolute and love and help build up their country. I wondered if the story of Pohatukamaile was like the story of Pohakuohanalei and Pohakuolekia, like how the location of the spot where Maui fought the sun is also different in different versions of that story across the Hawaiian Islands. That is how I took it anyway. And to me, the people of Ni‘ihau, their language and culture and the resiliency of their ‘ohana represent for me the onipa‘a we need across the Hawaiian Kingdom today. [Onipa‘a was the motto of King Kamehameha V and Queen Lili‘uokalani.]

Na Palapala. Hanaio Hoi Ka Haole Ia Niihau. I ka malama o Sepakemaba, o ehu mai la ka haole i na kanaka o Kii, Lehua, Keawanui, Halulu, Waimae, a me Kaununui, e kipaku ana ia lakou e hele ma Kauai, aole lakou e noho ma ka aina o ka haole. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 2 February 1865. P. 4. Letters [to the editor]. Foreigners Truly Work on Ni‘ihau. In the month of September the foreigners behaved aggressively towards the people of Ki‘i, Lehua, Keawanui, Halulu, Waima‘e, and Kaununui and evicted them. [They told them] to move to Kaua‘i, so they don’t continue living on the land of the foreigners. [The Hawaiian Dictionary defines hana‘i‘o as: “Serious about what one does. Lit., to do truly.” For an explanation of the phrase “Hana‘i‘o ka haole,” see ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 455 in the subsection Sale of an Island under Ni‘ihau History.]

Kawahamana.  Surf break between Lehua and Ka‘ula islands. Tava and Keale in Niihau: The Traditions of a Hawaiian Island, P. 38, offered the following: “The offshore [surfing] area called Kawahamana is located between Kaula rock and Lehua [island]. There is a story about a surfer named Puuone whose boast was ‘E keiki mai au no Kawahamana’ or ‘I am the child (champion) of Kawahamana.’ ” [See the subsection Surfing under Ni‘ihau History for the entire story.] Kawaihoa.  High, solitary hill that marks the south end of Ni‘ihau. Kawaihoa is described in the U.S. Coast Pilot 7, Chapter 14, as follows:

In addition to being a navigational landmark, Kawaihoa is a wahi pana, a famous place, that is often referenced in stories and legends about Ni‘ihau. The Ni‘ihau Cultural Heritage Foundation offers this information about Kawaihoa: “Another beloved ali‘i in the history of Ni‘ihau was Kā‘eo who was responsible for uniting the island after defeating the warlike Kawaihoa. Kawaihoa was banished to the southern point of the island. His name was given to the hill on the southern end of the island which is usually visible from West Kaua‘i and sometimes mistaken for a separate island.” Kawaihoa is also the site of another wahi pana, the ‘ulu hua i ka hāpapa, the breadfruit trees that grew level to the ground. Tava and Keale in Niihau: The Traditions of a Hawaiian Island provided this d ­ escription:

Kawaihoa

Kawaihoa (Kawaihoa Point), the southernmost point of Ni‘ihau, is formed by a hill 548 feet high, the seaward face of which is steep. From a distance the hill has the appearance of an island and can easily be mistaken for Ka‘ula. Deep water is close to the point. About 2 miles S of the point there is a prevailing W current which reaches a velocity of about 1.5 knots. Beyond Kawaihoa the coast gradually curves NW and N and is low and rocky with occasional short sand beaches. At Le‘ahi (Le‘ahi Point), 1.7 miles W of Kawaihoa, the 10-fathom curve is 0.6 mile offshore. A road skirts the W shore.

17

Kawaihoa

Unlike other islands in Hawaii, there were only five breadfruit trees or elima kumu ulu pau loa on Niihau. Each of these trees had an individual name: Hikinaakala, Kulimoku, Hakaleleaponi, Kalama, and Nauluhuaikahapapa. These five trees once grew in the Kawailoa area. The only one that remains is Nauluhuaikahapapa. This tree was planted close to the beach in a limestone reef [elevated above the present sea level]. In this reef are large holes up to ten feet deep. [The trees were planted in these holes.] There are many more holes in the reef where the last surviving ulu tree grows. In them are planted ti plants and mango trees. The mango are also picked at reef level. The people have not propagated the ulu tree, as they no longer use the breadfruit as a staple. (P. 26)

18

The breadfruit trees at Kawaihoa are described in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 2297: “Na ‘ulu hua i ka hāpapa. The breadfruit that bears on the ground. Breadfruit trees of Ni‘ihau were grown in sinkholes. The trunks were not visible, and the branches seemed to spread along the ground. These trees are famed in chants of Ni‘ihau.” In a 1972 radio interview with Larry Kimura for Ka Leo Hawai‘i, Ni‘ihau resident Mileka Kanahele confirmed the information in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 2297: “I heard that in the old days when the ‘ulu grew, it would fruit and spread out wide on the flats [above the sinkholes], and that is why this breadfruit became famous as the breadfruit that would fruit on the coral flatlands.” Kaola Kauileilehua Keamoai, a Ni‘ihau native listening to the radio program, called in and added the following: “This breadfruit grows in a pit, and when it emerges from this coral reef flat [apapapa paakea], it doesn’t grow higher than three feet. Maybe two feet and a few inches is all that is seen. It doesn’t grow tall above this coral reef flat.” In an interview with Tuti Kanahele [TK] in 1990 for Nā Maka o ka ‘Āina, Alina Kanahele [AK], who was born and raised on Ni‘ihau, spoke about the sugarcane at Halāli‘i and the breadfruit near Kawaihoa. TK: Aunty, explain that story about the breadfruit that grows on the coral flats [hapapa], and that sugarcane you dig up by hand. Are those things still living on Ni‘ihau, the breadfruit tree and the sugarcane in the sand? AK: That breadfruit tree, it’s still growing on the coral flats. That sugarcane you dig by hand at Halāli‘i, no. It died. It was eaten up by the animals, the sheep, the pigs. But the breadfruit, it’s still there. TK: And you folks would take the fruit home and eat it? AK: Yes. We ate the fruit of that breadfruit tree. We’d cook it and eat it. Na Mea Hou O Niihau. Ua loaa mai he palapala na ko’u makuakane mai Niihau mai, e olelo ana ua ike ia kekahi mau mea hou malaila iloko mai nei o keia mau la. O ke one a me na pohaku nui i ike ia mai ka wa kahiko mai i keia manawa, ua pulumi aku ke kai ia lakou aia i ka moana lipolipo; o ke one, o kahi noho ai keia one ma ka lae o Kaia, ua hele aku kela one i keia manawa a hiki i kela Ulu kaulana Ulu hua i ka hapapa, ua uhi pu ia e ke one, o na lua a me na awaawa ua palaha ia aku la

a he one wale no, aole pela mai kahiko mai pela ka olelo a na kupa olaila. O ka loa o kahi i hoomaka mai o ke one ahiki i ka Ulu, elua maile me ka hapa. Me ke aloha. S. Napahukapu. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 16 September 1871. P. 2. News of Ni‘ihau. I received a letter from my father on Ni‘ihau saying that some new things happened there in these recent days. The sands and the big rocks seen from the old days until now have been swept out to sea and taken into the deep ocean. The sands on the point of Kai‘a went all the way up to where the famous breadfruit grew on the coral rock [near Kawaihoa]. It was covered in sand. The pits and gullies were flattened, being filled with sand. That is not how it was from the old days according to the natives. The distance covered by the sand up to the breadfruit trees was two and half miles. Sincerely. S. Nāpahukapu.

The Legislature. Twenty-first Day. Monday, June 30. Afternoon Session. Rep. A. S. Wilcox, from 14 lepers and 60 non-lepers at Kalalau, Kauai, that the lepers be allowed to stay there, and provision be made for their maintenance. Sanitary committee. From Hanalei, 69 names, that Kalalau be set apart for lepers of Kauai and Niihau. Sanitary committee. From same place, 46 names, that provision be made for bridges or ferries on the Kalihiwai, Hanalei, Lumahai, and Waineha [sic: Wainiha] rivers. Public lands ­committee. Rep. Kahookano, from Kohala, that the pay of police in the district be increased, and that the number of police be increased. Judiciary committee. Rep. Kanealii, from Kalawao and Kalaupapa, that the leper laws of 1865 and 1888 be repealed. Sanitary committee. —The Daily Bulletin. 1 July 1890. P. 3.

Kawaihoa

[Untitled] Haalele makou ia Laeahi huli hikina a waena o ka aina, hiki aku i kahi i olu ai na ulu hua i ka hapapa. E hua mai ana no ka ulu, ua oo kahi mau ulu, ua kapaia no inoa o kekahi mau ulu e Kauikeaouli, ma na inoa o kana ’lii wahine, o Kalama ka ulu i hua a oo; a o Hakeleleponi ka lua o ke kumu, ma ka lua hookahi he mau ulu e aku no kekahi. Pau ka makaikai ana i na ulu hua i ka hapapa, hele komohana hema, hiki i Kawaiahao, ma ka aoao komohana, hiki i Kawaihoa, ma ka aoao komohana hema, o Kaimuhonu ia wahi. —Ke Au Okoa. 28 September 1871. P. 1. [Untitled] We left Lae‘ahi [Lē‘ahi] and turned east to the interior of the island to where the breadfruit growing on the coral rock is found. The breadfruit trees had fruit on them and a few were ripe. Some of the breadfruit trees were named by Kauikeaouli with the names of his queen. Kalama was for the tree with ripe fruit. The second tree in the same pit was named Hakaleleponi. There were other fruits as well. After visiting the breadfruit trees bearing fruit on the coral rock, we went southwest to Kawaiaha‘o on the southwest side to Kawaihoa on the west side where Kaimuhonu is. [Queen Kalama’s middle name was Hakaleleponi.]

19

[This is one of two articles in this section that references the subject of local segregation for leprosy patients in Hawai‘i. Both illustrate the efforts of Hawaiians in the late 1800s to establish settlements for leprosy patients on their home islands instead of sending them to Kalaupapa on Moloka‘i. In spite of many pleas for locally segregated areas, the Hawaiian legislature never approved them, resulting in government shutdowns of sites where patients had congregated informally. This 1890 article mentions Ni‘ihau, and the 1916 article that follows below notes that an area of local segregation was established at Kawaihoa on Ni‘ihau for “a number of years.”] He Moolelo Kaao Hawaii No Laukaieie. O ka mea a Laukaieie e olelo nei, oia ke keiki kaili la o Lehua, ka mea i kapaia kona inoa o Kawelonaakalailehua, ka makahiapo a Aahoka me Hoakalei o ka Mokupuni o Kauai, ka hanai a Kawaihoa me Halalii o Niihau, a oia ka mea nana e kii nei ma ka hihio a loaa aku o Laukaieie i na kukuna o ka la i Hawaiinuiakea, ka mea nana e hoomoni la i ka puu o ka mea nona keia moolelo. —Ka Leo O Ka Lahui. 11 January 1894. P. 3. A Hawaiian Tale of Lauka‘ie‘ie. The one Lauka‘ie‘ie was talking to was the boy of Lehua that snatches the sun, the child called Kaweloakalāilehua, the eldest of ‘A‘ahoaka and Hoakalei of the island of Kaua‘i, the adopted son of Kawaihoa and Halāli‘i of Ni‘ihau, who was also the one who received Lauka‘ie‘ie in a vision in the rays of the sun at Hawai‘inuiākea, who also moved the hill of the one whom this story is about. [This legend of Lauka‘ie‘ie mentions a couple, Kawaihoa and Halāli‘i, whose names are also prominent place names on Ni‘ihau. The legend continues in successive issues of Ka Leo O Ka Lahui.]

Keawanui

The Story of Piilani. The horror of going to Molokai and be [sic: being] separated from his wife and child must have preyed on Koolau’s mind and succumbing to the entreaties not to leave his wife, Koolau consented to break his word with [Sheriff] Stolz and run away to the valley of Kalalau, where then several lepers were living in hope that the authorities would leave them alone there, like what had been done on the island of Niihau, where they had a small colony of lepers at Kawaihoa on the western end of the island, which colony had been left alone for a number of years. —The Garden Island. 19 December 1916. P. 6.

20

Lonoikamakahikikapuakeawe. Kui ana o Kawaihoa, Na kanaka alualu kai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 14 July 1927. P. 6. Lonoikamakahikikapuakeawe. Kawaihoa joins The people who follow the sea.

Keawanui.  Longest bay and beach on the island, and one of the areas where Ni‘ihau shells are washed ashore during the winter high surf season.

In Ni‘ihau Shell Leis Linda Paik Moriarty described the arduous task of shell collecting. When a favorable site has been selected, the collectors assume a comfortable sitting or lying position on the debris line where most of the shells have accumulated. The collectors then move slowly along the debris line, repositioning themselves each time they have finished combing a particular area. While the collectors are gathering shells, they do little or no talking to each other. They concentrate totally on the task at hand, focusing their eyes only on the shells. They move their eyes very slowly, an inch at a time. The constant focusing necessary to discern such tiny objects coupled with the harsh, intense glare of the sun reflecting on the sand and the ocean’s surface puts a tremendous strain on the eyes. The most determined collectors tolerate the long hours in the hot sun for an entire day, but most of them are not able to endure the harsh exposure and leave after four or five hours. On an average day of collecting, one person may fill a small baby food jar [with shells]. (P. 66)

Ki‘i.  Site of a boat landing on the northeast end of Ni‘ihau that is used when large winter surf precludes use of the preferred landings on the opposite side of the island. Emalia Licayan in Aloha Niihau notes the following about Ki‘i: “Ti‘i is a bay [he wahi tu tela o ta motu] on Ni‘ihau. Sometimes you go to that side of the island. But if the barge [that brings supplies from Kaua‘i], Ta Uila, passes between Lehua [island] and the Ko‘olau side [of Ni‘ihau]— meaning Nanina and Kaununui—is too rough, then Ta Uwila goes back to Ti‘i” (P. 77). Wreck of the Steamer Planter. News was received by the steamer James Makee, which arrived yesterday morning, of the loss of the steamer Planter at Niihau, on last Thursday night,

Ki‘i

[Untitled] He maikai keia aina o Niihau. O ka aoao hikina ka i ike ia aku e Kauai mai, o ka aoao akau ka i honoia e na kanaka, oia o Koolau, a he noho nei na kanaka mai Kamalino mai a Keawanui. O ka aoao ma Kona, aohe kanaka, ke kua ia o ka aina, o ke alanui mai Kamalino mai a Keawanui, he maikai a palahalaha, a i kuu manao, ua oi aku ka maikai o Niihau ma kona wahi maikai o ke alanui, mamua o ke Kauai nei a pau, he aina oluolu no. —Ke Au Okoa. 28 September 1871. P. 1. [Untitled] Ni‘ihau is a good land. The east side is seen by Kaua‘i. The north side is inhabited by people, which is Ko‘olau, and people live from Kamalino to Keawanui on the Kona side. The back side of the island is uninhabited. The road goes from Kamalino to Keawanui. It is good and flat, and the way I think of it, Ni‘ihau has better roads than all of Kaua‘i. It is a pleasant land.

21

where she became a total wreck [at Ki‘i]. The only particulars that could be learned were that on Thursday night, while she was off Niihau it came on to blow a perfect gale, driving the steamer ashore, where nothing could be done to save her. The crew and passengers were all saved. Captain Cameron had a very narrow escape, being washed overboard, but luckily was caught by one of the native sailors who pulled him into a boat. —Daily Honolulu Press. 1 February 1886. P. 3. Wreck of the Planter. The Iwalani arrived this morning from Kauai and Niihau with a budget of news. On Wednesday last the Iwalani visited the wrecked steamer Planter at Niihau and remained there the entire day. The Planter is lying at the north point of the island known as “Kii,” in about six feet of water. She has keeled over on her port side with her bow to the land, and her stern to the breakers. There is considerable water in her hold, which rises and falls with the tide. While the Iwalani was at Niihau the sea was calm. The wreck was boarded, and a great quantity of her fixtures, etc., was taken ashore in boats. Captain Cameron, who is now all right, and the Planter’s crew, are at Niihau saving what they can of the wreck, and it is said that if the weather continues fair everything in the stranded steamer, including the heavy machinery, will be saved. —The Daily Bulletin. 11 February 1886. P. 3.

Ki‘eki‘e.  Site of the Robinson’s homestead on Ni‘ihau. For nearly 20 years after the purchase of the island in 1864, Francis Sinclair managed the affairs of Ni‘ihau, first from his home at Ki‘eki‘e, then from his home in Makaweli, Kaua‘i, at Pūpūkanioe. He Hoomanao Aloha No Kuu Pokii. Aloha no o Kiekie, ia home a maua i noho ai me na haku oia hoi o John Rennie ame kana wahine, he mea poina ole ia no ka laua mau hana maikai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 19 June 1924. P. 5. A Loving Memory of my Dear Younger Sister. How I love Ki‘eki‘e, that home where she and I stayed with the overseers, John Rennie and his wife. All the good they did will not be forgotten. [John Rennie (1861–1941) lived on Ni‘ihau for 40 years, where he retired as foreman of the ranch. He made his home at Ki‘eki‘e.]

Ki‘eki‘e

Kona.  Leeward district on the west side of Ni‘ihau.

22

Inoa O Na Aina. Pohueloa, Ahupuaa, Kona, Niihau Kaluahonu, Ahupuaa, Kona, Niihau Pauahula, Ahupuaa, Kona, Niihau —Ka Elele Hawaii. 14 July 1848. P. 20. Names of Places. Pōhueloa, Ahupua‘a, Kona, Ni‘ihau Kaluahonu, Ahupua‘a, Kona, Ni‘ihau Pauahula, Ahupua‘a, Kona, Ni‘ihau

Ke Kanawai. E hooponopono ana i ka nui o ka Poeikohoia e na Makaainana. Aponoia, Mei 26, 1853. No ka mea, ma ka Pauku 76 o ke Kumukanawai, ua haawiia i ka Ahaolelo ka hooponopono ana o ka Poeikohoia e na Makaainana; Nolaila, A hooholoia e ka Moi, me na ’Lii a me ka Poeikohoia o ko Hawaii Pae Aina, i akoakoa iloko o ka Ahaolelo kau Kanawai. Pauku 2. E huipuia ka Mokupuni o Niihau me ka Apana o Kona (mai Nualolo a hiki i Hanapepe) ma ka Mokupuni o Kauai. —Ka Elele. 29 October 1853. P. 65. The Law. Regulating the majority of Representatives of the People. Ratified, May 26, 1853. Whereas in Article 76 of the Constitution, the Legislature was granted the duty of regulating the Representatives of the People; Therefore, [The following] was decided by the Monarch together with the Nobles and the Representatives of the People of the Hawaiian Islands who have gathered in the Legislative Session. Article 2. The Island of Ni‘ihau would be joined together with the District of Kona (from Nu‘alolo to Hanapēpē) on the Island of Kaua‘i.

[Untitled] He maikai keia aina o Niihau. O ka aoao hikina ka i ike ia aku e Kauai mai, o ka aoao akau ka i honoia e na kanaka, oia o Koolau, a he noho nei na kanaka mai Kamalino mai a Keawanui. O ka aoao ma Kona, aohe kanaka, ke kua ia o ka aina, o ke alanui mai Kamalino mai a Keawanui, he maikai a palahalaha, a i kuu manao, ua oi aku ka maikai o Niihau ma kona wahi maikai o ke alanui, mamua o ke Kauai nei a pau, he aina oluolu no. —Ke Au Okoa. 28 September 1871. P. 1. [Untitled] Ni‘ihau is a good land. The east side is seen by Kaua‘i. The north side is inhabited by people, which is Ko‘olau, and people live from Kamalino to Keawanui on the Kona side. The back side of the island is uninhabited. The road goes from Kamalino to Keawanui. It is good and flat, and the way I think of it, Ni‘ihau has better roads than all of Kaua‘i. It is a pleasant land.

Kūakamoku.  Large reef off the south coast of the island. The U.S. Coast Pilot 7, Chapter 14, identifies the reef and an emergent rock in the reef as follows: “Kuakamoku Rock, 1.6 miles N of Nonopapa Landing, is a large, single rock about 4 feet above water and near the center of a reef some 200 yards in diameter and 500 yards offshore. The reef should be given a berth of 0.5 mile, and only small craft should attempt the passage between the reef and the shore. Other reefs extend about 0.5 mile offshore, 0.5 mile S and 3 miles NE of Kuakamoku Rock.”

Kūakamoku

Ko‘olau.  Windward district of Ni‘ihau that includes several miles of high sea cliffs.

23

Na Anoai O Ka Ua Naulu A Hoea I Ka Ua Kukalahale. Ke kani ku’ilua nei ka pele i ka rumi wiliki, ke oni nei hoi na mea hana, ke aui ae nei hoi ka ihu o ua nunu nei no ka akau, ke haawi nei hoi ke aloha oeoe, aia au ke nana la i ka nani o ka aina, ke oni hope nei o Kuakamoku, ke kau­ahe­ ahe mai la ke one o Apopo, oiai he nani ka waiho ana o ka aina a ka maka o ke kamahele e kamawae ole ae ai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 9 September 1921. P. 2. The News of the Nāulu Rain to the Kūkalahale Rain. The bell of the engine room rang multiple times, and the parts of the engines started moving. The bow of the dove [ship] started to turn towards the north, and the siren gave its farewell. I stood and looked at the beauty of the island with Kūakamoku passing behind with the sand of ‘Apōpō rising up. The beauty of the island was pleasing to the eye of the travelers, who were not difficult to please.

Laulau.  Fresh water spring near Kamalino. Nu Hou Kuloko. O kekahi punawai nui o Laulau, ua komoia e ke kai i keia au hou. Ua oleloia ina e piha ole i ka wai i ka hooili a ka makahi [sic: makahiki], o ka wi no ia o keia wahi kuaaina. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 12 December 1874. P. 3. Local News. One large spring, Laulau, was recently entered by seawater. It is said that if the well does not fill with fresh water in the winter months of the makahiki, then locals will experience drought. Kanikau No Kamaihawaii. Aloha kahi wai o Laulau. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 11 June 1881. P. 1. Lament for Kamaihawai’i. I love the water of Laulau.

Laulau

Lē‘ahi. Two place names on Ni‘ihau are the same as two place names on O‘ahu: Lē‘ahi and Kawaihoa. Both names are in proximity to each other on their respective islands, and all four places share a common geographical feature: they are tuff cones, which were formed when volcanic ash cemented into rock.

24

No Ka Mokupuni O Niihau. Ke Ano O Ka Aina. Ua waiho molale aku iloko o ka moana, a ma kona aoao i kapaia o Kona, he aoao pali, e waiho like ae ana mai ke kuemaka pali; mai Kaaili aku, a hala loa ae ma kela aoao, e nana aku ai ia Kawaihoa, he like no kona ano me Leahi, ma Honolulu o Oahu. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 23 December 1865. P. 3. From the Island of Ni‘ihau. Description of the Land. It [Ni‘ihau] sits clearly on the ocean. One side is called Kona. There is [also] a cliff side, which lies parallel [to Kona] from the cliff top at Ka‘a‘ili and beyond,

and that side looks towards Kawaihoa, which is similar to Lē‘ahi in Honolulu on O‘ahu.

Hula Ma Niihau. E Ka Nupepa Kuokoa E; Aloha Oe: I ka Poakahi i hala iho nei, oia ka la 5 o October nei. Kukulu ia he ahaaina Hula ma Lehua, nui na kane, a me na wahine, a me na keiki i hele ma ia ahaaina. Penei ka hoomaka ana, kauoha ia ke poe hula e akoakoa na kahi o Puko, aneane o ka hora 12 paha ia o ke awakea, malaila lakou i kai a huakai mai ai, o Kaiole mamua, oia ka Luna nui o keia ahaaina, a mamua iho o ua Kaiole nei o Lilo, ia ia ka uhau o ka pahu piula, mahope mai na kumu Hula a me na haumana. O ka nui ma ka huakai i ko’u helu ana, he 61. O ka nui o na kumu, he umikumamakolu, na haumana he 48, a hiki lakou ma kahi i hoomakaukau ia’i na mea ai, kaapuni lakou malaila, a elima paha puni, me ke ka’uka’u lele no o kahi pahu piula o ua poe hula nei, komo lakou ma ka lanai i hoomakaukauia’i na mea ai, a noho like lakou ma kela aoao, ma keia o ka papa aina, hoomaikai o Noa Kuapuu i ke Akua no keia ahaaina lapuwale, a pau ka pule ana, paina ka poe hula, a pau lakou komo ka poe nana wale, a pau ae ia poe komo hou ka poe i koe o ka poe nana wale, a owau pu kekahi me ia poe, a me ka mea kaulana P. R. Holi Esq. A pau ko makou paina ana. I ko’u helu ana i ka nui o na kanaka i akoakoa malaila, ke hui ia na wahine me na kamalii, he 200 a keu ae, pela ka ike a ko’u mau kiionohi elua. Hoomaka ka hula, no Kamalino; no Pauahula mai, no Halehaa mai, no Kaununui mai, no Kii mai, no Lehua iho no, ekolu olaila hale hula; he poe kaikamahine ka hapanui a me na keiki kane, a o ke koena iho he poe ua o-o, a ua elemakule loa kekahi mau mea. Eia na hula i hula ia ia la. Hula kiihelei, hula nui, hula pahu. Pela ka hai mai a ka poe ike i ke ano o kela hula, keia hula ia’u; kiihelei launa ole mai na wawae, i o ia nei na lima e lalau ai, koa na maka, kuku ka lihilihi, wiwowiwo ole iho, e like me ka popoki e haka pono ana i ka mea ana e poi ai, pela na maka i ko’u ike aku. Aia iloko e kekahi poe ka makemake ame ka olioli; ia wa, hoolono iho la wau ia’u i makaukau ai e hoi mai, e olelo ana kekahi poe penei: “Ka! maikai no hoi o Auna, hanapilo loa ka leo, oki pau no hoi oe ia Kahunapunaole, nomenome lua no hoi ka waha me he niho ole la, maikai na wawae o mea, huai lua kela me he manu palahu la,” a pela wale aku, e hana mau ai ko lakou mau lehelehe. E na makua mea keiki mai Hawaii o Keawe, a Kauai o Manokalanipo, waiho mai o Niihau nei i mokupuni hanaio na ka haole, mai hookomo i na kaikamahine ame na keikikane a kakou i na kula a na kupuna o kakou i hala ae, o haule hou auanei kakou i hala ae, o haule hou auanei kakou i ka lua mimilo a e aahu hou ai kakou i ke paahu, ame kahi apeupeu pepeekue manoanoa. Aole wau i hele malaila, no kuu makemake i ka hula ame ka paina poi, i hele au malaila, no kuu lohe ana, malaila ka Hakuo ka aina nei e hoike ai i kona

Lehua (Lehua ‘āina)

Lehua (Lehua ‘āina).  The name Lehua occurs in two places at the north end of Ni‘ihau. The first is a land division on Ni‘ihau’s northwest coast, and the second is a small island offshore the land division. Although both places are called Lehua, some writers in the ­Hawaiian-language newspapers differentiated between the two by using the names Lehua ‘āina for the place on Ni‘ihau and Lehua mokupuni for the island. The articles that follow are about Lehua ‘āina.

25

Lehua (Lehua ‘āina) 26

manao i kanaka, oia hoi e James F. Sinclair, aole nae oia i hiki ae, ua haawiia ka olelo ia J. Kapahee. E ka Luna Hooponopono, e kau aku oe i keia wahi puolo ma ka wekiu o kau auamo me ke kaniuhu ole. Me ke aloha i ka lehulehu. E. Kahele. Puuwai, Niihau, Oka. 17, 1864. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 19 November 1864. P. 4. Hula on Ni‘ihau. Dear Nupepa Kuokoa. Aloha. Last Monday, the 5th of October, a hula lū‘au was held at Lehua, and there were many men, women, and children who attended the event. This is how it started: the hula dancers were called to gather at Pūkō about 12 in the afternoon, and that is where they proceeded in a march. Ka‘iole was at the head, the director of the feast, and in front of Ka‘iole was Lilo, who struck the tin drum. The teachers came after, along with the students. The total number of those in the procession was 61, according to my count. The number of teachers was thirteen, and 48 were students. When they arrived at the area where the food was prepared, they proceeded in a circle there about five times, with the drum of the hula dancers being beaten. Then they entered onto a lānai, where the food had been prepared, and they sat together on the opposite side, where the dining table was. Noa Kuapu‘u offered the prayer to God for this vain feast, and when he was done, the hula dancers ate. When they were done, some of the audience entered. When they were done, the rest of the audience entered, and I was among them, along with the famous P. R. Holi, Esq. Then we finished eating. When I counted the number of attendees who had gathered, there were more than 200 people, including women and children. That is what my own two eyes can account for. The hula commenced with some dancers from Kamalino, from Pauahula, from Haleha‘a, from Kaununui, from Ki‘i, and from Lehua itself. There are three structures for the purpose of hula. The dancers were mostly girls and boys, and the rest were adults, and even a few elderly men. Here are some of the hula that were performed: hula ki‘ihelei, hula nui, and hula pahu. That is what those who know about hula told me. Legs were spread apart wide, arms stuck out here and there, the faces were stern, eyelashes stood out unafraid, like cats staring at the one catching them, that is how I would describe the eyes. Some people really liked it and were happy. At the time, I heard someone say, as I got ready to leave: “Wow! ‘Āuna was really good with a really hoarse voice. Kahunapuna‘ole was the best, his mouth really cut through it like someone with no teeth. So-and-so had really good foot movements, she really lifted them like a turkey,” and so on and so forth, as their lips go. So, parents with children from Hawai‘i of Keawe to Kaua‘i of Manokalanipō, with Ni‘ihau left there, the island where foreigners work hard, do not place the girls and boys of ours in schools of our ancestors who have passed on or we shall fall again as they did, or we shall fall again into the pit that churns and decorate the altar with mats that are worn-out, coarse, and thick. I did not go there because I desired to watch hula and eat poi. I went there because I had heard the landlord was there to talk about his ideas with the people, he being James F. Sinclair. But he did not arrive. He gave the task to J. Kapahe‘e. So, Mr. Editor, place this bundle of a report at the tip of your carrying stick without complaint. With aloha to everyone. E. Kahele. Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau, Oct. 17, 1864.

Na Mea Hou o Niihau. Pakele Maoli. I kela pule i hala aku nei, holo aku la kekahi mau kanaka elua o Niihau nei, maluna o kekahi waapa, mai Puheheke a hiki i Lehua aina, a malaila hoomaha, me ka manao a kakahiaka ae holo i Kauai, aole laua i ike e hiki mai ana ka makani ino i waena konu o ka po, moku aku la ka heleuma o ua wahi waapa nei, a o ka lilo aku la no ia i ka moana, pomaikai ka apakau ana ae, pae ana i Lehua mokupuni, manao ae la ke ola. Elua mau kanaka iluna, o Pua, a me Paikapu. Mai ke Akua mai no ka pakele. Aloha no. D. A. Kaiole. Niihau, Oct. 16, 1866. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 3 November 1866. P. 3. News of Ni‘ihau. Truly Escaping. Last week two men of Ni‘ihau set sail on a boat from Pūheheke to Lehua ‘āina where they rested thinking that in the morning they would make their way to Kaua‘i. But they didn’t expect the wind storm that came in the middle of the night. The anchor of their boat detached, and their boat floated off on the ocean. But they were lucky that it landed on Lehua mokupuni. So, they thought they would be saved. The two men aboard were Pua and Paikapu. They were delivered by God. What a relief. D. A. Ka‘iole. Ni‘ihau, Oct. 16, 1866.

He Moolelo Kaao Hawaii No Laukaieie. A ma keia wahi i huli hoi aku a o Kealakoiula no kona home a huli aku la no hoi laua nei no ka mona o Kaieiewaho, a ke huli ae la laua nei nana ia Makua a me ka emoole loa, ua hala hope ae la ka la o Kaena, a ke iho pono ala laua nei no Niihau, a oiai laua nei e kaa pono ana mawaina o Kaula me Niihau. A ua hoonee malie ae la ko laua waa pupu ma ka Mokupapapa a malaila mai laua a pae ma Kamalino; a ua ike mai la ko uka poe ia laua nei, a no ka manawa pokole, ua hoea aku la laua nei ma Lehua-aina, ma Niihau no keia wahi i kapaia ai kela inoa ae la i hoikeia, oia kahi e huli pono mai la i Lehua mokupuni i ke kai, kahi hoi i kapa ia ka inoa o kela keiki kaulanamamua ae nei Kawelonaakalailehua, a oia hoi ka Makanikeoe mea e hahai nei i kona wahi koolua i kana wahi i hele mua mai ai, a ia laua no e kamailio ana, ua ike aku aku la o Makanikeoe i manao ae ai, aole ia he mea e ae, o na makuahanai ponoi o ­Kawelonaakalailehua. —Ka Leo O Ka Lahui. 7 May 1894. P. 1.

Lehua (Lehua ‘āina)

He Moolelo Hawaii O Kekahi Lahui I Kapaia Ka Mu U Laauhaelemai. Ka Poe I Kapaia He Poe Ai Maia. I kela wa ke kilokilo i haalele iho ai ia Waiolono, hele aku la ia a hiki Peleiholani. He awa ia wahi e pae mai ai na auwaa o Niihau. Ma keia Wahi i kaulono pono aku ai na maka o ke kilokilo ia Kii, he wahi ia aia ma ka ao akau o Niihau, e pili ana me Lehua aina. —Ka Nupepa Puka la Aloha Aina. 1 December 1893. P. 4. A Hawaiian Tale of the People Called the Mū ‘Ū Lā‘auhaelemai. The People Called Banana Eaters. At that time the seer left Waiolono and went over to Peleihōlani. It was a bay where the canoe fleets of Ni‘ihau would land. At this place the eyes of the seer fixed on Ki‘i. This is a place on the north side of Ni‘ihau close to Lehua ‘āina.

27

Lehua (Lehua mokupuni)

A Hawaiian Tale of Lauka‘ie‘ie. This is where Kealako‘i‘ula turned and made his way back home and so they turned back out into the Ka‘ie‘iewaho Channel and they turned to look at Makua, but suddenly they had passed Ka‘ena Point [on O‘ahu] and were headed straight for Ni‘ihau, and while they passed between Ka‘ula and Ni‘ihau their normally slow canoe was suddenly at Mokupāpapa, and then from there they landed at Kamalino. The people there on land saw them both, and in a short time they reached Lehua ‘āina on Ni‘ihau. This name was given to this spot because it faces the island of Lehua just offshore, which is where the name of Kawelonaakalāilehua came from. That is who Makanikeoe was searching for, his companion where he had come from earlier. While the two were talking with each other, Makanikeoe saw someone on Lehua mokupuni, and it turned out to be who Makanikeoe thought it was. It was no other than the adoptive parents of Kawelonaakalāilehua [Kawailoa and Halāli‘i].

28

Lehua (Lehua mokupuni).  The name Lehua occurs in two places at the north end of Ni‘ihau. The first is a land division on Ni‘ihau’s northwest coast, and the second is a small island offshore the land division. Although both places are called Lehua, some writers in the ­Hawaiian-language newspapers differentiated between the two by using the names Lehua ‘āina for the place on Ni‘ihau and Lehua mokupuni for the island. The articles that follow are about Lehua mokupuni. Lehua Island, a 284-acre tuff cone that contains blocks of older basalt and reef limestone, is about ¾ mile off the northwest coast of Ni‘ihau. It is federally owned by the U.S. Coast Guard and leased to the Hawai‘i Department of Land and Natural Resources (DLNR). DLNR manages the island as part of the Hawai‘i State Seabird Sanctuary. Lehua is one of the most important seabird colonies in Hawai‘i because of its size and height above sea level. It provides habitat for 17 seabird species, 11 plant species found only in Hawai‘i, and 14 native plant species. Ka wai hunā a ka pāo‘o i Lehua, “the hidden water of the pāo‘o fish at Lehua” is a famous saying about the island. It refers to a spring in a small cave at sea level. Pāo‘o are Zebra Blennies (Istiblennius zebra) that are commonly known as jumping jacks or rock skippers. Endemic to Hawai‘i, they can leap or skip over wet rocks as they travel from one splash pool to another. This wahi pana, or famous place, is described in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 1653: “Ka wai hunā a ka pāo‘o. The hidden water of the pāo‘o fish. A little pool of water on Lehua often mentioned in the chants of Ni‘ihau. It is said to be guarded by a supernatural pāo‘o fish.” In a 1972 radio interview with Larry Kimura for Ka Leo Hawai‘i, a caller asked Ni‘ihau resident Annie ‘Iliahi Kanahele Faulkner about the hidden water and the name of the fish. She identified the fish as a pāno‘o, the Ni‘ihau term for blennies. In the September 30, 1910, article that follows, the writer uses the phrase “Ka wai hunā a ka pāno‘o” instead of “Ka wai hunā a ka pāo‘o.” Lehua Island was also the site of another wahi pana, a leina ka‘uhane, or “spirit leap,” a place where a person’s spirit left earth after death. It was

Ke Kaapuni Ana O Ka Moi. Ua loheia ka holo ana o ka Moi mai ia nei aku, a ia la ae, ku ma Waimea Kauai, a ia po iho holo hou aku i Niihau, a ku ma Nonopapa i ka la hoomalolo. Malaila lakou i ka la Sabati, halawai lakou a hoomana ia Iehova ia la. I ka la noa, holoholo lio, hele i ka lawaia, he 100 a keu na lio ma Niihau; nui no hoi na ia i loaa ia lakou. Ia ahiahi, ee aku la maluna o ka Maria, a holo i Kaula. Kakahiaka ae, hiki alaila. Lele kekahi poe o lakou iloko o ke kai a au mauka me ka pilikia, no ka mea, he mano kolaila; he pilikia no hoi ka pae ana, he pali ino, aole awa. Holo mauka ka Moi iloko o keia mau pilikia a lele iluna o ka pali. Noho na ’lii wahine ma ka moku. Holo ka poe mauka e hopu i na manu, a me na hana lealea e ae, a ahiahi au hou i kai i ka moku, hoi hou i Niihau, a malaila ae i ka mokupuni uuku o Lehua; he nui ka iole kahiki malaila. Ma ka olelo haole rabbits. Ki pu lakou i na iole a me na mea a ae, me ka lealea nui maikai. Ia ahiahi holo hou i Waimea. I ka la 16 holo nui lakou ma ka lio e nana i ka puu one kani o Noohili, mahalo nui lakou ia mea kapaianaha. Pau ia, noho i ka Sabati ma Waimea, a noa, holo i Hanapepe, moe, a poalua, ka la 19, hiki i Koloa iloko o ka ua. Ua maikai ke ola o ka Moi a me ka Moiwahine, a me Kamamalu, a me lakou a pau. E holo ana i Nawiliwili, a me Hanalei, a malaila ae, i Molokai. Pela mai ka lohe. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 27 August 1856. P. 102. The Tour of the King Around the Islands. It was heard that the King departed from here [Honolulu], and the next day, he arrived at Waimea, Kaua‘i. The next night he went to Ni‘ihau and arrived at Nonopapa for a day of rest. That is where they stayed Sunday and held a service to praise the Lord that day. On the weekday, they went horseback riding and went fishing. There were more than 100 horses on Ni‘ihau, and they caught many fish. That evening, they boarded the Maria and went to Ka‘ula. The next morning, they arrived there. Some of them jumped into the sea and swam to shore with difficulty as there are sharks there. They had difficulty reaching the island as there are difficult cliffs and there is no bay. The King made it through these difficulties and jumped upon the cliff. The chiefesses stayed onboard the ship. Those who went ashore obtained birds and did other fun things. In the evening they swam the sea back to the ship and went back to Ni‘ihau, and from there they went to the small island of Lehua. There were lots of foreign rats there. In English they are called rabbits. They shot rabbits and other things and had a very good time doing so. That evening they went to Waimea. On the 16th they all went on horseback to look at the sounding sand dunes of No‘ohili. They admired this amazing thing. When that was done, they passed Sunday at Waimea and on the weekday, they went to Hanapēpē, where they slept. On Tuesday, the 19th, they arrived at Kōloa in the rain. The King and Queen are in good health as is Kamāmalu and the rest of them. They are going to Nāwiliwili and Hanalei, and from there to Moloka‘i. This is what we hear. [No‘ohili in the next to the last paragraph is an alternate spelling of Nōhili.]

Lehua (Lehua mokupuni)

called Mauloku and is referenced in the July 21, 1858, article that follows. Other places names on the island include Kahauna, the northwestern tip; Naupaka, the northeastern tip; and Kaunuakalā, the summit.

29

The Hawaiian or Sandwich Islands. Lehua [Lehua mokupuni]. About three-quarters of a mile off the western side of Niihau, is a high and somewhat broken peak, apparently two sides of a crater, of which the S. W. portion has fallen in, leaving the inside face exposed in that direction—a black and broken precipice. Jarves calls it 1000 feet high, but 500 feet would be nearer correct. The faces toward Kauai and Niihau are covered with scattered tufts of grass, among which numerous wild rabbits find a living. The most singular thing on the island is a small perennial spring of excellent fresh water, a few feet above high water mark. The rock itself is lower than the Niihau mountains, and neither of them receive water enough to supply any spring. Consequently the water must come from the mountains of Kauai, whose nearest shore is at least twelve miles distant. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 25 February 1858. P. 1.

Lehua (Lehua mokupuni)

Mooolelo Hawaii. Helu 13. No ka uhane mahope iho o ka make ana o ke kino. Aia ma ka aina maloo, kahi i noho ai ka Uhane mahope iho o ka make ana o ke kino, a ua kapaia mai keia mau wahi o Kaleina a ka Uhane. Ua lawa keia inoa “leina a ka uhane,” ma kela Mokupuni, keia Mokupuni o Hawaii nei i noho ia e ke kanaka. O kahi e noho ai ka Uhane o ko Niihau poe, aia ma Kapapakiikii, a o Mauloku ma Lehua kekahi, oia hoi kahi i kapaia ka leina a ka Uhane o ko Niihau poe. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 21 July 1858. P. 1. Hawaiian History. Number 13. Regarding the soul after the death of the body. On dry land is where spirits live after the death of the body, and such places are called the leaping places of the spirit. There are enough [of them] to give [each of] them the name, “leaping spot of the spirit,” on each and every island throughout Hawai‘i where people have lived. Where spirits of the people of Ni‘ihau live is Kapapaki‘iki‘i, and at Mauloku on Lehua [Lehua mokupuni] is another, which is what the leaping places of the spirits for Ni‘ihau people are called.

30

Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. E ka Hoku o ka Pakipika aloha oe, Ke peahi mai nei ka Niihau o kaua, Ke kikii mai la iluna o Kaali, E walea ana i ke ahe a ka makani Naulu, Ka Hoku Pakipika i ke’hu a ke ao, Akahi au a ike ia Kaunalewa, Ua nani ua iliwai like ia e ka liula, Ua oluolu pono o Lehua i ke kai, Ka Hoku Pakipika he inoa, E–o–no, mai Hawaii a Niihau. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 26 September 1861. P. 4. Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. Dear Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika, aloha: The person of Ni‘ihau between the two of us waves Slanting over Ka‘ali Relaxing in the gust of the Naulu wind.

The Pacific Star in the dusk of the day I have seen Kaunalewa for the first time It is beautiful, flat and calm in the mirage Lehua is so pleasant in the sea A name for The Pacific Star Call out from Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau.

He Inoa No Kahuaka. O Kailiwelawela no he inoa la, O Kawaihapai no he makua, O Kuaihelani ka’u aloha, Kela aina launa ole, Lele ana o Kaula a-u i ke kai, Kaohi o Lehua inu i ka wai, Kahea o ka wai kuau hoe, A Lainoai, hoi ke aloha, O Kane-neenee ka’u aloha, Puili neenee o Hanalei, He lei ke aloha na’u i kui. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 22 May 1862. P. 4. A Name for Kahuaka. Ka‘iliwelawela is a name Kawaihāpai is a parent Kuaihelani is my love That island that one can never meet Ka‘ula takes flight swimming out to sea Lehua holds back drinking water The water of the canoe paddle calls All the way to Laino‘ai, where love returns Kānene‘ene‘e is my love Hanalei embraces while she moves along Love is a lei that I string.

Lehua (Lehua mokupuni)

He Mooolelo No Mokulehua. Helu 6. Moe kakaoko Niihau i ka malie, O ke ku a Lehua i ke kai, A ka paoo e inu nei, Aloha wale o Lehua i ke kai-e. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 27 March 1862. P. 4. An Account of Mokulehua. No. 6. Ni‘ihau lies down on a clear day Lehua stands out at sea Where the pāo‘o fish drinks How I love Lehua on the sea.

31

He Kanikau No Kamae. Kuu wahine mai ka ua a ke Kamahala, Ua hala aku nei paha oe i Lehua,

I ka inu wai a ka Paoo. E uwe ae ana ia oe e ke hoa, Ana ke kino luhi i ke aloha, Apikipiki ke aloha me ka manao, E kuu kaumaha ia oe-e. S. W. Kaleo. Nawiliwili, Kauai, Sep. 4, 1862. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 13 September 1862. P. 4. A Lament for Kamae. My dear wife of the Kamahala rain Perhaps you have gone away to Lehua Where the pāo‘o fish drinks fresh water I cry for you, my friend The tired body measures love Love clings onto thoughts My sadness for you. S. W. Kaleo. Nāwiliwili, Kaua‘i, Sept. 4, 1862. [Kamahala in line 1 may be an alternate spelling or misspelling of Kāmakahala.]

Lehua (Lehua mokupuni)

He Kaao No Pikoiakaalala. Ke Keiki akamai i ka Pana. (E hoomaha iki oi kakou i ka olelo ana no Kahili me Waiuli; a e kamailio ae hoi kakou no Pikoiakaalala ma me Keakalaulani.) Ia Kahili no hoi a hoi aku, a i kekahi la ae no hoi, o ka holo no ia o Pikoiakaalala ma i Niihau, a inu o Keakalaulani i ka wai a ka Paoo i Lehua; a ai i ke ko eli o Halalii. A o ka holo loa no hoi ia o na waa a Kaula, ma ia la hookahi no, a hoi mai no a Kauai i ke ahiahi oia la. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 24 February 1866. P. 1. A Story of Pīkoika‘alalā. The Boy Expert at Shooting Arrows. (Let’s take a break a bit from talking about Kāhili and Waiuli and let’s talk about Pīkoiaka‘alalā and Keakalaulani and the others.) When Kāhili went home, the next day, Pīkoika‘alalā sailed to Ni‘ihau with some others and Keakalaulani drank the water of the pao‘o fish at Lehua and ate the hand-dug sugar cane of Halāli‘i. Then the canoes suddenly sailed to Ka‘ula the same day and then returned to Kaua‘i the same evening.

32

Na Mea Hou o Niihau. Pakele Maoli. I kela pule i hala aku nei, holo aku la kekahi mau kanaka elua o Niihau nei, maluna o kekahi waapa, mai Puheheke a hiki i Lehua aina, a malaila hoomaha, me ka manao a kakahiaka ae holo i Kauai, aole laua i ike e hiki mai ana ka makani ino i waena konu o ka po, moku aku la ka heleuma o ua wahi waapa nei, a o ka lilo aku la no ia i ka moana, pomaikai ka apakau ana ae, pae ana i Lehua mokupuni, manao ae la ke ola. Elua mau kanaka iluna, o Pua, a me Paikapu. Mai ke Akua mai no ka pakele. Aloha no. D. A. Kaiole. Niihau, Oct. 16, 1866. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 3 November 1866. P. 3. News of Ni‘ihau. Truly Escaping. Last week two men of Ni‘ihau set sail on a boat from Pūheheke to Lehua ‘āina where they rested thinking that in the morning they would make their way to Kaua‘i. But they didn’t expect the wind storm that

came in the middle of the night. The anchor of their boat detached, and their boat floated off on the ocean. But they were lucky that it landed on Lehua mokupuni. So, they thought they would be saved. The two men aboard were Pua and Paikapu. They were delivered by God. What a relief. D. A. Ka‘iole. Ni‘ihau, Oct. 16, 1866.

Nu Hou Kuloko. No Lehua. He Mokupuni kokoke keia me Niihau, he hapalua mile paha ke kaawale. He poepoe maikai o Lehua ke nana ia aku ma Kauai nei. Aia ma ka aoao komohana akau, he kai-kuono nui, ua opa ia mai a kualipi kaupaku o Lehua, he anana a emi mai ka alipi o luna mai kela aoao a keia aoao, a he pohaku wale, aole he lepo. Ua olelo nui ia, he nui na Iole Rabati ma Lehua. Aole he loaa ike ia e maua ma na lua, ua nui wale na iwi o lakou, ua make i ka wi, aole he ai e ola ai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 1 October 1870. P. 2. Local News. Regarding Lehua. This is an island close to Ni‘ihau, about half a mile in distance. Lehua is perfectly round when viewed from here on Kaua‘i. On the northwest side is a large bay that is pressed inward, and the highest point on Lehua is a ridge. The ridge at the top is about a fathom in width from one side to another, and it is all rock, no soil. It has been said that there are lots of rabbits on Lehua. We did not see any in the holes, but there were lots of bones of ones that died in the drought with nothing to eat. [Untitled] Kanikau aloha keia nou e Miliama Kawahakala Kuu kaikamahine pua Koolau i ke kula I hahai aku la i ke kukuna a ka la Welo a ka la i ka ili o ke kai Eu hoi kaua ma ke kua o Lehua Ma ke alo mai o Nihoa—e. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 31 July 1880. P. 4.

Lehua (Lehua mokupuni)

Ka Lapika (The Rabbit) Ua laha no ka Lapika ma Hawaii nei, aole nae i laha ma na wahi a pau, a aole paha i ike ka hapa nui o na keiki e heluhelu nei i keia i ke kino o ka Lapika. Aia ma Kauai a me Niihau kahi i nui ai na Lapika o Hawaii nei. O ka nui o ke kino o keia holoholona, a me ke ano o kona hulu, ua like me ko ka Owao. He eleele kekahi, he keokeo kekahi, a ua pahee aiai loa no ka hulu. He loloa na pe­ peiao, me he pepeiao Kao la. Ua kapaia he Iole Kahiki e kekahi poe. —Ke Alaula. 1 December 1866. P. 35. The Rabbit. Rabbits have now spread across Hawai‘i, but not in all places, and most children who read this have not seen the body of a rabbit before. On Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau is where most of the rabbits are here in Hawai‘i. The size of the body of this animal and its fur are like a cat. Some are black, some are white, and the fur is smooth and fine. It has long ears like that of a goat. It is referred to as a foreign rat by some people. [Rabbits were deliberately released on Lehua Island.]

33

[Untitled] This is a loving lament for you, Miliama Kawahakala My dear daughter, the Ko‘olau flower of the flatlands Who chased after the rays of the sun The sun trails over the surface of the sea You and I make our way up the ridge of Lehua Facing Nihoa. He Moolelo Kaao No Keaomelemele. O Lehuakona ko Niihau moo nona ka wai a ka Paoo ma Lehua. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 25 April 1885. P. 1. An Account of Keaomelemele. Lehuakona is the Ni‘ihau’s mo‘o who rules the water of the pāo‘o fish at L ­ ehua.

Lehua (Lehua mokupuni)

Nihoa. Its Topography—Something about its Geology—The Trip in Outline. Touching a few hours at Niihau, where all were hospitably entertained (I noted the glorious sweet potatoes) we ran straight at Lehua. The Princess [Lili‘uokalani] ordered to sail around the outer side, which suddenly opened a wonderful bay to windward enclosed by two long thin precipitous arms of yellow laminated cinder. As on Kaula, the heavy side of the crater is to the leeward. The uniformity of this law is beautiful. The prevailing trades press to leeward the bulk of the higher ejecta of the brief explosion which builds the cone and we see the peculiar westerly lean as in Punchbowl, Diamond Head, Koko Head &c. Lehua and Kaula are beautiful samples of the transient volcanic form of the cinder cone as contrasted with the hoary pinnacles of Nihoa, the skeleton of an old and grand volcano now wasted and submerged. S. E. Bishop. Honolulu, July 30, 1885. —Daily Honolulu Press. 8 August 1885. P. 1. [S. E. Bishop, the author of the article, was Sereno Edwards Bishop.]

34

Na Leta: Huakai Kaapuni Ia Kauai. Hora 2 p.m. haalele ia Koloa, a no kekahi mau minute liu wale ike aku ia au i na awawa uliuli o Kalaheo, Lawae [Lawai] a me Wahiawa, ke hele wale ia no i ka maemae i ka’u ike. Hiki hou aku la au iluna pono o Eleele alawa iho la i ka waiho halai ae a ke awawa o Hanapepe, nani ke kulana o keia awawa, lele loa aku ia ka ike a ko’u mau maka mao aku o Hanapepe a ike aku ia au i ke kula o Makaweli he ula wale no mai uka a ke kai, haupu koke ae ia au i keia wahi hooheno, “Ua kalae loa i ka lepo a ka makani.” Oiai o Lehua e aneane aku ana e kaili akau i ka malamalama o ka ia; ike powehiwehi aku ihea au ia Niihau e au ae ana iloko o na ale hanupanupa me kona mau paia e ku kilakila ana i ka lai, hoomanao ae ia au i ka puu kaulana o kuu aina kaulana i ka ua kea, nona neia hooheno a’u e poina ole ai. Oni e lele Kauiki i ka malie, Papu me he umauma la no ka manu Me he lae la no ka Noio aukai, I ke kunihi mai i ka malie. John U. Joseph. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 6 August 1892. P. 3.

Letters: Tour Around Kaua‘i. At 2 o’clock we left Kōloa and for a few long minutes I saw the green valleys of Kalāheo, Lāwa‘i, and Wāhiāwā extending clearly as far as can be seen. I reached above ‘Ele‘ele again and looked down at the serene lay of the valley of Hanapēpē. This valley is beautifully laid out. My eyes were able to see to the other side of Hanapēpē and see the plains of Makaweli covered in red from the inland to the sea. It brought to my mind the words of tribute, “So clear the soil of the wind.” While Lehua was close to snatching away the light of the sun, I dimly saw Ni‘ihau swimming out in the rolling surf with its walls [sea cliffs] standing majestically in the calm, and I remembered the famous hill of my famous homeland of the Kea rain [in Hāna, Maui] praised in these words of tribute: Ka‘uiki moves and flies out in the calm Clearly seen like the breast of a bird Like the point of the noio aukai bird Set up steeply in the calm. John U. Joseph.

Makalapua. Hanohano Niihau i ka malie Kaulana i ka wai a ka Paoo Hooheno i ke ko o Halalii I ke kai kui hone o Kauakahi Hookahi o Lehua e alo nei. —Ka Lei Momi. 21 August 1893. P. 3. Beautiful. Ni‘ihau is honored in the calm Famous in the water of the pāo‘o fish Paying tribute to the sugar cane of Halāli‘i To the gently rustling sea of Kaulakahi Lehua is the only one that faces [Ni‘ihau]. Chas. Kahiliaulani Notley Ka Elele Lahui I Wasinetona, E Ola Ai Oe E Hawaii. Ke kanaka kuhea manu o Healani E nana ana i ka wahine

Lehua (Lehua mokupuni)

He Mele. Ala mai o Kaula me Nihoa Alo mai ana ma ke kua o Lehua Inu iho la i ka wai a ka Paoo O‘u hoa no ia i Kalakalaihi Ke hoolale mai la ka Naulumakani o Niihau. —Ka Lei Momi. 22 June 1893. P. 3. A Chant. Ka‘ula and Nihoa awaken Facing the ridge of Lehua Drinking the water of the pāo‘o fish It is my companion at Kalakala‘ihi The Nāulu wind of Ni‘ihau encourages me.

35

Au naulu o Kawaihoa, Kau ka Iwa kaha makani, Moae me he kapakea ala, I ka hoohaehae ia e ke Koolau e noho aku, Ka inu hoohalale i ka waihuna a ka Panoo, I ka lawe malie a ka mikioi o Lehua. —Home Rula. 30 September 1910. P. 1. Chas. Kāhililaulani Notley, Representative in Washington, So That Hawai‘i May Thrive. The man Healani who calls out to birds Looking at the woman Who rides the Nāulu wind of Kawaihoa The ‘iwa bird glides above in the wind The Moa‘e wind is like a white cloak Torn by the Ko‘olau wind where it lives Drinking the hidden water of the pāno‘o fish Carried gracefully in the Mikioi wind of Lehua. [Pāno‘o, or blennie fish, are also called pāo‘o, as in the phrase wai hunā a ka pāo‘o, the “hidden water of the pāo‘o fish.”]

Lehua (Lehua mokupuni)

Mrs. Rosalee Sam Chong Ua Hala. Hala ka la, hala ma ke kua o Lehua, Kuu ka maluhiluhi o ke ahiahi. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 3 January 1919. P. 8. Mrs. Rosalee Sam Chong Passed Away. The sun passes, passing over the ridge of Lehua The weariness of the evening abates.

36

Kuu Mama Aloha, Mrs. Martha M. K. Kaululaau, Ua Hala. Mai Hamakua, Hawaii, ke kaahele ana o kuu mama, a ike ia Kauai, ahiki loaa aku i Niihau, ike i ka waihuna ka paoo, mailaila mai, hehi i ka lepo ulaula o Maui, loaa kona makua, i Hana, Maui. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 22 July 1921. P. 8. My Dearly Departed Mom, Mrs. Martha M. K. Kaululā‘au. From Hāmākua, Hawai‘i is where my mom traveled to see Kaua‘i and on to Ni‘ihau to see the hidden water of the pāo‘o fish. From there she stepped on the red dirt of Maui and found her father in Hāna, Maui. [The “hidden water of the pāo‘o fish” is on Lehua Island.] Waiho I Kaea Na Iwi O Kamahele. He mea ehaeha no ka ohana ka ike ana iho ma ka nupepa, o Mrs. Makea ua hala mao. Ua hala ka puulena aia i Hilo, Ua imi aku la ia Papalauahi. Ua hala ka la ua hala ma ke kua o Lehua. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 29 October 1925. P. 8. The Bones of the Voyager Lie at Ka‘ea. The family is pained to see in the newspaper that Mrs. Makea has passed away.

The Pu‘ulena wind has passed and is found in Hilo, Searching after Papalauahi, The sun has passed, passed over the ridge of Lehua. [The two lines that mention Pu‘ulena and Papalauahi are explained in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 424: “Hala ka Pu‘ulena aia i Hilo, ua imi aku la ia Papalauahi. The Pu‘ulena breeze is gone to Hilo in search of Papalauahi. Said of one who has gone away or of one who finds himself too late to do anything.” In the last line, the sun setting beyond Lehua is a poetic expression for the end of life.]

Lonopapa.  See Nonopapa. Nanina.  Beach at the north end of the island that is across the channel from Lehua Island. In the song Nanina from the album Kahele by Kuana Torres Kahele, his lyrics call the beach at Nanina “very famous.” On the map Inoa Kahakai o Niihau, the cartographers included the following verse: Nanina i ka nou hala ‘ole a nā kiu ‘eiwa, Nanina ke kai holu o Ka‘u­ lakahi.

[Nanina in the throes of the nine Kiu winds, Nanina in the rolling sea of Kaulakahi.]

Nihoa.  See the Nihoa subsection under Ni‘ihau History. Ni‘ihau.  The seventh in size of the eight main Hawaiian Islands. The Hawaiian or Sandwich Islands. Niihau. This island, the last of the group which is inhabited, lies in a S. W. direction from the Kona side of Kauai, distant about 8 [sic: 17] miles. It has a range of hills some 800 feet high, running through it from the weather end, along near the eastern shore, nearly to the southern point. The land on the eastern side of these mountains is very narrow, with but a sparse population;

Ni‘ihau

[Untitled] E panee mai ana kela i ke kii o ka mokupuni holookoa o Niihau i kaha loea ia e ka laua keiki; a o ua kii la o Niihau no a pau; aohe wahi hoohewahewa. A eia na mea a’u i hoomanao ai. O ka loa o Niihau mai Kawaihoa a hiki aku i Naaina [sic: Nanina], he umi kumamawalu mile, a o ka ka laula mai Kaununui a Kapalikalahale, eono mile oia kahi palahalaha loa o Niihau, a ma kekahi wahi aku elima, a i ke kolu o na mile. —Ke Au Okoa. 28 September 1871. P. 1. [Untitled] He [Francis Sinclair] showed us a map of the entire island of Ni‘ihau, expertly drafted by their son, and there was no mistake at all in the detail of this image. This is what I remember: the length of Ni‘ihau from Kawaihoa to Nanina is 18 miles. The width from Kaununui to Kapalikalahale is six miles, the flattest part of Ni‘ihau, and on the other side, five to three miles.

37

but on the western side there is a level plain of some four or five miles in width, excellent land for sweet potatoes, melons, &c. There is no fresh water on the island, except rain water, preserved by the natives in some cisterns of rock near the south end. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 25 February 1858. P. 1. [This is an early description of Ni‘ihau before its sale in 1864.]

Nonopapa.  Beach, former landing on the west side of the island. Also spelled Lonopapa. As the primary landing on Ni‘ihau, Nonopapa was the location of the hale pale hulu hipa, the “sheep wool bailing house.” Sheep were herded there and sheared. Then the wool was cleaned and bagged for shipment. The U.S. Coast Pilot 7, Chapter 14, noted the following: Nonopapa Landing, 5.5 miles NW of Kawaihoa, is the principal landing on the island. Local vessels call occasionally for the island’s cattle. The landing is used only from May to September, as there is often a heavy N swell during the winter. The landing is marked by a shed and derrick on a short concrete retaining wall at the N end of a long sand beach. Kaeo, a cone 1,018 feet high and near the center of the tableland, shows on the skyline from the anchorage. Pu‘uwai, the principal village of the island, is about 2.5 miles NE of the landing.

Nonopapa

Gay in Tales of the Forbidden Island of Ni‘ihau says, “Nonopapa was the summer landing and was considered the best landing on Ni‘ihau” (P. 18). When Tava and Keale wrote Niihau: The Traditions of a Hawaiian Island, Ni‘ihau was still in operation as a sheep ranch. They noted the following: “Sheep are sheared at Nonopapa, where the wool is graded, sorted and put in sacks for shipment to the mainland markets. Shearing is done with electric shears powered by a generator. Wool is sometimes stained by the red dirt on the island, making it difficult to sell. Sheep are also sold to other ranches, or sold for meat off-island” (P. 64). [Ni‘ihau Ranch ended its ranching operations in 1999.]

38

Ke Kaapuni Ana O Ka Moi. Ua loheia ka holo ana o ka Moi mai ia nei aku, a ia la ae, ku ma Waimea Kauai, a ia po iho holo hou aku i Niihau, a ku ma Nonopapa i ka la hoomalolo. Malaila lakou i ka la Sabati, halawai lakou a hoomana ia Iehova ia la. I ka la noa, holoholo lio, hele i ka lawaia, he 100 a keu na lio ma Niihau; nui no hoi na ia i loaa ia lakou. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 27 August 1856. P. 102. The Tour of the King Around the Islands. It was heard that the King departed from here [Honolulu], and the next day, he arrived at Waimea, Kaua‘i. The next night he went to Ni‘ihau and arrived at Nonopapa for a day of rest. That is where they stayed Sunday and held a service to praise the Lord that day. On the weekday, they went horseback riding and went fishing. There were more than 100 horses on Ni‘ihau, and they caught many fish.

‘Ōhi‘a.  Surf break. Also spelled Ka‘ōhi‘a. Carlos Andrade in Pae I Ke One included the following about ‘Ōhi‘a: [On Ni‘ihau] Kamoamoa is the general surfing break near the sand beach, but much further out there was another surfing break called ‘Ōhi‘a. The kupuna he‘e nalu would challenge the younger surfers to come out with them to this outer break. It was a long paddle out there, and they would paddle with their arms and alternate with kicking their feet as they tired. When they reached the take-off area, the kūpuna would tell the ‘ōpio (young surfers) to wait in a specific spot while they paddled out further to await the right wave. When the right wave came, the kūpuna would yell at the ‘ōpio to catch the wave as they (the kūpuna) paddled to catch it. The object was that as many as possible would ride the wave together. This style of sharing a wave with others stands in sharp contrast to the practice of surfing today, in which most surfers want to have the wave exclusively for themselves. Although friends do share waves occasionally, the mainstream practice of one person on one wave is such that violence does erupt at surf spots on crowded days or when someone inadvertently or intentionally rides the same wave along with someone else. The older, more experienced surfers describe the skilled surfers stacking themselves up purposely, some higher on the wave so as to be right above the other and all sliding in formation like birds flying together as they head for home at the end of the day. As soon as all the surfers were on the wave, the kūpuna would give them directions to help them stay with the wave. Evidently, the wave at ‘Ōhi‘a traveled over several shallow and deep areas as it made its way to the beach. If one didn’t follow the directions of the kūpuna when they called out to turn left or right on the way to shore, you could very well end up over a deep spot where the wave would flatten out and you would be sitting dead in the water while all the rest continued to shore.

He Inoa No Ka Pua Alii Hou. Ka Princess Victoria Kawekiu Kaiulani Lunalilo Kalaniahilapalapa. Ike i ke one o Halalii la, Na nalu ehuehu o Kaohia la, Ka makani aheahe o Lehua la, He mikioi ka lawena pili mai la. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 24 November 1877. P. 4. A Name for the New Royal Child. The Princess, Victoria Kawēkiu Ka‘iulani Lunalilo Kalaniahilapalapa. Behold the sand of Halāli‘i The gusty waves of Ka‘ōhi‘a

‘Ōhi‘a

Tava and Keale in Niihau: The Traditions of a Hawaiian Island included the following: “The surfing place of Ohia is also treacherous. For some reason, the rider of the wave must cut out halfway to shore and then catch the wave behind in order to ride safely to shore. Unlike Lana, Ohia has a beach. The old people still say, ‘Ohia nalu kaulana, pula maka a na kupuna’—‘Famous waves of Ohia that splashed in the eyes of our kupuna, our ancestors’ ” (P. 38).

39

The gentle breeze of Lehua It is the Mikioi wind that touches.

‘Ō‘iomoi.  Shoreline fishing site. Also spelled ‘Ō‘iamoi. Tava and Keale in Niihau: The Traditions of a Hawaiian Island included the following: “Pa Pohaku (Stone Wall). Across the entire lower quarter of Niihau, from Oiamoi to Makahuena, stands an ancient stone boundary wall, six to eight feet in height. Olelo kahiko, or tradition, says it divided two districts” (P. 86). In Aloha Niihau Emalia Licayan noted the following: “ ‘Ō‘iamoi. That’s where we lay net for moi [fish]. That’s the name of the place. There is a moi hole [lua moi] there. It’s on a cold night when you get moi there. In the early morning, that’s the time to get moi” (P. 81).

‘Ō‘iomoi

[Untitled] Ua maheleia ka aina me na pa, ma ka loa a ma ka laula o ka aina, ua hookaawale ia kahi o na lio a me na bipi e hele ai ma Kii; aia ma Kawanui ka pa laau; malaila na lio a me na bipi o na haole a me na kanaka e hele ai, a ua haawi ia ao hoi he pa e hoeueu ai no ka manawa ma kahi e noho ai na kanaka. He mau pu kane ko na kanaka; a ua hele ka aina e olokea i ka pa; aia ma Kamalino ka moe la he pa pohaku loihi no na mile 4 a me ka hapa ka loihi, a hiki akau i Koae ma kahi i kapaia e Oio Moi, ua paa ka hapa o keia pa. —Ke Au Okoa. 28 September 1871. P. 1. [Untitled] The land is divided by fences following the length and width of the island. The areas where horses and cattle roam are separated at Ki‘i. At Keawanui are wooden fences. That is where horses and cattle of the foreigners and Hawaiians go, and there is a pasture where they are released temporarily, where people live. There are fields for people to plant, and the land is checkered with fields. In Kamalino lies a long rock wall 4 and a half miles long, all the way north to Koa‘e, to the place called ‘Ō‘iomoi. Most of this wall still stands.

40

Pānī‘au.  As the highest peak on Ni‘ihau at 1,281 feet above sea level, Pānī‘au was formerly used by the island’s residents as a place to signal for help in case of an emergency. During the early days of ranch operations on Ni‘ihau, when there were no direct means of communicating with Kaua‘i, the Robinson family instructed residents to light a fire on Pānī‘au if they needed help. The mountaintop is visible from the Robinson estate in Makaweli on Kaua‘i, and they would respond to the signal by sending a boat to the island. In Niihau: The Traditions of a Hawaiian Island Tava and Keale described the site on Pānī‘au this way: “Nearby, at Nanaikauwai [literally, “look to Kaua‘i”], is where the islanders used to signal for help to Kauai, once with fire and in modern times with flashlights” (P. 86). In Aloha Niihau Emalia Licayan added the following: Pānī‘au faces Kaua‘i. It is the place where Ni‘ihau people [ta poe Niihau] are told if there is an emergency on Ni‘ihau, they should light a fire on top

of Pānī‘au. The landlord [Lopikana: Robinson] will see it from their house where they live in Ho‘ānuanu on Kaua‘i. [ . . . ] They also had a house down at Pūpūkanīao. You can see all of Ni‘ihau from there without any obstruction. And there is where he [the landlord] sees the fire. If anyone is in trouble on Ni‘ihau, he knows. (P. 82) [Ho‘ānuanu is a former name of the land division of Makaweli on Kaua‘i.] Hoohanohano Ia. Ma ka po Poakahi mai ua pii aku la kekahi poe maluna o ka puu o Paniau a hoao aku la e haawi i ka hoailona i Kauai ma o ke Koani ana i ke kukui helepo, oiai aole he kelepona a mea e ae paha e loaa ai o Kauai. —Ka Hoku O Hawaii. 22 August 1945. P. 2. Honored. On Monday night some people went inland and up Pānī‘au Hill to send a signal to Kaua‘i by waving a lantern, as there was no telephone or anything else for Kaua‘i to receive word.

Pāuahula.  Land division, Ni‘ihau.

Hunahuna Mea Hou O Hawaii Nei. He Wahi Keiki Kanaka Uuku. Ua loaa mai ia makou he palapala na P. R. Holi o Halawela, Niihau, e hai mai ana, aia ma ke ahupuaa o Puahula [sic: Pauahula], Niihau, he wahi keiki uuku. Aka, he iwakalua kumamakolu makahiki a me eha malama keu o kona ola ana. Peneia makou i kapa ai he uuku; o kona kiekie mai lalo a hiki iluna o ke poo, he eha kapuai a me ekolu iniha. A o kona mau hanau muli iho, ua oi ae ko lakou nui a me ke kiekie maluna o ka hanau mua e oleloia nei. O ka inoa o keia keiki o Kamawaho. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 4 November 1865. P. 2. Bits of News of Hawai‘i. A Small Hawaiian Child. We received a message from P. R. Holi of Halawela, Ni‘ihau stating that in the ahupua‘a of Pāuahula, Ni‘ihau, there was a small boy. But he had been alive for twenty-three years and more than four months. This is why we use the term small. His height from below to the top of his head was four feet and three inches. His younger siblings were larger and taller than of the elder sibling we are speaking of. The name of this boy was Kamawaho.

Pōhueloa.  Land division, northeast Ni‘ihau.

Pōhueloa

Inoa O Na Aina. Pohueloa, Ahupuaa, Kona, Niihau Kaluahonu, Ahupuaa, Kona, Niihau Pauahula, Ahupuaa, Kona, Niihau —Ka Elele Hawaii. 14 July 1848. P. 20. Names of Places. Pōhueloa, Ahupua‘a, Kona, Ni‘ihau Kaluahonu, Ahupua‘a, Kona, Ni‘ihau Pāuahula, Ahupua‘a, Kona, Ni‘ihau

41

Inoa O Na Aina. Pohueloa, Ahupuaa, Kona, Niihau Kaluahonu, Ahupuaa, Kona, Niihau Pauahula, Ahupuaa, Kona, Niihau —Ka Elele Hawaii. 14 July 1848. P. 20. Names of Places. Pōhueloa, Ahupua‘a, Kona, Ni‘ihau Kaluahonu, Ahupua‘a, Kona, Ni‘ihau Pauahula, Ahupua‘a, Kona, Ni‘ihau He Moolelo Walohia No Kuu Pua Oliana Ua Mae. E aloha ae ana au I ke kawelu holu momoe i ka makani I ke one o Pohueloa Oia ke one hanau ou kupuna —Hawaii Pae Aina. 28 May 1881. P. 4. A Tragic Story of my Dear Oliander Flower That Wilted. How I love The kāwelu grass swaying and laying down in the wind On the sands of Pōhueloa The birth sands of your ancestors

Pueo.  Most prominent point along Ni‘ihau’s high eastern sea cliffs.

Pueo

He Kanikau no Rode Koleiki. I ka pa kolonahe a ka makani o Kona he Unulau Aloha kuu wahine mai ka ua kulu pakakahi, Mai ka ua kulu paka kahi o Hilina, Aloha ka lae o Pueo oni i ke kai, Aloha na ale kua loloa o Kaieiewaho. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 1 November 1862. P. 4. A Lament for Rode Koleiki. In the gentle blowing of the wind of Kona called Unulau I love my woman of the rain that falls in single drops From the rain that falls in single drops of Hilina I love the point of Pueo that extends out into the sea I love the long waves of Ka‘ie‘iewaho.

42

He Moolelo Walohia No Kuu Pua Oliana Ua Mae. He uhane no Kamaihawaii Ke hoikeia ae la e ka lae o Pueo au i ke kai. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 28 May 1881. P. 4. A Tragic Story of my Dear Oliander Flower That Wilted. Your love moves towards me A spirit of Kamaihawai‘i Being revealed by the point of Pueo extending out to sea.

Pūhekeheke.  Former community. Alternate spellings: Pūheheke, Pūheke, and Pu‘uheheke.

Na Mea Kuai Ma Niihau. Puheheke, Niihau. Ap. 17, 1857. Mea Hanohano Limaikaika. Aloha oe. Ua hu mai ka manao o na makaainana no ka hui moku Kaleponi, e noi aku ana ia oe, e hoouna mai oe i moku Kaleponi, e kuai me makou, no ko makou mau (uala), a me na puaa, a me na moa a makou, a e hoouna mai oe i kekahi moku e kuai me makou mau uala, a me na mea like, a loaa makou ma Puhekeheke, i Niihau, a i ae mai oe e hoouna mai oe i ka malama o Mei, ae e hiki mai ana. (Eia ko makou nui he 48), oia ko makou nui, a me kekahi poi e ae no, a i pono keia noi a makou ia oe, e hoouna mai oe i kou palapala ia makou, i maopopo mua makou i ka manawa e hiki mai ai o ka moku, ina aole hiki mai e hai mai no oe ia makou ma kou palapala, mai huhu oe ia makou no ko makou noi aku; no ka mea, he kuaaina makou, aole loa wahi dala i keia wa no na pilikia nui e hiki mai ana, mai kali oe, mai huna oe i keia mau manao i hai ia maluna ae nei e hooikaika oe, e like me kou mau manao maemae i hoike ai ia makou ma Niihau, i na makahiki i hala ae nei. Oia ka makou wahi ukana e hooili aku nei, a loaa oe ma Honolulu, Oahu. Me ka mahalo. P. R. Holi, Kakauolelo. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 6 May 1857. P. 24. Items for Sale on Ni‘ihau. Pūheheke, Ni‘ihau. April 17, 1857. Honorable Limaikaika [Armstrong], Aloha. The citizens of the Californian shipping company have raised the matter to ask you to send for a ship from California to buy our sweet potatoes, pigs and chickens, and other goods. We are in Pūhekeheke on Ni‘ihau, and if possible, send one in the month of May coming. (There are 48 of us.) Among our total are others, and if our request to you is deemed sufficient, please write to us so that we may know when the ship will arrive. If it will not be able to arrive, please let us know in your letter that you are not displeased with our request, as we are only country folk and do not have the wherewithal at this time for the numerous upcoming inconveniences. Please do not hesitate and do not put aside the matters stated above, but strive to do what is possible according to the dictates of your moral character that you have shown us on Ni‘ihau in past years. This is what we offer you in this communication with you being found at Honolulu, O‘ahu. With the appreciation of P. R. Holi, Secretary.

No Niihau. Ke Kau Pa Maloo. Mai ka A. D. 1879 [1869] a hiki mai i keia A. D. 1870. Ua mau no ka pa maloo ana, a nui no hoi ka wi ma keia mokupuni, ma Kauai mai kahi ai e loaa mai ai, o ka poi me ka raiki, a ma keia mau la a naue nei he raiki ke ola. Hoomanamana e hana i ka ua. Mai ka malama o Feberuari a hiki i ka ma­ lama o Aukake pau ka hana ana i ka ua, a ua poe hoomanamana ua nei hoi, ma ka apana o Puuwai a me Pukaiki kahi hana pinepine. —Ke Au Okoa. 3 November 1870. P. 4. About Ni‘ihau. The Season of Dry Fields. From A. D. 1869 up until this A. D. 1870 the fields are still dry and a great drought persists on this island. Some food is obtained from Kaua‘i, such as poi and rice, and in these days we survive on rice.

Pukaiki

Pukaiki.  Land division and former community.

43

Mystical Practices to Make Rain. From the month of February up until the month of August no more attempts to bring rain were made by these people who try to conjure rain in the districts of Pu‘uwai and Pukaiki, where this sort of thing is done so often. Kuu Lei Momi Ua Hala. Ke paio ae la me Kaunulau Aloha Pukaiki kahi a kaua i noho ai. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 28 March 1885. P. 4. My Pearl Necklace Has Passed. Contending with the Unulau wind I love Pukaiki where you and I lived. He Alohaloha No Ko Makou Papa Heleloa, B. H. Kahele. Aloha wale kuu makuakane, kuu makuakane i ka ihu o ka lio, kuu makuakane i ke kula manienie o Pukaiki, kuu makuakane i ka la’i o Puheheke aloha wale ia mau home o kuu makuakane ua nalo. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 9 April 1925. P. 2. Condolences for our Departed Dad, B. H. Kahele. Oh, my dear father, my father at the nose of the horse. My father on the plains of the shuddering heights of Pukaiki. My father in the calm of Pūheheke. How I love those homes of my father who is gone.

Pūpūkaniao

Pūpūkaniao.  Pūpūkaniao in the land division of Makaweli is the location of the Robinson estate on Kaua‘i. Pūpūkaniao, sometimes spelled Pūpūkaniwao, is also called Pūpūkanioe. The family maintains another home at Ki‘eki‘e on Ni‘ihau.

44

Nu Hou Kuloko. Kauai. No Ka Maloo O Na Launahele. Ke hai hou mai nei no hoi ua leta nei. Ua kukuluia a paa he mau hale ma ke kuahiwi o Makaweli ma kahi i kapaia o Pupukanioe, a maloko o ua mau hale la, e hooluolu la ka makuahine o na Haku o ka mokupuni o Niihau, me kekahi keikikane, na kaikamahine a me na moopuna. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 1 May 1869. P. 3. Local News. Kaua‘i. Crops Dried Up. The letter also stated that some buildings were erected on the mountain of Makaweli in a place called Pūpūkanioe, and in those houses is the mother of the owners of the island of Ni‘ihau, with a son, the daughters, and the grandchildren. Huakai Alualu Wailiula. (Koena mai ke Kuokoa mai o Oct. 30) Ua haalele ahiahi iho la ka huakai ia Waimea i ka hora 5 P M oia la, no ka uka iu o Makaweli, ma kahi i kapaia o “Pupukaniwao,” oia kahi luna o na keiki puukani, a lalawai o Niihau, he elua hora paha ka piina aku oia loa, hiki poeleele ana i kau hale, ua apo pumehana mai la na kamaaina a hookipa aku la; o “Francis Gay & Aub [Aubrey] Robinson”—na ia iwakiani oia uka olu kohaihai, me na mauna i hoolakoia, na lawa a oi aku na lako hoopiha.

Na Hiohiona O “Pupukaniwao.” He haliuliu ka noho ana o keia wahi, maanei e ike aku ai i ka mokupuni o “Kaula,” a me “Niihau,” a me “Lehua,” a me hapa makai o Hanapepe, ua maikai ma na wahi pana a pau olaila, eia ka lula maikai loa a lakou i hooholo ai, “aole e oki ia kekahi laau e ulu ana ma ka uka holookoa o Makaweli,” i na makemake kekahi o lakou e oki i kekahi laau hookahi, e hookolo ana oia i ku nui manu, a ae ia mai, ina ua ae ka hapanui, a hoole hookahi o lakou, o ka ole ae la noia o ke oki ana, a i na e okiia ka laau, a e kanu hou ia i laau malaila, maia hana naauao ana, ke pipili mau nei ka ua ma ia uka. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 6 November 1875. P. 1. Journey Chasing After Mirages. (Continuation from the Kuokoa of Oct. 30) The entourage left Waimea in the evening at 5 p.m. that day and made their way up Makaweli to the place called Pūpūkaniwao, where the leader of the wealthy singing boys of Ni‘ihau live. It took them about two hours to climb up there. It was night when they arrived at the homestead and were welcomed warmly by the locals, Francis Gay & Aub [Aubrey] Robinson, the gliding ‘iwa birds of the heights, gently swaying with the mountain abundant with all that one needs and more.

Kanikau No Kamaihawaii. Aloha ke kula loa o Puuopapai E hiki aku ai kaua i Mahinauli Huli nana na maka ia Pupukaniao I ka home olu o na haole. Aloha ka ulu niu o Kekupua. Mrs. Miliama Mundon. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 7 May 1881. P. 4. Lament For Kamaihawai‘i. I love the long plain of Pu‘upāpa‘i Where you and I reached Mahinauli The eyes turn to Pūpūkaniao To the pleasant home of the white people I love the coconut grove of Kekupua. Mrs. Miliama Mundon.

Pūpūkaniao

The Appearance of Pūpūkaniwao. This homestead is situated at a vantage point where one can see Ka‘ula, Ni‘ihau, and Lehua islands and the coast of Hanapēpē and all of the famous spots in the area really well. One excellent rule that they set in place is “not to cut down any tree growing up on the entire mountainside of Makaweli.” If any one of them wishes to cut down one tree, it is brought before everyone, then it can be agreed to. But if the majority agree and one disagrees, then the tree will not be cut. And if the tree is cut down, then another tree is planted in its place. In doing this wise thing, the rain clings to the mountainside.

45

He Moolelo Hawaii No Kualunuiaola! Ke Keiki O Ka Mokupuni O Manokalanipo. Ka Hi’apaiole O Ke Koa I Na La O Ka Nohoalii Ana O Ola, Ke Alii O Waimea, Kauai.

Pūpūkaniao 46

E hoomaka aku ana kaua e ka makamaka i keia nanea kahiko o kakou, ma kahi a Ola ke’lii e noho ana, oia hoi ka nahele o Peapea, o Pupukaniao ka inoa kaulana e lohe ia nei i keia manawa. Eia keia wahi i ka uka iuiu, i kahi kiekiena e komo aku ai i ka ulunahele, a e huli aku ai hoi nana ia kai o kahakai. He nani a he oluolu ka noho ana, a he mohala pa-pu kamoe no hoi ka waiho’na o kahakai, a me ke kula o Mahinaauli imua o ka maka o ke kamaaina e noho ki-pu aku ana i ka mehana o ka poli a ke aloha, i hoolu ia e na kulu kehau houhou ili o ka waena po a o ka wehe’na kaiao hoi. I uka o keia wahi kahi i noho ai o ke alii o Waimea a me kana alii wahine hoi o Kahapula, ka ui kaulana o kona mau la o kona aina hanau; a he punahele no hoi neia wahi i na alii a me na makua o ka mea nona keia moolelo. O keia no hoi kahi a na haole Niihau e noho nei i keia manawa, a aia no hoi maanei he wahi ki’o wai, ua ulu ia a paa i ka nahele a me na lau aala o ka wae, kahi o ka Pupukaniao e ikea ai e na kamaaina i ka wa kahiko, a me ilio kupua o ia aina. O uka o Peapea kahi o ka makuahine, a o kai hoi o Keaalii kahi i noho ai o ke alii o Ola, ka makuakane o ka mea nona keia nanea a kaua e hooheno aku ai. —Ka Leo O Ka Lahui. 19 January 1891. P. 3. A Hawaiian Story About Kualunuiaola! The Brave Son of the Island of Manokalanipō, The Foremost Expert of Warriors in the Days of the Reign of Ola, the Chief of Waimea, Kaua‘i. Let us begin, dear friends, this amusement of our ancients, where Ola, the Chief lived, which was the forest of Pe‘ape‘a. Pūpūkaniwao is the famous name heard today. This spot is in the high uplands, at the height where the start of the forest line is facing the sea and shoreline. It is a beautiful and pleasant estate, where the view of the coastline lays clearly and the plain of Mahinauli lies before the eyes of the locals who live peacefully in the warmth of the heart of love, made pleasant by the drops of dew that chill the skin in the midnight hour and the early hours of dawn. Upland of this area is where the chief of Waimea lived with his chiefess, Kahapula, the famous beauty in her day of her homeland. This area was also a favorite of the chiefs and parents of the one this story is about. This is where the white people of Ni‘ihau live today. Here is a pond overgrown with lush vegetation and scented leaves of the forest, where kāhuli snails would be seen by locals in the old days and the mythical dog of the land. The upland of Pe‘ape‘a is where the mother lived. The lowland area of Ke‘a‘ali‘i is where Chief Ola lived, the father of this man who was cherished. E Makaukau, E Liuliu, A E Kahea Ka Waha, E Pane Ka Leo, E Peahi Ka Lima I Ka “Elele.” E Ka Elele; Aloha. He wahi leo ko’u e pikai ae i o’u mau kini makamaka e noho mai nei mai ka wai o Hanapepe a pulelo aku i ke one kani o Nohili: a kamau wale hoi o Niihau a ke Kowalikahi. Oia hoi e lawe i ka Elele. Elua wale no malama i koe lelepauki ae o M. H. 1888. Alaila, noho pono aku kakou i ka M. H. 1889. E na Iwa o Hanapepe; mai ke one o Mokupapa a ka huina wai o Koula. Ina iho no o Kameaaloha ka kiai oia uka. E lawe nui oukou i ka Nupepa Elele.

Pūpūkaniao

E na keiki hana o ka Mahiko, na Uwau peepoli o Hoanuanu, no oukou na haku hana aloha, malama kanaka. Kiei mai hoi Pupukaniao, e lawe nui oukou i ka Nupepa Elele. E na hapala o Makaweli, mai ka lae o Maua o ka huina wai o Kahana, me Olokele. E lawe nui i ka Nupepa Elele. E na keiki Huki Ulua o Waimea, mai ka ae one o Luhi, a ke ehu kai o Pana­ ewa, a mai Kiponaiki a Kaauwaikahi, a Puulima, Kamoku, Waiahole, a puehu aku ia Hilo. Ilaila au la oki. E lawe i ka Elele. O Kekaha i ka ulu niu, mai Kapa eli a ka Wili, mai Pokii a Waiawa; ka pula kaumaka a kakou o ka nupepa Elele. O Mana i ke one kani, na kane na wahine. E lawe nui i ka Elele. O Niihau i ka mole olu, mai Keawanui a Keawaula. Ina iho no kuu hoa o W. M. Keale. E lawe i ka nupepa Elele i ike ia Hamepire huki ka ulua. Me na manao ano nui a pau, na nuhou o na aina e, na moolelo; ($2.00) wale no olokaa o ka makahiki; ($1.00) wale no hapa makahiki. J. P. K. Kahalewai o Kahelu. Kahelunui, Mana. Kauai, Oct. 12. —Ka Nupepa Elele. 27 October 1888. P. 3. Be Ready, Be Ready and Call Out and a Voice Will Answer, Wave Your Hand at the “Messenger.” Dear Elele, Aloha. I have some words I’d like to spill out over my friends and family living from the river of Hanapēpē and blowing out to the sounding sand of Nohili and extending out to Ni‘ihau of the Kōwalikahi. So, subscribe to the Elele. There are only two months left and the year 1888 has swiftly flown by. Then we will sit squarely in 1889. To the ‘iwa birds of Hanapēpē from the sand of Mokupapa to the tributary of Kō‘ula. If Kameaaloha is the guardian of that upland area, subscribe to the Elele newspaper. To the boys working in the cane fields, the ‘ua‘u birds hiding in their holes of Ho‘ānuanu, to you, the loving work supervisors who care for the people. Pūpūkaniwao looks down. Subscribe to the Elele newspaper. To the sweethearts of Makaweli from the point of Maua of the tributary of Kahana and ‘Olokele, subscribe to the Elele newspaper. To the boys who pull up ‘ulua fish at Waimea from the sandy beach of Luhi to the seaspray at Pana‘ewa from Kīponaiki to Ka‘auwaikahi and Pu‘ulima, Kamoku, and Waiāhole, spreading out to Hilo, there is where I end. Subscribe to the Elele. Kekaha in the coconut grove from Kapa‘eli to Kāwili, from Pōki‘i to Wai‘awa, the fixation of the eyes of all of us is the Elele newspaper. Mānā in the sounding sand, men and women, subscribe to the Elele. Ni‘ihau at the pleasant base from Keawanui to Keawa‘ula, if for our friend, W. M. Keale, subscribe to the Elele newspaper so that Hamepire can be seen pulling up the ‘ulua fish. With all of the important messages, the news of foreign lands, the stories, it is only $2.00 a roll for the year, only $1.00 for half a year. J. P. K. Kahalewai O Kahelu. Kahelunui, Mānā. Kaua‘i, Oct. 12. [Ho‘ānuanu in paragraph three is a former name of the land division of Makaweli.]

47

He Kanaenae Aloha No Kuu Pokii. Ka lio nana i lawe haaheo kuu pokii ina la o ka hauoli, E Pupukaniao ka home kaulana o na keiki Niihau, O oe kekahi e ha’oha’o iho ana, Aia la ihea o Kapalioahi. —Ke Aloha Aina. 3 March 1906. P. 8. A Loving Chant for my Dear Sister. The horse that proudly took my sister in the days of happiness Pūpūkaniao, famous home of the Ni‘ihau children You are also one who will miss her Where is Kapali‘ōahi? [Eulogy chant for Mrs. Louisa Kamalanikapu Kapukui.] Haina Nane. I kuu hookuene pono ana i ka lei, ka ohu hoi o Liliuokalani, ua wehi io no i ka hulu o ka Manu Kolea, a ua ka-a pawalu io ia no e ka Mikioi kau i Niihau. Na keiki Niihau i ka Home nani i ka uka iu anu o Pupukanioe, e hoene Mikioi ia ana hoi e ka leo lea hone o ke Kahuli. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 11 October 1907. P. 5. Answer to a Riddle. As I arrange the lei properly, which adorns Lili‘uokalani, beautified with feathers of the kōlea bird and made into an eight-sided lei by the Mikioi wind blowing on Ni‘ihau. The children of Ni‘ihau are in the beautiful home in the uplands of Pūpūkanioe, [where] the Mikioi wind blows with the sweet voice of the kāhuli snail.

Pūpūkaniao

Interview with W. E. Rowell. Dec. 6, 1915. The trial jurors drawn for the same court from this island are: Harry D. Wishard and Edwin De Lacy of Lihue; Frank Reidel of Hanalei, and Francis Gay of Kahooanuanu. [For] Niihau: John Rennie. —The Garden Island. 4 April 1916. P. 2. [Kaho‘o‘ānuanu is a variant spelling of Ho‘ānuanu, a former name of the land division of Makaweli and the site of Pūpūkanioe. John Rennie (1861–1941) lived on Ni‘ihau for 40 years. When he retired, he was foreman of the ranch.]

48

He Moolelo. (Kakauia e George K. Kane, Sr.) Hoea aku la ka moku o Kapena Kuke ina kapakai lepo ulaula o Kauai, mawaho ae o Mahinauli ame Kekupua, (Halewili Ko o Makaweli) a hiki mai hoi i kahi paena waa o kahi one o Kaunuloa i kahi wai o Muliwai Palaoa, ma ka aoao makai hoi o Nalaau-a-ka-eleele, a loaa ka home o na Keiki Niihau (Gay) o Waikaia ame Hooanuanu, ame ka uka anuanu o Pupukaniao. —Ka Hoku O Hawaii. 12 August 1942. P. 2. A Report. (Written by George K. Kane, Sr.) The ship of Captain Cook reached the red dirt shores of Kaua‘i outside Mahinauli and Kekupua (sugar mill in Makaweli) and arrived at the sandy canoe landing of Kaunuloa at the mouth of Palaoa Stream on the seaside of Nālā‘au-a-

ka-‘ele‘ele, where the homes of the children of Ni‘ihau (Gay) are found, Waikai‘a and Ho‘ānuanu, and the cold height of Pūpūkaniao.

Pu‘uwai.  When the Sinclair family bought Ni‘ihau in 1864, Hawaiians lived in many places on the island, but as the island evolved into a working ranch, all the residents eventually moved to Pu‘uwai. Today, with a population of approximately 150, Pu‘uwai is the only village on Ni‘ihau and the location of the Iubeli Church and the public school. The Robinson family maintains a home nearby at Ki‘eki‘e. Ruth Tabrah in Ni‘ihau: The Last Hawaiian Island wrote: “[Territorial Forester Charles Judd’s] first trip had been as a young boy with his family attending one of the Robinson’s Ni‘ihau outings. His return in 1929 was in the company of his brother, Governor Lawrence Judd, on the first official visit of a territorial governor to Ni‘ihau. Charlie Judd had seen a number of villages in 1899. Now, in October 1929, Puuwai was the island’s one settlement” (P. 132). He Papainoa No Na Kahu A Me Na Haumana O Ke Kulanui O Hawaii Nei, Ma Lahaina I Maui. Na Haumana. Na inoa. Na wahi e noho ai. Kapuekukui, Puuwai, Niihau. —Ke Kumu Hawaii. 19 August 1835. P. 132. A List of Names of the Guardians and Students of the College of Hawai‘i in Lāhaina on Maui. Students. Names. Residences. Kapu‘ekukui, Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau. [This list of teachers and students at Lāhainaluna school includes Kapu‘ekukui from Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau, the only student from Ni‘ihau. This is one of the earliest mentions of Pu‘uwai in the Hawaiian-language newspapers.]

No Ka Ino O Ka Heenalu. [ . . . ] elua no mau wahi heenalu nui loa ma Niihau, eia na inoa o Ohia a me Umeumelua, na keia mau wahi i noho nui ai ka poe heenalu. —Ka Elele. 18 March 1848. P. 185. About the Immorality of Surfing. There are two main places where surfing is done a lot on Ni‘ihau. The names of these places are ‘Ōhi‘a and ‘Ume‘umelua. This is where most surfers live. Kanikau No Kamaihawaii. Aloha kahi nalu o Iana [sic: Lana] Aia ka pae ana i Umeumelua. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 11 June 1881. P. 1. Lament for Kamaihawai’i. I love the waves at Lana The landing is at ‘Ume‘umelua.

‘Ume‘umelua

‘Ume‘umelua.  Surf break.

49

Waiakanaio

Waiakanaio.  Famous spring and the name of a song. In Niihau: The Traditions of a Hawaiian Island Tava and Keale said, “Waiakanaio is the largest fresh water spring [on Ni‘ihau], 500 feet up the north wall of Kanalo Valley” (P. 95). David Waili‘ulā, the member of a Ni‘ihau family, immortalized the spring when he wrote the lyrics to the song Waiakanaio. George Mānoa Huddy composed the melody. The Hawaiian music trio Hui ‘Ohana included it on their CD Ke Kolu, which was released in 1975. Another version of Waiakanaio with two additional verses was recorded by Kuana Torres Kahele on his 2014 CD Music for the Hawaiian Islands, Vol. 2: Kahelelani Niihau. Donna Kainaniokalihiwai Kahaunaele included a history of the song “Waiakanaio” in her 2013 Master’s thesis for the University of Hawai‘i at Hilo. Her thesis, which she wrote in Hawaiian, is a study of 15 songs composed by natives of Ni‘ihau.

50

Ka Moolelo O Na Manu O Hawaii Nei. Helu 5. Manu Naio. Ua like loa na ano o ka Naio me he Nunu la, aka, he nui ae ke kino o ka Nunu, a he uuku iho ko ka Naio, he eleele kona hulu i ko ka Nunu, he peke wini pololei kona nuku, a he keokeo ka hulu o ka lae, he palaulau kona mau wawae e like me ko ka Uwau, a he hauliuli hoi kona mau onohi. He manu ai Aku ka Naio, ina e ike ia ka nui o na Naio ma ka moana e akoakoa ana ma kahi hookahi, alaila, ua nui loa ke Aku malaila. O keia manu, he maka keia no ka auwaa pahoe Aku. E ai no keia manu i na I-a o ka moana, a me na I-a o loko o ka wai, ina e loaa ka I-a liilii, e ale okoa no oia pela. He manu io ono hoi keia, a ua ono maikai kona io, a me ka aala no hoi. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 6 June 1863. P. 1. The Story of Birds of Hawaii. No. 6. Naio. The naio is very much like the pigeon, but the pigeon is larger in size compared to the naio, which has black feathers compared to the pigeon. It has a short, pointed beak and white feathers on its forehead. It has webbed feet like the ‘uwa‘u bird and dark eyes. The naio eats skipjack tuna. If one sees naio out in the open ocean gathering in one place, lots of skipjack tuna can be found there. This bird is the [fishspotting] eyes of the canoe fleets that paddle out. This bird eats the fish of the ocean and the fish of freshwater bodies. If they can catch small fish, they swallow them whole. This bird has delicious flesh, which was much desired. It was sweet-smelling as well. [In an interview during the Seattle Live Aloha Hawaiian Culture Festival in 2020, Kuana Torres Kahele explained that Waiakanaio means “Water of the naio bird” and that naio is an alternate pronunciation of noio, the Hawaiian tern.] Lessons to Learn from Niihau. By the Rev. Abraham K. Akaka. Pastor, Kawaiahao Church. I began my ministry in 1943 at Waimea, Kauai. Dear ones from Niihau came to Kauai to shop, worship, hoolauna (visit) with relatives and friends. I

Waiakanaio

will always cherish the memory of beautiful people and times singing, worshiping, eating and visiting with the Kanaheles, Kahales, Kaohelauliis, Kaleohanos, Wailiulas, and others—times when I was refreshed and strengthened by their deep Christian faith and integrity, their childlike purity of heart and life. —Honolulu Star Bulletin. 13 September 1982. P. 16. [David Waili‘ulā wrote the lyrics to the song “Waiakanaio.”]

51

Ni‘ihau History

The Hawaiian-language newspaper articles in the Ni‘ihau History section are divided into 17 subsections. Within the subsections, the articles are listed in chronological order. In addition to the prominent place names identified in the first section, many of these articles have lesser-known place names that were just as important to the residents of the island. Mai Hawai‘i a Ni‘ihau: From Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau The first mention of Ni‘ihau in a Hawaiian-language newspaper is in an 1834 edition of Ka Lama Hawaii. It appears in a simple phrase: “mai Hawaii a Niihau,” or “from Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau.” This phrase is perhaps the most repeated phrase in the Hawaiian-language newspapers. Although brief, it acknowledges the eight major islands in Hawai‘i and extends a greeting to everyone on all the islands. It always follows the path of the sun, mentioning Hawai‘i island first (where the sun rises) and Ni‘ihau last (where the sun sets). Letter writers in the Hawaiian-language newspapers almost invariably used the phrase, or a variation of it, as part of their greeting to the newspaper editors and the readers, the people of Hawai‘i. For this reason, a word search in the Papakilo Database for “Niihau” lists more than 7,000 results, the majority of which are found in these poetic greetings. The phrases that follow are examples of the basic phrase mai Hawai‘i a Ni‘ihau and its many variations. While all of them start with the island of Hawai‘i, sometimes place names on the east end of the island, such as Kumukahi or Ha‘eha‘e, are substituted for the name of the island. The same is true for the island of Ni‘ihau, where sometimes the names of the smaller islands beyond Ni‘ihau (Lehua, Ka‘ula, and Nihoa) are used in place of Ni‘ihau. When Kamehameha V sold Ni‘ihau to the Sinclair family in January

53

1864, some of the letter-to-the-editor writers changed their traditional greetings to reflect the change of ownership. Several of them included the word “haole,” which originally meant “foreigner,” and that definition seemed to apply at the time of the sale, but as time went on, haole in Hawai‘i was also used specifically for a “white person.” In the July 2, 1864, and January 1, 1866, greetings the writers used another term, ‘ili keokeo, which literally means “white skin.” No Ka Lama Hawaii. Helu 4. Pela e ulu koke ka maikai ma ia wahi aku, a ia wahi aku, a piha loa ka aina mai Hawaii a Niihau i ka ai, a me na holoholona, a me na hale kula, a me na hale pule, a me na hale maikai e noho ai. —Ka Lama Hawaii. 17 December 1834. P. 3. For Ka Lama Hawaii. Number 4. That is how progress takes place all over the country, so that everywhere from Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau becomes full of food and livestock, and schools, and ­churches, and decent houses to live in.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

[Untitled] O ka haupu o ka manao, me ke kukia i ka po a ao wale no, nolaila, ke kauoha ’ku nei au ia oe e lele hoolahalaha ’ku ae ma waena o keia mau mokupuni mai Hawaii a hala loa ’ku i Niihau, a na moku panina, aohe lua i ka Noio aukai lahalaha maikai ke lele mai. Aloha no. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 3 October 1861. P. 3. [Untitled] Dear Hoku O Ka Pakipika, Aloha. The affections of the thoughts set firmly all night long, causing me to request that you publish this widely among these islands from Hawai‘i all the way to Ni‘ihau and the islands that close out the archipelago filled with noio birds who fill the sky as they fly over. Greetings to us all.

54

Kumumanao. He mea pono anei i keia Lahui ke mare me na Lahui e? Ke kahea leo nui aku nei au ia oukou e na makamaka o’u mai Hawaii, a Kauai, (a koe aku hoi o Niihau no ka haole). —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 18 June 1864. P. 4. Is it right for this race to marry with other races? I call in a loud voice to my friends from Hawai‘i to Kaua‘i (excepting Ni‘ihau for the foreigners). Pepehi Kanaka Ma Kipahulu. E Ka Nupepa Kuokoa E; Aloha Oe. He wahi mea hou ka’u e hai aku nei ia oe, a nau hoi ia e hai ae ma ke akea, i ike mai ai na kanaka a pau mai Hawaii a Kauai, hoo­koe aku o Niihau no ka ilikeokeo. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 2 July 1864. P. 2. Murder In Kīpahulu. Dear Nupepa Kuokoa. Aloha. I have something new to tell you, and you can tell it publicly so that all people can know from Hawai‘i to Kaua‘i, excepting Ni‘ihau, due to the white skins.

Hoike Kula Ma Wailupe, Oahu. E Ka Nupepa Kuokoa E; Aloha Oe. E oluolu paha oe, a me kou Luna nana e Hooponopono i kou kino holookoa, e hookomo iho i keia wahi manao ma kahi kaawale o kou kino, i ike mai ai na makamaka o kaua mai Hawaii nui o Keawe, a hiki aku i Niihau o Limaloa. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 27 August 1864. P. 2. School Commencement at Wailupe, O‘ahu. Dear Nupepa Kuokoa. Aloha. Please, could your Director of Editing of your entire body insert this bit of a message in whatever space you have in your body so that all friends of ours from Great Hawai‘i of Keawe all the way to Ni‘ihau of Limaloa will see it. [Hawai‘i island was often called Moku o Keawe, or “island of Keawe,” for a beloved king of the island. Limaloa was the god of mirages.] Na Palapala. No Ka Mare Ana. Mai ka Lae o Leleiwi o Hawaii i ka mole o Niihau hoi mai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 27 August 1864. P. 2. Documents for Marriage. From the point of Leleiwi in Hawai‘i to the base of Ni‘ihau and back again. He Leta No Oregona Mai. Mai Hawaii a ka mole o Niihau. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 10 September 1864. P. 3. A Letter from Oregon. From Hawai‘i to the base of Ni‘ihau. Kumumanao. Ua Noa Ke Puhi Rama! Ua Noa Ke Puhi Rama!! A Ke Olelo Ia Nei E Emi Ana Ka Kekahi Mau Auhau O Na Makaainana. Nolaila hoi, i o’u mau makamaka aloha e noho ana mai Hawaii a hala loa’ku i Niihau, ka mokupuni o ka haole, e hoolohe mai i keia. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 5 November 1864. P. 1. Subject. Distilled Liquor Is Now Available! Distilled Liquor Is Now Available!! What Is Now Being Said Is That Some Genealogical Lines of Subjects Will Decline.

Mai Hawai‘i a Ni‘ihau: From Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau

Kumumanao. No Ka Holoholo Olelo. Ilaila no e onuminumiia’i kahi inoa aa, ke hoea ae ka ua hele a oki loa, aohe lihi inoa i ka meeau, aloha ino no hoi, ka noho ana o ka inea iloko o na lehelehe o ka poe holoholo olelo. Nolaila hoi, i o’u mau hoa’loha e noho ana mai ka ala wikani o Hawaii nui o Keawe, a hiki loa aku ke one kaheahea i Kauai a Manokalanipo, manuahi mai Niihau, ka moku o ka haole. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 3 September 1864. P. 1. Subject. Rumors. So, here’s to my friends living in the strong rocks of Great Hawai‘i of Keawe all the way to the calling sands at Kaua‘i of Manokalanipō, and naturally Ni‘ihau, the island of the foreigner. [The “calling sands,” or one kaheahea, are also known as “sounding sands,” or one kani. The reference here is probably to the “one kani o Nohili,” the sounding sands of Nohili.]

55

So, to all my dear friends living on Hawai‘i all the way to Ni‘ihau, the island of the foreigners, hear this. Ahahui Euanelio Ma Hilo. Mai ka lae o Kumukahi a ka welo ana a ka la i Niihau. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 19 November 1864. P. 4. Gospel Association in Hilo. From the point of Kumukahi to the setting of the sun at Ni‘ihau. Kumumanao. No Ka Moekolohe. E Ka Nupepa Kuokoa E. Aloha Oe. E oluolu oe e ko makou hoa kamakamailio o keia mau makahiki, e hoike akea aku i ke Kumumanao nona ke poo e kau kehakeha ae la maluna. A nau hoi ia e hookakahele aku i ko kaua kinikini e noho ana, mai Hawaii o Keawe, a hala aku i Kauai o Mano, manuahi mai hoi Niihau. No keia Kumumanao “No ka Moekolohe.” —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 26 November 1864. P. 1. Subject: Adultery. Dear Nupepa Kuokoa. Aloha. Will our conversation partners of recent years please report the subject matter proudly appearing above to the public? You can put it out there for the masses living out there from Hawai‘i of Keawe all the way to Kaua‘i of Mano, and Ni‘ihau, naturally, regarding this heading, “Adultery.”

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

E Malama! E Malama!! Nolaila, e na makamaka mai Hawaii a Kauai, a kamau mai hoi o Niihau a Hanaio, e malama oukou i ka mea i loohia i ka mai Pupule, o hoopilikia aku auanei keia mea Pupule i ko oukou mau waiwai a me kekahi mau mea e ae; a kua poino maoli io auanei oukou. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 17 December 1864. P. 4. Take Care! Take Care!! So, my friends from Hawai‘i to Kaua‘i, and to Ni‘ihau of True Work, take care of those afflicted with mental diseases or this mentally deranged one will put your property in danger, as well as that of others.

56

Hunahuna Mea Hou O Hawaii Nei. I na kanaka a pau loa mai Hawaii, a hiki loa aku i Niihau! —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 12 January 1865. P. 2. Fragments Of News Across Hawai‘i. To all those from Hawai‘i all the way to Ni‘ihau! Pohaku Makaikai Nui Ia. Ke kukini mama i ka poai a puni ia Hawaii o Keawe, o Maui nui hoi o Kama, o Molokai nui a Hina, Oahu o Kakuhihewa, a Kauai o Mano, a kaulele mai hoi Niihau, ka aina o ka haole. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 9 February 1865. P. 3. Rock Frequently Visited. Dear Nupepa Kuokoa, Aloha. [You are] the swift messenger who circles all of Hawai‘i of Keawe, great Maui of Kama, great Moloka‘i of Hina, O‘ahu

of Kākuhihewa, and Kaua‘i of Mano, soaring over to Ni‘ihau, land of the ­foreigners. Hunahuna Mea Hou O Hawaii Nei. Hoku Ao. Nolaila eia ka olelo noi ia oukou e na haipule e noho ana mai Hawaii a hiki aku i Niihau i ka aina i lilo ae nei i ka haole. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 16 February 1865. P. 2. Bits of News of Hawai‘i. Morning Star. So, this is the request I have for you all, those who are devout from Hawai‘i all the way to Ni‘ihau, the land that was lost to the foreigners.

E Malama I Kahi Hapawalu Iki. Ke Au Okoa E. Aloha oe. He wahi puolo mea hou ka’u e hooili aku ia oe e ka Luna Hooponopono, a nau hoi ia e hookomo iho ma kahi kaawale o ke kahua kaua holookoa o keia Aupuni, mai Hawaii a hala loa’ku i Niihau, koe aku hoi o Kaula a me Nihoa. No ka ehukai aku hoi o ke Kaulua. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 20 April 1865. P. 3. [“Hapawalu” in the title was a coin worth 12½ cents.] Save a Small Coin. Dear Ke Au Okoa, aloha. I have a bundle of news to pass onto you, the editor. Will you insert it into a space on the entire battlefield of this country from Hawai‘i passing all the way to Ni‘ihau, excepting Ka‘ula and Nihoa. Due to the sea spray of the season of Kaulua. He Lei Nani Ka Wahine Noho Pono. Mai Hawaii a Niihau, ka aina o na ili keokeo. —Ke Au Okoa. 1 January 1866. P. 3. A Beautiful Lei, the Virtuous Woman. From Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau, land of the white skins. Mea Hou Ma Waimea, Kauai. Io’u mau makamaka aloha iloko o ka Haku, mai Hawaii o Keawe, a Kauai nei hoi o Manokalanipo, a pili wale mai hoi o Niihau i ka mole o ka aina. Aloha no. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 24 February 1866. P. 4. Something New in Waimea, Kaua‘i. To my dear friends in the Lord from Hawai‘i of Keawe to here on Kaua‘i of Manokalanipō, with Ni‘ihau attached to the base of the land. Aloha.

Mai Hawai‘i a Ni‘ihau: From Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau

Ka Pualiinuwai Ana Ma Kona Akau, Hawaii, I Ka La 4 O Ian. 1865. E Ka Nupepa Kuokoa E. Aloha Oe. He mea hou no ka’u e hooili aku ia oe, a nau hoi ia e paki haalele ae i na ale hanupanupa o na kai ewalu, mai Hawaii, a pulelo loa aku i Niihau, ke oluolu hoi ia i kou manao e ka Luna Hooponopono. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 9 March 1865. P. 3. The Water-Drinking Army in North Kona, Hawaii on the 4th of January 1865. Dear Nupepa Kuokoa. Aloha. I have some news to pass onto you so that you may set it on the surging waves of the eight seas from Hawai‘i and float it all the way to Ni‘ihau, if you would be so kind and considerate, dear editor.

57

Olelo Paipai I Na Kanaka Hawaii E Makemake Ana E Hana Malalo O Na Haole. No laila, e na makamaka mai Hawaii o Keawe, a Niihau ka palena o na moku kanaka o Hawaii nei, noho ana noonoo, ku a maloeloe, e kahiko me ka na uao o ko kaua Aupuni nei. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 31 March 1866. P. 2. Encouraging Words to Hawaiians Wishing to Work for the Foreigners. So, dear friends from Hawai‘i of Keawe to Ni‘ihau at the boundary of the inhabited islands of Hawai‘i, sit and think, stand straight and tall, adorn yourself with the enlightenment of our country. I shall not prevent your desire to work, but I seek to educate you before agreeing to work. W. K. Poniu‘ailana.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

He Leo Kahea. Nolaila auhea oukou e o’u hoa puni lawe Nupepa, e noho ana i ke kau mea o ka puanuanu ma na kapakai o Puna i Hawaii, a pulelo wale aku ma ka ili kai o Kaulakahi i Niihau. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 29 December 1866. P. 4. A Voice Calling. So, hear me out, my friends who look forward to the newspaper, living in the summer of cold on the coast of Puna in Hawai‘i all the way to the gusting of the face of the sea at Kaulakahi at Ni‘ihau.

58

He Leo Kahea! E kokua! E kokua!! E Kokua i ko Makou Pilikia! Nupepa Kuokoa. Aloha oe. E oluolu paha oe e lawe aku i keia wahi lau oliva a ke aloha, i haole iho ai hoi mawaho o ka Halelana o Noa, a nau hoi ia e lawe aku ma na kapa kahakai o ko kakou nei mau mokupuni, mai Hawaii o Keawe, Maui o Kamalalawalu. Molokai Nui a Hina, Lanai o Kaululaau, Oahu o Kakuhihewa, a hala aku i Kauai o Manokalanipo, manuahi mai hoi o Niihau o ka haole. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 10 June 1871. P. 1. A Voice Calling Out! Help! Help!! Help out our Cause! Dear Nupepa Kuokoa. Aloha. Will you please take this olive leaf of love that fell off of Noah’s Ark and carry it to the seaside coasts of our islands, from Hawai‘i of Keawe, Maui of Kamalālāwalu, Great Moloka‘i of Hina, Lāna‘i of Kaululā‘au, O‘ahu of Kākuhihewa and beyond, to Kaua‘i of Manokalanipō, with Ni‘ihau of the foreigners, naturally attached. Ko’u Aloha Nui I Na Makaainana O Waimea. Ke aloha aku nei au io’u haku o ka makani Naulu aheahea malie o Niihau, e pili pu ana me ia mokupuni kaili la o Lehua. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 17 August 1878. P. 4. My Great Love to the People of Waimea. I extend my aloha to my lords of the gentle Nāulu wind of Ni‘ihau, next to the island of Lehua that snatches away the sun. Hoalohaloha o ke Kula Sabati o Kahanaiki. Mai Hawaii o Keawe a Niihau a ka moena pawehe. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 20 January 1899. P. 4.

Greetings from the Sunday School of Kahanaiki. From Hawai‘i of Keawe to Ni‘ihau of the makaloa mat. [Ni‘ihau was famous for its makaloa mats, or moena pāwehe, with their finely woven, colored geometric patterns.] Ka Hana a ka Demokarata ia Hawaii. Mai kela pea o ka aina i Hawaii nui a Keawe a i ka aina wena i ka ula a ka la i Niihau. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 3 August 1900. P. 2. What Democrats Have Done to Hawai‘i. From the far borders of the island of Great Hawai‘i of Keawe to Ni‘ihau, the hot island in the flame of the sun. Ka Mookuahau Elua o Hawaii. Mai Hawaii a Niihau a hala loa i Nihoa. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 7 September 1900. P. 4. The Second Genealogy of Hawai‘i. From Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau and all the way to Nihoa.

Kuu Aloha He Kane Ua Hala, Ua Wehe Mai I Ka Maua Pili. Mai ka la puka ma Kumukahi a hoea i ka la kolii i ke kai o Lehua. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 17 May 1912. P. 4. My Love, My Husband Has Passed, Severing the Bond between Us. From the rising sun at Kumukahi to the gradually disappearing sun in the sea of Lehua. Kuu Lei Daimana Poina Ole Ua Hala. E ae mai i ka’u wahi puolo e panee aku nei ma kekahi oneki kaawale o kou kino lahilahi e kuu Kuokoa i ike mai na kini makamaka, e noho ana ma ka puka ana o ka la ma Kumukahi, a i lohe aku ka welona a ka la i Lehua i na ko o Halaalii. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 18 August 1916. P. 3. My Dear Unforgettable Diamond Necklace Has Passed Away. Please allow my little bundle to be placed on an available space on the deck of your thin body, my dear Kuokoa, so that the many friends living where the sun rises at Kumukahi may hear it to where the sun streaks across the sky to Lehua, and even the sugar cane of Halāli‘i [on Ni‘ihau] may hear it. Ka Upo’i Na Lihilihimaka O Kuu Mea Aloha, Mrs. Hana Mua Uahinui. Mai ka pukana a ka la ma Kumukahi, ahiki aku i ka aina nona na ulu hua i ka hapapa hookahi no kuahiwi o Kuhaimoana, kela pihi kae’ae’a o ka palena o na moku i okiia e ke kai nui, kaawale aku o Kaula. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 11 July 1919. P. 4.

Mai Hawai‘i a Ni‘ihau: From Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau

Na Palapala. Mai Hawaii o Keawe a hoea i ka oeno hili pawehe o Niihau. —Kuokoa Home Rula. 1 May 1908. P. 2. Documents. From Hawai‘i of Keawe all the way to the makaloa mat of Ni‘ihau.

59

The Lashes of the Eyes of the One I Love Close Shut, Mrs. Hana Mua Uahinui. From the rising of the sun at Kumukahi all the way to the land where breadfruit grows on the coral rock [Ni‘ihau] and the one mountain of Kūhaimoana, that expert fish of the extremity of the islands, cut off by the sea that separates Ka‘ula. Ua Hala I Ka Ala Hoi Ole Mai, O Robert Papalina Kaaihue. Mai Hawaii nui akea moku o Keawe ahiki i Niihau ka mokupuni kailila. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 13 March 1924. P. 6. Passed Away on the Pathway of No Return, Robert Pāpālina Ka‘aihue. From great expansive Hawai‘i, island of Keawe, to Ni‘ihau, the island that snatches the sun. He Pane I Ka Mea Haiolelo O Mooheau Paka. E Kauai o Manokalanipo i ke ala o ka mokihana, a hala loa aku i Niihau i ka ulu i ka hapapa me ke ko eli o Halalii, eia mai ka elele ola na iwi, hooleiia mai i ka lei mokihana, ma keia Poalua ae. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 28 October 1926. P. 2. A Response to the Speaker at Mo‘oheau Park. Dear Kaua‘i of Manokalanipō on the pathway of the mokihana, passing on to Ni‘ihau of the breadfruit growing on the coral rock and the hand-dug sugar cane of Halāli‘i, here I come, the messenger. May the people live and may they wear the lei of mokihana next week Tuesday. [Mokihana is a small tree found only on Kaua‘i. A lei made of its berries is the lei that represents Kaua‘i.]

Epithets in the Hawaiian-Language Newspapers

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Epithets, or poetic sayings that characterize a person, place, or thing, are common in the Hawaiian-language newspapers. They often refer to the eight major Hawaiian Islands and consist of the name of the island coupled with the name of a beloved historical figure of that particular island or the name of the island coupled with something special that the island is known for. The following are some epithets specifically for Ni‘ihau. Epithets for the other islands are also found in the articles that follow.

60

1. Ni‘ihau ka mokupuni kā‘ili lā. Ni‘ihau, the island that snatches the sun [the island where the sun sets]. 2. Ni‘ihau, e pili pū ana me ia mokupuni kā‘ili lā o Lehua. Ni‘ihau, next to the island of Lehua that snatches the sun. 3. Ni‘ihau i ka moena pāwehe. Ni‘ihau of the makaloa mat. [Moena pāwehe are commonly known as makaloa mats.] 4. Ni‘ihau ka palena o nā moku kanaka o Hawai‘i nei. Ni‘ihau at the boundary of the inhabited islands of Hawai‘i. 5. Ni‘ihau o Mano‘ōpūpaipai. Ni‘ihau of Mano‘ōpūpaipai [a former chiefess of the island]. 6. Ni‘ihau o Limaloa. Ni‘ihau of Limaloa [the god of mirages]. 7. Ni‘ihau nei i mokupuni hana‘i‘o na ka haole. Niihau, the island where foreigners truly work.

He Mau Inoa Kapakapa. Eia na inoa mele o na mokupuni ehiku: Hawaii o Keawe, Maui o Kamalalawalu, Molokai a Hina, Lanai o Kaululaau, Oahu o Kakuihewa, Kauai o ManoKalanipo, Niihau o Mano-opupapai. Na olelo poeko no na palena mai ka hikina a ke komohana, oia no, mai ka la pii mai o Kumukahi a ka welo’na o ka la i Lehua; mai ka la oili i Haehae a halii i ka mole o Lehua; mai ka la oni ae ma Makanoni i ka lae kaulana o Kumukahi a ka la welo i ka ilikai malalo aku o ka mole olu o Lehua i ka wai huna a ka paoo. He mau mea ano okoa kaulana loa kekahi, oia no ke Kauila holu o Puukapele, ke one kani o Nohili, ka pahapaha o Polihale, ka wailiula o Mana, ka waiula ili ahi o Waimea, ka limu kaha kanaka (peuu) o Manuakepa ma Hanalei, ke ahi lele of Kamaile hene ka auhau ma Kauai. Aia ma Niihau ka ulu hua i ka hapapa, ke ko eli o Halalii. C. M. Hyde. Honolulu, Nov. 13, 1886. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 13 November 1886. P. 2. Nicknames. These are the names [used in] songs for the seven islands: Hawai‘i o Keawe, Maui o Kamalālāwalu, Moloka‘i a Hina, Lāna‘i o Kaululā‘au, O‘ahu o Kākuhihewa, Kaua‘i o Manokalanipō, Ni‘ihau o Mano‘ōpūpaipai. The expressive words from the eastern to the western frontiers are: from the sun rising at Kumukahi to the sun’s passing across the sky to Lehua, from the emerging of the sun at Ha‘eha‘e to its spread across the base of Lehua, from the sun that moves at Makanoni at the famous point of Kumukahi to the sun’s track to the surface of the sea below the pleasant base of Lehua in the hidden water of the pāo‘o fish. There are also different and very famous things, such as the swaying kauila tree of Pu‘ukāpele, the sounding sand of Nohili, the pahapaha seaweed of Polihale, the mirage of Mānā, the Wai‘ula‘iliahi River of Waimea, the moss that people slide on at Manu‘akepa in Hanalei, the flying fire of Kamaile where the ‘Auhau wind smiles on Kaua‘i. On Ni‘ihau is the breadfruit that grows on the coral and the hand-dug sugar cane at Halāli‘i. C. M. Hyde. Honolulu, Nov. 13, 1886. [This title of this article uses the term inoa kapakapa, or “nicknames,” instead of ‘ōlelo kaena, literally “words of praise,” the term for epithets.] Moolelo Kuauhau O Ka Hanauna O Na ’Lii Mai Ka Po Mai, A Puka Mai I Ka Moi Kamehameha V. Auhea hoi oukou e ka poe noiau ma ka imi ana nei mea he “Kuauhau mai kahiko mai”; a me ka poe kahiko e noho ana ma ka Mokupuni o Hawaii o Palena, a me Maui o Kaulahea, a me Lanai o Mopua, a me Molokai o Ola’i, a me Oahu o Manouli, a me Kauai o Manokea, a me Niihau o Mano-opu-paipai, nana hoi i hanau mai o Manokalanipo ke Alii o Kauai. O ke kupuna no nei o na’Lii mai ka po mai, a hiki mai i ko kakou Moi Aloha Lahui e noho nei. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 30 July 1864. P. 4.

Epithets in the Hawaiian-Language Newspapers

8. Moku o Kahelelani. Island of Kahelelani [a former chief of Ni‘ihau and today the name of a popular shell used in Ni‘ihau shell lei]. 9. O Ni‘ihau Ka ‘Oi. Ni‘ihau Is the Best.

61

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Genealogical Account of the Ancestry of Chiefs From Time Immemorial Until King Kamehameha V. To all of you who are experts and researching “Genealogies from ancient times,” and the ancients living on the island of Hawai‘i of Palena, and Maui of Kaulahea, and Lāna‘i of Mōpua, and Moloka‘i of Ōla‘i, and O‘ahu of Manouli, and Kaua‘i of Manokea, and Ni‘ihau of Mano‘ōpūpaipai, who gave birth to Manokalanipō, the King of Kaua‘i, [these are] the ancestors of the chiefs from time immemorial until our King Who Loves His People.

62

Moolelo No Ka Hoonohonoho Ana O Na Alii Aiaupuni A Me Ko Lakou Mau Akua O Na Alii O Ka Wa Kahiko Mai Hawaii A Niihau. Ko Niihau Alii Ame Kona Mau Akua. O Manoopupaipai hoi ke Alii o Niihau, a eia ka inoa o kona mau Akua: o Lonopule, o Lonoimua, ame Lonokahuna, ua like no ka hana ana mai Hawaii a Niihau, aole paewa o ka lakou mau mea e malama ai ame ka pololei loa, a malaila i hooko mai ai ko lakou mau Akua i ka lakou noi aku, a piha pono ka aina i ka nui o na’lii ame na kanaka, pa ha a pa lima ke kanaka no ke kihapai hookahi ke mahai i ka wa kahiko. Nolaila, e nana pu mai kakou e like me na kuhikuhi ame na haina o keia moolelo, no ka mea, ke kaniuhu nei kekahi poe no ke emi loa o keia lahui ame na’lii i keia wa, ua uuku loa lakou i koe. Auhea oukou e ka poe haipule o ke Akua, ka poe hoi e pilipili kana aku i ka Haku, aohe he wehena ilaila. E ka poe haipule oiaio mai Hawaii o Palena, a Niihau o Manoopupaipai, e noi nui aku kakou i ke Akua, i hooulu mai ai oia i keia hanauna a nui, e like me ka Iehova i kauoha mai ai ia Aberahama, penei: “Ma nei hope aku, e hoolilo ana au i kau mau mamo i hanauna nui e like me na hoku o ka lani, me ke one o kahakai ame ka lauoho o ko oukou mau poo, aole pau i ka helu ia,” a pela kakou e nana ai, a i pomaikai ai hoi keia lahui, a me ke aupuni o ko kakou Moi aloha lahui e noho nei Kamehameha V. Me ka mahalo no, P. S. K. Pakele. Kakanoui, Kipahulu, Maui, Oka. 22, 1864. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 12 November 1864. P. 4. Account of the Organization of the Ruling Chiefs and Their Gods of the Ancient Chiefs From Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau. Ni‘ihau’s Ali‘i and Gods. Mano‘ōpūpaipai is the ali‘i of Ni‘ihau, and here are the names of her gods: Lonopule, Lonoimua, and Lonokahuna. There was nothing wrong about their practices and what they knew to be correct. That is how their gods granted their requests, and the land came to be full of chiefs and people, with a fourfold and fivefold increase per garden when farmed in ancient times. So, let us have a look according to the order and the telling of the story as some people bemoan the decrease of this people and the chiefs these days as there are only a few who remain. So, hear this, the devout in God, those who are close to the Lord, there is no separation there. So, for the devout followers of the truth from Hawai‘i of Palena to Ni‘ihau of Mano‘ōpūpaipai, let us ask of God that this generation increase and become expanded, like how Jehovah commanded Abraham, saying: “Henceforth I shall make your descendants a great generation like the stars of the heavens and the sands of the beaches and the hairs on your heads: countless,” and this is what

we shall see, and if this people are to be blessed, along with the nation of our people-loving King Kamehameha V. With gratitude, P. S. K. Pakele. Kakanou‘i, Kīpahulu, Maui, Oct. 22, 1864.

Ke Hoomaunaunaia Nei Ka Io E. Oia kahi kanaenae aloha ia oe e ke kane o ua lahui nei o’u, a ia oe hoi e ka wahine o o ua mau ailana nei o Hawaii o Keawe, o Maui o Kama, Lanai o Mopua, o Molokai o Lai, o Oahu o Kakuihewa, o Kauai o Mano, o Niihau o Manoopupaipai. —Ke Au Okoa. 16 October 1865. P. 3. The Flesh Is Being Wasted. It is a loving call to you, the men of these people of mine, and to you, the women of these islands of Hawai‘i of Keawe, of Maui of Kama, of Lāna‘i of Mōpua, of Moloka‘i of La‘i, of O‘ahu of Kākuhihewa, of Kaua‘i of Mano, of Ni‘ihau of Manō‘ōpūpaipai. Na Mea Hou O Lahainaluna. Me ka luna o Ke Au Okoa Ka Mahalo: No ka hiki ana mai o na Nunu o ka lewa e hai mai ana e, “aia o ke Au Okoa ka elele mama nana e ahai aku i na mea hou o Lahaina nei, a lohe aku o Hawaii, a hiki aku i Niihau o Manoopupaipai.” —Ke Au Okoa. 1 October 1866. P. 2. News of Lāhainaluna. With the head of the Au Okoa is my appreciation. The doves of the air have arrived, saying, “the Au Okoa is the swift messenger that carries the news of Lāhaina here so that all of Hawai‘i will hear all the way to Ni‘ihau of Manō‘ōpūpaipai.”

Epithets in the Hawaiian-Language Newspapers

Ka Hope o ka Makahiki. Ahea la oe apa mai e Hawaii ka moku nui, ka mea nona ka Mooolelo, “Ku no ka apa ia Hawaii i ka moku nui.” I ku io ka paha ia wa. Aole anei i ka wa o Ka Moi Kamehameha V. Ka mea e iini nei i ka pomaikai o ka lahui. Pehea hoi o Maui o Kamalalawalu, Oahu o Kakuhihewa, Kauai o Manokalanipo, Molokai nui a Hina, Lanai, a o Kaula, Niihau a Hanaio. E ku mai oukou ma na kuamoo, a e ninau iho, auhea ka aoao e hele ai? E hoi hou anei ihope io o Waawaaikinaaupo, ka wa hiki ole i ka heluhelu, kakaulima. Aloha ino. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 19 November 1864. P. 1. The End of the Year. When will you take the time, big island of Hawai‘i, for whom is the story, “It is fitting that the big island of Hawai‘i takes its time.” This was appropriate at the time. It wasn’t true in the time of King Kamehameha V, the one who desired the prosperity of the people. How about Maui of Kamalālāwalu, O‘ahu of Kākuhihewa, Kaua‘i of Manokalanipō, Great Moloka‘i of Hina, Lāna‘i of Ka‘ula, [sic: Kaulu (Kaululā’au)] Ni‘ihau of Hana‘i‘o. Stand up, all of you, on the roadways, and ask, what is the way to go? Go backward in the direction of Wa‘awa‘aikina‘aupō [ignorance], the era we cannot account for in handwriting? How unfortunate.

63

He Leo Kahea! Nolaila, e ku iluna e Hawaii imi loa! E ani peahi ka lima e Maui o Kama! E paleo mai e na hono o Piilani a me Oahu o Keaiwaiwa, o Kauai ke kane o Niihau ka wahine, hanau ka Nupepa Kuokoa, Buke IX; ke kolopa uneune e nahaha ai ka naaupo; ka waea teregalapa o ke aupuni Hawaii, e moe ana ma ka moana Pakipika, mai Hawaii o Keawe, a Kauai o Mano, mai ka Polunesia a Augeselaria, a hiki wale i Keomolewa, a kaalo hoi ma kela aoao aku o ka Poepoe Hikina. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 25 December 1869. P. 1. A Voice Calling! So, stand up, Hawai‘i of great seekers! Maui of Kama, wave your hand! Let the bays of Pi‘ilani talk with O‘ahu of Keāiwaiwa. Kaua‘i is the husband and Ni‘ihau the wife. The Nupepa Kuokoa is born, Book IX, the crowbar that pries and dashes ignorance; the telegraph wire of the Hawaiian nation lying across the Pacific Ocean from Hawai‘i of Keawe to Kaua‘i of Mano; from Polynesia to Australia all the way to Vancouver and passing over to the other side of the eastern hemisphere.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

He Olelo Kauoha! No oukou hoi kahi kanaenae welina ilihia a ke aloha e na keiki hapai la o Kumukahi i Haehae, ko na hono mai hoi a Piilani, ko Molokai a Lanikaula, Lanai a Keahiakawelo, Oahu a Kakuhihewa, Kauai o Mano, a puehu wale aku i na lede ulana moena pawehe o Niihau. E kui lima pu mai kakou no keia hapa makahiki ae, no ka lawe ana i ka nupepa; aole nae no ka poe i kaa pau mai, aka, no ka poe no i hookaa ole mai, a loaa ole ka pepa. Me ke aloha no. K. H. K. Kuakaha. Laiewai, Iune 4, 1877. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 23 June 1877. P. 1. A Decree! For you is this chant of praise filled with aloha, dear children who carry the sun of Kumukahi at Ha‘eha‘e, those of the bays of Pi‘ilani [Maui], those of Moloka‘i of Lanikāula, Lāna‘i of Keahiakawelo, O‘ahu of Kākuhihewa, Kaua‘i of Mano, scattered among the ladies who weave makaloa mats of Ni‘ihau. Let us join hands together for the second half of this year to subscribe to the newspaper, not for those who have not paid their subscription, but for those who have not paid and do not receive the paper. Sincerely, K. H. K. Kuakaha. Lā‘iewai, [O‘ahu] June 4, 1877.

64

Eia Ke Kau Holo Balota o 1884. E na makamaka keonimana, a me na hoaaloha oiaio o na apana koho mai Hawaii o Keawe a Kauai o Kanoa, papale mai o Niihau o Manoopupaipai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 26 January 1884. P. 3. This Is the Election Year of 1884. Dear fellow gentlemen and true friends of the voting districts of Hawai‘i of Keawe to Kaua‘i of Kanoa, topping off with Ni‘ihau of Manō‘ōpūpaipai. Welawela Ke Kai O Ka Moa, Hanee Kikala O Ko Hilo Kini. E hina lepa o ka lahui, e kui ka hele a i hookahi umauma, hookahi leo hoolohe o ko ka Elele a me kona alakai, e hookuu mai i mau Elele no oukou e na mokupuni, mai Hawaii o Keawe, Maui o Kama, Molokai a Hina, Lanai o Kaululaau, Kauai o Mano, Niihau a ke Kikii.

E hele oukou i ka mokupuni o Kakuhihewa nei, kahi nona ko kakou kulanakauhale hanohano nona kekahi moolelo kaulana i ka nunu mai. —Ka Nupepa Elele. 8 September 1888. P. 3. The Water of the Chicken Is Hot, the Hips of Hilo’s People Sway. Let the starting ribbon of the people fall, let us run the relay race with one heart, one voice to listen to of the Messenger and his leader. Release messengers for yourselves, oh islands from Hawai‘i of Keawe, Maui of Kama, Moloka‘i of Hina, Lāna‘i of Kaululā‘au, Kaua‘i of Mano, Ni‘ihau of those who lean back. [The saying in the last sentence is explained in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 2314: “Ni‘ihau i ke kīkū. Niihau leans back firmly. Ni‘ihau people are independent.” The Hawaiian Dictionary defines kīki‘i as “to lean back” and kīkū as “to lean back firmly.”] O Niihau Ka Oi. O na keiki a pau loa o ka la kowelo i Lehua, aole hookahi uli-ula i ae i keia hoohiki koho barota a ka poai pakaha pi gi, a ke hooheno ae nei ka mea kakau:

O ke komohana iho la no ia la! A owai ka oi o ka hikina? A. Makaweli. —Hawaii Holomua. 9 June 1894. P. 3. [“Pi gi” in line 2 stands for the letters “P. G.,” or Provisional Government.] Ni‘ihau Is the Best. Of all of the sons of the sun that flies across to Lehua, not one brownskinned person voted for the pledge of the vicious Provisional Government syndicate, and this reminds this writer of this tribute: Ni‘ihau is beautiful White in the calm Mauna Kea gleams But you are ashamed at making the pledge To lie together with the cruel ones A black stain of the traitors. It is the west! Who is the best of the east? A. Makaweli. Ohaoha Wale Ka Hikina Mai. I ka makahiki hou ko kaua aloha e kuu alakai lahui, kuu Peresiden maikai, ka makuakane hoi a ka aoao lahui Mr. C. K. Notley, kou kapena o “Ka Na’i Aupuni,” kou mau alii hooko kauoha, kuu Mana Hooko hoi ame Haku D. Kalauokalani, ko ka home ou apau, he mau wahi la keia o makou i kolohe iho nei kamalii oluna, ua lawa kana Hape Nuia, pau loa mai Hawaii nui moku o Keawe

Epithets in the Hawaiian-Language Newspapers

Nani Niihau la, Keokeo i ka malie; Huali oe o Maunakea, Hilahila oe ke hoohiki; I moepuu no na pakaha, A kiko eleele o ka poe kipi.

65

a hoea i ke koeli o Halalii, Hape Nuia pu e kini e ka lau e ka mano o ka I, o ka Mahi ame ka Palena, na mamo a Ka Na’i Aupuni. Aloha nui pau loa. Mai ka aina mai a ka malu i ke ao. C. L. Kookoo. Wailuku, Maui, Dek. 19, 1905. —Ka Nai Aupuni. 25 December 1905. P. 1. The Pleasant East. Our love is directed towards the new year, dear leader of my people, my dear president, the father of the people’s party, Mr. C. K. Notley, your captain, “Ka Nai Aupuni,” your faithful nobles, my dear justice and lord D. Kalauokalani, all those of your home, where we played as rascal children. It is enough to have a Happy New Year to all from Great Hawai‘i Island of Keawe all the way to the hand-dug sugar cane of Halāli‘i [on Ni‘ihau], Happy New Year, too, to everyone, the masses of the ‘Ī clan, the Mahi clan, and the Palena clan, the descendants of Ka Nai Aupuni: A fond aloha to all. From the land of shelter in the clouds. C. L. Ko‘oko‘o. Wailuku, Maui, Dec. 19, 1905. [“The land of shelter in the clouds” (ka aina mai a ka malu i ke ao), an epithet for Wailuku, Maui, is explained in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 2912: “Wailuku i ka malu he kuawa. Wailuku in the shelter of the valleys. Wailuku, Maui, reposes in the shelter of the clouds and the valley.” Malu I Ke Ao is also the name of a traditional song.]

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

He Hoomaikai. Mai o Hawaii o Keawe, Maui o Kama, Lanai o ka ulu laau, Molokai Nui a Hina, Oahu o Kakuhihewa, Kauai o Mano Kalanipo, Niihau a ka Moena Pawehe. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 14 February 1908. P. 7. Congratulations. From Hawai‘i of Keawe, Maui of Kama, Lāna‘i of Kaululā‘au, Great Moloka‘i of Hina, O‘ahu of Kākuhihewa, Kaua‘i of Manokalanipō, Ni‘ihau of the Makaloa Mat.

66

Kahiliaulani ka Elele Lahui no Wakinetona D. C., Ko’u Leo Aloha Imua O Oukou E Ka Lahui Hawaii O Keia Teritori. E Hawaiinui Kuauli moku o Keawe, Maui hoi a Kama, na Honoapiilani, Molokai nui a Hina, Lanai a Kanaloa, Oahu o Kakuhihewa, Kauai o Manokalanipo, Niihau i ka Uluhua i ka hapapa, me Ko eli o Hala’lii A i ka mole olu o Lehua, ka wai huna a ka Paoo. Aloha. —Kuokoa Home Rula. 24 October 1912. P. 1. Representative to Washington D. C. My Voice of Love Before You All, the Hawaiian People of This Territory. Oh, Great Hawai‘i of the green back, island of Keawe Maui of Kama, the bays of Pi‘ilani

Kuu Leialoha Miss Malia Makalena Kamoani Kainoa, Ua Hala. Ola Kahoolawe aina o Kahoalii, Ola Lanai o Kaululaau, Ola Molokai nui a Hina, Ola ke one kapu o Kakuhihewa, Ola Kauai a Manokalanipo, Ola Niihau o Halalii, Ola Kaula o Kuhaimoana. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 24 December 1920. P. 5. My Beloved Lei, Miss Malia Makalena Kamoani Kainoa, Has Passed. Kamoani lives, the woman whose name it is The parents live, the island of Keawe lives Kaho‘olawe lives, island of Kahoali‘i Lāna‘i lives of Kaululā‘au Great Moloka‘i of Hina lives The sacred sands of Kākuhihewa live [O‘ahu] Kaua‘i of Manokalanipō lives Ni‘ihau of Halāli‘i lives Ka‘ula of Kūhaimoana lives. He Hoomaikai. Me ka mahalo ame ke aloha nui ia oukou e na mana koho o Hawaii nui Moku o Keawe. E Kona kai malino a Ehu, ke onehanau o’u mau kupuna, pela hoi me Maui o Kama, pela hoi me Molokai nui a Hina ame Oahu i ke one kapu o Kakuhihewa, kuu onehanau; a ia oe e Kauai o Manokalanipo, ahiki aku i Niihau i ka palena o na moku ke haawi aku nei au i ko’u hoomaikai ia oukou e o’u mau haku makaainana no na baloka kiekie a oukou i haawi mai ai no’u. Me ka haahaa, W. P. Jarrett (Haalilio Opio) —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 11 November 1926. P. 5. Congratulations. With gratitude and great affection to all of you, the electorate of Great Hawai‘i, Island of Keawe. To Kona in the calm sea of ‘Ehu, the birthplace of my ancestors along with Maui of Kama, and so, too, Great Moloka‘i of Hina, and O‘ahu on the sacred sand of Kākuhihewa, my birthplace; and to you, Kaua‘i of Manokalanipō, and all the way to Ni‘ihau at the border of the islands, I give my hearty congratulations to you all, my citizen bosses, for the high [number of] ballots that you cast for me. Humbly, W. P. Jarrett (Ha‘alilio Jr.)

Epithets in the Hawaiian-Language Newspapers

Great Moloka‘i of Hina Lāna‘i of Kanaloa O‘ahu of Kākuhihewa Kaua‘i of Manokalanipō Ni‘ihau with the breadfruit on the coral rock and the hand-dug sugar cane of Halāli‘i All the way to the pleasant base of Lehua, [with] the hidden water of the pāo‘o fish. Aloha.

67

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 68

He Mele Hula No Kaleoaloha. Kaulana mai nei Kaleoaloha, Opuu loke no Hawaii nei; Ua kupu a ulu i Kakuhihewa, A mohala i ke anu a o Kaleponi; Ua poniia oe me ka lokahi, I elele lahui i Wakinekona; Ua paa ka manao me ke aloha, I alakai nou o Hawaii nei; E ala e Hawaii moku o Keawe, E lei haaheo nei i ka lehua; Eia ka elele a ke aloha, I paa i ka hae o ka lanakila; Kilakila o Maui nui o Kama, I ka pua loke lani lei onaona; Lilo i mea ole na enemi, Ua kokua mai ka Makua Lani, Nani wale Molokai Nui a Hina, Me ka lei kuikui o Lanikaula; Hone ana e ka leo o ka nui manu, A he loke Hawaii ili lahilahi; Aole i hopo iho a o Lanai, Me ka lei kauno’a alo ehukai; E ola ka elele a mau loa, A kau i ke ao malamalama; Malama Oahu lei i ka ilima, A he lei kaulana na ke kupuna; Ikeia Kauai o Manokalani, Me ka lei mokihana poina ole, Ua nani Niihau a Kahelelani, Me ka lei pupu momi o ke kai, E ola na moku o Hawaii nei, I ka elele lahui i alohaia; Haina ka inoa a o ka elele, Ke aloha lahui he oiaio. Hakuia e M. D. H. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 18 November 1926. P. 5. A Hula Song for Kaleoaloha. Kaleoaloha has become famous Rose bud of Hawai‘i You sprang up and grew on Kākuhihewa And blossomed in the cold of America You have been consecrated by unity As Representative in Washington The feeling is sealed in love That you, Hawai‘i, are the leader Rise up, Hawai‘i, island of Keawe Adorn the proud lei of lehua blossoms

Here is the Representative of love Who holds the banner of victory Great Maui of Kama stands proud With the heavenly rose, fragrant lei Enemies become nothing Heavenly Father provided help Great Moloka‘i of Hina is so beautiful With the kuikui lei of Lanikāula The talk of the many birds is pleasant A Hawaiian rose with delicate skin Lāna‘i has no worries With the kauno‘a lei that faces the sea May the Representative live forever And be set up in the bright clouds O‘ahu fosters the ‘ilima flower A famous lei of the ancestors Kaua‘i of Manokalani is seen With an unforgettable lei of mokihana Ni‘ihau of Kahelelani is beautiful With the momi shell lei of the sea May the islands of Hawai‘i be saved By the Representative dearly loved Tell the name of the Representative True patriotism. Composed by M. D. H. [This mele honors Victor Stewart Kaleoaloha Houston (1876–1959), who was elected delegate to Congress from the Territory of Hawai‘i on November 3, 1926.]

The sale of Ni‘ihau to a private landowner was initially overlooked by the English- and Hawaiian-language newspapers. A series of major events that occurred at the same time superseded the news. Kamehameha IV, who approved the sale, died before the transaction was completed. His death on the morning of November 30, 1863, was immediately followed on the same day by the succession of his brother, Lot, as Kamehameha V. However, the funeral service for Kamehameha IV did not take place until February 3, 1864. Although Kamehameha V finalized the sale of Ni‘ihau on January 23, 1864, it went unpublicized during this period of transition and mourning. Following the funeral service for Kamehameha IV, the Pacific Commercial Advertiser printed a short article in English called “Sale Of An Island” on February 4, 1864. The Hawaiian-language newspaper Ka Nupepa Kuokoa did not mention the sale until April 9, and then with only two brief sentences on page 2. As news of the island’s sale finally began to circulate, it created shock waves throughout the islands. Backlash, especially from the residents of

Sale of an Island

Sale of an Island

69

Ni‘ihau, prompted Kamehameha V to visit the island and speak to them on June 2, 1864. He was accompanied by Robert Crichton Wyllie, the Minister of Foreign Affairs for the Kingdom of Hawai‘i. Wyllie had played a key role in facilitating the sale and briefly summarized the king’s remarks to the Ni‘ihau residents in the June 11, 1864, edition of the Pacific Commercial Advertiser. As the new owners settled in on the island and initiated their plan to convert it into a sheep ranch, the residents soon learned that the Sinclair family members were devout Christians. They held strong religious and moral convictions, including their belief in temperance, or total abstinence from alcoholic drinks. Their convictions impacted everyone on the island and set the tone for life on Ni‘ihau in the years to come. The newspaper articles in this subsection begin in 1863 with the arrival of the Sinclair family and end in 1948 with the marriage of Lois Robinson. They document more than 80 years of life on Ni‘ihau under the new owners.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Passengers. Foreign. From Puget Sound—per [the ship] Bessie, September 17—Mrs. Gay, Mrs. Sinclair, Mrs. Robinson, Miss A. Sinclair, J. Sinclair, J. Gay, F. Gay, G. Gay, C. Gay, A. Robinson—12. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 24 September 1863. P. 2. [The passengers were Mrs. Jane Sinclair Gay, Mrs. Elizabeth (Eliza) Sinclair, Mrs. Helen Sinclair Robinson, Miss Anne Sinclair, James Sinclair, James Gay, Francis Gay, George Gay, Charles Gay, and Aubrey Robinson. Thomas Gay, the Bessie’s captain and husband of Jane, and Francis Sinclair were included in the passenger count of 12, but were not mentioned by name.]

70

Death of His Majesty Kamehameha IV! It becomes our painful duty to announce the death of our beloved Sovereign Alexander Liholiho, which occurred very suddenly at the palace in this city on Monday morning at 9¼ o’clock. His late Majesty was born on the 9th of February, 1834, and was therefore 29 years, 9 months and 21 days old when he died. His mother was Kinau, the daughter of Kamehameha the Great, and his father is our venerable Governor Kekuanaoa. An anecdote is related, that when Liholiho was born, Kauikeaouli [Kamehameha III] was so prepossessed with the babe, that he wrote on the door-sill that he should be called his child and heir. He was afterwards formally adopted as his successor to the throne, and on the death of Kauikeaouli, Dec. 15, 1854, in accordance with that choice, he was proclaimed King. His reign thus extended a few days less than nine years. In June, 1856, he was married to Emma Rooke, who survives him. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 3 December 1863. P. 2. Accession of His Majesty Kamehameha V. Proclamation. It having pleased Almighty God to close the earthly career of King Kamehameha IV., at a quarter past 9 o’clock this morning. I, as Kuhina Nui, by and with the advice of the Privy Council of State, hereby Proclaim, Prince Lot Kamehameha, King of the Hawaiian Islands, under the style and title of Kamehameha V.

God Preserve the King! Given at the Palace, this thirtieth day of November, 1863. (Signed) Kaahumanu. On Monday last, at 3 P.M., His late Majesty’s Aides, J. O. Dominis, David Kalakaua, L. Haalelea, and Peter Y. Kaeo, accompanied by the household troops, arrived at the courthouse, and from the portico, read the above proclamation in Hawaiian and English. A crowd of several thousand was present at the time, and the most enthusiastic cheering followed the announcement of the accession of a new King. Prince L. Kamehameha, who has succeeded to the throne as Kamehameha V., is an elder brother of the late King, and was born Dec. 11, 1830. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 3 December 1863. P. 2.

Funeral of the Late King. The funeral obsequies of Kamehameha IV were performed on Wednesday last [February 3], agreeably to public notice given. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 4 February 1864. P. 2. Sale Of An Island. The Island of Niihau has recently been sold by the Government to the Messrs. Sinclair, for the sum of $10,000 cash. It is the intention of the purchasers to make a sheep range of it, for which the island is said to be well adapted. Niihau is seldom visited by foreigners, on account of its out-of-way position, and consequently is among the least known in the group. It is eighteen or twenty miles long, about five or six miles wide, one-half of which consists of elevated or highland, about 800 feet above the level of the sea, and the other a

Sale of an Island

Ka Hoalii Ana O Ka Moi Kamehameha V. Olelo Kuahaua. No ka mea, ua hookuu ke Akua Mana Loa, i ke ola a me na hana ma keia honua malalo nei o ka Moi Kamehameha IV, i ka hora eiwa a me na minute he 15 o keia kakahiaka: nolaila, owau ma ko’u ano Kuhina Nui, mamuli oi ke kuka pu ana a me ka ae mai o ka Ahakukakuka Maiu. Ke hoolaha aku nei o Ka Mea KieKie Loka Kamehameha, oia no ka Moi o ko Hawaii nei Pae Aina, mamuli o kona inoa Moi, o Kamehameha V. Na Ke Akua E Hoola I Ka Moi! Hanaia ma ka Hale Alii ma Honolulu i keia la 30 o Novemaba, Victoria Kaahumanu. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 5 December 1863. P. 2. The Royal Establishing of King Kamehameha V. Proclamation. It having pleased Almighty God to close the earthly career of King Kamehameha IV, at a quarter past 9 o’clock this morning. I, as Kuhina Nui, by and with the advice of the Privy Council of State, hereby Proclaim, Prince Lot Kamehameha, King of the Hawaiian Islands, under the style and title of Kamehameha V. God Preserve the King! Given at the Palace, this 30th day of November, 1863, Victoria Ka‘ahumanu.

71

lowland or plain. Both sections are said to be good for grazing. It is on the lowland that the natives, of whom there are perhaps two hundred, live, and support themselves by fishing, and raising sweet potatoes, onions and yams, all of which grow well and are the finest produced in the group. As a sheep range, the island will probably be found to possess some advantages, as all other animals, dogs, &c., can be entirely excluded from it. The few natives who live on the island, by the introduction of wool-growing there, will be enabled to assist and have some better means of maintenance than heretofore. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 4 February 1864. P. 2. [“Messrs” is the abbreviated form of “Misters.” The sale price of Ni‘ihau was $10,000, which is the amount the Sinclair family paid to Kamehameha V, but several Hawaiians, Papapa and Koakanu, owned fee simple parcels on the island that were not included in the sale. They eventually sold their lands to the Sinclair family, which has resulted in the sale price sometimes being reported as more than $10,000.] Na Luna Makaainana o ka M. H. 1864. Kauai. Waimea & Niihau—V. Knudsen. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 26 March 1864. P. 2. Representatives of the Year 1864. Kaua‘i. Waimea & Ni‘ihau—V. [Valdemar] Knudsen.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Na Mea Hou O Hawaii Nei. Lilo Ia Mokupuni. Ua kuaiia ka Mokupuni o Niihau e ke Aupuni, ia Mr. St. Clair ame kekahi poe e ae, no na dala he $10,000. E noho ana ia poe ilaila, i ka hanai Hipa. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 9 April 1864. P. 2. News From Around Hawai‘i. Island Purchased. The island of Ni‘ihau was sold by the government to Mr. St. Clair and some others for the amount of $10,000. Those people live there, raising sheep. [The name St. Clair (Saint Clair) is an alternate spelling of Sinclair.]

72

Hana Io Ka Haole Ia Niihau. E Ka Nupepa Kuokoa E; Aloha oe. Ua halawai mai au me ka manao hoolaha pepa o na mea hou o Hawaii nei, ma ka Helu 15 o ka la 9 o Aperila, no ka lilo ana o Niihau ia Mr. James Francis Sinclair, no na dala he $10,800 ke hui pau me na aina o Kuakanu, he mau aina konohiki, o Halewela a me Kahuku, no ke kuai ana aku o ke Aupuni i ka mea nona ka inoa maluna ae, ame na aina konohiki pu a pau loa, lilo okoa keia mokupuni i ka haole, he lohe pepeiao paha ko oukou ame lakou la aku hoi, i ka lilo ana o Niihau, ame ka poe pi dala, loaa ole i ke kukui malamalama o Hawaii nei ma ka Nupepa Kuokoa. A o makou ka poe i ike nui, ike iki, ike loa, i ka lilo ana mai Kii a Kawaihoa, mai ka lae o Makahuena, a ka lae o Pueo, pau na mea a pau maluna iho o ka aina, aole he mea i koe iho ia makou i na kanaka malalo aku o na haku haole. Ke Ano O Ka Noho Ana: He oluolu, he maikai, he kamailio kupono no me ke

Sale of an Island

kanaka, aole nae he makaukau loa i ka olelo Hawaii, mahope aku kumaki, wahi a ka haole, he umi kanaka, he poe hoaaina i waeia maloko ae o na kamaaina, elua nae no kahi e, he mau malihini laua, no Hawaii kekahi, a no Maui hoi kekahi, a o laua a elua hui umi hoaaina, eia na inoa pakahi o lakou a ka haole i wae ai. A. Puko, D. Kauki, Hetesia, J. H. Kanakaiki, P. R. Holiohana, H. Haokaku, Mose Kanohai, Ioela Kapahee, a me Pouli, a o Kanakaiki, no Napoopoo, Hawaii, a o Holiohana hoi, no Hana, Maui, a ua kamaaina laua malaila, aia no ia mau hoaaina nei ka hooponopono o na la hana ekolu o ka malama e like me ka hana konohiki ana o na’lii, i na aina konohiki ke loaa mai ka hana i ka haku haole. Ko Lakou Nui: He umikumamalua hoi ka nui o Mr. James Francis Sinclair ma, elua kaikunane, ekolu kaikuahine, elima keiki, hookahi makuahine, a o ke kaikoeke hoi, hui umikumamalua lakou, aia ma Kununui ko lakou wahi i noho ai, he poe haole haipule no, hookahi no Akua, o ka hoomana he okoa loa, o ko lakou mau hale, i Beritania no ka hana ana, he komo wale ana no i Niihau, ekolu hale, hookahi hale e ku nei, a he elua hale i koe, mahalo no hoi makou i ka maikai ame ka nani i ka nana aku. No Na Holoholona: Elua lio o ke kane me ka wahine, a ina ekolu lio make no, a pela aku, o ka ilio, aole koe hookahi, pau loa i ka make, mai ka ilio nui a ka ilio liilii, no ka pau o na hipa i ka make, a nele ke aupuni i ke dala ole no na ilio, pela no hoi na kao, pau no i ka make, e na kanaka mea lio o Kauai, ame na hipa a oukou, e kii koke mai, mai lohi oukou, o hana io ka haole. Na Mea Kanu A Ke Kanaka. Na ke kanaka no na mea a ka lima o ke kanaka i hana ai, me ke kokua aku i ka hakuaina i kiki uala, ke pola akaakai, a me ka moa, ke oluolu, a i ole, pau no. No Ka Nui O Na Hipa. Ke hookuu ma ka mokupuni o Niihau, o ka hipa paha ka oukou i ike ma ka Nupepa a kakou, o ka nui paha aole oukou i lohe, eia mai ka oiaio, ka nui ka uuku, o ka nui o na hipa 3,400, na Hon. W. Webster, he 1,400 hipa; na Ka Moi, 2,000 hipa, aole pau ka makemake hipa o ua poe nei. Kanu Ko. E kanu ia ana o Niihau nei i ke ko, ke maikai kupono nae i ka hoao ana i hookahi eka, a i ulu maikai mai ke ko, alaila, o ke kanu ka hope, a i ole e ulu mai, ua pau no, no ka mea, he aina la. He aina makemake ole ia keia e na malihini imi waiwai no ka maloo, wela loa i ka la, a make na mea kanu, a eia ka hoi ka poe nana e makemake i ka waiwai, ua olelo mai lakou ia makou na kamaaina, he aina waiwai nui keia, no na hipa, a me ke kanu ko, ua kamaaina keia mokupuni i ko kakou makamaka maikai ia H. M. Whitney ke keiki papa mai Waimea a Niihau, me kona mau makua, no ka wela loa o na malama o ka makalii, ke hooki nei au i ke kakau ana, ke ua mai nei ka ua Naulu o Niihau. Me ke aloha no. P. R. Holiohana. Kihalaui, Niihau, Mei 2, 1864. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 4 June 1864. P. 1. Foreigners Truly Work on Ni‘ihau. Dear Nupepa Kuokoa, Aloha. I came across the article in News of Hawai‘i in the No. 15 [edition] of the 9th of April about how Ni‘ihau was purchased by Mr. James Francis Sinclair [sic: Messrs. James and Francis Sinclair] for a total of $10,800, along with the land of Kuakanu [sic: Koakanu], and some konohiki lands, Halewela and Kahuku. With the government selling these lands to the one[s] named above, and with all of the konohiki lands along with it, the entire island has been purchased by the foreigners. You may have heard rumors, as

73

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 74

well, about how Ni‘ihau was purchased, as did those who are stingy with their money, who do not get the enlightenment from around Hawai‘i that one gets from the Nupepa Kuokoa. We are the ones who know best and know the details about everything from Ki‘i to Kawaihoa and from the point of Makahu‘ena to the point of Pueo, everything on the face of the land. There is nothing left for us Hawaiians under the foreign owners. The Way of Life. They are nice, good, speak well with the Hawaiians, but they do not really speak Hawaiian well. Later I saw for myself at the place of the foreigners, ten people who were selected among the locals as overseers of the land. Two are from elsewhere. They are outsiders, one from Hawai‘i [island] and one from Maui, too, who are among the ten overseers. These are all of the names of those the foreigners selected: A. Pūkō, D. Kauki, Hetesia, J. H. Kanakaiki, P. R. Holiohana, H. Haokākū, Mose Kanoha‘i, Ioela, Kapahe‘e, and Pouli; and Kanakaiki of Nāpo‘opo‘o, Hawai‘i, and also Holiohana of Hāna, Maui, these two having known each other there. These two overseers of the land are in charge of coordinating the three working days of the month, just like the konohiki of the chiefs, when the foreign landowners need work to be done. Their Number. There are twelve among the party of Mr. James Francis Sinclair [sic: Messrs. James and Francis Sinclair], two brothers, three sisters, five children, one mother, and one brother-in-law, for a total of twelve, who reside in Kaununui. They are religious foreigners, observing one god. Their religion is very different. They had homes built in Britain that were brought to Ni‘ihau, where they have three houses. One is standing and two more are still to be built. We are impressed with how well done they are and beautiful to look at. The Animals. Two horses only [are allowed] for the husband and wife. If there is a third, it is killed, and so on. There are no dogs left. They were all killed, from the large dogs to the small dogs, since they were killing sheep. The government lost income because of the [dog tax]. The goats were also killed. Those of you on Kaua‘i, who have horses and sheep [on Ni‘ihau], come and get them. Do not hesitate, or the foreigners will do something with them. Plants and People. The people have whatever their hands make, while offering assistance to the landowners with baskets of sweet potatoes, bowls of onions, and chickens, out of generosity. Were it not for this, they [the landowners] would be finished. The Number of Sheep. You have read in our newspaper about the sheep released on the island of Ni‘ihau, but the number you have not yet heard. Here is the truth about how many or few there are: There are 3,400 sheep. Belonging to the Hon. W. Webster are 1,400 sheep, and belonging to the King are 2,000 sheep. The people are not tired of sheep. Planting Sugar Cane. Sugar cane is being planted here on Ni‘ihau. It has gone well as a trial in an area of one acre. If sugar cane should do well, then it will be possible to plant more later. If it does not grow well, then that puts an end to it. It is an arid island. This is an island not desired by foreigners seeking profit, as it is dry, very hot in the sun, with plants dying. But those who desire to make a profit have told us locals that this land is very rich for sheep and planting sugar cane. Our good friend, H. M. Whitney, knows this island well, as someone with fam-

ily in Waimea and Ni‘ihau, as do his parents. As it is very hot in the month of Makali‘i, I end this writing. The Nāulu rain of Ni‘ihau is coming down. With great love. P. R. Holiohana. Kihalaui [sic: Kihalanui], Ni‘ihau, May 2, 1864.

Na Palapala. Hanaio Hoi Ka Haole Ia Niihau. E Ka Nupepa Kuokoa E. Aloha Oe. E oluolu hou oe e ka Lunahooponopono, e lawe hou aku i keia auamo kaumaha maluna o kou poohiwi, a na kou mau kapuai mama ia, e ulele aku ma na kihi eha o kou mau ailana. A ia ma ka Helu 23 Buke 3, o kou oiwikino holookoa, malaila ke kukulu manao o P. R. Holi; “Hanaio ka haole ia Niihau nei,” oia hoi ka lilo ana o keia Mokupuni i ka haole, lilo loa, lilo hoi ole mai, a hiki i ka hulihia ana o keia honua. Ae! Ae!! Ae!!! Eia hou no kiea [sic: keia] hanaio o ka haole ia Niihau nei. I ka malama o Sepakemaba, o ehu mai la ka haole i na kanaka o Kii, Lehua, Keawanui, Halulu, Waimae, a me Kaununui, e kipaku ana ia lakou e hele ma Kauai, aole lakou e noho ma ka aina o ka haole, a no ka hele ole o na kanaka; hoopii ka haole i ka Lunakanawai apana o Waimea a me Niihau nei, ia (J. Kauai,) a ua hookolokolo ia lakou; a ma ka manao maikai o ka Lunakanawai, hoopuka oia i kana olelo hooholo, maloko o ka malama hookahi lakou e hele ai, a e lawe ai i ko lakou mau mea a pau. Lio, puaa, moa, waa, a pela ‘ku; aole no lakou i hele, no ko lakou aloha no i ka aina, no ka mea, aole lakou he poe malihini, he poe kamaaina la­ kou no keia aina, o ko lakou one hanau keia, o ko lakou apaapaa, o-pu ahuawa, a no ko lakou aloha i ka aina, hoololohe iho no, kai no hoi e oluolu mai ka haole; he ole ka hoi ka maliu mai. Hanaio ka haole la! ea!

Sale of an Island

Court News. Royal Yacht Nahienaena, [Written] at Sea, 6th June, 1864. My Dear Sirs: On the 30th of May, so soon as the people could be called, the King addressed His subjects from the verandah of the Judge’s house, which stands on an elevation. After His Majesty’s address three hearty cheers were given for King Kamehameha the V. After the King’s address, brief addresses were made by His Excellency the Governor of Kauai, by the Chief Kapaakea, by Prince William and by me. On the verandah to the left of His Majesty, stood Mrs. Whitney, Sen., Mrs. Rowell with several of her family, and the Hon. V. Knudsen, member elect to the next Legislature. On the 31st May, the King visited Kaula and planted His flag thereon. On the 2d of June, His Majesty addressed His subjects on Niihau, inquired into their complaints, and advised them to congregate together in a village, on 2000 or 3000 acres of land fit for cultivation, where they could keep up their manufacture of mats, have their own church and school, expressing His confidence that the Messrs. Sinclair would treat them kindly and assist them so far as they could. The people dispersed after giving three hearty cheers for King Kameha­ meha V. I remain, my dear sirs, yours truly, R. C. Wyllie. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 11 June 1864. P. 3.

75

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 76

A i ka malama o Okatoba, hoopii hou no ka haole i ka Lunakanawai. “No ke komohewa,” ua hookolokolo hou ia na kanaka, a ua hoopaiia kekahi poe, he .75 keneta, a he .25 keneta ke koina, a o kekahi poe, uku koina wale no, me ke kipaku ia o lakou a pau e hele i Kauai paha, i Kalalau paha, i ka wa e hiki ai ka moku i Niihau nei, oia ko lakou manawa e pau loa ai iluna o ka moku, ka poe i kipaku ia, a me ka lako mau wahine, a me na keiki, a me ka lakou mau elemakule, lio, puaa, a pela aku, a koe na hale no ka haole. Oia ka olelo hooholo a ka Lunakanawai, o ka nui o na kanaka i kipaku ia, he 48, a ina e huiia me na wahine, a me na kamalii, elemakule, luahine, manao wau, e 260 paha a oi ae; ea! hanaio ka haole la. Lilo o Niihau nei, mai ka lae o Paapaakoahi, a ka huini pali o Kawaihoa. Pau hoi kanaka i kipakuia, neoneo keia mau wahi a’u i hoike ae la maluna, kani paa mai ka aina o ka haole no ka hipa. A ia’u i hoi mai ai mai Kauai, mai maluna o ka Mokuahi Annie Laurie, e kii mai ana i na lio &c&c; a me ka poe i kipaku ia, hu mai ko’u aloha no lakou, a ma ka’u ike aku i ka helehelena o ka poe i loaahia ia i keia kaumaha, me he mea la, ua moe wale i ka mai nui, a, akahi no a pohala mai, ka paiokea, helelei na waimaka ume i ka ihu i kahi nemonemo. Hamohamo wale ana i ke kuala o Puna. Aohe olelo ana a ka poe mea makamaka ma Kauai, o ka poe mea makamaka ole ka hoi. Aloha ino! Hoopili wale aku no paha ka noho ana, a i kipaku hou ia mai, lewa hou aku ana me na wahi apaipu, noho la ihea? I Hamohamo paha? No Niihau nei hoi kaleo i puka. “Niihau a ke kikii,” a eia ka? Niihau kipaku ia e ka haole. Aloha wale. Ia makou i ike pono ai i ko makou mau makamaka; e hele huhu ana ke ahi me ka pulupulu, aohe o makou wahi kulu wai hookahi, e hoomaalili aku ai i ka wela o ko lakoa mau lehelehe, no ka mea, o makou ka poe i koe, aole i kipaku ia, aohe no o makou wahi kuleana iki, e kaohi mai ai i ko lakou mau kapuai, e noho ma ka aina nei, ka honua hoi, a ka iwipoo o ko lakou mau kupuna i noho ai. O kepoo ko makou e waiho nei ma ka uluna i ka po, a ao ae hoolono aku ana o ka leo o ka haole, o ka poha mai, ku kaanoa, loaa ka mea kihe a ka ihu, “Kanaka pau loa hele Kauai,” a o ka manawa iho la no ia. No ka hana, eia makou ke noho nei ma kahi haiki, ua like me ke kowa, na ka haole e kuhikuhi mai ia makou, aia mao ke alanui, malaila aku la, ina pane mai ka haole ua kapu keia alanui; ua kapu iho la, “Pau loa Niihau owau wale no,” wahi a ka haole. E ka Moi aloha Kamehameha V, ka mea e noho ana ma ka noho Alii Hano­ hano i keia mau la. Aloha oe a me kou mau Kuhina, a me na ’lii, ka poe a ke Akua Kiekie ma ka Lani i hoohanohano mai ai, a i hoolilo mai ai hoi i Haku no keia mau mokupuni he 12, e alawa iki mai i keia opala makaainana ou. Me ka Luna Hooponopono ke aloha hope, a no ka lehulehu hoi kekahi. Me ka mahalo. E. K. Wahinealoha. Puuwai, Niihau, Dekemaba 26, 1865. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 2 February 1865. P. 4 Letters [to the editor]. Foreigners Truly Work on Ni‘ihau. Dear Nupepa Kuokoa aloha. Would you please, again, dear editor, take upon your shoulders this sad burden, and may your swift feet take flight to the four corners of your islands. In Number 23, Book 3, of the body of your entire text, P. R. Holi laid out his thoughts in “Foreigners truly work on Ni‘ihau,” which had to do with the acquisition of this island by foreigners. It was a complete acquisition, never to be given back until the world is overturned. Yes! Yes!! Yes!!!

Sale of an Island

What’s more is that foreigners truly work here on Ni‘ihau. In the month of September the foreigners behaved aggressively towards the people of Ki‘i, Lehua, Keawanui, Halulu, Waima‘e, and Kaununui and evicted them. [They told them] to move to Kaua‘i, so they don’t continue living on the land of the foreigners. When the people did not go, the foreigners appealed to the District Judge of Waimea and Ni‘ihau, J. Kaua‘i, and they were tried. In the right thinking of the judge, he issued his decision that in one month they should go and take all of their belongings: horses, pigs, chickens, canoes, and so forth. But they did not go, owing to the love they had for the island. They are not outsiders, but rather locals of the land. This is their birth place, their patch of parched earth, their patch of shrubbery, and since they loved their land, they obeyed, but pleaded to the foreigners that they would show kindness. But they did not listen to them at all. The foreigners truly work! Really! In the month of October, the foreigners appealed again to the Judge “For trespassing,” and the people were tried again. Some were fined 75¢, and 25¢ for the rest. Some were only ordered to make a payment, but they are all evicted and made to go to Kaua‘i, perhaps to Kalalau, when the boat arrives here to Ni‘ihau. That is when they will board the boat, those who have been evicted, along with their wives, children, and the elderly, horses, pigs, and so on, leaving only their houses for the foreigners. That was the decision of the Judge. The total number of people evicted was 48, [but] if combined with women, children, elderly men and women, I believe it was about 260 persons or more. Astonishing! The foreigners really do work hard. This island, Ni‘ihau, has now been lost from the headland of Pa‘apa‘akoahi, to the sharp, pointed cliff of Kawaihoa. Everyone has been evicted, leaving these places I spoke of desolate, the land of the foreigners becoming that of sheep. As I returned from Kaua‘i on the steamship, Annie Laurie, arriving to pick up horses and so on, as well as those who were evicted, my love swelled for them. As I saw the faces of the people who were overcome with sadness, it was as if they were laid upon with a great sickness, from which they had just recovered. Tears streamed down, and they held their noses, patting the dorsal fin of Puna. There is no word from those with friends on Kaua‘i, only those without friends. How dreadful! They huddle together, and when they are kicked out, they are made to wander around with their smoking pipes. Then where do they live? In Hamohamo? It is from Ni‘ihau that we hear the saying, “Ni‘ihau of the strong back,” and look. Ni‘ihau evicted by the foreigner. Pathetic. As we saw our friends, there was a rage of fire and kindling. There is not one tear that we could have shed that would soothe the heat of their lips. We, those who were not evicted, had no rights at all regarding the matter. We could not have held them back so they could stay here on the island, upon the earth, where the skulls remain of their ancestors who lived here. We rest our heads on the pillow at night, and when it becomes daylight, we listen to the voice of the foreigners calling out, “Get up, even if you have a cold in your nose. Everyone has gone to Kaua‘i.” And that’s how it is. For work we live in cramped quarters, like in a channel. The foreigners tell us what to do, “There is the road, go there.” If the foreigners tell us a road is restricted, then it’s restricted. “I have everything on Ni‘ihau,” say the foreigners.

77

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Dear loving Majesty Kamehameha V, who occupies the honorable throne these days, aloha to you and your Ministers and nobles, those whom the High God of Heaven has honored and appointed as overseers of these 12 islands. Take a brief look at these commoners who are but trash to you. I leave my last aloha with the editor and for all the people, too. With gratitude. E. K. Wahinealoha. Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau, December 26, 1865 [sic: 1864]. [The phrase “Hana‘i‘o ka haole,” which appears five times in this article, is explained in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 455: “Hana‘i‘o ka haole! The white man does it in earnest! Hawaiians were generally easygoing and didn’t order people off their lands or regard them as trespassers. When the whites began to own lands, people began to be arrested for trespassing and the lands were fenced to keep the Hawaiians out.” The last sentence in paragraph four ends with a Hawaiian proverb, ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 444: “Hamohamo i ke kualā o Puna. Pats the dorsal fin of Puna. Said of one who is verbally ambitious but does nothing to attain his goal, or of one who is full of flattery and false promises.” The reference in paragraph five to Hamohamo is explained in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 1044: “Ho‘i ‘ōlohelohe i ke kula o Hamohamo. Going home destitute on the plain of Hamohamo. Going home empty-handed. A play on hamo (rub), as in the act of rubbing the hands together to indicate that one is empty-handed. Hamohamo is a place in Waikīkī.” The reference to 12 Hawaiian Islands in the last paragraph is from a proclamation in 1854 by the Kingdom of Hawai‘i that in addition to the eight main islands, four smaller islands were part of the kingdom: Molokini, Lehua, Ka‘ula, and Nihoa.]

78

Eia Ka Makamaka Maanei, No Na Hana Pono Nae. E Ke Kilohana Pookela O Ka Lahui Kuokoa E. Aloha Oe. Ua ikeia ma kou Helu 5, o ka la 2 o Feberuari; makahiki 1865, o ka Buke 4 o ka Nupepa Kuokoa ma ka aoao 4, na huaolelo ano nui “Hanaio hoi ka haole ia Niihau.” Aia malaila kou wahi kukulu manao aloha, ma ka pauku 6 penei: “Aohe olelo ana a ka poe mea makamaka ma Kauai, o ka poe mea makamaka ole ka hoi. Aloha ino! hoopili wale aku no paha ka noho ana, a i kipaku hou ia mai, lewa hou aku ana me na wahi apaipu, noho ana la ihea?” Ma keia mau huaolelo ano nui, ina he oiaio kela huaolelo ninau, “noho ana la ihea?” Ke pane nei au me ka oiaio i keia huaolelo ano gula i haiia mai e ko’u Lunaikehala “Noho ana i o Limahana la, a me Hookuonoono.” E ninau mai oukou, aia mahea ia wahi? Ke hoi nei au, aia ma Palolo, Mokupuni Oahu, aia malaila ka makamaka, ke aikane, ke kaikuaana, ke kaikaina, ka makuakane, ka makuahine, na makamaka no a pau loa. “aohe hua holo i Niihau, o kipaku hou mai anei e ka haole.” Penei ka olelo a ua poe makamaka la o Niihau i hele aku la i Kauai, “eia no makou maanei na makamaka, e hele mai no nae me ka ikaika o na lala i ka hana, i ka mahiai, i ka hoaimu, i ka lawe ma Honolulu, a loaa mai ke dala, a mahele me ka poe mea ai, a kaawale hoi kekahi manawa, hele i ka mahiai, a hele no hoi e kokua i ka hana a ka mea aina, a i ole ia, he wahi mahele no hoi no na loaa mailoko ae o ua aina la i mahiai ia ai e oe, a e hana no hoi me ka oluolu

Sale of an Island

like iwaena o na aoao elua, i ke kumu e hoka ole ai, alaila, o ka makamaka iho la no ia.” Aka, i hele mai oukou me ka molowa i ka hana, me ka makemake i ka pepa, me ke kukulu i aha hula, i aha lealea, i aha hoomanamana i na mea kahiko, makemake i ka Leikini hookamakama, a me na ano lealea a pau, e kupono ole ana i ke ano o ka noho pono ana, a me ka hookuonoono, alaila, ke olelo aku nei na makamaka o oukou ka poe o Niihau i hele ma Kauai, mai hele mai oukou maanei, e like me ko ka haole makemake ole ia poe, pela makou. I na o na hana pono, a malaila e loaa mai ai ke dala, alaila, eia kahi kupono e noho ai, a waiho na iwi i Kaea, na iwi o kamahele. Mai manao oukou i na kanaka o Palolo e noho nei e, noonei ponoi ka nui, aole, no Hawaii mai, no Maui, no Molokai, no kekahi aoao Oahu nei, no Kauai, a no Niihau kekahi, ma ka ikaika, ma ka hana, ma ka hookuonoono, ma ka hoolohe i na kanawai o ke Alii, malaila no ka pono o ka noho ana, oi aloha ae i ka aina hanau, a pau wale ae no hoi. No ka mea, ina e noho no oe ma Niihau, na’u no e hana kau, a hele aku no hoi oe ma Kauai, a nau no e hana kau, a pela no maanei. Nolaila, ke kahea nei au ia oukou e ka poe o Niihau i hele i Kauai (ka poe makamaka ole) e hele mai lakou ma Oahu nei, ma Palolo nei, e hana ai, e mahiai, e maauauwa ai, e kukulu hale ai, e hana ai i na hana pono, e noho loa ai a make. Ua pau ka minamina, ke aloha ana i ko oukou aina komohana, i ka ua kualau o Niihau, a me ka ua lele makani o Lehua, a me ka wai huna a ka paoo. I na oukou e ku a hele a hoolohe i keia leo, a noho malalo o ka hooponopono ana a ka mea nona ka inoa malalo, alaila, aole no e uwe i ka pololi, aole no e hele i kauhale e noi lole ai i na makamaka. No ka mea, ua hahai kakou, ma na rula o ka Palapala Hemolele. “Ina aole e hana kekahi aole ia e pono ke ai.” Makehewa ko oukou noho ana’ku me na makamaka naaupo, nau e hoa ka ai a piha na umeke, na koi-ala makamaka e uhauha mai a pau, he puni no ka hoounauna mai ia oe, ilaila wale no a luhi, hipuupuu kahi malo. Ina maanei e hana ai, loaa no ka lole ma Honolulu, e like me ka nui kupono o ka ikaika, ina uuku kahi ikaika, uuku no kahi loaa. E hele mai me ka oukou mau elemakule palupalu, a me na wahine, a me na kamalii, oia mea makemake loa ia a’u o na kamalii, e hoopiha ai i ka hale kula, ma ko’u noonoo ana, he mea makehewa i na konohiki o na aina wai, ke kipaku i na kanaka ke hana ole, no ka mea, o ke kanaka ka mea e pau ai ka aina i ka mahiai ia, ina ma na aina kula e like me Niihau, o ka holoholona ka mea e waiwai ai ka aina. Eia nae ka olelo akamai a Solomona. “Ma ka nui o na kanaka ka hanohano o ke Alii, a i ole na kanaka, ua make ke Alii.” Ke kauoha hou ia nei hoi na kanaka i na aina e, e lawe ia mai i Hawaii nei, ke kipaku nei hoi ko Niihau haole i kanaka, ina no ka hewa ano kipi ke kipaku ana, pono no. Me ke aloha i ka poe heluhelu i keia olelo loihi. J. H. Kanepuu. Maunakilohana, Palolo, Feb. 18, 1865. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 23 February 1865. P. 1. Here Is the Friend, but for the Better. Dear Best of the Lookout Point of the Independent People. Aloha. It was noted in your Number 5 on the 2nd of February of 1865 in Book 4 of the Nupepa Kuokoa on page 4 the headline, “Foreigners truly work on Ni‘ihau.” That is where your expression of aloha is found in the sixth paragraph: “There is no word from those with friends on Kaua‘i, only those without friends. How

79

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 80

dreadful! They huddle together, and when they are evicted again, they are made to wander around with their smoking pipes. Then where do they live where?” At these significant words, if there is any truth in such questions like, “live where?” I answer truthfully these words, like gold, spoken by my conscience, “Living at the home of the worker and the self-sufficient.” You may ask, “Where is that place?” I say, “It’s in Pālolo, O‘ahu Island. That is where the friend is, the colleague, the elder brother or sister, the younger brother or sister, the father, the mother, all of the friends.” There is no point in going to Ni‘ihau, or you will be evicted again by the foreigners. These are the words of those friends of Ni‘ihau who went to Kaua‘i, “Here we are, the friends. Come with all the strength of your limbs and work, doing farming, lighting the fire of the underground oven. Come do it here in Honolulu, earn money and share some of it and food. In your spare time you go and help with the work of the landowner, or you run errands to make a profit off the land farmed by you. You work in cooperation among both parties who have interest, so that no one loses out. That is how you make friends.” But if you come and are lazy to work, wanting to play cards and wanting to throw dance parties and fun parties or gatherings where you worship according to the old ways, wanting a prostitution license, and all sorts of amusements, this is no sort of decent living or self-sufficiency. In that case your friends, the friends of yours, the people of Ni‘ihau who went to Kaua‘i, shouldn’t come here. Like the foreign people didn’t want these people, so it is among us. If you work well, that is how you earn money and that is a good living, until the bones are left in Kaea, the bones of the traveler. And don’t think that the people of Pālolo living here are the only ones, no. It is those of Hawai‘i, Maui, Moloka‘i, of the other side of O‘ahu, of Kaua‘i, and even of Ni‘ihau. It is by your strength, by work, by self-sufficiency, by obeying the laws of the king, that is how you earn a good living, while demonstrating love for your birthplace, and that is all. Because if you live on Ni‘ihau, you work for a while, and when you go to Kaua‘i you work a while, and so it is here, too. So, I call out to all of you, those on Ni‘ihau who went to Kaua‘i (those without friends), let them come here to O‘ahu to Pālolo to work as farmers and grow tough skin and build houses and do good work and live long until you die. There is no more regretting or loving your land in the west in the Kualau rain of Ni‘ihau, the Lelemakani rain of Lehua and the hidden water of the pāo‘o fish. If you stand, go and listen to this voice. Live according to the one whose name appears below. Then don’t cry because of hunger, don’t go to town and beg for clothes from friends. Because we all follow the rules of the Holy Scriptures, “If one does not work, he does not deserve to eat.” It is a waste of time to live with ignorant friends. You make your food and fill up your calabashes, while this friend wastes away all of his and habitually sends for yours. That is how it goes until you are tired of it, and then he tightens up his malo. If you work here, you have clothing in Honolulu, as much as you need, based on the strength you put into it. If you exert only a little strength, you earn little. Come with your weak, elderly, women and children. What I like are children to fill up the schoolhouses. The way I think about it, there is no point

Ahahui Hoole I Na Wai Ona. Ma ka pule i hala ae nei ua hoomakaia ma Honolulu nei kekahi Ahahui Hoole i na Wai Ona. Ua hoomakaia ua Ahahui la e kekahi poe haole e noho nei iloko o keia Kulanakauhale. No ko lakou ike i ka pilikia nui i ili mai maluna o lakou, a maluna o hai kekahi, no ka inu ana i na wai ona, ua hoomaka lakou i keia Ahahui. A he manaolana ko lakou e lilo ka Aha i mea kokua i ka poe e makemake ana e pale aku i keia ino nui, ka ona, mai o lakou aku. Ua hana lakou i Kumukanawai no ko lakou Ahahui; ua kohoia kekahi lala o ka Aha i Peresidena, a o kekahi hoi i Kakauolelo. Ua hana lakou i olelo hoohiki na lakou, a ua hoohiki paa loa lakou e haalele i na wai ona. A ua hoikeia ko lakou manao, hoohiki ma ke kakau ana i na inoa ma ua olelo hoohiki la. Iloko makou o kekahi halawai o ua Aha nei, a ua ike makou i ka lakou hana, me ka hoohiki ana o kekahi poe hou. He hana kamahao keia. Eia kekahi poe, ua maa i ka inu rama, ua ona pinepine. Me he poe kauwa kuapaa la lakou na ka rama, no ko lakou maa ma ia mea. Ua ike lakou i ke ino o ia; ua hoao pinepine e haalele, aole nae i hiki. A eia hoi ke hoohui nei lakou ia lakou iho i Ahahui, a ke hoohiki pu nei me na olelo eehia, iloko o ka ikaika o ka Makua Manaloa, e hoao hou lakou ma ka hookanaka ana, a e pale loa mai o lakou aku i na wai ona a pau loa, a e kokua hoi lakou kekahi i kekahi ma ia hana ana! Nani ke kamahao o ko ke kanaka puka ana mai mailoko o ka noho ana ano puaa, a hooikaika oia e kupaa ma ka noho ana ano kanaka e like me ke kuleana pookela i haawia iaia! Aia me ia Ahahui ka manao maikai o ka poe a pau e aloha ana i na kanaka, a e hoowahawaha ana i ko kanaka enemi. Na ka hana a ia poe makamaka haole o kakou i hooala mai iloko o makou ka manao e waiho aku imua o ko makou poe makamaka heluhelu pepa i keia ninau: Aole Anei He Pono Ia Kakou Ke Kukulu I Ahahui Pualiinuwai, i mea kokua i ke kinai ana i ka ona iwaena o kakou nei? He makehewa paha ko makou kamailio loihi ana no na ino i ili mai maluna o ke kanaka no ka ona. Ua akaka lea ia. Lehulehu loa na kanaka i make no keia kumu hookahi, ka inu rama.

Sale of an Island

in the headman of the wetlands in kicking out those who don’t work, since it is men who farm all of the land. On the flat plains like on Ni‘ihau, it is with livestock that you earn profit on the land. But these are the wise words of Solomon, “It is in the number of people that the King has honor, and if there are no people, the King is dead.” The people of foreign lands are ordered once again to be brought here to Hawai‘i. Ni‘ihau’s foreigners are evicting people, but if for doing wrong, then the eviction was justified. With aloha to the readers of this long message. J. H. Kānepu‘u. Maunakilohana, Pālolo, Feb. 18, 1865. [The reference to leaving your bones at Kaea in paragraph four is explained in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 2906: “Waiho i Kaea ka iwi kamahele. Left in Kaea, the bones of the traveler. [ . . . ] This saying is now applied to anyone who dies away from his homeland.” The reference to tightening your malo in paragraph six is explained in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 259: “E ala, e hoa i ka malo. Get up and gird your loincloth. A call to rise and get to work.” It is also explained in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 299: “E hume i ka malo, e ho‘okala i ka ihe. Gird the loincloth, sharpen the spear. A call to prepare for war or to prepare for the project at hand.”]

81

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 82

Kaukani, a kaukani ka nui o na keiki makua ole, me na wahine kane-make i hooneleia no keia kumu hookahi no, ka inu rama. He miliona, a miliona ka nui o na dala i hoopohoia mamuli o na wai ona. He ino nui loa ka ona, a he ino hoopaa loa no i ke kanaka. Ina e maa iho ke kanaka i ka ona, o kona hoopaa loa no ia malaila, aneane hiki ole iaia ke haalele. No ka ikea akaka loa o ia ino iwaena o kakou, no ka maopopo ana hoi he nui wale ka poe ui a me ka poe ikaika i make aku i kela makahiki keia makahiki mamuli o ka ona, ke manao nei makou he mea pono loa ke hoomakaia kekahi Ahahui Hoole Wai-ona iwaena o kakou. A he pono ke kono nuiia kela mea keia mea e hoolilo iaia iho i lala no ia Aha. He nui ka poe ona mau, a ona pinepine paha, i makemake e haalele i ka ona, aka, aole hiki no ka maa loa i ka inu rama. Ina e loaa i ua poe la kekahi mau makamaka, a kekahi Ahahui paha nana lakou e kokua, alaila, e pakele auanei lakou i ka make weliweli o ka mea inu rama. Pela wale no e koe mai ai no keia aina kekahi poe opiopio he nui a makou i ike ai. A ina aole lakou e kokua ia, o ka make ino loa wale no ko lakou hope. He nui na kanaka ui o keia aina a makou i ike ai. He poe kanaka makaukau lakou, he poe kino ikaika, a he akamai i ka noonoo. Aka, mamuli o keia kumu hookahi, oia hoi ka ona, ua lilo lakou i poe lapuwale, e hoohilahila ana i ko lakou poe makamaka, a e hoahu ana i ka make me ka poino no lakou iho a me ko lakou hanauna. Aole he pono ke haawi ia ka oihana ia lakou, no ka mea, aole i ikeia ko lakou wa e ona’i, alaila ua like ka lakou hana me ka pupule. Aole pono na oihana o kela ano keia ano iloko o ka lima o ka mea ona. Ina e loaa ia lakou kekahi Oihana Aupuni, alaila, o ko lakou hoohilahila no ia i ka inoa maikai o ke Aupuni ma ka ona ana. Ina he oihana imi waiwai no lakou iho, alaila, o ka pomaikai i loaa mai ma ka hooikaika ana i ka wa ona ole, ua pau ia i ka hokaiia i ka wa e ona’i. Ua hoowahawaha loa ia ua poe la e na kanaka naauao. Aohe poe makemake ia lakou. A ke hele hikiwawe nei ia poe i ka make. Nolaila, nui ko makou aloha no ia poe; nui ko makou makemake e ola lakou, a e pakele i ka hopena weliweli o ka poe ona. A mamuli o ia makemake ko makou koi ana i keia mea: E kukulu kakou i Ahahui Pualiinu-wai. E imi i ka poe ona, a e koi aku ia lakou e haalele i ka rama me na mea ona e ae a pau. Oia wale no ke ola no kekahi o ko kakou poe ui—A i ole lakou e kokua ia, o ka make wale no ko lakou hope. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 16 March 1865. P. 2. Total Abstinence Society. Just last week here in Honolulu, a Total Abstinence Society was established. The society was started by foreign people, living in this city. As they were aware of the problems falling upon them and others as well, due to the consumption of alcohol, they started this society. They hope the society will assist those who wish to ward off this great evil, drunkenness, from among them. They developed a constitution for their society and elected a member of their society as president and another as secretary. They made a vow for themselves and took a permanent oath to abstain from alcoholic drinks. They made their oath known by writing down the names of those who took the oath. We were in attendance at a meeting of the society, and we witnessed their activities and their swearingin of new members. It was an amazing event. Some people were accustomed to drinking and were often drunk. They were like slaves to the drink, as it was something they

Sale of an Island

did frequently. They knew of its evil and made several attempts to stop, but were not able to. Here they were, joining the society and swearing under a grave oath in the power of the Most Powerful Father that they would strive to act like men and fend off all sorts of alcoholic drink and support each other in doing the same! What an amazing thing for men to emerge from a lifestyle like pigs and strive to become stalwart in living as men, according to the highest responsibility given them! The society upholds the righteous intent of all people to love people and abstain from the ways of the enemy. The actions of these foreign friends of ours has revived in us the intent to lay before our newspaper-reading friends this question: Is it not right for us to establish a Water-drinking Army to help the cause of extinguishing drunkenness from among us? It is useless to carry on long discussions about the evils befallen men due to drunkenness. It is very clear. Numerous men have died of this one reason, drinking. There are thousands upon thousands of orphans and widows that have been left without, due to this one reason, drinking. There are millions and millions of dollars wasted on all types of alcohol. Drunkenness is incredibly evil and an absolute scourge to men. When a man becomes accustomed to drunkenness, he is addicted to it and can hardly abandon it. As it is clearly seen as an evil among us, as we know that there have been numerous youth and strong men who have died each and every year due to drunkenness, we believe that we need to establish a Total Abstinence Society among us. And we need to invite one and all to become a member of the society. There are many who are chronically drunk or frequently drunk, who desire to quit drunkenness, but are not able to, due to being habitual drinkers. If these people had friends in such an organization, they would offer help. Then the consumer of alcohol would be able to escape a horrendous death. That is the only way the many youth that we have seen could be spared. And if they are not helped, a terrible death is their only fate. There are many youths in this country that we have seen. They are skilled people, strong-bodied, and clever in thinking. But due to this one reason, drunkenness, they have become fools, embarrassing their friends, and bringing death and misfortune upon themselves and their family members. They are not worthy of being given occupations because they are not seen when they are intoxicated, then they act like crazy people. It is not right to give various jobs to the hands of intoxicated persons. If they obtain government jobs, they shame the good standing of the government when intoxicated. If they take on an occupation in finance, the fortune they obtain through their hard labor while sober is wasted away in a drunken, addled state. Such people are scorned by intelligent people. No one likes them. And these people head quickly towards death. So, we have great compassion for such people. We desire that they live and escape the terrifying consequence of drunken people. And this desire is what brings us to implore: Let us establish a Water-drinking Army. Let us seek out the drunkards and urge them to abandon liquor and alcoholic drinks of all types. It is the only way some of our youth will survive. And if they are not helped, their only end is death. [In Hawai‘i, the temperance movement (abstaining from alcoholic drinks) started in 1842 with the formation of Pū‘ali Inu Wai, the “Water-drinking Army.”

83

Their motto was “Uoki nā mea ona, wai wale no,” or “Stop alcoholic drinks, water only.” In 1865, some residents in Honolulu started another temperance organization, calling it the Total Abstinence Society. Although the society’s Hawaiian name in the title of this article is Ahahui Ho‘ole I Nā Wai Ona, which means “Refuse Alcoholic Drinks Society,” it was better known by the abbreviated name Ahahui Ho‘ole Wai Ona. On New Year’s Day of 1868, the owners of Ni‘ihau organized their own temperance society, modeling it after the 1865 Ahahui Ho‘ole Wai Ona. The Ni‘ihau chapter included members of their family and some Native Hawaiian residents of Ni‘ihau.]

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

He Palapala Na Kauka Kulika Mai. Na Kanaka Mai Niihau Mai. Ua ike iho makou i ka nui o na kanaka, wahine, me na keiki o Niihau ma Waimea nei. O ka nui o lakou, ua makemake loa e noho ma kahi e ike ia aku ai na mauna o ko lakou home mua, kahi a lakou i launa iho ai a i walea ai i ko lakou mau la opiopio. Ua nui ko makou aloha no lakou. E kuaiia no paha e lakou i na makahiki i hala aku nei i ka mokupuni okoa, a i ole ia i wahi apana aina no hoi; me nei aole lakou e puana. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 6 April 1865. P. 2. A Letter from Dr. Gulick. The People of Ni‘ihau. We have seen the number of men, women, and children of Ni‘ihau here in Waimea. For most of them, they wish to live somewhere with a view of the mountains of their first home, where they met together to pass the time in the days of their youth. We have so much love for them. The entire island would have been bought by them in past years, or perhaps parcels of land, but of this they do not speak. [This article references requests from Ni‘ihau residents to Kamehameha IV prior to the sale to allow them to buy the island or parts of it.]

84

No Ke Kanu Ana I Ka Pulupulu. E Ka Nupepa Kuokoa E, Aloha Oe. Ua kanuia iho nei o Niihau i ka Pulupulu Si Ailana, maikai ka ulu ana o ka pulupulu, ua hoomaka ke kanu ana ma na pule hope o Febuari, a ke hoomau nei no a ka pule mua o Maraki, ma na wahi apana aina no i loaa mai i ka haole. He kanu kane, kanu a wahine, ke kanu ana o ka pulupulu, o na wahi laolao kanaka kanaka iho i koe i kipaku ole ia e ka haole o lakou ka poe nana e kanu nei, he hookahi eka ka kekahi i paa i ka pulupulu, a emi mai ka kekahi, hookahi wahine ikaika i ka mahi pulupulu o ka wahine holoi lole o na haole, o (Kamara Hookaaku,) i ka nana aku nui launa ole mai kana mala; mai na haku haole mai no ka anoano. A hiki i ka wa oo o ka pulupulu a kela mea keia mea, hana a pau i ka hoomaemaeia, alaila, na ka haku haole no e hooili aku ma Honolulu, no ka haole nae kekahi hapa, no ke kanaka kekahi hapa, maikai no ka hana he ahiu ka makani. Ua maheleia na apana aina mahi pulupulu, mai Puuheheke a Puniwai. ­Apana 1, a mai Pakaua, a Lonopapa Apana 2, a ma Kamalino Apana 3. A maloko no o keia mau wahi i hai ia ae la maluna, malaila pu no ka makou mau mala

Leta Mai Niihau Mai. E Rev. L. H. Gulick, Lunahooponopono O Ka Nupepa Kuokoa: Ua lawe mai oe i na olelo a ka mea kaulana a Mr. E. K. Wahinehuhu o ka mokupuni o Niihau, a ua hoomaopopo aku au i na olelo pane ma ka la 23 o Feberuari, A. D. 1865, o ka Buke IV o ka Nupepa. A ua palapalalima wau ia E. K. W. ma Niihau. Ua hiki mai kana olelo pane ia’u i keia la 25 o Maraki nei, a eia malalo iho kana olelo, a ke hilinai nei au ma kou ahonui me ka mahalo. J. H. Kanepuu, Mauna Kilohana. Palolo, Oahu, Maraki 17, 1865. “Ia Mr J. H. Kanepuu; Aloha oe a me kau Eva ina he Eva: Ua loaa mai ia’u kau leta i ka la mua o Maraki, oia ka leta i kakauia i ka la 3 o Feberuari A. D. 1865.” I ko’u mau kiionohi elua, e makaikai ana i ka huina-ha loa o kou kihapai waha ole, ike iho la wau i na pualei kipona, no ka hoopomaikai ana i ka ­lehulehu. Ma ka pauku elua oia leta, e olelo ana, “Eia maanei ka makamaka, ke holo pu mai me ka manao hana e loaa’i kona ola, e hapai pu i ka hana me na kamaaina, ma na mea kupono, aole ma na mea e hoohaunaele ai i ka noho maluhia ana, &c. &c.” Ua holopono ka noonoo ana a ko’u wahi lunamanao e hoolawa ana i ka

Sale of an Island

uala, a me na mea kanu a pau, o ka nui ae o ka aina no na hipa no a ka haole, aole paha e mahuahua aku na makahiki e hiki mai ana, a neoneo o Niihau aole kanaka, o ka Hipa a me ka Pipi ke kanaka o Niihau, aloha wale ka aina o Niihau. Me ka mahalo pu no. Philip R. Holi-o-Hana. Halawela, Niihau, Maraki 15, A. D. 1865. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 20 April 1865. P. 3. Planting Cotton. Dear Nupepa Kuokoa, Aloha. Ni‘ihau was planted recently with Sea Island Cotton. The cotton is growing well. The planting was started in the last weeks of February and carried on into the first week of March in the parcels of land acquired by the foreigners. Men and women plant cotton. The few remaining people who have not been evicted by the foreigners are those who are planting. Some people have one acre full of cotton, and others have less. One woman was very successful at cotton farming. She is the woman who does the laundry for the foreigners (Kamara Ho‘oka‘akū). To look at her garden it was very large. The seeds came from the foreign landlords. The cotton of each person grows until it matures, then they clean it. The owners deliver it to Honolulu. A part of [the proceeds of the sale] belongs to the foreigners and part of it goes to the people. The work is good. The wind is wild. The cotton farm parcels were apportioned out from Pu‘uheheke to Puniwai: Parcel 1; and from Pākaua to Lonopapa: Parcel 2; and at Kamalino: Parcel 3. And in these places described above is also where our sweet potato gardens are and all crops. Most of the land is for the sheep of the foreigners, which will not likely flourish in coming years. Ni‘ihau is desolate, and there are no people. Sheep and cattle are the people of Ni‘ihau. Poor Ni‘ihau. With gratitude. Philip R. Holi-o-Hana. Halawela, Ni‘ihau, March 15, A. D. 1865.

85

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 86

makemake o ka mea nona ka inoa maluna, aka, aole nae au i halawai hou me kekahi o ka poe i kipakuia, a ke palapala nei au i kekahi hoalauna o’u i komo pu ia haawina hookahi, a mahope paha wau e hai hou ai ia oe, aka, o ka moolelo o ka wa i hala’e, oia ka’u e wehewehe aku ia oe i ko lakou manawa ma Niihau nei. Penei: O keia poe kanaka, he hilinai mamuli o ka hai loaa, ua hoomakamaka wale aku ia mea’ku, a ia mea’ku; ua hoaikane no ka loaa, a ike no i ka nele, hoopau aku la no, hoaikane hou aku ana, no ka manawa loaa mai, mau iki iho la: A nele iho no i kekahi manawa e holo aku ai, (i Oahu paha &c) o ka hoopau aku la no ia. Pela mau ka hapa nui, kakaikahi loa ka poe hoolawa i ka makemake o na aoao elua. He poe molowa i ka hana hoolimalima, ia lakou e noho ana ia nei; a ke lohe mai nei au, he oi o ka poe ikaika i ka hana e noho mai la ma Waimea Kauai. Ua pau ka loi nui i na kanaka 2 i ka hebedoma hookahi no na dala $5.00, a hiki i ka $8.00, i ka hanaia a maikai. A ia lakou ia nei, aia no ka wahine e imi dala maloko o ka moena pawehe pakea, hoaikane, hookane, hoopunalua, hookaikoeke, hoohunona, a pela’ku, ma ia mau mea e loaa ai ko lakou aahu; pela ko’u ike i kekahi poe. A he kakaikahi ko’u ike i kekahi poe e miki ana ma ka hana, e lawa ai ka ohana, a me ke ola o ka ohana. Aole no ke kipi ke kumu o ko lakou kipakuia, no ka manao nui o ka haole i ka hipa, aole makemake oia e nui loa kanaka. O ka hana makemake a keia poe kanaka a me na wahine, o na hana lealea, o ka hula, a me ka olioli, o kela hana lealea keia hana lealea, a ua kukulu lakou i kekahi ahaaina hula ma Lehua, mamua ae o ko lakou manawa i hookuke ia’ku ai mai keia ilihonua aku, a ua hoolahaia’ku no ia e a’u ma ka Nupepa Kuokoa, Buke 3, Helu 47, aoao 4. Eia keia, he haohao ko’u i ka loaa ana ia’u o kau leta, a ia’u i nana ai mawaho, haohao no wau, no ka mea, akahi no wau a ike i keia lima hou mawaho, a i ka wehe ana, ike au ia oe. Aole au he kamaaina no keia aina, he 12 nae paha makahiki. Me ka mahalo ia oe. E. Kahale. Kumukula. Puuwai, Niihau, Apr. 22, 1865. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 27 April 1865. P. 4. Letter From Ni‘ihau. Dear Rev. L. H. Gulick, editor of the Nupepa Kuokoa. You delivered the messages of the famous, Mr. E. K. Wahinehuhū of the island of Ni‘ihau, and I remember the replies on the 23rd of February 1865 of Book IV of the newspaper. I wrote a handwritten letter to E. K. W. on Ni‘ihau. His reply came to me on the 25th of last March, and here below are his words. I trust in your patience with gratitude. J. H. Kānepu‘u, Mauna Kilohana, Pālolo, O‘ahu, March 17, 1865. “To Mr. J. H. Kānepu‘u, aloha to you and your Eve, if there is an Eve. I received your letter on the first day of March, which was the letter written on the 3rd of February 1865.” When my two eyes gazed upon the rectangle of your speechless garden, I saw the variety of flower lei there to bless the masses of people. In the second paragraph of the letter it reads, “Here is the friend, if you come planning to obtain a life, then take up work with the locals in whatever is good and not that which causes chaos in an otherwise peaceful life, and so on.” My conscience was successful at understanding what the one whose name

Hunahuna Mea Hou O Hawaii Nei. Make Emoole. I ka la 9 o Feberuari ma ke kulanikauhale o Nu Kakela ma Nu Holani, ua make o Thomas Gay ke Kapena o ka moku kiakolu Bessie iaia e hoomakaukau ana e hoi mai i Hawaii nei. O keia mea i make, he kaikoeke no Mika Sinclair e noho la ma Niihau. Ke noho nei kona ohana a me kona mau makamaka me ke kanikau a me ka uwe kumakena iaia. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 5 August 1865. P. 3. Bits of News of Hawai‘i. Sudden Death. On the 9th of February in the city of Newcastle in Australia, Thomas Gay, the Captain of the three-masted ship, Bessie, died as he was preparing to return here to Hawai‘i. The deceased was the brother-in-law of Mr. Sinclair who resides on Ni‘ihau. His family and friends remain, lamenting him with dirges and tears.

Sale of an Island

appears above intends, but I haven’t met any more with those who have been evicted. I am writing to an acquaintance of mine, who was likewise affected by the same circumstance, after which I shall then tell you. But regarding the story of what happened is what I shall explain to you, about when they were here on Ni‘ihau. This is the case: These people were dependent upon the profits of another. They partnered with this person and that person as friends, only to take advantage, so they ended up lacking. When they were done, they made friends again to take advantage of them and remained so for only a short time. In times of want they are nowhere to be found (on O‘ahu, and so on) and that is the end of that. That is how most are. Few care about the advantage of both parties. They were lazy lessees when they lived here. I hear the hardest workers are living in Waimea, Kaua‘i. The large taro patches go to two people a week for $5.00 up to $8.00, when done right. Among them are women who earn money by making makaloa mats, making friends, marrying men, becoming mistresses, making in-law siblings, in-law parents, and so on. In this way they obtain clothes. That is what I see of some people. Some people I rarely see eating of their own labor to sustain the family and the life of the family. The reason for their eviction was not for rebellion, but for the plan of the foreigners to raise sheep. They [the foreigners] do not want too many people [on the island]. What these men and women desired was having a good time, dancing hula, and carrying on all sorts of pleasurable activities. They created a hula feast at Lehua, before they were evicted from the face of this earth. It was reported by me in the Nupepa Kuokoa, Book 3, Number 47, page 4. There is this: I wondered about the receipt of your letter. When I looked on the outside, I wondered because it was my first time seeing this new handwriting. When I opened it, I saw it was you. I am not a long-time resident of this land, maybe just 12 years. With gratitude to you. E. Kahale. School teacher. Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau, April 22, 1865.

87

Hunahuna Mea Hou O Hawaii Nei. Hoohanaia Na Keiki. Ua lohe mai makou mai kekahi makamaka mai o makou, ua hoohanaia na keiki kula o ka mokupuni o Niihau, e ka haole nona ia mokupuni. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 24 February 1866. P. 2. Bits of News of Hawai‘i. Children Put to Work. We have heard from some of our friends that school children of Ni‘ihau island have been put to work by the foreign owners of that island. Hunahuna Mea Hou O Hawaii Nei. Ka Haku Mai O Niihau. Ua kipa mai o Haku F. Sinikalea (Owner Francis Sinclair) ma ko makou keena, a haawi mai la oia i kona aloha i ka Lunahooponopono o ke Kuokoa, a me kona i mai, e holo ana ia i Kaleponi. A i ka Poaha i hala iho nei, ua holo aku oia maluna o ka moku lawe leta D. C. Murry. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 24 March 1866. P. 2. Bits of News of Hawai‘i. The Sick Owner of Ni‘ihau. The Owner F. Sinclair (Owner Francis Sinclair) visited our office and gave his aloha to the editor of the Kuokoa to tell us that he was on his way to California. Last week Thursday he journeyed on the postal delivery ship, D. C. Murry. [Advertisement in English] Wool, Pulu, Cotton & Oil Presses. Made of any Size and Strength. Combining all the Latest Improvements and composed of the Best Materials. One of our Wool Presses is giving entire satisfaction on the extensive Ranch of Messrs. J. & F. Sinclair, Island of Niihau, who may be consulted with regard to ­particulars. —The Hawaiian Gazette. 10 June 1868. P. 3.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Papa Inoa o na Luna Auhau no ka M. H. 1866. Niihau: J. Sinclair —Ke Au Okoa. 17 September 1866. P. 3. Roster of Tax Collectors of the year 1866. Ni‘ihau: J. Sinclair.

88

Na Waiwai O Niihau. I ka hoi ana mai nei o ka moku kuna Neki Mela, mai Niihau mai, ua ike iho makou i ka ili ana mai maluna ona o kekahi mau waiwai o Niihau mai, He 60 pena hulu hipa, a he 40 pena pulupulu maikai Si Ailana, me 10,000 paona aila koli, me kekahi mau waiwai e ae. O keia mau ulalakolako a pau loa, na ka mea no ia nona ua aina la na J. Sinclair ma. —Ke Au Okoa. 19 November 1866. P. 2. The Riches of Ni‘ihau. Upon the return of the schooner, Neki Mela, from Ni‘ihau we saw the unloading of some goods from Ni‘ihau from onboard: 60 packages of sheep wool, 40 packages of good Sea Island Cotton, 10,000 pounds of lamp oil, along with some other goods. All of these goods are from the owners of the island, J. Sinclair and company.

Nu Hou Kuloko. Ahaaina Ma Niihau. Ua hai mai o Rev. D. S. Kupahu o Niihau ia makou, i ka hoala ana o Sinclair i ahaaina nona me na kanaka o Niihau. I ka ai ana, ua maikai no, me ka hoomaikai ia o ke Akua ma ka la 6 o Novemaba i hala ae nei. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 12 January 1867. P. 2. Local News. Banquet on Ni‘ihau. Rev. D. S. Kūpahu of Ni‘ihau reported to us that the Sinclairs held a banquet for him with the people of Ni‘ihau. The feasting went well with thanksgiving to God offered on the 6th of November last.

Na Mea Hou O Niihau. No Na Hipa. Ua pau iho nei na hipa a J. H. Sinclair, i ke oki ia o na hulu, ua emi mai na paona o ke oki mua ana i ko keia M. H. 1867 nei; oki mua $3 pena, keia hoi he 100; ka nui o na hipa i oki ia na hulu 6,529, ka nui o na kanaka nana i oki he 12, ka nui hoi o na la i oki ai i ka hulu he 18, ma ka haneri hipa hoi ka uku hoolimalima o ke kanaka $1.75. Aole Wi o Niihau. Aole o makou pilikia wi, he mau no ka ai, o ka ai no ka uala, uhi, a pela aku. No Ke Ola Kino. He maikai no ke ola o na haku haole o makou i ka ai no i ka pono o Niihau, puipui no a ka lawaia. Pilipo R. Holi. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 18 May 1867. P. 3. News of Ni‘ihau. Regarding the Sheep. The shearing of the sheep belonging to J. H. Sinclair is finished. The tonnage of the first cut in 1867 is less than last year. The first cut is $3 per package. There was a total of 100 [packages]. The number of sheep sheared for wool was 6,529. The number of men shearing sheep was 12. The number of days it took to shear the wool was 18, and the wage per hundred sheep was $1.75. No Drought on Ni‘ihau. We have no problems with drought. There is enough food, such as sweet potatoes, yams, and so on. Regarding Health. Our foreign owners live well, consuming the goodness of Ni‘ihau. They are plump, due to fishermen. Pilipo R. Holi.

Sale of an Island

Nu Hou Kuloko. Kauai. Ua Male Ia E Rev. D. S. Kupahu. Ma ka la 12 o Feberuari i hala ae nei, ua maleia o V. Knudsen o Kauai me Ane ke kaikamahine a F. Sinclair, e Rev. D. S. Kupahu o Niihau maloko o ka hale o ka makuahine o ka wahine mare. O ka mua paha keia o na haole hanohano i mare ia e kekahi kahunapule Hawaii. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 2 March 1867. P. 2. Local News. Kaua‘i. Married By Rev. D. S. Kūpahu. On the 12th of February last V. [Valdemar] Knudsen of Kaua‘i was married to Annie, the daughter of F. Sinclair, by Rev. D. S. Kūpahu of Ni‘ihau in the house of the mother of the bride. They were perhaps the first of the honorable foreigners to be married by a Hawaiian pastor.

89

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Kaahele Ma Kauai Me Niihau. I ka lohe wale ana, ua pomaikai o Niihau no na haole, oia na ona o ua mokupuni nei. Ua kokua pono lakou i ke kahunapule oia o Rev. Kupahu. Ua ku ma ka pono, ua kokua maoli i ke Kula Sabati, a ua paipai ia na kanaka no ka hele i ka halawai o ka la Sabati. Eia hoi kekahi, ua kue loa ua poe haole nei i kela hewa he manuahi. Ua hookuke wale ia aku ka poe ma ia ano. Aole lakou e ae ia e noho mai ma ka mokupuni. I na pela na haole a pau a me na kanaka Hawaii hoopono, ua pomaikai ka lahui. Nui na uala o Niihau. Ke lawe aku nei i Hanalei e maauauwa ai. O ka uku nui kahi mea e hoohalahala ai kolaila poe. O ka hanai holoholona kahi hana nui a na haole o Niihau, me Kauai. Nui loa na hipa a na Ona o Niihau. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 25 May 1867. P. 3. Tour of Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau. To hear it, Ni‘ihau is fortunate to have the foreigners, who are the owners of this island. They have supported the pastor, Rev. Kūpahu, well. They stand in righteousness, they really support the Sunday School, and encourage the people to go to Sunday services. What’s more is that these foreigners speak out against adultery. Those who do such things have been evicted. They are not allowed to live on the island. If all foreigners and upright Hawaiians were like that, the people would be blessed. There are many types of sweet potato on Ni‘ihau. They are exported to Hanalei to sell at market. But the people complain about the prices. Raising livestock is a substantial occupation of the foreigners of Ni‘ihau and Kaua‘i. The owners have lots of sheep on Ni‘ihau.

90

Nu Hou Kuloko. Kauai. Na Hipa Ma Niihau. Wahi a ko makou mea kakau manao mai Niihau mai, aia maluna o kela mokupuni ke holo nei na hipa a ka haku nona ka aina, i hiki aku i ka ehiku tausani a oi iki aku paha a emi mai paha. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 10 August 1867. P. 2. Local News. Kaua‘i. The Sheep on Ni‘ihau. Our reporter on Ni‘ihau said the sheep running around that belong to the owner of the island have reached seven thousand in number, more or less. Ke Kaapuni Ana Ia Kauai A Me Niihau. Ma ka la 17 o Iulai, ua holo au ma ka waapa i Niihau, ua launa aloha me na kanaka oia aina, ua alakai ia au e ike ia aina, ua maikai no, he poe kanaka oluolu no he uwala ka ai nui oia aina. He mau haole oluolu loa, oia na’lii oia aina, he huhu kela poe haole i ka poe hana ino, o ka poe oluolu, haipule, oia ka lakou mea makemake. He hanai hipa ka lakou oihana, ua nunui maikai na hipa a lakou, he (7 000) paha ka nui. O ka pau loa o na kanaka e noho la ma Niihau he (325). He Kahu Ekalesia kekahi malaila o Rev. D. S. Kupahu. Ma ka la 21 o Iulai, he la Sabati keia. Ua hele nui mai na kanaka e lohe i

Ka Ahahui Hoole Wai Ona O Ka Mokupuni O Niihau. E Ka Nupepa Kuokoa E. Aloha Oe. Aia ma ka la 1 iho nei o Ianuari, o ka A.D. 1868, ua malama ia he aha halawai hoomaikai i ka Mea Mana Loa, maloko o ka Halekula Aupuni ma Kauakinikini, Puuwai. A pau ka haiolelo ana a D. S. Kupahu, ua kukuluia he ahaaina, (aia ma ka moolelo a ke Kakauolelo o ia la e ike ia ai ia). A pau ko makou paina ana ma ka hale Ahaaina, ua kaheaia na mea a pau e komo hou iloko o ka Halekula, e hoolohe i ka hana i kahea ia ai keia Aha. Ua koho mua makou ia George Gay i Peresidena, a ia D. S. Kupahu hoi i Kakauolelo. A pau ia, ku mai ke Kakauolelo o ka Aha, a wehewehe mai i ke ano o keia Ahahui, he poe e hoole ana ia lakou, aohe hana Wai Ona, aohe inu, aohe kuai, a pela aku. A pau ia, ku mai o Mr. F. Sinclair, a kokua ma ka wehewehe hou ana no keia Ahahui, a me kona hoike mai i kona balota Hoole Wai Ona, a me kona kaikuaana, oia hoi o Jas. Sinclair, ku mai oia a wehewehe mai i ke ano o ka hana ana ma na Aupuni naauao, a pela aku. A pau kana wehewehe ana, ua ku mai ke Kakauolelo a hoike mai imua o ka Aha, a nonoi mai, e hoike mai oia i Kumu Kanawai no keia Aha, a me ka berita hoohiki a ka mea makemake e kakau i kona inoa maloko o ka Buke Inoa. Ke Kumukanawai o ka Ahahui Hoole Waiona o ka Mokupuni o Niihau. Olelo Hooakaaka. I mea e holo pono ai keia Ahahui Hoole Wai Ona, e lokahi pu ko kakou manao a pau, aole kakou e hana i kekahi mea e ona ai, aole no hoi e inu pu me ka poe e ona ana, aole no hoi e kokua aku mamuli o lakou, aka,

Sale of an Island

na olelo o Nuuhiva. A pau ka olelo ana, ua haawi aloha mai kekahi poe ia’u i na apana dala ewalu me hapaha. ($8.25) A ma ke ahiahi iho, ua malama ia ka ahaaina a Iesu e makou, he 16 na hoahanau ma ka papaaina. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 17 August 1867. P. 4. Taking a tour of Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau. On the 17th of July I sailed onboard the boat to Ni‘ihau and met lovingly with the people of that island. I was led around to see the island. It was really nice. The people are kind. They mostly eat sweet potatoes on the island. There are very kind foreigners, who are the royalty of the land. The foreigners are angry at those who do bad and are kind to those who are religious. These are the people they like. Their family raises sheep. They have very large and good sheep, about 7,000 in number. The total number of people living on Ni‘ihau is about 325. There is a church pastor there as well, Rev. D. S. Kūpahu. On the 21st of July, which was a Sunday, people came to hear the latest word from the Marquesas. After the message, the people lovingly donated to me eight dollars and a quarter ($8.25). In the evening we held the Lord’s communion. There were 16 members at the table. [In 1833, at the urging of the ABCFM, the Hawaiian mission sent missionaries to the Marquesas Islands. The first ABCFM mission was established on Nukuhiwa, the largest of the Marquesas Islands. In 1853, the Hawaiian Mission sent Native Hawaiian missionaries, hoping they might be a better fit for the Marquesans. Local residents enjoyed hearing their reports, which were printed in the Hawaiian-language newspapers.]

91

e ­hookaokoa loa no; nolaila, e hookumu ia i Ahahui Hoole Wai Ona ma Niihau nei.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Pauku 1. E kapaia keia Aha, “Ka Ahahui Hoole Wai Ona o ka Mokupuni o Niihau.” Pauku 2. O na Luna o keia Aha, he Peresidena, he Kakauolelo a me ka Puuku. Pauku 3. O na hana a na Luna no keia Aha, oia no na hana i maa i na Luna o ai ano, ma na Ahahui like e ae. Pauku 4. E halawai keia Aha ma kahi a me ka manawa ana e hooholo ai. Pauku 5. E hiki no ke hoololiia keia Kumukanawai, a e pakui hou ia paha, ma ka ae like ana o na hapakolu elua o na lala i hiki mai i kekahi halawai ana. Hoohiki Hoole Wai Ona. Owau o ka mea nona kekahi mea inoa i kakau iho nei, ke ae oiaio nei au, e hookaokoa aku i na mea a pau a kanaka e inu nei, a e ona ai ma keia kope aku. Aole au e inu hou aku, aole e kuai, aole hoi e hana a hoomakaukau na hai e inu. Eia hoi kekahi; E hooikaika no au e hoohuli mai i na kane, wahine, keiki mai ka inu ona ana, a e lilo i poe hoohiki pu oia keia Berita Hoole Wai Ona. He 42 ka nui o na inoa i hoohiki malalo o keia Kumukanawai Hoole Wai Ona. J Kapahee k, J H Kaika k, Francis Gay k, M Kauohai k, Anbrey Robinson k, E Gay w, P K Holi k, M W Keale k, H Keoua k, Kaohelaulii k, M P Kupahu w, Kalalo w, Heleinamoku k, Kaika-elua k, Keahiku w, Pihana w, Komolole w, Kane k, Hezedia k, Makaualani w, Namu w, Kanaku w, Kaelewai w, N Kauhaahaa k, Kamika, N Kupahu k, Kuipuka w, Kaleiwahine w, E Kahale k, H Hookaaku k, R Punee k, D Kauo w, R. Paikau w, Akahikeola k, K Holi w, Pilipo Holi k, H Holi w, P Naone w, K P Kapahee w, D Kauki k, George Gay k, D. S. Kupahu k. George Day [sic: Gay], Lunahoomalu. D. S. Kupahu, Kakauolelo. Niihau, Ian. 4. 1868. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 18 January 1868. P. 2. The Total Abstinence Society of the Island of Ni‘ihau. Dear Nupepa Kuokoa; Aloha. On the 1st of January last of 1868, a meeting was held to give thanks to the Most Powerful One in the public schoolhouse at Kauakinikini, Pu‘uwai. After D. S. Kūpahu’s sermon, a dinner party was held (this is found in the report of the secretary of that day). When we were finished with dinner in the dining hall, everyone was called back to the schoolhouse to hear the reason for this gathering. We first elected George Gay as president and D. S. Kūpahu as secretary. When that was done, the secretary of the society stood and explained what kind of society it is. It is for people who refuse alcoholic drinks, do not drink, do not sell, and so on. When that was done, Mr. F. [Francis] Sinclair stood and offered support with an additional explanation about the function of this society, adding that he voted to Refuse Alcoholic Drinks. Then his elder brother, James Sinclair stood and explained what enlightened countries did, and so on. When he was done, the secretary stood and made a report before the society. He was asked to report on the constitution of this society and the covenant of those wishing to sign their name in the Name Book.

92

Constitution of the Total Abstinence Society of the Island of Ni‘ihau. Preamble: In order for the Total Abstinence Society to conduct itself properly, we shall work with consensus that we shall not do anything to become

intoxicated, do not drink with those who become drunk, and do not support such people, but stand apart from them. Therefore, let the Total Abstinence Society be established here on Ni‘ihau.

Total Abstinence Covenant. I am one who has signed his/her name, and I agree truthfully to separate myself from those who drink to drunkenness from now on. I shall not drink any more, shall not sell or purchase, shall not make or prepare for someone else to drink. Moreover: I shall strive to convert men, women, children from drinking to drunkenness, and become one who makes a covenant to refuse alcoholic drinks. There were 42 names who made the covenant at the bottom of this constitution to refuse alcoholic drinks. J. Kapahe‘e (m), J. H. Kaika (m), Francis Gay (m), M. Kau‘ōhai (m), Aubrey Robinson (m), E. Gay (f), P. R. Holi (m), M. W. Keale (m), H. Keoua (m), Ka‘ohelauli‘i (m), M. P. Kūpahu (f), Kalalo (f), Heleināmoku (m), Kaika‘elua (m), Keahikū (f), Pihana (f), Komolole (f), Kāne (m), Hezedia (m), Makaualani (f), Namu (f), Kanaku (f), Ka‘elewai (f), N. Kauha‘aha‘a (m), Kamika, N. Kūpahu (m), Kuipuka (f), Kaleiwahine (f), E. Kahale (m), H. Ho‘oka‘akū (m), R. Pūne‘e (m), D. Ka‘ō‘ō (f), R. Paikau (f), ‘Akahikeola (m), K. Holi (f), Pilipo Holi (m), H. Holi (f), P. Nāone (f), R. P. Kapahe‘e (f), D. Kauki (m), George Gay (m), D. S. Kūpahu (m). George Day [sic: Gay], Administrator. D. S. Kūpahu, Secretary. Ni‘ihau, Jan. 4. 1868. [Ahahui Ho‘ole Wai Ona, the Hawaiian name for the Total Abstinence Society, literally means “Refuse Alcoholic Drinks Society.”] Ahahui Hoole Wai Ona. I keia pule, ua loaa ia makou mai Niihau mai, kela wahi moku uuku o ko kakou nei Pae aina, e kokoke ana ma ka welona a ka la i Lehua, ka nu hou mua, o ke ano hou o ka noho ana o ko kakou nei Lahui ponoi o ka aina, i ka ike ana iho i ka hookumu ana, a me ka hoolala ana i Ahahui e pale loa ana a kaua aku hoi, me kekuhi Enemi nui o Hawaii nei, oia ka inu Waiona. He nui ko makou mahalo i kela poe o kela wahi mokupuni uuku, ka poe hoi i akoakoa ma ka la mua o Ianuari 1868, a hoopaa i kumu e hahai ai na ko lakou lahui holookoa, mai Hawaii a hiki aku i Niihau. He manawa kupono io na kakou a pau e ala like ai a hooiaio. O ka inu Wai Ona, he hana ino ia ma ko kakou nei ai aina aloha a puni. Kokoke e pau na

Sale of an Island

Article 1: This society shall be called, “The Total Abstinence Society of the Island of Ni‘ihau.” Article 2: The leaders of this society shall consist of a president, secretary, and treasurer. Article 3: The activities of the leader of this society shall be the usual activities of leaders like in other societies. Article 4: This society shall meet in a location and at a time as decided upon. Article 5: This constitution may be amended, and amendments shall be added upon agreement of two-thirds of the members who arrive to a meeting.

93

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 94

pule ia makou, i ka loaa pinepine o na palapala mai ka poe lawe nupepa, mai na mokupuni mai a pau, e hai ana i ke ino a me ka hopena hilahila o ka inu wai ona ana mawaena o keia Lahui. O kekahi mau mea a lakou i hoouna mai ai e hoolaha ma ke ano nu hou, he hilahila loa, a makou e hilahila ai no ka hoike ana aku imua o ko makou poe heluhelu; a no ia mea, ua hoolei waleia ia mau nu hou maloko o ko makou pahu waiho opala. He nui na malama o ke kokolo ana mai o na leo uwe a kanikau hoi ma ko makou mau pepeiao, mai Hamakua a me Kohala, Hawaii mai. Mai Maui mai no hoi, a me na wahi e ae he lehulehu o keia mau mokupuni, no na haunaele a me na kaumaha, a me na hakaka mawaena o na kane a me na wahine, a me ka haukae loa o ka lakou mau hana ana. Ua haiia mai makou, aole hoi o ka ai ana i ka lakou uala, me he ai ana la o kekahi poe o ko kakou lahui iho, hoawaawa a hoolilo i mea ona mai loko mai o na uala—o kekahi, hoawaawa i na ipu haole a me na ko, a mai loko mai hoi o ka maia, hua papipi a me kekahi mau mea e ae he nui wale i hana ia mamuli o ke akamai lapuwale o kanaka. Ua olelo mai hoi kekahi poe, o ke kumu o ka inu nui ana ma na Apana kuaaina, o ka inu pu ana mai o na kaiko a me kekahi mau Lunakanawai ma ia ano me lakou, a no ia mea, aole e hoopiiia a hoopaiia hoi ke kanaka no ka inu wai ona a hana wai ona hoi, aka, hana no kela a me keia e like me kona makemake iho. Ina oia ke kumu, alaila, e hoomaopopo lakou, ma kela pule iho nei i hala, la 9 o keia malama, ma Honolulu nei, ua hoopaiia kekahi haole Pukiki he $500.00 no ka haawi ana i ka wai ona i ka wahine kanaka. Ma ka la 11 iho nei hoi, ua hoopai hou ia kekahi Pukiki, he hookahi haneri dala; ma ka la 14 iho nei, ua hoopaiia he Pukiki hou no, he eono haneri dala me na koina. O ke kumu nae, no ka haawi ana i ka wai ona i na kanaka Hawaii. Nolaila, he pono no lakou e hoopau koke i ka inu ona ana a me ka hoohaunaele ana ma ko lakou mau Apana iho. Aka, o ke ala pololei, aole o ka hookumu i alakai e hoomaa ai i ka inu wai ona ana. Ina e maa kekahi ia mea, ua like no ia me na kaulahao e poai ana iaia; a o ka mea wale no e hemo ai o keia mau kaulahao, o ka hoohiki paa loa ia, aole e hoopa, aole hoao a hana wale aku i ka inu wai ona ana. O kekahi ala e kokua ai no ka hoopio ana, oia ka hookumu ana i Ahahui e koe loa ana i ka hana ana, inu ana, kuai ana, a haawi wale ana i mea e ona ai; a ma ia kumu e kokua ai kekahi i kekahi no ka malama ana i kona hoohiki. Ua olelo mai kekahi poe ia makou, aole ka e hiki i na Kanaka Hawaii nei ke malama i ka lakou mau hoohiki ana—i ka wa ka e kii ia mai ai e hoowalewale, ae wale aku no, aka, ke manao nei makou, he lehulehu no ka poe hiki. Auhea oukou e na makua o na kamalii a me ka poe opiopio, e pii ae nei ano, aole e emo a lilo i mau kanaka makua, a mau wahine hoi no Hawaii nei. He mea nui na oukou ka haalele loa aku mai na mea e ona ai, ina oukou e manao ana e lilo i mau kamaaina maikai. A no keia kumu, aole anei he hana kupono na oukou e kokua ai, ma ka hookumu ana i mau Ahahui Hoole Wai Ona—a kakau i kou hoohiki nou iho, a hoopau hoi i kumu no kau mau keiki e hahai ai? Ke manaolana nei makou, aole o ka Ahahui Hoole Wai Ona wale no o Niihau, ka Ahahui hookahi mawaena o kakou, aka, oia ka mua o na tausani kanaka he lehulehu e hooiaio aku ai, a hoomaka i mau Ahahui Hoole Wai Ona e ae. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 18 January 1868. P. 2.

Sale of an Island

Total Abstinence Society. This week, we received from Ni‘ihau, that little island of our Islands near the setting of the sun at Lehua, the first news of the new way of living for our own people of the country. They are witnessing the establishment and organization of a society that would ward off and do battle with a great enemy of Hawai‘i, which is the consumption of alcoholic drinks. We greatly appreciate the people of that little island, those who gathered on the first day of January 1868 to take up the cause. [They are a good example] for their entire nation to follow, from Hawai‘i all the way to Ni‘ihau. It is the right time for all of us to rise up and affirm for ourselves. The consumption of alcoholic drinks is an evil practice all across our beloved country. We are still receiving letters weeks later from our subscribers from all of the islands, telling us of the evils and the shameful consequences of consuming alcoholic drinks among our people. What they have sent us to publish as news is very shameful, and we are embarrassed to report it to our readers. As a result, we tossed them into our trash receptacles. For many months the crying and lamenting have tugged at our ears from Hāmākua to Kohala in Hawai‘i, from Maui as well, and from many other places throughout these islands, about riots and sadness and fighting among men and women, and the disgusting things that they do. We are told that they do not eat their sweet potatoes, as people of our country do. They turn the sweet potatoes into alcoholic drinks. Some use melons and sugar cane. Some use bananas and the fruit of cactus and even many other things and turn them into alcoholic drinks, according to the evil inventions of men. Some have said the reason for drinking in the rural districts is due to policemen along with some judges joining in this activity. For this reason, lawbreakers are not charged or punished for drinking or for making alcoholic drinks, but each person does as they please. If that is the reason, then they should know that last week on the 9th of this month here in Honolulu, a Portuguese foreigner was fined $500.00 for giving alcohol to a Hawaiian woman. On the 11th just after, another Portuguese man was fined one hundred dollars. On the 14th yet another Portuguese man was fined six hundred dollars or more. But the reason was for distributing alcohol to Hawaiian men. So, they need to stop drinking alcohol and causing riots in their own districts. But the correct path is not to start and become accustomed to drinking. If a person becomes used to doing this, it is like chains around them. The only way to loosen these chains is to swear a permanent oath not to touch or try to manufacture alcoholic drinks. One way to help conquer such a thing is to establish an organization that completely puts aside such activities, like drinking, selling, or distributing alcoholic drinks. That is how we help each other to preserve the oath. Some have told us that Hawaiians are not capable of keeping their promises, that as soon as temptations arise, they will give in to them, but we believe that many are, in fact, able to do it. So, to all you parents of children and youth, who are progressing and in no time will become adult men and women here in Hawai‘i, it is important for

95

you to permanently abandon all alcoholic drinks, if you hope to become good citizens. For this reason, is it not the right thing for you to do to help establish a Total Abstinence Society, sign your oath, and put an end to it to become an example for your children to follow? We hope that it is not just the Total Abstinence Society of Ni‘ihau, the only one among us, but that it is the first of thousands of many people who prove themselves and start other Total Abstinence Societies.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

I Na Makaainana O Lanai Me Molokai. O ka hookumu ana o keia mau Ahahui Hoole Wai Ona, mawaena o ko kakou nei lahui, he mea nui a maikai no ia; a ke manao lana nei makou, o ke kumu alakai a na Ahahui o Niihau a me Hamakua, e lilo ana ia i mea e hahaiia’i e ka lehulehu a puni, mai ka loa a i ka laula o ko kakou nei mau aina holookoa. I ko makou huli ana aku i hope i na makahiki i au wale ka la, a hoomanao ae i ka lehulehu o na kanaka maikai, ikaika, akamai, a naauao, no lakou na iwi e waiho mai nei i na luakupapau—ke ninau nei makou, nawai i pepehi ia mau kanaka? A o ka haina e puka ae mai ka hohonu mai, o “Ka Inu Wai Ona,” oia kekahi kumu nui. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 25 January 1868. P. 2. To the Subjects of Lāna‘i and Moloka‘i. Establishing these Total Abstinence Societies among our people is a good thing. We hope that the examples of the societies of Ni‘ihau and Hāmākua [on Hawai‘i island] will become something for everyone all over to follow across the length and breadth of our entire nation. As we turn back to the years with the passing of the sun and remember the multitudes of good people, strong, intelligent, and wise, whose bones lie in their graves, we ask who it was that killed these people? The answer that emerges from the depths is “The Consumption of Alcoholic Drinks,” that is the main reason.

96

A Cheering Word from Niihau. A correspondent from that island thus reports: “We had a very pleasant time here on New Year’s Day with our natives. We had a grand feast, and some very good addresses. Mr. Kūpahu (our Pastor) wrote a hymn for the occasion, which was set to music and sung beautifully. After which there was a Total Abstinence Society formed, and all our young people joined it to set a good example, and then a great many natives came forward and joined also, and more will in time. They seemed to enter fully into the spirit of it.” It is exceedingly gratifying to learn that foreigners and Hawaiians are vying with each other to promote the cause of temperance. The Hawaiians are fond of festive scenes. All right-minded and intelligent foreigners who have any regard for the native race, will do all in their power to impart good healthy and temperate influence among the natives on such occasions. A vicious and intemperate foreigner is the worst of evils among Polynesians, but a moral, correct, sober and Christian foreigner settling among them is a great blessing. Nowhere is example more potent for weal or woe. —The Friend. 1 February 1868. P. 9. [“Weal or woe” in the last sentence means “prosperity or adversity.”]

Kauai A Ka Haole. Helu 3. He aneane kanaiwa makahiki i hala mai ke ku mua ana mai o Kapena Kuke oia o Lono ma Waimea Kauai. Na na’Lii a me na makaainana na aina a pau o Kauai nei ia wa, a pela hoi na aina a pau o Hawaii nei. Ua ko na olelo a Vanekouwa ia Kamehameha; “he poe makee aina na haole.” Hala na makahiki he kanaiwa, a ke ike nei kakou ua lilo o Niihau a me Kauai i na haole. Uuku loa no kahi i koe i na’lii a i na kanaka, ua pau i ke kuai ia a i ka hoolimalima ia. Ekolu hana nui e hana ia nei ma Kauai, a ma ia hana ua hoopoho ia ka aina.

Nu Hou Kuloko. Kauai. Ua palapala mai o M. W. Keale o Niihau, e haawi ana ka lakou i mahalo maluna o na Haku o luna o ia mokupuni, no ko lakou malama ana i na kane, wahine a me na kamalii i loohia i ka mai. Na lakou ponoi no ka laau lapaau, a na lakou no e hele mai e nana i na mai. Kokua maoli keia poe haole o ka aina e. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 9 January 1869. P. 3. Local News. Kaua‘i. M. W. Keale of Ni‘ihau sent us a note to express their gratitude to the owners over the island for taking care of the men, women, and children overcome with sickness. They provided the medicines themselves and went around visiting the sick. The foreigners truly provided help. [Untitled] Mawaena o ka poe hooikaika, a hoohoihoi i ka mahi ana o ka pulupulu, aole makou e hoopoina i ka hoopuka ana no H. M. Wini. Aia ma ke kua iho o ko makou keena, ke koele mau mai nei kana mau mea wili pulupulu; a ma ia mea, ua loaa ka hana i kekahi poe wahine a me kekahi mau kane, kahi oihana kupono e hanai mai ai. Ua hooikaika nui oia ma ka hooholo mua ana i ka oihana; a ua hai maoli mai kona hooikaika ana ia mea, ma kona haawi ana i na dala

Sale of an Island

He Hanai Hipa O Niihau. O ka hana nui o Niihau a me ko laila mau haku aina haole, he hanai hipa. Ua laha hoi na hipa ma ke kauwahi o Kauai. Aole nae lilo i ka nui loa. Ua piha ka aina i na bipi. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 29 August 1868. P. 3. Kaua‘i of the Foreigners. Number 3. It has been nearly ninety years since from the time Captain Cook, who was [regarded as the god] Lono, landed at Waimea, Kaua‘i. The lands of Kaua‘i at the time belonged to the chiefs and commoners, and so it was with all lands across Hawai‘i. The words of Vancouver to Kamehameha were realized, “Foreigners lust for land.” Ninety years later, we see that Ni‘ihau and Kaua‘i have gone to the foreigners. The chiefs and people have only a little left. It has all been sold and leased. Three large industries operate on Kaua‘i, and in these industries the land is wasted. Ni‘ihau Raises Sheep. The largest industry on Ni‘ihau and done by its foreign owners is raising sheep. Sheep are spread out in some parts of Kaua‘i, but not that much. The land is full of cattle.

97

makana wale—i ka poe no lakou na pulupulu a pau loa e kuai mai ana me ia. I ka Poalima o keia pule iho nei, ua uku aku oia i kekahi poe kanu pulupulu o Makena, he eha haneri dala ma ke gula. Mai ua o Wini i loaa mai ai ia makou, ke kanaka Hawaii oi loa i ka makahiki i hala iho nei, o Kuaimoku, he 4,280 ana mau paona; a ua lilo ia ia ka makana alua $100. O ka haole oi loa, o Sinclair o Niihau, ua hiki aku kana i ka 7,429 paona, a oia ka hooulu ana oi loa ma Hawaii nei i keia mau makahiki mai nei. I keia makahiki i hala iho nei, ua uku aku ua o Wini, mai ka iwakalua ku mamalima a i ke kanakolu tausani dala ma ke gula, a ma na olelo hoolaha ana, e haawi ana oia he tausani dala ma ke gula, i ka poe mahi pulupulu. —Ke Au Okoa. 6 May 1869. P. 2. [Untitled] Among those who made an effort and showed interest in farming cotton, we cannot forget what H. M. Whitney invested in. Behind our office his cotton grinding machine is always knocking away, and in doing that, there is work for women and some men, a good line of work for them to feed their families. He had been very diligent in carrying out the industry from the start. His determination has really been demonstrated by his monetary donations to all of the owners of the cotton that is sold to him. On Friday of last week, he paid a few cotton farmers at Makena [Maui] four hundred dollars in gold. From Whitney we found the best Hawaiian man last year, Kū‘aimoku, who obtained 4,280 pounds. He won the second-place award of $100. The best foreigner was Sinclair of Ni‘ihau, whose weight reached 7,429 pounds. His growth has been the best all across Hawai‘i in recent years. Last year Whitney paid twenty-five to thirty thousand dollars in gold. In the advertisements he offers one thousand dollars in gold to cotton farmers. [Henry Martyn Whitney established the Hawaiian-language newspaper Ka Nupepa Kuokoa in 1861.]

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Papa inoa o na Lunaauhau o ka M. H. 1869. Kauai: Waimea: G. B. Rowell Niihau: Frank Sinclair —Ke Au Okoa. 11 November 1869. P. 2. Roster of Tax Collectors of 1869. Kaua‘i: Waimea: G. B. Rowell Ni‘ihau: Frank Sinclair

98

He Mau Manao I Ka Ahaolelo 1870 A Me Ka Nupepa “Ke Au Okoa.” He nui kuu aloha i ka Apana, kahi a’u e noho nei, no ka manaolana, o ka Apana no keia i oi aku na pilikia, mamua paha o kekahi mau Apana e ae, ke ole e weheweheia mai. No ka mea, ma keia Apana, na kue loa ia kekahi kumu pomaikai o na makaainana, ma ka ae ole ana mai o Mr. Kanuka a me na haole o Niihau, ka poe nana i kuai iho nei o Makaweli, e hooholo i na bipi o na kanaka makemake hanai holoholona oia ano ma ko lakou mau kula. Ua kue loa no lakou, aole hookahi bipi e holo ma ko lakou mau aina, a aole o lakou ae i ka hoolima­ lima ana aku a na kanaka e hookuu i ko lakou mau bipi, nolaila, ua kuai aku lakou a ua pau loa i ua poe haole nei, me ke kumukuai haahaa loa, aole no hoi e hiki ke waiho aku no ke kali ana, malia o hiki mai kekahi mea kuai makepono loa. —Ke Au Okoa. 6 January 1870. P. 4.

A Message to the Legislature of 1870 and the Newspaper “Ke Au Okoa.” I have a lot of love for the district I live in. I keep hoping [things will get better], since this is the district with the most problems, more than any other district, without any explanation. Because in this district the beneficial reasoning of the people was opposed when Mr. Knudsen and the white people of Ni‘ihau, who also bought Makaweli, did not agree to allow those with cattle to feed their livestock on their lands. They were completely against it, [insisting] that not one cow should go on their lands. They would not make leases with the people to release their cattle onto their lands, so they [the people] sold their cattle to these white people at a very low price. They could not put this off until a later date, waiting for a buyer to come along offering a better price.

Pa Aupuni Hou. Ua hookaawaleia ka pa ma ka aina o Makaweli, no Mr. Sinclair, e waiho la ma ke awawa o Waimea, i pa aupuni no ka apana o Waimea, mokupuni o Kauai. Pela ka hoolaha ana mai a ke Kuhina Kalaiaina. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 15 January 1870. P. 2. New Public Pasture. The field on the land of Makaweli belonging to Mr. Sinclair, situated in the valley of Waimea on the island of Kaua‘i, has been set aside as public pasture. This is in accordance with the announcement of the Minister of the Interior. He Mau Nupepa Hoalaala Kipi A Ake Hoohui Aupuni. Imua o ka Hale Ahaolelo o ke Aupuni Hawaii, ua hoopukaia ae e ke Kuhina Kalaiaina, he mau nupepa hoalaala o ke Kuokoa a me ka nupepa haole koakoa. Na makou e hoolaha nei a e ka naauao nei i kanaka, e hoohui i keia Aupuni me Amerika a e hoalaala nei e ku. Kupanaha ke kapa mai ia makou, ka poe i hanau ma keia aina, i noho he eha mau Moi, a i kapaia he mau Hawaii ponoi loa, pili kapekepeke ole e like mea he poe “hoalaala kipi, makemake hoohui Aupuni.” Owai la ka mea oi loa aku o ke aloha Alii a Aina, o ka poe anei i hookupa mai ma ka palapala, i auwana maluna i na kia moku, a hookipaia mai maluna i ko kakou nei mau kapakai, a haawiia na pomaikai ia lakou e kakou—a o makou anei ka poe i hanauia maluna o keia mai pukoa, he mau makua e waiho nei ma

Sale of an Island

Na Lunamakaainana. Helu 4. E haalele kakou i keia mau Apana, a e kiei aku hoi kakou i ka Apana i ka mole o na moku; a oia hoi keia. No Waimea a me Niihau. Aohe a makou inoa e ae e waiho aku ai, aka, o ko oukou Luna hanohano mau iho nei no o kela kau i hala, ka Hon. V. Kanuka. He kanaka kuokoa a he aloha lahui. Pomaikai loa oukou ke koho hou mai ia ia, no ka mea, he kanaka hoopono. Minamina makou ke waiho oukou ia ia. —Ke Au Okoa. 13 January 1870. P. 3. The Representatives. Number 4. Let us set aside these districts and take a look at the district at the base of the islands, which is Waimea and Ni‘ihau. We have no other name to put forth, but your former honorable representative of the last session, the Hon. V. Knudsen, an independent man and loyal to the people. You would all be very fortunate to re-elect him. We would regret if you set him aside.

99

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 100

ka lepo o Hawaii? Ua oi aku anei ke aloha Alii, Lahui, Aupuni o ka poe i hele mai e imi pomaikai i-o kakou nei, i pakeke ae, alaila, hoomaoe ae la e holo i ka aina hanau e ike i ka ohana a e hoomaha no hoi no kekahi manawa, aka, i ka holo ana, o ka noho loa no ia—mamua o makou, ka poe e noho nei a e kuka he no ko kakou mau pono? Aole. Aole loa. Ke olelo hou mai nei, “he poe ake hoohui aupuni” makou. Aia mahea ka hoike no keia mau wahahee? Aia anei maluna o kona poo? Aia anei iloko o kona lolo ona rama, e papa nei ka lima akau “aole e ona,” lalau no nae ka lima hema a hookomo? Lapuwale ka olelo pilikino ana a kela mea auwana i hoopomaikuiia’ku e kakou. Na makou anei i kuai i ka mokupuni o Niihau, i na aina o Hanalei, Lihue a me na aina mahiko i onaia e na Mahiko mai Hawaii a Kauai, i ka poe hoomakaulii aina a kakou i lohe ai? Aole, na @ kou no. Nolaila, ma ka nana ana, ke hana malu nei keia poe ma ke kuai l@ ana aku i na aina, a hiki i ka wa e ike@ lakou la, ua oi aku ka nui oka aina i @ ia lakou la mamua o ko kakou, alaila hooleleia mai auanei ko kakou hauli, i hooneleia mai kakou i ka aina ole. Ina aole kakou e makaala i keia poe e hana maalea nei, alaila, e noho alii mai ana keia poe maluna o kakou me he ano ha@ la, a heaha iho ka kakou e Hawaii @ loa? He nele! Nolaila, e hoopau i na Kuhina haole, a e hoonoho i na kanaka no ka mea, aohe i akaka ke aloha o ka haole i ka ili ulaula, mamuli like kakou me na Inikini, ke kipakuia i kuahiwi. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 28 May 1870. P. 2. Newspapers Inciting Revolt and Seeking Annexation. Before the House of the Legislature of the Hawaiian government rebellious newspapers were distributed by the Minister of the Interior along with the English-language newspaper, Kuokoa, we make known and educate the people, to annex this country to America and stir up revolt. It is astonishing to call us, those who were born in this country, reigned over by four kings, and called true Hawaiians, who are unwavering like myself, “rebel rousers, annexationists.” Who has the greatest loyalty to our kings and country: those who are naturalized by certificate, who drifted onboard masted ships and were welcomed onto our shores and given benefits by us, or us, those who were born on this piece of coral rock, parents who remain on the soil of Hawai‘i? Do those who come here seeking advantages in our home have greater loyalty to the king, nation, country? Do those who flee, hinting that they are going to their homeland on vacation for a while, but when they go, they stay permanently? Do they have greater loyalty than us, those who live and meet to discuss our rights? No. Not at all. Furthermore, they say, we are “annexationists.” What is the evidence of these lies? Is it in his head? Is it in his rum-filled brain that tells his right hand “Don’t get drunk,” while his left hand reaches inside? These personal words of that vagabond blessed by us are ridiculous. Is it we who sold the island of Ni‘ihau, the lands of Hanalei, Līhu‘e, and the sugar farmlands owned by the sugar plantations from Hawai‘i to Kaua‘i to those eager for land that we have heard from? No, it hasn’t been you. So, it appears that these people sell land in secret until it is made known that they had acquired more land than we have. Then we are left in utter shock at having

[Untitled] E Ka Lunahooponopono O Ke Au Okoa. Aloha oe. Malia e oluolu oe e hoaiai ae ma kau Nupepa i na mea e pili ana no Niihau, i ike ia ma keia huakai hele, ke ike oe me ka oluolu, ua kupono no kau poe heluhelu. I ka Poalima la 1 o Septemaba, hora 12 awakea, haalele makou ia Koloa nei; owau a me Mr. & Mrs. Waiamau no Niihau, e hooholo aku ana ma ka meheu o Rev. A. Kaukau, ke mea i holo mua a hiki ma Waimea, a hoomakaukau iho la e holo i Niihau ma ka moku o Aikake Kapuniai Hart. Oia iho no la ka inoa o ka waapa, ia Niihau o Fearless (Makauole) kona inoa mua, a he kupono e kapaia kona inoa o ka Nene-aukai o Kaulakahi. Mahope iho o ka puka ana o ka mahina, pau makou i ke kau iluna o ka moku, a holo aku la maluna o ke kai malino, pela iho la i kaupe malie ai a ao ia po, a i ke awakea pa mai la ka makani kolonahe mai ka akau mai, akahi no makou a ike i ua wahi Neneaukai nei, e kaukoe ana i ke kai o Kaulakahi-loko, he manawa ole komo ana makou maloko o Lehua aina, me Lehua mokupuni a pela i au ai ua wahi nene nei a ku ana i Hapalua. Aole i ala mai na keiki o Kaulakahi e okala ai la na hulu o Haupu i ka makani. A kipa aku la makou ma ka hale o Hosea, kahi o Kaukau e noho ana. Luana aloha iho la me na kamaaina a me ka Rev. A. Kaukau; a hiki wale i ka wa i hihio ai e moe, a kaili pu ia aku la i ka aina moeuhane, a i puoho ae ka hana ua ao. Sabati Sept. 3. I ka hora eiwa hoomaka ke kula Sabati, malalo o ke alakai ana a Faranacis Sinclair ka haole alii o Niihau, ekolu mau himeni i ka hoomaka ana o Kaieleele, Mihi, a me Wahieehia, a o Momi ka himeni hope, malalo o ke alakai ana o E. Kahele. O ka makou mea i mahalo loa ai i keia kula Sabati, o ka maikai o ka hooponopono ana, ka maluhia loa, a me ka puai himeni, ko ka puni himeni ia ke himeni ia la ua pauku a pau. A pau ke kula Sabati; hookuu pakahi ia na haumana. Malamaia iho la ka pule kakahiaka e Rev. A. Kaukau, ao mua mai la ka haole alii o Niihau i na keiki mamua o ka haiao. “E na keiki, makemake au ia oukou e noho malie, e hoolohe pono i na olelo mai ka waha mai o Rev. A. Kaukau, malia no oukou kahi olelo e olelo ai, elua wale no la e lohe ai kakou i kona leo i ka makahiki, nolaila, e noho malie a hoolohe pono.” I ke ahiahi, malamaia ka ahaaina a ka Haku, ia E. Helekunihi; ka wawahi berena ia Waiamau ka haawi i ke kiana. Ua maikai a maluhia ke anaina. Poakahi la 4. Lilo iho la ia la no ka hoomakaukau ana i na lio no ka hele ana e makaikai i ka aina. I ke awakea loaa na lio, malalo o ka uleu o E. Kahele, a me Keale, ua kamaaina a ke aloha i noho ai. A ia la no i haule iho ai, he kuana naulu koikoi, ma ua aina la. Aia mai ko’u hoomanao i ko’u aina hanau. “Kuu aina hanau e, Nou au e hoomanao.”

Sale of an Island

been left without land. If we do not watch out for these people who operate so cleverly, then these folks will rule as chiefs over us, as lords, and what do we have, those of us knowledge-seeking Hawaiians? Nothing! So, get rid of white ministers and install Hawaiians, since the loyalty of the white people towards brown-skinned people is unclear. We could end up like Indians, driven out into the mountains.

101

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 102

Poalua la 5. Hele i ka makaikai ma ke alakai ana a Keale, haalele makou ia Puheke hele ma ka aoao komohana, a hiki aku i Puuwai, aia malaila ka halepule, malaila aku loaa ka aina o P. F. Koakanu i kuai ai i ka haole, he aina maikai ia, kiekie a palahalaha maikai, aia no ilaila no haole alii o Niihau kahi i noho ai, haalele ia wahi, hele aku o Lonopapa aku, mailaila aku hiki i Kamalino; aia malaila ka hoomaka ana o ka papohaku mai ke kai o Kamalino a hiki i Oio Moi ma Kona, eha @ii@ me ka hapa ka laula oia wahi o ka aina; a pela no ka loa o ka papohaku. Ua paa ka hapanui o keia pa. Hele hou aku kipa ae e ike ia Puhiula, he pohaku loihi ia e moe ana mai ke kai mai, i kapaia he puhi e “Puhiula” mailaila aku i Kahaino ilaila e nana aku ai ia Laeahi (aole o Laeahi o Oahu). Ko Niihau Laeahi no keia, ilaila oe e ike ai i na kanaka holoholo kai o Laeahi. Haalele makou ia Laeahi huli hikina a waena o ka aina, hiki aku i kahi i olu ai na ulu hua i ka hapapa. E hua mai ana no ka ulu, ua oo kahi mau ulu, ua kapaia no inoa o kekahi mau ulu e Kauikeaouli, ma na inoa o kana ’lii wahine, o Kalama ka ulu i hua a oo; a o Hakeleleponi ka lua o ke kumu, ma ka lua hookahi he mau ulu e aku no kekahi. Pau ka makaikai ana i na ulu hua i ka hapapa, hele komohana hema, hiki i Kawaiahao, ma ka aoao komohana, hiki i Kawaihoa, ma ka aoao komohana hema, o Kaimuhonu ia wahi, huli hikina hiki ma ka aoao hikina o Kawaihoa, malaila o Keanahaki, he ana ia i haki a make na lehulehu maloko, o ua ana la, oiai e hula ana lakou; makai iki aku me ke kumu o Kawaiahao, he wahi wai o Naiakaulili, he wai ia i ike ia ma ka muimuia o Kaulili, pela mai o Keala ko makou pailaka. Ilaila I hoike ai ke keiki Niihau i ka mama ma ka pii ana iluna o Kawaihoa a hoi mai ana me na manu kaula eono. Huli hoi makou ma ka aoao ma kona o ka aina, a hiki i kahi i ulu ai ka uala nui o Niihau, ua pa ia e ka haole i mea makaikai nan a malihini. Mailaila mai a hiki i kahi i ulu ai ke ko eli o Halalii, aohe ko i keia wa, ua maloo i ka pau i ka bipi. Mailaila mai huli hoi mai a hiki i na hale o na haole alii o Niihau o Haku Francis Sinclair me kana lede ko ka hale. Konoia mai la makou e na hookipa pumehana, a kukai olelo iho la, a li-u wale ka luna ana; e wehe mai ana kela i ka pahu ogana liilii, a ia ia la e wili ana i ua paha kani nei, ke hene la makou i ka akeake, eono na leo i hookani ia mai; ekolu na pauku olokaa oloko, a he umi na leo o ke pauku olokaa oloko, a he umi na leo o ka pauku hookahi, nolaila, he kanakolu ka nui o na leo. O keia pahu ua kuai ia ma Pelekane e ke kaikuaana ponoi o Mr. Francis Sinclair, oia o J. Mc H. Sinclair, i mea hoolaukanaka no kahi mehameha a i mea hoolealea i na malihini, a ua hoolaukanaka io no. Aole i pau ae ka hoihoi i na leo mele i lohe ia. E panee mai ana kela i ke kii o ka mokupuni holookoa o Niihau i kaha loea ia e ka laua keiki; a o ua kii la o Niihau no a pau; aohe wahi hoohewahewa. A eia na mea a’u i hoomanao ai. O ka loa o Niihau mai Kawaihoa a hiki aku i Naaina, he umi kumamawalu mile, a o ka ka laula mai Kaununui a Kapalikalahale, eono mile oia kahi palahalaha loa o Niihau, a ma kekahi wahi aku elima, a i ke kolu o na mile. A ia makou i huli hoi mai ai; konoia aku la makou e kamau i ka houpo lewalewa, ae aku la makou i ka lokomaikai. Haawi aku la makou i na hoomaikai, a me na lulu lima aloha a hoi aku la me ka minamina i ka pokole o ka manawa i loaa ia makou. He mau haole alii oluolu, a he aloha lahui maoli no. Ke hooponopono nei i ka lahui na kanaka ma kea no maikai, a hoola lahui.

Sale of an Island

Ua kakau ia he kanawai e papa ana, aole e hele wale na keikikane a me na kaikamahine i Kauai, me ka ae ole o na haole; ina e holo mal uke keiki mamuli o kona manao me ke kokua o ka makua. E uku ka makua a me keiki pu, mina­ mina kela o loaa i na mai ino, ua kapu ao hoi ka mare me ko Kauai, a ko Oahu paha; aia no a he Niihau no pono. Ua maikai a ikaika na kino o ko Niihau poe no ka hana mau a ekolu wale no na make i keia makahiki. Ua hoomaa ia na kanaka o ka aina i ka hana, na kane, na wahine, a me na keiki, no na haole kahi hana, a no na kanaka kahi hana, he hana konohiki kahi hana, a he hana hoolimalima kahi hana. Ua maheleia ka aina me na pa, ma ka loa a ma ka laula o ka aina, ua hookaawale ia kahi o na lio a me na bipi e hele ai ma Kii; aia ma Kawanui ka pa laau; malaila na lio a me na bipi o na haole a me na kanaka e hele ai, a ua haawi ia ao hoi he pa e hoeueu ai no ka manawa ma kahi e noho ai na kanaka. He mau pu kane ko na kanaka; a ua hele ka aina e olokea i ka pa; aia ma Kamalino ka moe la he pa pohaku loihi no na mile 4 a me ka hapa ka loihi, a hiki akau i Koae (@) ma kahi i kapaia e Oio Moi, ua paa ka h@ o keia pa. Ua malu ka @, ua papa loa ia ka inu papipi, i mai kamaaina, mamua ua hookolokoloia kekahi kanaka no ke one (@), a ua hoo@ ia e Farancis Sinclair ma ke kanawai o ka Moi Kamehameha V, a me ke ia la kanawai hoopai no kela, i maluhia ka aina. Pela no ka aihue. He kanawai oolea ko ka aihue, aia he kanawai no he aihue, ina ua lilo kekahi mea ma kau wahi, aole nae i ike ia ka mea i lilo ai; e hoopai ia no na poe a pau ma kahi I lilo ai na mea la. Ia’u i mehau ai ae na noho o @ o Waiamau i ka waihoia ma na halau waapa, oiai, he manao loa ko makou wahi e noho ai he @ mile paha; ninau aku au i na kamaaina, aole anei e lilo na wahi aohe lio o mama akaaka ia mai la au o kamaaina a i mai, aole e lilo, ina waiho maanei ekolu mahina, aole e lilo, ina waiho maanei a lilo, e hoopai la mai anei a Puuwai. Ikaika ke kanawai. A makau ia hoi, a mai nani loa, ina he kanawai ikaika loa no ka moekolohe. Oia ka hewa ino loa; a o ka luapau no ka lahui. Malia o kau ia no i kanawai; Eia hoi: Aohe ilio, aohe hookahi ilio a na kanaka o Niihau, hookahi no ilio nana haole, he ilio kiai hipa. He meha wale no ka aina mai o a o, aohe aea. O ka nei o na hipa i heleia, he iwakalua kumawalu tausani i ako ia. He maikai keia aina o Niihau. O ka aoao hikina ka i ike ia aku e Kauai mai, o ka aoao akau ka i honoia e na kanaka, oia o Koolau, a he noho nei na kanaka mai Kamalino mai a Keawanui. O ka aoao ma Kona, aohe kanaka, ke kua ia o ka aina, o ke alanui mai Kamalino mai a Keawanui, he maikai a palahalaha, a i kuu manao, ua oi aku ka maikai o Niihau ma kona wahi maikai o ke alanui, mamua o ke Kauai nei a pau, he aina oluolu no. No ka pa mai o na makani mai ka moana mai me ka lawe pu mai i na hunakai, a o ka waiho kahela ae no a ka aina, a meka ulu laau papipi ka laau nui malaila, a o ko Laila laau nui iho la no ia, uliuli a oluolu ka maka i ka nana ana, me he mea la o ka hapakolu o ka moku­puni ka i paa i ka laau papipi, ma ia mea, ua oluolu na maka i ka nana ana, i ka pa ana iho o na kukuna malamalama o ka la maluna o ka waihooluu ahina o ka papipi, ua hoihoi ia mai me ia ano i na maka, a ua oluolu iho la. Elike me ka oluolu o na maka i ka ululaau maoli. Pela iho la ka makou mea i ike no keia wahi mokupuni Ua lohe kakou no ka aina o Palesetina, ka aina e kahe ana o ka waiu a me ka meli. A e haohao paha oukou no ko’u kapa ana pela ma Niihau. O ka wai o Niihau, he wai no na lua, i ka wa ua nui, ua piha na lua, a no ka lepo palolo na keokeo ka wai, me he waiu hipa la, a i ole me he wai la i

103

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 104

holoi ia me ka poi. A no keia ano keokeo o ka wai, ua kapa ka malihini he wai waiu. A ina i hai ole mai na kamaaina ia makou i ke ano o ka wai, ina aole ma­kou e inu. I ke ahiahi Poalua haalele makou ia Puheke, hoi mai a Kawanui me ka manao, e hoi mai no i Kauai, aka, no ka pa ana mai o ke koolau, ua moe ilaila a ao ia po. Poakolu, Sept. 6. Haalele ia Keawanui no Lehua aina, i oioi mai makou ilaila e nana i ka paani a na ale o ke kowa o Lehua Aina me Lehua Mokupuni, a malaila makou ia la a po, e nana ana i ka makani huhu a me na ale paio lua a poi a ia, haule iho makou moe iluna o na pela one. I ke kakahiaka Poaha kau makou iluna o kahi moku Makauole, a hoi mai la iloko o ke kai malino akea; pela i ko ai ka olelo. “He akua kokua kokoke oia,” A no ka malie, ua po ia la ku makou i Waimea, “Ilaila i haalele ai i Puna na hoaaloha.” Aole au e poina ana i ke aloha aku i na poe a pau i hookipa aloha mai i na malihini hele. A ia E. Kahele, a me Keale ke pailaka o Niihau. A o ke aloha hope i ka Lunahooponopono, a me na Keiki o ka Papa Pai. E. Helekunihi. Koloa, Sept. 14, 1871. —Ke Au Okoa. 28 September 1871. P. 1. [Untitled] Dear Editor Of Ke Au Okoa. Aloha. You may want to show in your newspaper the things on Ni‘ihau that were witnessed on this trip, should you be so kind. It may be worthwhile for your readers. On Friday, the 1st of September at 12 in the afternoon, we left Kōloa here. It was myself and Mr. and Mrs. Wai‘ama‘u who left for Ni‘ihau, following in the footsteps of Rev. A. Kaukau, who first went to Waimea and arranged the trip to Ni‘ihau on the boat ‘Aikake Kapuni‘ai Hart. That is the name of the boat that goes to Ni‘ihau, whose name before was Fearless (Maka‘u ‘Ole). A better-suited name would be Nēnē-‘au-kai o Kaulakahi [Seagull of the Kaulakahi Channel]. After the moon appeared, we all boarded the boat, set sail on the calm sea, and it gently sailed until daylight. In the afternoon the cool wind blew from the north, and we finally saw the Nēnē-‘au-kai gliding into Kaulakahi Loko. In no time we passed between Lehua and Lehua Island. There the seagull swam in and landed at Hapalua. The children of Kaulakahi had not yet awakened to let the feathers of Hā‘upu ruffle in the wind. We visited the home of Hosea, where Kaukau lived. We enjoyed ourselves with the locals and Rev. A. Kaukau until it was time to sleep and be carried away to dream land, to awaken again when it became daylight. Sunday, Sept. 3: At nine o’clock Sunday School started under the direction of Francis Sinclair, the foreign royalty of Ni‘ihau. There were three hymns at the beginning: Kai‘ele‘ele, Mihi, and Wahi‘e‘ehia. Momi was the last hymn under the direction of E. Kahele. What we most appreciated of this Sunday School was how well it was organized, with such peacefulness, with lots of enthusiasm for singing, with enthusiasm to sing all verses. When Sunday School was over, each of the students was let go. The morning prayer was given by Rev. A. Kaukau. The foreign ali‘i of Ni‘ihau taught the children first before the sermon. “Dear children, I want you all to sit still and listen carefully to the words from the mouth of Rev. A. Kaukau. Something that is said might pertain to you. We only have two days per year to hear his voice. So, sit still and listen well.”

Sale of an Island

In the evening, the communion of the Lord was held. E. Helekūnihi broke the bread, Wai‘ama‘u gave the cup. The congregation was good and peaceful. Monday, Day 4: That day was spent preparing the horses for the journey to tour the island. In the afternoon we got the horses under the skill of E. Kahele and Keale, the locals who really know aloha. As the day fell, there was a heavy rainfall on the island. Life is found all around, the locals say. My fond memories are revived of my birth land. “My dear land of birth It is you I remember fondly.” Tuesday, Day 5: We went on a tour at the lead of Keale. We left Pūheke and went to the west side all the way to Pu‘uwai, where the chapel is. That is where the land of P. F. Koakanu is found that he sold to the foreigners. It is a good land, high and nice and flat. That is where the foreign ali‘i of Ni‘ihau lives. We left that place and went to Lonopapa. From there we went to Kamalino. That is where the rock wall starts from the sea of Kamalino all the way to ‘Ō‘iomoi in Kona, four and a half miles wide in that spot on the island. That is also the length of the rock wall. Most of this wall is intact. We carried on and visited Puhi‘ula, which is a long rock from the sea. A [legendary] eel was called “Puhi‘ula.” We went from there to Kahe‘ino [sic: Kaha‘ino], looking at Lae‘ahi (not Lae‘ahi on O‘ahu). This is Ni‘ihau’s Lae‘ahi. That is where you see the people of Lae‘ahi who travel the sea. We left Lae‘ahi and turned east to the interior of the island to where the breadfruit growing on the coral rock is found. The breadfruit tree had fruit on it and a few were ripe. Some of the breadfruit were named by Kauikeaouli [Kamehameha III] with the names of his queen. Kalama was fruit that was mature; and Hakaleleponi was the immature fruit. In the same pit there was other fruit as well. After visiting the breadfruit bearing fruit on the coral rock, we went southwest to Kawaiaha‘o on the southwest side to Kawaihoa to the west side where Kaimuhonu is. We turned east and reached the east side of Kawaihoa, where Keanahaki is. It has a cave that collapsed, where many people died inside while they danced hula. On the oceanside at the base of Kawaiaha‘o is a water spot called Nāi‘akaulili. It’s a water hole where the people of Kaulili gather, according to Keale, our pilot. That is where the Ni‘ihau son demonstrated how quick he is at climbing up Kawaihoa and came back with a string of six birds. We went back to the Kona side of the island to where the big sweet potatoes of Ni‘ihau grow. They were restricted by the foreigners in order to show off to visitors. From there we went all the way to where the hand-dug sugar cane is found at Halāli‘i. There is no sugar cane any more today. It is very dry and the cattle ate it. From there we came back to the houses of the foreign ali‘i of Ni‘ihau, owner Francis Sinclair and his lady of the house. We were invited in with a warm welcome. We talked and lingered a while. He took out his little organ, and as he grinded the musical box, we smiled and laughed. He played six numbers. There were three rolling parts inside it, with ten tones in each part. So, there were thirty tones. This box was purchased in Britain by Mr. Francis Sinclair’s own elder brother, J. Mc H. Sinclair, [to play] for company, while alone and for amusement for visitors. It truly did provide for company.

105

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 106

We never grew tired of the musical tones we heard. He showed us a map of the entire island of Ni‘ihau, expertly drafted by their son, and there was no mistake at all in the detail of this image. And this is what I remember: The length of Ni‘ihau from Kawaihoa to Nanina is 18 miles. The width from Kaununui to Kapalikalahale is six miles, the flattest part of Ni‘ihau, and on the other side, five to three miles. Then we turned to food. We were invited to add a little to our hungered stomachs, and we agreed to the graciousness. We gave thanks and shook hands with aloha and went back, regretting that the time that we had spent was so short. They are very kind foreign ali‘i and really do love the people. They administer the people in a good manner and save the people. A law was written restricting boys and girls from going to Kaua‘i without permission of the foreigners. If a child goes in secret, deciding on their own with the support of their parents, the parents and the child both pay. It would be regrettable, as they can come down with some sort of terrible sickness. Marrying someone from perhaps Kaua‘i or O‘ahu is forbidden. Only those from Ni‘ihau are acceptable. The bodies of Ni‘ihau people are good and strong for regular work, and there have only been three deaths this year. The people of the land have become accustomed to the work: the men, the women, and children. The foreign people do certain work and Hawaiians do certain work. Some of the work is management, and other work is that of lessees. The land is divided by fences, following the length and width of the island. The areas where horses and cattle roam are separated at Ki‘i. At Keawanui there are wooden fences. That is where horses and cattle of the foreigners and Hawaiians go. There is a pasture where they are released temporarily, where people live. There are fields for people to plant, and the land is checkered with fields. In Kamalino a long rock wall lies 4 and a half miles all the way to Ka‘e‘e, to the place called ‘Ō‘iomoi. Most of this wall still stands. Drunkenness is prohibited, and drinking swipe is forbidden. The locals tell us that someone was tried for drunkenness. Francis Sinclair was authorized by King Kamehameha V to create laws, and by his law it was punished. That is how peace prevails on the land. The same is true regarding theft. There is a strict law about stealing. This is the law on stealing: If something disappears somewhere, and it isn’t known who took it, all people in the area where the item disappeared are punished. Leaving the Wai‘ama‘u home, I feared for my saddle at the boat shed, since the place we were to stay was maybe four miles away. I asked the locals, “Won’t our saddles disappear?” I was laughed at by the locals, who said, “They won’t go anywhere. Even if you leave them here three months, they won’t disappear. If they disappear, everyone from here to Pu‘uwai would be punished.” The law is strong. It is also quite feared. It would be quite beautiful if there was such a strong law for adultery. That is the greatest sin, the pit of the nation. If only there was such a law. Then there is this: There are no dogs. There is not one dog belonging to the people of Ni‘ihau. There is one dog belonging to the foreigners. It is a sheep-herding dog. The land is deserted from one side to the other, and there are no stray dogs. The number of sheep counted is twentyeight thousand sheared. Ni‘ihau is a good land. The east side is seen by Kaua‘i. The north side is inhabited by people, which is Ko‘olau, and people live from Kamalino to Keawanui. The back side of the island in Kona is uninhabited. The road goes from

Na Mea Hou O Niihau. E Ka Lahui Hawaii. Aloha oe. Ua lana mai ko’u manao e hoike akea ae ma kekahi hapa o kou mau kolamu kaawale. Ke ahonui ia e oe a me kou L. Hooponopono. Oia keia malalo iho: Na Make. I ka makahiki i hala ae nei, ua hiki aku ka poe make i ka 13. I keia makahiki hoi e hoomaka nei, he 3 wale no hanau, a he 2 i make. Na Kahuna Hawaii. He lehulehu na kahuna o keia mokupuni, e lapaau ana me ka laikini ole, o ka hoopunipuni ka hapanui o keia poe. Kapa kekahi o lakou o Iesu kekahi o kona Akua, a i ka hana ana iho i na mai a lakou, o ka make no ka hope; a o ka ili iho la no ia o ke kaumaha maluna o puniwale ma, ka ohana nona ka mea make. Na Ilio, Aole Ilio Maoli. O ka Mokupuni paha keia i nele i ka ilio. I ka wa nae i hala aku nei mamua, ua nui wale ka ilio, a lilo iho nei i na haole, ua luku ia a pau loa. Me ka Mahalo, M. W. Keale. Kaluahonu, Niihau, Feb. 18, 1875. —Ka Lahui Hawaii. 18 March 1875. P. 3. News of Ni‘ihau. Dear Lahui Hawaii. Aloha. I hope that I can make a report publicly in a portion of your spare columns, if it can be endured by you and your editor. Here is the report:

Sale of an Island

Kamalino to Keawanui. It is good and flat, and the way I think of it, Ni‘ihau has better roads than all of Kaua‘i. It is a pleasant land, since the wind blows in from the ocean, bringing sea spray with it. The land lies far and wide with forests of cactus, the most common plant there. It is lush and pleasant to the eye. When the rays of light from the sun shine down on the grays of the cactus, it is really attractive and very lovely. It is how you see a real forest, pleasant to look at. That is what we know about this little island. We all have heard of the land of Palestine, the land where milk and honey flow. You may wonder why I would refer to Ni‘ihau that way. The water of Ni‘ihau is well water. When there is rain, the wells are full. And owing to clay dirt, the water is white like cow’s milk or like water after you wash poi. And since the water is so white, visitors call it milk water. If the locals would not have said anything about the water, we would not have drunk it. In the evening of Tuesday we left Pūheke and came back to Keawanui, planning to return to Kaua‘i, but since the Ko‘olau wind was blowing, we slept there that night until the next day. Wednesday, Sept. 6: We left Keawanui for Lehua on Ni‘ihau and took a break there to watch the play of the waves in the channel between Lehua on Ni‘ihau and Lehua Island. We stayed there that day until night time, watching the strong wind and rough sea all the way into the night. We fell asleep on sand mattresses. On Thursday morning we boarded the boat Fearless and returned on the vast, flat sea, and that is how the word was fulfilled, “He is a helpful god who is near.” Since it was so calm, by nightfall we reached Waimea, “That is where the friends left for Puna.” I shall not forget the love for all the people who welcomed us tourists with aloha. And to E. Kahele, and Keale, the pilot of Ni‘ihau, and to the editor and the boys of the typesetter, a final aloha. E. Helekūnihi. Kōloa, Sept. 14, 1871. [The author of this article, Rev. Elia Helekūnihi, was a Christian minister.]

107

Deaths. Last year the number of deaths reached 13. This year at the start there were only 3 births and 2 deaths. Hawaiian Kāhuna. There are many kāhuna on this island performing healings without licenses, and most of these people are liars. Some say that Jesus is one of their gods, and when they treat their patients, it results in death. The gullible, who are the families of the dead, are overcome with such sadness. Dogs, No Native Dogs. This is probably the only island without dogs. In past years, there were lots of dogs, but the white people got them, and they were all destroyed. With appreciation, M. W. Keale. Kaluahonu, Ni‘ihau, Feb. 18, 1875.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Nu Hou Kuloko. Ma ka “Neti Mela” huakai aku nei i Niihau, ua lawe mai oia he Eiwa haneri hipa a hoolele aenei ma Waialua. O keia mau hipa mai ka aina hanai hipa mai o ka haku o Niihau. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 15 July 1876. P. 2. Local News. On the Neti Mela that sailed from Ni‘ihau, nine hundred sheep were transported and unloaded at Waialua [O‘ahu]. These sheep are from the sheep ranch of the owner of Ni‘ihau.

108

Na Mea Hou O Niihau. Ka mai o ka hipa. Mai na makahiki mamua i hala ae nei, ua ike mau ia kekahi ano mai maluna o na hipa, ma ka ihu a me na pepeiao na puu ino e kau ai, a mahope mai puka hou mai no he mai, ino loa keia mai, aia mahope ma kahi o ka huelo, a hiki maluna o na ka, he hemo wale mai ka hulu, a palahu ka ili me ka io, e hookupu mau ia ana e na nalo keleawe i ko lakou lepo ola (ilo) a na keia ano ilo e nahu mau, a make iho la ka hipa. Ua makaala mau no na ona no lakou na hipa, e pepehi mau ana i na hipa i loaa i ka mai, aka, puka mau mai no. Hoowelawawae. Ua lohe wale au, ua kapaia ka inoa o keia nahelehele hua kuku ma Lanai he Umealu, aka, ia’u hoi he Hoowelawawae. Ua pahola ae kona ulu ana ma ka hapanui o keia mokupuni, aia hoi iloko o ka pule hookahi, elua la e hele ai i ka imi kikania, na kane wahine a me na keiki, a e keehi mau ana maluna o keia ano kuku, o ka wewela mai la no ia o na wawae, nolaila ua hoopuka mau ia he hoowelawawae. Hanau. Ma Keawaula, Kamalino, hanau o Rose Kaiiwa w. na M. W. Keale k. me R. Kaleiwahine w. M. W. Keale. Aug. 22, 1876. —Ka Lahui Hawaii. 7 September 1876. P. 1. News of Ni‘ihau. The sickness of the sheep. In recent years, a certain type of sickness has been seen in the noses and ears of the sheep. There are terrible looking lumps, and later they come down with a disease, which gets really bad. Around the tail area and on the haunches, the wool falls off, and the skin and flesh start to rot. Flies gather and maggots start to appear, and with the constant biting of the maggots, they eventually die. The owners keep a watch out for their sheep and slaughter those that come down with this disease, but it continues to emerge. Ho‘owelawāwae. I have heard that the name given to this thorny weed on

Ka Honua Nei. A Me Na Mea A Pau Maluna Iho. No Niihau. O ka hiku keia o na mokupuni o Hawaii nei; aia keia aina ma ke komohana hema o Kauai. O ka nui o na ili aina e hoouhi ana i keia mokupuni, he 62,080 eka, a o ka nui o na kanaka he 233, a ma ka awalike ana i na eka o ke kanaka hookahi, he 266. Pomaikai loa na kanaka o Niihau, ka lilo e ka hewa i ka haole. No Kahoolawe. O ka walu keia o na mokupuni o keia Pae Aina i hiki ke nohoia e kanaka, a ma ka helu kanaka o ka 1872, aole kanaka o Kahoolawe, a o ka nui nae o na ili aina e hoouhi ana ia mokupuni, he 40,320 eka, a o na kao paha a me na hipa ka mea nui malaila, a me na wahi kanaka kiai. Na moku kanaka ole. O Molokini, mawaena o Kahoolawe me Honuaula; o Lehua ma ka akau o Niihau, he iole wale no ko laila; Kaula, ma ke komohana hema o Niihau, no Kuhaimoana ia moku; a o Nihoa ma ke komohana akau o Kauai. “Ea mai ana ma Nihoa. Ma ka mole mai o Lehua.” He elepani o kai paha ko laila kiai, ua kaulana ia mokupuni no ka holo makaikai ana o Kaahumanu I ia wahi. —Ka Lahui Hawaii. 19 July 1877. P. 1. The World and Everything on It. On Ni‘ihau. This is the seventh [in size] of the islands of Hawai‘i. This island is situated to the southwest of Kaua‘i. The total landmass covering this island is 62,080 acres. The total population is 233, with an average acreage per person of 266. The people of Ni‘ihau are very blessed, the problem being that it has all gone to the white man. On Kaho‘olawe. This is the eighth of the islands of this Archipelago. It is inhabitable by people, and according to the census of 1872, no one was living on Kaho‘olawe. The total surface area of that island is 40,320 acres, and goats and sheep are probably the most numerous things there, with a few people who watch over them. The Uninhabited Islands. Molokini is situated between Kaho‘olawe and Honua‘ula [on Maui]. Lehua is to the north of Ni‘ihau, and there are only rats there. Ka‘ula is southwest of Ni‘ihau. That is the island of Kūhaimoana. Nihoa is located to the northwest of Kaua‘i. Rising up at Nihoa At the base of Lehua. Elephants of the sea [seals] are the guardians there. That island is famous for Ka‘ahumanu I’s visit there.

Sale of an Island

Lāna‘i is ‘ume‘alu, but to me it’s ho‘owelawāwae. It has spread and grows on most of this island. In just one week, for two days people were looking for [the plant called] kīkānia, men, women, and children, and they all stepped on this kind of thorn. It burns the feet, so people usually refer to it as ho‘owelawāwae [to heat up the feet]. Birth. In Keawa‘ula, Kamalino, Rose Kai‘iwa (f) was born to M. W. Keale (m) and R. Kaleiwahine (f). M. W. Keale. Aug. 22, 1876. [This is the last of the Nā Mea Hou O Ni‘ihau columns by M. W. Keale.]

109

[In 1854 the Kingdom of Hawai‘i proclaimed that the four “uninhabited” islands, Molokini, Lehua, Ka‘ula, and Nihoa, belonged to the Kingdom of Hawai‘i. The reference to iole, or rats, on Lehua Island in paragraph 2 may be to ­rabbits, which were called iole kahiki, or foreign rats. Rabbits were seen on Lehua Island as early as 1856.] Na Luna Nupepa O “Ko Hawaii Pae Aina” I Ka 1882. I mea e pohihihi ole ai ka lehulehu, a e nui ole ai ka huikau o ka poe makemake lawe i kakou Hiwahiwa, ke hoolaha aku nei maua ma ko akea i na inoa o na Luna pepa no keia makahiki ae a me na apana kahi o lakou e noho Luna ai p­ enei: Waimea, Kaua‘i: P. R. Holi. Niihau: M. W. Keale J. U. a me B. W. Kawainui, Na Luna Hoopuka a Luna Hooponopono. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 31 December 1881. P. 3. The Directors of the Newspaper Ko Hawaii Pae Aina in 1882. So as not to confuse the public and so that the subscribers of our favorite [newspaper] do not misconstrue, we announce publicly the names of the directors of the newspaper for this upcoming year and the districts they oversee. These are: Waimea, Kaua‘i: P. R. Holi. Ni‘ihau: M. W. Keale J. U. and B. W. Kawainui. Publishing Directors and Editors. [The names of P. R. Holi and M. W. Keale are excerpts from a long list of names from Hawai‘i island to Ni‘ihau.]

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Nuhou Kuloko. Pakele mai make mai nei kekahi keiki hana o Mr. Jas. Gay o Niihau, oiai oia e hoao ana e hoau i kona lio a me ia pu, mai kekahi aoao o ka muliwai a i kekahi, i ka la 23 o Iulai aku nei. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 2 August 1884. P. 3. Local News. A young worker of Mr. Jas. Gay of Ni‘ihau escaped near death while he was trying to swim his horse and himself from one side of a river to the other on the 23rd of last July.

110

Local and General. The Planter brought from Niihau four prisoners destined for the reef. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 23 December 1884. P. 2. [Untitled] Ma ka mokuahi Lilinoe mai i ke kakahiaka Sabati nei ua lawe mai oia he poe paahao mai Niihau mai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 27 December 1884. P. 4. [Untitled] The steamship Lilinoe [Planter] last Sunday morning brought some prisoners from Ni‘ihau.

The Hawaiian Wool Clip. During his present visit Mr. A. Hoffnung has not lost sight of the wool interest, and we understand he has completed his purchase of this entire season’s clip of the island of Niihau. The price has not transpired, but it is understood to be entirely satisfactory. Payment will be made in Honolulu. The importance of this transaction will be understood when it is stated that the clip in question will amount to about 250,000 pounds of wool. It will be shipped, of course, at Mr. Hoffnung’s risk and placed on the London market, to the great advantage of our wool-growers generally. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 27 July 1885. P. 2. Local & General News. Steamer Planter brought the last of this year’s wool from Niihau yesterday. —The Daily Bulletin. 26 October 1885. P. 3.

Hoolaha Hui. O na mea nona na inoa malalo nai [mai], ke hoolaha aku nei i na inoa o na hea a me ka hana a ka hui, penei: 1. Na inoa a me na wahi noho o na hoa: F. Gay, A. Robinson, E. Sinclair, J. R. Gay me H. Robinson, no Makaweli, Kauai. 2. O ke ano o ka hana, he mahiai me ka hanai holoholona. 3. O ka inoa o ka hui, o Gay & Robinson. 4. O kahi o ka hana, aia ma Makaweli, Kauai.

Sale of an Island

No Niihau. O kekahi apana keia o ke kihapai o Waimea, o ka mea nana e malama nei ka hana malaila, oia no o M. W. Keale he makamaka maikai oia. Elua wahi e malama ia ai na hana malaila, ma Kauakinikini a me kamalino, piha pono no na hale halawai i na makua a me na keiki. O ka haku aina nona keia mokupuni o Niihau, he papa loa oia i ka hana ana i na mea ona maluna o ka aina a puni. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 15 October 1887. P. 4. On Ni‘ihau. This land division [the island of Ni‘ihau] is a [part of the] district of Waimea [on Kaua‘i]. The overseer of the work there is M. W. Keale, a dear friend. There are two places where the work is done there, Kauakinikini and Kamalino. The meeting houses are completely full of parents and children. The land owner of this island of Ni‘ihau strictly forbids alcoholic drinks anywhere on the island. The locals on this island of Ni‘ihau are generous, and welcome visitors. So these are the important matters to do with the owner of this district of Waimea and Ni‘ihau. With aloha. A. S. Kaholokai.

111

Iulai 17, 1888. Gay & Robinson. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 28 July 1888. P. 2

Company Notice. Those whose names are published below are the members of the company and their activities: 1. The names and residences of the members: F. Gay, A. Robinson, E. Sinclair, J. R. Gay and H. Robinson of Makaweli, Kaua‘i. 2. The type of work includes farming and animal husbandry. 3. The name of the company is Gay & Robinson. 4. The location of the work is Makaweli, Kaua‘i. July 17, 1888. Gay & Robinson. [The five family members in #1 were Francis Gay, Aubrey Robinson, Elizabeth Sinclair, Jane Gay, and Helen Robinson.] Na Ano Ai O Ka La. Ua hoike mai o J. W. Holoua ia makou, ua makaukau oia e hoolawa mai i ka poe puni io bipi paakai, me na io bipi paakai momona o Niihau mai i keia ­Poaono. —Ke Alakai O Hawaii. 22 September 1888. P. 5. News of the Day. J. W. Holoua reported to us that he is ready to supply those desiring salted beef and sweet salted meat from Ni‘ihau this Saturday.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Na Mea Hou O Waimea, Kauai. Ua lilo ae nei ka mokupuni o Niihau i ke kuai ia e F. Gay & A. Robinson, mai ko laua makuakane mai, a o laua na ona o Niihau ikeia manawa. Ua paa iho nei he luakini hou no na Pake, malalo o na hooponopono ana a F. Gay & A. Robinson, a e komo ana ua luakini ala, ma ka la 28 o Maraki, 1891. —Ka Leo o ka Lahui. 7 April 1891. P. 3. News of Waimea, Kaua‘i. The island of Ni‘ihau was sold and bought by F. Gay & A. Robinson from their father. They are now the owners of Ni‘ihau. A new temple was completed for the Chinese people under the supervision of F. Gay & A. Robinson. The temple will be opened on the 28th of March 1891. [F. Gay and A. Robinson, two cousins, were Francis Gay and Aubrey Robinson.]

112

Ma Ke Kauoha. Ma keia la, ua hookohu ia aku o Mr. E. K. Bull i Luna Hoomalu no ka Papa Alanui o Niihau, ma kahi o Geo. S. Gay i waiho mai, a penei iho na hoa o ka papa ala: E. K. Bull, Luna Hoomalu, M. W. Keale, J. R. Kaomea. C. N. Spencer, Kuhina Kalaiaina. Keena Kalaiaina, Mei 5, ’91. —Ka Leo o ka Lahui. 7 May 1891. P. 2. By Order. On this day Mr. E. K. Bull was appointed Director of the Board of Roads of Ni‘ihau in the place of Geo. S. Gay, who resigned. These are members of the Board of Roads: E. K. Bull, Director, M. W. Keale, J. R. Ka‘omea. C. N. Spencer, Minister of the Interior. Interior Office, May 5, ’91.

Nu Hou Hawaii. Ua hoohikihiki mai ka Mikahala i ka pule i hala, ia 45 mau tona huluhipa mai Niihau mai, a ua koe aku no i hope he mau haneri tona paha elua. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 15 October 1892. P. 3.

Sale of an Island

Ka Huakai Alii Ma Kauai A Me Na Hookipa. Ma ke ku ana mai o ka “Mikahala” i ka hora o kakahiaka nui Sabati aku nei, ua hoi mai ke Alii ka Moiwahine a me na hoahele maluna ona mai ka huakai ike makaainana aku nei ia Kauai a me Niihau. I ke komo ana mai iloko nei o ke awa, ua kipu mai ka batari o Kakaako. A i ka pili ana mai i ka uapo, ua iho mai ka Moiwahine mailuna mai o ka moku a kau iluna o ke kaa alii. No ke ka Puali Puhi Ohe lawe loa i ke kani o na ohe, nolaila ua loaa ole he manawa no na makaainana e haawi aku ai i na huro no ka Moiwahine. Maikai ke ola kino o ka Moiwahine ma keia huakai aku nei a hoi wale mai la no. [ . . . ] I ka Poalua, Iulai 14, ua lele aku kekahi poe o ka huakai iuka o Kalalau, eia nae ua pau aku na mai i ka holo i ka nahelehele no ka makau a me ka maopopo ole o ka moku o ke Alii keia e holo aku nei. Ia la no, ua lawe aku ka mokuahi i ka huakai a hoolele i Niihau a lawe hele ia aku la ka huakai e kaikai ia maluna o ia mokupuni maluna o na kaa pio a me na lio malalo o ka lokomaikai o na keiki Niihau a me na kamaaina. Aole i hoomakaukau ko Niihau no ke apo aloha mai i ka huakai, oiai aole i lohe e holo aku ana ka Moiwahine ilaila. Haalele ia Niihau, ua hoihoi ia mai ka huakai a hoolele i Waimea, a ma ka hale o E. L. Kauai i hookipa ia aku ai. Malaila ka ike Alii, ka haiolelo a me ka ahaaina i hoomakaukau ia. Ua holo ka huakai alii i Kekaha e makaikai ai a hoi mai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 25 July 1891. P. 18. The Royal Tour of Kaua‘i and the Hosts. When the Mikahala arrived in the early morning hours of last Sunday, the queen [Lili‘uokalani] returned with some fellow travelers from the tour of Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau. When they entered the harbor, the battery at Kaka‘ako fired [a cannon-salute to the queen]. When they arrived at the pier, the queen disembarked the ship and got into the royal carriage. The band started playing their music, so there was no time for the locals to give their shouts of tribute for the queen. The queen was in good health on this tour, all the way up until her return. [ . . . ] On Tuesday, July 14, some of the members of the tour went ashore at Kalalau [Kaua‘i], but the [leprosy] patients ran up into the bushes out of fear and not understanding this was the ship of the royal tour. On that day the steamship also made a trip over to Ni‘ihau. The company were taken around the island on covered carriages with horses, out of the graciousness of the children of Ni‘ihau and the locals. The people of Ni‘ihau were not prepared to receive the company, as they had not heard that the queen was going to travel there. When they left Ni‘ihau, the tour was taken back to Waimea, where they were received at the home of E. L. Kaua‘i. This is where the queen was seen, and a speech and banquet were prepared. The royal tour travelled to Kekaha to tour the area and then returned.

113

Local News. The Mikahala docked last week with 45 tons of sheep wool from Ni‘ihau. About two hundred tons remains back on the island. Died. Sinclair. On October 16, 1892, at her late residence, Makaweli, Kauai, Mrs. Elizabeth Sinclair in [her] 93d year. —Honolulu Advertiser. 21 October 1892. P. 2.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Make Kanikoo. Ua hala aku i ka make, i ka la 16 aku nei i hala Okatoba, ma ka home mauna ku paoa i ke ala o Makaweli, Kauai, o Mrs. Elizabeta Sinclair, i ke 93 o na makahiki o ke ola ana ma keia ao. Oia no ka makuahine o Francis Sinclair i holo aku nei i Kaleponi, o Mrs. H. Robinson, Mrs. Gay, a me Mrs. Knudsen a kupuna wahine o Francis a me Charles Gay, Kauai, Geo. Gay o Niihau mamua, a eia i Kaleponi Hema i keia wa, Aubrey Robinson o Kauai a me Mrs. H. von Holt o Honolulu, ka mea i hanau mai i moopuna kualua. Ua hanau ia oia ma Sekotia, Beretania nui, a ua hiki mua mai oia i Hawaii nei i ka 1863 mai Nukilani mai. Mahope o kona hiki ana i Kauai, aole oia i haalele iki ia Kauai, koe wale no kona holo hoomaha aku ma Niihau. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 22 October 1892. P. 2. Death of an Aged Person. Passed away in death on the 16th of October last at the fragrant mountain home on the road of Makaweli, Kaua‘i, Mrs. Elizabeth Sinclair was in the 93rd year of life in this world. She was the mother of Francis Sinclair, who went to California, Mrs. H. Robinson, Mrs. Gay, and Mrs. Knudsen, and grandmother of Francis and Charles Gay, Kaua‘i, Geo. Gay formerly of Ni‘ihau, currently living in Southern California, Aubrey Robinson of Kaua‘i, and Mrs. H. von Holt of Honolulu, who was born as a great-great grandchild. She was born in Scotland, Great Britain, and first arrived here in Hawai‘i in 1863 from New Zealand. She had never left Kaua‘i, except to vacation on Ni‘ihau. [Elizabeth Sinclair, the matriarch of the Sinclair family, negotiated the original purchase agreement of Ni‘ihau with Kamehameha IV in 1863. Kaniko‘o in the title of the article literally means the “sound of the cane” of an aged person.] Nu Hou Kuloko. Ua hookohuia o Mr. E. K. Bull i lala no ka Papa Alanui o ka Mokupuni o Niihau, no ka manawa i pau ole o M. W. Keale i waiho mai. —Ka Leo O Ka Lahui. 27 October 1892. P. 2. Local News. Mr. E. K. Bull was appointed a member of the Board of Roads of the island of Ni‘ihau for the unfinished term vacated by M. W. Keale.

114

Not True. There was an absurd rumor circulated yesterday afternoon to the effect that the British flag was to be raised on the island of Niihau. To those who perhaps

may not be informed in these matters it may not be amiss to state that the private ownership of an island, whether by an individual, a corporation or a government, does not carry any sovereignty or jurisdiction with it. The owners of Niihau have a perfect right to raise the British flag on that island if they see fit, but the act carries no more consequences with it than the flying of the American flag at a place of business on Fort street or on a private residence at Waikiki. —Honolulu Advertiser. 5 April 1893. P. 3. [This commentary was repeated in Hawaiian on page 2 of the April 5, 1893, edition of Nupepa Puka La Kuokoa and titled Nu Hou Hawaii, or Hawaiian News.]

Nu Hou Hawaii. I ka la 22 o Novemaba, ua hoau mua aku ka waapa mokuahi o Kale Gay i ka holo ana ma kela kowa mawaena o Kauai a we Niihau, ma ka haalele ana ia Makaweli i ka hora 5 o ke ahiahi a ku aku la i Kii, Niihau mahope o ka hala ana o 5 mau hora, no ka mamao he 35 mau mile. I kekahi ia ae, ua hoi mai ka waapa mokuahi me kekahi waapa e ae e kolo ana mahope i piha i na ia a hoea loa i Makaweli iloko o na hora eha. Ua kokua ia kela hoi ana mai e ka pea nui. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 2 December 1893. P. 3. Hawaiian News. On the 22nd of November the steamboat of Charles Gay made its first voyage sailing that channel between Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau. When it left Makaweli at 5 in the evening, it reached Ki‘i, Ni‘ihau after 5 hours, a distance of 35 miles. The next day the steamboat returned with another boat in tow, filled with fish. It reached Makaweli in four hours. The return trip was aided by a large sail. Nu Hou Hawaii. Make ana o Mrs. Mary Ellen Gay. Ua kiola ia mailuna aku o ke kaa lio ma ke alanui e hoi ana mai Waialua aku no Mokuleia, i ka auina la o Aperila 5, haule ilalo pepe ia ke poo o Mrs. Mary ­Ellen Gay a hala aku la i ka make he mau minute pokole wale no mahope iho. O ke kaikamahine uuku iluna o ke kaa, ua pakele mai. Ma ia po no, ua hoihoi kia mai ke kino make i Honolulu nei i ka home o Mr. a me Mrs. S. Parker, malaila i waihoia ai a auina la Poaono, manele ia aku la no ka ilina o Nuuanu. O Mary Ellen, oia no he kaikamahine hiapo a Lunakanawai Rikikini i hala mua i ka make. Ua hanai ia oia ma ka ohana o Makua a me Makuahine Cooke, a ua

Sale of an Island

Na Hunahuna Laulaha. He wahi waapa mahu o 24 kapuai ka loa ke hoea mai ana mai Kapalakiko no Mr. C. Gay e Makaweli, Kauai, i mea holoholo nona mawaena o Kauai a me Niihau. Ua hiki ke holo no ewalu mile moana i ka hora, a ua hoolakoia me elua kukui uwila, i mea lawaia. O keia ana ka waapa mua loa ma ia mokupuni. —Ka Lei Momi. 30 October 1893. P. 1. Brief Announcements. A 24-foot long steam boat will be arriving from San Francisco for Mr. C. Gay of Makaweli, Kaua‘i for him to go back and forth between Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau. It can go eight nautical miles an hour and is equipped with two electric lights and fishing gear. This will be the very first boat [of its kind] on that island.

115

puka mai ke kulanui mai o Punahou i ka 1876. Mahope mai ua mare oia me Mr. James Gay, hoahanau o na Gay o Niihau. O ka hua o la awaiaulu ia ana, oia ka hanau ia ana o na keiki ehiku, a e ola nei a pau e naauauwa aku i na makua i haalele mai. Aloha ino keia ohana. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 13 April 1895. P. 3. Hawaiian News. Mrs. Mary Ellen Gay Dies. Thrown off the horse-drawn carriage on the road going from Waialua to Mokulē‘ia [on O‘ahu] in the afternoon of April 5th, Mrs. Mary Ellen Gay fell, struck her head, and died only a few minutes later. The little girl on the carriage escaped harm. That same evening the remains were brought here to Honolulu to the home of Mr. and Mrs. S. Parker, where the body lay in state until Saturday afternoon, when it was carried to the cemetery at Nu‘uanu. Mary Ellen was the eldest daughter of Judge Richardson, who died earlier. She was raised with the family of Mr. and Mrs. Cooke and graduated from the high school at Punahou in 1876. Later she married Mr. James Gay, a member of the Gay family of Ni‘ihau. The issue of this union was the birth of seven children who survive to grieve bitterly over their departed parents. What a pity for this family. Kela A Me Keia. Ke oleloia nei eia na haku o ka Mokupuni o Niihau, he poe kupa Pelekane, ke kukai nei me ke Aupuni o Beritania Nui no ka hoolimalima aku ia mokupuni holookoa i kahua uweaolelo moana. —Ka Makaainana. 30 March 1896. P. 8. This and That. It is said that the owners of the island of Ni‘ihau, British subjects, are in communication with the government of Great Britain to lease the entire island as a base for a submarine telegraph cable.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Ino Puni Ma Kauai. Ua pihaku’i o Niihau i ka hulu hipa, a me he mea la, ma ka la 25 o keia mahina, e kii aku ai ka Malulani i ka waiwai o na keiki o Niihau. —Ke Aloha Aina. 19 June 1897. P. 5. Storm Encompassing Kaua‘i. Ni‘ihau is full of sheep wool. It appears that on the 25th of this month, the Malulani will go and get the goods of the children of Ni‘ihau.

116

[Untitled] E hoomaopopoia, ma kekahi mau olelo o ka haiolelo wehe Ahaolelo mai la a ka Peresidena hou o Amerika. O ka manao maoli oia keia; O ko lakou imi nui no Hawaii nei e hoopiha ia ka aina me na poe haole wale no, a o lakou na poe kupono no ka mahi a no ka hookuonoono ana i ka aina; aole hoi o lakou make make e ike mai e lilo ana ka mahi ana o kahi mau mahele aina nui i ua poe limahana emi (oia na poe Asia.) Nolaila, he mea nui keia na kakou e na Hawaii e noonoo ai, a he hana pono hoi na kela a me keia e lalau na lima i ka honua a mahi aku, no ka mea, na ka poe mikiala hana wale no auanei e ohi ana na pomaikai o keia mua aku. Pehea hoi kakou na kamaaina ponoi o ka aina; mai hoopalaleha i na hana maikai e pono ai ka noho ana me ka ohana. Ina aku ka haole la a umu aloaloa mai ia Hawaii nei. Hana io ka haole ia Niihau. —Ke Aloha Aina. 14 December 1901. P. 4.

E Maopopo ana ko Niihau Kulana. Iwaena o na mokupuni a pau o ka Paeaina Hawaii i komo ole iloko o ka helu ma ka hoomaopopoia ana o ko lakou mau kulana pakahi iloko o ka palapalaaina oia no ka mokupuni o Niihau, oiai e like me ia e ku nei ua pau na mokupuni e ae i ka hoomaopopoia. A iloko o ka manawa kupono e maopopo ai ko Niihau kulana iloko o ka palapalaaina, no ka mea, aia ia Polopeka Alekanekelo ka hoomaopopo ana o ia mea mamuli o ka mana i haawiia aku iaia e hana pela. O kela mana i haawiia aku iaia eia koke iho nei no, a iloko o ka manawa kupono e holo ai oia i Niihau no ke ana ana. Ina aole na ike kamaaina o na hookele moku i ke kulana o keia mokupuni a hookele hupo aku maluna o ke kulana pololei ole i kauia maluna o na palapala kuhikuhi holo moana, ina ua nui ka poe moku poino ma ka pono holo aku no a kau ana i ka aina mamua o ka holo ana ma ke ala maoli o ka moku e holo ai oia hoi iloko o ke kai. Ma ka manawa e hiki aku ai ka Polopeka i Niihau e hoao ana oia e loaa i mau ana huina-kolu ia Kauai mai Niihau aku he hana maalahi loa hoi ia o ka loaa ana ia Niihau na ana huina-ha nona iho, a i mea e loaa ai keia hoolala hana e kukulu ana ka Polopeka i kana hana ma kahi kiekie loa o ka aina o Niihau, oia hoi he 1500 kapuai ke kiekie. O ka mokupuni o Lehua aia ma ke kukulu akau o Niihau a malia e komo mai o Lehua i mea e waiwai ai keia mau hoolala huli kulana ana o Niihau mokupuni. Maloko o na palapalaaina, ua oleloia he ekolu mile ke kapeke ae, o ke kulana maoli mai ko ke kulana i paa iloko o ka palapalaaina. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 20 November 1903. P. 1. Ni‘ihau’s Bearings Will Be Made Known. Across the islands of the Hawaiian Archipelago, the bearings [exact position] of one island has not been accounted for on maps, and that is the island of Ni‘ihau. All of the other islands have been documented. In due time, Ni‘ihau’s bearings will be made known in a map, as Professor Alexander will describe it, according to the authority given him to do so. That authority he was given is laid out here below. In due course he will travel to Ni‘ihau to take measurements. If oceangoing navigators are not familiar with this island on their boats and steer ignorantly, heading in an inaccurate direction placed on a maritime map, then many ships would be in danger. They would sail haphazardly and land onshore instead of sailing on the correct track a boat should sail on the ocean. When the professor reaches Ni‘ihau, he will try to make triangulations to

Sale of an Island

[Untitled] Let it be known that in some speeches at the opening of the Legislature of the new American president, the real meaning was this: What they seek most for Hawai‘i is to fill the land with only white people, since they are the most fit to farm and create wealth in the land. They do not want to see large tracts of plantation land fall to minority workers (the Asians). So, this is something for us Hawaiians to think about. Each of us must take up the work of farming the land, since only those who are industrious will reap the rewards of the future. What about us true locals of the land? Don’t put off the good effort needed to improve our living conditions and that of our families. White people make a grab for Hawai‘i from afar. White people really work Ni‘ihau.

117

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Kaua‘i from Ni‘ihau to make it easy for Ni‘ihau to have its own quadrant. In order to determine this plan, the professor will set up his work on the highest point of the island of Ni‘ihau at a height of 1,500 feet. The island of Lehua is on the north side of Ni‘ihau, and Lehua might also be included to add value to the triangulations laid out for Ni‘ihau island. In the [current] maps it is said that there is a three-mile deviation from the true triangulation established on the maps. [Professor Alexander was William DeWitt Alexander (1833–1913), the surveyor of the Territory of Hawai‘i in 1903. Before this position with the territory, he was a teacher (professor) at O‘ahu College (Punahou School). In 1864, he became the school’s fourth president. In 1871, as the first surveyor-general of the Kingdom of Hawai‘i, he initiated trigonometrical mapping projects of the Hawaiian Islands.]

118

E Lilo Ana o Kahoolawe i Aina Hanai Hipa. Ua Hoolimalima O Christian Conradt (Konala) He 50,000 Eka Mai Ia B. F. Dillingham Mai. Ua lilo 50,000 eka o Kahoolawe i ka hoolimalimaia e C. Konala mai ia B.F. Dillingham mai. Ke waiho nei keia mokupuni mawaho ae o Maui e pili pu ana me Lanai, a he waiwai hoi no ke Aupuni Hawaii. aka, aia nae malalo o ka hoolimalima a B.F. Dillingham. Ua hooimalima mua ia keia mokupuni no kanalima makahiki e Mr. Kinsley, a ua hoao no oia i ka hanai hipa ana malaila a ua holomua no ma kana hoohana ana. Mai iaia aku hoolimalima aku oia me B.F. Dillingham, a ua manao o Mr. Dillingham e hoolilo aku ia Kahoolawe i aina mahiko. Ua oleloia mai ua aneane paha ma kahi o 5,000 hipa ma Kahoolawe i keia manawa, a he mau pipi ame lio. Ua manao o Mr. Konala e hooulu i mau laau nunui ma kahi makani i mea hoolulu a e kanu mauu ma kahi lepowale no. E nui ana ka hoolilo ma ke kukulu pa ana. Ua aneane piha ka 15,000 dala ka uku hoolimalima o Kahoolawe a Mr. Konala i uku ai. Ina e holomua ana keia hana a Mr. Konala i ka hooulu ana i ka hana hanai hipa ma Kahoolawe. He ekolu aina o ka Paeaina o Hawaii nei iloko o ka hana hanai hipa-o Niihau, Lanai ame Kahoolawe. No na makahiki loihi mamua he hoounaia mai ka hipa mai Aukekulia ame Amerika Huipuia, aka ke manaoia nei ua lawa no na makeke o Hawaii nei i ko Hawaii nei hipa no, ke holopono keia mau hoolala ana. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 25 December 1903. P. 2. Turning Kaho‘olawe Into Sheep Raising Land. Christian Conradt Leased 50,000 Acres from B. F. Dillingham. 50,000 acres of Kaho‘olawe were converted to leasehold land by C. Conradt from B. F. Dillingham. This island lies off of Maui next to Lāna‘i and is very valuable to the Hawaiian Government, but has been leased to B. F. Dillingham. This island was first leased for fifty years by Mr. Kinsley. He tried to raise sheep there, which was successful as a business venture. He then leased it to B. F. Dillingham. Mr. Dillingham planned to turn Kaho‘olawe into a sugar plantation. It was said that there were nearly 5,000 sheep on Kaho‘olawe at this time,

along with cattle and horses. Mr. Conradt planned to raise large trees in the windiest parts to be able to plant grass where there is only dirt. Building fences would have been a great expense. The lease for Kaho‘olawe costs nearly 15,000 dollars, which Mr. Conradt paid. If this venture of Mr. Conradt is successful at raising sheep on Kaho‘olawe, there would be three islands in the Hawaiian Islands where sheep are raised: Ni‘ihau, Lāna‘i, and Kaho‘olawe. For many years sheep have been sent here from Australia and the United States, but it is thought now that there is a sufficient market here in Hawai‘i for sheep, if plans are implemented.

Hanaio Ka Haole Ia Niihau. He mau huaolelo kaulana keia i kamaaina i kahi poe o kakou ina makahiki i kaahope ae. O ke kumu i puka ai keia mau huaole io ia wa, oia no ka lilo ana o ka Mokupuni o Niihau i ke kuai ia mai ke Aupuni aku ma o ka Moi la a i kekahi mau keiki haole Pelekane oia na “Keiki Niihau” e olelo ia ai, na ona o ua Mokupuni ala a hiki i keia wa. Ma ia lilo ana oia Mokupuni ia lakou, ua lilo holookoa ka mana o na mea a pau, a noho mai la ua kamaaina kahiko oia wahi malalo o keia mau keiki haole a hiki no i keia la. O Kapaa hoi e olelo ia nei, kahi a ke Aupuni e manao u-i e hoolilo i kahua home hookuonoono uo kekahi poe haole malihini loa main a aina e mai, e hele mai ana no ka pono o ka poe waiwai mahiko, a lawe ae he mau tausani eka oia wahi. Aia no keia wahi i Kauai, kahi no i kokoke aku i Niihau i lilo mua ai i kela maa haole, a pela aku ana no hoi keia wahi a Hanaio hou mai no ka haole ia Kapaa.

Sale of an Island

Has An Islald [sic: Island] All His Own. Aubrey Robinson Becomes the Owner of the Entire Island of Niihau. A deed has been filed in the Registrar’s office transferring all the Niihau property of Mrs. Jane R. Gay to Aubrey Robinson. By the terms of this deed Robinson becomes the absolute owner of all of the island of Niihau and except for a life interest in the income, retained by Mrs. Gay, the owner of all her interests in the business of the firm of Gay and Robinson. The consideration named in the deed is $50,000, paid by Aubrey Robinson to Mrs. Gay. The deed was executed in San Francisco on January 2. It transfers all Mrs. Gay’s real and personal property on the island to Robinson, reserving for the lifetime of Mrs. Gay her interest in the incomes and profits of the partnership of Gay and Robinson. Niihau is an island of 97 square miles, according to the generally accepted surveys. It was recently surveyed by Professor Alexander and found to be slightly less than this, however, Robinson has a title in fee simple to the entire isle, and is monarch of all he surveys when he stands on its shores. Niihau has been used as a sheep ranch in the past. It has had as many as 50,000 head of sheep on its pasture land at times. The Henry Waterhouse Trust Company is agent for Gay and Robinson and has handled its business at this end. It was stated at the office of the company this morning that there was nothing further in the deal than appeared in the deed as recorded with Registrar Thrum. The sheep business, it is thought, will be continued. —The Hawaiian Star. 2 February 1904. P. 1.

119

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 120

Aloha wale keia mau ohana Hawaii e noho mai la iluna oia wahi a ke Aupuni e ake io a nei e haawiia aku no na malihini, a e kumakaia ina kamaaina i noho a kupa ilaila. He hana maikai anei keia na ke Aupuni ka manao ana e kipaku i kona mau makaainana ponoi i noho loihi ma keia mau aina Aupuni, ka i no o na aina Aupuni he mea pono ka ma helehele ia aku i kona mau makaainana ma kea no i mau home hookuonoono no lakou. O keia poe e noho nei ma kela aina Aupuni o Kapaa, he mau makaainana Amerika oiaio lakou, a o keia poe malihini hoi a ke Aupuni e manao nei e haawi i ua aiana ala aole lakou he poe kupa Amerika, aka, he poe Rukini. Mamuli o ko Ke Aloha Aina aloha ia oukou na hoa Hawaii na kamaaina kahiko o Kapaa, ko makou io a me ko makou koko, ke hoaokanaka aku nei kona leo alo ha ia oukou, mai haalele wale i ko oukou mau home aloha, kahi a oukou i pulama ai i ko oukou mau ohana no na makahiki lehulehu mamuli o ka hoo­ nuinui wale ia aku no, e noho malie no oukou malaila me ka hana ole i kahi mau hana hoohaunaele a hiki i ko oukou hele maoli ia ana aku e kipaku me na hana hookikina, lima nui a hooweliweli paha, alaila oukou hookuu aku, i ikemaka maoli ae hoi kakou i ke ino o na hana a ke Aupuni ma o ke Kiaaina ala a me ke Komisina o na Aina Aupuni a i ike pu mai ai no hoi o Amerika i na hana hoomainoino a ke Aupuni i kona mau makaainana ponoi, ke kipaku ma oli ia o na kupa o ka aina e ku a hele a haawi ka aina i ka poe malihini e loa. He puupuu ikaika maopopo loa keia e hamare ia ai ka papa auwae o na “Repubalika a me C@c Federation” ma keia Kau ae. O keia iho la no hoi ka hooko ia ana o ka wanana a na kuhikuhi puuone kaulana o kakou i hala (Pilino a me Nawahi) i wanana mua ai i ke au@ hooholoia ai ke “Kuikahi Panalike,” a laua i olelo ai, oia no ke keehina mua o ka “Hoohoiaina.” He oiaio ua hala laua i ka make, a aole i ike i ko kakou hoohuiia ana ae nei, a o kekahi no hoi o ka lana mea i wanana e ai ia mau la, “E hiki mai ana ka wa e like ai na Hawaii ma keia hope aku me na ilikini e Amerika, ke kipa­ku ia e hoi i kuahiwi e noho ai.” Ua ko ia mau olelo a keiki liilii nei kakou i ko kakou hopena i keia mau la. E nana aku kakou ina aina a ke Aupuni e wehe mai nei i mau home hookuopoopo no na Hawaii, e like me Olaa ma Kaiwiki, Honomu a me kahi mau wahi e ae. O ka hooheeheeia no la a na aina pili kuahiwi. Aohe aku ana he wahi lilo o na ilikini hupekole o Amerika ia kakou. —Ke Aloha Aina. 6 January 1906. P. 4. Foreigners Really Work on Ni‘ihau. These are famous words known to some people among us in past years. The reason these words were spoken at the time is that the island of Ni‘ihau was given up and sold by the government through the King to British white sons, the “Ni‘ihau Sons,” as it is said, the owners of the island up until today. When that island fell to them, all powers were transferred along with it, and the oldtime locals of that place now fall under these white sons until today. Kapa‘a is spoken of as a place that the government plans to convert into upscale homes for foreign white people, who come for the benefit of being rich sugar plantation owners and take thousands of acres there. This place [Kapa‘a] is on Kaua‘i in an area closer [in size] to Ni‘ihau that had already been transferred to those white people, and so, too, will be the case with this place. “The white people really work in Kapa‘a.”

Make Ka Ona O Niihau. Ma ka la 22 o ka mahina aku nei o Iulai i hala i make mai nei o Francis Gay, ka ona o ka Mokupuni o Niihau me kona kaikaina, iloko o na makahiki he kanawalu-kumamakolu, ma ka Mokupuni o Jersey, Enelani. No na makahiki lehulehu oia i noho aai ma Hawaii nei, a i kamaaina i na kanaka Hawaii, o ka oi loa aku i na kamaaina o Kauai ame Niihau. I ka makahiki 1863 oia i kipa mua mai ai no Hawaii nei, me kona kaikaina maluna o kekahi moku a laua i kuai ai, mai Nu Kilani mai, mahope iho o ka holoholo ana ma na kai o na Mokupuni o ka Hema no kekahi mau makahiki. He manawa pokole wale no ko laua o ka noha ana ma Hawaii nei, ua kuai iho la laua i ka Mokupuni o Niihau a @lo aku la ia laua, a o laua no ka ona o

Sale of an Island

What a pity for these Hawaiian families living in the area, that the government really wanted to give it to outsiders, betraying locals who have long lived there. Is this a good thing, that the government plans to evict its own citizens who have lived for a long time on these public lands? These are lands the government should have divided up among its citizens, as upscale homesteads for them. These people living on that government land in Kapa‘a are true American citizens. These outsiders the government plans to give those lands to are not American citizens, but Russians. As the Aloha Aina newspaper has love for you, our Hawaiian friends, the old-time locals of Kapa‘a, our flesh and blood, it extends its voice of aloha to you all. Please do not leave your beloved homes that you have cherished among your families for so many years, due to threatening language. Stay there where you are and do not rise up in riot until you are approached to be evicted and forced out, harassed or threatened. Only then should you let go, so that we can all truly see how evil the actions of the government are through the governor and the Commission on Government Lands. Then America can see the cruelty of the government to its own citizens, when citizens are actually evicted, and they turn and give the land away to foreigners. This clearly is heavy-­ handedness and a hammer to the chin of the Republic and the C&C Federation in the next session. This is the fulfillment of the prophecy of the famous kāhuna of ours in the past (Pilipo and Nāwahī), who first prophesied that when the Reciprocity Treaty was ratified, it would be the first stepping stone towards annexation. It is true, [although] they have both passed away and did not get to see that we have been annexed. Another thing they prophesied in those days was, “A time will come in the future that Hawaiians will be likened unto American Indians and driven into the mountains to live.” These words have been fulfilled, and we see here and there our fate these days. Let us look at the lands the government has released as homesteads for Hawaiians like in ‘Ōla‘a, Kaiwiki, Honomū and other areas [on Hawai‘i island]. This means a retreat to the lands up in the mountains. There will be no places [like those] of the sniffling Indians of America that will ever be given to us. [The phrase “This clearly is [ . . . ] a hammer to the chin” in paragraph six is a variation of ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 2670: “Pohā ka ‘auwae i ka ‘alā. A hard rock smacked the chin. He got what was coming.”]

121

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

kela mokupuni ahiki i keia manawa, e kolo aku ai maluna o ko laua onana. Iloko o na makahiki mahope mai nei, ua hoi aku o Mr. Sinclair a noho ma Ladana, Enelani, me ka hoolilo ana i kona manawa ma ke kakau ana i na buke moolelo, amen a mele, a he nui o kaha mau buke i kakau ai no Hawaii nei. Ua haalele iho oio i kana wahine kane make, he kaikuahine me hookahi kaikamahine, a he nui hoi ka ohana ma Hawaii nei, a ma na aina e. He ekolu o kana mau kaikamahine i mare i na kane, oia o Mrs. Knudsen, ka makuahine o Senatoa Knudsen, ame Mrs. Gay makua ame Mrs. Robinson. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 15 September 1916. P. 7. The Owner of Ni‘ihau Is Dead. On the 22nd of last month, July, Francis Gay, the owner of the island of Ni‘ihau along with his younger brother, died in his eighty-third year on the island of Jersey, England. For many years he lived here in Hawai‘i and knew Hawaiian people, mostly acquaintances on Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau. In 1863 is when he first visited Hawai‘i with his younger brother on a ship that they had purchased in New Zealand, after traveling around the ocean and among the islands of the south for a few years. The two had lived in Hawai‘i for only a short time when they purchased the island of Ni‘ihau, which became theirs. The two had been the owners of that island up until this time, and this continues among their family. In recent years, Mr. Sinclair returned to live in London, England to devote his time to writing novels and songs. Several of the books he wrote were about Hawai‘i. He left behind his widow, a sister and one daughter and many family members here in Hawai‘i and abroad. Three of his daughters married, including Mrs. Knudsen, the mother of Senator Knudsen, Mrs. Gay Sr., and Mrs. ­Robinson.

122

Loaa He Pahu Opiuma I Na Kanaka Niihau. Kanahiku-kumamakolu Mau Kini Opiuma i Hoopaeia ae ma na Kapakai o ­Niihau. Ikeia He Waapa Kepani E Huli Ana Ma Ka Moana. Hoea ka Ilamuku Amerika no Niihau a Hoihoi Mai i ka Opiuma Noonei. Ma ka huli hoi ana mai a ka mokuahi Mauna Loa mai Kauai mai, ma ka Poaono aku la i hala, i hoihoi mai ai ka Ilamuku Amerika Smiddy, he kanahikukumamakolu mau kini opiuma, a no lakou, hoi ka waiwaiio ma kahi o ka $14,000, o ka pae ana ae ma na kapakai o ka Mokupuni o Niihau, me ka mahina aku nei o Ianuari i hala. He ekolu la mamua aku o ka pae ana ae o ka pahu i hookomoia ai na kini opiuma he kanahiku-kumakolu ma na kapakai o Niihau, ua ikeia kekahi waapa lawai’a o na Kepani i ka pokaa mawaho ae o Niihau, e huli hele ana i kela pahu opiuma, eia nae ua hoi nele kela poe Kepani lawai’a, no ka mea aole o lakou ike i ka pahu opiuma i ka lana, aka ua laweia aku ia e ke au, a hoopaeia iuka o ka aina. He hookahi kumu o ka loaa ole ana o kela pahu i piha i na kini opiuma, i ka waapa lawai’a o na Kepani, mamuli no ia o kaumaha, ua piholo iloko o ke kai, a ua hiki ole hoi i ka mea hoolana ke oili ae iluna o ka ilikai, aka ua piholo iloko o ke kai, ma kahi he elua a ekolu paha kapuai mai ka ilikai iho.

Maopopo ka Hoopaeia o ka Opiuma. Mamuli o ka pae ana o kela pahu opiuma i Niihau, ua hooiaio loa ia mai ua mea i manao mua ia, no ke ano e komo nui mai nei ka opiuma iloko nei o ka aina me ka maalahi, o ia no ka holo ana mai o na mokuahi mai Kaleponi mai, a mai Kina mai paha, a i ka wa e kaalo ae ai mawaho o Niihau o ka manawa ia e kiolaia ai ka opiuma i loko o ke kai i ka moana, a i ka wa hoi e hoea aku ai o na waapa lawai’a o na Kepani, na waapa i hoounaia aku no ka huli ana i ka opiuma, e loaa pololei aku ana ma kahi i kiolaia ai, o ke kau ae la no ia iluna, a he haua maalahi ka hookomo ana mai iloko nei o ka aina. Ua hanaia kela pahu opiuma ma ke ano paa loa, a ua uhiia hoi a paa me ke kapolena e komo ole ai ke kai, a ua hookomo pu ia hoi he elua mau boe hoolana iloko, i ole ai e piho ka pahu iloko o ke kai; aka mamuli o ka oi loa aku o ke kaumaha o na kini opiuma, ua hiki ole kela pahu ke laua iluna o ka ilikai, o ke kumu nui iho la ia, o ka loaa ole ana i ka waapa lawai’a e noke ana i ka huli, no na la ekolu.

Holo Ka Ilamuku Amerika I Niihau. I ka manawa i loaa ai kela pahu opiuma i na kanaka o Niihau, ua hoike koke ia mai la ka lohe i ka Ilamuku Amerika Smiddy e Mr. John Renny, nolailia ma ka Mauna Loa o ka poakolu o ka pula aku nei i hala i kau aku ai ke kanaka o ke aupuni federala a holo aku ia no Kauai. Ma ka poalima i hoea ai ka Mauna Loa no Niihau, a mahope iho ka ike pono ana o ka Ilamuku Smiddy i ka pahu opiuma ame ke ano o ka pae ana iuka o ka aina ma ka la 23 o Ianuari ua koho koke oia he pahu opiuma kela, i kiolaia aku iloko o ke kai, e ka mokuahi Persia Maru, a i ole e ka mokuahi Columbia, no ka mea o na moku wale no kela kipa mai i Honolulu nei, ma ka la 19 ame ka la 20 o Ianuari. Ma ka olelo a na kanaka o ka oihana kukeawa maanei nei, o ka opiuma i loaa aku maloko o ka pahu i pae ae ai ma Niihau, he ano opiuma maikai loa ia, i hanaia ma Macao he wahi nona ka mamao o 20 mile mai Hongkong aku.

Sale of an Island

Hakilo Na Kanaka I Ka Waapa. Ma ka olelo a na kanaka o Niihau i ka Ilamuku Amerika Smiddy, ma ka la 21 o Ianuari i ike ai lakou i ka hoea ana aku o kekahi waapa lawai’a o ua Kepani mawaho ae o Niihau, o ka mea kupauaha a lakou i hoomaopopo ai, o ia no ka holo pololei o kela waapa mai kekahi aoao a i kekahi aoao o ka mokupuni, alaia huli hoi mai ana ma ia alahele hookahi no, a ma kekahi may la mai elua, pela mau iho la no hana a kela waapa lawai‘a, nolaila ua komo mai la ka hoohuoi iloko o lakou, he hana ano nui ka kela waapa e pokaa ana i ka moana, aole hoi he lawai’a. I ka manawa ka e kaalo pono ae ai o ka waapa mawaho o Nonopapa, kahi i pae ai o ka pahu opiuma iuka o ka aina, e ikeia aku ana kekahi Kepani i ke ku maluna o ka hale enekini, me ka ohenana e paa ana iloko o kona lima, he hookahi Kepani ma ka ihu o ka waapa, a pela mahope, e nana like ana lakou ma na wahi like ole o ka moana. Na kekahi poe kanaka Hawaii i ike i kela pahu opiuma, na Nonopapa, ma ka aoao komohana o Niihau, ma ka la 23 o Ianuari, a na lakou hoi i hoike ae ia John Renny, ka haole hookahi e noho ana ma Niihau, a mamuli o kana kauoha ua hoihoiia kela pahu opiuma no Kii, he 15 mile mai kahi aku i loaa ai.

123

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

O ke kumukuai no ke kini opiuma hookahi e kuaiia nei maanei nei no keia ano opiuma aia ma kahi o ka elua haneri dala, a no kekahi ano opiuma e ae, ma kahi o ka haneri me kanalima ame hookahi haneri me kanahiku-kumamalima dala no ke kini. Mamuli o ka loaa pono ana o na hoike oiaio loa, no ke ano e komo mai nei ka opiuma i Hawaii nei, e lawe ae ana na luna aupuni federala i na keehina makaala ma keia mua aku, ma ka hoomakakiu ana i na waapa lawai’apau e kau aku ai na hoohuoi ana o ka hoopae opiuma kekahi o ka lakou mau hana, aole hoi o ka lawai’a wale no. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 15 February 1918. P. 1. Ni‘ihau Men Discover a Box of Opium. Seventy-three Tins of Opium Wash Up on the Shore of Ni‘ihau. A Japanese Boat Is Spotted Searching on the Ocean. American Marshall Arrives at Ni‘ihau to Retrieve the Opium There. Upon the return of the Mauna Loa from Kaua‘i last Saturday, the American Marshall, Smiddy, brought back seventy-three tins of opium, valued at about $14,000, that washed up on the coast of the island of Ni‘ihau last month in January. Three days before the box that held the seventy-three tins of opium washed up onshore at Ni‘ihau, a Japanese fishing vessel was seen making circles outside of Ni‘ihau, searching for the box of opium, but the Japanese boat returned empty-handed, not having spotted the box of opium floating. It had instead been carried away by the current and washed up on land. There was only one reason the box with the tins of opium was not found by the Japanese fishing boat. It was due to its heavy weight and had sunk. It did not have the buoyancy to emerge above the surface of the ocean. It instead sank under the water about two or three feet from the surface.

124

Discovery of Washed Up Opium. Due to the box of opium being washed up at Ni‘ihau, earlier suspicions were substantiated regarding the increase in the easy importation of opium to the islands, which is attributed to the arrival of steamships from California or China. When they pass outside of Ni‘ihau, they toss the opium into the sea in open ocean. When the Japanese fishing boats arrive, the boats that are sent to look for the opium find it exactly where it is tossed in. When it is loaded onboard, it is easily introduced here in the islands. The opium box was made airtight and covered in tarpaulin to prevent sea water from leaking into it. Also, two buoys were put into it, so that the container would not sink in the ocean. But the box of opium was heavy, so it could not float above the surface of the sea. That is the main reason the fishing boat could not find it, even after an extensive search over a period of three days. People Watching the Boat. According to reports from the people of Ni‘ihau to the American Marshall Smiddy, it was on the 21st of January when a Japanese fishing vessel arrived outside Ni‘ihau. What amazed them was that the boat sailed straight down one side of the island to the other side and then turned and came back on the same track. In the course of two days, this is what that fishing boat did. So,

suspicions rose among them that the boat was up to something, as it circled the ocean, not fishing. When the boat passed outside Nonopapa, which is where the container of opium washed up onshore, a Japanese man was seen standing in the engine room with a pair of binoculars in his hands. There was one Japanese man at the bow, one at the stern and all of them were searching the ocean. Some Hawaiian men spotted that box of opium at Nonopapa on the west side of Ni‘ihau on the 23rd of January. They reported it to John Renny [sic: Rennie], the one white man living on Ni‘ihau, and by his orders the container of opium was brought to Ki‘i, 15 miles from where it was found.

Elua Mau Mea I Hopu Ia No Ke Kuai Opiuma Ma Kauai. Ma kekahi manawa i hala ae nei i pae aku ai kekahi puolo opiuma ma Niihau, he opiuma i manao wale ia ua hoolei ia aku mai luna aku o kekahi mokuahi mai ka Hikina Loa mai, nona hoi ka waiwai io i hiki i ka $16,000. Mamuli o ka liilii o ka mouo hoolana, ua nalowale kela puolo opiuma malalo o ka iliwai ke kumu loaa ole i kekahi waapa lawaia Kepani e pokakaa mau ana iluna ilalo iloko o na la eha, a hiki wale i ka pae ana iuka o Niihau. I ka loaa ana o keia opiuma, ua hunaia ma ka home o Keale a lilo mai kekahi mau tini eha ia Joe Kalua, a lawe ia aku no Mana Kauai, no ke kuai ia ana i kekahi Pake kanu laiki nona ka inoa Poo Lee Kan no na dala $450. Mahope o ka loaa ana o keia mau dala ia Joe Kalua, aole oia i huli koke aku no Niihau, aka, ua hoohala iki iho la oia he mau la ma Kauai no ka hoonakeke ana i keia mau dala iloko o kona eke, a he hookahi haneli dala i haawi aku i kana wahine, me ka olelo ana aku, ua loaa mai kela mau dala iaia mamuli o kona (Joe Kalua) piliwaiwai me na Pilepino. Mahope mai ua huli hoi aku o Joe Kalua no Niihau no ka hoao ana e kii

Sale of an Island

American Marshall Sails to Ni‘ihau. When the people of Ni‘ihau found the opium box, a report was quickly made to the American Marshall Smiddy by Mr. John Renny [sic: Rennie], so on the Mauna Loa Wednesday last week is when the man from the federal government boarded and traveled to Kaua‘i. On Friday the Mauna Loa reached Ni‘ihau and after Marshall Smiddy inspected the container of opium and the way it washed ashore on the 23rd of January, he immediately supposed it was a container of opium that was tossed into the ocean by the steamship Persia Maru or the steamship Columbia, as those were the only ships to visit Honolulu on the 19th and 20th of January. According to the port duty authority here, the opium contained in the box that washed ashore on Ni‘ihau was top quality and was manufactured in Macao, which is 20 miles off Hong Kong. The monetary value of one tin of opium being sold here of this type of opium was about two hundred dollars. The other kind of opium was about a hundred and fifty and a hundred and seventy-five dollars a tin. After obtaining the accurate report regarding the way the opium reached Hawai‘i, federal officers will take steps to be on the lookout from this time forward to keep watch over all fishing vessels on which it is suspected that opium is being smuggled, among their other activities besides fishing.

125

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 126

­ a-lu hou aku i kekahi mau tini opiuma hou no ke kuai ana i wahi e mahuahua m mai na dala e hoonakeke iloko o ke eke o ka lole wawae, eia nae, ua paa iho i ka hopu ia e ka Ilamuku Amelika J. J. Smiddy ma kona holo ana aku nei no Kauai me ka Loio Amelika Huber ma kela pule aku nei. I ka loaa ana o kela puolo opiuma i ka ohana o Keale, he 80 tini, eia nae, he 74 wale no tini i haawiia mai i ka luna aupuni, no ka mea, ua puehu kekahi mau tini ia Joe Kalua. Ua hopu ia aku kekahi Pake okoa aku no Hanalei nona ka inoa o Foo Lung Shack, mamuli o kekahi mau ike i loaa aku i na luna aupuni e pili ana i na mea pili i keia opiuma. O keia kekahi o na opiuma pii loa o ke kumukuai, no ka mea, he moa (chicken) ka hoailona owaho. —Ke Aloha Aina. 10 May 1918. P. 1. Two Arrested for Selling Opium on Kaua‘i. Sometime recently a bundle of opium washed up onshore at Ni‘ihau, a bundle that was thought to have been tossed overboard from a ship from the far east, estimated to value as much as $16,000. Due to a lack of sufficient buoys, the bundle of opium disappeared under the surface of the water, and this was the reason a Japanese fishing boat did not find it as it circled back and forth in four days all the way until it washed ashore at Ni‘ihau. When this opium was found, it was hidden away [for safekeeping] in the home of Keale. Four tins of it were taken by Joe Kalua to Mānā, Kaua‘i to be sold to a Chinese rice farmer by the name of Poo Lee Kan for $450. After obtaining the money, Joe Kalua did not immediately return to Ni‘ihau, but spent a few days on Kaua‘i, spending this money in his wallet. He gave a hundred dollars to his wife, telling her that he obtained this money from his gambling with Filipinos. Later Joe Kalua returned to Ni‘ihau to try and secretly take more tins of opium to sell somewhere to get more money to spend out of the pocket of his pants, but he was apprehended by the American Marshall J. J. Smiddy when he [Smiddy] sailed to Kaua‘i, along with the American Attorney Huber last week. When the Keale family obtained the bundle of opium, there were 80 tins, but there were only 74 tins that were given to the government official, as some of the tins were taken by Joe Kalua. Another Chinese man was seized from Hanalei by the name of Foo Lung Shack after information was obtained by government officials pertaining to this opium. This was some of the most expensive opium because it had the symbol of a chicken on the exterior. Na Anoai O Ka Ua Naulu A Hoea I Ka Ua Kukalahale. Mr. Solomon Hanohano, Lunahooponopono o ke Kilohana Pookela o ka Lahui Hawaii, Aloha kaua me ka mahiehie. E noi aku ana au i kou oluolu no’u hoi kauwahi rumi kaawale o ka kana hiwahiwa no kahi poomanao e kau ae la maluna, oia hoi keia: Ma ke kakahiaka o ka la 25 o Augate, 1921, i ku ae ai ka mokuahi Kalaudina ma ke awa kumoku o Lonopapa i Niihau a hoaumoe malaila ia po a ao ae la

26, a ma ia kakahiaka, hora 7 a.m., i haalele aku ai au i ko’u home me ka’u Ewa a niau mai la maluna na waakaulua he umi ihu, a i ka hoea ana mai i ke awa kumoku e hoola’i ae ana ua Kalaudina nei, a puana ae la au i ka ohu o ua nene aukai nei: Kaulana mai nei Kalaudina, Nunu lawe leka a o Kahului, Nana i ha’i aku nei e ka lono, Lohe ai ka luna i Puunene. Oiai e halihali ana na waapa i ka ukana he 40 poopipi, a hoomanao ae la au i kahi owili lei ilima o ia au o na la i hala: Kaulana mai nei Ulakoheo, I ke ake momona pipi Niihau. Oiai ka manawa ke nee nei imua o ka hora 10 a.m. ia; ua liuliu ae la makou na ohua me na wahi paiki a ku ana i ka uwapo, haawi na aloha lululima ana, a kau aku la iluna o ka waapa. Aia ae ke ku nei iwaenakonu o na ohua o makou, me na hoomanao ana ae i ko’u hoa pupuu o ke anu, oiai oia e nana mai ana ia’u ame ka maua lei aloha he keiki, a haku’i ae la i ka haupo o kou meakakau nei keia mau wahi lalani mele hooheno:

Aia hoi ke haawi nei na ani papale ana ame na ani hainaka ana mai ia makou aku ame ka poe o ka aina mai a puana ae la au i keia hooheno: Eia au la e ke hoa, E aloha haole kaua. Oiai hoi ke hookokoke aku nei makou ma ka aoao o ua nunu aukai nei ia pili ana aku ua hookuu ia mai la ke alapii a pii aku la makou apau iluna; aia au ke hooponopono la i kahi e hooluolu aku ai kahi apahu kino a puana hou ae la kou meakakau i keia wahi hooheno:

Sale of an Island

No pili Koolau ke aloha, No ka hoa pili o nei kino, Kuu kino kai alo i ke anu, I ka hau anu o Kanahele, Ua hele oe a ihiihi, Alualu ole iho ko hupa, O ka heke oe ma Hilo nei, Nana e hoola’i ke kaona, Alia oe a e apa mai, A maalilii ae ia nei.

127

He a’e ohua mai nei au, No nei oneki nui akea.

Aua hoi ke hiu mai nei na waapa ame ka heleuma, hoomanao ae la au i ko’u mau la, oiai au i ke anu o Alika: No ke ano ahiahi ke aloha, No ka hali’ali’a ana mai, E wiki oe a e pua rose, Oiai ko hoa iuka nei. O ko’u la holo keia, Ua makaukau na pe’aheke, Ke hui nei e ka heleuma, Ua kau e ka hae mahope. Ke kani ku’ilua nei ka pele i ka rumi wiliki, ke oni nei hoi na mea hana, ke aui ae nei hoi ka ihu o ua nunu nei no ka akau, ke haawi nei hoi ke aloha oeoe, aia au ke nana la i ka nani o ka aina, ke oni hope nei o Kuakamoku, ke kauahe­ ahe mai la ke one o Apopo, oiai he nani ka waiho ana o ka aina a ka maka o ke kamahele e kamawae ole ae ai; aia hoi ke one o Kawahamano me Halealii e lou mai ana me he makau la na ke kanaka lawai’a; ke kauaheahe mai la hoi ke one o Puuokama; ke hoiliili pupu mai la ke one o Kalehua me Kalualena; ke kahee pua ia mai la ke one o Kaauwaha, ke waiho lahalaha mai la hoi ke one o Haenaloa, ke kauaheahe mai la o Lehua mokupuni mamua, oiai ke aui hope ae nei o Keawakule me Kawaiaina, hehe ana ua nunu nei i ke kai o Halii, i ka waihuna a ka paoo i Lehua, a hoomanao ae la au i kahi lei pua akulikuli o ua wahi ailana nei:

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Auhea wale oe e Lehua, E ka ipo aloha a na manu, Ina o oe kuu lei, Kohukohu i ka ua kilihune. Aluna au o ke ao lewa, Hone ana ka leo o ia manu; E wiki e uleu kaua, Oiai ke anu i kanahele. Ua hele a kupilikii loko, Iluna a ilalo ka manao.

128

Aia hoi ka ihu o ua nuhu nei ke haulani nei i na ale o Kahai, ke aui hope ae nei ke one o Kalanihale, ke kokololio mai la ke ahe makani, he lehua; ke hoiliili ae la i ke ao i ke kaiaulu pali o Kaaliwai, oiai hoi ua nunu nei e holu ana iluna a ilalo, e hooluliia ana hoi i o a ianei e na auiui ale o Kaulakahi, pela i holo ae ai keia wahi hooheno oia au: J. W. Keahiokalani. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 9 September 1921. P. 2. The News of the Nāulu Rain to the Kūkalahale Rain. Mr. Solomon Hanohano, editor of the best vantage point of the Hawaiian people, a pleasant aloha. I will ask of your kindness to me to provide a small spare spot in our favorite [newspaper] for the headline that you see above, which is about this: On the morning of the 25th of August, 1921, the steamship Claudine

reached the harbor of Lonopapa at Ni‘ihau and stayed overnight there until morning on the 26th. On that morning at 7 a.m., I left my home with my Eve, and we glided on the double-hulled canoes with ten noses. When we reached the port, the Claudine sat there gently, and I uttered these words about the mist of the ocean-going goose: The Claudine has become famous The dove of Kahului that bears the mail It was she who broke the news For the manager of Pu‘unēnē to hear. As the rowboats were transporting their cargo, 40 head of cattle, I thought about a woven lei of ‘ilima of the days of old: ‘Ulakōheo is famous For desiring fat cattle of Ni‘ihau. As the time was moving, it struck the hour of 10 a.m. We passengers were ready with our luggage and were standing at the pier. We shook hands, said goodbye and boarded the boat. I was standing among the passengers, reminiscing about my companion with whom I cuddle in the cold, as she was watching me with our beloved child, and the heart of your writer pounded with these few lines of a song of tribute:

People were waving their hats and handkerchiefs to us, and the people onshore uttered these words of aloha: Here I am my friend We say goodbye like white people. So, we approached the side of the ocean-going dove. As we approached, the ladder was let down, and we all climbed up. I made a spot ready to relax our bodies, and your writer uttered these words of tribute:

Sale of an Island

For the Ko‘olau side is my love For the dear companion of this body My body that faces the cold The cold mist of the forest You have become sacred Your hoop does not follow You are the best here in Hilo She calms the town Wait a while for me To cool down.

129

I am a passenger who climbs onboard Of this great, wide deck.

The boats and anchors moved about quickly, and I remembered the days when I was in the cold of the Arctic: How I love the still of the night A time to reminisce Hurry, my rose While your friend is here onshore This is the day I depart The large sails are made ready The anchor is being raised The flag waves at the stern. The bell of the engine room rang multiple times, and the parts of the engines started moving. The bow of the dove started to turn towards the north, and the siren gave its farewell. I stood and looked at the beauty of the island with Kūakamoku passing behind with the sand of ‘Apōpō rising up. The beauty of the island was pleasing to the eye of the travelers, who were not difficult to please. The sands of Kawahamanō and Haleali‘i looped like the fishhook of a fisherman. The sand of Pu‘uokama rose straight up. The sands of Kalehua and Kalualena were gathering shells. The sand of Ka‘auwaha was stringing flowers on its strand of lei, and the sand of Hā‘enaloa stretched far and wide. Lehua Island was straight before us with Keawakule and Kawai‘āina passing behind. The engine of this dove groaned on the sea of Hāli‘i at the hidden water of the pāo‘o at Lehua, and it brought to mind an ‘ākulikuli flower lei of this island:

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Where are you, Lehua? The sweetheart of the birds If you were my lei You would resemble the kilihune rain I am found atop the clouds of the sky The voice of the bird is lovely Let’s you and I hurry While it is cold in the forest I am troubled inside My thoughts are up and down.

130

The bow of this dove was on the move on the waves of Kaua‘i, and the sand of Kalanihale passed behind us. The Lehua wind blew, gathering the clouds in the range of cliffs of Ka‘aliwai, while this dove swayed up and down, rocking to and fro, as the waves of Kaulakahi passed us by. J. W. Keahiokalani. Holo Mai No Honolulu Nei No Ka Mareia Ana Aku. Mai Niihau loa ka holo ana mai o kekahi mau mea hoopalau o ka hoea ana mai i Honolulu nei maluna mai o ka mokuahi Kinau, no laua na inoa o Uliuli Kawahalau, ke kane a o Lahapa Keamoai ka wahine, no ko laua hoohuiia ana e Rev. Sam K. Kamaiopili maloko o kona home ma ke alanui Hokele. O na hoike o keia mau paamare ua ukali pu mai no mai Niihau mai oia o

Sale of an Island

Solomon Kawahalau, ka makuakane o ke kane, Paulo Keamoai, ka makuakane o ka wahine ame Mrs. Louisa Kawahalu, ke kaikuahine o ke kanemare. Ua hanauia na mea mare hou ma ka mokupuni o Niihau, ka palena loa o na mokupuni iloko o ka paemoku o Hawaii nei, i nohoia e na kanaka, a pela pu me na hoike no ka mare ana o na opio, a o ka makamua loa iho la no ka keia o ko lakou kaawale ana mai ko lakou mokupuni mai kahi a lakou i kapa mau ai oia ko lakou home. Hookahi no manawa o ka mokuahi Kinau e ku aku ai i Niihau i ka mahina, nolaila ua hooholo lakou e holo loa mai i Honolulu nei, ka manawa hope e ku aku ai ke Kinau ilaila, i ike mau wahi mea hou o Honolulu nei. A oiai e hala ana he mahina mamua o ka holo hou ana aku o ke Kinau no Niihau, nolaila he manawa lawa loa keia no lakou e hoohala iho ai i kekahi mau la ma ke kaona nei, i ike i ke ao aina. He nui na mea hou o Honolulu nei e hihia ai na maka ame na noonoo, oia na hale kiionioni, na holokaa uwila no hoi, na holo kaa otomobile a puni o Ohau [sic: Oahu], ka holo kaaahi no hoi a hoea i Kahuku, ame ka nana ana aku i na moku, kohu mau manu aeko i ka lewa e lele kikakaha mai ana i ka lewa, a he nui ia mau mea hou a ka kuaaina e hoi aku ai a hoike i ko kauhale poe. No na makua ame na kupuna o Kawahalau ma Niihau no lakou i noho ai a waiho na iwi no na kenekulia lehulehu i hala. Aohe kahunapule o Niihau, oia paha kekahi kumu nui o ka holo ana mai o kela poe no Honolulu nei, no ka mea, aia no i Kauai na kahunapule, ina e makemake ana e mare kekahi mau opio hoopalau o Kauai no kahi e holo mai ai no ka hoopauia ana ae o ia pilikia, a no ua nele o Niihau i ke kahunapule pela i hooholo ai paha o Mr. ame Mrs. Kawahalau e holo loa mai i Honolulu nei e mare ai, i ike hoi i ka noho ana o ko Honolulu nei poe ame na mea hou. Pono loa kela, aka e nihi ka helena i ka uka o Puna mai hoopa i ka lehua o punia e ka ino. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 16 September 1921. P. 2. Sailing Here to Honolulu to Get Married. All the way from Ni‘ihau came an engaged couple, who arrived here in Honolulu on the steamship Kīna‘u. Their names are Uliuli Kawahalau, the man, and Lahapa Keamoai, the woman, to be joined in union by Rev. Sam K. Kama‘i‘ōpili in his home on Hotel Street. The witnesses of this married couple accompanied them from Ni‘ihau. They were Solomon Kawahalau, father of the man, Paulo Keamoai, father of the woman, and Mrs. Louisa Kawahalau, sister of the groom. The newlyweds were born on the island of Ni‘ihau, the extreme end of the inhabited Hawaiian Islands, along with the witnesses of the marriage of the young ones. This was the very first time they had ever left their island that they call their home. The Kīna‘u calls at Ni‘ihau once a month, so they decided to come here to Honolulu on its last stop there to be able to see new things here in Honolulu. As a month would pass before the Kīna‘u returns to Ni‘ihau, there would be enough time for them to pass a few days here in town to be able to learn about the island. There are lots of new things here in Honolulu to catch the eyes and thoughts: movie theaters, cable cars, automobiles all over O‘ahu, trains that go all the way to Kahuku, and watching airplanes like eagles, lifting up and gliding across the sky. There are many more new things that countryfolk can go home and report about to the folks at home.

131

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

As for the parents and grandparents of Kawahalau on Ni‘ihau, they had lived there and left their bones there for many centuries before. There is no pastor on Ni‘ihau, and that is probably the reason why these people traveled here to Honolulu. There are pastors on Kaua‘i. If engaged youth want to get married, they can travel to Kaua‘i to settle that problem. Since Ni‘ihau lacks a pastor, that is the reason Mr. and Mrs. Kawahalau decided to come all the way here to Honolulu to get married, so they can see the lifestyle of the people here in Honolulu and modern things. That is very good, but please be careful in the uplands of Puna. Do not touch the lehua flowers lest a storm should rise. [The last sentence in this article is an ‘ōlelo no‘eau, a wise saying. It is a close variation of ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 360: “E nihi ka helena i ka uka o Puna; mai pulale i ka ‘ike a ka maka. Go quietly in the upland of Puna; do not let anything you see excite you. Watch your step and don’t let the things you see lead you into trouble. There is an abundance of flowers and berries in the uplands of Puna and it is thought that picking any on the trip up to the volcano will result in being caught in heavy rains; the picking is left until the return trip. Also said to loved ones to imply, ‘Go carefully and be mindful.’ ”]

132

Miss Lois E. Robinson Bride in Kauai Wedding. Miss Lois Ethelyn Robinson, daughter of Mr. and Mrs. Selwyn Aubrey Robinson of Makaweli, Kauai, was married to Lawrence Hutchinson Somers of Berkeley, Calif., at a late afternoon wedding on Friday at the Waimea Foreign church in Waimea, Kauai. [ . . . ] The bride’s father is the manager of the Gay and Robinson ranch on Kauai. She is the grand-daughter of Mrs. Aubrey Robinson and the late Mr. Robinson of Makaweli and Niihau. Her great great grandmother was Mrs. Elizabeth Sinclair, the widowed Scotswoman who brought her entire family to Hawaii and settled at Makaweli in 1863. Mrs. Sinclair and her husband had originally left Scotland and settled in New Zealand where they raised their family. After the death of her husband, the widow sold her property; loaded a sailing vessel with cattle, lumber for a house and household furnishings and set sail for Vancouver to start a new home. In their floating home, the family wintered in Hawaii. King Kamehameha IV persuaded them to stay and sold them the large property at Makaweli on Kauai and the island of Niihau. —Honolulu Advertiser. 1 August 1948. P. 32.

Makaloa Mats (Moena Pāwehe) Ni‘ihau was once as famous for its finely woven makaloa mats, or moena pāwehe, as it is today for its Ni‘ihau shell lei. The Hawaiian Dictionary defines “moena” as a general word for “mat” and “pāwehe” as the “generic name for colored geometric motifs, as on makaloa mats made on Ni‘ihau.” One of the highlights in the articles that follow is a story of a makaloa mat that was completed in 1874 by Ni‘ihau’s most skillful mat weaver, 80-yearold Kala‘i. She designed the mat to protest the changes in Hawai‘i since the

School Celebration and Temperance Feast. On Friday, November 12th, the scholars of the native schools of Honolulu had a feast and celebration at Beretania, in the rear of town. Such celebrations are becoming quite common and are deservedly popular. They keep alive the temperance cause among the natives, besides affording them an occasional holiday, into the celebration and enjoyment of which nothing exceptional enters. The King and chiefs participating in them, gratifies their subjects and nourishes a proper national feeling. Beside the King and Chiefs, there were present 800 scholars and 458 parents, and a multitude of spectators. We confine ourself simply to a list of the articles contributed for the occasion by the parents and friends of the scholars. [The list included “Niihau colored mats, 59.”] —The Polynesian. 11 December 1847. P. 2. [Untitled] The comparative salubrity of Niihau, the annual mortality of which is about 3½ per cent, is a very striking feature of the late Census [published in the November 10, 1849, edition of The Polynesian]. Whether that greater healthfulness is to be attributed to the greater industry of the natives, occasioned by the want of taro, or that the potatoe, on which they chiefly feed, is more favorable to life, is not as yet ascertained. The census of that island was taken by an intelligent native, there being no foreigners living on it. The manufacture of mats by the natives of that place, may prevent them from the same slothful indulgence that is general on the other Islands, or the census may have been less correctly taken, or the late epidemic may not have been so fatal there as elsewhere. —The Polynesian. 26 January 1850. P. 2. [In line 4 “potatoe” is alternate spelling of potato.]

Makaloa Mats (Moena Pāwehe)

time of Kamehameha I by plaiting intricate rows of lettering, which formed the words of her message for King Kalākaua, the monarch in 1874. Information about the mats is also found in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 2176: “Moena pāwehe o Ni‘ihau. Patterned mat of Ni‘ihau. Poetic expression often used in reference to Ni‘ihau. Fine makaloa mats, beautifully patterned, were famed throughout the islands.” The Hawaiian Dictionary and ‘Ōlelo No‘eau: Hawaiian Proverbs & Poetic Sayings both call moena pāwehe “makaloa mats,” a reference to the plant fiber the mats are made of. The Hawaiian Dictionary offers the following definition for makaloa: “a perennial sedge (Cyperus laevigatus), found in or near fresh or salt water in warm countries. From a horizontal, creeping stem rise long, slender unbranched stems, each topped by a small inflorescence. Formerly the plants were valued in Hawai‘i for making fine Ni‘ihau mats. Also called makoloa.” Tava and Keale in Niihau: The Traditions of a Hawaiian Island offered the following: “The moena pawehe or decorated makaloa mats of Niihau were well-known in all Polynesia, although today the mats are no longer made. Makaloa mats are easily distinguishable from other mats because of their colorful designs. The mats were of superior fineness and softness. Weaving was done exclusively by women. The art of weaving throughout the South Pacific reached its highest degree of skill on Niihau” (P. 34).

133

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

List of Premiums Awarded in 1856. We notice a lot of Niihau Mats, exhibited as No. 62; they are the only ones exhibited, and as they are not as superior as we have seen them formerly, we are constrained to withhold the premium. —The Polynesian. 2 August 1856. P. 2. [The List of Premiums identified items on display at a fair called the Exhibition of the Native Hawaiian Agricultural Society. A panel of judges awarded a “premium,” a monetary prize, to the best representative of each item.]

134

Na waiwai o keia Aupuni e waiho nei. Ma ke kuahiwi; o ka laau i me hale, i me wahie, i nanahu, i me kuau oo, a i me pa, a pela aku. Ina nui ke kino o ka laau, i me waa, i hoe, i papa kui poi, a pela aku; ke olona i me upena no na ia, i aho, i kaula humuhumu, ka pulu hapuu, i mea pela moe, uluna, a pela aku; ka hulu o na manu, he mea nani a me ka hanohano, he me pii o ke kuai ana; ka wauke a me ka mamaki, he me kapa aahu, he mau no kona kuai ia e noho nei, ka ilihau, he kaula paa, he mea hale, he mea kaula no na holoholona, ka pepeiao laau, he mea ono i na Pake a he mea waiwai no hoi ke nui. O ka waiwai ma ka aina maoli; o ka ai, oia ke kalo, uwala, ko, ipu umeke, ipu haole, ipu pu, maia, kulina, papapa, uala liilii, a me na mea ai e ae. Ke mau nei no ko lakou mau waiwai a me ke kuai ia. Iloko hoi o na me ulu ai ole ia; ka lauhala, i mea moena, moena nui, moena liilii, mauu makoloa o Niihau maikai loa ka moena pawehe, pii no hoi ke kumukuai; he ko i me papale, a me kona pua, he mea waiwai no. Ka waiwai o na holoholona; ka lio maikai, nui no na dala, ka bipi momona, laka, a huhu ole hoi, pii no kona kumukuai, ka ili, pii no ke kuai ana, ka aila, nui no ke ola ma na hale hana sopa. Ka hipa, o kona kino a me kona hulu, he mau waiwai kuai nui no ia. Ke kao, o ka io a me kona ili, he mea waiwai no; o ka puaa momona waiwai no, mai ka mea nui a ka mea liilii, he dala wale no, aole no e emi kona kuai ana, ina e make, a i na e ola, oia mau no ke kuai ana; pela kona aila, pii no ke kuai ana. Na manu, ka palahu, moa, koloa, kaka, mau no ko lakou waiwai; ka hua o lakou, mau no ko lakou dala, a me ka hoowaiwai ia a me ke kuai ia mai, pii i kekahi wa a emi i kekahi wa, aole nae he manu i lilo wale me ka nele o kona kahu i ka loaa. Na ia, he mea waiwai nui loa ia me ke emi ole o kona kuai ia, he dala maoli no e waiho nei, ka limu, ka opihi, ka wana, ka haukeuke, ka pipipi, ka lala mano, ka paakai, ka opae, oopu, a me na mea a pau loa he mau mea waiwai lakou ma ke kuai ana. O keia mau waiwai a pau loa e waiho nei ma Hawaii nei, ua emi kekahi, a ua pii hoi kekahi, ua popopo a palaho kekahi, ua mimino a lilo i mea ole kekahi, ua lilo wale, ua poino, ua make wale, a ua make pono a waiwai loa, ua makemake nui ia, ua pono kekahi no ka waiho loihi, a ua pono ole, ua pono no ka wa pokole, nolaila, ua nui na mea e waiwai ai keia lahui kanaka, a nohea mai hoi ka nele ana? 1. Eia kekahi kumu. Ua lilo na kuahiwi i ka poe waiwai nui o na dala, kapu na laau waiwai a pau, kapu na mauu, kapu na kahakai a me na mea o loko, lilo na aina momona, kapu na mea ulu, nolaila, paa keia mau waiwai, pilikia na

Makaloa Mats (Moena Pāwehe)

holoholona, a nui no hoi ka uku, nolaila, hani nui ole ia na holoholona e waiwai ai, na holoholona momona; nui na lilo o na makaainana ma o a ma o, huhu loa ka poe waiwai i ka poe ilihune. Nui na holoholona i paa i na pa aupuni, i hookiiia a wiwi, hoihoi ole ia e ka poe kuai mai, aole anei he poe auhau ia na lio e hana ino ia nei? aole hoi anei nolaila kekahi mea i emi ai ia puu dala nui o ke Aupuni? Ua makaala no ke Aupuni ma na pono a pau i ku pono i ko ka lehulehu oluolu, a me ka malu, aka, ma na holoholona, ua hoopea waleia e ka poe kue a kinai ia puu dala o ke Aupuni e mahuahua ai. 2. No ka awa, he mea waiwai nui loa no ia iwaena o keia lahuikanaka e noho nei, he mea manao nui ia, a, ua papa loa ia nae kela mea keia mea, aole e mauaua, na kanaka a pau, pehea e holo ai ka loaa i keia lahuikanaka? 3. Nolaila, i ka poe e ike mai ana i keia olelo paipai, ka poe e lawe ana i ka Nupepa anoano o ka Hoku Pakipika, e noho pupue ana, a e noho kalawalawa ana, me oukou ka noonoo i keia mau mea a pau loa. E aloha auanei oukou me ka malu ihi o ke Akua ma ke ale, nona ka Milenia e hiki mai ana. Owau ko oukou hoa aloha o ka makani o Kohala. S. D. K. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 2 January 1862. P. 3. The Treasures Found in This Country. In the mountains there is wood for houses, for firewood, for charcoal, for digging sticks, and for plates, and so on. If the body of the tree is large, it can be used for canoes, paddles, poi pounding boards, and so on. There is fiber of tree bark for making nets for fish, for cordage, and for sewing string. There is the fiber of tree ferns for bed stuffing, pillows, and so on. Feathers of birds as items of beauty and distinction are sold for profit. There is mulberry and nettle bark for making clothes. These are still bought and sold. There is the bark of hibiscus to make solid rope, for household items, and to make rope for animals. There is tree fungus, which the Chinese find delicious. This can be profitable, if found in large quantities. Valuable items on the land are such things as crops, like taro, sweet potatoes, gourds for making containers, squash, melons, bananas, corn, beans, small sweet potatoes, and other foodstuffs. Their value carries on, and they are still sold. Among the crops and fish items are the leaves of pandanus for making mats, large mats and small mats. The makoloa grass of Ni‘ihau is excellent for making makaloa mats, which are very expensive. Sugar cane is made into hats with its flower and is very expensive. The value of animals. Horses are good and very expensive. Fat cows that are tame and not vicious are high priced. The skins are, too. The grease is very useful for soap-making factories. Sheep, with their flesh and wool, are high priced. Goats, with their flesh and hides, are very valuable. Fat pigs are very valuable, as large to small ones can obtain cash and are not cheap in price. Whether dead or alive, they are bought and sold, so, too, for their oils. The price is high. For birds, there is the turkey, chicken, native duck, and duck. They are valuable. Their eggs bring cash that adds value, and they can be bought and sold. The price goes up and down at times. But these are birds whose value is not lost on their owner. On fish, they are very valuable, and the market price never goes down. They

135

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

are very profitable. Seaweed, limpets, sea urchins, small mollusks, shark fins, salt, shrimp, goby fish, and everything are all valuable at the market. All of these things of value found here in Hawai‘i are of lesser or greater value. Some are perishable, some rot and become nothing, and some spoil and die away, but they are reasonably priced and greatly desired. Some are stored away long term and are of no worth. Those items that are short term are good. There are many things that put the people at an advantage, so why are we deprived of them? 1. One reason is this. The mountains have gone to the rich. They have lots of money and restrict all of the valuable trees and make the birds inaccessible. The beaches and all things in them are restricted. The fertile lands are lost and vegetation is restricted, so these items of value are seized. Animals are a problem, a very expensive one. The animals are not used for profit, the fat ones in particular. The citizens have many expenses here and there, and the rich are angry at the poor. Many animals are held in government enclosures, kept separate, and become skinny, which is uninteresting to consumers. Aren’t horses taxed that are mistreated? Isn’t it due to this that the coffers of the government are diminished? The government should be alert to the things that satisfy the needs of the public, as well as the peace. But regarding animals, they are restrained by those who are against the system and prevent the coffers of the government from expanding. 2. Regarding ‘awa [the plant Piper methysticum], it is a very valuable commodity among the people living today. It is greatly desired, but strictly forbidden to everyone. If it cannot be received by all the people, how can they obtain it? 3. So, to all who read these words of encouragement, the subscribers of the hallowed newspaper, the Hoku Pakipika, who sit hunched and slouched, I leave these things with you to consider in their entirety. I send my aloha to all of you with the hallowed peace of God in the waves, for his is the upcoming millennium. I am your friend of the wind of Kohala. S. D. K. [Makoloa in the second paragraph is an alternate spelling of makaloa.]

136

Ka Ulana Ana. [ . . . ] Ke ike nei kakou ma keia kii i ke kupuna-wahine e ao ana i kahi moopuna e ulana i ke kakini. Ke ao aku nei ia i kahi e hookomo aku ai i na kui a me ke ano o ka owiliwili ana i ka lopi e ulana ai a paa ke kakini. Ua maa kahi kupuna-wahine i ka hoohana mau i kona mau lima mai kona wa opiopio mai, nolaila, he mea hiki ole iaia ka noho wale iho me ka hana ole. O ka hoopiha mau ia o ka manawa i na hana kupono e hiki ai ia kakou, oia no ka mea e olioli ai ka noho ana o ke kanaka. Nolaila, e ao aku oukou, e na kupuna-wahine, a me na makuahine, i ka oukou mau moopuna, a me na keiki, e hana i na mea kupono i ko lakou mau lima mikioi e hana ai. He manawa no na mea a pau; he manawa e paani ai na keiki, a he manawa e kula ai i na buke, a he manawa e hana ai na lima. O ka noho palaualelo ana, oia ke kumulau e hoolaka mai ai i ke kolohe. “O ke poo o ke kanaka palaualelo, he hale kamana ia no ke diabolo.”

Ka Hoikeike Nui Ma Parisa. Na Mea O Hawaii Nei. Ua hoouna aku ke aupuni a me kekahi poe o kakou nei i kekahi mau mea no Hawaii aku nei e hoikeike ma ua hale la. Eia kekahi o na mea i hoounaia a i nanaia mai e ka poe i hiki aku ilaila mai na lahui kanaka a pau o ka honua nei: O na nupepa “Hae Hawaii,” “Hawaiian Gazette,” “Polynesian,” “Ke Kuokoa,” a me kekahi mau pepa e ae. O na buke a pau e aoia nei ma na kula aupuni, oia he Kumumua. Helu Kamahi, Helunaau, Huinahelu, Hoikehonua, Palapala aina,

Makaloa Mats (Moena Pāwehe)

I ke au i kunewa ae nei i hope, ulana na wahine Hawaii i na moena akaakai, moena lauhala, moena pawehe, oia hoi ka makoloa, a ke hana nei no kekahi o na wahine i keia wa i keia hana maikai e hoomaikai ai i ka hale a me kahi moe. Aka o ka hapa nui o na wahine o ka hanauna opio e ulu mai nei, e ike ole ana lakou i keia hana maikai e pono ai a e lako ai na hale. O ka hana nui a na kaikamahine e makemake nei e ao, oia no ka humuhumu a me ka hana lihilihi. He mau hana maikai no laua a i elua, aka, mai haalele i ka hana moena e maemae ai ka hale. E awili pu na wahine opio i ka ike o na makuahine o lakou me ka ike hou e loaa mai nei mai na haole a me na kumu hou. E hoopiha mau i na lima i ka hana, a i ke poo i ka ike, o ka naau hoi i ka noonoo. E hoopaa i na mea i loaa, a e kikoo aku i na mea hou. E ao na kupuna-wahine i na moopuna i ka ulana moena, i ka milo kaula, i ka humuhumu lole. Pela e lilo ai na moopuna a oukou i mau wahine makaukau a noho pono, e pomaikai ai ka aina, a e pono ai na kane a me na keiki a lakou. —Ke Alaula. 1 May 1867. P. 5. Knitting. [ . . . ] We see in this picture a grandmother teaching a grandchild to knit a stocking. She is teaching her how to insert the needles and how to twirl the yarn to knit a stocking to completion. The grandmother is very familiar with using her hands from her childhood, so she can never just sit without work to do. This occupies her time with useful work that can be done, such as things that make living joyous. So, teach, grandmothers and mothers, teach your grandchildren and children to do good works with their dainty hands. There is time for everything: time for children to play, time to read books and study, and time to do work with the hands. Sitting idle is the reason mischievousness is fostered. “The head of the idle man is the devil’s workshop.” In times past Hawaiian women wove bulrush mats, pandanus mats, and makaloa mats, which are made from makoloa. Some women today make these well to adorn the home and the bed. But most of the women of the younger generation growing up today don’t know how to do these things well to furnish the house. What girls want to learn most is how to sew and make dainty things. These are also good things to do, but do not quit making mats to keep the house clean. Young women should combine both the knowledge of their mothers and the new knowledge obtained from foreigners and new teachers. Keep the hands full of work, the head full of knowledge, and the heart full of contemplation. Study all there is and expand into new things. Grandmothers should teach grandchildren to weave mats, spin cordage, and sew clothes. That is how your grandchildren become women well-equipped for decent living to benefit the country and to benefit their husbands and children. [Makoloa in the next to the last paragraph is an alternate spelling of makaloa.]

137

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Anahonua, Ao Kiko. O na buke e ae-o ka Moolelo Hawaii, Moolelo Ekalesia, ka Hele Malihini ana, Ui no ke Akua, ka Himeni Hawaii, ke Kauoha Hou. Ua hoikeia hoi kekahi mau mea i hana-limaia ma Hawaii nei: He ahuula i hanaia no na hulu o ka oo, he mau lei hulu manu, he mau waa liilii elua he moena pawehe no Niihau, he mau laau kakau kapa, he kapa paupau, he mau pohaku a Pele, he kukaepele, he lauoho ehuehu a Pele. O kekahi he ko, he laiki, he pia, he laau kou, he koa a me kekahi mau mea e ae. —Ke Alaula. 1 September 1867. P. 22. The Grand Exposition in Paris. Items of Hawai‘i. The [Hawaiian] government sent, as did some of our people, some items from Hawai‘i to display at that [exposition] building. These are some of the items sent to be seen by people arriving from among all nations of the world: the Hae Hawaii newspaper, the Hawaiian Gazette, the Polynesian, the Kuokoa, and a few other papers; all of the books being taught in public schools, such as primers, children’s readers, mathematics, arithmetic, geography, maps, geometry, and punctuation. Other books included Hawaiian History, Church History, Pilgrim’s Pride, Questions on God, Hawaiian Hymnal, and the New Testament. Some hand-made items from Hawai‘i were put on display: a cloak made of the feathers of the ‘ō‘ō bird, some lei made of feathers, two little canoes, a makaloa mat from Ni‘ihau, some kapa stamping sticks, a sample of kapa, a few lava rocks, some volcanic sulfur, and some reddish volcanic hair of Pele. Other items included some sugar cane, rice, tapioca, a piece of kou wood, koa wood, and other items. [The International Exposition of 1867 was held in Paris from April 1 to November 3. Hawai‘i was one of many nations that contributed items to display.]

138

Who Will Establish a Bag Factory? There have been several attempts among the natives to make mat-bags for packing sugars for the Australian market, but so far, we have seen no samples which compare with those imported from Calcutta and Mauritius. That many of them possess the art of weaving mats is well known; and there are no handsomer specimens of mats manufactured than those from Niihau. All they need is to be shown what is wanted and how the bags should be made; then, if the price is remunerative, there can be no question about their ability to produce them. In former years, before the discovery of the California gold mines, say from 1830 to 1848, all the sugar made at the Koloa mill was packed in matbags made by the Kauai natives for six cents each. They were woven double and served as good containers. —The Hawaiian Gazatte. 30 July 1873. P. 2. [Untitled] Aia mawaena o kakou e noho nei i keia manawa, ua hoihoi nui ia ko kakou mau hilinai ana no na loaa ponoi no kakou, maluna no o ka kakou mau lawelawe ana ma na oihana mikiala ponoi. O ka oihana mikiala ponoi o kela a me keia ano, he mea kupono loa no ia, e hiipoi mau ia ai mawaena o kakou nei. Ua hoohalahala nui ia e kahi poe mawaena o kakou nei, no ka loaa ole o kau mau wahi hana mikiala kupono e loaa mai ai o ke dala. O ia mau ano hoohalahala, me he mea la, he mea hewahewa no ia mawaena o ka lahui i hoopomaikai

Makaloa Mats (Moena Pāwehe)

nui ia, e like me kakou nei aole wale ma na oihana mahiai wale no, aka, ma na oihana hana lima no kekahi. Eia ke waiho palaualelo nei kekahi mau kumuhana e loaa mai ai o ked ala. O ka lauhala, a me ke akaakai, he mau mea waiwai ole keia, e hoonahele mai nei i ko kakou mau kula, a me na wahi pohopoho o kakou; a pela no me na mea e a pau e ulu nahele ana; ina nae, e ulu wale mai no lakou, me ko lakou mau hoohana ole ia. Ma ka nana ana i ko kakou mau hana lima ike kahiko, me he mea la, ke hele aku nei lakou i ka nalowale ana. O ka lauhala, he nahele kamaaina no ia mawaena o kakou nei, a main a la mai o ko kakou poe i hala aku la, ua kamaaina nui lakou i ka hoolilo ana ia mea i mea loaa. Ina hoi, ua kamaaina ia mea i ka hoohanaia i mea loaa mawaena o ka poe i hala e aku; no ke aha hoi ka mea i hoohana ole ia ai i keia manawa i kumu loaa? Ma ke au ana ma o a maanei, me he la, aole no paha i pau loa ka makemakeia ana o ka oluolu maikai o ka moe ana maluna o na hu’a moena. Hookahi wale no paha mea nana e hoopale mai nei i ke kaunui ia ma ia mea; oia no ka lehulehu ole o ka poe na lakou e ulana i na moena, i hoomauia ai ko lakou kalepa kuloko ia ana mawaena o kakou nei. He manaolana no kai loko o makou, ina, e mahuahua ana ka poe na lakou e ulana ana i ka moena; alaila, e loaa ana no kona mau kumukuai kupono ma ko kakou kalepa kuloko ponoi; no ka mea, o kea no mau o kakou nei, aole i hoopauia ka makemake ana ma na mea oluolu o ka wa kahiko. Aia mawaena o kakou e noho nei i keia manawa, oia wale no paha ma na apana kaona, e like me keia, kahi i makemake nui ia ai, o na moena mai na aina e mai; aka, ma ka hapanui o na apana, ke mau nei no ko lakou makemake ana i na palau moena, a me na hu’a moena nolunolu nunui; he mau mea oluolu i kamaaina nui loa ia kakou, mai ka wa opio mai o keia lahui. Aole o ka lauhala wale kahi mea hookahi i ulanaia ai o ka moena; aka, aia no ke akaakai a me ka makaloa. O ka makaloa nae, kea no nalowale aku nei mai ka ike nui ia ana; a o kona ulanaia, me he la, ua kakaikahi loa ia i keia manawa. O Niihau, ka aina nona ke kaulana nui i ka ulanaia o ia mea, ua ane nalohia kona kaulana maikai i keia manawa. Aka, o ke akaakai, he nahele nui loa ia e ulu nei i keia manawa ma ko kakou mau aina pohopoho. O ke akaakai, he lau nahele ia, i laweia main a aina e mai; a o ke kumu nui o kona hoolahaia ana, no ka makemake o na’lii i lilo i mea ulanaia i moena. Ua kamaaina kakou me ia mea, ka oluolu a me ka pahee maikai o kona moe ana. Ke manao nei makou, ina, e hapai ana kahi poe kamaaina o kakou, me na kuma hana maikai; e lilo no ia i mea e loaa ai ka hana i kekahi poe, a e uku ia mai ai no hoi o ko lakou mau luhi ma ka ulanaia o keia mau mea. He oiaio na paha, aohe e loaa nui ana na makeke mawaho no keia mau waiwai ponoi o kakou, a me na kumukuai kupono; aka, ma ka nanaina, me he la, e loaa ana no he makeke maikai a he kumukuai kupono maloko nei o kakou; ina, e hoomau, a e hoomahuahuaia, i lilo ai i kumu waiwai kalepa kamaaina mawaena ponoi o kakou nei. Aka, ma ke ano moena wale no anei, e lilo ai keia mau loaa i kumu loaa no kakou? Aole anei e hiki ke hooliloia i mea waiwai ma kau mau wahi ano okoa e ae? Ina, aohe e loaa ana he mau makeke ma na aina e ma ko lakou mau ano moena; aole anei e loaa kahi ano e ae e hiki ai ke hooliloia aku? Eia ko kakou nei aina i keia manawa, ua lilo ia i aina e mahi nui ia nei e ke ko; a ma na aina mahiko o na aupuni e, ua lilo nui na eke akaakai a me na eke lauhala, i mea e laweia ai ke ko i na aina e. Ina, ua lawe nui ia ke ko maloko o na eke, a he hana i maa mau; heaha hoi ke kumu e hoihoi ole ia ai o ia mea mawaena o kakou

139

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 140

nei? Ma ka nana ana, ina, e hoohoihoi ana ka poe mahiko i ka ulanaia o na eke lauhala, a me na eke akaakai; alaila aole e nui loa ka lilo o ka poe mahiko, a e lilo no hoi ia i kumu loaa no ka poe kamaaina. He oihana mikiala kupono keia e hoohoihoiia ai mawaena ponoi nei o kakou. —Ke Au Okoa. 12 December 1872. P. 2. [Untitled] Among those of us living at this time, people are interested in our reliance on our assets and the services we provide in our various occupations. Our ability to provide expertise in various occupations is highly valued and always appreciated among us all. There are those among us who are critical of those who do not have an industry or skill to obtain income. It is as if the criticism has to do with misunderstanding ways the nation obtains profit. As it is for us, we do not only rely on agriculture, but also on handicrafts. There are some subjects that remain undiscussed, in which an income can be earned. Pandanus leaves and bulrush are useless and grow profusely all over our flatlands and swampy environments, and so it is with all kinds of other foliage that grows like weeds. But they are left to grow and are not used. When we look at our handicraft skills from ancient times, it is as if they are disappearing. Pandanus leaves are familiar foliage among us from the time of the people who came before us. They became real experts at turning it into commodities. If those of the past knew how to use them to create products, why are they not being used now for profit? Over time, all over the place, it seems people still enjoy relaxing and lying down on piles of mats. There is only one problem with the inability to lie down on such things: it is the lack of people who weave mats in order to create a local market among us. We have hope that if there were more weavers of mats, they would obtain good prices within our own markets. What is typical for us is that we haven’t lost our desire for products of the old days. In the areas where we live these days, in the districts where our towns are, like this one, there is high demand for mats from other countries. In most districts, there is demand for rolls of mats and large, soft bundles of mats. These are items that are comfortable and very familiar to us from the time of our childhood years among this people. Pandanus leaves are not the only things woven into mats. There is also bulrush and sedge. But sedge is disappearing and not seen much, and its weavers are rare to find these days. Ni‘ihau is the island most famous for weaving these mats, but its fame for this has nearly vanished now. But bulrush is a plant found all over in swampy areas and was brought in from foreign lands. The reason it has spread is because the chiefs intended it to be used for weaving into mats. We know it as comfortable and nice and smooth to lay on. We think that if locals among us would pursue good fields, it would provide jobs for some people. They would be paid for their labor in weaving these products. It is probably true that there is not much of a market outside for these products of ours obtaining good prices, but it seems that there would be a good market and good prices here locally. If it continues and thrives, it would become an economic resource among us all. But is it only mats that are a source of income for us? Can other products also be turned into a type of wealth in other various areas? If markets cannot be found in other countries for mats, can we not find other areas that can be

turned into markets? Here is our country now, it has become a land largely farmed for sugar cane. In sugar fields of other countries, sacks made of bulrush and pandanus leaves are used to transport sugar overseas. If sugar can be transported in sacks, and if that is the normal procedure, why is that not also an interest among us, too? It seems that if the sugar industry were interested in weaving pandanus leaves and bulrush sacks, this would decrease the expenses of sugar planters and would become an income-generating product for locals. This is a skill that would drive interest among our own people. E Kuai Kudalaia Ana. Na Mea Kahiko Nani O Hawaii Nei. Ma Ka Poaono. Maraki 8. Ma Ka Poaono. Ma Ka Hora 10, Kakahiaka. Ma Ka Hale Kudala O E. P. Adamu. O na mau waiwai la malalo iho, ua manaoia aia mawaena o ke 60 a me 100 makahiki ke kahiko. Oia iho keia:

Ua konoia na kanaka Hawaii o ka wa keia e loaa ai ma ke kuai kudala, ke hele ae ilaila i keia kakahiaka. E. P. Adamu. Na Luna Kudala. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 8 March 1873. P. 3. Auction of Ancient Items of Hawai‘i. On Saturday. March 8. At 10 in the Morning. At the Auction House of E. P. Adam. The treasures below are thought to be 60 to 100 years old and include: One Feather Helmet. This feather helmet belonged to the King of Kaua‘i and has been preserved in excellent condition. It is thought to be the only feather helmet remaining until today. Feather Lei. All preserved well and in good condition. Feathered Collars. Worn by royal families of Kaua‘i. Multiple Whale Tooth Pendants. To be worn. Multiple Niihau Mats. Rarely found. Multiple Hawaiian Tapa Pieces. Dyed in unusual colors. Decorative Dog Teeth Lei. To be tied on the feet when dancing. Multiple Shell and Whale Ivory Bracelets. Rarely found. Wooden Bowls. And wooden bowls used in the practice of idol worship.

Makaloa Mats (Moena Pāwehe)

Hookahi Papale Mahiole Hulu Manu. No ka Moi o Kauai ia Mahiole, ua ma­ lama maikai loa ia nae. Ua manaoia, oia hookahi wale no koe o na mahiole hulu manu i malamaia a hiki i keia wa. Na Lei Hulu, Ua malama maikai wale ia no a pau e waiho nei. Na Pihapiha Hulu Manu, E komoia ai e ka Ohana Alii o Kauai. Na lei Lauoho a Palaoa, E leiia ai. Na Moena Niihau, E loaa pinepine ole’i. Na Kapa Hawaii i kukuia a hooluuia ma na waihooluu ano e. Na Lei Niho Ilio Hoonani, E hikiiia ai ma na waewae i ka wa hulahula. Na Kupee, Pupu a Palaloa [sic: Palaoa] kakaikahi ka loaa ae. Na Ipu Laau a me na ipu laau hoomana kii. Na Pupu Nani a me na Ipu Laau Koa. Na ano pupu lehulehu a me na mea kahiko e ae, he manaka ke helu aku.

141

Beautiful Shells. And wooden koa bowls. Many kinds of shells and other old objects, too many to list.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Hawaiians are invited. Now is the time to obtain them at auction, if you make it there this morning. E. P. Adam. Auctioneers.

142

Ke Au O Kalakaua. He Moena Pawehe Makana. Ma ka Poakahi aku nei, ua haawi makana ia mai e Mr. G. S. Gay o Niihau i ka Moi Kalakaua, he moena pawehe nani i ulanaia e ko Niihau kaikamahine maamaalea ia hana he ulana, oia o Kalai. Ua ulanaia keia moena me ke akahele no ka Moi i ka manao ana, aka, ua hala e kela, a nolaila, ua ili iho ka hooko ana no ka Moi hou. Ua hana akamai maoli ia no, oiai, ua ulana pu ian a huaolelo malalo iho maloko o kona mau maka moena. He 11 malama o ka ulana ia anaiai, a i ka umi nae o ka malama, make kana kane mare, a ua hoopaa loa aku oia i ko laua luhi. I kuai ia mai ia G. S. Gay i lilo aai. Eia iho na olelo i ulanaia maluna ona: “No ka hanai ana o Kamehameha i na’lii a pau i ka aina, a i ku ai ahupuaa, ai kalana, ai okana, ai moku, ai mokupuni, oia hoi ka Kamehameha oihana i ka wa i lanakila ai o Kamehameha maluna o kona Aupuni. Hoonoho aku la oia i na’lii a pau maluna o ka aina; kela ano keia o na alii a pau ana i hoonoho maluna o ka aina. Like hoi ka malu o na’lii me na makaainana malalo o ke kanawai hookahi; ‘Hele ka Luahine a moe i ke ala’; ku ka puko a hina ilalo, ku ka maia a hina ilalo; ninau ka Moi ma ka hoohuahualau i na elele: ‘Heaha ke ano o ka Luahine a me ka Elemakule? He puko, he pu maia?’ Hai mai la na Elele i ke ano o ka luahine a me ka elemakule, o ko Kamehameha Kumukanawai no ia—oia no kona maluhia. No ka mea he hoailona maluhia no ia o kona aupuni. O ka luahine a me ka elemakule oia no na kumukanawai. Aole e hao ia. Ka maluhia nui no ia o ko Hawaii nei Pae Aina i ka wa i puka mai ai. Noloko mai o ke aloha i kona lahuikanaka i puka mai ai. Nolaila kau ae la ia i kona kauawai Mamaloa [sic: kanawai Mamalahoa] i mea e luku hou ole aku ai i kona enemi. “Nolaila lanakila ae la ka lahuikanaka malalo o ke kanawai hookahi i olelo ia, he mamalahoa o ke kanawai hookahi i olelo ia, he mamalahoa, oia no ka maluhia nui o kona aupuni, a me ka hanohano, hai na hoala no ke aupuni kahiko, no Kamehameha Ekahi. E ala ao kakou i na kumu nui i emi ai ka lahui Hawaii, a me ka pii ana o ka lahui nui i ka wa kahiko ia Kamehameha no ke noi ana a na makaainana i ka Moi e hoololi i ka auhau maluna o na holoholona, bipi, lio, hoki, miula, hipa. Aole e kee kekahi o ia ano— “E Kalani e: E hookou ae ia makou i na hana kanawai, i ka noho kauwa kuapaa ana malalo o na haku o ka lewa. Na’u na Kalai.” —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 2 May 1874. P. 2. The Era of Kalākaua. A Gifted Makaloa Mat. Last week Monday King Kalākaua was gifted a beautiful makaloa mat by Mr. G. S. Gay of Ni‘ihau that was woven by an extremely talented girl of Ni‘ihau called Kala‘i. This mat was woven with care and intended for the late king [Lunalilo], but as he had died previously, it fell to the new king to carry on with the duty. It was made very skillfully, as the

[Untitled] E nana ae i ka hoolaha a na Komiaina i ka papa helu o na mea i makema­ keia, a malia hoi o hiki i ka poe hala moena pawehe o Niihau a me ka poe kuku kapa o Molokai a me ka poe ulana papale o Lahaina a me na mea e ae ma ia wahi aku ia wahi aku, ke hana, ano no ka wa. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 27 March 1875. P. 2. [Untitled] Look at the announcement of the Commissioner at the list of requested items and maybe the makaloa mat weavers of Ni‘ihau, the tapa makers of Moloka‘i, the hat weavers of Lāhaina and [others who make] all sorts of things here and there can manufacture them. Now is the time.

Makaloa Mats (Moena Pāwehe)

words below were woven in the eyes of her mat. It took 11 months to weave, and in the tenth month her husband died, but she was committed to finishing the task. G. S. Gay purchased the mat and obtained it. These are the words that were woven on it: “Kamehameha provided for all the chiefs of the land thus establishing the ahupuaa, kalana, okana land sections and islands. That was what Kamehameha did when he stood at the head of his government. He placed the chiefs over the lands; all kinds of chiefs settled on the land. Chiefs and commoners shared the peace under the one law, ‘Let the aged sleep on the highway unharmed; let the sugar canes grow till they fall over; let the bananas grow till they fall over.’ The king questioned his messengers to find out what they thought, “What are the old women and old men like? Are they like the sugar cane and banana stalks?” They told him what they were like. That was Kamehameha’s constitution—his peace. Peace was the symbol of his kingdom; the old men and the old women, his constitution. There was no ruthless seizing. It brought peace to the Hawaiian Islands when it was issued. It was issued because of his love of the people. Therefore, he laid down his Mamalahoa law that there be no more destruction of his foes. “Therefore, the people became free under the one law called the Mamalahoa, the giver of the greatest peace in his kingdom, an honor that has come to us from an old kingdom, that of Kamehameha I. Let us rise to study the great cause for the decrease of the Hawaiian people, a large population in the olden days under Kamehameha, and to ask the king to change the taxes on animals, cattle, horses, asses, mules, and sheep, and let none of them remain. “O Heavenly One: release (us) from the burden of the law that keeps us slaves under masters from the sky. By me, Kala‘i.” [Today, the Bishop Museum owns the Makaloa Protest Mat. The translation of the Hawaiian-language article is from Patterns of Protest: A Hawaiian MatWeaver’s Response to 19th-Century Taxation and Change by Roger Rose, a Bishop Museum Occasional Paper. G. S. Gay was George S. Gay. Māmalahoa, an alternate spelling of Māmalahoe, is also called the Law of the Splintered Paddle. It was Kamehameha I’s decree that innocent bystanders should be protected during times of war.]

143

He Olelo Kauoha! No oukou hoi kahi kanaenae welina ilihia a ke aloha e na keiki hapai la o Kumukahi i Haehae, ko na hono mai hoi a Piilani, ko Molokai a Lanikaula, Lanai a Keahiakawelo, Oahu a Kakuhihewa, Kauai o Mano, a puehu wale aku i na lede ulana moena pawehe o Niihau. E kui lima pu mai kakou no keia hapa makahiki ae, no ka lawe ana i ka nupepa; aole nae no ka poe i kaa pau mai, aka, no ka poe no i hookaa ole mai, a loaa ole ka pepa. Me ke aloha no. K. H. K. Kuakaha. Laiewai, Iune 4, 1877. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 23 June 1877. P. 1. A Decree! This chant of praise filled with aloha is for you, dear children who carry the sun of Kumukahi at Ha‘eha‘e, those of the bays of Pi‘ilani, those of Moloka‘i of Lanikāula, Lāna‘i of Keahiakawelo, O‘ahu of Kākuhihewa, Kaua‘i o Mano, scattered among the ladies who weave makaloa mats of Ni‘ihau. [ . . . ] K. H. K. Kuakaha. Lā‘iewai, [O‘ahu]. June 4, 1877. Halekuai Ma Kaiopihi! Na Moena. Eia no hoi ia maua na Moena Pake, oia no oe la o ka Pawehe o Niihau ka panio. Akina & Aseu. Kaiopihi, Kohala, Hawaii. Nov. 9, 1878. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 16 November 1878. P. 2. Store at Kai‘opihi! Mats. We have in our possession Chinese mats, like makaloa mats of Ni‘ihau. Akina & Aseu. Kai‘opihi, Kohala, Hawai‘i. Nov. 9, 1878. Hooheno No Ka Nupepa “Ko Hawaii Pae Aina,” I Hoiloi Ekepue Ia E Ka Aha Mele O Mapuea.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

11. Aloha o Kaula me Niihau Hono i ka mole olu o Lehua A e ka lei a na moku Hooheno ia ‘ku i ka moena Pawehe Eo mai e Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 14 March 1885. P. 1. Tribute to the Newspaper Ko Hawaii Pae Aina, Discretely Revised by the Orchestra of Māpuea. 11. I love Ka‘ula and Ni‘ihau Bound together at the pleasant base of Lehua The lei of the islands Honored with a makaloa mat Hear me, Ko Hawaii Pae Aina.

144

Na Mea Hoikeike Hawaii No Kapalakiko. Eia ua makaukau kekahi mau mea hoikeike hou loa o Hawaii nei o ke au i hala, o ka lawe ia aku maluna o ka mokuahi “Australia” e haalele iho ana i Ho-

[Untitled] He ku nae i ka menemene ke hoomaneo ae ia mau hana. O na moena pawehe makalii o Niihau kekahi mau kahiko hoonani o loko ka hale hoikeike ke hoopa aku, he nani pahee kohu kilika ka moena pawehe. He noeau lua ole na wahine Niihau a keia oihana, aka, he minamina ka emi hope o keia ano hana. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 14 April 1894. P. 1. [Untitled] Fine-weave makaloa mats of Ni‘ihau are found decorating the interior of the museum, and to the touch these makaloa mats are beautifully smooth, like silk. The Ni‘ihau women are true experts of this art, but regretfully this is a dying art. He Moolelo Kaao No Namakaokapaoo. Ke Ahikanana Wiwoole O Kula I Maui. Ke Koa Kaulana I Ke Au O Imaikalani Ka Moi O Kauai. [ . . . ] pela hoi me na haawe o ka i’a, ke kapa, ka malo, ka moena pawehe, no Niihau mai, ka moena i paa i ka haku ia i ke mele.

Makaloa Mats (Moena Pāwehe)

nolulu nei i keia Poaona, no ka hoikeike ma ka Hoikeike e malama ia ana ma Kapalakiko mai keia malama aku. Mawaena o kekahi o keia mau mea kahiko o Hawaii nei e halihali ia aku ana, na kapa Hawaii, na moena, na papa kui poi, pohaku kui poi, papa heenalu a me kekahi mau mea lehulehu e aku e ku ai ona puu nui o na mea hoikeike mai Hawaii aku nei. E lawe pu ia aku ana he poe wahine hana lei, ulana peahi a me papale ma ke kahua o ka hoikeike. O Apu [sic: Opu] o Niihau, ka heenalu ku iluna o ka papa heenalu, alaila, holo i ka muku a me ke aholoa i ka luu, oia kekahi e alaapu ianei e hele ma keia huakai, a e lohe ana kakou i ka hopena o keia huakai lawe e hoikeike. Ua manao ia, e hiki ana ko lakou heluna i ka eona kauna a o Mrs. J. Ailau a me kana kane kekahi e hele pu nei. O hele nui a malia o lilo ia oukou Hawaii ka mahalo a me ka hoonuanua ia mai o ko ka Polunesia nei mau mea hoikeike. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 6 January 1894. P. 2. Hawaiian Items on Display in San Francisco. A number of items of the ancient times of Hawai‘i were prepared for display here and shipped onboard the steamship, Australia. It departs Honolulu this Saturday to showcase them at the fair to be held in San Francisco starting next month. Among some of these ancient Hawaiian items being taken include Hawaiian tapa, mats, poi pounding boards, poi pounders, surfboards and several other items, amounting to a large cache of display items from Hawai‘i. Also taken were women lei makers, fan weavers and hat weavers for the stage at the exhibition. ‘Opu of Ni‘ihau, the surfer who stands up on a surfboard, surfs the breaking waves, and courageously makes a dive, is also one who made this journey. We’ll hear more of the trip to the fair. It was thought that their number would reach 240 people, with Mrs. J. ‘Ailau and her husband among those making the trip. If we go in great numbers, you Hawaiians might earn praise, with many visitors to the Polynesia exhibit. [The California Midwinter International Exposition of 1894 was commonly referred to as the Midwinter Exposition or the Midwinter Fair. It was held in San Francisco’s Golden Gate Park during the first six months of the year.]

145

Aia i Niihau kuu pawehe, Ka moena e pahee ai kuu ili, Hauna akamai a ka mikioi Ka makani nowelo piko o Lehua. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 2 March 1895. P. 1. An Account of Nāmakaokapāo‘o. The Fearless Fighting ‘Ahi Fish of Kula on Maui. The Famous Warrior in the Era of ‘Īmaikalani, the King of Kaua‘i. [ . . . ] they had bundles of fish, tapa cloth, tapa made into malo, [and] makaloa mats of Ni‘ihau, the type of mat about which these lyrics were composed: There on Ni‘ihau is my makaloa mat The mat that slides on my skin A clever offering of the Mikioi wind The seeking wind at the center of Lehua. Hihi Kaunoa, Hihi I Mana. Ike i ka nani o ka moena pawehe Niihau a Kapolei-wahine. —Ka Na’i Aupuni. 22 April 1908. P. 2. Tangled [in] Kauna‘oa, Tangled in Mānā. Seeing the beauty of the Ni‘ihau makaloa mat of the woman, Kapolei.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

He Moolelo Hooni Puuwai No Ka Eueu Kapunohuula. A o ka moena pawehe i lino ia a noho ke ala me ke onaona i nihoniho koeau pawehe i hana makalii noeau ia e na wahine o Niihau. Oiai he nui ka hoi ka ike o na wahine ai uwala o ua aina kaili La’la o Niihau i ka ulana moena. —Kuokoa Home Rula. 21 October 1910. P. 4. A Heart-Stirring Story of the Hero Kapūnohu‘ula. The type of makaloa mat with a shiny surface, fragrant, and containing chevron designs is made with fine-weaving expertise by the women of Ni‘ihau. The women who eat sweet potatoes of that island of Ni‘ihau that snatches away the sun are known for being so knowledgeable at weaving mats.

146

Ka’u Mea Aloha He Wahine Ua Hala. E Mr. Lunahooponopono o kuu Aloha Aina Oiaio. Aloha oe. E oluolu oe e hookomo iho ma kahi kaawale o ka kaua Hiwahiwa a ka Lahui; i ike mai ai na kini makamaka e noho ana mai ka hikina a ka La i Kumukahi a hiki i ka La koili i ke kai ma o aku o Lehua. E ike mai oukou na makua, na hoaha nau o ka’u mea aloha he wahine i hooko-o mai i ka pili a maua, a’u hoi eu aku nei nona ame ka maua mau keiki amen a moopuna, no ka mea, ua niau palanehe aku la oia ma ke ala poliku a Kane, a waiho la i ke kino lepo nau e painuu aku me ka luuluu me na luhi a maua. Aloha no! No ka mea, ma ka la 22 o Mei aku la, 1912, ua haalele mai la ka’u wahine aloha nui ia’u, oia hoi o Keliikauokau w., ma ko maua home ma Waialua nei, ka Aina ku Poalua i ke ehu a ke kai olalo-e, i ke 58 makahiki o kona hanu ana i na ea oluolu o keia ola ana, hanauia oia ma Niihau i ka mahina o Mei 12, 1854, ma ka puhaka mai o Kina w., a me Kalalau k., a me ka

He Moolelo Kaao No Papiohuli. A pau keia pule a Hooneinei ka hoopaa kahuna ia wa i hookuu ai na hana a ka papa hulihonua, a hoi no hoi kela ame keia i kona hale iho, a o na alii no hoi i ko laua Halealii i hanaia a akoia me ka uluhe ame ke ka o ka maile a oloko ua hoonaniia me na nani like ole, elike me ke ano mau iloko o na hale o na alii o ke au kahiko o keia Paeaina, o ka moena oluna o ka hikiee moe o na alii oia no ka moena Ahunalii Pawehe o Niihau i ulana ponoia e Pahuihonu, ka wahine kino paee o Niihau, nana i ao mai i ka ulana ana o ka moena Pawehe o Niihau

Makaloa Mats (Moena Pāwehe)

nui o kona mau hoahanau amen a kaikunane. A oia nei hoi i helu pu ia iloko o ke kanaenae o ko lakou one oiwi, oia o Niihau, penei: “Aia i Niihau kuu pawehe, ka moena e wela ai ko ili, hana noeau ia e ka mikioi.” Aloha wale! A ua mare ia hoi maua ma ka la 11 o Mei, 1878 ma Laiewai, Koolauloa, a ua hoopomaikaiia mai no hoi ko maua puhaka me na hua ohaha o ko maua noho mare ana me na keiki 4. He 2 keikikane, ame 2 kaikamahine, a me na ohana keiki a ka maua mau keiki. A ua piha no hoi ia maua na makahiki he 34 o ka noho maemae ana iloko o ka mare a hiki i kona pauaho e ana mai la. He wahine aloha kane oia ame ka heahea; he makuahine hooikaika hoi i na mea pili i ko ke Akua Aupuni lani, a’u hoi e minamina pau ole nei nona. No ka mea, “Nana no i haawi mai, a nana no i lawe aku.” A’u hoi e hoomaikai ae nei ma ka inoa o ka Makua ame Kana Keiki Iesu Kristo. Amene. Owau ino me ka luuluu. Henry N. Kanihonui. Waialua, Oahu, Iulai 13, 1912. —Ke Aloha Aina. 13 July 1912. P. 2. My Loving Departed Wife. Mr. Editor of my dear true Aloha Aina. Aloha. Please place this in an empty space of our favorite [newspaper] of the nation for the many friends living in the east, where the sun rises at Kumukahi to where the sun rests on the sea on the other side of Lehua. May the parents’ generation, the cousins and siblings of my love, my wife, who supported our union, mourn with me along with our children and grandchildren. She has passed gently on the dark path of Kāne, leaving the earthly body to me, to carry on with devastation, along with those over whom we are in charge. What pity! As of the 22nd of May last, 1912, my loving wife, Keli‘ikauoka‘ū, left me, in our home here in Waialua, the land where the spray of the sea rests below. It was the 58th year of her breathing the cool air of this life. She was born on Ni‘ihau on May 12, 1854, of the loins of Kina (f) and Kalalau (m), with many sisters and brothers. She is included in this tribute to their birth place, Ni‘ihau, in the saying: “There at Ni‘ihau is my makaloa mat, the mat that warms the skin, made with skill by the Mikioi wind.” How sad! We were married on the 11th of May, 1878 in Lā‘iewai, Ko‘olauloa [O‘ahu], and our loins were blessed with beautiful children. We lived in marriage with 4 children, 2 boys and 2 girls, with nephews and nieces among our children. We were both 34 years old, living faithfully in marriage up until she gave up the breath. She was a faithful wife and very inviting. She was a mother devoted to the things of the kingdom of God. I shall never get over regretting her passing. “He giveth and he taketh away.” I give praise to the name of the Father and His Son, Jesus Christ. Amen. It is I, in great sadness, Henry N. Kanihonui. Waialua, O‘ahu, July 13, 1912.

147

e kaulana nei i keia la, he moena e pahee ai o ko ili, ame ka nui o ke kala e loaa ai. A ua ulana puia no hoi iluna o keia moena o na alii Kalanamaihiki ame kana Aliiwahine Mana, ka Hulu-pue, o ka manu ula o Kaula. —Kuu Hae Hawaii. 4 July 1913. P. 5. A Legend of Pāpiohuli. When Ho‘oneinei, the master kahuna, finished praying, this is when the council of kāhuna concluded their meeting. Each person went to their own home, and so, too, the ali‘i went to their royal home, built and thatched with uluhe ferns and vines of maile inside and decorated with all sorts of beautiful things typical of the houses of the chiefs of the ancient times of this archipelago. There were mats on the raised beds of the chiefs. These were piles of mats for chiefs of Ni‘ihau, woven with skill by Pāhuihonu, the woman with the supernatural body of Ni‘ihau, who taught makaloa mat weaving of Ni‘ihau, which is famous today. It is a mat that is very soft to the touch with all sorts of colors. Also woven into this mat of the chief Kalanamaihiki and his powerful chiefess were tail feathers from the red birds of Ka‘ula [island]. Ka Moolelo Kaao No Namakaokapaoo. Ke Ahikanana Wiwoole o Kula i Maui a o ke Koa Kaulana i ke Au o Imaikalani, ka Moi o Kauai. Mokuna XVIII. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 16 March 1917. P. 8. The Story of Nāmakaokapāo‘o. The Fearless Fighting ‘Ahi Fish of Kula, Maui, and the Famous Warrior of the Era of ‘Īmaikalani, King of Kaua‘i. Chapter XVIII. Important things these people take with them include poi, fish, clothing, loin cloths and makaloa mats of Ni‘ihau, filling up the bundle they carry. This chant is about the mat of Ni‘ihau that is carried, saying:

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

There on Ni‘ihau is my beloved makaloa mat The mat so soft to my skin Cleverly pelted by the Mikioi wind The wind that seeks the summit of Lehua [island].

148

Ike I Ka Nani O Na Huli Koolau. Mr. Solomon Hanohano, ke kapena opio ahonui nana e hookele nei ka manu nunu lawe meahou o na kaiaulu aloha ou e Hawaii, o ia ka Nupepa Kuokoa; Aloha kaua me ka mahiehie. Ke oluolu mai hoi oe e hookipa aku ma kekahi rumi kaawale o ka kaua nunu lawe meahou, no kahi poomanao e kau ae la maluna o ia keia: Mamuli o ko’u ike i ka nani o ka mokupuni o Kakuhihewa nei, pela i uwila ae ai ka houpo o kou meakakau nei e hoike aku imua o na maka o ko ke Kuokoa poe heluhelu mai ka la puka ma Ha’eha’e (Hawaii) a ka welona a ka la i Lehua (Niihau) ma keia aina i hoohuaia mai ai kahi hua a ka A’o o ia kou mea kakau nei, pela au i puana ae ai i keia wahi hooheno: Aia i Niihau kuu Pawehe, Ka moena e pahee ai kuu ili; Hauna noeau na ka mikioi, Ka makani nowelo piko o Lehua. Elua maua me kuu aloha,

Na ulu hua noho i ka hapapa; E ake ka manao a e ikemaka, Na ke ko eli-lima o Halalii. Ailana o Kaula noho i ka mole, Home pohai mau a na manu; He aloha Nihoa i ka ehukai, Aka naulu a e hooipo nei. O oe kuu ipo alo o ke anu, Na ale holu mai o Kaulakahi, Hookahi a’u lei a e lei nei, O ke ahi kau mai o Anaki. Anoai ka manao ke ike aku, I ke ahi kaulana a o Kamaile.

There at Ni‘ihau is my makaloa mat The mat so soft to my skin Tossed skillfully by the Mikioi wind The wind that seeks the heart of Lehua There were two of us, my lover and I The breadfruit living on the coral rock The thoughts desire to see The hand-dug sugar cane of Halāli‘i The island of Ka‘ula lives at the base The home the birds constantly circle How I love Nihoa in the sea spray Where the Nāulu wind makes love You are my lover with whom I face the cold The swaying waves of Kaulakahi I have only one lei that I wear The fire [brands] cast off [the cliff] at ‘Anaki My thoughts extend greetings to see it The famous fire [brands] of Kamaile. Please forgive the point of this pen. It is what brings beauty.

Makaloa Mats (Moena Pāwehe)

E kala mai i keia makapeni, o ka mea nae ia e nani ai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 7 October 1921. P. 2. Seeing the Beauty of the Ko‘olau Side. Mr. Solomon Hanohano, the young, patient captain who navigates the dove that transports news of the communities of your love, Hawai‘i, the Nupepa Kuokoa; pleasant greetings to us both. Will you please allow a little bit of space on our news-carrying dove for the headline you see above here. As I have seen the beauty of the island of Kākuhihewa [O‘ahu], that is how the heart of your writer became charged with electricity to report before the eyes of the readers of the Kuokoa from where the sun rises at Ha‘eha‘e (Hawai‘i) to where the sun streaks over to Lehua (Ni‘ihau) in this island that produced this product of the ‘a‘o bird [Newell’s shearwater], which is your writer, and I utter these words of tribute:

149

[‘Anaki and Kamaile are famous cliffs on the Nā Pali coast of Kaua‘i, where firebrands were pushed off their summits at night and floated on the wind for the pleasure of spectators below.]

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Paina Luau Nui Ma Waimea, Kauai. Ua konoia na pilikoko o ke kane, a pela no hoi me ko ka wahine, na makamaka, na hoaloha, apuni o Kauai nei, pau pu me ko ke kaona, ahiki loa i ke Ko Eli o Halalii, Ka Moena Pawehe o Niihau, aole malaila wale pau, aka, ua kono pu mai laua, i ka Ahahui Kaahumanu o Waimea, ame ka Hui Aloha, he hoike ana mai, ua hamama ka puuwai, o keia mau makua no ka lehulehu. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 7 February 1924. P. 2. Large Lū‘au in Waimea, Kaua‘i. The relatives of the husband as well as the wife, the acquaintances, friends all over Kaua‘i, as well as those in town, all the way to the hand-dug sugar cane of Halāli‘i [and] the makaloa mats of Ni‘ihau, but not only there. They also invited the Ka‘ahumanu Society of Waimea and the Hui Aloha, to demonstrate the open heart of these parents to the public.

150

He Poe Pilikoko Anei Kekahi Ia Manoa Ame Aniani E Ola Nei? Ina he poe Hawaii kekahi e ola nei i pili ma ke koko ia Manoa ame Aniani, he mau kanaka Hawaii i noho ma Samoa no kekahi mau makahiki lehulehu a ua laha ka laua mau mamo ma Samoa, e oluolu e hoike mai i ke Kuokoa. I Samoa aku nei o A. F. Judd ame Bruce Cartwright a o ko laua hoi koke ana mai nei no ia ma kekahi mau la i hala, a ia laua ma Samoa ua ninauia mai laua e na kanaka olaila ina paha ua maopopo ia laua kekahi mea e pili ana ia Manoa ame Aniani. Ma ka moolelo i paanaau i ko Samoa poe, elike me ka Mr. Judd hoakaka ma ka halawai a ke Civic Club ma ka paina awakea o ka Poalima o ka pule aku la i hala, he mau luina ka o Aniani ame Manoa ka i mahuka mailuna aku o ko laua moku a pee i Samoa, a ua mare laua i na wahine Samoa, a ua laha ka laua mau pua, a malaila laua i noho ai ahiki i ko laua make ana. Ma ka hoike mai a na kamaaina o Samoa ia laua o Manoa o laua ka mea aohe ana mau pua, a no Aniani ame kana wahine o laua na mea i nui na keiki. Maluna o ka Mokupuni Anuu laua o ka noho ana, a ma ka olelo mai a na kanaka o keia mokupuni ia Judd ma o ka hapanui ka o na kanaka maluna o ia mokupuni aneane i ka 200, he mau pua wale no na Aniani ame kana wahine Samoa. O na kanaka maluna o Anuu he poe Samoa oiaio wale no, wahi a Judd aohe i nui ka ike i loaa ia lakou no Hawaii nei, a ua ninauia mai ka laua no ka mamao mawaena o Samoa ame Hawaii nei. No ka mea e pili ana i ka oleloia he mau luina o Manoa ame Aniani i mahuka mailuna aku o ka moku ua hoole o Mr. Judd i ka oiaio o ia olelo, no ka mea, wahi ana, maloko o kekahi hale ana o ke komo ana aku ua hoikeikeia mai iaia he elua mau moena, hookahi o ia mau moena lauhala ua hanaia ma Samoa, a o kekahi he moena makoloa mai Niihau aku. O ka moena hope, elikeme ia i hoike ia mai ai ia Mr. Judd na Manoa ia, a mahope o kona ma’i ana me ka ikaika loa i haawi ae ai oia ia moena i kona mea nana i malama i kona wa o ka popilikia. Wahi hou a Mr. Judd, ua makemake loa na kanaka Samoa e hoikeia aku

Ka Huakai Kaapuni A Ke Aliiwahine Ia Oahu Nei. He mau la nui ia o Honolulu nei mai na wahi like ole mai e ike me na makana like ole o ka u’i. O na mea ano nui he mau lei hulu manu Oo, moena pawehe o Niihau, he mau kihei pa’upa’u o ke au i hala. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 5 December 1929. P. 5. The Tour of the Queen Around O‘ahu. [During the tour the queen received] many beautiful gifts. Among the significant items were ‘ō‘ō feather lei, makaloa mats of Ni‘ihau, and cloaks made of tapa of the old days. [In this article, the writer, George Po‘oloa, reminisced about Queen Emma (1836–1885) and a circle-island tour she made on horseback in 1877.]

Makaloa Mats (Moena Pāwehe)

kekahi moolelo e pili ana i na pilikana o na kanaka Hawaii i noho ai maluna o ko lakou mokupuni no kekahi manawa koliuliu loa i hala aku nei, a nolaila keia uiia aku, ina he mau pilikana kekahi e ola nei o Manoa ame Aniani, e oluolu e hoike mai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 20 October 1927. P. 1. Are There Any Surviving Relatives of Mānoa and Aniani? If there are any Hawaiians living who are related to Mānoa and Aniani, Hawaiian men who lived in Sāmoa for many years and whose descendants have become numerous in Sāmoa, please report to the Kuokoa. A. F. Judd and Bruce Cartwright were in Sāmoa and recently returned a few days ago. While they were in Sāmoa, they were asked by the people there if they knew anyone related to Mānoa and Aniani. According to the story memorized by the Samoans, and according to Mr. Judd’s explanation while meeting with the Civic Club for lunch on Friday last week, Aniani and Mānoa were sailors who deserted their ship and hid in Sāmoa. The two married Samoan women, and their children spread out. They lived there until their deaths. The Samoans reported to them that Mānoa of the two did not bear children, but Aniani and his wife bore many children. The two lived on the island of ‘Anu‘u [sic: ‘Aunu‘u], and according to what the people of this island told Judd, the majority of the people on that island, nearly 200, are all descendants of Aniani and his Samoan wife. The people of ‘Anu‘u [sic: ‘Aunu‘u] are true Samoans, according to Judd. They had only little knowledge of Hawai‘i, when they were asked what the distance was between Sāmoa and Hawai‘i. Regarding what was said about the sailors, Mānoa and Aniani who deserted their ship, Mr. Judd refuted the truth of the matter as, according to him, in one house he entered, he was shown two mats. One was a pandanus mat made in Sāmoa, and the other was a makaloa mat from Ni‘ihau. The latter of the mats, as it was shown to Mr. Judd, belonged to Mānoa. After he fell seriously ill, he gave the mat to the one who cared for him, while he was in distress. Also, according to Mr. Judd, the Samoans wanted to be told stories about the family relations among the Hawaiians who lived on their island so many years ago in the past. It is for this reason that I ask whether there are any living relatives of Mānoa and Aniani. Please tell us.

151

He Moolelo No Na Moena O Hawaii Nei I Ka Wa Kahiko. Eia na wahi mea i loaa ia’u ma o ko’u ninaninau ana kau i na hoa a me kekahi luahine i kanikoo kona mau la ma keia ola ana; a penei iho ka lakou mau hoike: Na Inoa O Na Moena O Hawaii Nei. Eia na moena a Maui nei i kapa ai i na inoa: Pawehe, lauhala, makalii, pueo, launui, puukaio, makanui, hiialo, neki, opuu, kumukolu, ololua, makaloa, kumulua ame ka puahala. O ko Hawaii hoi he ano like no me ko Maui nei, eia nae, ma kekahi mau moena, aole like o na inoa, a eia na inoa: Pawehe, lauhala, makalii, pueo, launui a me ka makaloa. O ko Oahu hoi a’u i ike ai ua like no me ko Hawaii. O ko Kauai hoi, ua like me ko Maui nei. Eia nae na inoa i koe i ko Maui nei: Aneenee, palaueka ame ka pakea. O ko Molokai hoi ua like me ko Maui nei, pela no hoi o Kahoolawe, ua like no me ko Maui nei, a ua like no hoi ko Lanai me ko Maui nei. O ko Niihau hoi ua like me Kauai.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

O Ka Moena Puukaio Kona Hana Ana. He pono lauhala no, ina no he lauhala oo a he lauhala opiopio aia no i ka mea e loaa ana. O ka neki he akaakaila. Aia o ke akaakai opiopio ka mea e hana ia ai, no ka mea, ina he akaakai oo he paapaaina, a i oleia he ula ke nana iho. O ka makaloa hoi, hele no hoi e oki i ka makaloa a nui, a i ole he uhuki mai no.

152

No Ka Ulana Ana. Penei ka ulana ana o ka moena makalii. Uhae a liilii e like me ka manao o ka mea nana ia e hana ana, alaila, ulana iluna o ka papa. O ka’u mea no nae keia i ike a paa no hoi. No ka moena makaloa, he ulana aku no nae ia aole papa. Ina no nae oe e moe ia ano moena he keu a ka pahee, me he puhi ala ka pakelo. O ka moena lauhala, aole i loaa ia’u kea no o kona hana ana. O ka moena akakai he ulana no e like me ko ka lauhala, o ka moe ana aku no @ i keia moena he koekoe a liuliu iki iho mehana. O ka moena ololua i ka ulana ana, elua lauhala o kea lo o kekahi me kea lo o kekahi, a pela aku e ulana ai, aia no i ka lauhala e loaa ana, i na no he lauhala oo a opiopio paha. O ka moena puahala, ua like kona kumu me ka pua o ka hala. I ka wa e oki ai he nihoniho. O ka moena makanui aole i maopopo ia’u. O ka moena pakea: ma keia moena ua kanalua ko’u noonoo ana, eia ka wehewehe ana a kekahi. O ka pakea, he moena iwi ia, oia hoi ka iwi o ka lauhala i ka manawa e koe ai a ulana aku. O kekahi hoi he moena makaloa oia ka moena aiai loa aole wahi kiki ulaula a eleele a pela aku. O ka moena pueo he moena makanui. Aole nae au i ike ia ano moena. O ka moena launui aole no au i ike. O ka moena kumukolu, he ekolu no mau kumu wahi a ka olelo; a o ka moena kumulua, elua haunu aole nae i maopopo ia’u ke ano o keia olelo, he haunu. O ka moena palau he moena aneeneeia, aia ma kapuahi a mawaho o ka lanai. O ka moena pawehe he moena makaloa ia, pehea la kona hana ia ana mai, aole i wehewehe ia mai.

Na Wahi Kaulana O Na Moena. Ua kaulana o Niihau i ka moena pawehe i ka wa kahiko, a i ole eia no paha ke koe mai nei kekahi poe. Ua kaulana hoi o Puna i ka moena makalii, o ka aina no ia i hele a punia i ke ala o ka hinano, o ko Hawaii mea kaulana iho la no ia. O ko Maui nei ua kaulana oia ma ka moena puahala. O ko Molokai moena kaulana aole i loaa ia’u. O ke kuilaau no ka mea kaulana. Molokai kuilaau. O ko Oahu moena kaulana, aole i maopopo ia’u. Ua kaulana oia i ka onohi o na kai. Pookela no o Oahu. O ko Kauai moena kaulana, ua huikau ko laua me Niihau. Kauai kea ­hakahaka. Oia iho la no na mea i loaa ia’u ma ka imi ana a me ka ninaninau ana i na hoa. E aho nae ia loaa kekahi wahi hunahuna iki e hoomalamalama ana i na wahine opio. G. S. Kahanai. —Ke Alakai O Hawaii. 4 September 1930. P. 2. An Account of the Mats of Hawai‘i in the Old Days. Here are a few things I have from asking friends and some elderly women of advanced age in this life, and this is what they reported to me.

The Making of a Pu‘uka‘io Mat. You need lau hala [pandanus leaves]: old lau hala, young lau hala, whatever you can get; neki [great bulrush] or ‘aka‘akai [bulrush]. Young ‘aka‘akai is what is used to make it because if it is mature ‘aka‘akai, it is brittle or red in appearance. Makaloa [sedge] requires that you gather a lot of it, or you pull it out. Weaving. This is how you weave a fine mat: You strip [the leaves] as fine as desired by the person making it, then you weave it flat until completed. That is what I witnessed. For makaloa mats, you weave it, but not flat. When you lay this type of mat down, it is the smoothest, like an eel slipping through your hands. A lau hala mat, I did not get how it is made. An ‘aka‘akai mat is woven like a lau hala mat. When you lay on the mat, it is cold, and after a while it becomes warm. The ‘ololua mat is made with two pieces of lau hala on either side, and that is how you weave it. It depends on the lau hala that you find, whether it is mature lau hala or young.

Makaloa Mats (Moena Pāwehe)

The Names of the Mats Here in Hawai‘i. These are the mats here on Maui and their names: pāwehe, lauhala, makali‘i, pueo, launui, pu‘uka‘io, makanui, hi‘ialo, neki, ‘ōpu‘u, kumukolu, ‘ololua, makaloa, kumulua, and puahala. Hawai‘i’s [names] are similar to [those] here on Maui, but some mats do not have the same names. Here are the names: pāwehe, lauhala, makali‘i, pueo, launui, and makaloa. O‘ahu’s, based on what I’ve seen, are the same as Hawai‘i’s. Kaua‘i’s are like here on Maui. But other names here on Maui include: ‘anene‘e, palau‘eka, and pākea. Moloka‘i’s are like it is here on Maui, and it’s the same for Kaho‘olawe. It’s the same as on Maui, as it is on Lāna‘i, which is the same again as here on Maui. Ni‘ihau’s are the same as on Kaua‘i.

153

The puahala mat has a base that resembles the flower of the hala. When you cut it, it is scalloped. I don’t know how the makanui mat is made. Regarding the pākea mat: I hesitate [writing] about this type of mat, but this is how one person explained it: The pākea mat has the midrib in it, the m ­ idrib of the lau hala when it is stripped and ready to weave. Another type is the makaloa mat. That is a very white mat; no red or black dots or anything. The pueo mat has large eyes. But I haven’t seen this type of mat. I don’t know about the launui. The kumukolu mat has three bases, and based on what is said, a kumulua mat has two hāunu, but I don’t know what this word means, hāunu [wefts: lines of weaving]. A pālau mat is a small sitting mat that you take around and use near a fire pit or on the lānai. The pāwehe mat is a makaloa mat. How it is made, I don’t know. It wasn’t explained to me. The Famous Places of Mats. Ni‘ihau was famous for the pāwehe mat in the old days, and perhaps it is carried on today by some people. Puna is famous for the makali‘i mat. It is the land where the scent of the hīnano flower is always present. It is what Hawai‘i [island] was famous for. Maui was famous for the puahala mat. I didn’t get how Moloka‘i’s famous mat was made. The ku‘ilā‘au was the famous one: “Moloka‘i ku‘ilā‘au.” I don’t know what O‘ahu’s famous mat was. It is famous for being the center of the seas. O‘ahu is the best. Kaua‘i’s famous mats are confused with Ni‘ihau’s. Kaua‘i is a white vacant space. That is all I found, as I researched and asked various friends. But it is better that young women have a small fragment of knowledge. G. S. Kahānai.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Ni‘ihau Shell Lei (Lei Pūpū O Ni‘ihau)

154

Ni‘ihau is probably best known today for its beautiful shell lei, the lei pūpū o Ni‘ihau. Highly prized as fine jewelry, the lei are made of tiny, multi-colored sea shells that wash ashore on Ni‘ihau’s white sand beaches. The Ni‘ihau Cultural Heritage Foundation is a non-profit organization established to assist in preserving the Ni‘ihau culture and language. The foundation assists the Ni‘ihau community to develop economic self-­sufficiency through the marketing of the endangered folk art of shell lei making. The current status of the lei pūpū o Ni‘ihau that follows is from their website. “Exquisite shell lei made from tiny shells gathered on the deserted shores of Ni‘ihau were first brought to the attention of the courts of Europe when Queen Kapi‘olani traveled to London to attend Queen Victoria’s Jubilee in 1887. Today collectors as well as casual consumers are still able to experience and even own a sampling of this unique aspect of Ni‘ihau culture. “Whereas a simple single-strand lei may be available for as little as $100, a high-quality multi-strand lei made with shells of rare colors may go for as much as $30,000 or even higher. The value of a lei is determined not only by the rarity and quality of the shells used but also by the skill of the artisan from Ni‘ihau. This skill, enhanced by the individual lei maker’s imagination, has been handed down from generation to generation.

No Niihau. Na Lei Pupu. He nani maoli na lei pupu o kahakai a na kaikamahine o Kahio e hana nei o na pupu liilii, me na pua lei maoli i kipona ia, ua ku no i ka ii a ka manao ke nana aku e haiamu mai ana iluna o na a-i a me na papale. —Ke Au Okoa. 3 November 1870. P. 4. About Ni‘ihau. Shell Lei. Very beautiful shell lei of the beach made by the girls of Kāhi‘o consist of little shells like real flower lei, but in sections of different colors according to however they decide it should look when placed in great numbers on the neck and on hats. M. W. K. [M. W. Keale] The Lihue Fair. There were many special attractions at the different tables, which caused a great rush, but nothing was seized upon as eagerly by the people as the leis of tiny Niihau shells. A little cask full had been sent from Niihau—a very generous supply—but in less than an hour, not a shell was to be had, and the snug little sum of $51 had been realized. —The Daily Bulletin. 19 December 1889. P. 5.

Ni‘ihau Shell Lei (Lei Pūpū O Ni‘ihau)

“But just as is happening to native plants and animals on all of the Hawaiian islands and throughout the world, this fine folk art is in danger of extinction. As more and more of the Ni‘ihau people move away from the island, fewer and fewer of the young people are learning the art of making the Ni‘ihau shell lei, and fewer and fewer families remain on the island where they can harvest shells of high quality which are found only on the isolated beaches of the Forbidden Island.” The Ni‘ihau Cultural Heritage Foundation website offers detailed information on making Ni‘ihau shell lei, including “A Day in the Life of a Ni‘ihau Shell lei Artisan,” a video of Awapuhi Kahale speaking in ‘ōlelo Ni‘ihau, the Ni‘ihau dialect, as she demonstrates the process of making a shell lei. In addition to the Ni‘ihau Cultural Heritage Foundation’s website, the internet has a wealth of information on Ni‘ihau shell lei and many photos of them. Other sources of information include numerous newspaper and magazine articles and books. One of the best books is Ni‘ihau Shell Leis by Linda Paik Moriarty. The name Kahelelani and its connection to Ni‘ihau shells is explained in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 2312: “Ni‘ihau a Kahelelani. Ni‘ihau, land of Kahelelani. Kahelelani was the name of an ancient ruler of Ni‘ihau. The tiny sea shell that is made into the finest lei on the island now bears the name of ­Kahelelani.” In an interview with Tuti Kanahele [TK] in 1990 for Nā Maka o ka ‘Āina, Alina Kanahele [AK], who was born and raised on Ni‘ihau, identified several beaches where she gathered pūpū o Ni‘ihau during the winter months. TK: What are the names of these spots where you’d go on Ni‘ihau to collect shells? AK: The names of the beaches where we’d go to gather shells [tii ai i ta pupu] are from Pu‘uwai all the way to Pukaiki, and on to Kāhi‘o and Waipalō. Those are the famous places on Ni‘ihau to gather shells [Oia na wahi taulana o Niihau i ta ohi pupu].

155

Kahiliaulani Ka Elele I Wasinetona. Pupu Niihau, auhea oe? Aia malalo o Kauai mole o Lehua! —Ka Nai Aupuni. 18 August 1906. P. 3. Kahiliaulani, the Representative in Washington. Ni‘ihau shells, where are you? Below Kaua‘i near the base of Lehua!

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Na Anoai O Laie. Ma ka Hapenuia Poakahi i weheia ae ai kekahi anaina hoolaulea wehe ahamele nani loa, malalo o ka hooponopono a ke Komite nui o ka la, oia po weheia e na hui himeni Hiiwai ame Paniloa, na moiwahine mai o na mokupuni. Moiwahine o Hawaii he ohu lei lehua kona, moiwahine o Maui he ohu lei rose kona, moiwahine o Molokai he ohu lei lau kukui o Lanikaula kona, moiwahine o Oahu he lei ilima kona, ko Kauai moiwahine, he ohu lei Mokihana kona, ko Kahoolawe he lei hinahina, ko Lanai he lei Kaunoa, Niihau he ohu lei pupu kona ame ko lakou himeni pakahi o na mokupuni, he ku i ka hie ame na hana lealea he nui aku. J. K. Apukehau —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 13 January 1911. P. 6. News of Lā‘ie [O‘ahu]. On New Year’s Monday, a beautiful music festival was opened under the direction of the main committee of the day. The night was opened by the singing groups Hi‘iwai and Paniloa [sic: Laniloa], followed by the queens of the islands. The queen of Hawai‘i was bedecked in a lei of lehua blossoms, the queen of Maui wore lei of roses, the queen of Moloka‘i wore lei of kukui of Lanikāula, the queen of O‘ahu wore lei of ‘ilima, Kaua‘i’s queen wore lei of mokihana, Kaho‘olawe wore lei of hinahina, Lāna‘i had a lei of kauno‘a, Ni‘ihau was bedecked in lei of shells, and each sang songs of their islands. The event was befitting the elegance and numerous fun activities. J. K. Apukehau [sic: ‘Āpuakēhau] [Kauno‘a is an alternate spelling of kauna‘oa, the vine that is used for the lei of Lāna‘i.]

156

He Hoomaikai Nui. Ia oe e Manokalanipo ame na Lei Pupu o Niihau, ka poe mana koho ame ka poe apau i kokua mai no ko’u lanakila ma ka la 7 aku la i hala, ke haawi aku nei au i ka’u hoomaikai nui ia oukou apau, mailoko lilo mai o kuu puuwai, no ka nui o ko oukou hilinai maluna o’u, e lilo hou i kauwa na oukou maloko o ko kakou hale kaukanawai i keia kau. Nolaila e o’u mau haku makaainana ke nonoi aku nei au ia oukou pakahi, a ia ouko no apau, e lawe aku i ka’u mau hoomaikai ana, a ke hooia pu aku nei no hoi imua o oukou, e hana aku ana au no ko oukou pono, elike me ka ike ame ka makaukau i loaa ia’u. Owau iho no ka oukou kauwa haahaa, James Kaopua Kula. Honolulu, Nov. 15, 1916. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 17 November 1916. P. 2. Great Thanks. To you, Manokalanipō [Kaua‘i] and the shell lei of Ni‘ihau, the constituency and all people who supported my victory on the 7th just past, I give my great thanks to all of you from the depths of my heart for the great trust you

have placed in me to become your servant in our house of lawmakers this ­session. So, my dear constituents, I ask of each of you and all of you to accept my thanks. I affirm before you that I will work for your benefit, according to the knowledge and skill I possess. I am your humble servant, James Ka‘ōpua Kula, Honolulu, Nov. 15, 1916.

Ka Po Le’a O Halalii, O Ka Moku Kaili La O Kauai. Mahele 8. Elua keia mau manu hulu like i himeni mai i keia himeni. He mau kaikamahine keia i hoikeia mai e ka mea nana e alakai ana i keia ahamele, mai Niihau mai, o ke kaikuaana no me ke kaikaina, o ko laua mau inoa o ka Mikioi o ka Waihoa ke kaikuaana, ao wa Unulau o Halalii ke kaikaina; he nani hoi ka himeni ana a keia mau u’i kaulana o Keaonaulu, o ka la kowelo i ka ilikai o Lehua. Mahele 12 [13]. Na kaiakamahine ewalu o ka mokupuni. Hawaii, lei ana i ka lehua; Ka Roselani o Maui; Ua kapu na’u Hookahi; o Molokai i ka Ulukukui o Lanikaula; Hanohano Oahu Lei i ka Ilima; Kohu Manu Oo Hulu Melemele; Hanohano Kauai i ka Mokuhana [Mokihana]; Lauae o Makana Ka’u Aloha; Pupu Niihau, Auhea oe; Hoike ae oe i kou nani. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 3 January 1919. P. 2. The Joyous Night of Halāli‘i, [on] the Island That Snatches the Sun, Kaua‘i. Part 8. These are two birds of a feather who sang this song. These were girls from Ni‘ihau, who were recognized by the director of the concert, two sisters whose names were Mikioi, the wind of Kawaihoa, the older sister, and Unulau, the wind of Halāli‘i, the younger sister. These two famous beauties of Keaonāulu from [the island where] the sun races across to the surface of the sea at Lehua sang beautifully. Part 12 [13]. Eight girls of the islands. Hawai‘i wore a lei of lehua flowers; rose of Maui; [ . . . ]; Moloka‘i in the kukui forest of Lanikāula; O‘ahu was honored with a lei of ‘ilima like the ‘ō‘ō bird with yellow feathers; Kaua‘i was honored with mokihana; how I loved the laua‘e of Makana; Ni‘ihau shells, where are you? Show us your beauty. [The title of this article includes the phrase Ka Po Le’a O Halalii. The Hawaiian Dictionary says Halāli‘i was “the name of a pleasure-loving chief of Ni‘ihau in ancient times. His name became synonymous with fun-making. E hele mai i ka pō le‘a o Halāli‘i. Come to the joyous night of Halāli‘i (an invitation to a party).”]

Ni‘ihau Shell Lei (Lei Pūpū O Ni‘ihau)

He Mau Manao Hoakaka Aku. E oluolu mai e ka Lunahooponopono o ka Hoku i wahi kaawale iki o ke kino o ka kana Hiwahiwa, no ka’u mau manao hoakaka aku imua o ka poe koho barota, a i ike mai ai lakou mai ka la Hiki mai ma Haehae, a hoea loa aku i ka welo ana a ka la i ka Mokupuni lei pupu o Niihau. —Ka Hoku O Hawaii. 26 September 1918. P. 2. Some Clarification. Editor of the Hoku, will you please provide a small space in the body of our favorite [newspaper] for some clarification I’d like to make before the v­ oting public, so they may see from where the sun rises at Ha‘eha‘e all the way to where the sun races across the sky to the island of shell lei of Ni‘ihau.

157

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 158

E Heluheluia Me Ka Leo Pahee E Haku’i Nakolo Ai O Loko Hana Nui. (Na G. K. Keawehaku, Esq.) E Kuokoa o Kuauli, E ke koae-kau-pali O Hawaii-ai-alii. Welina: Eia la he alana, he ao-pe-u nau na ka ohia-ko ame ka palaoa-pae o na wai o Malu-ihi. E puaoni e—e hono ia’u: Ua Lei No. He lei no ka lehua o Hilo, ua lei no; He lei no ka hinano o Puna, ua lei no; He lei no ka oo o Kona, ua lei no; He lei no ka roke o Maui, ua lei no; He lei no ke kukui o Molokai, ua lei no; He lei no ka mokihana o Kauai, ua lei no; He lei no ka pupu o Niihau, ua lei no; Eia lei ilima la no Oahu, he lei haaheo, ono i ka onohi; O ka maoli lei aku la ia, ka heke o ke kukalahale; Mai Nuuanu pali a Mamala i ka nuku auwae. He lei no. Pii I Ka Makani. Ku ka ihu o Kaula, Pii i ka makani; Muimuiia ka nai’a, Hooha-ke Nihoa; O ua hoa puhene nei o ka aina, O ka la iloilo o Apuakalamaula; He ula leo ka hoi Na ke aheahe malie, O ke kahua ia la. Elieli. Pii i ka makani. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 7 November 1919. P. 2. To Be Read with a Smooth Voice That Rumbles Like Thunder Within ­Intensely. (By G. K. Keawehaku, Esq.) The Lei Is Worn. A lei from the lehua flower of Hilo, it is worn A lei from the hīnano flower of Puna, it is worn A lei from the ‘ō‘ō bird of Kona, it is worn A lei from the rose of Maui, it is worn A lei from the kukui of Moloka‘i, it is worn A lei from the mokihana of Kaua‘i, it is worn A lei from the shells of Ni‘ihau, it is worn Here is the lei ‘ilima from O‘ahu, a proud lei, pleasing to the eyes The true lei, the best of the Kūkalahale wind From Nu‘uanu pali to the harbor entrance of Māmala It is a lei.

Makai Niihau, Kuahiwi ku kilakila, Lei ana lei pupu, Iniinisi maile. Niihau kuwala poo. Makani houhou ili, Iniinisi maile.

Ni‘ihau Shell Lei (Lei Pūpū O Ni‘ihau)

Niihau Ame Moanalua. Kuu Solomon Hanohano: Aloha kaua. E kala mai no oe no keia mau wahi lei pupu, ma ke kakahiaka poniponi o ka la 18 iho nei, o la ka Poakulu, o ka hora ena me hapa ia, na hiki aku la au ma ka uwaho o ke Kinau a ike aku la koa kiu i keia moku i ka hookomo ana mai, a manao ae la kahi ola me ka manao o ke Kinau la o ka mea apiki mau no ka nee imua a ku iho la ka uwapo o ka ­ Mikahala. Ko’u eleu aku la no ia a ku iho la ma ka aoao; ke ike ala wau i ka nui o na ohua oluna o ka moku a ike aku la wau i ka inoa, eia ka o ka moku Likelike o ka huli hoi ana mai Niihau mai. O ko’u hele loa aku la no ia a pili ma ka aoao, oini e ano pouliuli ana no, a ike aku la wau i neia mau keonimana i ka ha lo mai; o ka laua nana ana mai oiai au e ku aku ana me ka lole wawae epani ame kela papale Pelekaue nohoi e kau ana ma kuu poo. Ke ike ala au no’u ka laua makemake. Me keia kulana maa mau no o ka hoihoi; aloha kakahiakanui olua ae, aloha kakahiaka no hoi oe. Mai Niihau mai nei ou­kou? Ae; o ko’u hoolauna aku la no ia ia’u, o Mokumaia keia e kamailio nei me olua. “Auwe!” ua laki maoli, nou no ko maua iini, ina hoi e hui ana. Ua laki maoli; e kali iho oe ia makou, a i ka lele ana mai ilona o ka uwapo a lulu lima pu me na malihini me na hookaau olelo ana e pili ana i ko’u manao ma na mea e pili ana i ka holopuni ana ia Hawaii, a he nui aku. O ua kaa nei no keia? Ae; Ea, he kaa nui maoli no ka keia. O ka oni aku la no ia no Pua Lane me ka mai kai o na mea a pau, a i ka lele ana aku o na mea apau ame na ukana a lakou, a loaa ilio la na hoolauna olelo ana. E oluolu e haawi mai i kou inoa piha; no na kumu o ia no keia; ma ka Nupepa Kuokoa ko kaua hooohuiia ana o kamaaina i kou inoa. Ae, ua pololei oe, alaila, i hou mai la. “I na manawa apau e puka ae ai o ka ipukukui o ka malamalama e ike mau ana makou i kou inoa, ua hele wale apuni o Niihau me he la ua kamaaina kahiko mua kaua. O John W. Keahi no hoi au, o ka’u kaikamahine keia ame kana aliikane: o ka’u mau kaikawahine hope keia elua.” Ma ka nana aku a kou kiu he mohala maikai maluna o na kamaiki a mea aku la au; heaha la kou loihi e noho iho ai i ke kaona nei. Aole no paha o loihi loa ana; ua maikai maoli, mai noho loihi loa oe me kau mau lei aloha ua piha he kaona nei me na mea hoowalewale ame ua mea hoopoino mai ame ka puiwa o kou kiu nui ua haawi makana mai la kekahi o kana mau kaikamahine he mau lei pupu, he nani ke nana iho me kuu ilihia i lawe mai ai ame ka’u mau hoomaikai iaia, ame kana olelo ua kamaaina mua makou ia oe ka mea e heluhelu mau ana i na mea au e hoolaha ae ai, nolaila, ua hoopaa aku au e lawe mai ana au a malama ia mau lei pupu i mea hoomanao na’u, a hoomanao ae la au i keia mau wahi aua inamona.

159

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 160

E kala mai ua pakika loa aku la. Me na lulu lima pumehana ana me lakou me ka hauoli, o keia hui ana; ka’u leo pule e kiniia mai oe ame kau mau lei aloha a hiki i kou hehi hou aua i ke one aloha o kou mau kupuna ke hoi aku oe ma o Kona Malu la e maluhia ai oe a hui hou. Me oe e kuu kapena opio ko’u welina pau ole ame na keiki kikokiko ko’u iini pau ole. Kou mau, J. K. Mokumaia. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 10 September 1920. P. 2. Ni‘ihau and Moanalua [O‘ahu]. My dear Solomon Hanohano, aloha. Forgive me for these few shell lei. In the early morning of the 18th last, which was Wednesday at four thirty, I reached the dock of the Kīna‘u. Your witness saw this ship entering, intending to take the spot of the Kīna‘u, but what was strange is that it proceeded forward and took the dock of the Mikahala. I rushed over, stood to one side and saw many passengers onboard the ship. I saw the name and discovered it was the Likelike, returning from Ni‘ihau. I went over close to its side, as it was a bit dark, and I saw these gentlemen looking down. They looked at me while I stood there in overalls with that British hat on my head. I saw that it was me they wanted. With this typical manner of pleasantries, I said, “Good morning to you both.” “Good morning to you.” “Are you all from Ni‘ihau?” “Yes.” I introduced myself, “This is Mokumai‘a talking to you.” “Oh! How very lucky. You are the one we wanted to meet. How lucky. Wait for us.” When they got down to the dock, we shook hands as strangers and exchanged a few lighthearted words about what I think about everything having to do with interisland travel in Hawai‘i, and many other things. “Is this the car?” “Yes.” “Wow, it’s a really big car.” And we took off and went to Pua Lane [in Honolulu]. Everything was fine. And when everyone got off with their luggage, everyone introduced themselves. “Tell me your full name. The reason is that we met in the Nupepa Kuokoa, and that is how I knew your name.” “Yes, you’re right.” Then he said: “Every time the lamp of light [Nupepa Kuokoa] comes out, we see your name. It has gone all over Ni‘ihau, so it’s as if we’ve known you for a long time. I am John W. Keahi. This is my daughter and her husband. These are my last two daughters.” As your witness looked upon them, they were beautiful children, and I said, “How long will you be here in town.” “It won’t be very long.” “That’s good. Don’t stay too long with your beloved children. The town is full of temptations and things that get you in trouble,” and to the surprise of your witness, one of his daughters gave me some shell lei that were so beautiful to look at. I was so enamored. I took them with much thanks to her. She said, “We already knew you from reading everything you publish.” So, I promised to take the shell lei to keep in my memory, and it brought to mind the following delicious words: How wonderful Ni‘ihau is With its mountain standing proud Wearing the shell lei Tingling slowly

Ni‘ihau tumbling headfirst With the wind that tickles the skin Tingling slowly. My apologies that it slipped out. I shook hands warmly with them, so happy to have met them. It is my prayer that you and your beloved children will be guarded all the way until you step on the beloved sands of your ancestors again, when you return under His Protection in peace. Until we meet again. With you, my young captain, I leave my never-ending greetings, and with the typesetting boys, I leave my never-ending desire. Yours ever, J. K. Mokumai‘a. [John Kulia Mokumai‘a (1871–1929) was a popular columnist in the Hawaiianlanguage newspapers.]

Ni‘ihau lies in the lee of Kaua‘i, where it does not receive much rain. As a dry island with no permanent streams and a limited number of springs, it has always been subject to periods of droughts and famines. When these conditions occurred in the past, families migrated from Ni‘ihau to Kaua‘i, often to communities from Kekaha to Waimea on the west shore and to the Nā Pali valleys and Hā‘ena on the north shore. Most of the articles that follow refer to various droughts and famines on Ni‘ihau. The rest of the articles describe the crops that were grown on the island before and after its conversion to a sheep ranch. Wet land taro, the source of poi, the traditional starch of Hawaiians, was not farmed on Ni‘ihau as it was on other islands. It was brought to the island from places on Kaua‘i, where water was plentiful, such as Kalalau on the Nā Pali coast. In the absence of taro, Ni‘ihau residents grew uhi, or yams, and ‘uwala, or sweet potatoes, both of which thrive in drier conditions. Poi palaoa, or flour poi, as a substitute for poi kalo, or taro poi, was apparently first prepared in California by Hawaiians living in Coloma, the site of the original California Gold Rush. In a letter-to-the-editor that is included in the articles that follow, a Hawaiian writing in 1859 described the development of poi palaoa in Coloma. His letter to the Hawaiian-language newspaper Ka Hae Hawaii perhaps introduced poi palaoa to Hawai‘i, where its popularity spread to Ni‘ihau and other places in the islands. Yams are mentioned in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 2313: “Ni‘ihau i ka uhi pahe‘e. Ni‘ihau of the slippery yam. The island of Ni‘ihau was noted for its fine yams. When grated raw for medicine, yams are very slippery and tenacious.” In an interview with Tuti Kanahele [TK] in 1990 for Nā Maka o ka ‘Āina, Alina Kanahele [AK], who was born and raised on Ni‘ihau, identified the sweet potato varieties that her family planted. TK: What are the names of these sweet potato varieties that you folks would plant? AK: There’s the kālia, the manamana, the kamalino, and the huamoa. In Aloha Niihau, Virginia Nizo, who was born on Ni‘ihau in 1924, recalled there was one place on the island where taro grew, a mountainous area called Ka‘ali, but the supply was limited:

Droughts and Famines

Droughts and Famines

161

There is taro [on Ni‘ihau], but it is up in the mountains. You get taro up in Ta‘ali. You get there by horse. Now, people on Ni‘ihau order poi from Kaua‘i. Before time, that wasn’t the case. If there wasn’t any taro up in the mountains, you couldn’t eat poi. Then, we would eat flour poi. You take flour and mix it with hot water until it’s cooked. [ . . . ] You leave it until it gets cool. You eat it just like that. Otherwise, you wait for the next barge for poi. (P. 85)

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Make I Ka Moana.Waimea, Kauai, Mei 19, 1846. Hai aku au ia oe, e ka Elele, i ka make ana o Abela Kahikiea; ma ka moana o Kaulakahi kahi i make ai; ekolu lakou i make malaila. Mai Kauai aku nei lakou e hoi ana i Niihau, aole nae i pae iuka; i ka lua o ka la o keia malama ko lakou hoi ana aku, mai Kauai nei aku, a ka moana halawai lakou me ka ino; o ko lakou make no ia. O ka waa a me ka ai ka i pae iuka a me kekahi mau mea e ae. O kea ma me ka pea me na kanaka ekolu ka i nalowale, aole lakou i pae i uka. Eia ko lakou mea i make ai, o ka pilikia o ka aina i ka wi, nolaila holo nui mai na kanaka i Kauai nei i keia mau la no ka ai. Na S. [Samuela] Kahookui. —Ka Elele. 4 June 1846. P. 40. Death at Sea. Waimea, Kaua‘i, May 19, 1846. I’m [writing] to tell you, Elele, about the death of Abela Kahikiea [sic: Kahikia‘e]. It was on the ocean of Kaulakahi where he died. Three of them died. They left Kaua‘i to return to Ni‘ihau, but they did not make it. It was on the 2nd of this month when they returned from here on Kaua‘i. At sea, they encountered a storm, and they perished. The canoe and food supplies landed on shore along with a few other items. The mast and sail along with the three aboard disappeared. They did not land on shore. The reason they perished was due to the drought on the island. That is why many people have come here to Kaua‘i these days seeking food. By S. [Samuela] Kaho‘oku‘i.

162

Pineapples. While talking about fruit, we would add that pineapples grow very abundantly on Niihau, acres and even miles in extent are covered with the plants in fruit which are now about ripe, but so tedious is the voyage up [sailing upwind to Honolulu] from that Island, requiring three to five days, that they are seldom brought thence to our market, and thus we are left to the small supply raised on Oahu. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 2 July 1856. P. 2. Kanu Uala Maoli. Waimea, Kauai, Iulai 19, 1856. Aloha oe. Ke hooikaika nei, na makaainana i ke kanu uala, aole o kana mai, kanun a kane, kanu na wahine, a me na keiki, ke kanu ana o ka uala, me ka hooikaika loa, kela mea kanu keia mea kanu. O ka uala o Am. [Amerika] Hema a u i lawe mai nei, ke hoomaka ae nei ka ulu ana, a e laha auanei, he umikumamakahi a makou uala, ua ulu. O kahi i loaa mai ai keia uala ea, no loko mai o ka Halekuai o Mr. Holo, ma Honolulu, Oahu. Oia kahi mea hou la. Eia kekahi he uala paakiki a maikai no kahi ma Niihau, ua like ka waiho loihi ana, me ko Iapana uala a ua ike no au i ka waiho loihi ana me ke ino ole,

Droughts and Famines

ua like no ka lau me ua uala maikai nei o Amerika Hema. E hoouna’ia aku ana ua uala la i Honolulu iloko o ka Ahahui Mahiai, hala e paha auanei ka manawa. O ka inoa o ua uala la ea, he Likolehua, a he Apo, alua uala, ua like no ko laua maikai. Olioli ka manao ma ka heluhelu ana i keia olelo maluna. Ma Lahaina kekahi kanu uala maoli; he uala hou no, e like me ka mea i oleloia maluna. Paapu o Lahaina i keia uala no ka manao o kanaka i ka ulu moku, e kokoke mai ana. Ina i kuai naauano na kanaka, aole nele i ke dala ole, no keia uala. Eia ka hewa, o ka hoonui i ka uku, ke kumukuai, alaila makau na haole, a haalele. Ina i loaa he $1.25 no ka pahu no ia uala maikai, kupono paha ia i ke kuai nui, a e lawe nui ia. Naaupo ka poe hoopii loa i ke kumu kuai, a haalele na haole. E kuai oluolu no, i lawe nui ia, a hoi hou mai no, a kuai hou no, a lawe ia kekahi i Kalifonia, ke maikai. O ka uala hou i laweia mai e ka Ahahui Mahiai mai Amerika Hema mai, mamua iho nei, eia ke ulu maikai nei ma Honolulu, iuka, a me Waikiki. Maikai ka ulu ana, aole ne i oo. Mamuli ike kakou i ka hua. Eia kekahi, e kiola, e haalele, a hoopau loa i ka mea hou wale no. A i kela makahiki, e kii hou i uala kanu i ka aina e. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 6 August 1856. P. 91. Planting Native Sweet Potatoes. Waimea, Kaua‘i, July 19, 1856. Aloha. The residents are engaged in planting sweet potatoes in great numbers. Men, women, and children plant sweet potatoes and work very hard at planting all kinds of crops. The South American sweet potatoes that were brought are beginning to grow and flourish. We have eleven types of sweet potato that are growing. We obtained these sweet potatoes from the store of Mr. Holo in Honolulu, O‘ahu. This is a new thing. Another thing is that there is a hard and good sweet potato on Ni‘ihau. It can be kept a long time, like the Japanese sweet potato. I have seen how it can be kept a long time without spoiling. It has leaves like the good sweet potato of South America. This sweet potato will be sent to Honolulu to the Farmers Association. Perhaps this has already happened. The name of the sweet potato is Likolehua. The ‘Apo is a second type of sweet potato. They are both great. It is I with aloha. W. B. Aka. It is good to read the above message. Lāhaina is another place where native sweet potatoes are planted. There is also a new type of sweet potato like those referenced above. Lāhaina is covered with this type of sweet potato, planning for the fleets of ships arriving. If people sell smartly, they should not go without income as a result of this sweet potato. The problem is the raising of the price, as foreigners will be hesitant [to buy] and leave. If they get $1.25 per barrel for this good sweet potato, this is probably a good price in order to sell a lot, and a lot would be sold. It is not very smart if people raise the price and foreigners leave. Make the price comfortable so that a lot can be sold. Then they will come back and buy more and take some to California. This would be good. The new type of sweet potato the Farmers Association brought from South America is growing well inland of Honolulu and in Waikīkī. It grows well, but has not yet matured. We shall see the fruit from it in time.

163

We also need to toss out, abandon, and get rid of the [old ones and keep] the new ones only. Then we can get more sweet potatoes planted in other lands. [The commentary is from the editor of the newspaper.]

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Waimea, Kauai, 6 Nov., 1856. E ka Hae Hawaii. No ka uala a’u i hai ai ia oe ma ka helu 23 o ka Hae Hawaii, aoao 91, uala maikai o Amerika Hema; eia ke laha nei, ke akoia nei na lau, a lawe kela keia, ua hoolahaia aku i ka mokupuni o Niihau, nui no ka makemake o na kanaka i keia uala, pihoihoi loa ka huli ana i kahi i ulu ai ua uala nei o Amerika Hema; ninau pinepine mai kela kanaka keia kanaka ia’u, alaila, nana wau i ka pepa inoa o na kanaka a’u i haawi ai i ua uala nei o Amerika Hema, a loaa, kuhikuhi au e kii ma kahi o mea, o mea, a hele ka poe mua pau e ia lakou, o ka poe lohi, nele lakou. Ea, ike maka makou i keia uala, olioli no ka mahiai e kanu nui i keia uala, aia ma ka G. B. Rowela, mahina ai kekahi mau lau uala. Ke mau nei no ke hanu i na uala kamaaina. Eia nae ka pilikia, o ka nui loa mai o ka wela o ka la, aole ua, panoa na kula, ma na wahi hiki pono ka wai hookah, uliuli na mea kanu; oia ka mea hai aku. W. B. Aka. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 19 November 1856. P. 151. Waimea, Kaua‘i, Nov. 6, 1856. Dear Hae Hawaii. Regarding the sweet potato I told you about in the volume 23 of the Hae Hawaii, page 91, the good sweet potatoes of South America, they are spreading, the leaves are being cut. Everyone takes them, and they are being spread all over Ni‘ihau. The people really like this sweet potato. They excitedly look for where this South American sweet potato grows. Many people ask me about it, and I look at the paper where I recorded the names of people I gave the South American sweet potato to. When I find them, I tell people to go and get it from whoever, and everyone goes to them. Those who are slow lose out. When we see this sweet potato, farmers are happy to plant it in great numbers. At the farm of G. B. Rowell, there are lots of leaves of this sweet potato. People still plant native sweet potatoes. The problem, though, is that it is so hot with no rain that the flat lands have become deserts, but where irrigation happens, the crops are lush. That is what is being reported. W. B. Aka.

164

Na Mea Kuai Ma Niihau. Puheheke, Niihau. Ap. 17, 1857. Mea Hanohano Limaikaika. Aloha oe. Ua hu mai ka manao o na makaainana no ka hui moku Kaleponi, e noi aku ana ia oe, e hoouna mai oe i moku Kaleponi, e kuai me makou, no ko makou mau (uala), a me na puaa, a me na moa a makou, a e hoouna mai oe i kekahi moku e kuai me makou mau uala, a me na mea like, a loaa makou ma Puhekeheke, i Niihau, a i ae mai oe e hoouna mai oe i ka malama o Mei, ae e hiki mai ana. (Eia ko makou nui he 48), oia ko makou nui, a me kekahi poi e ae no, a i pono keia noi a makou ia oe, e hoouna mai oe i kou palapala ia makou, i maopopo mua makou i ka manawa e hiki mai ai o ka moku, ina aole hiki mai e hai mai no oe ia makou ma kou palapala, mai huhu oe ia makou no ko makou noi aku; no ka mea, he kuaaina makou, aole loa wahi dala i keia wa no na pilikia

Na Akaakai O Niihau. Ua lohe au ua maikai loan a akaakai o Niihau mamua aku nei, i ka makahiki 1840 a hiki i ka makahiki 1845 paha, a ua makemake nui ia e na haole i noho ai ana ma Honolulu, a me na mea moku a pau. O ke ano o ia akaakai, he akaakai nui a ono no hoi; he 3 iniha ka laula o kekahi, a he 5 iniha ko kekahi, a he nui na akaakai oia ano ia manawa. Pehea la i keia wa? Ua pau anei ka mahi ana oia mea? Ina pela, he poho nui ko Niihau poe mahiai; no ka mea, he kumukuai nui no ia mea ma Honolulu nei, he $7 a he $10 paha no ka pahu hookahi. O na akaakai i kuaiia ma Honolulu i keia wa, he mau mea liilii wale no, nui no nae ke kumukuai. Auhea oukou e na kamaaina o Niihau, aole ike oukou i ke gula iloko o ko ou­ kou aina? E ala oukou a e kanu hou i na akaakai nui a maikai, a oo ia, e lawe mai i Honolulu nei a kuai no ke kumukuai nui. He mea waiwai maoli no ke akaakai. Lawe mai na haole i na akaakai o Kaliponia, a kuai aku no ke kumukuai he 10 keneka ko ka pauna hookahi, e like me he $12½ no ka pahu; aka, o na kanaka maoli, haalele aku la lakou i ka waiwai iloko o ko lakou aina, me he mea ole la. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 19 August 1857. P. 82. Onions on Ni‘ihau. I have heard that the onions on Ni‘ihau were really good before, from 1840 until maybe 1845. They were greatly desired by foreigners residing in Honolulu, as well as everyone from the ships. The type of onion was large and very delicious. Some were 3 inches wide, and some were 5 inches. There were lots of onions of this type at the time. How about now? Is this onion no longer farmed? If so, Ni‘ihau’s farmers are really losing out, as it sells at a high price here in Honolulu, perhaps $7 and $10 a barrel. The onions sold in Honolulu these days are only small ones, but the cost is high. So, for all of you locals on Ni‘ihau, do you not see the gold in your land?

Droughts and Famines

nui e hiki mai ana, mai kali oe, mai huna oe i keia mau manao i hai ia maluna ae nei e hooikaika oe, e like me kou mau manao maemae i hoike ai ia makou ma Niihau, i na makahiki i hala ae nei. Oia ka makou wahi ukana e hooili aku nei, a loaa oe ma Honolulu, Oahu. Me ka mahalo. P. R. Holi, Kakauolelo. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 6 May 1857. P. 24. Items for Sale on Ni‘ihau. Pūheheke, Ni‘ihau. April 17, 1857. Honorable Armstrong. Aloha. The citizens of the California Shipping Company have a request. We ask that you send for a ship from California to buy and sell our sweet potatoes, pigs, chickens, and other goods. We are in Pūhekeheke on Ni‘ihau, and if possible, send one in the month of May coming. (There are 48 of us.) Besides our total, there are others. If our request to you is deemed sufficient, please write to us so that we may know when the ship will arrive. If it will not be able to arrive, please let us know in your letter that you are not displeased with our request. We are only country folk and do not have the wherewithal at this time for the numerous upcoming inconveniences. Please do not hesitate and do not put aside the matters stated above. Strive to do what is possible according to the dictates of your moral character that you have shown us on Ni‘ihau in past years. This is what we offer you in this communication with you at Honolulu, O‘ahu. With gratitude. P. R. Holi, Secretary.

165

Wake up and start planting large and good onions again. When they mature, bring them here to Honolulu and sell them at high prices. Onions are a great commodity. Foreigners bring onions from California and sell them for 10 cents a pound, which is about $12½ a barrel. But Hawaiians give up on the value of their land, as if it is nothing.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

No Na Akaakai. Aloha oe. No ka ninau ma ka Hae Hawaii, no na Akaakai o Niihau, ma ka aoao 82, Helu 21, e ninau mai ana. Pehea la na kamaaina i ke kanu Akaakai, kanu paha aole paha? Ke hai aku nei au, e like me ka paipai o ka Hae, he kanu no; he kanu mau i ka wa kupono e hiki mai ai ka ua, alaila kanu, ua nui no i keia makahiki, eia ke hewa, aole hiki aku ma Honolulu, no ke ku pinepine ole mai o na moku ma Niihau, no na puaa, a me na moa, a me na Akaakai, a me na moena pawehe, a me na huewai pawehe, na mea kuai aku, ke nonoi aku nei au ia oe, e hoouna mai i moku i ka malama o Maraki, o ka makahiki 1858, e hiki mai ana; ka wa kupono ia e nui ai na Akaakai. Me ka mahalo. P. R. Holi. Lehua, Niihau, Sept. 18, 1857. E ko Niihau poe mahiai, e hoonui oukou i na Akaakai, a hoomakaukau i na mea kuai a pau, a ma na la hope o Feberuari, e hiki aku i Niihau kekahi moku e kuai ia Akaakai a me na mea e ae i kupono no na moku okohola. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 7 October 1857. P. 110. About the Onions. Aloha. Regarding the question raised in the Hae Hawaii about onions on Ni‘ihau on page 82, Number 21. How do locals go about planting onions? Should they plant them or not? I say, as does the Hae, they should plant them. They should always plant at the opportune time when the rains come. Then they should plant. The onions would not even reach Honolulu because ships call in frequently to Ni‘ihau for pigs, chickens, onions, makaloa mats, water gourds, and other commodities. So, I ask you to send a ship in the month of March in 1858 coming up. That is a good time when there will be lots of o ­ nions. With gratitude. P. R. Holi. Lehua, Ni‘ihau, Sept. 18, 1857. So, to farmers on Ni‘ihau, grow more onions, and get your merchants ready. In the last days of February a ship will reach Ni‘ihau to buy onions and other things needed for the whaling ships. [The commentary is from the editor of the newspaper.]

166

Ia Hou Ma Niihau. Aloha oe. Eia ma ko makou Apana nei ma Niihau kekahi mau ia hou, aole i @ keia mamua ia mau ia. He oopu, a me ka opae. O keia mokupuni he la, aole wai ma kaha wai, he wai punawai wale no; aole mai ia Kaimuahi mai; Akahi wale ae nei io i ke aupuni ia Alexander Liholiho. O ke ana o ka oopu ua like me ka oopu nokea; a o ka opae, ua like me ka opae o Koolau i Maui. He nunui loa ka oopu 7 iniha ka loa; o ka opae, he hao ae nui loa, o Kahuku ka aina i kai, o Kamalukii ka uka, aia maila na mau ia hou nei; pau ka [ono] opaea me ka ono oopu, aole e ku ka ono i Kauai. Ua lawe ma ke Akua a kokoke, he lele wai ko’u wal@ i noao ai. He mea hou keia i na kamaaina o Niihau nei. Me ka mahalo. P. R. Holi. Kaununui, Niihau, Ian. 9, 1858. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 17 February 1858. P. 188.

He Poi Palaoa. E ka Hae Hawaii e. He wahi nu hou ka’a e hai aku ia oe, nau ia e kaikai hele aku ma na palena o ka aina mai Hawaii a Niihau, i kui aku ka lono a lohe aku na makamaka o kaua e noho ana ma na kuaaina a me na alo alii. Eia ua wahi nu hou la, i ko’u noho ana i Califonia nei, o ka iwa keia o ko’u mau makahiki, ua nui ka makemake o na kanaka o Califonia nei i ka poi kalo, aole nae wahi e loaa’i. Aka, ua loaa ka poi no loko mai o ka palaoa a ka haole i hana ai, mamuli o ke akamai o kanaka a me ka noonoo i loaa’i ua poi la. Eia ka mea i loaa’i ua poi la, aia kekahi ipu hao, elua kapuai kona kiekie, alaila, ninini ka wai maloko o ua ipu hao la, alikealike, kau aku maluna o ke ahi, a paila ae la ua ipu hao la, alaila, kaikai mai ma hai, a ninini iho la ua palaoa la maloko o ua ipu hao la, a paa maikai ae la, alaila, kau hou aku maluna o ke ahi, pela no e hana mau ai, eha, elima kau ana, alaila, ua moa ua poi la, a ninini maloko o kekahi pakeke ai ole ia, maloko paha o kekahi pahu, a hoowali iho la a wali, ai ko makou ai ana i ua poi palaoa nei, ono maoli, e like me ka poi kalo o Hawaii. Me ka mahalo. Na M. Nahora. Coloma, El Dorado, County, Califonia, Feberuari 12, 1859. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 16 March 1859. P. 199. Poi Made of Flour. Dear Hae Hawaii. I have some news to tell you that you can carry out to the borders of the country from Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau. Then the news can be heard by our friends living in the countryside and in the presence of the chiefs. Here is that bit of news: While living here in California, this being my ninth year, the Hawaiians here in California really desire taro poi, but there is nowhere to get it. But there is poi made from flour produced by the whites. The creative thinking Hawaiians [take the flour and] make it into poi. This is how you get this poi: There is a pot about two feet tall. Then water is poured into the pot halfway, and it is placed on the fire and brought to a boil. Then it is taken away and flour is poured into the pot and brought to a solid. Then it is placed again on the fire, and this is repeated four or five times. Then the poi is cooked and poured into a bucket or into some kind of barrel and

Droughts and Famines

New Fish on Ni‘ihau. Dear Hae Hawaii: Aloha. Here in our district of Ni‘ihau we found some new fish, and such fish have never been seen before. They are a type of ‘o‘opu and shrimp. On this island we have sun, no fresh water or streams. We only have well water, and not from Kaimuahi. It is the first time in the kingdom of Alexander Liholiho [Kamehameha IV]. The size of the ‘o‘opu is like the ‘o‘opu nōkea, and the shrimp is like the shrimp of Ko‘olau on Maui. The large ‘o‘opu is 7 inches long, and the shrimp was even larger. Kahuku is the area on the ocean side, and Kamaluki‘i is the area inland. This is where these new kinds of fish are found. You don’t want [other] shrimp or ‘o‘opu anymore, and the people of Kaua‘i do not desire it. God brought these things close, and where I live, water is fleeting. This is something new to the people of Ni‘ihau. With appreciation. P. R. Holi. Kaununui, Ni‘ihau, Jan. 9, 1858.

167

mixed until it is completely mixed. This is what we eat as poi. It is really delicious, like taro poi in Hawai‘i. With gratitude. By M. Nahora [sic: Nahola]. Coloma, El Dorado County, California, February 12, 1859.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

No Ka Mokupuni O Niihau. Na Hana O ke Aupuni O Ke Akua. [ . . . ] E like me kuu ike, ua panoa ka aina o Niihau nei i keia mau la, a ua wi ka noho ana o ka aina, ma ke kau wahi, ua ai i ka hua noni pala, pela no ka panoa o na hana a ke Akua ma keia kihapai o Niihau nei. No ka mea, aole ua e hoomau ai i ka lepo iloko o keia mau mahina, e ulu ae ai na kaioio lau, pela no hoi, aole hoona mai ke Akua i kona Uhane Hemolele iloko o ka poe naaupaakiki e noho nei. Ke hooikaika nei au maanei. Na Kaelele. Niihau, Dek. 20, 1865. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 23 December 1865. P. 3. From the Island of Ni‘ihau. The Works of the Kingdom of God. [ . . . ] According to what I’ve witnessed, the island of Ni‘ihau is a desert these days, and people live in drought in some places, where they eat ripe noni fruit. That is what it’s like in the desert God made here in this garden of Ni‘ihau. Although there is no rain to renew the soil in these months to grow a second crop of sweet potatoes, God does not stop his Holy Spirit in the hard hearts of the people living here. I persevere here. By Ka‘elele. Ni‘ihau, Dec. 20, 1865.

168

Hunahuna Mea Hou O Hawaii Nei. Mai Niihau Mai. He wi o Niihau, i keia mau malama i hala aku nei, a pela no iloko o keia mau la, mai Kauai mai kahi ola o kekahi poe e loaa ai kahi pai kalo. Nui no ka ua malaila i na la i naue ae nei. Iloko o keia mau malama i hala ae nei, ua pau na makuakane me na keikikane i ke kanu mahiki me ka haole o Niihau nei, ma-o a maanei. Ke hoomaka nei kekahi poe o Niihau nei i ke kanu pulupulu. Mr. Kupahu. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 3 March 1866. P. 2. New Bits of News of Hawai‘i. From Ni‘ihau. Ni‘ihau is in a state of drought in recent months and recent days. Some people find survival on Kaua‘i, where they obtain pounded taro. There has been a lot of rain there in recent days. In the past months fathers and sons have all planted mahiki grass everywhere, along with the foreigners here on Ni‘ihau. Some people here on Ni‘ihau are starting to grow cotton. Mr. Kūpahu. Ka Wi O Ka Aina. Ke mau nei ka wi o Niihau i keia manawa, no ka mea, o ko maua mau kamaaina e noho nei he pilikia no ka wi a ka ai ole a pela no maua e noho nei, he pilikia no a ka ai ole, penei ke ano i na e ai maua me ko maua mau kamaaina i ke awakea o ka ai ana oia la, a ke awakea o kekahi la hou aku, a pela mau aku a maua e noho nei a hiki i keia la. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 2 June 1866. P. 3. The Drought on the Land. The drought on Ni‘ihau persists at this time. Our locals who live there are suffering drought and lack of food. This is how the two of us live with our local

residents: [only one] meal in the afternoon until the next afternoon, and this is how we live up until today. He Uala Laau Nui. E Ka Nupepa Kuokoa E. Aloha kou mau luna hooponopono, a me na Keiki ulele hai kepau. No kela mau hua e kau ae la na ke poo o keia kukulu manao ana, oia keia. “He Uala laau nui.” Aia ma ka mokupuni o Niihau keia Uala laau nui, ma kahi kokoke aku ana i ka Uluhua i ka hapapa he hookahi mile ka loa mai Kawaihoa a hiki mai i kahi o keia Uala, a mai keia Uala a hiki i kahakai pono, he hapalua mile kaloa. Ke Ano O Keia Uala. Ua like loa me ka ili o ka laau ke ano ili o keia Uala, ua hele a pakapaka, a ma kahi e iili ana i ka lepo, he ano like ka ili me ko ki Uala-pia, ka hele a awaawaa; a o kona aia io o loko he ua-ua, no ke kahiko. He puali mawaena o keia Uala, maluna o ka puali o keia Uala, he ano nemonemo, a mala o o ka puali o keia Uala, he elua ona mau mole nui, a e ono ona mau aa i hua me na hia nunui kupono, e like me ka Uala maoli. Ke Kiekie. O ke kiekie o keia Uala mai ka lepo a i ka pau ana o kona poo o luna he ekolu kapuai, a ma kahi nemonemo o keia Uala, ehiku a me ka hapalua kapuai kona anapuni; a ma kahi puali, eono kapuai ke anapuni.

Na Olelo I Olelo Ia No Keia Uala. Ke olelo nei kekahi poe kamaaina o Kamalino, ee Uala hooulu lau keia mai ka wa kahiko mai, a hiki i keia wa; o ka mea nana i kanu i keia Uala, o Holei, a ua kapaia kona inoa, o na Kiwi a Holei. A ua olelo ia no hoi, aia ma ka wa kahiko, i na e nele i ka lau e kanu ai alaila, kii aku ma keia Uala e ako ai, a kanu aku no na kihapai, a i ka manawa e ulu ai, alaila, kahuli ae he Uala; aohe e like me kona ano mua, aka, ea, ma ka nana ana aole i ku i ka oiaio keia mau olelo, aka, he mea ku wale no i ka wahahee. No Ka Makaikai Ana I Ka Uala. Ua hele aku o Rev. D. G. Kupahu & M. W. Keale e makaikai i keia Uala, a ua ako mai lakou i mau kaona lau kanu i mea e hooiaio ai i kona kahuli io ae, a me ka ole, ma ke kanu ana; a i na he mea oiaio kona kahuli ae, mai kona ano maoli ma keia hope aku; alaila, e hai hou aku no au, i ike na mea a pau. D. S. K. Hewahewa. Niihau, Ian. 29, 1868. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 8 February 1868. P. 3. A Very Woody Sweet Potato. Dear Nupepa Kuokoa. Aloha to your editors and the typesetting boys. Regarding those words above at the top, here is the thought that ties them together: “A woody sweet potato.” On the island of Ni‘ihau this woody sweet potato is found near [the place] where the breadfruit grows on the coral rock. It is one

Droughts and Famines

Ke Ano Lau O Keia Uala. Ua like ke ano lau o keia Uala ma kona kumu, me ka lau pohuehue, a ma kona maka e kolo ai, he like me he lau kowali la ke ano heuheu.

169

mile in distance from Kawaihoa to where this sweet potato grows, and from this sweet potato to the beach proper is half a mile in distance. The Type of This Sweet Potato. The skin of this sweet potato resembles wood. It becomes wrinkled, and where it turns down into the dirt, the skin is like the ‘uala-pia variety. It becomes furrowed. The type of flesh inside is tough when it is old. There is a narrow waist to this sweet potato. Above the waist is smooth and bare, and below the waist of this sweet potato are two large taproots and six roots that bear nice and large potatoes, like native sweet potatoes. The Height. The height of this sweet potato from the dirt to the top of its head is three feet, and where the smooth part of this sweet potato is, it is six and a half feet in circumference. At its waist, it is six feet in circumference. The Type of Leaf of This Sweet Potato. The type of leaf of this sweet potato at its base is like the leaf of the beach morning glory. At the point where it crawls, it is like the leaf of the morning glory with its fuzz. What Is Said About This Sweet Potato. Some locals of Kamalino say that this sweet potato was growing leaves from the old days until today. The one who planted this sweet potato was Hōlei, and the name it was given was Kiwi a Hōlei. It was said in the old days that if you don’t have the leaf to plant, then you get this sweet potato, break off a leaf and plant it in the garden. When it grows, then the sweet potato’s appearance changes and is not like its original form. To look at it, it doesn’t seem true, but just a lie.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Examining the Sweet Potato. Rev. D. G. Kūpahu and M. W. Keale examined this sweet potato. They cut four leaf samples in order to verify whether it truly changed its appearance or not. In planting it, if it is true that it has changed from its original state, I shall report on it later, so that all may know. D. S. K. Hewahewa. Ni‘ihau, Jan. 29, 1868. Nu Hou Kuloko. Kauai. Aohe hoi he lohelohea hou ia mai nei o ka uala nui o Niihau a kakou i lohe mua mai ai. Aohe mau mea kupono nana i hooiaio mai i ka oiaio o kela uala. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 21 March 1868. P. 2. Local News. Kaua‘i. We haven’t heard any more about the large sweet potato on Ni‘ihau that we heard of before. There hasn’t been anything suitable to verify the truth about that sweet potato.

170

Kauai. Rev. A. Kaukau i Niihau. Mai ka peni a J. P. A. K. o Waiwai, Kauai, i lohe mai makou, ua holo aku kela kahunapule maluna i ka mokupuni o Niihau

No Niihau Mai. Ua nui ka la o Niihau nei i keia manawa, aohe wahi paka ua i haule mai. Ua maloo na wahi pue uala, ua ikaika mai ka hana a ka wi, kokoke e lanakila loa ka wi maluna o keia mau olaolao kanaka. Aole no ka mahiai ole ke kumu o ka wi, aka, no ka nui o ka la, maloo na mea kanu, a oia ke kumu o ka wi. Aia ko makou ola i ka ihu o ka waapa holo i Kauai, a hoi mai me na pai-poi. Hala ae ana ia mau la makaponiuniu; o na hua papipi ia e hoopiha nei i ka lua o ka inaina, i paa main a anoano, a hala na la elua a ekolu paha. E. K. —Ke Au Okoa. 2 September 1869. P. 2. From Ni‘ihau. There is a lot of sun here on Ni‘ihau at this time, and there is not a drop of rain falling. The sweet potato mounds are dry, and the drought is really taking its toll. The drought has almost claimed victory over the efforts of the people. The cause of the drought is not due to lack of farming, but due to the strength of the sun. The crops have dried out, and that is the cause of the drought. We survive by the bow of the boat that sails to Kaua‘i and comes back with pounded taro. Then the days of dizziness are gone. [Otherwise,] we live on cactus fruit to make it through for two or three days. E. K. Nu Hou Kuloko. No Niihau. He wi no, o ka la ikaika. Oia ke kumu o ka wi, aka nae. He oi loa ka ikaika i ke kukulu papohaku iloko o keia wa wi. Ekolu pa-pohaku a’u i ike ai. Aia ma Puheheke a hiki i Puuwai, hookahi wale no aoao i koe, alaila, puni loa. Aia ma

Droughts and Famines

mamuli o ke kono ana mai a ka Haku nona ka mokupuni. O ka makemake nui o na haku, o ka haiolelo aku i na kanaka e noho ana maluna iho o ka mokupuni, a o ka paipai aku hoi ia lakou no ka noho ana Karistiano io ma keia ola ana. Mai ia maka peni hookahi mai no hoi maluna ae, i lohe mai ai makou, ke hoopipili la no ka hahana a kila a me ka ikiiki o ka wela maluna o ia mokupuni (Niihau). Ke wi nei ma Niihau i keia wa, pela ka hoike a E. Kahale o ia mokupuni. Ke kau mai nei ko lakou mau maka i na waapa pai-ai o ka hiki aku. Na na hua papipi i hoohala i kekahi wa maka poniuniu o lakou. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 28 August 1869. P. 3. Kaua‘i. Rev. A. Kaukau on Ni‘ihau. From the pen of J. P. A. K. of Waiwai, Kaua‘i, we have heard that the reverend travelled to the island of Ni‘ihau at the invitation of the landowners whose island it is. What the owners desired most was a speech to the people living on the island to implore them to live true Christian lives in this lifetime. From the point of that same pen referred to above, we have heard that the intense heat and humidity have grown on that island (Ni‘ihau). Ni‘ihau is under famine conditions at this time, according to the report by E. Kahale of that island. Their eyes are set [watching for] the arrival of the boat that delivers the pounded taro. Cactus fruit has pacified some in the dizziness of their need.

171

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Halawela, ua paa loa ia pa, aia ma Kamalino ia pa-pohaku nui hookahi aoao i koe, puni loa. He mau Pa aina e kanu ai i ka owala keia. Ua uku pono aku ko lakou haole alii F. Sinclair ma ke dala. Oia ka lakou mea e kuai ai i na pai kalo o Kauai mai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 1 October 1870. P. 2. Local News. Regarding Ni‘ihau. There is a drought in the hot sun: That is the cause of the drought. But it is especially strong [if you are] building a rock wall during this time of drought. I saw three rock walls. The one from Pūheheke to Pu‘uwai has only one side remaining in order to be completed. In Halawela the wall is completed. In Kamalino the large rock wall has only one side left to go to complete it. These are fields for growing sweet potatoes. Their foreign chief, F. [Francis] Sinclair, paid well in dollars. That is how they [the residents] are able to buy pounded taro from Kaua‘i.

172

No Niihau. Ke Kau Pa Maloo. Mai ka A. D. 1879 [1869] a hiki mai i keia A. D. 1870. Ua mau no ka pa maloo ana, a nui no hoi ka wi ma keia mokupuni, ma Kauai mai kahi ai e loaa mai ai, o ka poi me ka raiki, a ma keia mau la a naue nei he raiki ke ola. Hoomanamana e hana i ka ua. Mai ka malama o Feberuari a hiki i ka malama o Aukake pau ka hana ana i ka ua, a ua poe hoomanamana ua nei hoi, ma ka apana o Puuwai a me Pukaiki kahi hana pinepine. Kekahi o na mohai ua, a ua poe hoopunipuni nei a me na akua ua o lakou, oia he ia ula, he puaa hiwa, he awa hiwa, he wauke i kuku ia i kapa ka moa lawa me ka moa hiwa. He okoa no nae kea no o ka kekahi kahuna, o na mohai iho la. Na akau ua, o Kanehekili, Kanewawahilani, Okuia, Nakoloilani, Kauilanuimakaeha, Kahakauwila, Keahilau, Lihiula, o Kukaweloula, o Kawelaokalani, o Kamakaokahala, o Kahakuokapo, Kahulumanu, a he nui wale aku na akua, aia a hoi mai keia poe hoopunipuni iluna o ka kahu wahahee o lakou, o ka wanana ae la, aia iloko o ka po o Kulu ua ka’u ua, a o kekahi hoi iloko o Muku, a i Hoaka ka kekahi, a o kekahi iloko o na Ku, a o kekahi hoi he ua mai ka po a ao kui mai ehiku hekili, ka kekahi he umi la, a o kekahi he mahina okoa. A o keia mau wanana a pau, ua hookoia e ka laau kaulana a Kekuaokalani o Hoolehelehekii. “Pau ole ka apa naaupo a keia poe puni lealea me na daimonio.” —Ke Au Okoa. 3 November 1870. P. 4. About Ni‘ihau. The Season of Dry Fields. From A. D. 1869 up until this A. D. 1870, the fields are still dry and a great drought persists on this island. Some food is obtained from Kaua‘i, such as poi and rice, and in these days we survive on rice. Mystical Practices to Make Rain. From the month of February up until the month of August, no more attempts to make rain were made by these people who conjure rain in the districts of Pu‘uwai and Pukaiki, where this sort of thing is done so often. Some of the rain offerings of these liars to their rain gods include red fish, black pigs, the hiwa variety of ‘awa, wauke pounded into tapa, white chickens and black chickens. Kāhuna do things differently regarding offerings. The rain gods are Kānehikili, Kānewāwahilani, ‘Ōkū‘ia [or ‘Oku‘ia], Nākoloilani, Kauilanuimaka‘eha [or Kauilanuimaka‘ehā], Ka-

hakauila, Keahilau, Lihi‘ula, Kūkaweo‘ula, Kawelaokalani, Kamakaokahala, Kahakuokapō, Kūhulumanu, and many other gods. When these liars return, the lying shamans of theirs prophesize, “In the night of Kulu, the rain will fall.” Some say on the night of Muku, others say on the night of Hoaka, and some say on the night of Kū. Some say that it will rain all night and into the day, and seven cracks of thunder will sound. Some say it will happen in ten days and some say in a whole month, and that all of these prophecies will come true due to the famous club of Kekuaokalani, called Ho‘oleheleheki‘i. “The deceitful ignorance of these people who go chasing after amusement with demons never ends.” M. W. K. [M. W. Keale] [The reference to the famous club of Kekuaokalani in the last paragraph is explained in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 2014: “Loa‘a i ka lā‘au a Kekuaokalani, o Leheleheki‘i. You will get Kekuaokalani’s club called Leheleheki‘i. You will find nothing but disappointment. Kekuaokalani was a nephew of Kamehameha I, to whom the latter entrusted the care of his war god after his death. Kekuaokalani had a club called Lehelehe-ki‘i (Lips-of-an-image). One meaning of Leheleheki‘i is to get around doing nothing but ‘lip,’ that is, talking.”]

“The traditions of these islands are full of stories of long swims by natives, sometimes from island to island, sometimes from capsized boats in the channels, the swimmers reaching shore after being in the water for almost incredible lengths of time and after swimming for distances that have been reckoned beyond the limits of men.” This quote appeared in the June 3, 1906, edition of the Honolulu Advertiser in a front-page story about Edward Duvauchelle who swam for 17 hours between Maui and Moloka‘i after his boat overturned. He finally reached the small island of Mokuho‘oniki off Pu‘uohoku, Moloka‘i, spent the night there, and swam to shore on Moloka‘i the next day. As the Advertiser writer said, these incidents were common throughout Hawai‘i, especially when crossing Nā Kai ‘Ewalu, the eight channels between the main Hawaiian islands. The Kaulakahi Channel between Ni‘ihau and Kaua‘i spans 17 miles, and Hawaiians living on Ni‘ihau crossed it often for many reasons, including to find food on Kaua‘i during times of severe drought and famine. While the articles that follow detail some incredible stories of survival at sea, they also document people who were lost at sea, never to be seen again. A common way to describe someone lost at sea in the Hawaiian-language newspapers was to say they had disappeared in “ka opu o ka moana,” literally, “the bowels of the ocean.” This phrase appears in several of the articles that follow. Make I Ka Moana.Waimea, Kauai, Mei 19, 1846. Hai aku au ia oe, e ka Elele, i ka make ana o Abela Kahikiea; ma ka moana o Kaulakahi kahi i make ai; ekolu lakou i make malaila. Mai Kauai aku nei lakou e hoi ana i Niihau, aole nae i pae iuka; i ka lua o ka la o keia malama ko lakou hoi

Lost at Sea

Lost at Sea

173

ana aku, mai Kauai nei aku, a ka moana halawai lakou me ka ino; o ko lakou make no ia. O ka waa a me ka ai ka i pae iuka a me kekahi mau mea e ae. O kea ma me ka pea me na kanaka ekolu ka i nalowale, aole lakou i pae i uka. Eia ko lakou mea i make ai, o ka pilikia o ka aina i ka wi, nolaila holo nui mai na kanaka i Kauai nei i keia mau la no ka ai. Na S. [Samuela] Kahookui. —Ka Elele. 4 June 1846. P. 40. Death at Sea. Waimea, Kaua‘i, May 19, 1846. I’m [writing] to tell you, Elele, about the death of Abela Kahikia‘e. It was on the ocean of Kaulakahi where he died. Three of them died there. They left Kaua‘i to return to Ni‘ihau, but they did not make it. It was on the 2nd of this month when they returned from here on Kaua‘i. At sea, they encountered a storm, and they perished. The canoe and food supplies landed on shore along with a few other items. The mast and sail along with the three aboard disappeared. They did not land on shore. The reason they perished was due to the drought on the island. That is why many people have come here to Kaua‘i these days seeking food. By S. [Samuela] Kaho‘oku‘i.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Drowned in the Channel. Some weeks since two natives and a woman, embarked on a canoe of six fathoms in length, from the western side of Oahu, intending to cross the channel to Kauai. Recent news from Niihau states that the canoe had been drifted ashore on that island, much broken, but with its mast and sails still in it. There appears no doubt that the canoe must have capsized in the channel and the natives drowned. This canoe had been brought across the channels all the way from Hawaii. In former days when canoes were built larger, and were more skillfully managed than now, it was not at all uncommon to cross the channel between Oahu and Kauai. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 14 August 1856. P. 2.

174

Make I Ka Moana. Ma ka la 6 iho nei o keia malama. Ua hiki mai ka lohe i Hanalei nei, o ka pae ana o kekahi waa i Niihau, ua nahaha a e paa ana ke kia a me ka pea, aole nae kanaka i pili ana. No S. Kaaloa o Waioli, Kauai, ua waa nei, a ua laweia mai, mai Hawaii mai, a hiki i Waianae, Oahu, a hookahi no kai i koe a hiki i Kauai, oia ke kai o Kaiewaho. He kai loihi nae ia, no ka waa maoli, eono wale no anana ka loa. Elua kane a hookahi wahine paha maluna o na waa nei, no Kauai lakou a pau. O Paikahua no Hanalei a o Mokuhaole, a me Kanakaole, he wahine opiopio, no Kalalau. Ua manaoia ua pau lakou a pau i ka make. Aole nae akaka ke ano o ka make ana, aole mea e hoakaka mai. E lilo paha keia make i mea e ao ai i na kanaka i ka hewa o ka holo ana ma ke kai o Kaiewaho, ma ka waa maoli. Mamua i kela wa kahiko i mahuahua ai na waa, a ua nui ke akamai o ka poe hookele waa, aole hoi Mokuhaole e like me keia manawa, e aho no ke holo ma ka waa maoli ia wa. I keia wa hoi, ua pono ole. Ma keia make hikwae, ua pono i ka poe a pau e heluhelu ana i keia olelo e

Mea Hou Ma Kauai. I ka 26 o Augate, e holo ana makou i Niihau ma Lopailani moku, a me kahi waapa no Opio; hiki makou a pau ilaila i ka la 27 o Augate nei me ka pilikia ole; noho iki makou e imi i ukana no ka moku, a i kakahiaka o ka la 29, oia hoi ka poalima; hoi mai ka waapa o Opio mai Keawanui mai, a ia ahiahi holo mai hoi makou mai Kaulunui mai, ma Lopailani moku, a ao ia po, mawaena makou o ka moana Kaulakahi. Oia ka poaono; lewa ana makou io ia nei no ka makani ole, a ia po iho, a ao ae la, oia ka la Sabati, la 31 o Augate, e lana ana makou ma Polihale, paina kakahiaka makou, holo mai me ka manao e hiki ana i Hanalei ia la. Aka, loaa ia makou kamakani ino ia la, ikaika maoli, Hoomanawanui mai makou e hiki ma Hanalei, a i ka hora elima paha, paina ahiahi makou, alaila, huli makou e holo ana i kai, a hala paha hookahi mile, loaa makou i ke Kikio makani ikaika; huli hia ka moku a waiho aoao; alaila, holo o Kahanu e oki i na kaula o na pea o ka moku, i ala mai aole nae i ala. No ka mea, ua kaa ka ukana o loko o ka moku; ekolu, eha paha minute, hiki hou mai ua Kikio makani, a huli loa ka moku. Oia paha ka hora eno [eono], a kanakolu minute paha o ke ahiahi o ka la Sabati, oia ka la 31 o Augate iho nei, alaila kahea mai kekahi o makou hulihia! hulihia!! hulihia kakou!!! la manawa hoakoakoa mai makou iluna o ke kua o ka moku, ia makou a pau. O ka nui o makou, eono; eia ko lakou mau inoa, Kahanu, he Ona mokou [moku], Isaaka he Kapena, Mareko kanaka hana no ka moku, a me H. Kapu, S. Kaehu, a Keaupuni he wahine; elua laua ee moku. A maopopo loa; ua pilikia, kuka iki no ka pono o ka au aku; alaila, i mai ka

Lost at Sea

noonoo ia lakou iho, a noho makaukau, no ka mea, aole oukou i ike i ka la a me ka hora, e kii mai ai ka make ia oukou. J. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 14 August 1856. P. 4. Death at Sea. On the 6th of this month we received word here in Hanalei of a canoe that landed on Ni‘ihau that was dashed to pieces with the mast and sail still attached, but no one was onboard. The canoe belonged to S. Ka‘aloa of Wai‘oli, Kaua‘i. It was taken from Hawai‘i [island] to Wai‘anae, O‘ahu. There was one more channel to cross to reach Kaua‘i, Ka‘iewaho [also Ka‘ie‘iewaho]. But it is a long channel for a canoe only six fathoms [36 feet] in length. There were two men and one woman onboard this canoe and they were all from Kaua‘i. They were Paikahua of Hanalei, Mokuhaole, and Kanaka‘ole, a young woman of Kalalau. It is believed that they all perished. It is not clear, however, how they died. There is no indication. These deaths could perhaps become a lesson to people who mistakenly sail Ka‘iewaho on an actual canoe. In the old days, when there were lots of canoes and people knew how to sail them, without foreign sailing vessels of today, it was better to sail real canoes. Today, they are of no use. In this sudden demise everyone reading this note should think about themselves and be prepared, as you do not know the day or the time that death will come to get you. J.

175

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 176

Ona moku penei. “E noho kakou iluna a ao, alaila au aku kakou”; alaila, i aku au, aole pono pela no ka mea; ina ao keia po ia kakou ma kai nei, make kakou i ke anu, a hiki ole ke au iuka. Elua, aole maopopo kahi e lawe ai ke au i keia waa; ina i ka moana loa, hiki paha a hiki ole paha ke au iuka. A maopopo ko makou manao e au aku; wehewehe makou i kekahi laau o ka moku i mau mea kokua mai ia makou ma ka au ana, a hemo mai la elua laau no na pea mai, a mena hoe ekolu, alima laau, hookahi ipu. O ko makou au mai no ia a maloeloe, hoomalia maluna o na laau, o ka hora ehiku paha ia o ke ahiahi; elima o makou au ana, a elima hoomaha ana, hiki ma ke pali o Kikiopua, i waena o Kalalau, a me Haena. Pae pono makou i Hanakoa, na kane elima, me ka wahine hookahi, aole mea o makou i make, a pae makou iuka. Ulu mai ke kaumaha no ka make, no ka mea ua ike maka makou, aia makou iloko o ka lua kupapau o Parao ma, ia lakou ma ke Kaiula. Aka, olioli makou a lana hoi ko makou manao ana, ua hoopakele mai ko kakou Haku ia makou mai ka opu o ka moana mai. Pela e hoomaikai ia ke Akua ia hanauna aku ia hanauna aku. Owau no me ka mahalo. J. W. Kaehu. Hanalei, Kauai. Sep. 1, 1856. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 10 September 1856. P. 110. News on Kaua‘i. On the 26th of August we were going to Ni‘ihau on the ship, Lopailani, and a boat belonging to ‘Ōpio. We arrived there on the 27th of August without any trouble. We stayed for a little while to look for the ship’s cargo. On the morning of the 29th, which was Friday, ‘Ōpio’s boat came back from Keawanui, and that evening, we came back from Kaulunui [sic: Kaununui] on the Lopailani. The next morning, we were in the middle of the Kaulakahi Channel. That was Saturday. We drifted here and there because there was no wind until that night. In the morning, which was Sunday, the 31st of August, we were drifting outside of Polihale, where we had breakfast, intending to make it back to Hanalei that day. But we were caught in a windstorm that was very powerful. We waited it out, and we reached Hanalei at about five o’clock. We had dinner, then we turned out to sea and reached about a mile out when we were caught in a powerful Kiki‘o wind. When the ship listed to one side, Kahanu ran and cut the lines of the ship’s sails. We thought this would right the ship, but it did not. The reason was the cargo had rolled inside the ship. After about three or four minutes in the Kiki‘o wind, the ship capsized completely. It was about six thirty in the evening at the time on Sunday, the 31st of last August. Some of us cried out, “Capsized! Capsized! We’re capsized!” At that time, we gathered on the back of the ship, all of us. There were six of us altogether. Their names are Kahanu, owner of the ship; Isaac, the Captain; Mark, the ship’s mate; and H. Kapu, S. Ka‘ehu, and Kaupuni, a woman. Two of them were passengers. It was clear we were in trouble, so we discussed swimming for shore. At that point the owner of the ship said, “Let’s stay until the morning, then swim for it.” Then he said, “It wouldn’t work now because if night falls on us here at sea, we’ll die of the cold, and we won’t be able to make it to shore. “Secondly, we don’t know where we’re going on this canoe. If it’s out to the open ocean, we’d never make it to shore.” But [the rest of us] felt it was better to swim for it. We took some pieces of wood from the ship to help us swim. We removed two pieces of wood from the sails, and with three oars we had five

pieces of wood and one gourd container. We started to swim until we became fatigued, then we floated on the wood. It was about five o’clock or so in the evening. All five of us swam and all five rested until we were outside of the cliff of Kīkī‘ōpua between Kalalau and Hā‘ena. We landed at Hanakoa safely, five men and one woman. None of us died, and we landed on shore. We had been overcome with grief thinking about death, as we saw that we were in the tomb of the Pharaohs, as they were in the Red Sea. But we rejoiced and our spirits were lifted that our Lord delivered us from the bowels of the ocean. That is why we give praise to God from generation to generation. It is I with gratitude. J. W. Ka‘ehu. Hanalei, Kaua‘i. Sep. 1, 1856.

Ola Mahunehune Ma Ka Moana. E Ka Nupepa Kuokoa E. Aloha oe. Ua hiki paha ia oe a me kou Lunahooponopono ke hoomanawanui e hookomo iho ma kekahi Kolamu o kou kino puipui holookoa, no kekahi pilikia poino i loaa ma ka moana penei: Holo a ku la kekahi mau waapa mai Niihau aku a Kauai, ma Hanalei no ke kalepa; aole nae hoi i loaa ka pilikia poino ma ia holo ana, no ka mea, he oluolu no ka makani ma ka moana, aka, ma kekahi pule ae, hoomakaukau lakou e hoi mai, oia hoi ka poaha, la 12 o Mei nei, aka, no ka mahuahua ana mai o ka makani, a ua kupono ole no hoi ka hoomau ana aku i ka holo, nolaila hoi, ua pae ae lakou ma Nualolo ia la, a noho malaila ia mau la; a ma ka poaono hoi oia hoi ka la 14, hoomaka lakou e hoi mai i Niihau nei, me ko lakou ike no nae i ka pono ole o ka hana a ka makani, aka, no ka manao paha o kaulana ole ke akamai o ke keiki Niihau ke hoi i ka la malie, nolaila, hooulu ai no hoi e holo, aka, i ka holo ana mai a hiki mawaena pono o ka moana lipolipo o Kaulakahi, popoi ia iho la kekahi waapa e ka ale, a hulihia iho la ka waha ilalo, a lana ae la ka auwae kahi uuku. A ike mai la hoi ka lua o ka waapa ua make keia waapa, kiola lakou i ka lakou mau ukana iloko a ke kai, a kii aku la e hoopakele i ke ola o ka poe i loohiaia e ka pilikia. O ka nui nae o ka poe maluna o ua waapa la i make ai, he 13, ke huipuia me kekahi wahi keiki uuku, a opiopio no hoi, iluna no ke alo, aole i huli, aka, he mea menemene nae i ko’u ma, nao ka lohe ana no keia poino. Ke manao paa nei hoi au, ina aole ka lua o ka waapa, a oia waapa wale no ka waapa i hoi mai mai Kauai mai, a pela la hoi keia loohia ana e ka poino, ina paha ua pau loa lakou i ke ale ia e ka opu o ka moana, a owai la o lakou e pakele mai i ahai lono, nana hoi e hai mai ia makou no keia make ana? Ke manao nei au aole. Eia no hoi; ina no aohe mea nana i hoopakele i ko lakou mau ola, alaila, ina paha ua haku iho makou i ka manao kuhihewa, “aia no i Kauai kahi i noho ai”; aka, ma ka holo ana mai hoi o kekahi poe mai Kauai mai, a lohe ia mai nae ia lakou, “aole e kala i hoi mai ai.” A heaha la ka mea e loaa ia makou ia wa? Eia wale no; o ka olelo ua make, me ka loaa ia makou o ia wahi i-a he alamihi. Eia hoi; no kuu manao he mau makamaka ko lakou ma Kauai, a me na wahi e ae o keia mau mokupuni, a pahaohao paha lakou, me ko lakou ninau

Lost at Sea

Memoranda. Loss of Sloop. The captain of the Dolphin reports that the sloop built and owned by the Mormons was wrecked on Niihau during the early part of last week. She is reported a total loss. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 16 April 1857. P. 2.

177

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 178

iho, “owai la keia poe Niihau i poino, a ua pakele i ka lua o ka waapa?” Nolaila hoi, ke hai pakahi aku nei ko oukou makamaka i na inoa pakahi o lakou a pau, a eia no ia: Kaaukuu, Kalana, Kepuoiki, Kawala, Kaika, Mahuiki, Puni, Kaikuahine, he poe kane lakou; a o Kaniupoloula, o Kamakahuilama, o Puuiki, he poe wahine ia, a o kahi keiki uuku no hoi, a me kekahi kanaka o Limaiole kona inoa; a oia iho la hoi na inoa pakahi ma ka waapa i make ai. Eia hoi na inoa o ka poe maluna o ka waapa nana i hoopakele ia lakou i ka make: O Moopuna, Kamalikehakeno, Kaoku, Kaneiolouma, Kehau, Kalauakaino, he poe kane lakou; a o Kewa, a me Niihau, he mau wahine laua. A o ka huina nae o ko lakou nui a pau he 22. A no keia pakele ana ae hoi o keia poe mai ka make ae, nolaila, ua hoomanao iho au i kekahi wahi olelo kahiko penei: “Pomaikai ke ola na ke Akua, mai ku no ko aka-iki ia’u.” O ka waapa nae i make ai, a me na ukana a lakou a pau, ua pau aku no ia i ka lilo i ka hohonu o ka moana, a koe mai no nae ke ola, a me na wahi mea e pili ana i ka ili; a ua hoomanawanui no ke Akua ia lakou a pae ma ka aoao hikina o Niihau nei, ma kahi i kapaia o Kii. O keia poe nae, no ka aoao Katorika kekahi poe, a no ka aoao Hoole Pope hoi kekahi poe. Mai hopu nae keia poe i ka laau a Kekuaokalani, ia “Hoolehelehekii,” a me kuu wahi makuahunowai hoi ia “Laumihi,” ka ua mea hoi he holo i ka wa makani nui, o aha ia no la hoi ke noho a malie, ku ae no la hoi hoi mai ana. O ko kanaka mau iho la no ia he hooio, me ka manao i kaulana ai ka inoa no ke akamai i ka hookele. I ku no hoi ke akamai i ka hapa makani, aka, ina e oi ae ka ino o ka makani mamua o kou akamai, alaila, ke manao nei au, aohe e hiki i kou akamai ke hoolanakila ia oe iho. “E hoonani ia ke Akua ma na lani kiekie loa, a he malu hoi ma ka honua, a he aloha no i kanaka.” Me ke aloha no. P. R. Holiohana. Kihalanui, Niihau, Mei 21, 1864. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 18 June 1864. P. 4. Barely Survived on the Ocean. Dear Nupepa Kuokoa. Aloha. Could you and your editor possibly be so patient as to include an article in your entire full body regarding an unfortunate incident that happened on the ocean in this way. Some boats sailed from Ni‘ihau to Kaua‘i to sell merchandise at Hanalei. They did not encounter any trouble on that voyage, as the wind and ocean were favorable. But the next week, as they prepared to come back, this being Thursday, the 12th of May last, the wind picked up. It became unfavorable to continue the voyage, so they landed at Nu‘alolo that day and stayed there a few days. On Saturday, the 14th, they started back here to Ni‘ihau, knowing that the wind was not doing the right thing. But since it was not well known [among them] that a smart Ni‘ihau boy would [wait and] sail on a calm day, they determined to go. As they sailed and reached right in the middle of the deep, blue sea of the Kaulakahi Channel, a wave broke on top of one boat. It overturned completely, and those aboard ended up floating in the sea. At that time the second boat saw that this boat was finished, so they tossed their cargo into the sea and went to rescue the lives of those who were in the middle of a disaster. The number of people on the boat that overturned was 13, including a small child, who was quite young, who was [fortunately floating] face-up and did not turn over. I felt sorry when I heard about this disaster. I really think that if it wasn’t for the second boat and that if it had just been

Lost at Sea

the one boat that came back from Kaua‘i, and it had experienced this disaster, they would all have been killed in the waves of the bowels of the ocean. Who would have delivered them in order for this story to be told and to report to us about the deaths? I think there would not have been anyone. But had there not been anyone to rescue them, we would have come up with various assumptions that would have been wrong, [such as] “They’re still on Kaua‘i, where they stayed.” But if someone else came back from Kaua‘i and heard about them, [they would have said], “No, they went back a long time ago.” And what would we have gotten then? Just this: the word that they died, and all that we would have gotten would be the ‘alamihi crab [repentance]. This is how it is. As I suppose they had friends on Kaua‘i and in other areas of these islands, and they perhaps would wonder [what happened] and have lots of questions, [such as] “Who are these Ni‘ihau people who had this disaster, and were they rescued by the second boat?” So I will tell you and all your friends the names of each and every one of them: Ka‘auku‘u, Kalana, Kepu‘ōiki, Kāwala, Kaikā, Māhuiki, Puni, Kaikuahine: these are males. Kaniupolo‘ula, Kamakahuilama, Pu‘uiki: these are women, and a young child as well, and there was a man called Lima‘iole. These are the names of those aboard the boat that overturned. Here are the names of those aboard the boat that rescued them: Mo‘opuna, Kamalikehakeao, Ka‘ōkū, Kānei‘olouma, Kēhau, Kalauaka‘ino: these are males; and Kewa and Ni‘ihau: these are women. The total number of all of them is 22. And since these people were rescued from death, I am reminded of an old saying that goes like this: “Blessed are those who live in God. Do not stand and laugh at me.” The boat that overturned, along with all of their cargo, has been lost to the depths of the ocean, but their lives were spared, along with those things that clung to the skin. God was patient with them until they landed ashore on the eastern side of Ni‘ihau in the area called Ki‘i. But of these people, some were of the Catholic faith, and some were of the Protestant faith. The people nearly grabbed the club of Kekuaokalani, called “Ho‘oleheleheki‘i” and my dear mother-in-law, “Laumihi,” as a result of sailing when it was really windy. Why didn’t they wait until it became calm, then get up and come back? The typical man is a show-off, thinking that his name would become famous for being expert at navigating. Your expertise is seen on a partially windy day, but if it becomes a bigger storm with wind greater than your expertise, then I think your expertise could not win for you. “May God be praised in the high heavens, and peace on earth, and love to all men.” With aloha. P. R. Holiohana. Kīhalanui, Ni‘ihau, May 21, 1864. [The reference to the famous club of Kekuaokalani in the last paragraph is explained in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 2014. Loa‘a i ka lā‘au a Kekuaokalani, o Leheleheki‘i. You will get Kekuaokalani’s club called Leheleheki‘i. You will find nothing but disappointment. Kekuaokalani was a nephew of Kamehameha I, to whom the latter entrusted the care of his war god after his death. Kekuaokalani had a club called Lehelehe-ki‘i (Lips-of-an-image). One meaning of Leheleheki‘i is “to get around doing nothing but ‘lip,’ ” that is, talking. The phrase “my dear mother-in-law, ‘Laumihi,’ ” is a humorous play on the word “mihi,” which means “to repent too late to prevent something.” Lau means “many.”]

179

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 180

Waapa Make Ma Ka Moana. E Ka Nupepa Kuokoa E. Aloha Oe. I ka po o ka Poalima, ao ae Poaono, oia ka la 31 o Dekemaba, makahiki 1864, make kekahi waapa ma ka moana, mai Waimea, Kauai mai. Elua kanaka o luna, o S. Nawaalaau ko makou Kahukula, a me Kuapa, ia laua i holo mai ai mai Waimea mai, aole ino, aole makani, wahi a laua, he malie wale no, a hiki laua mawaena konu o ka moana, mawaena o Kauai, a me Niihau nei, loaa laua i ka makani, o ka liu o ka waapa, a me ka wai maluna iho oia ko laua mea i poino ai a no ka maimai kekahi o Kuapa, aole ikaika oia i ke ka i ka liu, ia S. Nawaalaau hoi ka hoe o laua, a hulihia ka waapa lana wale ana na auwae i ka moana kahi uuku, kiola laua i ka waapa, au mai laua a pae ma Kaunopou, ma ka hikina akau o Kii, komohana hoi mai Mana mai, a malaila no kahi i kau mai ai o ka waapa, me he mea la, malaila no ko laua wahi i make ai i pae mai ai ka waapa me na hoe, ua pae ola no ko laua mau kino, me na paa lole no o laua, a me ka pakeke kapa, a o na buke o kana oihana Kahukula, oia ka waiwai nui i poino, elua buke wahi ana; o ka Buke o ka poe Hanau, Make, Mare, a me ka Buke kikoo o na Kumu a me na la kula. Oia ka lua o ka buke. O ke kumu o ko laua holo ana mai, i holo mai ua S. Nawaalaau nei, e hoike i na kula o kona Apana, poino e ma ka moana, na E. Kahale i hoike ma ka Poalima, oia ka la 30 o Dekemaba. Aole o laua wale na mea i poino ma keia moana. He lehulehu loa mai na kupuna mai, ka hoomaka ana, a hala aku kekahi i ka opu o ka moana, a koe mai ke ola o kekahi poe, a keu ma ka aina nei. Hookahi mea nui a’u i minamina ai, o na Buke o ke Aupuni; o kekahi Buke ka! ma ia Kamali mai, Uu, W. B. Aka, J. Nawahinelua, a ia S. Nawaalaau hoi la, ale okoa ka moana. O ka Mak. Mal. La, o na keiki hanau ka mea minamina, aole wahi e loaa hou ae ai ke haha ae, haha iho ilalo e ola ana, miki ka pukoa i ka buke la lilo, me ka Peresidena o ka Papa Hoonaauao ke aloha, ka mea nana keia Oihana. Me ka mahalo. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 2 February 1865. P. 3. Boat Disaster on the Ocean. Dear Nupepa Kuokoa. Aloha. On the night of Friday, breaking into day Saturday, which was the 31st of December, 1864, a boat, which came from Waimea, Kaua‘i, overturned on the ocean. There were two men onboard, S. Nāwa‘alā‘au, our school administrator, and Kuapā. As they were sailing from Waimea, there was no storm, no wind. According to them, it was calm until they reached the middle of the channel between Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau here, where they were caught in a wind and the boat took on water. When it took on water, they were in trouble, and this is the reason: Kuapā felt ill. He was not strong enough to bail the water, so S. Nāwa‘alā‘au paddled for them. The boat overturned and drifted with the two of them. They abandoned the boat, swam in and landed onshore at Kaunopou [sic: Kaunupou] to the northeast of Ki‘i, west of Mānā. That is where the boat landed onshore, as if that is where they intended the boat to land with the paddles. They landed with their lives, with their clothes intact and the bucket of blankets and the books of his [Nāwa‘alā‘au’s] job as administrator. However, the most valuable cargo was destroyed, two bound books: the book of records of births, deaths, marriages, [the first book], and the book of checks for the teachers and the school days, the second book. The reason for their trip was so S. Nāwa‘alā‘au could report

to the schools of his district, but due to his misfortune on the ocean, E. Kahale reported on Friday, the 30th of December. They are not the only two who have encountered trouble on the ocean. There have been numerous people since our ancestors’ time, when it all began, that have died in the bowels of the ocean. Some people survived and remained onshore. The one thing I really regret is the loss of the government books. Another book from Kamali, ‘Ū‘ū, W. B. Aka, J. Nāwāhinelua, and S. Nāwa‘alā‘au, was swallowed up by the ocean. The year, month, day of the children who were born is the greatest thing I regret. We won’t find anything, even if we search with our hands. The reef drew in the lost books. We leave our aloha with the president of the Board of Education, the one whose occupation this is. With gratitude.

Nu Hou Kuloko. Waapa Kahuli. Ua poloaiia mai makou e D. S. K. Kaelele, o Niihau, i ke kahuli ana o kekahi waapa ma ka moana, mawaena o Kauai a me Niihau. I ka la 7 o Novemaba i naue ae nei, ka haalele ana o ua waapa nei ia Lonopapa ma Niihau, eha kane elua wahine o luna, a me na ukana pu no hoi. Oia holo a mawaho pono ae o Kamalino, o ke poi ia iho la no ia e ka nalu a huli ana ua waapa nei, pau na wahi ukana i ka lilo, a he mau dala he kanakolukumamakahi. Aloha maoli keia poe. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 8 December 1866. P. 2. Local News. Overturned Boat. We were sent a message by D. S. Ka‘elele of Ni‘ihau that a boat capsized at sea between Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau. On the 7th of November is when the boat left Lonopapa on Ni‘ihau with four men and two women onboard, along with their belongings. When it got outside of Kamalino, a

Lost at Sea

Na Mea Hou o Niihau. Pakele Maoli. I kela pule i hala aku nei, holo aku la kekahi mau kanaka elua o Niihau nei, maluna o kekahi waapa, mai Puheheke a hiki i Lehua aina, a malaila hoomaha, me ka manao a kakahiaka ae holo i Kauai, aole laua i ike e hiki mai ana ka makani ino i waena konu o ka po, moku aku la ka heleuma o ua wahi waapa nei, a o ka lilo aku la no ia i ka moana, pomaikai ka apakau ana ae, pae ana i Lehua mokupuni, manao ae la ke ola. Elua mau kanaka iluna, o Pua, a me Paikapu. Mai ke Akua mai no ka pakele. Aloha no. D. A. Kaiole. Niihau, Oct. 16, 1866. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 3 November 1866. P. 3. News of Ni‘ihau. Truly Escaping. Last week two men of Ni‘ihau set sail on a boat from Pūheheke to Lehua, where they rested thinking that in the morning they would make their way to Kaua‘i. But they didn’t expect the stormy wind coming in the middle of the night. The anchor of their boat detached, and their boat floated off on the ocean. They were lucky it landed on Lehua Island. So, they thought they would be saved. The two men aboard were Pua and Paikapu. They were delivered by God. What a relief. D. A. Ka‘iole. Ni‘ihau, Oct. 16, 1866.

181

wave broke on it, and the boat overturned. All of the cargo was lost along with thirty-one dollars. How terrible for these people.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Nu Hou Kuloko. Kauai. Waapa Huli Ma Ka Moana. I ka la 8 o Okatopa, hoi mai kekahi waapa mai Kauai mai, a hapalua o ka Moana o Kauai a me Niihau, oia hoi ka Moana o Kaulakahi. Oiai ke kapena e nanea ana i ka hoohee ana i ka waapa i ka ale; a i ke kolu o ka ale o ka hee ana, e poi mai ana kekahi ale ma ka aoao, o ka huli aku la no ia, au ana ka poe a pau iloko o ka opu o ka Moana. A loihi loa ka hoolana ana, lana ae la. Aole nae kekahi o lakou i pilikia, a o ko lakou mau wahi pono kino, ua loaa mai no kekahi, a ua lilo aku kekahi. Eia na mea i lilo aku, hookahi kuka, hookahi Aiana, $7.50 a me kekahi mau mea liilii e ae. Eia ka inoa o ka poe a pau maluna, Aukele k. Maalea k. Paikapu k. Kooku k. Nuuhiwa k. Oia iho la ka nui o ka poe a pau maluna, na lakou i auau ke kai o Kaulakahi. H. W. K. Kalauokealoha. Kaluahonu, Niihau, Okatopa 11, 1867. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 19 October 1867. P. 3. Local News. Kaua‘i. Capsized Boat on the Ocean. On the 8th of October a boat returned from Kaua‘i. Halfway on the ocean between Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau in the Kaulakahi Channel, the captain was enjoying surfing the boat on the open-ocean waves. But on the third wave surfing, another wave came, hit them from the side, and the boat capsized. Those aboard swam in the middle of the ocean. They drifted for a long time on the surface. None of them suffered any problems. Of their personal belongings, some were recovered, and other items were lost. The items lost included: a coat, an iron, $7.50, and a few other small items. These are the names of those aboard: ‘Aukele (m), Ma‘alea (m), Paikapu (m), Ko‘okū (m), and Nu‘uhiwa (m). Those are the names of all those onboard. They all swam the Kaulakahi Channel. H. W. K. Kalauokealoha. Kaluahonu, Ni‘ihau, October 11, 1867.

182

He Ulia Kaumaha. Ma ka Nupepa a Wini i ike iho ai makou ua holo aku kekahi waapa huelo boki mai Kalalau aku o Kauai ma ka la 11 iho nei o Iune i Niihau. O na poe ­oluna o ka waapa o Kapahee, a me kekahi mau eewaapa ekolu, elua kane, a hookahi wahine: o ko lakou mau inoa, o Kawala, Wahapaa a me Paikuli; me ka pai. I ka hiki ana aku o ka waapa i ka hapaha o ka loa mai Kauai aku a Niihau, kahuli iho la ka waapa, a make. Hoao iho la i ka waapa e hoolana ae aole he wahi mea a lana iki. I ka hora elua o ka auina la haalele iho la lakou i ka waapa a au aku i Niihau, i ke ahiahi aneane nawaliwali kekahi mau kanaka, a o ka Kapahee ike ana iho la no ia ia lakou, au aku la ia me kahi ikaika i loaa ia ia. Au aku oia ia po a ao, a i ka hora umi paha o ke kakahiaka Poaono, pae aku la oia i ka mokupuni o Lehua. Aole no hoi i ike hou ia kekahi mau kanaka e ae, ua pau paha lakou i ka make. O Kapahee wale no ka mea i pae ola i Lehua, mahope o kona au ana no na hora he 22 iloko o ke kai lipolipo. Aloha ino ka poe i koe aku iloko o ka opu o ka moana. —Ke Au Okoa. 1 July 1869. P. 2. A Sad Incident. In the newspaper of Whitney, we saw that a whaleboat sailed from Kalalau, Kaua‘i on last 11th of June to Ni‘ihau. Those onboard were Kapahe‘e and

three others who boarded: two men, one woman. Their names were Kāwala, Wahapa‘a, and Paikuli. They had a load of pounded taro. When they arrived a quarter of the way from Kaua‘i to Ni‘ihau, the boat capsized completely and was not able to float. At two o’clock in the afternoon they abandoned the boat and swam toward Ni‘ihau. In the evening some of them were too weak [to swim]. Kapahe‘e understood their situation, and swam with all his might. He swam all night until the next day, and at about ten o’clock Saturday morning, he reached the island of Lehua. The other people were not seen again and are supposed dead. Kapahe‘e was the only one who landed alive at Lehua, after he swam for 22 hours in the deep, dark sea. How terrible for the others in the bowels of the ocean.

He Wahi Moolelo No J. K. Kapahee. Ke hoouna aku nei au i ko’u wahi moolelo mai kuu haalele ana me o’u mau hoa holo moana ia Kauai, a hiki i kuu pae olulo ana i kuu aina hanau (Niihau). Ma ka lokomaikai o ke Akua ko’u ola ana. Ma ka la 9 o Iune, haalele makou ia Hanalei, a ku ma kakahiaka o ka la 10 ma Kalalau, noho malaila e kahu ai, a ma ka la 11 ae makaukau no ka hoi ana, hoiliili na pai ai he 78, hookahi pahu a me na waiwai e ae. A mawae nap aha o ka hora 11 a me 12, haalele makou ia Kauai, a hoi aku i Niihau. Eha makou owau, o Kawala, o Wahapaa a me Paikuli kana wahine. Ia makou e holo ana, hooikaika ka mai la ka makani Koolau, puana like ae la makou, ina paha e mau ka ikaika o keia makani kau la okoa i ka aina; a aneane kupono makou iwaho o Milolii, ikaika loam ai ka makani, ke nana aku la makou papakea ua mea he ale. Aole no hoi he manao ae e hoi hou i Kauai; aole no hoi he manao mai e make ana. Ua holo aku makou a kupono o Pooahonu e pili la me Nohili ma ka aoao o makou poi ia iho la e ka ale, aole no nae i pilikia, koi aku au ia Kawala e hoolei i kekahi ai, ana ino kela, aole no hoi i mamao aku kahi i poi ia ai, pae hou makou i ka ale, a pau ka pae ana, e ume ia mai ana ka waapa ihope, ea hou mai kekahi ale, nana i ho’lulu na pea, aole e hiki ke holo aku, aole hoi e hiki ke hookaa ae, o ka uhi pu mai la no ia o ka ale iluna o makou; a piho iho la, ia manawa koke no,

Lost at Sea

Nu Hou Kuloko. Kauai. Ua lonolono waleia ma keia kulanakauhale, a ua hoolahaia hoi ma kekahi mau nupepa kuloko, ma ka la 4 o Iunei, ua holo aku kekahi waapa huelo boti mai Kauai aku, me ka manao e pae ola aku ma Niihau. Ia lakou nae i holo aku ai, a hala ka hapaha o kea la, ua hulihia iho la ka waapa a make. Ua au aku na ohua o luna a hookahi wale no i pae aku oia o Kapahee. He nui ko makou mau makamaka ma keia mau wahi, a ke noi nei i ko lakou lokomaikai, ina he oiaio, e hai mai i ka pololei. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 3 July 1869. P. 3. Local News. Kaua‘i. It was talked about in this city and reported in some local newspapers that on the 4th of June a whaleboat sailed from Kaua‘i, determined to land successfully at Ni‘ihau. But as they sailed and made it a quarter of the way, the boat capsized. There were deaths. Those onboard swam, but only one made it to shore. It was Kapahe‘e. We have many friends in these places, and we ask you kindly, if it is true, would you please provide the correct information.

183

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 184

o ka huli iho la no ia ilalo o ka waha a au ana makou i ka opu o ka moana; noke aku i ka wehewehe i na kaula, me ke kia, a hoolana ae i ka waa, a no ka nui loa o ka ale, o ka pii ae la no ia o makou maluna e hoomaha ai. Hoomaopopo ae la au i kahi o makou i make ai. Mai kahi o makou i make ai a hiki i Pooahonu, Kauai, ekolu a eha paha mile, a o Niihau hoi he 26 mile paha ke kaawale, alawa ae la au i ka la, ua aui ki, o ka hora 2 paha ia, e lawe ana ke aui me ka ikaika ia makou i ka moana wehiwehi a pau keia hoomaopopo ana a’u. Ia manawa hoomaka hou e hoolana, oi noke aku aohe a lana iki, o ka hooki iho la no ia i ka hoolana ana. Hoomaopopo hou ae la au, mai kahi o ka make ana, a kahi i pau ai o ka hoolana ana, elua mile paha ke kaawale o ka aina, o Milolii kai uka, o makou kai waho pono oia moana, kau a mea o ka ikaika o ke au, a mai Pooahonu a Nohili ke aneane aku la ke kai e huna aku, o Puulehihi, Niihau, ua huna ia aku ia, a o kahi kuahiwi a me Lehua mokupuni, e waiho wale ma an no laua. Ia’u no e noho ana iluna o ka waapa, au aku o Kaawala, me Wahapaa, a me Paikuli, a mamao aku, kahea mai o Wahapaa ia’u, au mai kakou, pane aku au hoi mai kakaou iluna o ka waapa e noho ai a make, oiai, ina kakou e au make no, malie paha o hoi mai ke au i ka aina, pae kakou, pane hou mai kela, au mai kakou. Ia manawa o ko’u wehe ae la no ia i ka papa noho o hope, i mea hoolana no ka au ana, hele aku la au a mamua, pane iho la au, aloha no hoi oe e ka waapa, aloha no hoi makou, nana ae la i na aina elua, ua kaawale, e aho nae o Kauai he kokoke iki mai, e lawe ana nae ke au iwaho me koha ikaika i kahi aina ole, o ko’u lele aku la no ia, a au aku la au a loaa ko’u mau hoa, pane mai o Kawala, pehea ko pai kid ala, i aku la au kiola ia aku. Hoakoakoa ae la makou a kahi hookahi, me ka lawa kupono no ka au ana, o ka hoe ohope ia Kawala, a o ke hoe maoli ko Wahapa, he palulu ko Paikuli, pane aku la au e pule kakou. Aole no hoi i olelo mai lakou, o ko’u pule ae la no ia a pau. Lohe aku au ia Kawala i ka pule ana ae ma kea no kahiko o Hawaii nei, pane aku au. “Eia wale no ka pono la kakou, e au me ka maikai, mai wikiwiki a pihoihoi, e pule mau kakou i ke Akua nui ia Iehova, ke me nona ke ola, a hiki i ka make ana, a ola ana paha.” Ua napoo aku la ka la, a a-u aku makou i Niihau, me ka lawe o ke au iluna, a me ka makani e puhi ana me kona ikaika, me na ale huikau o ka moana o Kaulakahi. Aole no hoi au i hoopoina i ka ninau pinepine ana i ko’u mau hoa a-u moana, i kea no e o ka au ana, a me ka hoomanao mau ana i ke Akua. Pela no ko makou au ana, a pane mai o Kawala, “pololi mai nei ka hoi, e lawe ia mai nei no ka hoi me kekahi pai ai,” olelo aku au, “au mai kakou,” a au like no makou. Ninau aku au “pehea mai ko oukou manao,” pane mai lakou, “aole o makou anu he mehana wale no, aole no he kaumaha mai,” pela no ka au ana a napoo kahi mahina. Ninau hou au, “pehea oukou?” Pane mai o Kawala, “ua kaumaha au.” Hoolana makou a upuupu iki, au aku makou a aneane hapalua o ka po, ano emi aku lakou ekolu ihope, hoolana au a ninau aku ia lakou, “pehea mai oukou?” Pane like mai lakou i ka wa hookahi, “ua kaumaha makou.” Olelo aku au, “eia ka pono, e a-u liilii kakou, e a-u no hoi oukou a i make oia iho la no, a i ola pomaikai oukou, a pela no hoi au, i a-u no hoi au a i make, a i ola oia iho la no. Oiai aole kakou e manao ana e ola, e make ana no kakou.” Ma keia hui ana o makou, pau ko lakou ike ana ia’u, a me iau no hoi ia lakou. Pule e au a pau, a-u aku au, a a-u no hoi lakou, me kuu kuhikuhi pono i kahi e a-u ai, ina ka aina o Niihau, aole e hoihoi i Lehua, no ka mea o ke a-u lawe iwaho, “o ka ae mai la no ia.” A a-u no hoi au, a kahea aku au, kahea mai no lakou, pela no makou i a-u kahea

Lost at Sea

ai, a i ko’u kahea hope ana, poliuliu loa, ma ka aoao maluna ko’u lohe ana’ku o ko Wahapaa leo, a kahea hou au, aohe kahea mai. O ka pau no ia o ko’u lohe ana i ko lakou leo. Ia’u no e a-u ana, aole o’u manao mai e make ana, a e ola ana, he a-u wale iho la no, aole no he anu mai, he wela ka mea loaa ia’u a make iho la no i ka hiamoe, hiamoe iho la no, a po ia iho la e ka ale, puiwa ae la e huli ana au i ka wai [sic: Kauai], huli ae la no i Niihau e a-u ai, ikaika mai la ke au i ka huki ana i hope. Hoomaka au e pule, a pau ka pule ana, ike iho au i ke a-u; me he mea la e huki ana ia’u i ka aina i Niihau, aole no au i hooikaika nui i ka a-u ana, iloko no oia a-u la, hiamoe iho la no, puiwa ae i ke poi a ka ale i ke poo, a huli ana i Kauai, huli hou no au, nana iho no i ke a-u, ua hoi hou e like me mamua. Hoomanao ae la au i ke Akua a pau, ike iho au, me he mea la e huki ana ke au i ka aina e like me mamua. —Ke Au Okoa. 5 August 1869. P. 3. An Account From J. K. Kapahe‘e. I am sending you my story about my departure from Kaua‘i with my oceangoing companions up until my landing as a castaway on my home island of Ni‘ihau. It was by the grace of God that I survived. On the 9th of June we left Hanalei and arrived at Kalalau in the morning of the 10th. We stayed there to cook food, and by 11 o’clock we were ready to return. We gathered our 78 bundles of pounded taro, one trunk and other belongings. Perhaps between 11 o’clock and 12, we left Kaua‘i to return to Ni‘ihau. There were four with me, Kāwala, Wahapa‘a, and Paikuli and his wife. As we sailed, the Ko‘olau wind got stronger. We all said, if this wind persists as strong as it is, we will end up on a different island. We were almost directly outside of Miloli‘i [Nā Pali, Kaua‘i], and the wind was very strong. As we looked, the open-ocean waves had white caps. We decided not to return to Kaua‘i, but we also did not think we would die. We sailed on. Directly outside of Po‘oāhonu, adjacent to Nohili, waves were hitting us from the side. This was not a problem, and I urged Kāwala to throw out a fishing line. That was probably a bad call. We were not far from where we were hit by the wave. We caught another wave, and at the end of that wave the boat was pulled back. Another wave rose, which caused the sails to slacken. We couldn’t move, and we couldn’t get out of it. The wave covered us all, and we capsized right then. The boat overturned, and we were swimming in the bowels of the ocean. We struggled to untie the lines to the mast to float the boat, but with so many waves, we climbed on top to rest. I made note of where we overturned. From where we overturned to Po‘oāhonu, Kaua‘i was three or four miles, and Ni‘ihau was about 26 miles away from us. I glanced at the sun, and it had passed a bit into the afternoon, about 2 o’clock. The current was strong and taking us to the dark ocean. That’s how I understood it. At that point we began to float again, but as we went on, we were not able to continue floating. I took note again, and from where we overturned to where we stopped floating was about two miles distance from Miloli‘i, the spot inland. We were directly outside on the ocean. The current was very strong. From Po‘oāhonu to Nohili the sea nearly covered Pu‘ulehihi, Ni‘ihau from view. It hid that mountain and Lehua Island that lay before us. As I sat on the boat, Kāwala, Wahapa‘a, and Paikuli swam out a distance, Wahapa‘a called out to me for us

185

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 186

to swim. I called to them to come back, get on top of the boat and stay until we landed, because if we tried to swim, we would surely die. Perhaps the current would return and take us to shore. He answered, saying we should all swim. At that point I took out one of the plank seats at the rear as a float to swim with. I went up front and said aloha to the boat, how terrible it was for us. I looked at the two islands and the distance between them and decided that Kaua‘i was the better choice, because it was a little closer. But the current was pulling out with its strength to where there was no land, so I left and swam out to find my friends. Kāwala asked about my wallet. I told him I tossed it away. We gathered together in one place, ready to swim. Kāwala had the stern oar and Wahapa‘a had the main oar. Paikuli had a cover. I said we should pray. They didn’t say anything, so I offered a prayer. I heard Kāwala praying in the old style of Hawai‘i, and I said, “The best we can do is swim well. Don’t rush and don’t get excited. Let’s pray continually to God, Jehovah, who grants life all the way to death, and perhaps we will survive this.” The sun set, and we swam for Ni‘ihau, with the current pulling us forward, with the wind blowing hard, and with the waves tossing all over the place on the ocean of Kaulakahi. I did not forget to constantly ask my ocean-swimming companions about how to swim and constantly remember God. That is how we carried on swimming. Kāwala said, “I am so hungry, give me some of the pounded taro.” I said, “Let’s just swim,” and we swam together. I asked them, “What do you think?” They answered, “We’re not cold. We’re warm, not sad.” That is how we carried on swimming until the moon set. I asked them again, “How are you?” Kāwala answered, “I’m sad.” We floated and felt that it was almost halfway through the night, and the three of them drifted back. I floated over and asked them, “How are you?” They all answered together, “We’re sad.” I said, “What we need to do is swim in short spurts. If you guys die, so be it, and if you survive, you are blessed. That is how it is for me, too. If I die, I die, and if I live, I live. If we think we will die, then we will die.” After that, they could not see me, and I could not see them. I prayed, and I swam. They swam, while I pointed out the right direction to swim towards the island of Ni‘ihau, and not towards Lehua, because the current takes you out. They agreed. As I swam, I called out to them, and they called back. That is how we swam and called out to each other. The last time I called, it was mysterious. Ahead of me I heard the voice of Wahapa‘a, but when I called out again, there was no call back. I didn’t hear their voices any more. As I swam, I did not think I would die. I believed I would live, and so I just swam. I did not get cold, I got hot, and became extremely tired and wanted to sleep. I slept for a bit and was hit by a wave. I was surprised to find myself looking for Kaua‘i, but I was facing Ni‘ihau, where I was swimming. The current was strong and was pulling me back. I began to pray, and when I was done praying, I saw the current. It seemed as if it was pulling me towards Ni‘ihau. I didn’t keep trying to swim. In that current I fell asleep. I was surprised when a wave hit me in the head, and I was facing towards Kaua‘i. When I turned around again, I saw that the current had turned like it did before. I turned my thoughts to God, and then saw that the current was pulling me to the island [Ni‘ihau] like before.

[Untitled] Ma kekahi lono palapala i loaa mai ia makou, i hoikeia mai ai ke piho ana o kekahi waapa o Niihau ma ka po o ka la 20 o Feberuari nei, a pomaikai ne i ka lana hou ana o ka waapa. Penei ka hoike ana mai: Ma ka Poeha iho nei, Feberuari 20, ua haalele ako ka waapa o ka poe o “Niihau Sinclair,” me ka maikai o ka makani, holo mai alikealike o ka moana mai Niihau a Waimea, Kauai, ia wa, pa mai la he makani ikaika, a o ke piholo iho la no ia o ka waapa, a au nui ana ka poe o luna i ke kai. Kiolala [sic: Kiolaola] na ukana a pau o ka waapa, o ke eke leta wale no ka mea i malamaia, hoolana hou i ka waapa a lana, a pela i holo mai ai lakou, aohe kapa ua hele a pulu peno i ke kai. —Ke Au Okoa. 6 March 1873. P. 2. [Untitled] In a news report we received, it was reported that a boat of Ni‘ihau capsized on the night of the 20th of February, but the boat was able to float again. This is the report: Last week Thursday, February 20, the boat belonging to the Ni‘ihau Sinclairs departed during good wind conditions and reached halfway between Ni‘ihau and Waimea, Kaua‘i. At that time a strong wind rose, and the boat swamped. Those onboard had to swim in the ocean. The belongings and cargo onboard were tossed overboard, but the sack of letters was saved. The boat was floated upright again, and that is how they were able to make the journey. But their clothes were entirely soaked in the sea.

Kela Me Keia. Ili Ka Mokuahi Lilinoe. Ma ke ku ana mai o ka mokuahi Kimo Makee mai Kauai mai, i lohe ia mai ai ka ili ana o ka mokuahi Planter (Lilinoe) ma na puko’a ka mokupuni o Niihau. He leta mai ke Kapena o ka mokuahi poino i ke Kapena o ka mokuahi Kimo Makee e hoike ana, ua haalele oia ia Kauai a holo aku no Niihau ma ke ahiahi o kekahi la. Oiai oia ma ka moana, ua pa mai la kekahi ikaika a luaieleia ae la ka moku i o a ianei; ua halii pu mai la ka noe a nale ka aina. Aole i liuliu iho, ua lohe ko ke ia iho la ka nakeke o ka moku iluna o kekahi mea oole, a hoomaopopo ko ke ia iho la ua ili. Ua hoaoia ka moku e hoemi hope me ka ikaika o ka mahu, aole nae i hiki. ua hoolele ko keia na waapa a olo aku i na ohua no ka aina. Ua papu aku ka hapa nui o na kanaka no ka ama, a koe ke kapena ma ka oneki o ka moku. I ke kii hou ana mai o ka waapa i ke kapena, ua poi mai la kekahi nalu nui a nana i kiola aku iaia iloko o ke kai. Ua kokua ia nae oia e na sela, a

Lost at Sea

Na Nu Hou Hawaii. Ma ke awakea Poalua nei, ua haalele iho la o Ioela Kapahee me elua mau keiki opiopio ia Honolulu nei, a huli hoi aku la i Niihau maluna o ka waapa huelo hoi me ka piha ukana, a ua hoike mai oia ina he maikai mau ka makani, alaila, ma hope iki iho o ka aui ana o ka la mai ka lolo ae, a pae aku ai lakou i ua mokupuni la a ke Kiikii. He keu a ka hopo ole. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 10 April 1880. P. 3. News From Hawai‘i. In the afternoon of last Tuesday, Ioela Kapahe‘e left with two young boys for Honolulu and returned to Ni‘ihau on a whaleboat heavy-laden with supplies. He reported that the winds were still fine, and soon after the sun moved past the zenith, they reached the island that snatches the sun. No need to worry.

187

p­ alekana. Nui ka poe i loaa kukonukonu i na palapu, a pele pu me ke Kapena. Aia ke kula o Lilinoe he luahi na ke kai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 6 February 1886. P. 3. This and That. The Steamship Lilinoe Runs Aground. When the Kimo Makee anchored, after arriving from Kaua‘i, is when it was heard that the steamship Planter (Lilinoe) ran aground on the coral rocks on the island of Ni‘ihau. A letter from captain of the troubled ship to the captain of the Kimo Makee reported that it had left Kaua‘i and sailed for Ni‘ihau one evening. While it was on the ocean, it struck something hard, and the ship swayed to and fro. Steam billowed to the point that the island was no longer visible. It wasn’t long before a rattling of the ship hitting something hard was heard, and it was realized that she had run aground. The ship tried to reverse with a large amount of steam billowing, but could not. The rowboats were quickly lowered to take the passengers to shore. It was clear that most people made it to shore, except for the captain, who remained on deck on the ship. When a rowboat returned for the captain, a large wave broke, tossing him into the sea. The sailors were able to help him to safety. A number of people received serious injuries, as did the captain. The Lilinoe remains a victim of the sea.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Kela Me Keia. Ua pae aku ma na kapakai o Niihau he mau ukana mai ka mokuahi nahaha Lilinoe aku, a ma ka nana pono ia ana ua loaa aku la he mau tini opiuma maloko. Aole i maopopo ka ona o ia ino. I kii mai i ka haole luu me na pono luu no ka wehewehe ana i na mea hana enekini o ka mokuahi Lilinoe. Ma ka auina la oia i haalele iho ai ia Honolulu nei no Niihau. Holo ka hana. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 20 February 1886. P. 3. This and That. Some items washed ashore on Ni‘ihau from the broken steamship Lilinoe, and upon inspection a few tins of opium were discovered. The owner [of the ship] was not aware of the contraband. In the morning of last Thursday the steamship ‘Iwalani arrived from Ni‘ihau with no cargo or passengers. It arrived to retrieve the white diver and diving gear to extract usable engine parts of the steamship Lilinoe. In the afternoon it left Honolulu for Ni‘ihau. The work progresses.

188

Mai Na Ale O Ka Moana. I ka lua o na la o ko makou holo ana ma keia alahele hou, ua pio iho la ka makani a lula iho la na pea, aka aole i hoonele ia makou me kekahi kokua e ae, oiai me ka hakalia ole iho ua hao mai la ka Wiliki (Keoni) i kona mana a huepau ae la na engine, a ke nana iho oe ma ka palekai o ua nene aukai o makou, “Powehi wale ka ikena, I ka aina o Kuhaimoana.” Ma ke kolu mai o na la holo, ua loaa aku la ke kauoha ia Makanikehau e pili iluna o ka ma-ke e kiai ai i ka aina, oiai hoi ka hulipahu ua hoi aku la ma ka ihu o ka moku e noho ai maluna o na pokaa kaula, a o na aliimoku e ai hoi, aia lakou ilalo o ka moku kahi i hoonanea ai. He umi paha minute i hala ae o ka hora 9 o ka po o ia la, ua lohe ia aku la ka leo o ka mea kiai ma ka ma-ke i ke

kahea ana iho me ka leo nui, “Man over board! Man over board! Walawala aku la ia mana!” —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 24 September 1892. P. 1. From the Waves of the Ocean. On the second day of our voyage on this new route, the wind died down and the sails sagged, but we were not left without some other type of aid. Without hesitation the engineer (Keoni) took over, started the engine. We looked out over the railing of our seagoing goose: “I see dimly The island of Kūhaimoana [Ka‘ula].” On the third day of the voyage Makanikēhau received the order to climb the masthead to look out for land. The second mate went back to the bow of the ship to sit on the rolls of line with the officers eating below deck, taking a break. Ten minutes past 9 o’clock at night that day, the voice of the watchman was heard at the masthead calling out with a loud voice, “Man over board! Man over board! The man fell over!”

Huakai Hope Loa A Kapahee I Ke One Hanau. Mahope iho o ka pau ana o ka Souis, Stotz mau hana, ua haawi ae o Kapahee i olelo kuahana e hele an oia e ike i kona one hanau oia ka moku kaili la no ka wa hope a me ka ike pu no hoi i ka ohana. Oiai no nae, aia oia iloko o ka pilikia kukonukonu a ka mai haalele ohana. Hookahi wale no wahi mea hiki iaia ko hana, oia ka paa ana i ke au o ka hoe, a me ka ike aku i kahi ana ia au mau ai. E hoomanao e na makamaka, o keia no ke Kapahee i kaulana ae no ka au ana i na moana elua i ka makahiki 1875 paha, oiai, ko lakou waapa e holo ana mai Kauai aku no Niihau, ua loaa iho la lakou i ka ino a huli ka waapa. Hoomaka aku la kela a me keia e au no lakou pakahi iho. Aole i liuliu, ua poino iho la ka nui a koe no o Kapahee no elua la me elua po, pae aku la i Lehua, noho oia ilaila no ka wa pokole a hoomaka aku la e au no Niihau. Hookahi la pae aku la oia i Niihau, a mawaho ae o keia, nana no i hoi mai i Kauai nei mai Oahu mai iloko o hookahi la maluna o ka waapa me kana mau keiki elua. He ahikanana oia no ka moana me ka lawa piha ma na ano a pau. No kona kaulana i keia mau mea i haiia ae la, ua makana mai o Kalakaua i kekahi o kona waapa heihei holo loa ia Kapahee. Na ia waapa me Kapahee i

Lost at Sea

Na Kulu Kehau O Na Pali Nihoniho O Kalalau, Kauai. No Na Lepera. I kekahi mau la aku nei, ua hiki mai la ka Luna Makai Nui o Waimea, oia o Louis Stotz, e hopuhopu i na mai lepera no ka lawe aku i Kalawao. He nui ka poe i ae aku, a he nui no hoi ka poe i hoole. Ea! e na makamaka, o keia wale no paha kahi aina uuku hoonahoa i ka pane aku i na lima o ke aupuni, aia no i ko makou manao. Iwaena o ka poe i ae aku e hele, oia no o Mr. Kapahee Kauanaulu, ke keiki lalawai o na ale hanupanupa o Kaulakahi a me ke kupikipikio o Lehua kowa. I ka hoomaopopo aku o kou mea kakau, aole loa e ae ana o ekolu-hapaha o na lepera e hele, a iwaena o ka poe hoole o Mr. Kauai ana paha kekahi no ke aloha piha i ka aina.

189

au aku na ale o Kaulakahi, iloko o hookahi hora mai Kauai a Niihau. He makamaka maikai o Kapahee, a e haohao piha no ko Kalalau nei ke nalowale aku oia. O ke kalokalo a kou mea kakau, e kokua mau ka Haku iaia.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Haawi Na Lepera I Ko Lakou Aloha Hope. Ke lonolono ia mai nei, ke kuka nei ka poe i ae e hele no Kalawao e haawi i ahaaina nui mamua iki o ka au ana aku i ke kai loa a me ka haalele hope loa ana i ke one hanau. Me he la, i ka nana aku, ua ane like keia mai me ka ale hope loa ana o ka hanu. Eia iwaena o keia wahi aina uuku ua aneane paha e hapawalu o ka huina kanaka, na loohia i keia mai weliweli. —Nupepa Puka La Kuokoa. 28 June 1893. P. 3. The Dewdrops of the Notched Cliffs of Kalalau, Kaua‘i. About the Leprosy Patients. In the past few days, the Head Marshall of Waimea, Louis Stoltz, rounded up the leprosy patients to take them to Kalawao [Moloka‘i]. Many people agreed [to go] and many refused. Oh, friends, this is probably the only land that defies the hand of the government, in our opinion. Among those who agreed to go was Mr. Kapahe‘e Kauanaulu, the successful one of the surging surf of Kaulakahi and the rough sea of the Lehua Channel. The way your reporter understands it, three-quarters of the leprosy patients would not agree to go, and among those who refused is probably Mr. Kaua‘i, due to his complete love of country.

190

Final Journey of Kapahe‘e to the Homeland. After Louis Stoltz finished doing his job, Kapahe‘e issued an announcement that he will go and see his homeland, the island that snatches away the sun [Ni‘ihau] for the final time, and see the family. He is still in the extreme grip of the disease that separates families. There was only one thing he could do, which was to grab the handle of the paddle and see where he would swim. Remember, dear friends, this was the Kapahe‘e who was famous for swimming the two oceans in about 1875 [sic: 1869], while their boat was sailing from Kaua‘i to Ni‘ihau. They were caught in a storm and overturned. Each of those onboard swam for themselves. It wasn’t long before they all encountered trouble. Only Kapahe‘e survived after two days and two nights, and he landed on Lehua [island]. He stayed there for a short time and began to swim to Ni‘ihau. In one day he reached Ni‘ihau, and more than this he came back from Kaua‘i here to O‘ahu in one day on a boat with his two sons. He is a fighting ‘ahi fish of the ocean, well-tested in every way. For all his fame in these areas reported above, Kalākaua gifted Kapahe‘e his long-distance racing boat. That boat and Kapahe‘e swam the waves of the Kaulakahi Channel in one hour from Kaua‘i to Ni‘ihau. Kapahe‘e is a dear friend, and Kalalau will surely miss him if he leaves. It is the prayer of your reporter that the Lord helps him. Leprosy Patients Give Their Final Farewell. It is rumored that those who agreed to go to Kalawao would give a large feast just before sailing away on the great sea and leaving the homeland for the final time. It is as if in appearance this was like the final wave of breath. Here in

this little land [of Hawai‘i], it is almost an eighth or so of the total population who have succumbed to this terrifying disease. [In paragraph four leprosy is described as ma‘i ha‘alele ‘ohana, or “disease that separates families.” This is a variation of another similar phrase, ma‘i ho‘oka‘awale ‘ohana, that was used to say the same thing. In paragraph five Kapahe‘e is described as an ahikanana, or “fighting ahi.” The Hawaiian Dictionary offers this definition of ‘ahi-ka-nanā: “A variety of ‘ahi fish, renowned for fierce fighting. Fig., courageous.”] At Bay. Koolau And His Backers Will Make A Stand. Ex-Judge Kauai Captured. Fifteen Lepers Brought To Honolulu. Full Details From the Arrival to the Departure of the Waialeale by the “Advertiser’s” Special Correspondent. [ . . . ] From present indications it will be a hard task to get Koolau, as it is almost an impossibility to find him in the thick underbrush [in Kalalau]. The lepers who surrendered state that their food supply was very short, so there is just a chance of starving the murderer out. The following is the list of the lepers who have surrendered: Paoa (k), age 31; Kalaina (w), age 25; Olala (k), age 15; Huluhulu (k), age 47; Kehuamele (k), age 22; Hekekia (k), age 34; Kinoulu (w), age 7; Kepala (w), age 48. The following lepers found here will be sent to Honolulu by the Waialeale: Kapahee (k), age 63; Pauwahine (w), age 61; Mele (w), age 11; Kio (w), age 12; Ailaau (w), age 50; Kauai (k), age 68; Kamalinui (k), age 60, Keawe (k), age 25; Hakau (k), age 60. –Honolulu Advertiser. 5 July 1893. P. 2

Tava and Keale provided the following about Kapahe‘e in Niihau: The Traditions of a Hawaiian Island.

The News of Six Days. March 1. The steamer Keauhou from Waimea, Kauai, brought the shipwrecked crew of the sealing schooner Mattie T. Dyer of San Francisco to this city. They were wrecked on French Frigate Shoals on the morning of February 22d and made their way to the Hawaiian Islands in four boats. They saved nothing from the wreck and the twenty-three men subsisted entirely on ­twenty-four tins of canned peaches. Two of the boats landed on Niihau on Wednesday the 26th, another at Mana, Kauai, on Friday the 28th and the remaining boat was picked up by the Keauhou, which had been dispatched to

Lost at Sea

Kapahee, a brother of Moses Kaaneikawahaale Keale and a son of Kauanaulu, was known for his feats of bravery. Like his brother, Kapahee lived at Kalalau, Kauai, where his family had large land holdings. Most of their crop was taro, and it was from these taro patches that Kapahee would take boat loads of the crop to Niihau for his relatives. In 1893, Kapahee, who was now in his late sixties, boarded the steamer Waialeale bound for Honolulu and Kalaupapa, Molokai. It was to be his last boat trip. He was one of the lepers taken from Kalalau Valley and by then, his face was badly infected with leprosy. He died and was buried on Molokai. (P. 80)

191

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

search for it, on Saturday the 29th at noon off Niihau. The men suffered intensely from hunger and thirst but are all well now. —The Daily Bulletin. 4 March 1896. P. 3.

192

Ka Mokukuna Poino. Pakele na Kanaka a pau loa he 23. Eia lakou i Honolulu nei. Ma ke ku ana mai o ka mokuahi Ke Au Hou i ke kakahiaka Sabati nei, Mar 1, mai Kauai mai. Ua hoihoi mai oia ia Kapena Mockler a me 22 poe kolu e ae me ia no luna mai o ka mokukuna Mattie E. Dyer, i ili a nahaha loa ma na kohola o na mokupuni French Frigate, ma ka hora 3:30 a. m. o ka la 22 o Feberuari, 1896. Kokoke i Necker Ailana. Ma ka hoike a ke Kapena, ua ili lakou mamuli o ke au e huki ana i ke komohana hema. I ka wa o keia pilikia ana e kia ia ana ka moku i ke komohana hema ponoi, a e puhi ikaika ana ka makani i ke komohana. Ua manao oia, he 80 mile ko lakou mamao i ke komohana loa ae. Ua ikaika ka pa ana a ka makani Komohana Hema a me Komohana hoi, no na la he umi. Ia wa no, ua lohe ka lukau, (look-out) (ka mea kiai hoi) i ka haki ana o ka nalu, ia wa, ua kahea ia mai oia e kekahi kanaka maluna o ka oneki, i ka wa o ka moku i hookui aku ai. Iloko o ane he umi minute, ua piha loa iho la ka moku i ke kai, a maihi ia mai la ke kila, a lana ae la ma kona aoao. Ia wa, hoopukaia ke kauoha e hoopiha ina waapa me ka wai, a me na lako ai, a ia wa ua huli pu aku la oia iloko o ke kai, a na ka nalu i wawahi mai. He elua mau waapa e ae i hookuuia. O ka mea ai wale no i loaa mai he hookahi pahu, iloko olaila, he elua kakini pai huaai. O keia ka mea i waihoia iloko o kekahi o na waapa liilii elua, a mahope laweia ma ka Mokupuni one nui ae o na mokupuni liilii he 14, maloko o ke kohola. Ua holo pololei mai lakou i keia mokupuni, no ka manao e eli i wai e inu ai, he eono hora o lakou malaila e eli ai i loaa ona wai kupono, aka, aole nae i loaa iki. Ua maikai ka makani, aka, aohe waiwai o ka noho wale ana aku ma ia mokupuni kahi aohe ai, aohe hoi he wai. Nolaila, ua mahelehele ae la ke Kapena i na tini huaai, he 6 tini a ka waapa hookahi. O ke kauoha, e hooikaika nui e hiki i Niihau. He ekolu o na waapa he mau lako holomoana ko lakou, oiai nae, o ka eha o na waapa, aole ona mea holo moana; a nolaila, ua kauo ia mai oia mahope mai o kekahi waapa. He aneane 6 a 8 paha mau hora i pau ma ka hoopuka ana mai mawaho o na nalu, a mahope oia puka ana mai, ua pulu loa na kanaka i ke ehukai o ka nalu. O na poe he mau kapa aila ko lakou, ua pakele mai lakou, aole no nae i poino loa. Mamuli o ka ma-u mai ka wa a lakou i haalele ai i ka moku a pae wale i Niihau, pela lakou i pono ai. O na waapa i hookeleia e ke kapena a me ka malama moku, a he 6 kanaka pakahi maluna, ua hiki mai i Niihau iloko o 4 la a me 4 hora mai kahi i ili ai ka moku. O ka waapa ekolu i hookele ia e ka mea alualu sila, ua hoea mai ia he ekolu la mahope mai, ma kahi he 12 mile ke kaawale mai kahi i pae mua mai ai na waapa mua elua. Ia wa ua malama ponoia ke kapena a me na poe kolu e Mr. Moore, he haole a me na kamaaina kanaka o Niihau.

Lost at Sea

Ua pae pono lakou i ka aina a he ekolu o na sela i auamo ia e na kamaaina a hiki i kauhale. Na na kamaaina i haawi i ai na lakou a me ka lole aahu. Aohe kamaa o Kapena Mockler, a na na poe Hawaii i haawi i paa kamaa nona. Ua hoolawaia na poe hemahema e ae e na kamaaina lokomaikai. Ua hai ia aku keia ia Mr. Moore, a ua pepehiia i hipa na lakou, a ua hoolawaia me ka uala, na ka poe kanaka Hawaii i kalua a mo’a ka lakou ai. Mahope koke iho o ka pae ana mai o ka ekolu o na waapa ua lawe koke ia ka lohe i Kauai. Na ka ohana Wilikoki, Gay a me Robinson i kuka a hooholo e hoouna ia Ke Au Hou, e holo e huli i ka waapa eha i koe. Ua hoolako koke ia ka moku me ka lanahu, a ua haalele no ka holo ana aku e huli i ka waapa i nalowale, ma ia la a po a ao ae ma ka auina la, ua ikeia ka waapa nalowale, ua ike mai la ka waapa i ka moku, a hoohuli koke mai la oia i kona ihu no ka mokuahi. I ka wa i kokoke loa mai ai ka waapa ma ka aoao o ka moku, ua hele a nawaliwali loa na kanaka. He ewalu la o lakou i noho wale ai me ka ai ole a me ka wai ole. Ua hele a puainawele na helehelena, ua mahuna mai ka ili, me he mea la ua ai i ka laau make. Na ke Kapena Thomson a me na poe kolu o Ke Au Hou i hookipa mai me ka malama pono ana ia lakou, ae hana hoi i na mea a pau e hiki ai ke hooluolu ia lakou. Eia lakou a pau loa i Honolulu nei, malalo o na malama pono ana a ke Kani­ kela Amerika, a aia lakou ma ka Hale Sailor’s Home e noho nei. Nani ke ola palekana ana mai o keia poe, iloko o na hakoko ana me na poino a me na inea, a mai make maoli aku no hoi aka, ua palekana hoi, ua hiki i ka aina. —Ke Aloha Aina. 7 March 1896. P. 4. Schooner in Trouble. All 23 men rescued. They are here in Honolulu. The steamship Ke Au Hou arrived last Sunday morning, Mar. 1, from Kaua‘i. It brought back Captain Mockler and 22 crew members with him from the schooner Mattie E. Dyer that ran aground and broke apart on the shoals of the island French Frigate at 3:30 a.m. on the 22nd of February, 1896. It is near Necker Island. According to the report of the captain, they ran aground due to the current that was pulling them southwest. When the trouble occurred, it was steering them directly to the southwest, and they were being blown by a strong westerly wind. He estimated they were 80 miles away to the west. The southwesterly and westerly winds were blowing strong for ten days. At that time the look-out heard a wave breaking. Then he was called by a man on the deck, when the ship ran into something. In about ten minutes the ship was full of seawater, the steel was peeled back, and the ship was listing on its side. At that time the order was given to fill the rowboats with water and food provisions. At that point the ship overturned completely, and the waves broke it apart. Two more small rowboats were launched. All the food they had was in one barrel. In it were two dozen [tins of] fruit. This is what was stored in one of the two small boats and later taken to the largest sand island of the 14 little islands in the lagoon. They sailed directly for this island, intending to dig for water to drink. They spent six hours there, digging for some drinkable water, but did not find any.

193

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 194

The wind was fair, but there was no point in staying there on that island without food or water. So, the captain distributed the tins of fruit, 6 tins per boat. The order was to try and reach Ni‘ihau. There were three boats with sailing instruments onboard, while the fourth boat did not have sailing instruments, so it was towed behind another boat. It took 6 to 8 hours to get outside of the waves, and after emerging, the men were completely drenched with the spray of the sea and waves. Those who had oil coats escaped getting wet and were not harmed. For having been soaked since abandoning ship until they reached Ni‘ihau, they fared well. The boats were navigated by the captain and the crew. Each had 6 men onboard. They reached Ni‘ihau in 4 days and 4 hours from the time the ship ran aground. The third boat was navigated by the seal hunter. It reached there three days later about 12 miles away from where the first landing was by the other two boats. During that time the captain and crew were well taken care of by Mr. Moore, a white man, and the locals of Ni‘ihau. When they landed safely on the island, three of the sailors were carried by the locals until they reached the village. The locals gave them food and clothes. Captain Mockler had no shoes, so the Hawaiians gave him a pair of shoes. Those who had needs were provided for by the generous locals. It was reported by Mr. Moore that a sheep was killed for them, and they were provided with sweet potatoes by the Hawaiians, who also cooked their food in an underground oven. After the third boat landed, news was quickly taken to Kaua‘i. The Wilcox, Gay and Robinson families discussed the situation and decided to send the ship Ke Au Hou to search for the fourth boat. The ship was furnished with coal and departed that day to search for the boat that was missing. The next day in the late afternoon the missing boat was spotted by the ship. The boat sighted the ship and quickly turned its bow towards the steamship. When the boat heaved to against the side of the ship, the men were very weak. They had been eight days without food or water. Their faces were emaciated, and their skin had become scaly, as if they had taken some sort of poison. Captain Thomson and the crew of Ke Au Hou welcomed them aboard, took care of them, and did all they could to make sure they were comfortable. They are all here in Honolulu now under the good care of the American Consulate. They are at the Sailor’s Home, where they remain. These people are enjoying a beautiful rescue from wrestling with devastation and hardship, having nearly died, but are now safe, having reached shore. Pakele Mai Lilo O Ke Ola. Mahope o ka manao ia ana o Mokuhale ua make oia, he elemakule lawaia no Makaweli, Kauai, na pae maalahi ae la oia ma Waimea, ma ka Poakolu nei me kekahi moolelo o kona pakele mahunehune ana mai ka hoi ana aku no lalo o ka opu o ka moana. Ma ke kakahiaka o ka la 20 o Augate, ua haalele iho la o Mokuhale i hona home ma Makaweli, a holo aku la iwaho moana no ka lawaia ana. I keia wa i hoomaka mai ai ka pa ikaika ana o ka makani a puhi aku la i kona waa no waho.

Lost at Sea

I kona ike ana i kona kulana popilikia, ua hoao koke iho la oia e hoi no uka o ka aina, aka, ua oi aku nae ka ikaika o na kikiao makani e pa mai ana mamua ona, a hoomau aku ia i ka lawe ana iaia no ka moana kai uli kai ­hohonu. Ua hoomau aku ka makani i ke puhi ana iaia a hiki i ka nalowale ana o ka aina me ka nele i ka ai a me ka loaa ole hoi he kuhikuhi no kona alahele e pakele ai. He wahi i’a wale no kana a me kahi wai uuku maluna o kona waa. Ua kali aku ka ohana o Mokuhale no kona hoi mai, a i ka uhi ana mai o ka po me ka ike ole ia aku o kona waa, na manao iho la lakou ua maka oia. Ma kekahi ia ae ua hoomaka ia ka huli ana i kona kino ma na lae kahakai me ke kokua ana a ka oihana makai. A hala ae la he pule hookahi aole no he mea i lohe a i ike ia nona. I keia wa a ka huli e malama ia nei mauka o ka aina aia no o Mokuhale ke alo hoomanawanui la i na inea o ka moana. Mai ka Poakahi a hiki i ka Poakolu, ua hoomaka mai la oia e nawaliwali mamuli o ka nele i ka wai, a me ka pa ikaika iho o na kukuna o ka la. I ka po Poakolu ua hoomaopopo iho la oia, aole oia e ola ana mamuli o ka nele i ka ai, aka, ma ke kakahiaka Poaha ae nae, na hoohikilele ia ae oia i ka ike ana aku i na kapakai o Niihau. Ua holo aku la oia no aila a pae aku la me ka maalahi, a na hoolako ia mai oia me na mea ai e pono ai ke kino. Ma ka Poakolu nei i hoihoi ia mai ai oia ma luna o kekahi waapa, a hoolele ia mai la ma Waimea, a hui hou iho la me ka ohana i manao kuhihewa ai ua make oia ma ka moana. —Ke Aloha Aina. 1 September 1900. P. 2. Escaped Near Loss of Life. After it was thought that Mokuhale, an elderly fisherman of Makaweli, Kaua‘i, had died, he landed safely onshore at Waimea last Wednesday with a tale about his narrow escape returning from the bowels of the ocean. On the morning of the 20th of August, Mokuhale left his home in Makaweli and sailed out to sea to fish. That is when the wind began to rise and push his canoe further out. When he saw that he was in a difficult position, he tried to make it back to shore, but the strength of the sudden gusts of wind blowing against him was too much for him and continued to carry him further out to the deep sea. The wind continued to blow him to the point that he could no longer see the island. He was without food and could not tell what direction to go to escape his predicament. He had some fish and a little bit of water in his canoe. The family awaited Mokuhale’s return, and when night fell without seeing his canoe, they thought he had died. The next day, a search was begun for his body on the coastline with the assistance of the police department. After one week there was nothing heard or seen of him. At this time, as the search was going on onshore on the island, Mokuhale was patiently enduring difficulty on the ocean. From Monday to Wednesday, he began to get weak, due to lack of water and the severe rays of the sun. On Wednesday night he realized that he would not live due to lack of food, but in the morning of the next Thursday, he was startled to see the coast of Ni‘ihau. He sailed to the island, landed easily and was provided with food that his body needed. Last Wednesday he was returned [to Kaua‘i] on a boat and dropped off at Waimea. He was reunited with his family, who had mistakenly thought he had died at sea.

195

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Japanese Fishermen Caught in a Storm. Drift Past Kaui [sic: Kaua‘i] to Kaula. Castaway for Many Days, They Make Their Way to Niihau and Are Finally ­Rescued—Five Days Without Food or Water. Four shipwrecked Japanese were brought back from Niihau yesterday by the steamer Iwalani. They left Honolulu about three weeks ago to fish. A strong gale was prevailing at the time and their boat was carried far away from the shores of Oahu. They were carried to Kaula, which is a small island twelve miles north of Niihau. From Kaula they got back to Niihau and there the boat was dashed on the rocks and broken. The men were so weak that they could not handle the craft, and it was drifting at the mercy of the waves. Residents of Niihau saw the wreck and went to the assistance of the men. The Japanese had been five days without food or water, and were so weak that they could not stand. They were tenderly cared for at Niihau until the Iwalani made her monthly call there, when they were put aboard and brought back to Honolulu. The Japanese lost $90 in cash in addition to their boat and other belongings. Captain Greene, of the Iwalani, treated the men kindly and brought them home in his vessel. —Honolulu Republican. 17 January 1902. P. 2.

196

Eia Hou Keia Moolelo Au Moana. O keia moolelo au moana malalo iho nei ua loaa mai ia makou mai kekahi makuawahine Hawaii i hilinaiia ana i lohe ai, mamuli o ka loaa ana o keia moolelo aumoana o Molokai, pela hoi ia e hoike ia aku nei no keia au moana. I ka makahiki 1842, ua haalele aku la kekahi ohana he ewalu ko lakou nui i ka mokupuni o Niihau maluna o ka waa, a holo ae la no Kauai. O na poe oluna a ka waa o Lilimaikalani Kaonohilani, ke kane a o Hinaaholo, ka wahine. O na keiki, na hunona ame na moopuna oia o Kaukoopuaikamakaokekai, Ululaulani, Kaopuaikamaokekai, Hulimailani, ame elua mea i poina na inoa. Mawaena o Niihau ame Kauai, kahuli iho la ka waa, a oiai he wa ia e pa ana ka makani me ka ikaika a e oku ana hoi na nalu nunui a po’i iho la lakou nei, ua hiki ole ke hoolana ae i ka waa. O ka hora 11 paha ia o ke awakea i huli ai ka waa, a mahope o na hooikaika ana a holopono ole e hoolana i ka waa, a oiai no hoi ke lawe loa ia nei lakou nei e ke kai, ua hooholo iho la lakou nei e au no Kauai, ina nae e hiki. No Lilimaikalani ame Hinaaholo, ua hoolana iki laua ma ka aoao o ka waa e noonoo ana i ka lau mea e hana’i, a o ke koena iho ua pioloke a maka’u a hoomaka e au, e ahai ana kela ame keia no kona ola iho, a e hoolohe ole ana i na leo kaua mai na makua aku. No Lilimaikalani ame kana wahine he hilinai no laua i ka mana o na auma­ kua kahiko o na kupuna, nolaila, hoomanao no laua iloko o ka pilikia, a o ka mea i ikeia oia ka lele ana mai o kekahi manu pueo a kau pono maluna o laua nei. I aku la ke kane i ka wahine: “Eia ke alahele o kaua, pae ka hoi i ka aina. E au kaua.” Alaila, au mai la laua mahope o ka manu, e hoi ana hoi no ka aina. Ua ahiahi aku i keia manawa i loaa ai i ka manu. Lele no ka manu mamua a mahope aku no laua nei, e au ana hoi a hiki i ka naenae ana, alaila hoomaha iho, a hoi mai la no ka manu i kona manawa i ike mai ai ia laua nei e hoolana ana; pa’i

Lost at Sea

mai la i ko Lili lae, a lele hou aku la no mamua. Pela ko laua nei alakaiia ana e ka manu a po wale ia la, a i ka wanaao, pae laua i Nualolo, a kau no hoi ka manu i ka aina maloo. No Kaopuaikamakaokekai, ua au like lakou, a ua loaa na hoomalamalama kristiano ia lakou, eia nae i ka hora o ka poino, poina ke Akua oiaio, lana wale aku la no i ke kai me ka maopopo ole ia lakou ka lakou mea e hana’i, a i ka hope loa, hooholo iho la lakou e hoohuihui ia lakou ma ka nakinaki ana i ke kaula i ole lakou e kauliilii, a au no hoi ina no ke ola a no ka make. Pela lakou i au ai a hiki i ka po ana a aumoe no hoi, me ka ike aina ole ame ka pololei, makewai, a ano nawaliwali mai, a ia manawa o Kaopuaikamakaokekai i huli ae ai a i aku la i kona mau hoa: “E, ua lohe wale no hoi au he aumakua mano ko na kupuna o kakou, aole no hoi e hewa ke hoao ae no hoi kakou i ike ka oiaio.” Hoole mai la kona mau hoa, no ka maka’u o pau i ka ai ia e ka mano: eia nae, mahope mai ua loli ae la ko lakou maka’u no ka mano a maka’u iho o make, a ae aku la i ka Kaopuaikamakaokekai a oia no hoi ko ia nei manawa i kahoahoa ae ai no elua manawa, alaila, ooloku ae la ka moana, a kuu no hoi, pumehana ana ke kai, a pa ana Kaopuaikamakaokekai i ka pewa hi’u o ka mano, a pii ae la no hoi ka i’a a o-hu mamua o lakou nei, a ia wa i huli ae ai o Kauakaopuaikamakaokekai [Kaopuaikamakaokekai] a pane aku la i kona mau hoa: “Eia ke alanui o kakou, nolaila, owau ke paa ae iaia nei, a paa mai no hoi oukou i ke kaula.” Pau keia mau olelo, o ko ia nei paa aku la no ia i ke kuala o ka mano a au aku la no hoi ka ia. I ka wanaao keia halawai ana me ko ia, a ao ae no hoi, ke lawe la no ka i’a lakou nei, a i ka auwina la, hora elua paha ia, pae aku la lakou nei paha ia i Kalalau, mahope o ka au ana i ka moana no 27 hora, a waiho a make aku la i ke anu. O na mea elua mawaho ae o lakou ae o lakou nei, ua laweia no e ka mano a pae i Hanalei iloko o elua la a oi, o laua a mea i nawaliwali loa, aole no naie he ola i poino. Ea, kupaianaha no ka hoi na hana a na aumakua! —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 8 June 1906. P. 1. Another Ocean Swimming Story. This ocean swimming story below was received by us from a trusted Hawaiian mother who had heard it. [After hearing the recent story of Mr. Devauchelle, who was] stranded in the ocean off Moloka‘i, she decided she wanted to share this story of being stranded on the ocean. In 1842 a family of eight left the island of Ni‘ihau on a canoe to sail to Kaua‘i. Those onboard the canoe were Lilimaikalani Ka‘ōnohilani, the husband, and Hinaaholo, the wife. Their children, in-laws and grandchildren were Kauko‘opuaikamakaokekai, ‘Ululaulani, Ka‘ōpuaikamaokekai, Hulimailani, and two others whose names were forgotten. Between Ni‘ihau and Kaua‘i the canoe overturned. The wind was gusting strong at the time, with huge waves standing up and breaking on them, so they couldn’t right the canoe. At about 11 o’clock in the morning is when the canoe overturned. After trying and failing to right the canoe, and as they were being carried away by the sea, they decided to swim for Kaua‘i, if it was at all possible. For Lilimaikalani and Hinaaholo, they floated alongside the canoe thinking about what the two of them could do, while the rest went into a complete panic

197

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

and started swimming. Each person took off, swimming for their own life, and ignored their parents who were telling them not to go. For Lilimaikalani and his wife, they put their trust in the power of the old family guardians of their ancestors. For that reason, they thought deeply about their trouble. Then they saw an owl flying by and coming right up over the two of them. The man said to the woman: “This is our way to reach land. Let’s swim.” Then the two of them swam after the bird to return to land. It was evening at the time they were found by the bird. The bird flew ahead and behind them as they swam, until they reached a point where it was hard to breathe. Then they took a break. The bird came back when it saw them floating. It slapped Lili’s forehead and flew up ahead. This is how the two of them were led by the bird until night fell. In the early morning, they landed at Nu‘alolo, and the bird landed on dry land. For Ka‘ōpuaikamaokekai [and the others], they all swam and had the knowledge of Christianity, but when they got in trouble, they forgot about the true god and floated on the sea, not knowing what they should do. They finally decided to bunch up and bind themselves together with a rope, so they wouldn’t be separated, and swim, whether it was to live or die. That is how they swam until nightfall and into the late-night hours without seeing land and feeling hungry, thirsty and tired. At that time Ka‘ōpuaikamakaokekai turned and said to his companions: “I heard our ­ancestors had a shark family guardian. No harm in trying to see if it’s true.” His companions refused, fearing they would be eaten by the shark. But later their fear of the shark changed, as they were afraid that they would die. When they agreed with Ka‘ōpuaikamakaokekai, he chanted a prayer two times. The ocean became rough, then calmed down, and then became warm. Ka‘ōpuaikamakaokekai was touched by the tip of the tail of the shark, and the fish rose and emerged in front of them. At that time Kauaka‘ōpuaikamakaokekai turned and said to the others: “This is our way. I’ll hold onto him, and you folks hold onto the rope.” After he said this, he grabbed the dorsal fin of the shark and swam. It was in the early morning when they met up with the fish. In the late afternoon, maybe at about two o’clock, they landed somewhere around Kalalau, having swum in the ocean for 27 hours after being left to die of cold. Two others apart from them were carried by another shark. They landed in Hanalei in two or more days. These two were the weakest, but no one was in danger. Wow, what family guardians can do is really amazing! [The title of this article and the first paragraph refer to an overturned boat incident off Moloka‘i in 1906, in which Edward Devauchelle swam for 17 hours before reaching land. Hearing about this incident reminded the “trusted Hawaiian mother” of a similar incident in 1842. The name Ka‘ōpuaikamakaokekai in the 1842 story may be an abbreviated spelling of Kauaka‘ōpuaikamakaokekai.]

198

Ka Huli Ka Waapa Iwaena Moana. Ua holo hoi he kanaka Hawaii mai Kauai no Niihau maluna o kekahi waapa uuku a huli iwaena moana, a pae aku la ma kekahi mokupuni uuku, mahope o

ka lana ana he 24 hora iloko o ke kai, a mai keia mokupuni aku i au hou ai oia a pae i Niihau. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 8 June 1906. P. 1. Boat Overturned in Open Ocean. A Hawaiian man sailed from Kaua‘i to Ni‘ihau on a small boat and overturned in the middle of the ocean. He landed on a small island [Lehua] after drifting for 24 hours at sea. From this island he swam and landed on Ni‘ihau.

I Niihau Ka Waapa Lawai’a Nalowale I Pae Aku Ai. Mamuli o ka loaa ana mai o ka lono pololei e hoakaka ana ma ka Mokupuni o Niihau kela waapa lawai’a i nalowale ai o Maui i pae aku ai, aole hoi ma Kauai, elike me ia i hoikeia aku ai, a oiai o keia ka lono oiaio a pololei, nolaila, e hoopoina kela manao ma Kauai i pae aku ai, a e hookomoia iho malaila ma Niihau; a o ke kumu o ka pilikia ana mamuli no ia o ka poino ana o ka enekini no ka popopo. I na kanaka ekolu i pae aku ai iuka a holopono ka lakou wehe ana i ka enekini popopo o ka waapa, ua kamoe pololei aku ka lakou hele ana no kahi o ka hale o Gay & Robinson, a maluna o ka waapa huelopoki nui o Niihau i laweia mai ai lakou no Kauai, a na ka mokuahi Kinau i hoihoi mai ia lakou mai Waimea,

Lost at Sea

Na Keiki Niihau Me Ka Waapa Iloko O Ka Ino. Garden Island. Me ka nana ole ne i ka makani ame ka ua, ua haalele iho la na keiki waapa ia Niihau ma ke kakahiaka Poaha no Kauai, no ka halihali ana i ka leka o ia pule no Waimea, a po wale nae ia ia aole he mea i loheia no lakou; a manao ko Waimea poe, ua hoomoe lakou i ka holo ana mai, a ma ka hora 2 o ka auwina i ao ka Poaono pae ae la ua waapa ia ma Haena. Ua haalele aku keia mau kanaka ia Niihau i ka manawa maa mau no a lakou e haalele ai, aka nae aole i loihi loa aku ia holo ana o lakou, ua loaa iho la i ka pilikia. O ka mua, oia ka pau ana o ka pe’a i ka nahaehae a hoomaka ka hoe ana, aole e hiki ia lakou ke huli hoi hope aku no ka aina, no ka mea ke nou mai la ka makani mamua pono, a o ka hoe mai la no ia no Kauai. He mau hora no hoi ko lakou noke ana i ka hoe, ua pau ae la na hoe i ka hakihaki, a noho wale lakou; a na ke au i lawe ae ia lakou a pae ae la ma Haena. Aole he mea o lakou i poino. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 18 January 1907. P. 5. Ni‘ihau Boys with a Boat Caught in a Storm. Garden Island. Without any regard for the wind and rain, the boys’ boat left Ni‘ihau in the morning of Thursday for Kaua‘i to take that week’s mail to Waimea. By night nothing was heard of them. The people of Waimea thought they might have slept somewhere on their way, but at 2 o’clock on Saturday afternoon the boat landed at Hā‘ena [on Kaua‘i]. These boys left Ni‘ihau at the usual time for them to leave, but they had not been long on their sail, when they encountered trouble. The first thing was that their sail was destroyed. It was torn to shreds, so they began to paddle. They could not turn back to shore [on Ni‘ihau] with the wind against them, so they paddled for Kaua‘i. They kept paddling for hours, until the paddles broke into pieces. Then they just sat there. The current carried them all the way to Hā‘ena, where they landed. None of them was harmed.

199

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Kauai mai, a i Honolulu nei, a ma ke Kalaudina o ka Poakahi o ka pule i hala aku nei ko lakou hoihoiia ana aku no Wailuku, Maui, no ka hoike ana aku o ko lakou mau pilikia i ka ona nona ka waapa. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 2 July 1920. P. 3. The Fishing Boat That Disappeared Landed on Ni‘ihau. As a result of having obtained correct information, it can be verified that the Maui fishing boat that disappeared reached the island of Ni‘ihau and not Kaua‘i, as was reported. Since this is the correct news, please forget that it landed on Kaua‘i and insert Ni‘ihau in its place. The reason for the problem was trouble with the engine, which was in poor condition. When the three individuals reached shore, they successfully removed the non-operational engine and went straight to the home of Gay & Robinson. They were taken to Kaua‘i on the large whaleboat of Ni‘ihau. Then the steamship Kīna‘u brought them from Waimea, Kaua‘i, here to Honolulu. It was on the Claudine on Monday last week that they were taken back to Wailuku, Maui, to report the problems they encountered to the owner of the boat.

200

Hoea Mai No Ke Awa Nei Me Ka Palekana Ia Waapa Lawaia. Mahope iho o ka paio ana me ka makani mamua aku nei me ka ino e pahola ana i kahi mokupuni o Niihau i puka malaelae mai ai ka waapa lawaia Ebesu Maru kekahi o na waapa lawaia o kela Hui Hana I’a Kini, a hoea mai ia ma ko lakou awa i hookaawaleia ma Kewalo. Ua holo aku kela waapa lawaia no ka lawaia ana ma kahi kokoke i ka mokupuni o Niihau a ua hala hoi iaia he eiwa la ma keia huakai. I ka wa i huli hoi ole mai ai kela waapa ma ka lapule o ka pule i hala a i ole loaa mai la hoi he mau hoike mai kekahi mau waapa mai i hoi mai a mamuli o ia kumu i haalele iho ai kahi mokukaua kiai awa Itaea ma ka po lapule nei no ka hele ana e imi iaia ma na kai e kokoke ana ia Niihau a ma ka auwina la Poakahi ae i loaa aku ai i ke kapena ko lohe na ka pae ana aku o ka waapa lawaia no Honolulu. A huli hoi mai la kahi moku kiai awa a ku ma Honolulu nei i ka po Poakahi. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 3 March 1932. P. 4. The Fishing Boat Reaches the Harbor Safely. After battling the winds earlier from a storm extending to the island of Ni‘ihau, the fishing boat, Ebesu Maru, one of the fishing boats of that company that produces canned fish, emerged and reached their designated harbor at Kewalo [in Honolulu]. The fishing boat set sail for fishing somewhere near the island of Ni‘ihau and went missing from the voyage for nine days. When it failed to return on Sunday last week with no sign of the boat, a Coast Guard military ship, Itaea, left last Sunday night to go and search for it in the sea near Ni‘ihau. In the late afternoon of the following Monday, the captain received word that the fishing boat had landed at Honolulu. At that point the Coast Guard ship turned around and made its way back to Honolulu Monday night.

Christianity Reverend Samuel Whitney established the first Christian Mission on Kaua‘i in Waimea in 1820, but it wasn’t until 1838 that Reverend William Alex-

ander made his way to Ni‘ihau. An article published in The Garden Island newspaper in 1921 recalled that early visit, citing a brief note in Rev. Alexander’s station report for 1839. Three years after Rev. Alexander’s trip to Ni‘ihau, a woman named Kahuanuioluolu, a convert to Catholicism, visited the island. A former Ni‘ihau resident, she attempted to convert the residents. Her efforts in 1842 were described in a letter-to-the-editor by Abela Kahikia‘e, a Ni‘ihau resident. This letter and another by him later in 1842 are examples of the anti-Catholic sentiment that began in Hawai‘i in the 1840s and continued for many years. The Sinclair family members were staunch Protestants. When they bought Ni‘ihau in 1864, they introduced their religious beliefs and expected everyone on the island to follow them. In 1866, they established the Ekalesia o Ni‘ihau, the Church of Ni‘ihau, and a Sunday school, Kula Sabati. The Story of the Waioli Mission. Compiled from Documents and Oral Records by Ethel L. Damon. Records for 1839 are brief and interesting: “Last year the pastor [Rev. Alexander] visited Niihau, and spent five days among the people, during which time most of the population heard the gospel, many of whom seemed to receive it gladly.” —The Garden Island. 6 December 1921. P. 3.

Tava and Keale in Niihau, The Traditions of a Hawaiian Island described the changes to life on Ni‘ihau after the introduction of Christianity:

[Francis Sinclair, one of two sons of Elizabeth Sinclair, managed the development of Ni‘ihau for nearly 20 years after his family purchased the island in 1864. In 1883 he sold his interest in the island to his sisters and turned over its management to his nephews, Aubrey Robinson and Francis Gay.] Kaununui, Niihau, Oka. 16, 1841. Aloha oe e ka Nonanona; Eia au ma ka welau komohana o ke aupuni o ke alii. He wahi mehameha ko makou, a i keia mau la, ua hiki mai nei oe ka hoakamailio. He pono kau i hookaka mai ia makou. Nolaila, aloha au ia oe. A eia no ka’u e hoike aku ia oe. He oihana hou i hiki mai nei iwaena o makou i keia makahiki i hala ae nei. Ua kapaia na ka Pope. He aha la keia mea a ka pope? He mea kupaianana i kuu ike ana aku! He mea e no paha la! Me he mea la kupono i ko ke Akua makemake i ka olelo ana mai o ka poe nana i hoolaha mai nei. Aka, i kuu ike ana ia ia, ma ka hoomaopopo ana, he kue i ka ke Akua, a he hooke i

Christianity

The influence of Christianity on Niihau lifestyle has been pervasive for the last one hundred years. In the nineteenth century, Francis Sinclair decreed that everyone would go to church— even visitors. He went so far as to keep meticulous track of those who did not attend church and then punished them! Sundays on Ni‘ihau are truly reserved for the Lord and observed as a day of rest. Early in the morning the church bells toll the hour at Iubile Church, and the rest of the island is quiet. (P. 6)

201

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 202

ka ke alii; nolaila, e hoike aku au ia oe i kana hana maanei. Ina i kuhihewa au i kona ano, e hoike pono mai oe ia’u, no ka mea, he kuaaina au. Penei ka hiki ana mai ma Niihau nei. He wahine, o Kahuanuioloalu kona inoa. He wahine ia na ke Kahumoku, na Limalimaiole. No keia aina no, a ua noho aku i Honolulu. A i keia makahiki, holo mai nei no ia wahine a hiki ma Kaununui nei. I mai la. “Eia ka mea maikai la. Eia ke Akua hou no kakou. He Akua waiwai, he Akua lealea. Ua ae na’lii i keia Akua. Ua huli o Kekauonohi nona keia aina. Ua huli Kuakini; a ua huli o Kauikeaouli ke alii nui, no ka lawe ana o ka Farani i kona dala, ua pau lakou i ka huli, eia no mamuli o keia Akua hou.” I mai la kela wahine ia’u e huli au mamuli o ka Farani, a hoi aku ia i Honolulu e olelo aku i kana kumu, a nana no e hooili mai i ka lole ia’u. I aku la au, nolaila ka! no ka waiwai e huli kaua mamuli o ka pope? Ae mai la, “ae; nolaila, mamua ua hooikaika wale au mamuli o ka olelo a ke Akua, aole i loaa iki ia’u ka waiwai; aole akahi dala, aole hainaka hookahi, aole pine iki, aole loa no. Eia ke Akua waiwai.” Kaena ae la ia imua o kanaka. I aku la, “Ea, e nana mai oukou ia’u, he kapa maemae ko’u; aole pela i kela manawa, he Akua maikai keia, he Akua waiwai.” I aku la au, “Aole pela o Iesu: aole no i haawi mai ia i ka lole, a i ke dala e huli na kanaka mamuli ona. He mea hoopunipuni keia au i hana mai nei, o hoi oe, aole au e ae aku i kau.” Pela wau, no ka mea, i kuu ike ana he kue keia i ka Iesu hoohaumana ana, a me ka Petero, a me ka Paulo. Aka, ua ae no kekahi poe o keia aina. Ua haalele lakou i ka ke Akua olelo, ua haalele i ka’u kula, aole i ae i ko ke alii kanawai kula. Ua hele na kamalii, na kane, na wahine i ka lealea, i ka hula, e like me ka wa kahiko. A i keia manawa ua akaka ka hewa o kekahi kumu a lakou, ua kolohe maoli ia i na haumana wahine ana, a ua hoo­ uku ia i ka hana, aia no ia ma ke alanui: a o ka nui o na haumana ua hoi mai. Ua ike, wahi a lakou, i kela mea wahahee, ua maopopo ka hoopunipuni o kela Akua waiwai, ua pau ka makemake. Eia keia manao hou, i keia mau la hele mai nei ka makou kumu mai Waimea mai, a ua pule hoomau makou. Ua nui kanaka. Ua hele mai ka poe pope a pau e noho ana i ka halawai, ua kamailio pu me ke kumu, ua oluolu. I ka la Sabati ahaaina makou i ka ahaaina a ka Haku: akahi no a hanaia keia oihana ma keia aina. Eha hoahanau hou i lilo, a bapetizo ia. Aloha oe. Na’u na Abela Kahikiae. —Ka Nonanona. 15 February 1842. P. 79. Kaununui, Ni‘ihau, Oct. 16, 1841. Dear Ka Nonanona. Here I am at the western end of the domain of the king. We have a lonely place, and these days you have arrived as a conversation partner for us. You have had matters to explain to us. So, I express my love for you. This is what I have to report to you. A new religion arrived among us just last year. It is named after the [Catholic] Pope. What is this person, the Pope? It is really astonishing the way I see it! It is probably something different! It was as if it was the will of God that these people should come and spread the word. But when I saw her, I understood it to go against the ways of God, and it sets aside the king. So, I’ll tell you what she did here. If I have misconstrued her character, you can set me straight, as I am only a countryside person. This is how she came here to Ni‘ihau, a woman by the name of Kahua­ nui­oloalu [sic: Kahuanuioluolu]. She was working for the ship’s mate, Lima­ lima‘iole. She is from here and lives in Honolulu. This year this woman came

Ke Kumu Pope Ma Niihau. Aloha oe e ka Nonanona. Eia ka lua o keia palapala ana’ku ia oe. He palapala ninau keia, a hiki ole ia oe ke hoomaopopo mai, e ninau aku oe i na’lii i ka poe nona ka aina o Hawaii nei, a na lakou e hai mai ia’u. He pono anei i na kumu pope e hookolokolo i na luna kanawai o keia aina? I hiki anei ia lakou ke wehe i na halepaahao a hookuu aku i ka poe e hoopaiia’na? E hai mai oe, no ka mea, he lunakanawai au no Niihau nei, a i keia mau la pae mai nei kekahi haole, he kumu pope. A hoopii kekahi mau haumana ana, kii koke iho la oia ia’u e hookoloko. Elua kii ana o ka luna ia’u. Elua o ko’u hoole ana’ku ia ia. I aku la au; aole au e hele aku, he malihini ia he haole, aole au ike o kana hana keia. Ma ka leo o ka luna nana i kii mai ia’u, aole au i lohe he hookolokolo, a pela no ma ka palapala a ka haole, aole i puka mai ka luna e hookolokolo; aka ma ke ano o kana hana ike no au, a pela no i kuu lohe i na haumana ana he hookolokolo ana mai ia’u, no kuu hoopai ana i ka poe hewa io, a no kuu palapala ana’ku ia oe i ka hewa o Kahuaunioluolu i kona hoopunipuni i na’lii. Eia kekahi, ua kii mai lakou a wehe i kekahi wahine paahao, a lawe aku mai

Christianity

here to Kaununui. She said, “This is what is good. This is a new God for us. It is a wealthy God and a fun God. The chiefs have approved of this God. Kekau‘ōnohi, who owns this land, has converted. Kuakini has converted; Kauikeaouli, the king, has converted, as the French took his money. They have all converted, and they all now follow after this new God.” The woman told me to convert after the ways of the French, and then said she would return to Honolulu to tell her teacher, who would then provide me with clothes. I said, “Is that it! To get riches is the reason to convert to follow after the Pope?” She answered, “Yes; so, before, I worked hard for the word of God, but I never got anything of wealth; not one dollar, not one handkerchief, not one pin, not one thing. This is a wealthy God.” She bragged in front of the people. She said, “So, look at me, I have clean clothes. That wasn’t the case then. This is a good God, a wealthy God.” I said, “That is not how Jesus is. He does not give us clothes or money when people convert to him. What you have done here is a lie. Go home. I do not agree with what you are saying.” That is what I said because the way I see it, this goes against how Jesus made disciples, the same for Peter and Paul. But some people on this island agreed to it. They abandoned God’s word, left my school, and have not agreed to the king’s law regarding school. Children, men, and women, have sought after pleasures, hula, like in the old days. Now the sins of their teacher are clearly evident. She was unethical to her female disciples, and she punished them with work. It is all over the street. And most of her disciples have returned. They have seen, according to them, what a liar she was, and they now know about the lies of that rich God. They no longer want anything to do with it. Here is something new: These days our teacher came from Waimea, and we are in continuous prayer. Many people are there. All of the Popists who were at the service came to talk with the teacher, and it was pleasant. On the Sabbath we took communion. It was the first time this was done here on the island. There were four new members who were converted and baptized. Aloha. By me, Abela Kahikia‘e.

203

ko’u alo aku. O Hueia ka inoa o ua paahao la. Ina he pono keia hana a ka poe kumu pope e olelo mai oe ia’u, no ka mea, aole au i lohe he mea keia e hiki ai i na haole a i na malihini e hookolokolo i na lunakanawai o keia aina, a e wehe hoi i na paahao. Ina he pono keia hana a lakou, e hai mai oe, no ka mea, eia ko’u e waiho aku au i ko’u lunakanawai ana, aka i pono ole ka lakou, aia no i na’lii ka ike mai, a e kokua mai hoi. Eia ka palapala a ua haole la, e pai oe e hoolohe aku ka poe a pau e heluhelu ana i na mea hou au i hoolaha ai. Na Abela Kahikiae.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Apopo, Iulai 27, 1842. Aloha oe e Kahikiae. Ua lohe au i kekahi wahine ua hoahewa aku oe ia ia, o Hueia ka inoa o ua wahine la. Ua hoopiiia’i oia imua ou no ka moe kolohe. Olelo mai o Hueia, i i mai oe aole ona hewa malaila, aka, ua imi oe i mea hewa hou e hoopili ia ia. Ua hoopii oe ia ia no kona huna ana i ka hewa o kekahi poe, aka, aole i ike maka oia i ko laua hewa. No keia mea, i hoike mai o Hueia ia’u, ua hoahewa oe ia ia i ka hana, elua mau makahiki nae e pono ia ia ke hana e like me kou manao. Aka, ina he oiaio ka olelo ana a Hueia ia’u, aole hewa iki oia, nolaila ke nonoi aku nei au ia oe e hoakaka mai ia’u i kona hewa: ina aole ona hewa, e pono ia oe e hookuu koke aku ia ia. Ua hoike mai Petero Kookoo, i olelo mai oe, ua hele mai au he malihini nae—he hookiekie ko’u. Heaha ka’u mea i hookiekie ai? e hoakaka mai oe. Aloha maikai oe. Alekenio, Kahuna Katolika.

204

Auhea oe e Abela Kahikiae, He mea uuku ka Nonanona, he mea ikaika nae, a eia kona manao ia oe. He manao hoole i ka Alekenio i hana mai i kou wahi. Aole o kana hana ia. Aole pela ma Farani, aole pela ma Irelani kahi i hanau ai ua kumu pope la, aole i na aina a pau, aole e hiki ia lakou e kuu aku i na paahao, aole ia lakou ka hookolokolo i na lunakanawai, aole loa no. Aole pela o Petero, aole pela o Paulo. He hookiekie io no na kumu la, kuhi paha oia e nalo kana hana ma Niihau e kokua ana i ka wahine moe kolohe. Ma kona manao paha he pelu wale ke kuaaina, he ike ole ka Nonanona. Ua pono kau. Mai hele aku oe i kona wahi e hookolokolo ia e ia. Ina he pono ole kau hoahewa ana ia Hueia, e hiki no ia ia e hoopii i na ‘lii. Aka, i ka hoopii i na kumu pope, aole; he kupaianaha ia he mea ku ole i ke kanawai o ka aina. Ua lohe au o kela wahine moe kolohe o Hueia he kaikamahine ia na Kahuaumoluolu ka wahine punahele o ua kumu pope la; he aloha paha: aka, ea, e nana’ku kaua i keia hana hooke a na haole, mai huna kaua. Ina no i na’lii ko lakou manao i keia hana. Na’u wale no keia. Na ka Nonanona. —Ka Nonanona. 13 September 1842. P. 38. The Catholic Teacher on Ni‘ihau. Kaununui, Ni‘ihau, July 28, 1842. Dear Ka Nonanona. This is the second time I am writing to you. This is an inquiry, and if you are not able to let me know, ask the chiefs, those who own the land here in Hawai‘i, and they can tell me. Are Catholic teachers able to hold court [and act as] judges in this country, so that they can open up the jails and release those being punished? Tell me, as I am a judge on Ni‘ihau.

These days a foreigner arrived, who is a Catholic teacher. When some of his disciples complained [about me], he immediately came to put me on trial. He came twice to get me. I refused him twice. I told him I would not go. He was a stranger and a foreigner, and I was not aware that this is what he was doing. According to the marshal who came to get me, I did not hear that this was a trial, and that is what was stated on the document of the foreigner. But by his actions I understood, and that is what I heard from the disciples that there would be a trial for me for punishing those who were truly guilty and for writing to you about the sins of Kahuaunioluolu [sic: Kahuanuioluolu], when she lied about the chiefs. Another matter is that they came to release a female prisoner to take her away from my presence. The name of the prisoner was Hu‘e‘ia. If this is a just action on the part of the Catholic teachers, let me know. I have not heard that foreigners and visitors are able to judge in this country and release prisoners. If these are actions that are allowed them, tell me, and if this is the case, then I quit my judgeship. But if what they are doing is unjust, then it is for the chiefs to be aware and assist. Here is the document about the foreigner. Publish it so that everyone can hear who reads this news item that you publicize. By Abela Kahikia‘e

Greetings Abela Kahikia‘e, Ka Nonanona is small, but powerful, and this is its advice to you. It is opposed to Alekenio’s protest to you. What he did is incredible. This is not done in France or Ireland, where this Catholic teacher was born. Neither is it done in any country. They cannot release prisoners. They do not try judges in court. Not at all. Neither did Peter or Paul do this. What this teacher has done is truly arrogant. Perhaps he thinks that he can hide his actions on Ni‘ihau to assist the adulterous woman. Perhaps he thinks that countryside people would simply bend and that Ka Nonanona would not know about it. You have a just position. Do not go to his location to be tried by him. If your conviction of Hu‘e‘ia was unjust, she can appeal to the chiefs. But regarding the conviction of Catholic teachers: no. This is incredible and not according to the laws of the land. I have heard the adulterous woman, Hu‘e‘ia, is the daughter of Kahuaumoluolu [sic: Kahuanuioluolu], the favorite wife of this Catholic teacher. Perhaps they are in

Christianity

Tomorrow, July 27, 1842. Dear Kahikia‘e. I heard you accused a woman named Hu‘e‘ia and that she was convicted by you for adultery. Hu‘e‘ia stated that you determined she was not guilty, but that you further sought to accuse her of something else. You put her on trial for covering up the crime of someone else, but she did not see for herself the crime of the other two. It is for this reason that Hu‘e‘ia stated to me that you accused her of the act, but she must do as you determine for two years. But if what Hu‘e‘ia tells me is true, she is not guilty. So, I ask you to explain her guilt to me. If she is not guilty, you must release her immediately. Petero Ko‘oko‘o reported that you stated I came as a foreigner and that I was arrogant. In what way was I arrogant? Explain to me. Good salutations. Alekenio, Catholic Priest.

205

love. But let’s turn to the actions of foreigners who ignore [the laws]. Let us not cover up such things, if they direct these actions towards the chiefs. It is just I. By Ka Nonanona. I Ka Poe Katolika Ma Keia Pae Aina, Mai Hawaii A Hiki Ia Niihau. I ka poakahi hope o kela makahiki, oia no ka poakahi ka la 28 o Dekemaba mamuli, o ke pauku 712 o ke Kanawai Kivila, e halawai ana na kanaka a pau e koho ai i na kahu kula no ka makahiki hou. Nolaila, inau a manao oukou e ka poe Katolika, i ko oukou pomaikai a me ka poinaikai o ko oukou mau keiki, mai poina oukou i kela poakahi; mai molowa oukou; mai lohi; mai lalau; mai noho wale ma ka hale; aka, e hele nui aku oukou i kahi e koho ai, a e koho no kela inea keia mea mamuli o kona manao iho, i ke kanaka kupono no kela oihana. Ma ke kauoha. Godfrey Rhodes (Kapena Loke), Kakauolelo. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 18 December 1862. P. 3. To the Catholics in the Islands From Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau. On the last Monday of this year, Monday, the 28th of December, according to Article 712 of the Civil Code, everyone will meet to vote for the school administrators for the new year. So, if you Catholics are considerate of your wellbeing and the wellbeing of your children, do not forget about that Monday. Do not be lazy. Do not be tardy. Do not wander off. Do not just stay home. But show up in large numbers at the voting station. Everyone should vote according to their conscience for the appropriate person for the job. By order. Godfrey Rhodes (Kāpena Loke), Secretary.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Ka Nui O Na Kanaka A Ma Niihau. E Ka Nupepa Kuokoa E; Aloha Oe. E like me ke noi a ka Hokuloa, e hai aku ika nui o na kanaka o ka mokupuni o Niihau, a me na halepule, a me ka nui o na hoahanau iloko o ka Ekalesia o ka Haku. Eia mai no ka oiaio o na kanaka ma ka helu ana i ka nui, mai na kane, wahine, keiki nui, keiki liilii, na wahine kane a me na wahine kane ole, na kaikamahine nui a me na kaikamahine liilii. A eia mai no ka papa kuhikuhi.

206

Na kanaka kupono - - - 187 " wahine mea kane, - - - 110 " wahine kane ole, - - - 29 " keiki nui kupono, - - - 18 " keiki uuku iho, - - - 50 " kaikamahine nui, - - - 27 " kaikamahine uuku iho, - - - 36 " keiki ai waiu, - - - 12 " kanaka pupu, - - - 51 " luahine, - - - 39 " hoahanau kane, - - - 36 " hoahanau wahine, - - - 31 Huina pau loa, 626 Eha hoi halepule; ekolu no ka aoao hoole Pope, a hookahi no ka aoao Katolika. O ke kahu nae o na hipa o ka aoao Hoole Pope mai Waimea Kauai, a hiki i

Niihau, oia hoi o Rev. G. B. Rovela, a o D. Maui a me Anadarea na kokua kahu. E like hoi me ke noi e hai aku, e hiki no ke hai aku. O kekahi poe nae ua pau i ka hele ma kela wahi keia wahi. Oia iho la no kahi kanaenae a ke keiki o ke komohana la, a ke hoi nei au i ka mahi pa-o-o, ua ua ka ua Naulu. P. R. Holiohana. Kaununui, Niihau, Mei 19, 1864. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 11 June 1864. P. 4. The Number of People on Ni‘ihau. Dear Nupepa Kuokoa. Aloha. According to the request of the Hokuloa, we are reporting the number of people on the island of Ni‘ihau, as well as ­churches, and the number of members in the Church of our Lord. Below is the truth regarding the people and their numbers in total, from men, women, grown boys, young boys, married women and unmarried women, grown girls and young girls. Below is the table. Adults 187 Married women 110 Unmarried women 29 Adult boys 18 Young boys 50 Adult girls 27 Young girls 36 Babies 12 Elderly men 51 Elderly women 39 Male church members 36 Female church members 31 Grand total— 626

Moolelo No Ka Hoonohonoho Ana O Na Alii AiAupuni A Me Ko Lakou Mau Akua O Na Alii O Ka Wa Kahiko Mai Hawaii A Niihau. Ko Niihau Alii Ame Kona Mau Akua. O Manoopupaipai hoi ke Alii o Niihau, a eia ka inoa o kona mau Akua: o Lonopule, o Lonoimua, ame Lonokahuna, ua like no ka hana ana mai Hawaii a Niihau, aole paewa o ka lakou mau mea e malama ai ame ka pololei loa, a malaila i hooko mai ai ko lakou mau Akua i ka lakou noi aku, a piha pono ka aina i ka nui o na’lii ame na kanaka, pa ha a pa lima ke kanaka no ke kihapai hookahi ke mahai i ka wa kahiko. Nolaila, e nana pu mai kakou e like me na kuhikuhi ame na haina o keia moolelo, no ka mea, ke kaniuhu nei kekahi poe no ke emi loa o keia lahui ame

Christianity

There are four churches: three for Protestants and one Catholic. The pastor of the sheep of the Protestant sect from Waimea, Kaua‘i, to Ni‘ihau is Rev. G. B. Rowell. D. Maui and Anadarea are the assistant pastors. Upon request, we are able to provide reports. Some people have gone off on their own ways. This is the offering of the son of the west, and I return home to raise pāo‘o fish. The Nāulu rain has fallen. P. R. Holiohana. Kaununui, Ni‘ihau, Mei 19, 1864. [The Hawaiian term for Protestant, Hō‘olepope, means “Denier of the Pope.”]

207

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

na’lii i keia wa, ua uuku loa lakou i koe. Auhea oukou e ka poe haipule o ke Akua, ka poe hoi e pilipili kana aku i ka Haku, aohe he wehena ilaila. E ka poe haipule oiaio mai Hawaii o Palena, a Niihau o Manoopupaipai, e noi nui aku kakou i ke Akua, i hooulu mai ai oia i keia hanauna a nui, e like me ka Iehova i kauoha mai ai ia Aberahama, penei: “Ma nei hope aku, e hoolilo ana au i kau mau mamo i hanauna nui e like me na hoku o ka lani, me ke one o kahakai ame ka lauoho o ko oukou mau poo, aole pau i ka helu ia,” a pela kakou e nana ai, a i pomaikai ai hoi keia lahui, a me ke aupuni o ko kakou Moi aloha lahui e noho nei Kamehameha V. Me ka mahalo no, P. S. K. Pakele. Kakanoui, Kipahulu, Maui, Oka. 22, 1864. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 12 November 1864. P. 4. Account of the Organization of the Ruling Chiefs and Their Gods of the Ancient Chiefs From Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau. Ni‘ihau’s Ruling Chief and Gods. Mano‘ōpūpaipai is the Ali‘i of Ni‘ihau, and here are the names of her gods: Lonopule, Lonoimua, and Lonokahuna. There was nothing wrong about their practices and what they knew to be correct. That is how their gods granted their requests, and the land came to be full of chiefs and people, with a fourfold and fivefold increase per garden, when farmed in ancient times. So, let us have a look according to the teaching and telling of the story, as some people bemoan the decrease of these people and the chiefs these days. There are only a few who remain. So, hear this. For the devout in God, those who are close to the Lord, there is no separation there. So, for the devout followers of the truth from Hawai‘i of Palena to Ni‘ihau of Mano‘ōpūpaipai, let us ask of God that this generation increase and expand, like how Jehovah commanded Abraham, saying: “Henceforth I shall make your descendants a great generation like the stars of the heavens and the sands of the beaches and the hair on your heads: countless.” This is what we shall see, if this race is to be blessed, along with the nation of our people-loving King Kamehameha V. With gratitude, P. S. K. Pakele. Kakanou‘i, Kīpahulu, Maui, Oct. 22, 1864.

208

No Ka Mokupuni O Niihau. Ke Ano O Ka Aina. Ua waiho molale aku iloko o ka moana, a ma kona aoao i kapaia o Kona, he aoao pali, e waiho like ae ana mai ke kuemaka pali; mai Kaaili aku, a hala loa ae ma kela aoao, e nana aku ai ia Kawaihoa, he like no kona ano me Leahi, ma Honolulu o Oahu; ka hele o kona aoao luna a huai, me he pikawai la. A ma kahi e kokoke aku ana i keia puu o Kawaihoa, kahi kaulana i oleloia, ke ko eli o Halalii; a me ka Uluhua i ka hapapa. A ma kona aoao e nana’ku ai ia Kaula mokupuni, he aoao maikai o ka aina, e waiho like ana, mai Lehua aina, a hiki i Kamalino. Ka Noho Ana O Na Kanaka. He poe kanaka like loa keia ma ko lakou noho ana, kipa aku a kipa mai, no ka mea, i ka wa e noho akoakoa ana o na kanaka o keia aina, he nui na inoa i kapaia ia lakou iho, he moopuna, he makua, he kaikuaana, he kaikaina, a he kupuna, mai ka mea uuku, a hiki i ka hapauea, (he pupu) a pela no ka poe e noho nei i keia wa, ke kapa nei no ia mau inoa. Na Hana O ke Aupuni O Ke Akua. He nui wale na ano hoomana ma Niihau nei. O Kekahi, aia ma ke kahua a Wini i kukulu mua ai, malaila kekahi poe e

noho haipule nei. O kekahi hoomana, aia ma ke kahua o Rowela i haule iho nei iloko o keia mau la, aia malaila ka hapa nui o na kane, wahine, a keiki, e alakai hewa ia nei. A o kekahi, aia ma ka hoomana Pope e ku nei lakou a hoomana i ke Akua. A o kekahi poe, ke hoomana nei lakou ma ko Kanepalaka ma aoao, a me ko molowa, a me hiamoe ma. E like me kuu ike, ua panoa ka aina o Niihau nei i keia mau la, a ua wi ka noho ana o ka aina, ma ke kau wahi, ua ai i ka hua noni pala, pela no ka panoa o na hana a ke Akua ma keia kihapai o Niihau nei. No ka mea, aole ua e hoomau ai i ka lepo iloko o keia mau mahina, e ulu ae ai na kaioio lau, pela no hoi, aole hoona mai ke Akua i kona Uhane Hemolele iloko o ka poe naaupaakiki e noho nei. Ke hooikaika nei au maanei. Na Kaelele. Niihau, Dek. 20 1865. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 23 December 1865. P. 3. From the Island of Ni‘ihau. Description of the Land. It [Ni‘ihau] sits clearly on the ocean. One side is called Kona. There is [also] a cliff side, which lies parallel [to Kona] from the cliff top at Ka‘a‘ili and beyond, and that side looks towards Kawaihoa, which is similar to Lē‘ahi in Honolulu on O‘ahu. The lay of its face and coming down is like a water pitcher. And close to this hill of Kawaihoa is that famous place people talk about, where the sugar cane is dug up at Halāli‘i and the breadfruit tree produces fruit on the coral rock. On this side is where you look at Ka‘ula Island. It is a good side of the island, laying in a straight line from Lehua all the way to Kamalino.

The Works of the Kingdom of God. There are several different denominations here on Ni‘ihau. One is on the homestead of Whitney, which he built earlier. That is where some go to worship. Another denomination is on the homestead of Rowell, which has fallen down in these days. That is where most of the men, women, and children are being misled. And another is the Catholic denomination, where they worship God. And some worship the way of Kānepalaka [obliviousness], the way of laziness, and the way of sleep. According to what I’ve witnessed, the island of Ni‘ihau is a desert these days, and people live in drought in some places, where they eat ripe noni fruit. That is what it’s like in the desert God made here in this garden of Ni‘ihau. Since there is no rain to renew the soil in these months to grow a second crop of sweet potatoes, so, too, God does not stop his Holy Spirit in the hard hearts of the people living here. I persevere here. By Ka‘elele. Ni‘ihau, Dec. 20, 1865. [Reverends Samuel Whitney and Samuel Ruggles established a mission station at Waimea, Kaua‘i in 1820.]

Christianity

The Lifestyle of the People. These are people who live very much alike. They visit each other because when the people of this island gather together, there are many names called among them, such as grandchild, parent, elder sibling, younger sibling, grandparent, from among the smallest to those feeble with age. That’s how it is among those living here these days. They call each other by these names.

209

Hunahuna Mea Hou O Hawaii Nei. Mai Ka Haku Mai O Niihau. Ua loaa mai ia makou, he palapala na ka Haku o Niihau, oia o Francis Sinclair, a maloko o laila makou i ike iho ai, ke hoomaka nei oia a me D. S. Kupahu i Kula Sabati malaila. Ua haawi wale mai oia ia Kupahu he hale, a he wahi e ku ai ka hale, a me kahi aina kupono nona iho, me ka uku ole. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 3 March 1866. P. 2. New Bits of News of Hawai‘i. From the Owner of Ni‘ihau. We obtained a note from the owner of Ni‘ihau, Francis Sinclair, in which we saw that he and D. S. Kūpahu have started a Sunday School there. He gave Kūpahu a house, a place to raise his house, and some suitable land for him, free of cost. Moolelo O Ka Ahahui Euanelio O Hawaii Nei. Heluhelu mai o Mr. D. S. Kupahu he Lunahaiolelo i ka Hoike Kihapai no ka Ekalesia o Niihau. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 23 June 1866. P. 4. Report of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association. Mr. D. S. Kūpahu, a lead preacher, read the Vineyard Report of the Church of Ni‘ihau.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Hunahuna Mea Hou O Hawaii Nei. E Poni Ia Ana. Ma keia mau la i naue ae nei, ua lohe mai makou, e poniia ana o D. S. Kupahu o Niihau, ke hiki aku o Rev. E. Ioane ma ilaila, mai Kauai aku iloko o keia mau la. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 14 July 1866. P. 2. Bits of News of Hawai‘i. To Be Ordained. In recent days we have heard that D. S. Kūpahu of Ni‘ihau will be ordained when Rev. E. Ioane arrives there from Kaua‘i in several days.

210

Hunahuna Mea Hou O Hawaii Nei. No Ka Mokupuni O Niihau. Ke lohe mai nei makou ua hookumu ia i ekalesia kuokoa ma Niihau, ma ka 15 o Iulai i hala iho nei; a ua hookahuna ia a hoonoho ia o Rev. Mr. Kupahu maluna o ua ekalesia nei. Penei: Ia Rev. E. Ioane ka haiolelo, ma Luka 12:23. Ia Rev. J. W. Kamika ka pule hoolilo, me ka lima aloha. Ia E. Ioane hoi ke ao ana i ka ekalesia. Ua launa pono mai na haole nona ia mokupuni, me Kupahu, a ua kokua maoli lakou i ka pono o ka Haku ma ia mokupuni. Pomaikai maoli na kanaka o ia aina ke hoolohe i ka na haole olelo ao no ka noho ana, a imi hoi e hoohalike me ko lakou la noho ana. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 4 August 1866. P. 2. Bits of News in Hawai‘i. From the Island of Ni‘ihau. We hear that an independent church was established on Ni‘ihau on the 15th of last July; and that Rev. Mr. Kūpahu was ordained and asked to oversee the church. As reported, Rev. E. Ioane gave the sermon in Luke 12:23. Rev. J. W. Smith did the conversion prayer with a loving hand. E. Ioane gave the sermon to the church. The foreigners who own the land met warmly with Kūpahu, and they

provided great assistance, showing the goodness of the owners of that island. The people are truly blessed when they heed the words of the foreigners about how to live and seek to imitate their lifestyle.

Mai Niihau Mai. Ua minamina makou i ka hoolaha ana i na mea pili haunaele ekalesia, aka o ka hoolaha ana eia paha ka mea e makaala ai na hoahanau, i hanaia na mea a pau ma ke ano hoano. Niihau, Aug. 20 1866. Ma ka la 12 o keia malama oia ka la Sabati, ua akoakoa ae na makua, na keiki, ka pupule, kela mea keia mea ma ka halepule o Kaununui. Ma ke kakahiaka oia la, he halawai pule i na luna no ka hana a ua anaina la, a ma ke ahiahi iho o ua la nei, ua malama keia mau luna i ka ahaaina berena a lakou. A penei ka hana ana, ia Daniela M. ka wawahi ana a haawi aku ia Anaderea laua o Hezekia, a na laua i haawi aku i na makua, i na keiki, i ka pupule, ia mea aku

Christianity

[Untitled] Koloa, Kauai, Augake 10, 1866. Rev. L. H. Kulick. Aloha Oe. Ua halawai iho nei ka “Ahahui o na Ekalesia maoli o Kauai me Niihau.” Elua la ka halawai ana Ua maikai na hana aka Aha, a, ua hololea me ko oluolu, me ke ake, a me ka iini nui i na kulu wai o ka Uhane Hemolele. Ua like no na hana me na hana mau a ka Aha. Ehiku ka haina o na Ekalesia ma ko lakou mau Kahu; oia hoi, ekolu Ekalesia kahiko; hookahi aole Kahu. Ekolu Ekalesia me na Kahu Hawaii, hookahi E. haole me kona Kahu. E kokoke ana e hookaawaleia o Hanapepe i Ekalesia okoa, a e hoonoho ia hoi o S. V. Naumu i Kahu no lakou. Elua mahele ana ko makou Aha 1. Na Lala; oia na Kahu me na Haiolelo, 2. Na Elele, ua kapaia mai keia, o na hoa o ka Aha. Ma na hoike Kihapai o na Apana, ua ikeia, ke moe nei na Ekalesia i ka hiamoe manao, aka aole i hooneleia na paahana, i na mea e hana ai ka manao o ka paahana. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 25 August 1866. P. 1. [Untitled] Kōloa, Kaua‘i, August 10, 1866. Rev. L. H. Gulick. Aloha. The “Association of True Churches of Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau.” They met for two days. The activities of the association went well with good humor, kindness, desire and determination with tears of the Holy Spirit. It went according to the normal routine of the association. There were seven pronouncements of the Church with their pastors, including three old churches, with one lacking a pastor. Three churches with Hawaiian pastors, one church with a foreign pastor. We are near separating Hanapēpē into its own church, and S. V. Nāumu will be installed as pastor for them. There were two divisions in our Association: 1. The members, the pastors and preachers; 2. The delegates: These are called friends of the association. In the Vineyard report of the district, it was seen that the church lies in a state of sleep for ideas, but is not lacking workers, regarding the work of the laborers.

211

ia mea aku, me ka olelo mai o ka mea naua i wawahi ka berena he hemahema. A pau @ ku mai o M. Kauohai, a ninini i ka waina a haawi mai ia Anederea laua o Hezekia, a na laua i ke anaina holookoa a me olelo mai o ka mea nana i ninini ka waina he hemahema, aohe i maa i keia hana. O keia mau luna e hapai nei i keia Oihana Laa, aole lakou i hookahuia, aka, ke hao wale nei keia poe i ka ke Akua, me ke kupono ole o keia hana ia lakou. No kuu ike ana, akahi no a hanaia pela kekahi hana ano e ma keia Mokupuni, nolaila, koi mai la hoi ko’u lunaikehala ia’u, e hoike akea aku i keia nu hou, i ike mai ai na hoa uahi a holo o ua pono Kristiano nei, no keia nu hou. Ke hooki nei au maanei, ke lawe aku la o Kaula i ka La. D. S. K. Kaelele. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 6 October 1866. P. 1. From Ni‘ihau. We regret to announce divisions within the church, and the announcement is that the members should be careful so all that is done is done with ­sacredness.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Ni‘ihau, Aug. 20, 1866. On the 12th of this month on Sunday, parents, children, and the infirm of mind met together, all at the chapel at Kaununui. On the morning of that day a church service was held among the leaders of the congregation, and in the evening of the same day these leaders held a holy communion service for everyone. This is how they went about it: Daniela M. broke the bread and gave it to Anaderea and Hezekia. The two of them gave it to the parents, the children, and the mentally infirm, to each and every one, with the one who broke the bread saying that it was done wrong. When that was done, M. Kau‘ōhai stood and poured the wine and gave it to Anederea and Hezekia. They gave it to the entire congregation, with the one who poured the wine saying that it was done poorly because they were not familiar with this work. These leaders taking up this sacred work were not appointed pastors, but these people steal what is God’s, not doing the work right. I saw it for myself. It was the first time it was done this strange way on the island. Now, my conscience compels me to report this news to all, so that the friends who follow after the goodness of Christ can learn of this news. I end here. Ka‘ula takes the sun away. D. S. K. Ka‘elele.

212

No ka Ekalesia o Niihau. E Ka Nupepa Kuokoa E. Aloha Oe. No kela mau hua e kau ae la ma ke poo o keia kukulu manao ana, oia hoi, “No ka Ekalesia o Niihau.” He wahi ekalesia uuku keia, akahi no oia a hookaawale ia mai, ma ka la 15 o Iulai 1866. Ua hooko ia mai ka hookaawale ana. Ka Nui O Na Hoahanau O Keia Ekalesia. Mai ka hoomaka ana o keia wahi Ekalesia a hiki i keia manawa, ua aneane iwakalua mau hoahanau, aka nae, o ke kumu o ka uuku o na hoahanau o keia wahi Ekalesia, oia no ke ano mokuahana Ekalesia ma Waimea, Kauai, no ke kahu Ekalesia mua, oia hoi o G. B. Rowela i wawa ia iho nei, a ma ia ano ke kumu o ka uuku ana.

No Na Hana A Ka Ekalesia. He nui no na hana pono a keia wahi Ekalesia e hana nei i keia manawa. A penei ke ano o na hana: Ma ka la Poakolu, he halawai hui o na kane a me na wahine ma Lonopapa, ma ke kula ana me ke Kaha ma ka Haawina Baibala; a ma ke ahiahi Poaha, he halawai a na wahine me Mrs. Mary P. Kupahu ma Lonopapa, ma ka haipule a me ka hahai ano o ke poolelo a ke Kahunapule o ke ahiahi Sabati. A ma ka la Sabati; he Kula Sabati ka mea mua, o na haumana kula a me na kanaka makua, ma kekahi buke i kapaia he “Ui,” a me kekahi mau ninau e ae ma ka Baibala. No Ke Kula Sabati. Ma ka la 22 o Iulai, oia hoi ka la Sabati, ua hoomaka hou ko makou kula Sabati o keia makahiki, a ua akoakoa lehulehu mai na haumana kula a me na makua pu mai no. O ka nui o na haumana kula hele mau i ke Kula Sabati, mai ka umi a hiki i ka iwakalua kumamahiku; aka nae, e pii ae ana i ke kahi La Sabati, a emi iho ana i kekahi La Sabati. A o ka nui o na kanaka makua, mawaena o ka umi a me ka umikumamalima. A o ka huina ma ke Kula Sabati, he kanaha a emi mai i kekahi manawa.

The Number of Members of This Church. From the beginning of this church up until now, there have been almost twenty members. The reason for the small number of members in this church is due to the schism of the church in Waimea, Kaua‘i, because of the prior pastor, G. B. Rowell, and the uproar that followed. That is the reason for the small number. The Activities of the Church. This church is engaged in many good works at this time. Here are examples of the activities: On Wednesdays there is a meeting of the men and women at Lonopapa, in which they work on writing skills with Bible lessons. On Thursday evenings the women meet with Mrs. Mary P. Kūpahu at Lonopapa in worship services and follow the sermon themes of the pastor from Sunday evening.

Christianity

No Na Kokua Na Ke Aupuni O Ke Akua. Elua o makou kokua ana i keia mau malama i hala iho nei. Ma ka la 30 o Sepatemaba i hala aku nei, ua haawi manawalea makou no ko na aina pegana, he $7.87½ , a i ka la 4 iho nei o Nov. nei. Ua haawi manawalea hou no makou no na aina pegana, he $3.12½ . A ma keia mea, ke olioli nei ka mahiai i ka hua o ka laau i hoohua ia mai, no ka mea, akahi no a ike ia aku ka hookanaka makua ana ae o keia wahi Ekalesia keiki. Ua oki au maanei. Me ke aloha no i ka Lunahooponopono. D. S. K. Kaelele. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 24 November 1866. P. 4. About the Church of Ni‘ihau. Dear Nupepa Kuokoa. Aloha. Regarding the words above in the heading on this subject, “About The Church of Ni‘ihau,” it is a small church, just recently set apart on the 15th of July 1866 when the separation was executed.

213

On Sundays, Sunday school is held first among the school students and the adults from a book called “He Ui” [Inquiries]. Other questions from the Bible [are also addressed]. Sunday School. On the 22nd of July, which was a Sunday, our Sunday school began for this year, and many school students came together with their parents. The school students who regularly attend Sunday school range in age from ten to twentyseven. But there will be a higher-level Sunday school and a lower-level one. The total number of adults is between ten and fifteen. The total in Sunday school is forty or fewer at times.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Aid Provided by the Kingdom of God. We have had two aid drives in recent months. On the 30th of September last, we donated $7.87½ to pagan countries, and on the 4th just past, in ­November, we gave another donation to pagan countries of $3.12½. In doing so, the farmer rejoices in the tree that has borne fruit, as we have just witnessed in the maturing of this young church. I end here and extend my greetings to the editor. D. S. K. Ka‘elele.

214

Nu Hou Kuloko. Kauai. Ka Hana A Rowela. Ua loaa mai ia makou kekahi palapala mai a Hoimai mai o Niihau, a penei kana mau olelo: “Ma ka Poaono, la 19 o keia malama, ua kukulu iho ia (Rowela) i ka Ahaaina a ka Haku, ma Kamalino. Nui ka poe i hele mai, na kane na wahine a me na keiki. Kana hana mua, o ka Bapetizo i na keiki, a pau ia hoomaka ka Ahaaina, mai ka poe elemakule, a i kamalii liilii loa. Aohe koe i ka hao a ka wai nui. Mai na laau maikai a na laau popopo pau pu me na opala. Ma ka la Sabati ae, he ahaaina hou ma Puuwai. E like me ka hana i ka la mua, pela no i ke Sabati. Eia wale no ka mea i koe, he makemake ole e ai i ka barena a e inu ole i ka waina. Ano e no hoi kau haua e Rowela i keia wa, aole hoi oe pela i kou manawa e noho ana ma ka pono.” —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 26 September 1868. P. 3. Local News. Kaua‘i. The Activities of Rowell. We received a letter from Ho‘imai of Ni‘ihau, and here are his words: “On Saturday, the 19th of this month, Rowell organized a communion of the Lord at Kamalino. Lots of people came, men, women, and children. The first thing he did was baptize children. When that was done, the communion began from the elderly men to the smallest children. There was not a scoop of water left. From the best to the most rotted of trees, all was reduced to rubbish. The following Sunday there was another communion in Pu‘uwai. Just as it was on the first day, that is how it went on Sunday. The only difference was that they did not want to eat bread and drink wine. What you do now is so strange, Rowell. That’s not how you did it when you were living in righteousness.” [George Berkely Rowell was a member of the 10th company of missionaries sent by the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions (ABCFM) in 1842. He later ended his association with the ABCFM and led several independent churches.]

Moolelo O Ka Ahahui Euanelio O Kauai. Kamailio mai ka Hon. W. H. Rice no ka poe o Niihau i kona ike ana ia lakou, paanaau na pauku iloko o ka Baibala a kamailio mai o Mr. Nakuina e hoi ana oia a noi i ka Papa Hawaii e ae mai ia Mr. Lydgate i Akena no ke kuai buke ma Lihue nei. Ua ninau ka Elele Sheldon ina he Ekalesia ma Makaweli aole mea i hanaia; ua ninau ia ina he Ekalesia ma ka Mokupuni o Niihau, pane mai ke Kahu o Waimea he Ekalesia no, malalo o keia Aha ma ka inoa he Hoomana Iesu aole ia Ekalesia he Moremona, a Kakolika, a Lowell he kahu no ko lakou, na hoahanau he 30, huina he 3 na kane, na wahine ame na keiki. He Kula Sabati no ko lakou, ua lako na kane me na wahine me na Baibala me na Buke Himeni Hawaii, ko lakou Kula Sabati mamua, a o ko lakou anaina pule mahope, he elua o’u manawa i hui ai me lakou, he mau luna Ekalesia no ko lakou ma ke poo o kela ame keia ohana, ma na huaolelo A E I O U a pela aku. Mai ka Hon. W. H. Rice e mahalo loa ana i na poe Niihau ko kakou mau hoaloha, paanaau na pauku iloko o ka Baibala.

Christianity

[Untitled] Sabati Sept. 3. I ka hora eiwa hoomaka ke kula Sabati, malalo o ke alakai ana a Faranacis Sinclair ka haole alii o Niihau, ekolu mau himeni i ka hoomaka ana o Kaieleele, Mihi, a me Wahieehia, a o Momi ka himeni hope, malalo o ke alakai ana o E. Kahele. O ka makou mea i mahalo loa ai i keia kula Sabati, o ka maikai o ka hooponopono ana, ka maluhia loa, a me ka puai himeni, ko ka puni himeni ia ke himeni ia la ua pauku a pau. A pau ke kula Sabati; hookuu pakahi ia na haumana. Malamaia iho la ka pule kakahiaka e Rev. A. Kaukau, ao mua mai la ka haole alii o Niihau i na keiki mamua o ka haiao. “E na keiki, makemake au ia oukou e noho malie, e hoolohe pono i na olelo mai ka waha mai o Rev. A. Kaukau, malia no oukou kahi olelo e olelo ai, elua wale no la e lohe ai kakou i kona leo i ka makahiki, nolaila, e noho malie a hoolohe pono.” I ke ahiahi, malamaia ka ahaaina a ka Haku, ia E. Helekunihi; ka wawahi berena ia Waiamau ka haawi i ke kiana. Ua maikai a maluhia ke anaina. —Ke Au Okoa. 28 September 1871. P. 1. [Untitled] Sunday, Sept. 3: At nine o’clock Sunday School started under the direction of Francis Sinclair, the foreign royal of Ni‘ihau. There were three hymns at the beginning: Kai‘ele‘ele, Mihi, and Wahi‘e‘ehia, and Momi was the last hymn under the direction of E. Kahele. What we most appreciated about this Sunday school was how well it was organized, with such peacefulness, with lots of enthusiasm for singing, and with enthusiasm to sing all verses. When Sunday school was over, each of the students was let go. The morning prayer was given by Rev. A. Kaukau. The foreign royal of Ni‘ihau taught the children first before the sermon. “Dear children, I want you all to sit still and listen carefully to the words from the mouth of Rev. A. Kaukau. Something that is said might pertain to you. We only have two days to hear his voice per year. So, sit still and listen well.” In the evening, the communion of the Lord was held. E. Helekūnihi broke the bread, Wai‘ama‘u gave the cup. The congregation was good and peaceful.

215

Noi mai o Nakuina e haawi aku keia Aha i ke aloha ame ka Hoomaikai i na hoahanau o ka Ekalesia ma Niihau, a hooholo ia o Mr. J. A. Akina ke Komite, me ka hoomakaukau ana o ke Kakauolelo ame ka Lunahoomalu o keia Aha, ame ke Kakauolelo. Ua hoakaka mai ka Hon. Francis Gay, ma Niihau he poe ike a paanaau loa ia lakou ka Baibala, a oi loa aku na kamalii. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 27 November 1908. P. 6. Report of the Kaua‘i Evangelical Association. The Hon. W. H. Rice spoke to us about the people of Ni‘ihau, and as he saw, they had committed Bible verses to memory. Mr. Nāku‘ina stated that he would go back and ask the Hawaiian Board to allow Mr. Lydgate to be an agent to purchase books here in Līhu‘e. Delegate Sheldon asked if there was a church in Makaweli, but no action was taken. It was asked if there was a church on Ni‘ihau, and the pastor of the Church of Waimea replied that there is a church under this Association called Ho‘omana Iesū. It is not a Mormon church or Catholic church, and Lowell is the pastor for them. There are 30 members, consisting of men, women, and children. They have a Sunday school, and the men and women have been furnished with Bibles and Hawaiian hymnals. They have Sunday school first, followed by a Congregational prayer service. I have met with them twice. They have church leaders among them at the head of each family and are taught in letters A E I O U, and so on. The Hon. W. H. Rice expressed appreciation for the people of Ni‘ihau, our friends, who have memorized verses in the Bible. Nāku‘ina requested that this association give its aloha and praise to the members of the Church of Ni‘ihau. It was decided that Mr. J. A. Akina would be the committee member, working on preparations with the secretary and the administrator of this association. The Hon. Francis Gay explained that on Ni‘ihau the people have memorized Bible verses, especially the children.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Schools

216

Christian missionaries established several schools on Ni‘ihau in the 1800s, but today only a single public school remains. Tava and Keale in Niihau: The Traditions of a Hawaiian Island (P. 53), noted the following about that school: “The island’s first public school was built in 1900; the first schoolmaster was Edward M. Kahale, deacon of the church.” In 2014, in a Honolulu Star-Advertiser article titled “Faced with few options for income, Niihauans still protect Hawaiian life,” reporter Vicki Viotti mentioned the public school: “Niihau residents often commute back and forth between their home island and Kauai, 17 miles away. They practice subsistence fishing and farming, and many have worked over the years for Niihau Ranch. “But ranch operations on the island itself ended in 1999. With the exception of the tiny Niihau School—five staff positions, current enrollment 15—there was little full-time, on-island employment. With the aid of a grant from the Office of Hawaiian Affairs, the Ni‘ihau Cultural Heritage Founda-

tion was established as a private non-profit to assist with self-sufficiency programs, promoting in particular the marketing of the Niihau shell lei by resident artisans.”

Instruction in the English Language. I have spoken at length in former reports of the great importance of extending a knowledge of the English language among the natives. As its importance magnifies every year, and calls for the most earnest attention on the part of the Legislature, those whose special duty it is to seek to promote the welfare of the aboriginal race, I may be pardoned for introducing the subject again. On my tours around the Islands, I have found parents everywhere, even on the remote island of Niihau, most anxious to have their children taught the English language; and the reason they generally gave was a most sound and intelligent one, that without it they will, by-and-by, be nothing, and the white man everything. That very many of the natives are willing to do what they are able to support English schools for their children, there can be no doubt; they express such willingness everywhere, and here in Honolulu we have two such schools supported by the parents entirely, at a cost of about $25 a year for tuition for each scholar. But this is in the metropolis, and these are persons of the more wealthy class, some of the chiefs. The burden of English schools is too heavy to be sustained by natives generally, without aid from the government. Should an appropriation of $1,000 be made for this specific object, I think it would, with what parents could pay, support a good English school on each of the large islands; and in case suitable female teachers could be employed, it might support more than this. —The Polynesian. 16 April 1853. P. 2. Hoike Kula Ma Kaununui, Niihau o J. Nawahinelua Ke Kahukula. Aloha oe. Ua hoike iho nei ko makou mau kula i ka la 30 o Dek, o ka M. H. 1857, i kaa hope ae nei, 6 kula i akoakoa mai, W. P. Pouli, M. Kauohai, J. W. Kai, W. P. E. Hale, Kaluaikai, P. R. Holi, na kumu. O ka nui o na haumana 131, na mea aoia e na kumu, ma ka Heluhelu 96, Helukamalii 25, Helunaau 53, Helukakau 32, Huinahelu 35, Palapala Aina 47, Kakaulima 58, Hoikehonua 5,

Schools

No Ka Ino O Ka Heenalu. Oia ko’u kumu manao i lana mai o kela hana ino ma Niihau. Eia a mea ino ma ia hana. 1. Ka palaualelo. 2. Ua lilo loa na haumana o na kula malaila a haalele pinepine i ka wa kula. 3. O ka ikaika ole o ka manao i ka @ni palapala, a molowa loa. —Ka Elele. 18 March 1848. P. 185. About the Immorality of Surfing. The matter I bring up is that terrible activity on Ni‘ihau. This is what is so bad about this activity: 1. Laziness. 2. The students at school disappear to do it and often leave during school time. 3. Not very motivated to write and very lazy. [See the subsection Surfing for the entire article.]

217

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 218

­ oailonahelu 9, Pa, ko, li 31, ma ka A, a me ka hookui 38. Poe keiki noho aole i H hiki mai, no ka mai 6. Oia na mea i ao ia e na kumu, i hoike ia imua o ke Kahukula, o ko makou Apana nei, i ka nana aku i na kula, a me ke akamai o na kumu i ke ao ana, ua makaukau maoli ka lakou hana, ua holo ka ike. Penei makou i ike ai i ke akamai o na kumu, ua nui na keiki ku wale mai, me ka palapala ole ma ko lakou lima, a ua hapa na keika loaa o ka palapala, nana kumu no i hooikaika aku i ka poe palapala ole, a loaa iki mai ka makaukau. Malaila makou i ike ai i ko lakou makaukau, a me ko lakou akamai ma kea o ana. Ma ke kula o W. P. E. Hale na haumana akamai loa, 5 lakou, o D. W. Pua, Kauhi Wehea, Kaheolo, Kahookolo, o lakou na haumana oi o ke akamai ma ia kula, ua nui no ka poe haumana makaukau ma ia kula, aole nae oi ae mamua o keia poe keiki, he olioli loa ka naau o na makua nana keia poe keiki. Ma ka hora 5½ paha o ke ahiahi, pau ka hoike ana, ku mai ke Kahukula a hoike i kona manao hooikaika imua o na makua, a me na keiki, a pau kona manao, ku mai o D. Oleloa, a heluhelu mai i kekahi pauku ma Epeao 6: 1–4, nui ko makou olioli, no kana mau olelo paipai. Ua wehe ia ke a luna, a me ke a lalo o ko makou mau waha. Ea! E na makua nana, keia poe keiki palapala ole, e hoolako ae oukou i ka oukou mau keiki, i holo ka ike, a me ke akamai iwaena o keia lahui, pela kahi manao olioli no keia hoike ana. Owau no me ka mahalo. W. P. Hale. Kaununui, Niihau. Ian. 5, 1858. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 3 February 1858. P. 111. School Commencement at Kaununui, Ni‘ihau of J. Nāwāhinelua, School ­Master. Aloha. Our school held a commencement on the 30th of Dec. of 1857 last year. Six schools joined together, and the teachers were W. P. Pouli, M. Kau‘ōhai, J. W. Kai, W. P. E. Hale, Kalua‘ikai, P. R. Holi. There were 131 students in total, those taught by the teachers. There were 96 in reading; 25 in elementary math; 53 in math; 32 in writing; 35 in higher math; 47 in map reading; 58 in penmanship; 5 in geography; 9 in math symbols; 31 in musicology; and 38 in letters and forming words. The number of children absent due to illness was 6. These are the areas taught by the teachers that were exhibited before the school master here in our district. In reviewing the schools and the skill of the teachers in instruction, it was seen that they were very proficient at their jobs and that knowledge was progressing. This is how we know about how skillful the teachers were: there were many children who were only beginning and did not receive a diploma in their hands. Only some received a diploma. The teachers worked hard with those who had no diploma, and they improved in skill. That is how we know that they are skillful and clever at teaching. At the school of W. P. E. Hale is where the smartest students are. There are 5 of them, and D. W. Pua, Kauhi Wehea, Kaheolo, Kaho‘okolo were the smartest of all the students at that school. There were many proficient students at that school, but they were not better than these children. The parents of these children are very happy for them. At 5:30 in the evening the commencement ended, and the school master stood and expressed his thoughts of encouragement before the parents and

Na Mea Hou o Niihau. E Ka Nupepa Kuokoa E. Aloha Oe. Ma ka la Sabati iho nei ua kukuluia ka Ahaaina a ka Haku ma ka Luakini Hoolepope ma Puuwai. Na Rev. D. S. Kupahu i lawelawe ma ia Ahaaina ana. Ua hookomo ia mai kekahi mau hoahanau hou elua. e hui pu me keia ekalesia, he mau wahine laua, o Sara Aikanaka w. a me Terupaina w. He mau keiki liilii kekahi i bapetiso ia, aka, i ka nana aku, me he la ua noho pu mai ka Haku nona ke kihapai me kana mau kauwai Ua aneane oi aku mamua o ka 20 na hoahanau i keia wa. Ina paha aole i kipaku ia kekahi poe kanaka hoahanau o Niihau nei, ina ua hiki loa aku i ke 40 ka nui o na hoahanau. Aka, e holo ana no ka hana a ka Haku Iesu Kristo. Ke hanai nei o mrs Kupahu, i na kaikamahine a me na keikikane i kekahi palapala hoonaauao, a he palapala ku no hoi i ka hoopakika mau i na leo a me na puu, oia hoi ka Himeni. Ua wale-waha loa kekahi mau himeni o ka Lira Kamalii, a ke hoowalea ia nei no i ka Lira Hawaii, a ke ao ia nei i ke kanawai o ka himeni. Aka, e pii ae ana paha na keiki o Niihau nei. Ke Kukulu Nei Ka Hale O Ke Kahu. Ke hia nei na oa, ua paa na pae pou, a ke lolii nei ka a-aho maluna o ke oa. He mau la no koe, hiolani iloko o kona punana, kau ke poo i ka uluna, o Welehe ka malama. Ke noho nei no na wahine kauna kamaaina o Niihau nei, me ke kupilikii o ka noho ana i na hana a ka poe no lakou ka aina, aole hoi e hiki ke hoole aku, no ka mea, o ka hope o ka hoole aku, o ke kipaku ia, aia wale no he ae aku. oia iho la no ka olu o lakou la, no ka mea, ua akaka no ka “Haole hanaio” wahi a lakou la a-e. Pono Ole Maoli. Ke waiho wale nei na hale kula Aupuni ma Niihau nei, a ke hele lalau nei na keiki opiopio i kupono ke ao ia, a e hoolilo ia lakou i poe naauao mahope aku. Nowai la keia hemahema? No ka mea nana ia hana. O na keiki ma kekahi mau mokupuni wale no ke omo i ka waiu, e waiho wale o Niihau? He nana iho a he apiki. Pakele Maoli. I kela pule i hala aku nei, holo aku la kekahi mau kanaka elua o Niihau nei, maluna o kekahi waapa, mai Puheheke a hiki i Lehua aina, a malaila hoomaha, me ka manao a kakahiaka ae holo i Kauai, aole laua i ike e hiki mai ana ka makani ino i waena konu o ka po, moku aku la ka heleuma o ua wahi waapa nei, a o ka lilo aku la no ia i ka moana, pomaikai ka apakau ana ae, pae ana i Lehua mokupuni, manao ae la ke ola. Elua mau kanaka iluna, o Pua, a me Paikapu. Mai ke Akua mai no ka pakele. Aloha no. D. A. Kaiole. Niihau, Oct. 16, 1866.

Schools

children. When he was done, D. ‘Oleloa stood and read a few verses from Ephesians 6:1–4. We were very happy for his words of encouragement. We were left with our mouths agape. So, you parents of these children who do not have diplomas, support your children so knowledge spreads along with skill throughout the nation. That is one happy note of this report. It is I with gratitude. W. P. E. Hale. Kaununui, Ni‘ihau. Jan. 5, 1858.

219

Puheheke, Niihau, Oct. 1866. E Ka Nupepa Kuokoa E. Aloha Oe. E oluolu paha oe e hookomo iho no na mea a’u i ike ai ma Niihau nei e pili ana no na kula, a me ka nui o na dala e loaa

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 220

mai ana ma keia Apana. Ua nona iho nei au i ka nui o na wahi dala Auhau Kula o keia apana, he $62 wale no; a lawe aku auanei ka Luna Helu 4 keneta, a lawe hoi ka Luna Auhau 5 keneta no ke dala hookahi, hui ia a 9 keneta ka lilo no ke dala hookahi. A ina hoi e pau loa na $62, ua like me $5.58 i laweia noloko ae o ke $62, koe he $56.42; a lawe ae noi auanei ka Lunakula, he $25.00 koe iho no he $31.42, a oia wale iho la no na wahi dala e koe. Elua hoi kumu, he hapalua ($.50) ka uku no kekahi i ka la, a he hapaha hoi ko kekahi, huipu ia, ua like me ekolu hapaha ($.75) ka lilo ia laua no ka la hookahi, aka, aole nae e pau ka hapaha makahiki, o ka pau no ia o keia mau wahi dala, a koe aku 3/4 makahiki e koe, aole kula ia, nolaila, mau no ka naaupo o na keiki, no ka mea, o ka hapa nui o ka makahiki ke pau i ka noho wale ia. Eia hou no hoi; o ka nui o na haumana ma kekahi kula, he 30 a keu aku, a o kekahi hoi, he 20 a keu aku. Ua mau no ko makou kula Sabati i keia manawa; ina hoi e hui pu ia na makua me na keiki, alaila, he 40 i kekahi kula Sabati, a emi mai no hoi i kekahi Sabati, nolaila, ua lana ka manao o ka paahana no na hua opiopio, no ka mea, ua ulu maikai mai ma ke kihapai, a ke kali nei no ka hua mai. D. S. Kupahu. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 3 November 1866. P. 3. News of Ni‘ihau. Dear Nupepa Kuokoa. Aloha. Last week Sunday the Communion of the Lord was held at the Protestant church in Pu‘uwai. Rev. D. S. Kūpahu conducted the communion. Two new parishioners joined the church. They were two women, Sara ‘Aikanaka (f) and Terupaina (f). There were also little children who were baptized. While observing, it was as if the Lord was present, whose vineyard it was, along with his servants. There are nearly 20 more church members now. If none of the church members of Ni‘ihau is evicted, the total number could reach all the way to 40. But the work of the Lord, Jesus Christ, carries on. Mrs. Kūpahu feeds the girls and boys some enlightening scriptures, as well as scriptures best suited for easing the voice and the throat in hymns. Some hymns are expertly sung from the Children’s Hymnal, and they enjoy themselves singing from the Hawaiian Hymnal. The commandments in the songs are being taught, and the children here on Ni‘ihau are rising. The Parsonage Is Being Built. The rafters are being attached, the posts are up, and the lashings are being fixed on the rafters. In just a few days he will be sleeping soundly in his nest, laying his head on a pillow in the month of Welehu. The local women here of Ni‘ihau live with difficulty with the work of those who own the land. This cannot be denied, since the consequence of refusing is eviction. You can only agree. That is how they find comfort, since it is made clear that “Hard working foreigners” is the usual saying. Really Unjust. The public schoolhouse remains here on Ni‘ihau. Children who deserve to be taught go wandering, when they should become educated people later. Whose fault is this? It is the fault of those who do it. Should only children of other islands be the ones to drink milk, and those of Ni‘ihau be left out? This is unjust when you look at it. Truly Escaping. Last week two men of Ni‘ihau set sail on a boat from Pūheheke to Lehua where they rested, thinking that in the morning they would

make their way to Kaua‘i. But they didn’t expect the stormy wind coming in the middle of the night. The anchor of their boat detached, and the boat floated off on the ocean. They were lucky that it landed on Lehua Island. So, they thought they would be saved. The two men aboard were Pua and Paikapu. They were delivered by God. What a relief. D. A. Ka‘iole. Ni‘ihau, Oct. 16, 1866. Pūheheke, Ni‘ihau, Oct. 1866. Dear Nupepa Kuokoa. Aloha. Please insert these things I have witnessed here on Ni‘ihau, having to do with the school and the amount of money being received by this district. I have looked at the amounts in dollars of the school tax of this district, and it’s only $62. The census supervisor took 4¢ and the Tax Collector took 5¢ of every dollar. Altogether there was 9¢ lost per dollar. Of the total $62 that would have been $5.58 that was taken, leaving $56.42, but the school leaders took $25.00, leaving $31.42. That is the balance remaining. There are two teachers: one earns 50¢ a day and the other earns 25¢. Combined, this is 75¢ that goes to the two of them per day. This [the balance of the money] does not last a quarter of the year, and this money is already gone, with three-quarters of the year remaining, where there is no school. So, children remain uneducated, and most of the year is spent just sitting around. What’s more is that the total enrollment at one school is 30 or more, and at the other it’s 20 or more. Our Sunday school carries on today. Combined with adults and children, it’s 40 at one Sunday school and less at the other. So, we are optimistic that the youth are busy applying themselves in the garden, and we await any fruit. D. S. Kūpahu.

Ka Halekula Hawaii Hope Loa. Ma ka hoomaha ana o ke kula Hawaii ma Niihau i ka mahine aku nei o Iune, i pau loa ai ke ku ana o ke kula olelo Hawaii maluna o na Paemoku aloha o Hawaii nei, nalo aku la no ka wa mau loa ke ao ia ana o na opio Hawaii ma ka lakou olelo makuahine, a o ka olelo Enelani hoi ke lilo ana i olelo kumu no keia mau paemoku ma keia hope aku, a ua hooiaio la mamuli o ke kinai ia ana o ka halekula hope loa ma ka olelo Hawaii e ka Papa Hoonaauao. He iwakalua makahiki o ke ku ana o keia halekula, malalo o ka noho kumukula ana a J. B. Kaonea. O na palapala hoonaanao a pau ma ka olelo Hawaii

Schools

No Niihau. He Wahi Ahaaina. Ma ka la 8 o Okatoba nei, ua haawi ke keiki Seketia he wahi ahaaina, no ka paa ana o ka halekula ana i kokua iho nei i na wahi hemahema, a nana no ka hoolako ana i na mea ai a pau o keia papaaina. M. W. K. —Ke Au Okoa. 3 November 1870. P. 4. About Ni‘ihau. A Dinner Party. On the 8th of last October, the Scottish son held a small dinner party for the completion of the schoolhouse that he helped with its needed repairs. He provided all of the food for the table. M. W. K. [M. W. Keale]

221

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

wale no, no ka mea, aole i ike nui ia ka olelo Enelani malaila, a o ka mokupuni wale no keia i laha nui ole aku keia olelo. A oiai, o ka olelo Enelani ka olelo kumu ma keia wa, a aole hoi kekahi oihana kiekie o ke aupuni ke loaa ole keia ike, nolaila, ua hooholo iho la ka Papa Hoonaauao, e hoololi ia ka olelo e ao ia nei maloko o keia kula mai ka Hawaii a ka Enelani. A o D. Prigge, he haole Geremania e noho nei malaila, kai hoonoho ia aku la ma kahi o Kaonea, no ka uku makahiki o $600. Me he mea ia, e hoonoho ia aku ana o Kaonea i makai kula, he hoike ana hoi no ko ka Papa Hoonaauao makee iaia, a ma ia ano noi e loaa ai iaia he mau kokua ana mai ka Papa aku, ma ke ano uku hoomau. —Ke Aloha Aina. 21 July 1900. P. 7. The Last Hawaiian School. When the Hawaiian school on Ni‘ihau let out last June, it was the end of all Hawaiian-language schools throughout the Hawaiian Islands that we love. Instruction for Hawaiian youth in their mother tongue has disappeared for all time, and the English language has become the primary language of this island chain from now on. This has been affirmed by the Board of Education, extinguishing the last Hawaiian-language school. This school stood for twenty years under the direction of J. B. Ka‘ōnea. All learning materials were only in Hawaiian, since the English language was not known very well there, and it was the only island where this language [English] was not used everywhere. And as the English language is the primary language today, there is not one area of high level in the government where it is not known. Therefore, the Board of Education decided that the language of instruction should be changed at this school from Hawaiian to English. And D. Prigge, a German white man, who lives there, was installed in the place of Ka‘ōnea at an annual salary of $600. It appears that Ka‘ōnea is to be installed as school marshal, demonstrating that the Board of Education holds him in high regard. In this way he will receive various kinds of assistance from the Board, including a pension.

222

Woman Pastor Defends Niihau’s People As “Simple and Dignified.” By Keyes Beech. (This is the first of two articles about Niihau as seen through the eyes of The Rev. Ella Wise Harrison, a recent visitor to the island.) The people of Niihau are hurt by the “unfavorable publicity” they have received as a result of the recent visit of a territorial legislative investigating committee headed by Senator Francis H. Brown. They may be, as the committee put it, “50 years behind the times,” but they prefer to live that way. If they didn’t like it they could always leave. These reports were brought back to Honolulu this week by the Rev. Ella Wise Harrison, pastor of the Church of the Living God [Ekalesia o ke Akua Ola], after a three week stay on Niihau with friends and relatives. Senator Brown and his committee spent less than a day on Niihau. Mrs. Harrison, whose father was the late John H. Wise, professor of the Hawaiian language at the University of Hawaii, said she was given permission by the Robinson family, which owns Niihau, to visit there. However, after meeting Sinclair and Aylmer Robinson on her arrival, she

Na Mea O Ke Ao Nei. E Holo Aku Ana No Kauai. E holo makaikai aku ana o Lunamakaainana Flora K. Hayes, ka lunahoomalu o ke komite hoonaauao o ka hale o na lunamakaainana i na kula o Niihau ma kekahi manawa o kela mahina ae me na luna kula o ke Teritori. Ua hoolala oia i kana huakai kaahele makaikai ia Kauai mahope iho o kona kukakuka ana me na hoahanau Lester ame Elmer Robinson, he elua o na hoa­ hanau he eha, na ona o ka mokupuni o Niihau.

Schools

lived among the native Hawaiians and saw no more of the Robinsons. She was free to do as she pleased and go where she pleased, she said. “The people of Niihau don’t want to change,” she said. “They like the simple life; they like to live as their ancestors lived. “They don’t want movies and liquor and tobacco. Those few who prefer these things to the Niihau way of life have left the island, but many of them have come back. It is not true that once you leave Niihau you are not permitted to return,” Mrs. Harrison continued. “The children are fat and healthy and some families have as many as seven and eight youngsters. All of them speak Hawaiian fluently, which most Hawaiians on Oahu and other islands have forgotten. “Niihau is something my father used to dream about, a part of Hawaii for Hawaiians only, where their native culture and ways can be preserved, where the race can stand apart and retain its dignity and individuality.” Mrs. Harrison said Niihau’s children all attend grammar school on the island and are sent to Kauai for further schooling when they reach junior high school. “The people are taken to Waimea, on Kauai, whenever they need to see a dentist,” she said. “When someone becomes ill he is taken to Waimea to see the doctor. The doctor’s bills are paid by the Robinsons; the people pay for their own dental work. “Everyone who visits the island is given a check to make sure no diseases are communicated to the Niihauans.” Next: Shortages seldom bother Niihau residents. —Honolulu Star Bulletin. 17 August 1946. P. 4. [Senate Resolution 64 from the 1945 territorial legislature called for a five-member committee to investigate Lāna‘i and Ni‘ihau to determine if any lands or facilities, including schools, were owned by the territory or county. It also directed the committee to look into the welfare of the people on those islands. In 1946, following the directives of the resolution, a legislative committee headed by Francis Brown went to Ni‘ihau for a day. Its report was critical of the lifestyle of the Niihau residents, one committee member saying they were years behind the times and needed to be brought up to date with the rest of the territory. Reverend Ella Wise Harrison also went to Ni‘ihau and with permission from the Robinsons spent several weeks there with the residents. The Honolulu Star Bulletin published her findings, which rebutted those of the committee, in two articles on August 17 and 19. The Hawaiian-language newspaper Ka Hoku o Hawaii repeated the information in the August 17 Honolulu Star Bulletin article on page 2 of its September 4, 1946, edition. The article is titled “Kūpale,” or “Defense.”]

223

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Ua hoike aku o Mrs. Hayes i na ona aole oia i makemake e komo wale aku ma kela mokupuni, aka, o ka iini nui iloko ona oia no kona makemake ana e loaa na hoonaauao maikai ia ana i na keiki o ua mokupuni la. Ua hoike mai nae hoi kela mau hoahanau aia he elua mau kumukula ma ua mokupuni la no na haumana ma kahi o ke 60 ka nui, a o ka huina haumana o ke kumu hookahi ua like no ia me na kula teritori e ae. —Ka Hoku O Hawaii. 30 April 1947. P. 1. Things About Teaching. Going to Kaua‘i. Representative Flora K. Hayes, Chair of the Committee on Education of the House of Representatives is going to make a tour of the schools of Ni‘ihau sometime next week with the administrators of the Territory. She planned her trip to tour Kaua‘i after discussing with the brothers, Lester and Elmer [sic: Aylmer] Robinson, two of the four brothers, the owners of the island of Ni‘ihau. Mrs. Hayes reported to the owners that she did not want to simply go to that island, but what she really wanted to do was see to it that the children of the island were receiving a good education. But the brothers stated that there were two teachers on the island for 60 or more students and the number of students per teacher was like it is at other schools in the Territory.

224

Lessons to Learn from Niihau. By the Rev. Abraham K. Akaka. Pastor, Kawaiahao Church. With all due respect and aloha for our state Department of Education, it was with mixed emotions that I read reports of a recent visit to Niihau and its school, and felt two assumptions implicit in the article: (1) that Niihau’s children, teacher, people and the Robinson family have much to learn from the outside world; and (2) that the outside world has little or nothing to learn from Niihau and its people. There is a trace of arrogance that came across to me that was both disturbing and a little amusing. On Niihau there is no jail, police, locked doors, guns, crime, little if any drug abuse and mental illness, 100 percent voter turnout, no people and institutions hanging on the brink of moral and material bankruptcy. Is it not the better part of wisdom to pause and ask: Who has the superior lifestyle, society and school? Niihau or Honolulu? Who should be learning from whom? It is on the side of prudence and wisdom to heed the advice of the mechanic to his apprentice: “If it ain’t broke, don’t fix it.” And we might add: Find out what is right about Niihau and use that knowledge to fix what is really broken in the outside world. We on the outside of Niihau are part of a world whose political, economic and social systems are fragile and in many places broken. Our leaders and many of us are highly educated, speak fluent Reaganese, Brezhnevese, Beginese, Arafese, Computerese, Robotese, Secularese, Regligiese, Legalise, etc. We are people who sell and buy at Armaments Supermarkets as nonchalantly as wives shop at food markets. And with all our education, we have brought mankind and our planet into the greatest peril of and anxiety about extinction in history.

Schools

What needs fixing and direction? Niihau or this wild running outside world? I began my ministry in 1943 at Waimea, Kauai. Dear ones from Niihau came to Kauai to shop, worship, hoolauna (visit) with relatives and friends. I will always cherish the memory of beautiful people and times singing, worshiping, eating and visiting with the Kanaheles, Kahales, Kaohelauliis, Kaleohanos, Wailiulas, and others—times when I was refreshed and strengthened by their deep Christian faith and integrity, their childlike purity of heart and life. The keikis (children) of Niihau who wished for schooling beyond the offerings of their Niihau School went to Waimea High School and Kamehameha Schools. Young people and families of Niihau were and are free to leave the Island if they wish, and to make their lives in the outside world. Moe Keala [sic: Keale], musician; Moses Keale, OHA trustee; Kanahele, art critic, are examples. They are neither prevented from leaving nor urged to leave. I found them free to choose the course they wanted. But in all of our Niihau folk is a deep love for their island. When I was pastor of the Waimea Hawaiian Church on Kauai in 1943, Mama Kahale of Niihau brought her new baby to me for baptism. When I asked her the name of her baby, she said: “Kuuleialohaikaainamalihini.” I was puzzled by the name which means: “My beloved lei in the foreign land.” When I asked her to explain, she said that her first-born child had been brought to Kauai for medical treatment, had died, and was buried on Kauai. Even Kauai was a foreign land to her. The Robinson family deserves great gratitude for their faithfulness, courage and love in fulfilling the responsibility given to them by King Kalakaua [sic: Kamehameha V] more than a century ago when he said: “My people will be yours. You will be their chiefs (responsible for their well-being). They will work for you and serve you according to the laws and customs of the king.” The Robinsons have placed humanitarian considerations above economic ones. There have been many bad years when the price of wool, cattle, and other products earned returns on investment that were below cost of production. I wonder if many of Fortune’s alii 500 corporations would have done the same, or just written off the “project” as a non-earner. Since King Kalakaua [sic: Kamehameha V] sold Niihau to Elizabeth Sinclair and her family a century ago, the Sinclair-Robinson family has with great respect and affection spoken only the Hawaiian language to their people. Said Valdemar Knudsen, who married Annie Sinclair, daughter of Elizabeth, when he was courting Annie on Niihau: “They are a wonderful race, superior to us in many ways. It never occurs to them to ‘tolerate’ us. After all we are the malihinis, the haoles. We have come in and taken over leadership of them. And they do not mind, as long as we are just and fair.” If anyone wants to see a truly beautiful face, look into Niihau eyes. You will see a purity of soul in which there is no guile or greed, racist intolerance or hate or fear, but only love and acceptance. That Niihau face speaks of the love and wholeness that most of us wish we could achieve. While we know that no one is perfect, and that even Niihau is open to improvement, I hope that our Department of Education will be very humble, loving and gentle on this one, so try to find out what Niihau people would like, not impose.

225

Let us try very hard to be sure that we are not trying to fix what ain’t broke. Niihau is the last spot of native purity Hawaii has left. We all share responsibility for its preservation and perpetuation. Aloha to all our beloved on Niihau, in our Department of Education, and you, who take the time to ponder this point of view about Niihau. God’s love enfold you. —Honolulu Star Bulletin. 13 September 1982. P. 16.

Surfing

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

During the 1800s, Hawaiians and non-Hawaiians described traditional surfing as a “national pastime,” a phrase that highlights the prominence surfing held in Hawai‘i. Surfing was an activity that everyone enjoyed—men, ­women, and children, and chiefs and commoners. The phrase “national pastime” says surfing was not only widely practiced, but that it was one of the most beloved activities of the Hawaiian people. One of the best descriptions of surfing on Ni‘ihau is found in Niihau: The Traditions of a Hawaiian Island by Tava and Keale. The passage that follows includes the names of eleven surf breaks.

226

Surfing was also very popular among the people of old. Boards were about nine feet long and made of wiliwili [Erythrina sandwicensis] or ulu [breadfruit] wood. Sometimes they were stained black and rubbed down with coconut oil. There are several surfing areas on Niihau, beginning at Lana on the southwestern side and continuing on to Pakala. Several of these surfing areas, according to Tutu Kaui, have legends associated with them. For example, Lana was named after the legend of Lanaikahiki. Only those who lived there were experts. People from elsewhere did not know the peculiarities of the waves and ended up dashed against the rocks. There are large masses of submerged rocks, and there is no sand beach. When surfing a wave, one must know the precise moment to cut out or else risk being violently smashed upon the rocks. The surfing place of Ohia is also treacherous. For some reason, the rider of the wave must cut out halfway to shore and then catch the wave behind in order to ride safely to shore. Unlike Lana, Ohia has a beach. The old people still say, “Ohia nalu kaulana, pula maka a na kupuna”—“Famous waves of Ohia that splashed in the eyes of our kupuna, our ancestors.” The offshore area called Kawahamana is located between Kaula rock and Lehua [island]. There is a story about a surfer named Puuone whose boast was “E keiki mai au no Kawahamana,” or “I am a child (champion) of Kawahamana.” It seems his wife had left him for someone else. In his frustration, he went surfing. While he was surfing, the ocean suddenly became very rough; he had to paddle all around Niihau looking for a place to come ashore, aware that the people were watching him paddle about. He finally came to Kawahamana. The surfer was exhausted, but he wished to impress his wife so she would return to him. When he finally did catch a wave, he rode it all the way to shore, landing at Hapalua, which is close to Tahiu. He was cold and tired and when he reached the beach, his friends had a fire going to warm him. Because he was so brave, his wife returned to him.

In the surfing place called Hualele, or “flying foam,” there was a champion body surfer of this area named Laeanui. He was Tutu Kaui’s grandfather. His boast was “Keiki mai au, mai ka nalu o Hualele,” or “I am the child, the champion, of the surf of Hualele.” Other well-known surfing areas on Niihau were: Kanaha Waho Kalehua Pueo Waho Kawelo Kamoilehua Nanawaanu Apu Pakala Lua Kamoamoa Kauhipahaku

In 1890, Henry Carrington Bolton visited Ni‘ihau as a guest of George S. Gay. Bolton’s personal account of his visit, which he called “Some Hawaiian Pastimes,” was subsequently published in the 1891 edition of The Journal of American Folklore. In his paper, Bolton included a detailed description of surfing on Ni‘ihau, tried it himself, and photographed the Hawaiian men who demonstrated the sport for him. “I photographed the men of Niihau before they entered the water, while surfriding, and after they came out. “A few days later, on another beach, I was initiated in the mysteries of surfriding by my host, who is himself quite expert (P. 24).” —Bolton, H. Carrington. “Some Hawaiian Pastimes.” [In his book Images of America: Surfing in Hawaii 1778–1930, Timothy DeLaVega called Bolton’s photos “the oldest documentable photographs of surfing.”]

Other members of the Robinson family besides George Gay were also surfers. Ida Von Holt in Stories of Long Ago: Niihau, Kauai, Oahu noted the following:

Ruth Tabrah in Ni‘ihau: The Last Hawaiian Island wrote: “The new owners of Ni‘ihau were not in any way the recluses that popular mythology often insinuates they were and are. One of their numerous early visitors remarked that the Sinclair men could ride, rope, and lasso “as well as any native Hawaiian.” Remarkable not only in this visitor’s eyes but in the eyes of the Ni‘ihauans was that the Sinclairs readily acquired the art and skill of surfboard riding” (P. 105). In an interview with Tuti Kanahele [TK] in 1990 for Nā Maka o ka ‘Āina,

Surfing

During these [early] years many pleasant and interesting visitors came to Niihau [and stayed at the family home in Ki‘eki‘e]. All enjoyed the pleasures of island life, horseback riding, swimming, surfriding, and roaming the beautiful shores which were covered with exquisite sea shells. Every year on our annual visits to Niihau there would be new things to do as we grew older and able to take part in the more strenuous sports. We swam and rode our surfboards daily at Nonopapa especially during sheep shearing time.

227

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Alina Kanahele [AK], who was born and raised on Ni‘ihau, spoke about surfing on the island. TK: How about surfing? Is it just the males who do it, or do women do it, too? AK: Yes, these days, the women surf like the men. Before, it wasn’t like that. It was just men. Now women surf along with men these days. TK: How about now, do the kids on Ni‘ihau like surfing when the surf is up, when there are waves? AK: Yes, now, it’s their favorite thing to do [Ae, i teia manawa, ta lakou punahele loa tela]. The kids on Ni‘ihau, they surf [Na kamalii o Niihau, tela heenalu].

228

No Ka Ino O Ka Heenalu. Oia ko’u kumu manao i lana mai o kela hana ino ma Niihau. Eia a mea ino ma ia hana. 1. Ka palaualelo. 2. Ua lilo loa na haumana o na kula malaila a haalele pinepine i ka wa kula. 3. O ka ikaika ole o ka manao i ka @ni palapala, a molowa loa. 4. O ka hoowalewale ana i na hoahanau ekalesia, a lilo kekahi poe hoahanau @a kela hana, a lilo i mea kuilala @a na kane a me na wahine a me na kamalii, o na elemakule palupalu loa kekahi, pau loa na la mai ka poakahi a ka poaono, a pela mau @o ka hana. Eia kekahi mea mau ia ia hana, o ka hee mau mai ke @o a po ka la, o na kane a me na wahine; a no ka hana mau pela oia @a mea e hana ai i ahaaina olioli no kela hee ana a po ka la. Eia ke@ahi o ka hele wale o na wahine, aohe kapa imua o na kane e noho ana mauka; aia no ke kapa o ka li@a e pani ana ma kahi hilahila o na wahine, a o ke kino mai luna a @ala ilalo a ma ke kua aohe kapa, lewalewa mai na waiu, ahuwale mai na lemu, henehene na kanaka a me na kamalii. Aole nae ia he mea e hilahila ai, no ka mea, ua mau na wahine i ka hana pela elua no mau wahi heenalu nui loa ma Niihau, eia na inoa o Ohia a me Umeumelua, na keia mau wahi i noho nui ai ka poe heenalu. O keia hana, ea, he hana e hoo@u ana a e hoopoino ana i na hana maikai a me ka hoonaauao ana i na kamalii, ua paakiki loa na kamalii ma ka heenalu a wahawaha i na kula, i ko lakou hele ana mai iloko o ka hale kula, aole i oluolu pono ko lakou noho ana aole imi palapala, o ka noho mai me ka maka molowa a me ka hiamoe ana, a hoolohe ole i ka olelo ao a na kumu kula, a uluhua loa i ka loihi o ka wa kula: aia olelo iki ke kumu e pau ke kula alaila o ka makaukau iho la no ia no ka hoi. O keia hana ea he hana keakea maoli i ke ao ana i na kamalii a holo ole ka naauao a me ka mahuahua ole o ka ike, a hoopoho i ka waiwai o ke aupuni i lilo i na kumu a me na hale kula. A no keia hana ino mau i na manawa a pau, aole ikeia kekahi hana maikai e ula ana ma Niihau, mamua aku nei, mai Sepatemaba 1847, a hiki mai ianei oia ka wa ike nuiia ai keia hana, a pela mau no mamua aku. O ka pono o na ekalesia a me na lunakula a me na kumu ao a me na luna e ae ua poino ma keia mea. Eia kekahi, o ka haalele pinepine o na kane i ka mahiai a me ke kalua i ka ai na ka wahine a me na keiki, a noho na keiki me ka pololi a me ka wahine, a nui ka hoopii ana o na keiki e noho i kalua ai, na lakou, a me ka makuwahine. Ina aole kalua kela keiki i ai o ka hele mai no ia me ka pololi o kela ohana keiki i ke kula.

Surfing

Eia no kekahi, ina hiki i na la hana o ka luna a me ke konohiki, ina hai maikai ka nalu ia mau la, o ka haawi no ia i ka waiwai no ka la hana a hele aku i ka heenalu, o na hoahanau heenalu a me na mea e ae, ua like ma ia hana, he mea haohao ia’u ka ike pinepine i na hoahanau e hana ana pela, aohe au i ike pela mamua, mahope iho o ko’u noho ana ilaila. He nui na ano ino o ka heenalu aole nae pau i ka hai aku. Auhea oukou e ka poe ike i keia wahi manao, ua mahalo anei oukou i keia mau ano o ka heenalu? Ua pomaikai anei ke aupuni i keia hana? E lako anei na kanaka ma keia hana? E pau anei ka pilikia ma ia hana, e oluolu anei ka noho ana o ka lakou mau keiki? Owau ke hoole nei i keia mea, o oe e ka mea e hoopono ana i keia hana ea, e wehewehe mai i ka pono o ia hana a maopopo io ka pau o ka pilikia ma ia mea. W. Kamali. Kahuk. [Kahuku] L. K. Apana 4 Niihau Mokup. [Mokupuni] Kauai. Ua kupono keia olelo a Kamali; ina me @ia ka heenalu ana, pono ole maoli no. Ma Niihau wale no nae paha keia heenalu ana i keia wa; aole ike nui ia ma na wahi e ae a pau, a’u i ike ai. Ua ike kekahi poe paha. —Ka Elele. 18 March 1848. P. 185. About the Immorality of Surfing. The matter I bring up is that terrible activity on Ni‘ihau. This is what is so bad about this activity: 1. Laziness. 2. The students at school disappear to do it and often leave during school time. 3. Not very motivated to write and very lazy. 4. Separating the members of the church, with some members involving themselves in that activity, and becoming wayward for men, women, children, and even frail elderly men, every day from Monday to Saturday, and this is all they do. One thing they do is devote themselves to surfing from day to night, men and women; and since this is what they do all the time, they put on festive feasts to celebrate surfing all day long. Another thing is the women going about without clothes in front of the men onshore. They hold their clothes in their hand and cover their private parts, and their entire body from top to bottom, and their backside, goes unclothed, breasts dangling, and buttocks exposed, and men and children tease. But they find no shame in this as the women carry on this way. There are two main places where surfing is done a lot on Ni‘ihau. The names of these places are ‘Ōhi‘a and ‘Ume‘umelua. This is where most surfers live. This activity is something that stops and spoils good works and the education of children. The children are addicted to surfing and revile school. When they come into school, they cannot sit still and do not devote themselves to study. They sit lazily and fall asleep and do not pay attention to the instruction of teachers, and they are very disturbed at how long the day is at school. But when the teacher hints that school may be over, they immediately are ready to go home. This activity is a real hinderance to instruction of children, and education is not happening and knowledge is not expanding. This is a waste of the funds of the government being expended for teachers and schools. And due to this constant activity that happens all the time, there are no good activities taking place on Ni‘ihau. Before September 1847 and up until now is when these activities were observed, and it was happening even before then.

229

The benefits of the church, the school administrators, teachers, and other leaders are spoiled by all of this. Another matter is how men often abandon farming and cooking food in the underground oven for their wives and children, and children and women go hungry, and children often complain to them to stay and cook food for them and their mothers. If the children do not cook the food themselves, then children go hungry at school. One other thing is that with regards to the work day of the administrator and the land manager, if the waves are breaking on those days, they are paid their wages and go off surfing. Family members and everyone else go off surfing. They all do the same. I am amazed to see church members doing this. I had never seen such a thing before or after having stayed there. There are other terrible things about surfing, and I have not reported all of it. So, pay heed, those who receive this message. Do you appreciate these aspects of surfing? Does the country benefit from such a thing? Are people well supplied by this? Are problems solved by this activity and do their children live comfortably? I refute these things. You, who engage in this activity, explain the benefits of this activity and how we are to understand that it puts an end to problems. W. Kamali. Kahuk. [Kahuku] L. K. ‘Āpana 4 Ni‘ihau Mokup. [Mokupuni] Kaua‘i. This is good advice by Kamali. If this is how surfing is, it is no good. But it is only on Ni‘ihau where surfing is happening these days. It is not seen anywhere else that I have seen. But perhaps other people have seen it. [The commentary is from the editor of the newspaper.]

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Na Hunahuna No Ka Moolelo Hawaii. O ka nalu o Kaununui ma Niihau. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 14 May 1870. P. 4. Fragments of Hawaiian History. The surf of Kaununui is in Ni‘ihau. [This reference is also found in John Papa ‘Ī‘ī’s book, Fragments of Hawaiian ­History.]

230

The Garden Section of the “Garden Island.” The harbor of Kahila [sic: Kahili, Kaua‘i], (landing for Kilauea) where we embarked on the steamer James Makee, is about one and a half miles from the mill. It is a rough landing as a general thing and sometimes really dangerous for all except the expert kanaka swimmers. It is here that the superiority of the natives as boatmen, and sometimes as swimmers, is evident. They ride the most prodigious sea with their boats, gayly, and enjoy the “run” which the surf gives them toward the beach, yelling hilariously. The boat steerer or captain of the boat’s crew is an expert and as quick as lightning. He stands up on the thwarts of the boat, even if she is on her beam ends, and directs her course with the utmost coolness and grace. When the boat reaches the landing, the display of agility made by the stroke oarsman and steerer, in making fast, is a marvel. As swimmers the kanakas are very expert, and they are not in the least

Na Mea Hoikeike Hawaii. Iwaena o na ukana i laweia aku e ka Auseteralia no ka Hoikeike Hooilo, he mau pahu kumu hope ulu, kumu ki ulu, mai Hamakua, Hawaii, he elua pahu laau me na i’a ola like ole o kakou nei, a iwaena o ia mau i’a na puhi, hee, papai, a he wahi mano uuku. E haunaele aku ana paha keia mau pahu i’a i ka moana. He kanaka heenalu aku nei kekahi, nona ka inoa o Kapahee, mai Niihau mai, me kana papa no, kana wahine a me ke keiki. He elua bipi, a o keia mea ae la no ka mea nana e kau, a me kona hoikeike pu aku hoi i ka heenalu a me ka luu a o i’a ana, oiai, o kana o aku la no kekahi me ia. Ekolu mau kaikamahine hula kui, malalo o ka hooponopono ana a D. Kaahanui. A o na mea o pau, aia malalo o ka L. A. Kakina lawelawe a hooponopono ana. —Ka Makaainana. 8 January 1894. P. 8. Hawaiian Items on Display. Among the items taken by the Australia for the Winter Fair were drums of growing coffee trees, growing tea plants from Hāmākua, Hawai‘i, and two wooden boxes with various kinds of live fish from among us. Among the types of fish were eels, octopus, crabs, and a small shark. There will probably be a big riot [among the fish] in these containers on the ocean. There was also a surfer named Kapahe‘e from Ni‘ihau, with his board, his wife, and child. There were two cows, and he would be the one to ride them. He would also demonstrate surfing, diving and spear fishing, as he also had his spear with him. There were three girls to dance the modern style hula under the direction of D. Ka‘ahanui. L. A. Kākina undertook the organization of everything. [The California Midwinter International Exposition of 1894 was commonly referred to as the Midwinter Exposition or the Midwinter Fair. It was held in San Francisco’s Golden Gate Park during the first six months of the year. Kapahe‘e contracted leprosy and was sent to Kalaupapa, Moloka‘i, in 1893. He was replaced by ‘Ōpū, another surfer from Ni‘ihau.] No Ka Hoikeike Hooilo. Ua panee iki ka holo ana o ka mokuahi Auseteralia, a hiki i ka hora 1 o ka awakea Poaono nei, mamuli o ka lohi loa o ka hiki ana ae o na waiwai i manaoia e lawe no ka Hoikeike Hoilo i wehe ia mai nei ma Kapalakiko. Mawae na o na waiwai he lehulehu wale no ka hoikeike. He mau Cofe nui a liilii, na kumu Ti inu

Surfing

danger if the boat turns over and throws them in the surf. They will swim under water for a considerable period and thus avoid the “breaking” of the water [wave]. At the landings of Niihau, when it is too rough for the boats to approach the shore, a native will be dispatched to swim with an interchange of messages. To the stranger this appears a perilous undertaking—swimming a great distance in a heavy surf with a good prospect of being dashed on the rocks. When the man has been out of sight for two minutes the stranger, in his heart, gives him up for lost; but he has gone down to smoother water and pretty soon “bobs up serenely,” presently to be seen scampering up the beach, the first visitor to the island in a month, perhaps. [This information is from] McKenney’s Hawaiian Dictionary. —Daily Honolulu Press. 24 May 1884. P. 5.

231

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

nunui a liilii mai Hamakua mai keia i lawe ia he elua mau kapu laau nunui me na ano i’a he lehulehu wale e holo ana, he puhi mano liilii. Hee a me ka papai, oia kekahi o na i’a maloka o keia mau kapu i hoomaopopo ia. O ka hee a me ka papai aia laua iloko o ke kapu hookahi, a ua manao walo ia e ulu ae ana he kaua kuloko mawaena o laua i ka manawa e hookuhulukuia ke kai oloko o keia kapu. He elua mau pipi nunui, a e kau ia ana laua me ka noho paniolo e Kapahee i ka manawa e hiki aku ai ma kahi Hoikeike. O Kapahee ke kaeaea o Hawaii nei ma ka hee nalu me kona papa hee nalu, kana wahine a me ka laua keiki, he ekolu poe kaikamahine hula a me eha mau kaikamahine lawelawe e ae no na mea pili i na waiwai o ka Hoikeike. E hee nalu ana o Kapahee ma kahi kokoke i ka Ipuka Gula o Kaleponi. O na kaikamahine hula malolo no ia o ka D. Kaahanui malama ana, a e hula kui ana lakou ma ke ano maikai. O Kakina ana ka luna hoohana nui o keia hoikeike apau. Ua lawe uku nei o Mrs. Keaka Ailau he eha mau lede Hawaii, no ke kuai ana i kana mau waiwai Hawaii maloko o kekahi rumi o ka Hale Hoikeike o Hawaii Nei. Oluolu na Hawaii apau me ka wehi o kela a me keia ano. —Ka Leo O Ka Lahui. 9 January 1894. P. 2. The Winter Exposition. The departure of steamship Australia was delayed until one o’clock in the afternoon last Saturday due to the very late arrival of cargo destined for the Winter Exposition opening in San Francisco. Among the numerous goods for the exhibition were large and small coffee trees, large and small tea trees from Hāmākua. Two large wood tubs were taken full of numerous types of fish swimming, eels, a small shark, octopus and crabs. These were some of the types of fish in these tubs that we know of. The octopus and crabs were in the same tub, and we suspect that there will be a great civil war between them in the water in this tub. There were two large cows that will be ridden with a saddle by the cowboy, Kapahe‘e, when he reaches the Exposition. Kapahe‘e, the expert of Hawai‘i in surfing on his surfboard, will be there with his wife and their son. There will be three girls to dance hula and four girls to help arrange the exhibit items. Kapahe‘e will surf near the Golden Gate of California. The hula girls are under the direction of D. Ka‘ahanui, and they will perform tasteful modern style hula [hula kui]. Kākina will be the coordinator of the entire exhibition. Mrs. Keaka ‘Ailau brought four Hawaiian ladies to sell her Hawaiian products in a room of the Hawaiian exhibit hall. All of the Hawaiians were pleasant and decorated in all sorts of ways.

232

Kela a Me Keia. Ma ka Hoikeike Hooilo ma Kapalakiko, ua aa heihei waa maoli ia mai nei o Opu, he Hawaii heenalu malaila, e kekahi Ilikini Esekimoo ka akau. —Ka Makaainana. 12 March 1894. P. 8. This and That. At the Winter Exhibition at San Francisco, ‘Ōpū, a Hawaiian surfer, was challenged to a real canoe race there by an Eskimo Indian from the north. [The California Midwinter International Exposition of 1894, commonly called the Midwinter Exposition, opened on January 27 and closed on July 5. Located in San Francisco’s Golden Gate Park, it included many cultural exhibits, including a Hawaiian Village and an Eskimo Village.

The centerpiece of the Hawaiian Village was a cyclorama painted to look like an erupting volcano, where performers danced, chanted, and performed religious rituals daily for the visitors. Also included in the exhibit were grasscovered bamboo huts, the Hawaiian Palace, coffee trees, hula dancers, and a display depicting the history of the Kamehameha dynasty, as well as showcasing various weapons of war. A rectangular artificial lake was constructed in the southern corner of the exhibit, providing an area for the exhibitors to showcase canoe maneuvers to visitors. The Hawaiian Palace was furnished with imported Hawaiian furniture and wares.]

Puhili Auanei Paha Hawaii. Ua ike iho makou ma kekahi nupepa o Kaleponi i na olelo kaena a Simaan Manak, he kanaka Makinika no ke kai anu e Alika, aia nae i ka hoikeike o Kaleponi me kona ohana i keia wa. Ua aa aku ua keiki ai io kohala la e heihei au me Opu, ke keiki hee nalu o Niihau. A no ka loaa ole mai o ka Opu pane, nolaila ua aa hou mai ua Makinika la e hukihuki kaula lakou eono me eono kanaka Hawaii. He “gok ug dak” ka inoa o ka hukihuki ma ka lakou olelo, a o na keiki Hawaii i olali aku ma ia mau kai anu huihui ke maopopo ia mea. Aole no paha e aa aku ana o Opu e heihei au a luu paha me ke keiki na maa i ka moe iluna o ka hau, oiai o Opu he keiki no ka aina mahana. Aka, ina ma ka hee nalu, hookahi no paha nalu a Opu e pae mai ai, hui me Kuhaimoana ma ka aina hanau. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 5 May 1894. P. 2. Hawai‘i Could Be Blown in Different Directions. We saw in a California newspaper the boasting of Simaan Manak, an Eskimo man of the cold waters of the Arctic, at the fair in California, along with his family at the time. This whale-eating boy challenged ‘Ōpū, the surfer of Ni‘ihau, to a swim race. And since he did not receive an answer from ‘Ōpū, the Eskimo challenged him to a tug-of-war match between six of them and six Hawaiians. They call this event “gok ug dak” in their language, and Hawaiian boys who have travelled to the cold waters are familiar with this. ‘Ōpū is not likely to accept a swim or diving race with the boy who is used to sleeping on ice. ‘Ōpū is a boy of the warm islands, but in surfing, he could probably catch one wave and meet Kūhaimoana in the homeland. [Kūhaimoana was the resident shark god of Ka‘ula island, which is southwest of Ni‘ihau.]

Surfing

Nuhou Kuloko. Ua ike iho makou i ke kii o Opu, kela kanaka uhai mano a Kakina i lawe aku nei i ka Hoikeike Hooilo. E ku ona oia me kana o puhi, a ua hume iho oia i ka mala o kona kupunakane. A he upena ke hauhili ana i kona kine, he nui ka makau o ka hole iaia no kona ikaika i ka hakaka me ka mano, he 26 na makahiki ona. —Hawaii Holomua. 30 March 1894. P. 3. Local News. We saw the photo of ‘Ōpū, the shark hunter that Kākina took to the Winter Fair. He [‘Ōpū] stood with his eel spear and wore the malo of his grandfather. He wrapped a net around his body, and the foreigners were afraid of him because of his strength at fighting sharks. He is 26 years old.

233

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 234

He Moolelo Hooni Puuwai No Ka Eueu Kapunohuula. Mokuna II. He Nanea E Hooulumahiiehie Ai Na Hawaii Nei. I ka pau ana o keia mau olelo a ua poe elele la, ua ninau hou mai la ua poe keiki nei imua o na elele, “Oia wale iho la no na olelo a ua opio kaulana nei o Waimea ia oukou?” “Aole,” wahi a kekahi elele i hoole aku ai, me ka hoomau ana aku i ka olelo, “He mau olelo hou ae no kekahi, a oia keia. Ua ninau mai oia ia makou i ka inoa o ko kakou kai o Niihau e hee ai oukou me ua opio ala,” ua hai aku makou, o Ohia ka inoa o ke kai. A ninau hou no hoi kela ia makou, o Ohia ke kai, a pae ihea? Hai aku la no hoi makou, pae ke kai o na keiki o Niihau i Puuwai. [ . . . ] Ma keia wahi e ka mea heluhelu, he mea pono e ae mai oe, e hoakaka aku kou mea kakau moolelo no ka mea e pili ana i keia poe keiki i kaulana ai lakou i ka heenalu ma Niihau. A i mea no hoi e kohu ai ka moolelo a waiwai no hoi ka heluhelu ana. Ua olelo ma keia moolelo no keia poe keiki, iloko o ka wa he umi makahiki wale no, i ke kai wale no lakou i kela la ame keia la o ko lakou noho ana, a e ike mau ia ana lakou i kahakai me na papa heenalu. A o kekahi hana a ua poe keiki ala, o ka hele mau i ka lawai’a i ka lipolipo o ka moana. Hoi mai la ua poe keiki nei mai ka lawai’a mai, a komo ka waa i ka hale haule aku la ua poe keiki la i ka heenalu me na papa o lakou, pela mau iho ia lakou e hana ai i na la apau. I kahi manawa, e paka ana lakou i waho o kuanalu me ka papa ole, a hee umauma mai la lakou iluna o ka nalu me he kaupu hehiale ala no ka moana ke kikaha mai. O ke kai no nae a ua poe keiki nei e heenalu mau ai, o ke kai no Ohia, ke kai hoi a ua poe keiki nei e makemake ke nei e heenalu me Kalanialiiloa, ko Waimea aiwaiwa i ka heenalu, a ua poe keiki nei nae i ike ole ai, o ua hi’apaiole nei o Waimea ka mea i waiho ai na iwi o Ainaike i ka moana. Oiai ua poe keiki nei e hele mau nei i ka lawai’a ame ka heenalu, ua ike ia ko lakou maku maoli i ka hee umauma ana, pela no hoi ka hee ana me ka papa ame ka pakaka ana i ka waa i ka nalu. O keia mau mea a pau a na kanaka e ike nei no ua poe keiki nei, oia ka lakou i haawi ai i ka mahalo no ua poe keiki nei, me ke kaena ana no hoi no lakou. —Kuokoa Home Rula. 31 March 1911. P. 4. A Heart-Stirring Story of the Hero Kapunohuula. Chapter II. A Pleasant Story for Hawaiians to Enjoy. When the messengers had delivered their message, the children then asked the messengers, “Is that all the famous boy of Waimea told you?” “No,” one messenger said and continued, saying, “There are other things that he said, such as this: He asked us what the name of our sea was at Ni‘ihau, where we surf with the boy.” We said, “The name of the spot on the sea is ‘Ōhi‘a.” Then he asked us, “So, the spot is ‘Ōhi‘a. And where does it land?” We said, “The surf of the boys of Ni‘ihau lands at Pu‘uwai.” [ . . . ] At this point, dear reader, you must allow your writer to explain what had happened to these boys who became famous at surfing on Ni‘ihau, in order to make this story worthwhile to read. It was said in this story about these boys that for ten years they were in the ocean every day. That was the way they lived, and they were always seen at the beach with their surfboards. Another thing these boys did was to go out fishing in the deep ocean. Whenever these boys would get back from fishing, they

would put the canoe back in the canoe shed and go right back to surfing with their surfboards. That’s what they would always do every day. Sometimes they would bodysurf outside the surf break without boards and they would surf on their chests down the face of the wave like a ka‘upu bird that steps over the waves of the open ocean as it glides. But the spot on the sea where these boys would always surf was the sea at ‘Ōhi‘a. That is the spot the boys would have loved to go surfing with Kalaniali‘iloa, Waimea’s amazing son who surfed. But the boys had never seen this expert of Waimea, who had left his bones at ‘Āina‘ike in the ocean. Whenever these boys would go out fishing and surfing, their true expertise was seen at bodysurfing as well as their surfing with boards and surfing with canoes on the waves. All of these are the kinds of things people saw these boys doing, things for which they lavished praise on these boys and bragged about them. [This long article about surfing at Waimea, Kaua‘i, and ‘Ōhi‘a, Ni‘ihau, continues in the April 7 and 21, 1911, editions of Kuokoa Home Rula.]

Winds and Weather

Makani Ikaika Loa O Niihau. E ka Hae Hawaii e. Aloha oe. E kau aku oe i keia wahi puolo maluna o kou auamo, ke hiki mai ko wa hele, a nau ia e lawe hele aku ma na kihi eha o kou kihapai, mai Hawaii a Niihau nei. Ua pa mai kekahi makani ikaika ma ke kukulu hema o Niihau nei. I ka la 16 o Feb. ka hoomaka ana, a i ka la 17, 18, aole ikaika loa i keia mau la ekolu, a i ka la 19 oia ka poalima, i ke ahiahi o ia la, nui loa ka ikaika o keia makani, me ka ua pu mai kekahi, a me ka hekili, a me ka uila hoi. Penei i maopopo ai ia’u kona ikaika, o ka nui o na hale i hina ia ia i keia ahiahi, he 30 a keu aku, mai Lehua a Kamalino, he 28 hale noho ia ka kanana, 4 hale kula, 2 hale pule, o ka hale pule ma Lehua, a ma Kamalino, a o na kanaka i pakele inoino mai, mailoko mai o na hale i hina, ekolu lakou, eia na inoa, o Hopeni, o Kamakahelu, o Kaiahua, hookahi kanaka i haki ka uha o Manohua, hookahi keiki i make loa no Lehua, o Kaiiki kona inoa, oia ka nui o na mea i poino o ko makou Mokupuni nei.

Winds and Weather

Winds have always been essential to Hawaiians. Winds brought them to Hawai‘i in voyaging canoes and allowed them to travel easily between the islands. Winds, like the trade winds, keep the islands temperate year-round, making Hawai‘i a pleasant place to live. Trade winds push clouds across the Pacific into Hawai‘i’s high mountains, bringing rain, which provides drinking water. The winds of powerful storms, however, had serious impacts, destroying homes on land and overturning boats at sea. The articles in this subsection document the impacts of strong winds and other severe weather events. They also include some non-weather-related disasters, such as tsunami, earthquakes, and fires. Several articles are devoted exclusively to the names of the winds around Ni‘ihau.

235

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 236

Aka hoi, hookahi waiwai nui i lilo aku i keia makani, he waiwai i oi ae mamua o na hale he 30 a keu aku. O ke ola o Kaiiki, he wahi keiki opiopio keia, ewalu ona mau makahiki. Penei kona make ana, lilo kona makua i ka hale kahi i lalau ai, haalele oia i keia keiki ma kahi moe, ua hiamoe loa, a nui mai ka ikaika o keia makani, aole e hiki i keia makua e ku e aku ia ia, no ka mea, mai ka lima mana mai ia o ke Akua. O ka makani ka mea i lanakila mai maluna ona, a maluna o kona hale, a me ka lilo o ke ola o kana keiki. Auwe! Aloha ino!! A hala na la ekolu mai kona la i make ai, a hiki mai i ka la eha o ka waiho ana o kona kino lepo, pule ia kona kupapau, a pau hahaoia maloko o ka pahu na moena pawehe, moena pakea, na hainaka, na kihei, ia mea ae ia mea ae, e hoonua wale aku ai no. Nawai la e aahu ia mau hainaka, a me ia mea ae ia mea ae? Na ka uhana paha o ua keiki nei. Ea! Kuhihewa oe e ka makua nana keia keiki. E alawa iho oe i na manao o Ioba, o ke kauwa a ke Akua kiekie loa, e olelo ana, “Ua hele kohana mai no au mai ka opu mai o kuu makuahine, pela no wau e hele kohana aku ai, aohe mea ma kuu lima.” Na ia Pauku e kikou iho ko poo, a puu ka lae kahi ka pohue. Nolaila, ke kau leo aku nei au ia oukou e na makua mea keika, mai Hawaii a Niihau nei, e malama, e makaala, e kiai i ka oukou mau keiki, i ka wa makani, a me ka wa makani ole. O ka lima keia o ko’u mau makahiki o ka noho ana ma Niihau nei, aole wau i ike i kekahi makani ikaika maanei, e like me keia, akahi wale no, i ka olelo mai a kamaaina, he oi aku keia o ka ikaika loa o ka makani, aole pela mamua aku. Oia kahi ukana, me ke aloha. W. P. Hale. Kaununui, Niihau, Mar. 3, 1858. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 21 April 1858. P. 10. Strong Winds on Ni‘ihau. Dear Hae Hawaii. Aloha. Please place this bundle upon your carrying stick when you make your rounds, so you deliver this to the four corners of your garden from Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau. A powerful wind blew from the south here on Ni‘ihau. On the 16th of February is when it began, and on the 17th, 18th, and 19th, which was Friday, it was not very strong. In the evening of the 19th, the wind was very strong and accompanied by rain, thunder, and lightning. This is how I know how strong it was. The number of structures that fell this evening was more than 30 from Lehua [on Ni‘ihau] to Kamalino. [They included] 28 lived-in homes, 4 school buildings, and 2 churches: the church at Lehua and [the church] at Kamalino. Three people escaped injury from the buildings that collapsed. Their names are Hopeni, Kamakahelu, and Kai‘ahua. One person broke his femur at Manōhua, and one child at Lehua, whose name is Kaiiki, died. That is the total of those who suffered injury on our island. There was one treasure that was lost to this wind, a treasure greater than the more than 30 structures, the life of Kaiiki, a young child, who was only eight years old. This is how the child died. The father was gone from the house and left this child in bed, fast asleep. When the wind picked up, the father could not stand against it, as it came from the hand of God. The wind claimed victory over the child and over the house of the parent, and the life of the child was lost. How terrible! So terrible! Three days passed after the day the child died, and on the fourth day the

child’s body was buried, and prayers were offered over the body. When that was done, the body was placed in the coffin with makaloa mats, makaloa mats without designs, handkerchiefs, blankets, and other kinds of things to send the child off. Who would wear such handkerchiefs and the other things? The spirit of this child. How can this be? You parents of this child have got it wrong. Look at what Job said. He was the servant of our Most High God, and he stated, “Naked I came from my mother’s womb, and naked shall I return there, with nothing in my hand.” Let that verse hit you in the head, so you develop a welt like a gourd. So, I advise you parents with children from Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau here. Take care and be vigilant. Watch out for your children when the wind blows, and when the wind is not blowing. This is the fifth year that I have been living here on Ni‘ihau. I have not seen a strong wind here like this. This was the first time. Locals say this was the most powerful wind, and that it has never been like this before. This is what I offer with aloha. W. P. Hale. Kaununui, Ni‘ihau, March 3, 1858.

He Mele No V. K. K. Kalohelani. He inoa e Kalohelani, Milimili a Kaimihaku, Auhea wale ana oe, E ka pua o ka Loselani, O ka’u lani nui oe, Au i ike iho ai, Ua ike aku no au, I ka mikioi o Lehua, He lehua nani no oe, I ke kaha o Halalii, He lii o Kawaihoa, I kaulana a ka la, Welo aku i ka ilikai, I ke kai o Kaulakahi. Na Kamamalu. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 9 January 1862. P. 4.

Winds and Weather

He Wahi Moolelo. Helu 1. He moae ko Lehua, He mikioi ko Kawaihoa He naulu ko Niihau, He koolau ko Kaulakahi —Ka Hae Hawaii. 17 April 1861. P. 12. An Account. Number 1. Lehua has the Moa‘e wind Kawaihoa has the Mikioi wind Ni‘ihau has the Naulu wind Kaulakahi has the Ko‘olau wind [This is an excerpt from the story of Paka‘a and the winds of Hawai‘i.]

237

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

A Chant for V. K. K. Kalohelani. A name for you, Kalohelani The slow one of Ka‘imihaku Where are you Dear flower of the rose You are my great royal one That you have seen I have certainly seen The Mikioi wind of Ni‘ihau You are a beautiful lehua flower On the plains of Halāli‘i You are a royal of Kawaihoa Where the sun rises That races across the surface of the sea To the channel of Kaulakahi. By Kamāmalu.

238

He Inoa No Kunuiakea. Pua mai ana ka ula iloko o ke kai, Mohole i kehukai a ke Koolau, A ke kiu wailehua malua kele, E hoa ana i ke oho o ke Kawelu, I ko liko kawelu punana a ka manu, He hale no ka manu Kahalauaola, Na kaiwa ani maka ka mikioi, He-ke lehua makani no Halalii, Ke hao la i ka wai a ka laiki, Ka wai huna a ka paoo i Lehua, O ka lehua ia nei o ke akamai, O ka maalea nui e noho iho au, Ua kuhi he nalowale ia makou, O ka makou hana ia i ailolo, Nana pu ae kau makani, Owau hoi—e. Na Lahilahi. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 16 January 1862. P. 4. A Name for Kūnuiākea. Ka‘ula appears in the sea Scraped by the sea spray of the Ko‘olau wind of the Kaulakahi Channel And the Kapunohuula wind of the north coast of Kaua‘i Setting the blades of kāwelu grass on fire The young shoots of kāwelu in the nests of birds A home for the birds of Kahālauaola [of Ka‘ula] The Mikioi wind blows in the face of the ‘iwa birds Lehua Island is flattened by the wind of Halāli‘i Snatching away the water of the narrow fields The hidden water of the pāo‘o fish at Lehua The expert demonstrating excellence

Olelo Pane Ia P. R. Holi. Aia ma ke “Au Okoa,” Helu 14, ko P. R. Holi kukulu manao ana, ma kona kukulu manao ana i kono ia mai ai au e pane aku, aole au e hoohewa ana i kona wehewehe ana i ka hana a na Makani, ma kahi i pa mai ai o na Makani, malaila au e kuene pono iho ai. O ka Naulu: Wahi a P. R. Holi, ua pa mai keia Makani mai ka Akau mai, a malaila ka hoomaka ana e helu ina Makani a puni ka Mokupuni o Niihau. E ke hoa paaua o keia mea he kukulu manao, o ka Makani e pa maila ma ke alo o Niihau he Naulu ia aole ia mai ka Akau mai, mai ke Komohana mai ia Makani kahi a ka La e iho akula. O ka Lehua: Kiulehua: Elua keia mau Makani mai ke Komohana Akau mai. O ka Lehua ua aui iki ae ia mai ke Komohana ae. O ke Kiulehua, ua aui loa ae ia aneane pili pu me ka Akau. O ke Koolauwahine: Aia no keia Makani mai ka Akau mai o ka Mokupuni o Niihau, o ka makani keia iaia ka pulupulu. O ke Kiu: Aia no keia Makani ma ka Hikina Akau mai, o ka Makani keia nona ke alo e loku ana ka ia i ke anu a ke Kiu. O ka Aoa: Aia no keia Makani ma ka Hikina mai o ka Mokupuni o Niihau. O ka Aoalaenihi: Papaainuwai, elua keia mau Makani mai ka Hikina Akau mai, Aoalaenihi, ua aui iki ae keia Makani mai ka Hikina ae. Papaainnuwai ua aui loa ae ia ane pili pu me ka Hema. O ka Unulau: Aia no keia Makani mai ka Hema mai o ka Mokupuni o ­Niihau. O ke Kona: Aia no keia Makani mai ke “Komohana Hema” mai, o ka helu 1 ia o na Makani ikaika o ka Mokupuni o Niihau. O ke Kulepe: Wahi a P. R. Holi, i ka moana wale no ia Makani e Kulepe ai, i na waa holo mai Kauai aku a Niihau “Huinamakaoi” o ka hui ana o kela Makani keia Makani a paio ae la i ka moana, o ka mea e ko ma ia hana ana, oia ka Makani nana e lawe aku a pae i Niihau. O ka Mikioi: Aole i ike ia kahi i pa mai ai o keia makani, o ke kakahiaka wale no ka wa hiki mai o keia Makani. E oki au maanei, ke hoi nei ke keiki o ka uka iuiu o Kapalama, ke ikaika nei ka pa a ka Moae. S. Napahukapu. Kapalama, Oahu. 14 Aug, A. D. 1865. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 2 September 1865. P. 3. Response to P. R. Holi. P. R. Holi’s message was in the Au Okoa, Number 14. By his laying out his logic, I am invited to respond. I do not find fault with his explanation of the actions of the winds. But where the winds blow in from is the point I will address.

Winds and Weather

The greatly deceiving clever one that lives there Indicating to us that it has disappeared It is what we are expert in Pay heed in the windy season It is I. By Lahilahi. [Ka wai hunā a ka pāo‘o i Lehua, “the hidden water of the pāo‘o fish at Lehua” is a famous saying about a freshwater spring on Lehua Island.]

239

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

The Nāulu wind. P. R. Holi stated that this wind blows from the north, and that is where he begins listing the winds all around the island of Ni‘ihau. My friend who worked hard on this thing called logic, the wind that blows against the face of Ni‘ihau is the Nāulu, but it is not from the north. That wind is from the west, where the sun sets. The Lehua wind and the Kiulehua wind. These are two winds from the northwest. The Lehua wind turns from the west. The Kiulehua wind makes a big turn almost due north. The Ko‘olauwahine wind. This wind is from the north of the island of Ni‘ihau. This is the wind that takes the kindling. The Kiu wind. This wind is from the northeast. It is the wind of red faces that are drenched in the cold of the Kiu wind. The ‘Aoa wind: This wind is from the east of the island of Ni‘ihau. The ‘Aoalaenihi wind and the Pāpa‘ainuwai wind. These two winds are from the northeast. The ‘Aoalaenihi wind turns a little from the east. The Pāpa‘ainuwai wind makes a big turn almost due south. The Unulau wind. This wind is from the south of the island of Ni‘ihau. The Kona wind. This wind is from the southwest and is the first of the strong winds of the island of Ni‘ihau. The Kūlepe wind. P. R. Holi stated that this wind is only in the open ocean where canoes sail from Kaua‘i to Ni‘ihau. “Huinamaka‘oi” is the merging of that wind and this wind. They conflict with each other on the ocean. For those who venture out, this is the wind that takes you all the way to Ni‘ihau. The Mikioi wind: It isn’t known where this wind blows from. This wind only arrives in the morning. I end here. The son of the heights of Kapālama goes home now as the Moa‘e wind is blowing strong. S. Nāpahukapu. Kapālama, O‘ahu. 14 Aug. A. D. 1865. [The author wrote in response to a widely translated article by P. R. Holi called Nā Inoa o na Makani o Ni‘ihau, which appeared in the July 24, 1865, edition of Ke Au Okoa, P. 2.]

240

Hunahuna Mea Hou O Hawaii Nei. Hale Pau Ahi. Ua loaa mai nei ia makou he palapala mai ia M. W. Keale mai o Niihau, e hai mai ana i ka pau ana o kekahi hale i ke ahi. Ua lohe mai oia mai ka poe nona mai ka hale i ke kumu o ka pau ana, i pau i ka hekili no ka mea he po hekiliia, a ua haalele iho no lakou e a ana no ke kukui, i kona manao i pau no i ke ahi kukui. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 16 September 1865. P. 2. Bits of News of Hawai‘i. House Destroyed by Fire. We received a letter from M. W. Keale of Ni‘ihau telling us how a house was destroyed in a fire. He heard from the owners of the house regarding the cause of the fire. It was destroyed during a thunder storm at night. They left the house with a kukui lamp burning. They think the house was destroyed by the fire of the kukui lamp. Hekili Weliweli Ma Niihau. E Ke Au Okoa E. Aloha Kaua. Ia oe au e makana mua ai i ko’u lima akau no ka lulu lima, a mahope aku lakou nei; Aloha oe.

Winds and Weather

No ka pa-e ana mai o ka leo wawalo o na hekili, e kani kupinai ana me ka piliaiku o na kanaka o keia mokupuni, nolaila, ke hoouna aku nei au i wahi alana nau e kau ae ai i ka lele, ke oluolu nae ke Kapena, ka mea e ku ana i ka hoeuli, e hookele ana i ka moku i ka hau anu o Nouaiki. Eia no ia: Hekili weliweli ma Niihau! Ma ke ahiahi o ka la Sabati oia ka la 20 o Augate nei; hoomaka mai la ka ua, a me ka uila, a lohe pu ia aku la no hoi me ka leo o na hekili e nunulu ana, i oi aku mamua o ka leo o ka bipi. A mahope iho o ke ano molehulehu ana iho lohe akaka loa ia aku la ka leo o ka hekili e kani kohakoha ana i ka lewa, me ka holo mai o ka ne-i e nakolo ana i ka honua, a ike pu ia aku no hoi ka ikaika o ka uila e anapu ana, e hoomalamalama mau ana me ka hoomaha ole, ikaika loa mai la ke kui ana o ka hekili, aneane pono ole ke noonoo maikai ana o ka lehulehu, a piliaiku iho la na kanaka me ka ike ole i ka lakou mea e hana ai. I ka hekili e kui ana me kona ikaika loa, ua like paha me na pu kuniahi he haneri a oi ae i ki ia i ka manawa hookahi, i ka hekili e kui kupolo ana i ka honua, ua haalulu na kanaka a o ka poe e moe ana ma kahi moe e pupue ana ilalo ke alo, me he mea la e hapahapai ia ana ko lakou kino. Eia ka mea kupanaha. 1. Ua pau ka hale o Hinamili i ke ahi. 2. Ua ai ka hekili i ka honua. No ka pau ana o ka hale o Hinamili i ke ahi, i ka hekili e kani kukupau ana ma ka lewa nuu, e wawalo ana kona leo me ka menemene o ka naau; maloko no ua Hinamili nei o ka hale, me kana Eva a me kona ohana; a me he mea la e lalau mai ana ka hekili i ko lakou mau kino; a, aneane lakou e haule i ka make weliweli. Hookanaho wale ae la no lakou me ka leo haalulu, i piha i ka weliweli, pane aku la i ka wahine a me na keiki, “E holo kakou i kauhale.” A ia lakou i holo ai me ka haalele i ka hale, a me na mea a pau e pono ai ke kino, me ka a no nae o kahi ipu kukui iwaena konu o ka hale, ua hoolewalewa ia me ka uwea loihi, e a homimi ana no, holo kohana aku la ua Hinamili nei, me na keiki iloko o ke kukupau a ka ua, a me ka anapu weliweli a ka uila, a me ke kui nipolo a ka hekili, a na ka malamalama o ka uila i alakai ia lakou ma kahi o Nehemia ma, he wahi pohaku ia he wahi aa, ia lakou i o-i aku ai ma ka puka o ko Nehemia ma hale, ua eehia koke lakou, me ka makau a me ka weliweli, me he mea la he lapu akua kekahi ma lakou. Pane aku la ua Hinamili nei; “Kai ka noho mai nei i ko makou hale a me he mea la e hana mai ana ia maua,” E kani kuhala-la ana no ka hekili, e kukupau ana no ka ua, e anaanapu ana no ka uila, me ka hoomaha ole. Ike ia mai la e kekahi hale e aku, ka haule ana mai o kekahi mea eleele nui poepoe mai luna iho, a kaupono i kaupaku o ua hale nei o Hinamili, aole i liuliu iho lele hou no ua mea eleele nei iluna, a mahope iho, ike hou lakou i kekahi mea poepoe nui ula, mai ka lewa mai, a kaupono iho la no i kaupaku o ua hale nei, a ai ia aela ka hale a puni e ke ahi, a hiolo koke iho la no o luna, a koe o ka pae pou e ku lalani ana; me ka aa no e like me he poe kanaka la e paa ana i ka lamalama ma ke kua a me ke alo. Aia mauka o Kamalino, he kula mahi uala, ua ike ia malaila kekahi lua, ua poopoo loa ilalo, a ua loaa kekahi aoao o ka pohaku ilalo loa, ua ula loa e like me ke keleawe, a ua hehee kekahi aoao, e like me ka piula, oia na mea kupanaha a ka hekili i hana ai ma keia mokupuni. Aole he hekili i ike ia mamua e like me keia, wahi a na kamaaina ka olelo. Me ke aloha ia lakou nei, a me lakou la ae hoi. Dema Pua. Puuwai, Niihau, Aug. 29, 1865. —Ke Au Okoa. 18 September 1865. P. 1.

241

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 242

Terrifying Thunder on Ni‘ihau. Dear Au Okoa. Aloha. It is to you that I gladly give my right hand to shake, followed by those here. Aloha. As the voice of thunder resounded, it reverberated with echoes, causing the people of this island to tense with fear. So, I send you an offering to place upon the altar, if you please, captain, the one who stands at the helm, navigating the ship in the cold dew of the northwest. Here it is: A terrifying thunder on Ni‘ihau! On the evening of Sunday, the 20th of last August, the rain started with lightning. Then the voice of thunder reverberating was heard, greater than the cry of cattle. After it got dark, we heard very clearly the voice of thunder, cracking loudly through the air, with a trembling and rumbling of the earth. We saw the strength of the lightning, flashing and continuing to light up without ceasing. The roar of the thunder grew really strong, almost to the point where the people could hardly think straight. The people were tense, not knowing what to do. As the thunder roared intensely, it was like a hundred or more canons being shot at once. As the thunder cracked without response from the earth, the people trembled. Those who were laying down on their beds doubled up face down, as if their bodies were being carried away. This is what is so amazing: 1. Hinamili’s house was destroyed by fire. 2. The thunder consumed the ground. Regarding the destruction of Hinamili’s house by fire: As the thunder cracked powerfully in the atmosphere, its voice resounded to the core. Hinamili was in his house with his Eve and the family, and it was as if the thunder reached its hand out to snatch away their bodies. They almost met a terrible death. They were relieved that they survived. With a trembling voice, full of fear, he said to his wife and children, “Let’s run to the village.” They ran, abandoning the house and all of their physical belongings, with the lantern still lit in the middle of the house, suspended by a long wire. It was dimming when Hinamili ran out naked with the children into the relentless rain with the terrifying flashes of lightning and the loud drumming of the thunder. The light of the lightning led them to Nehemia’s house. There were rocks and rough lava, as they limped over to the door of Nehemia’s house. They were suddenly overcome with fear and dread, as if a ghost was with them. Hinamili said, “Wow, when we were at our house, it was as if something was happening to us.” The thunder was cracking loudly, the rain was pouring powerfully, and the lightning was flashing repeatedly without end. At another house they saw a large round black object fall from above and land directly on the roof of Hinamili’s house. A little while later the black object flew up again. Later, they saw a large round red object fall from the sky. It landed on the roof of the house, and the entire house was consumed by fire. The top [of the house] quickly fell over with the posts remaining standing in a row, lit up like people holding torches at the front and back. Inland of Kamalino there is a field for planting sweet potatoes. A pit was seen there that was very deep, and the side of a rock was deep inside it. It was deep red, like brass, and one side was melted like pewter. That is what was so amazing about what the thunder did on this island. Thunder like this was never seen before, according to what the locals said. With aloha to them and also to others. Dema Pua. Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau, Aug. 29, 1865.

Nu Hou Kuloko. Pau Ahi Ma Niihau. Ma ka la 21 o Augate ua apu mai na ula menemene ole o ke ahi i kekahi hale ma Niihau a laweia aku ka io, a koe iho ka lehu. O ke kumu i pau ai aohe i maopopo, o ka mea nona ka hale, ua hala i ka mahiai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 14 September 1867. P. 2. Local News. Fire on Ni‘ihau. On the 21st of August, the merciless flames of the fire embraced a house on Ni‘ihau and took everything, leaving only ashes. The cause of the fire was not known. The owner of the house was away farming.

Nu Hou Kuloko. Kauai. Kai Hoee Ma Niihau. Ma ka palapala mai nei a J Kapahee ia makou, o Lonopapa, Niihau, ua hiki loaku no ka ke kai Hoee, a mimiki pau hoi o ka la 14 iho nei o keia malama, ma kahi i hoikeia malunae a ua hopuhopu mi na kanaka o keia wahi i na ia i haalele ia mai e ka kai, a ku ka pau. A ma ia la hookahi no nohoi, pakele mai pupuhi ke oka o kekahi waapa iluna o ke aa, no ka manao ana o ka hookele, aohe kai mimiki e make ia. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 29 August 1868. P. 3 Local News. Kaua‘i. Tsunami on Ni‘ihau. In a letter from J. Kapahe‘e to us from Lonopapa, Ni‘ihau, tsunami waves reached high up and receded far back on the 14th of this month in the place shown above. People of the area went and gathered up fish that were left by the sea in great piles. On that same day a boat was saved from being left in fragments on the rough lava. It was planned to be taken out if there was no tsunami. [The tsunami of 1868 caused widespread destruction in Hawai‘i, especially on Hawai‘i island.]

Winds and Weather

He Mele Koihonua No Kalua i Konahale Kuakini. Na Kekupuohi Me Kekahi Poe Alii E I Haku. 87. He koe ole ia nei, iwaho wale no-eI waho-oe-e— Iwaho Kaula me Niihau i ke kai, He keiki hii Lehua na ka makani, I hanau ia mai e ka naulu, Makua i ka unulau ke koolau. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 4 July 1868. P. 1. A Genealogical Song for Kalua i Konahale Kuakini. Composed by Kekupuohi and some of the Chiefs. 87. Nothing is left, only the outside Outside Ka‘ula and Ni‘ihau are outside at sea Lehua is an island carried by the wind Born by the Nāulu rain The Ko‘olau wind is the parent of the Unulau wind.

243

Nu Hou Kuloko. Kauai. Makani ikaika. Ua poloai mai o M. W. Keale, o Niihau ia makou; penei kana: “I ka Poaono, la 3 o keia malama, ua hoohina ia iho he eiwa hale ma Niihau nei,

no ka mea, ma Kamalino elua hale; ma Kiekie elua hale; ma Puuwai hookahi; ma Kaumunui ekolu, hookahi hale halawai Hoole Pope, hookahi halawai Pope a me hookahi hale no kanaka. A o ka nui o na hale e ae, ua hoohioha e ua makani kaiehu nei.” —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 24 October 1868. P. 3. Local News. Kaua‘i. Strong Wind. M. W. Keale of Ni‘ihau contacted us, saying: “On Saturday, the 3rd of this month, nine homes on Ni‘ihau fell down: two houses in Kamalino, two houses in Ki‘eki‘e, one in Pu‘uwai, three in Kaumunui: one Protestant church, one Catholic church, and one belonging to a man. Many other houses were tilted by this wind that whipped up the sea.”

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Olai. I ka po o ka la 19 o Feb. nei, he 10 minute hiki i ka hora 10, elua hoonaueue ana o ke Olai i keia mokupuni ia Niihau, o ka mua aole ikaika nui, a o ka elua oia ka mea oi aku o ka ikaika, e hoohaalulu ana i ke ana kau malie o na mea paa, he mau minute wale no pau. M. W. Keale. —Ke Au Okoa. 16 March 1871. P. 2. Earthquake. During the night of the 19th of February at ten minutes to ten o’clock, there were two tremors of an earthquake here on the island of Ni‘ihau. The first was not very strong, but the second one was strong. It shook everything firmly in place for only a few minutes and then it was done. M. W. Keale.

244

Pakele i ka Uila. E Ke Kuokoa E. Aloha oe. Ma kekahi la o keia mahina, e hele ana kekehi kanaka o Aukele ka inoa, maluna o ka lio, i ka imi lio ma ke kula o Keawanui. He ua, he uila a me ka hekili ia wa. A hiki oia ma Halulu, loaa pono iho la ia i kekahi uila i oi aku ka ikaika, a hina pu iho la lana me ka lio, a hala paha he mau minute, ala ae la. A o ke ano nae o kana mea i ike ai i kona wa e moe ana ilalo, ua like no ka me he mea la malaila ka owaka ana ae o ka uila, ka hele a wela, a ua puni ia i ka malamalama poepoe he ahi la, a he mea moi i like me ke anuenue ke anuenue ke hoopuai mai ana mawaho. Aia iloko o ia manawa, manao iho la ia ua me ke ka lio, a oia hoi, me he mea la ua laweia aku ka mai ana a pau, a koe wale iho no o ka hanu, ka lohe a me ka ike, no ka mea, e lohe ana ao ia i ke kui nei nakolo o ka hekili. A pau oe la kona kaui ana, a mahope olaila, nee aku la ua malamalama poepoe la a mamao, me he la elua anana a oi aku ke kaawale mai iaia aku, a nalo loa aku la. Ala ae la ka lio me ia po, a hoi aku la me ke kaumaha a me ka weliweli. Malie loa ao la ka ua, pau ka uila a me ka hekili. Ua ikeia no ka ikaika o ka hekili a me keia uila ma na wahi e ae o keia mokupuni, aole nae e like me ko Aukele. Me ka mahalo, M. W. Kealo [sic: Keale]. Kaluahonu, Niihau. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 31 October 1874. P. 1. Escape from Lightning. Dear Kuokoa. Aloha. One day this month a man named ‘Aukele went by horse to look for horses on the plains of Keawanui. It rained, and there was lightning and thunder at the time. When he got to Halulu, he was struck by

Nu Hou Kuloko. “He wa nalu keia.” Oia ke poo o kekahi leta i kakauia mai e M. W. Keale o Kaluahonu, Niihau, ma ka la 30 o Novmaba, e hoike ana, ma ka la 17 o ia ma­ lama, he wa oi aku o ka nalu ia. Ma Pauahula, ua pakele kekahi mau hale no ka paa i ka pa, ua poai puni nae ke kai ma kona mau aoao. Ua hiki aku ke kai ma Nouapapa, kahi hanai a ako hipa o Mr. Sinclair; a ua a-e ke kai maluna o Anue­ nue, Kukahi, Waahia a me Makahuena, a holo aka a hiki ma ke alanui aupuni. Ma Kamalino, elua mau hale i hoopuaiia e ke kai, a elua hoi i komoia, aole nae ola i poino. O kekahi punawai nui o Laulau, ua komoia e ke kai i keia au hou. Ua oleloia ina e piha ole i ka wai i ka hooili a ka makahi, o ka wi no ia o keia wahi kuaaina. Mau wahi mea hou ia o keia kuaaina. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 12 December 1874. P. 3. Local News. “This is a time of stormy seas.” That is the headline of this letter written by M. W. Keale of Kaluahonu, Ni‘ihau on the 30th of November, stating that the 17th of the month was a time of high surf. At Pauahula some houses escaped being hit, but the sea wrapped around them on all sides. The sea rose at Nouapapa [sic: Nonopapa], where sheep are shorn by Mr. Sinclair, and the sea rose up over Ānuenue, Kūkahi, Wa‘ahia, and Makahu‘ena and went all the way to the government road. At Kamalino seawater surrounded two houses and entered two houses, but no life was endangered. Seawater recently entered one large spring, Laulau. It is said that if the well is not filled with fresh water in the winter month of Makali‘i, then locals will experience drought. This is just a bit of news from this rural country. Kai Nui Ma Na Pali O Kalalau. E ka Nupepa Kuokoa. Aloha oe. Ma ka po o ka la 29 o Dekemaba nei, ua pa mai la ka makani ma ke kukulu akau, a ma ka hora 11 o ia po, ua lohe ia aku la ka nehe mai o ke kai, a ma ka hora 7 o ke kakahiaka Sabati ae la 30, ua ike ia aku la ke kuakea o ka moana i ka nalu, e hai mai ana ka nalu i waho lilo loa i kahi he 1½ mile mai ka aina aku, a ma ka hora 8, ua pau mai la ka pa ana o ka makani, oia ka wa i hooi loa ia aku ai ka ikaika o ka nalu, a ia manawa no i hiki mai ai o J. Kapahee a pane mai la ia’u, i kii mai la au ia oe, nui loa ke kai, ke hoopuni la ke kai ka hale waapa. Ia lohe ana i keia leo, ua puiwa koke ae la ko’u @kehala a hee aku la e nana ma kahi hiki ke nana @au i kahi i ku ai na hale la, i ka nana pono ana aku, aia hoi e hoopuni na ana ka hale e ke kai.

Winds and Weather

lightning that was even stronger. Both he and his horse fell over. After a few minutes they got up. While they were both laying on the ground, it was as if the lightning struck right there. They were surrounded by a round light, like a fire, and something like a rainbow encircled it. In that moment he thought the horse was dead, but its ability to move was taken away, except for breathing, hearing and seeing. He could hear the clapping and pounding of thunder. When the noise was over, the ball of light moved away about two fathoms or more in distance from him, and then disappeared. The horse got up, and so did he. He went home, sad and scared. The rain was gentle, and there was no more lightning and thunder. The strength of the thunder and this lightning was all over the island, but not like it was for ‘Aukele. With appreciation, M. W. Kealo [sic: Keale]. Kaluahonu, Ni‘ihau.

245

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 246

Ia wa, ua hoomaka aku la wau e hele a hiki ma ka hale o Milikaa, ike aku la au elua keiki e holo ana no kahi o ka hale waapa, a aia hoi ke kai e holapu ana i na mea mawaho o ka hale. Hoomaka aku la au e hele loa no ka hale waapa, a ia’u i hele aku ai a hiki i ke alanui aia hoi e ahu mokaki ana ka pohaku i ke alanui na ke kai i hee mai mailoko mai o ke kai. Huli ae ia au a nana ma ka aoao hikina o ke alahele he mau loi ai a he mau pa, ua piha i ke kai a me ke a. a o ka ai o loko o na loi, ua lilo i mea ole. Ia’u i hiki aku ai i ka hapalua o ke alanui halawai mai la au me na keiki a’u i ike ai e holo ana no ka hale waa pa. O Kahale me Nihoa opio, ninau aku la au, pehea ka hale. I mai la laua la, ua komo ke kai iloko, hiki loa au no ka hale, aia hoi ua komo io ke kai e la na ana iloko, a hoomaka aku nei au e hookaawale i na mea o loko ma kahi kupono, a o ka manawa ua hiki mai nei ka nui o na kanaka no keia pilikia, a aole i hala elima minuke ua ea mai la ke kai a nui, a o ka manawa no hoi ia i holo ikaika mai ai ke kai a piha o loko o ka hale, a aole hoi i hala ae he 10 minuke mahope iho o keia, hiki hou mai ana no ua kai nui i oi ae mamua o kela, a na ia kai i upa aku i na kanaka o loko me na waapa a hoolana pu ia iluna, a ua hoomaka koke ia na waapa e lawe no kahi e. Aole he kai nui i ike ia mai ka wa mai o na kupuna e like me keia, ke hele la a ka moana kai uli kai lipolipo. Me na keiki hoonoho hua ko’u aloha nui. M. Kamokunui. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 12 January 1889. P. 3. High Surf at the Cliffs of Kalalau [Kaua‘i]. Dear Nupepa Kuokoa. Aloha. On the night of the 29th of December, a strong wind blew from the north. At 11 o’clock that night, the ocean was heard rustling. At 7 o’clock in the morning on Sunday, the 30th, the ocean was seen with whitecaps on the waves. Waves were breaking outside, a mile and a half away from shore. At 8 o’clock the winds died down, and that is when the waves picked up strength. At that time J. Kapahe‘e arrived and told me, “I’ve come to get you since the ocean is really rough. The waves are surrounding the boat house.” When I heard him say this, I was surprised and ran out to look at a spot where you can see the houses. When I took a good look, the sea really was surrounding the building. At that time I started to go up to the house of Milika‘a. I saw two boys running over to the boat house. The sea was spreading over everything and taking it out of the building. I started to run over to the boat house. As I went out to the road, I saw rocks strewn all over the road that the sea had carried from the ocean. I turned and looked to the east of the road at some taro patches and fields. They were filled with seawater and coral pieces. The taro in the patches was ruined. When I got halfway down the road, I met up with the boys I had seen running to the boat shed, Kahale and Nihoa Jr. I asked, “How’s the boat house?” They said, “The ocean went all the way inside, and it’s flooded.” I started separating things in there and putting them in better places. At that time many people showed up, due to the problem. Not five minutes later, the sea rose high and that is when it rushed in with great strength and filled up the boat house. Not ten minutes later a large rush of ocean came in again, even greater than the rush before that one. It slammed into the people along with the boats. The boats floated and suddenly were gone.

Pakele Ke Ola Ma Ka Moana. Hon. Jos. U. Kawainui. Aloha oe. Ma ka la 21 o Jan. ma Niihau, ua holo aku makou no Kauai, oia ka Poalua, ia makou i holo ai ua pa mai kekahi makani mamua he Noa ka inoa ma ka helu a ko Niihau poe, ua mokio aku ka ihu o ko makou wahi waapa no ka akau ia manawa, ua ike ia aku la ka pii iao o na ao o ka Lani, a hoomaka makou e hoe no uka. Aole nae he hiki ua alai ia a paa ka aina e ka ua, ku iho la ka olelo a kahiko. Hihi kaunoa hihi i Mana Mahea ke awa ma Peleiholani. Elua o makou hoohulu ana aole loaa o ka aina, ua noke makou i ka hoohuli a hiki i ka hora 11 o ka po, ua ike ia aku o Lehua mokupuni mamua ia manawa makou i hoi ai a pili ma Lehua, a noho ma ia po a hiki i kea o ana ua hele kela a haukeke i ke anu i ka na mea o ka ua, kulou ae no ia kulou ae no ia, ku no kaena a ka poe kahiko. Lea kulou a ka lawaia I ka malie. A ma ka hora 8 o ka Poakolu kau i Niihau. E hoomaikai ia ke Akua Mana Loa no kona hoopae maalahi ana ia makou no ka aina nei, eia ka poe i holo: Kaiwi, J. Wehea, Palea, Paka, Kamawaho, Mahoa, N. Kalanakanoi. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 8 February 1890. P. 4. Life Spared on the Open Ocean. Hon. Jos. U. Kawainui [editor of the newspaper]. Aloha. On the 21st of January on Ni‘ihau, we went to Kaua‘i. It was a Tuesday when we sailed out, and we were caught in a strong wind. It was known before as a Noa wind, in the reckoning of Ni‘ihau people. The bow of our boat was headed due north at the time. We saw the clouds rising in the sky and began paddling for shore, but we couldn’t reach it, as the land was blocked out by the rain. The words from the old days rose within us: Kauno‘a vines are entangled in Mānā Where is the harbor? It is at Peleihōlani. We made a couple of turns but could not find land. We kept turning until 11 o’clock at night. Lehua Island was seen ahead. At that time, we made our way for Lehua, and we stayed there until daybreak. We shivered with cold because of the rain. We hunched over and over again, and this brought to mind the boasting words from long ago: Fishermen enjoy hunching over In the calm. At 8 o’clock on Wednesday we reached Ni‘ihau. May the Most Powerful God be praised for landing us easily ashore. These are the people who went out: Kaiwi, J. Wehea, Palea, Paka, Kamawaho, Māhoa, N. Kalanakanoi. [In “the words from the old days” in the first paragraph, kauno‘a is an abbreviated spelling of kauna‘oa, a native vine that grows on other plants. Pele‘iholani,

Winds and Weather

This great sea surge wasn’t something that was seen by our ancestors. It came from the deep blue sea. I leave my great aloha with the typesetting boys. M. Kamokunui. [Kapahe‘e in this article was a famous Ni‘ihau resident, who transported taro from Kalalau to Ni‘ihau.]

247

which is also spelled Pele‘ioholani, was the name of a high chief of Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau.]

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Ua Oni, Ua Kela Ahi O Anaki! He Leo Hoomaikai I Ka Poe Koho Balota O Ka Apana Koho Balota O Ka Apana Koho Balota O Waimea, Kauai. [ . . . ] Eia hoi kahi mea hou, ua weluwelu ia ka peahi lima o Alohikeao, i ke giana pauda, oiai oia e lawaia ana me ia mea ma Niihau, a ua oki @ iho ia peahi lima e na Kauka J. K. Smith a me Hugus. O keia kanaka ke kapena waapa nana i lawe me ka hoomanawanui na balota i Niihau, ma ka la 1 o Feberuari, @oko o ka ino i manaoia aole e hiki pono ana lakou i Niihau. Fare‑well kaua e Ka Leo O Ka Lahui, a me kou mau keiki uwila @ metala ko’u welina. Joe. A. Akina. Waimea, Kauai, Feb. 6, 1892. —Ka Leo O Ka Lahui. 16 February 1892. P. 2. It Has Moved, the Fire of ‘Anaki Excels! A Voice of Congratulations to the Voters of the Voting District of Waimea, Kaua‘i. [ . . . ] In other news, the hand of ‘Alohikeao was mangled by dynamite while he was fishing with it on Ni‘ihau. It was operated on by Drs. J. K. Smith and Hugus. This man was the captain of the boat that brought the [election] ballots to Ni‘ihau on the 1st of February in a storm, in which it was thought they would not reach Ni‘ihau. Farewell to Ka Leo O Ka Lāhui and your typesetter boys. I leave my salutations with you. Joe A. Akina. Waimea, Kaua‘i, Feb. 6, 1892. [When dynamite (giana pauda, or “giant powder”) was introduced in Hawai‘i, fishermen began using it for blast fishing. In 1872 the Hawaiian legislature passed a law prohibiting fishing with explosives, but it was difficult to enforce. Blast fishing continued into the 1900s, resulting in serious injuries to dynamite fishermen like ‘Alohikeao and in death to others.]

248

Nuhou Kuloko. Ua loaa mai ia makou kekahi leta mai a J. H. Kaika mai. E hoike ana i ke ku’i ana o kekahi mau hekili ikaika 3, a me ka a ana o ke ahi maloko o ka ulu malina mauka o Pu-a, Niihau, ma kekahi o kela mau la aku nei. Mea hou kela. —Hawaii Holomua. 6 March 1893. P. 2. Local News. We received a letter from J. H. Kaikā reporting three powerful thunderclaps and the start of a fire in the sisal field above Pū‘ā, Ni‘ihau in the past few days. This was something new. [Sisal (Agave sislana), or agave cactus, was introduced in Hawai‘i as a plant for commercial export. The fibers in sisal leaves are processed and woven into rugs and carpets. The plant thrives in dry areas with little rainfall. In the early 1900s, the Hawaiian Fiber Company established the first sisal plantation in ‘Ewa, O‘ahu.] He Moolelo Kaao No Pakaa. Helu 1. Nolaila, ke hai aku nei au i ko Kauai mau makani a me Niihau, na inoa a me ko lakou mau wahi, penei: He Moae ko Lehua, He Mikioi ko Kawaihoa,

He Naulu ko Niihau, He Naulu ko Kaulakahi. —Home Rula Repubalika. 15 March 1902. P. 1. A Story of Pāka‘a. Number 1. So I recount the winds of Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau, the names and their locations are as follows: Lehua has the Moa‘e wind Kawaihoa has the Mikioi wind Ni‘ihau has the Nāulu wind Kaulakahi has the Nāulu wind. [These winds are repeated in Ka Nupepa Kuokoa, March 7, 1913, P. 8, in He Haina Nane (Answer to a Riddle).] [Untitled] Hao la, e hao, Hao ka inuwai, Maloo ka lau laau, Hao ka mikioi, Kau i Niihau. Kaupoku ma-lu i na hale o ka ohai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 26 November 1909. P. 5. [Untitled] It blows, it blows, The Inuwai wind blows The leaves of the tree are dry The Mikioi wind blows It blows on Ni‘ihau.

1. Kalihi [sic: Kalaihi] ka La kau, ma Lehua, 2. Lulana iho la ka pihe a ke akua, 3. Ea mai kaumulau o Halalii, 4. Lawe ke Koolau i ke hoa la lilo, 5. Hoa ka mikioi ke kai o Lehua. —Kuokoa Home Rula. 25 November 1910. P. 4. A Heart-Stirring Story of the Hero Kapūnohu‘ula. As the amazing ones sat down, it was a gathering of beautiful people in the heat of Kala‘ihi. It brought to the mind of this writer the following chant:

Winds and Weather

He Moolelo Hooni Puuwai No Ka Eueu Kapunohuula. I ka u noho pono ana ae o ua mau opua kamehai nei, aia ka nani ame ka ui o ke onaona ke haiamu ia la e ka wela o Kalaihi. A hooheno ae la ka mea kakau moolelo i keia mele penei:

249

1. In Kala‘ihi is where the sun is up high 2. The shouting of the god fell quiet 3. The leaf-filled fire pit of Halāli‘i rises

4. The Ko‘olau wind takes the companion away 5. The Mikioi wind is a friend of the sea of Lehua.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

He Moolelo Kaao No Hiiaka-I-Ka-Poli-O-Pele Ka Wahine I Ka Hikina A Ka La, Ao Ka U’i Palekoki Uwila O Halemaumau.

250

Na Makani O Nihoa. He Hoanauli ka makani o Nihoa, He waialoha ka makani noho ana o Nihoa, He lupe kii makani kaapuni o Nihoa. Ka Makani O Kaula. He wili Koolau ka makani o Kaulakahi, Hui ka welau o na makani, Lele ka iwa malie kaikoo, Kau ka Moae-ku, Ku au-e-nele-no e. Na Makani O Lehua, Niihau, A Me Kauai. He moae ka makani o Lehua, Hooheno a ka ua Naulu i ka wai huna a ka paoo He moe-aau ka makani o Lehua, Hoolaau ka makemake i ka ipo, He wai panoo ka makani o Lehua, Noonoo ana i ke kai-okia, He hua-kai ka makani o Lehua, Pulu au i ka hunahuna-kai a ke aloha, He papa inu-wai ka makani o Lehua, Paa ia kuu aloha me oe, Ke kai-halelo ka makani hoopuni aina o Lehua, Mai puni aku oe i ka mali-leo, A Niihau wau i ka moena pawehe, Oni ka mikioi ka makani o Kawaihoa, I ka lawe malie a ka inuwai i ke ko o Halalii, He inuwai ka makani o Halalii, Kau ka aki-pohe i ke alialia o Kalaihi, I na ulu la i ka Hapapa, He naulu ka makani o Niihau, O ka pa kolonahe a ka Manukiiwai, I ka hunahuna kai a ke aloha, I ka hoa pili o Kaeo, Kela puu hookipa i na malihini. —Ka Hoku O Hawaii. 6 November 1924. P. 4. A Tale of Hi‘iakaikapoliopele, the Woman of the East Where the Sun Is, and the Belle of the Skirt of Lightning of Halema‘uma‘u. The Winds of Nihoa. The Hoanauli is the wind of Nihoa The Waialoha is the resident wind of Nihoa

He Mele No Kalola. Ea mai ka unulau o Halalii, Lawe ke Koolau-wahine i ka hoa la lilo, Hao ka Mikioi i ke kai o Lehua. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 15 September 1927. P. 9. A Lyric For Kalola. The Unulau wind of Halāli‘i lifts The Ko‘olauwahine wind takes away the companion entirely The Mikioi wind howls over the sea of Lehua.

Winds and Weather

The Lupeki‘i wind encircles Nihoa The Wind of Ka‘ula. The wind of Kaulakahi is the Wiliko‘olau The ends of the winds meet The ‘iwa bird flies gently over rough seas The Moa‘ekū wind lifts I stand and am left wanting. The Winds of Lehua, Ni‘ihau, and Kaua‘i. The Moa‘e is the wind of Lehua Adored by the Nāulu rain in the hidden water of the pāo‘o fish The wind of Lehua is the Moe‘a‘au Exciting the desire of the lover The Waipāno‘o is the wind of Lehua Thinking of the sea that separates The Huaka‘i is the wind of Lehua I am drenched in the seaspray of love The Pāpa‘ainuwai is the wind of Lehua My love is secured with you The Kaihālelo is the wind that surrounds the land of Lehua Do not fall for the flattering voice I am on Ni‘ihau of the makaloa mat The Mikioi is the wind that moves at Kawaihoa Taking the Inuwai wind gently to the sugar cane of Halāli‘i The Inuwai is the wind of Halāli‘i The ‘Akipohe wind blows over the marsh of Kala‘ihi To the breadfruit on the coral flats The Nāulu is the wind of Ni‘ihau, where my desire is In the gentle breeze of the Manuki‘iwai With the seaspray of love To the dear friend of Kā‘eo The hill that welcomes visitors. [This legend of Hi‘iakaikapoliopele with wind names is also found in Ka Nai Aupuni, June 18, 1906, P. 6. Waipāno‘o, a wind of Lehua Island, is associated with the phrase wai hunā a ka pāno‘o, or the “hidden water of the pāno‘o fish.” Pāno‘o, or blennie fish, are also called pāo‘o, as in the phrase wai hunā a ka pāo‘o.]

251

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

War Story

252

The account of Benjamin Kanahele, the Ni‘ihau resident who was shot by a downed Japanese pilot shortly after the bombing of Pearl Harbor, is one of the most famous local stories of World War II. In 1973, Harriet Albao, the Executive Secretary of Local Board No. 7, the Selective Service Board in Hawai‘i, which includes Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau, provided a summary of the incident in “Isle Of Isolated Registrants,” an article she wrote about Ni‘ihau in the November 1973 issue of Selective Service News. Albao refers to Kanahele as “Benehakakā,” or “Fighting Ben,” a nickname that was coined for him after the incident. He was also known as Beniamina, Hawaiian for Benjamin, and in Aloha Niihau as ‘Anakala Bene, or “Uncle Ben.” “Gilbert K. Pahulehua was the Selective Service registrar and advisor to Registrants on Niihau for 25 years. He was also the island’s school principal and deputy registrar for the State Board of Health. He typified the Niihau Hawaiian—kindly, soft-spoken and unassuming. Taken by death early this year, he was succeeded by Henry Kaipo Kanahele. “And the name Kanahele never fails to bring to mind the story of Benehakaka Kanahele, an American war hero. “On December 7, [1941] a Japanese pilot, after taking part in the Pearl Harbor attack, ran out of gas and crash-landed his single-seater fighter plane on Niihau. Without communications, the inhabitants of the island had not heard of the attack on Pearl Harbor. A cowboy named Hawila Kaleohano found the pilot, and the story is that Hawila became suspicious when the pilot tried to draw his pistol. Hawila disarmed him and also took a map and some ‘papers’ and hid them. The pilot later escaped from where he was being kept and was able to dismantle his machine gun from his damaged plane. With this, he started terrorizing the villagers in search of the hidden ‘war papers’ which were never found, although he did retrieve his pistol and map. “It was with this pistol that he shot Benehakaka Kanahele three times before Bene ‘got mad,’ picked up the flyer by his neck and one leg—like he had often handled sheep—and smashed the flyer’s head against a stone wall. In the meantime, four men in a whaleboat had rowed for 16 hours to Kauai to summon aid. The rescue party consisted of 13 enlisted men, the four ranch hands from Niihau, Aylmer Robinson of the family which owns Niihau, and two other civilians. They were led by a young Army officer, then Lieutenant Jack Mizuha, who later became Captain Mizuha of the famed 100th Infantry Battalion of the 442nd Regimental Combat Team, and still later an Associate Justice of the Hawaii Supreme Court. “Kanahele was awarded the Medal of Merit [sic: Medal for Merit] and the Purple Heart on August 15, 1945, and the saying, ‘And then I got mad,’ became a household phrase.” The articles that follow begin in 1942 with the American Legion awarding the Medal of Bravery to Benjamin Kanahele and Howard Kaleohano, and end in 1945 with Lieutenant General Robert C. Richardson Jr. presenting Benjamin Kanahele the Purple Heart and the Medal for Merit, the nation’s highest civilian award. The articles offer several different, sometimes conflicting, details of what happened. In several versions of the shooting,

Loaa Ka Medala Koa. Ua loaa maila ka lono no ka haawi ia ana aku la o na medala no ka hana koa ia Benehakaka (Fighting Ben) Kanahele ame Howard Kaleohano no ka hopupio ana a pepehi i kekahi Kepani o ka Mokulele i pae ae ma Niihau ma ka la 7, o Dekemaba, 1941, mahope koke iho o ka lele kimopo ia ana o Oahu e na Kepani. Ma o ke kukala ia ana no keia mau makana, ua hoike ae o Komenda Henry P. O’Sullivan o ka mea e pili ana no ka medala no Mrs. Kanahele, i kokua aku i kana kane me ka holopono loa ma o ka hoopokole ana i ke ola o kela Kepani, ua waiho ia aku ma ka lima o ka Ahahui o na Wahine Legiona. O na medala no Benehakaka Kanahele a i kamaaina ia hoi ma ka inoa o Benjamin Kanahele, ame Howard Kaleohano ua hoouna ia aku ia Philip L. Rice, a nana e haawi hoohanohano i keia mau kanaka. (E hooakaka aku ka Lunahooponopono nei e pili ana i keia mau kanaka. O kekahi o kakou na Hawaii ua maopopo i na mea e pili ana i keia mau kanaka, a o ia laua, ua pouli ka Hoku ia mau la, a i kona malamalama hou ana, ua hala loa i hope na mea e pili ana i keia mau kanaka.) I ka la 7 o Dekemaba, ka la i lele kimopo ai na Kepani ia Puuloa, ia manawa hookahi no i haule ai kekahi Mokulele o ka enemi ma Niihau, mamuli o ka loaa ana o kekahi pilikia i ka enekini o kona mokulele. Iaia nae hoi i haule iho ai i Niihau, ua halawai mai me ia kekahi mau Kepani e noho ana ma Niihau. Ua hoea aku keia mau Hawaii ma kahi o keia Mokulele a ua kaili ia na lako kaua. Mamuli nae hoi o ka hoomalimali ana a kekahi mau Kepani e aku, ua kaa hou ka pu malalo ona, a ua hoomaka keia poe e lawelawe i kekahi hana no ke kaa aku o na Hawaii malalo o lakou. Aole nae hoi i haawipio na Hawaii malalo o lakou, aka, ua imi i alahele e hiki ai ke kaa aku kela mau Kepani malalo o lakou. Ua hoowalewale keia Kanahele i kela Kepani. Ua lawe ia keia Kepani maloko o ka ululaau, a loaa ka manawa no Kaleohano e haalele ai ia Niihau a holo no Kauai no ke kii ana i mau kokua. Ia Kanahele nae e hele ana mamua, me kela Kepani mahope aku, a no kekahi Kepani okoa aku, ua ano hilahila paha oia ua lawe no oia i kona ola ponoi. Ua hoao no o Kanahele kaili i ka pu mai kela Kepani mai, a ua ki ia oia i ka pu, aka, aole nae hoi ia ki ia ana ona i ka pu he me ka ia e haawipio ai, aka hooi ia ae kona inaina, a ua hakaka laua a na ka wahine i hoopau loa i ka paio ana, a o ka hope ua paki ia kela Kepani i ka pa Pohaku, a halawai me kona hopena. Ia manawa nae hoi ua hoea mai la na koa mai Kauai mai ma o ke kii ana o Kaleohano. Ua laweia aku keia poe no Kauai a ua hoihoi ia o Kanahele no loko o ka Halema’i a malaila oia kahi i malama maikai ia ai a hiki i kona maikai loa ana a hookuu ia. O keia iho la ka mea i pili i kela mau kanaka. He mea oiaio no ua ano kahiko

War Story

Ella Kanahele, Benjamin Kanahele’s wife, is said to have assisted her husband in the death of the pilot, but in 1945 when her husband was awarded the Medal for Merit and the Purple Heart, he was asked about this particular point. He explained that she had tried to help him, but had been held back by Yoshio Harada, a Japanese man living on Ni‘ihau, who assisted the pilot. The Honolulu Advertiser printed Kanahele’s explanation the day after the ceremony.

253

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

keia moolelo, aka, malia paha hoi o kekahi poe ma kekahi mau wahi e ae, aole i lohe i keia mau mea. Penei na mea i hooakaka ia no Kanahele: “O ka Legiona Amelika, Mahele o Hawaii, ke makana ia nei ka Medala no ke Koa wiwoole la Benehakaka ‘Fighting Ben’ Kanahele no ka mauna ana hoi i kona ola ponoi ma o ka lele hakaka ana ame ke kaili ana i ka mea make mai kekahi Kepani mai, i ku iho hoi ma ka mokupuni Niihau, Teritori o Hawaii, ma ka la 7 o Dekemaba, 1941, a mahope iho o ke kiia ana i ka pu a loaa na palapu no ekolu manawa e ka mea lele ua lalau aku i ka mea lele a hahau iaia i kekahi pa Pohaku, a pepehiia iaia a make me kekahi pohaku.”

254

O Ko Kaleohano. O na olelo no Kaleohano penei no ia: “O ka Legiona Amelika, Mahele o Hawaii, ke makana ia nei ka Medala no ke koa wiwoole ia Howard Kaleohano no ka mauna ana i kona ola ponoi ma ka la 7 o Dekemaba, 1941, ma ka Mokupuni o Niihau, Teritori o Hawaii, ma o ka hopu ana i kekahi Kepani, a ma o ka lawe ana i kana mau lako kaua, na palapala ano nui ame ka malama pu ana i ua mau mea la.” Ua hoomaopopo ia nohoi no ka mahuka ana o kela Kepani mahope iho o ka paa ana ia Kaleohano, ma o ke kokua ia ana e kekahi mau Kepani kuloko iho o Niihau. Mahope iho ua lawe ae kekahi o keia mau Kepani i kona ola ponoi, a o kekahi hoi ua holo aku no luna o na puu. O Kanahele aole he mea kaua, ua lele aku oia e hopu i kela Kepani a ua ki ia oia i ka pu, aole nae hoi i haawipio iho, aka, ua hoomau aku no i ka nee ana imua a loaa a pa-ki ia i ka pa Pohaku a make oia. Ua make kela Kepani mahope iho o kona kupale ana iaia iho me na mea kaua a hiki ole i na makaainana ke hookokoke aku no aneane e piha ka hookahi pule. Haaheao nohoi kakou e na Hawaii i na kanaka koa a wiwoole e like me keia mau kanaka a na laua i hookaulana loa aku i ka lahui Hawaii he poe koa a wiwoole, me ka nana ole ae i na mea make a kela Kepani. He hoike pu nohoi ia no ka ikaika o keia kanaka o Kanahele, a he hoailona hoi, o na mamo a Kamehameha he poe ikaika. O ka makou e iini nei i na makamaka heluhelu o Ka Hoku O Hawaii ma Niihau, e pahola aku i na hoomaikai palena ole i keia mau ohana, i nana ole ae i ka make, aka, ua oi aku ko laua aloha i ko laua aina aloha mamua o ka make. Na ke Akua no auanei e haawi mai i ka ikaika a me ke ola ia oukou apau. —Ka Hoku O Hawaii. 22 April 1942. P. 2. Receiving the Medal of Bravery. News has been received of the awarding of medals for bravery and fearlessness to Benehakakā (Fighting Ben) Kanahele and Howard Kaleohano for seizing and killing a Japanese man from the airplane that landed on Ni‘ihau on the 7th of December 1941, just after the surprise air attack on O‘ahu by the Japanese. In the proclamation of these awards, Commander Henry P. O’Sullivan also announced a medal for Mrs. Kanahele, who successfully assisted her husband in shortening the life of the Japanese man. Presentation [of that award] was left in the hands of the Society of Women Legionnaires.

For Kaleohano. Here are the words regarding Kaleohano: “The American Legion, Hawai‘i Chapter, awards the Medal of Bravery to Howard Kaleohano for risking his own life on the 7th of December 1941, on the island of Ni‘ihau, Territory of Hawai‘i, when he seized a Japanese man and confiscated his weapons, important documents, and kept them.” The escape of the Japanese man was realized after he held Kaleohano with the assistance of some local Japanese men of Ni‘ihau. Later, one of these Japanese men took his own life, and another ran up into the hills. Kanahele, without any weapons, went to seize that Japanese man, and he was shot by a gun,

War Story

The medals for Benehakakā Kanahele, known by the name Benjamin Kanahele, and Howard Kaleohano, were sent to Phillip L. Rice, who was to honor these men. (The editor will explain further regarding these men. Some of us Hawaiians know about these two men during a time when Ka Hoku (The Star) was darkened [by martial law], and when it shone once again, all that was said about these men had passed by then.) On the 7th of December, the day the Japanese launched a surprise attack on Pu‘uloa [Pearl Harbor], an airplane of the enemy crash-landed on Ni‘ihau, due to problems with his engine. After he crashed on Ni‘ihau, some Japanese men who lived on Ni‘ihau met with him. When the Hawaiians reached the airplane, they confiscated his weapon. But due to the [assistance] of the other Japanese men, he regained the gun, and these people tried to place the Hawaiians under their control. But the Hawaiians did not give in to them. Instead, they tried to find a way to take control of those Japanese men. Kanahele deceived the Japanese man [the pilot]. He took him into the woods, giving Kaleohano time to leave Ni‘ihau and sail to Kaua‘i to get help. As Kanahele was going ahead with the Japanese man following behind, one of the other Japanese men, who had likely become embarrassed, took his own life. Kanahele tried to seize the gun from [the pilot, but] he was shot. Despite having been shot, it was no reason for him to give in. Instead, it made him even more angry, and as the two fought, his wife put an end to the struggle. In the end the Japanese man was dashed against a rock wall, and he met his end. At that time the soldiers arrived from Kaua‘i, Kaleohano having gone after them. They took these men to Kaua‘i. Kanahele was taken to the hospital, where he was well taken care of until he fully recovered. Then he was released. This is what happened regarding those men. It is true that this story is rather old, but perhaps people in some places have not yet heard about these things. This is the explanation of Kanahele’s actions [that were read during the medal ceremony]: “The American Legion, Hawai‘i Chapter, awards the Medal of Bravery to Benehakakā ‘Fighting Ben’ Kanahele for risking his own life by jumping into the fight and seizing the weapon from a Japanese man who landed on the island of Ni‘ihau, Territory of Hawai‘i, on the 7th of December 1941. After having been shot by the gun and wounded three times by the pilot, he seized the pilot, slammed him against a rock wall, and killed him with a rock.”

255

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

but did not surrender. Instead, he kept advancing, seized the man, slammed him against a rock wall, and killed him. That Japanese man died after defending himself with weapons. [His actions prevented the residents from going home] for nearly a week. We Hawaiians are proud of brave and fearless men like these Hawaiians who brought fame to our Hawaiian people as brave and fearless people without regard for the weapons of that Japanese man. It is also evidence of the strength of this man, Kanahele, and a symbol of the descendants of Kamehameha as strong people. What we desire for our readers of Ka Hoku o Hawaii on Ni‘ihau is that our greatest praise be extended to these families who did not see death, but saw that the love of the two for their beloved land was greater than [their fear of] death. May God grant strength and life to you all. [Most of the information in this article is from the April 16, 1942, edition of the Honolulu Advertiser, which also includes a photo of the medal.]

256

Na Meahou O Ke Ao Nei. Hoe’a Ae La Ma Wakinekona. Ma ka Poaha o kela pule aku nei i hoea aku ai o Kapena Mizuha o ka puali koa kaulana o Hawaii nei i hoea aku ai no ka kaua ana ma Cassino, Ikalia, mamuli o ka loaa ana aku o kekahi leka kono iaia mai ia Mrs. Eleanor Rusavela aku, ka wahine a ka Peresidena o Amelika. Ua loaa aku kela leka kono mai ia Mrs. Rusavela aku oiai oia e waiho ana ma ka halemai o ka Oihana Koa, mamuli o kona loaa ana i kekahi mau eha oiai make kahua kaua. Ua hoi loa maila oia no Amelika no ka hoi ana aku maloko o kekahi o na Halemai o ka Oihana Kaua, i hiki ai ke loaa iaia na malama kupono ia ana. Ua hoea aku la oia no ke ike ana ia Mrs. Rusavela e like me ke kono i loaa aku iaia, oiai he pokole wale no kona manawa e noho iho ai malaila mamua o kona kau hou ana aku maluna o ke kaaahi. O keia kanaka he hanauna Kepani oia, a ua noho makai a kumukula ma Kauai mamua aku o kona komo ana iloko o ka oihana koa. Oia nohoi ke kanaka mua loa iwaena o na hanauna Kepani i aa mua e komo i ke koa no ka paio ana i ka enemi. Ua alakai pu nohoi oia i kekahi pualikoa i holo aku no Niihau mahope koke iho o ka hoopa-hu ia ana o Puuloa a lawepio maila i na pailaka mokulele Kepani i haule ai i Niihau. Mamuli nohoi o kona makaukau i ke alakai ana i kona pualikoa ma Ikalia i hookau ia mai ai ka Puuwai Poni. —Ka Hoku o Hawaii. 12 April 1944. P. 1. News of the World. Arriving at Washington. On Thursday last week Captain Mizuha, of the famous regiment of Hawai‘i that reached Cassino, Italy, to fight, arrived after receiving a letter of invitation from Mrs. Eleanor Roosevelt, the wife of the President of America. The letter was received from Mrs. Roosevelt while he lay in the military hospital after sustaining injuries while on the battlefield. He returned to America to enter one of the military hospitals in order to receive proper treatment. He arrived to see Mrs. Roosevelt, according to the invitation he received, and spent only a short time there before boarding a train again.

Hoohanohano Ia. Ma ka Poakolu, Aukake 15, i lawelawe ia i kekahi hana hoohanohano i kekahi Hawaii, no kana mau hana wiwoole a pookela loa i hana aku ai maluna o ka enemi. Ma ua la ala, ua hoea ae o Beniamina Kanahele a ku iho la imua o ka alihikaua kiekie loa o kona aina aloha a hoolohe i na olelo kipapale e heluhelu ia aku imua ona a i lilo hoi i mea ole iaia, no ka mea aole ona lohe i ke olelo namu a ka Haole. I ka ua loku i haule iho ai a hoopulu iaia na aliikoa kiekie, ka lakou mau wahine ame na hoa hanohano e ku ana e hoolohe i ko Kenelala Rikikini Opio heluhelu ana mai i kekahi mau hoomaikai elua i kakau pulima ia e Peresidena Rusavela, no ka mahele i lawelawe ia e Beniamina Kanahele mai kahi mokupuni uuku o Niihau ma o ke kupale ana i kona aupuni mai na Kepani mahope iho o ka nihi malu ana mai a hahau ma ka la 7 o Dekemaba, 1941. Mahope iho o ko Kenelala Rikikini heluhelu ana iho i na palapala hoohanohano, ua ku mai la o Rev. Henry P. Judd, a unuhi mai ma ka olelo Hawaii, a o ka olelo wale nohoi i walewaha ia Kanahele. I ka pau ana o na hana hoomanao, aia hoi ua hookau ia aku la ka Medala Hoohanohano o Amelika Huipuia maluna o kona umauma. He medala hoi i haawi ia i kekahi poe kakaikahi loa. Pela no me ka medala Puuwai Poni. E paa ana maloko o kona lima a i hoopili ia ma kona poli ka palapala Hooiaio e hoike ana i ka wiwoole a koa nana i hoolaha a’e i kekahi moolelo kamahao loa ma ke kaua o ka Pakipika. Ua hoopuka mau ia aku nohoi kona moolelo mamua aku nei. Ua hoomaka mai ka la 7 o Dekemaba, 1941 i ka wa o kekahi mokulele Kepani i haule ai ma kahi e kokoke ana ma ka home o Howard Kaleohano, ma Niihau. Me ka mahui mua ole a’e eia kona aina ua komo i ke kaua, ua holo aku la o Kaleohano no kahi o ka mokulele a lawe maila i ka mea kaua a ke pailaka. Mahope iho ua loaa na poe kokua, a waiho ia aku ke Kepani malalo o ke kiai ia ana. O kekahi kanaka o Harada, he kupa Amelika o na hanauna Kepani ame Shinatani, he kanaka o na aina e, kai lawe ia mai i mau maheleolelo, a ua hoike a’e ua pailaka Kepani nei, eia o Iapana ke kaua nei me Amelika. Ua huna koke iho o Kaleohano i ka pu panapana ame na palapala a ua Kepani la. Iwaena o na palapala ka palapala aina o Oahu. No hookahi la ame hookahi po ke kiai ia ana o ka hale o Harada ma ke kauhale o Nii. Ma ka po Poakahi mai ua pii aku la kekahi poe maluna o ka puu o Paniau a hoao aku la e haawi i ka hoailona i Kauai ma o ke Koani ana i ke kukui helepo, oiai aole he kelepona a mea e ae paha e loaa ai o Kauai. Ua paa ia ke pio he elua mau la hou iho, a e hoao ia ana hoi i loaa na kokua ana mai Kauai mai.

War Story

This man, who is Japanese, served as a policeman and school teacher on Kaua‘i before entering the service of the military. He is also the first man among Japanese families who dared to enter the military to fight the enemy. He also led the regiment that went to Ni‘ihau right after the bombing of Pu‘uloa [Pearl Harbor], when the Japanese pilot who crashed on Ni‘ihau took prisoners. After his training, he led a regiment in Italy. He was awarded a Purple Heart.

257

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Haalele Ia Kauhale. Ma ka Poalima mai, Dekemaba 12, ua ike ia aku la na hiohiona o ka poino. Ua hoao maila o Shintani e kipe ia Kaleohano, ma o ke koi ana mai e hoolilo ia aku na pepa a kela Kepani mai ia Kaleohano aku. Ua huli aku la nohoi o Harada a hoolohe i keia pailaka Kepani, a lawe ae la i na mea apau ma ko laua mau lima. I lako me kekahi pu lu i ona la e Harada, ua hele aku la oia me ke pailaka Kepani a hauhoa ia ka home o Kaleohano, a aole i loaa na pepa i huna ia ai. Ua hele aku la laua no kahi o ka mokulele a lawe maila i ka pu mikini. Ua hoea hou aku la no ke kauhale o Nii. Ua loaa aku he poe kakaikahi ma ua kauhale la. Ua noonoo iho la o Kaleohano he mea pono e loaa o na kokua mai waho mai, ua ohi iho la oia he 6 poe no ka holo ana no Kauai. He 15 hora o lakou i hoe aku ai i kekahi waapa a hoea i Kauai.

258

Hoao E Pepehi. No ka piha loa i ka inaina no ka loaa ole ana ka lakou mea i huli ai ua hopu ia na kamaaina. Iwaena o keia poe oia no ka ohana o Kanahele. Ua koi ia mai oia e huli ia Kaleohano, no kona makau o poino ke ola o kona ohana. I ko Kanahele huli hoi ana mai ma ka la 13 o Dekemaba, ua loaa maila na Kepani e hoomakaukau ana e pepehi i kona ohana holookoa. Ua huli ae la o Kanahele a kupapa me ka enemi no ka pu panapana i loaa hou aku i ke Kepani. I ka lilo ana aku o ka pu i ke Kepani, ua huli maila oia a ki ia Kanahele no ekolu manawa, ma kona umauma, kona aoao ame ka wawae. Me ka nana ole a’e i kona eha, ua lalau aku la o Kanahele ma na wawae o ke Kepani a koani ae la a hahau aku la i kona poo i ka pu panapana a make iho la ua Kepani nei. Ia manawa nohoi ua hoohuli ae la o Harada i ka waha o kana pu lu a pili mai la ma kona opu a ki ae la iaia. Ua hoea mai la nohoi na poe kokua mahope koke iho. Ua hoike ia a’e no ka hahau ana o Mrs. Kanahele i ke poo o ka enemi. Ua hoao oia e kokua i kana kane, eia nae ua akeakea ia oia e Harada. Ua haku ia kekahi mele, “Aole E Ia Oe Ke Lawe Ia Niihau, Aole Loa,” a i hookani ia mahope iho o na bana hoohanohano. Ua haku ia keia mele e Alika Anderson. Eia malalo iho nei na mea i unuhi ia ma ka olelo Hawaii a i hooponopono hou ia. Na mokuaina i huiia o Amelika: I na poe apau e ike ana i keia palapala, aloha: Eia ke hooiaio ia nei, e ka Peresidena o na mokuaina huiia o Amelika, e like me ia i kukala ia ai, e Kenelala Wakinekona ma kona home kikowaena ma Newburgh, Nu Ioka, ma ka la 7 o Aukake 1782, e like me ka hana a ka Ahaolelo Lahui, e haawiia keia medala no na hana pookela a Beniamina Hokoko Kanahele, mamuli o kona ano kupaa loa ame kana hana koikoi loa ma ka hooko ana i na hana ano koa, ma ka Mokupuni o Niihau i Dekemaba 7–12, 1941. I kakau ia e kuu pulima ma ke Kulanakauhale o Wakinekona ma keia la elua o Apelila, 1945. Na E. Stettinus Kakauolelo Mokuaina Franklin Roosevelt Alihikaua Nui o na Pualikoa —Ka Hoku O Hawaii. 22 August 1945. P. 2.

Leaving the Village. The following Friday, December 12, there were signs of danger. Shintani tried to convince Kaleohano to surrender the papers of that Japanese man. Harada turned and believed this Japanese pilot. They carried everything in their hands. Harada provided a shotgun. He went with the Japanese pilot to the home of Kaleohano, but they did not find the papers that were hidden. The two went to the site of the airplane and got the machine gun. They went back to the village of Ni‘i [sic: Ki‘i]. There were a few people in

War Story

Honored. On Wednesday, August 15th, a ceremony took place to honor a Hawaiian man for the fearless and superior actions he undertook upon an enemy. On that day, Benjamin Kanahele arrived and stood before the high general on his beloved island and listened to words of tribute being read before him. [Unfortunately, they] were like nothing to him, as he could not understand the language of the white people. As heavy rain poured down, it drenched him, the military leaders, their wives, and the dignitaries who stood to listen to General [Robert C.] Richardson Jr. read two declarations of commendation. They were signed by the hand of President Roosevelt, regarding the part Benjamin Kanahele played from the little island of Ni‘ihau in defense of his country against the Japanese, after the sneak attack on the 7th of December 1941. After General Richardson read the documents of commendation, Reverend Henry P. Judd stood to translate into Hawaiian, the only language Kanahele was fluent in. At the end of the commendation ceremony, the Medal of Honor [sic: Medal for Merit] of the United States was placed on his chest. It is a medal given to very few people, along with the Purple Heart medal, [which he also received]. He held them in his hand and held the certificate of authenticity close to his heart. It recognized his fearlessness and bravery and told of a truly incredible account in the war of the Pacific. His story had already been reported prior to this moment. It began on the 7th of December 1941 when a Japanese airplane crashed near the home of Howard Kaleohano on Ni‘ihau. Unexpectedly, his island had entered the war. Kaleohano ran towards the airplane and took away the weapon of the pilot. Later others assisted, and the Japanese man [fighter pilot Shigenori Nishikaichi] was placed under guard. Another man, Harada [Yoshio Harada], an American citizen who was Japanese, and Shintani [Ishimatsu Shintani], a [Robinson] family attendant, were brought as translators. The Japanese pilot reported that Japan was at war with America. Kaleohano immediately hid the handgun and map of the Japanese man. Among the documents that were found was a map of O‘ahu. For one day and one night he was kept under guard at Harada’s home in the village of Ni‘i [sic: Ki‘i]. On Monday night some people went inland and up Pānī‘au Hill to send a signal to Kaua‘i by waving a lantern, as there was no telephone or anything else for Kaua‘i to receive word. The prisoner was held two more days, and then there was another attempt to obtain help from Kaua‘i.

259

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

the village. Kaleohano thought they needed to get help from outside, so he took 6 people to go to Kaua‘i. They took 15 hours to travel by boat to reach Kaua‘i.

260

Attempt to Kill. Since they [the pilot and Harada] were so angry at not obtaining what they were looking for, they seized some locals. Among these people was a family member of the Kanahele family. He was urged to look for Kaleohano, but was afraid that harm would come to his family. When Kanahele went back on the 13th of December, he found the Japanese men preparing to kill his entire ­family. Kanahele struggled with the enemy for the handgun that the Japanese man had recovered. When the Japanese man obtained the gun, he turned and shot Kanahele three times in the chest, in his side, and in the leg. Without any regard for his wounds, Kanahele grabbed the legs of the Japanese man and swung him around. He beat him on the head with the handgun and killed the Japanese man. At that time Harada turned the mouth of the shotgun to his stomach and shot himself. People came to help right away. It was reported that Mrs. Kanahele struck the head of the enemy. She tried to help her husband, but she was blocked by Harada. A song was composed, “You Are Not Allowed to Take Ni‘ihau. Not At All,” which was played later by the distinguished bands. This song was composed by Alika Anderson [R. Alex Anderson]. Below is what was translated into Hawaiian and edited. The United States of America: To all people witnessing this document, aloha: This is to certify by the President of the United States, according to the reports by General Washington at his home center in Newburgh, New York, on the 7th of August 1782, according to the Legislature, that this medal for best acts be given to Benjamin Hokoko [sic: Hakaka] Kanahele for his complete and essential dedication in performing acts of bravery on the Island of Ni‘ihau on December the 7th to the 12th, 1941. Written by my own hand in the City of Washington on this, the 2nd day of April, 1945. By E. Stettinus, Secretary of State Franklin Roosevelt, Commander of the Army. [The information in this Ka Hoku o Hawaii article was based on a front-page article in English in the August 16, 1945, edition of the Honolulu Advertiser. The Advertiser article also included this paragraph: New Song Introduced. Shortly after the incident it was reported that Mrs. Kanahele had bashed in the head of the pilot while he was being held by her husband. She had tried to come to his assistance but was held off by Harada, her husband says. A song “You Can’t Take Niihau Nohow” was played after the ceremonies yesterday. It was composed by Alec Anderson (sic: R. Alex Anderson) and was in its first presentation. Following are the Hawaiian interpretations made and read to Kanahele by the Reverend Henry Judd. Rev. Judd’s remarks in Hawaiian follow this ­paragraph.]

War Story

Uku No Ka Hana Wiwoole. Mamuli o na hana wiwoole a kekahi Hawaii me ka nana ole a’e i kona ola, oiai, na’e hoi ua loaa iaia na palapu ma kona kino mai na poka o kekahi pu panapana i ki ia mai ai oia, ua lalau aku la oia i ka mea me ka pu a kupapa laua a o ka hopena oia no kona koani ana i ke kino o ka mea me ka pu i ka lewa a hahau aku la iaia i ka pa pohaku, a o ka hopena, ua make ka mea kipu. Oiai, ua ku oia i na poka ekolu i ki ia mai ai, me ka nana ole a’e i ka poino i hekau mai maluna ona, ua lawelawe aku i na hana oi kelakela loa. O ka hopena ua lanakila oia maluna o ka mea kipu. Ua make ka mea kipu a ua pakele mai no ua kanaka. Ua lapaau ia nae oia a ua ola loa oia i keia manawa. Ma kela mau pule aku nei i hoohanohano ia ai oia e Amelika Huipuia ma o Kenelala Likikini la, ke poonui o na mahele kaua ma Pakipika Waena nei. Ua panai ia aku ka uku panai no kana mau hana wiwoole ma o ka hookau ana i ka hoopai o ka make maluna o ka enemi i haule iho ma Niihau. Ua hookau ia aku na medala hoohanohano maluna o Beniamina Kanahele o Niihau, a pela me na palapala hoomaikai no kana hana lua ole i hoouna ia mai e Peresidena Rusavela. Me he mea la o kela Kepani oia paha ka enemi mua loa i pepehiia ai a make, a me he mea la o Kanahele ka mua loa ma Hawaii nei a i ole ma Amelika holookoa i pepehi i kekahi enemi a make. Aole ana mea kaua, aka, o kona mau lima wale no. Hanohano oe e Hawaii i na hana wiwoole a Beniamina Kanahele. Ua lilo na hana a keia kanaka i mea na Hawaii e haaheo ai. —Ka Hoku o Hawaii. 29 August 1945. P. 2. Award for Acts of Bravery. As one of the last acts of bravery by a Hawaiian man [Benjamin Kanahele] without regard for his life, while sustaining injuries to his body from bullets of a handgun, he took hold of the perpetrator with the gun. As the two struggled, he lifted and threw the body of the man possessing the gun against a rock wall, resulting in the death of the man who did the shooting. Although he was shot with three bullets, he performed exceptional acts without regard for the danger to himself. In the end he was victorious over the shooter. The shooter was killed, and the other man [his accomplice] escaped. He [Benjamin Kanahele] was treated [at a hospital on Kaua‘i], and he is fully recovered today. In past weeks [on August 15, 1945], he was honored by the United States of America by General [Robert C.] Richardson, the head of the war department here in the mid-Pacific. He was rewarded for his bravery in administering the punishment of death upon the enemy who crashed [his airplane] on Ni‘ihau. A Medal of Honor [sic: Medal for Merit] was placed upon Benjamin Kanahele of Ni‘ihau, and he was given a certificate of commendation sent by President Roosevelt for his unparalleled acts. It appears that the Japanese man was the first enemy to be killed [in World War II], and that Kanahele is the very first here in Hawai‘i, and in fact, anywhere in America, to have killed an enemy. He had no weapon, just his bare hands. Hawai‘i, you are honored by the acts of bravery of Benjamin Kanahele. The acts of this man have become something for Hawai‘i to be proud of.

261

On Sunday, December 7, 1986, the Sunday Star-Bulletin & Advertiser recognized the 45th anniversary of the attack on Pearl Harbor with a special edition that included an article called “The One-Week War of Niihau Island.” It was written by veteran Star-Bulletin feature writer Burl Burlingame (1953– 2019), who was also an author and historian with a special interest in World War II and wartime aeronautical history. He wrote this introduction to his article: “The incident of the Japanese aviator who landed on Niihau following the attack on Pearl Harbor has long been the subject of wild speculation. The following story, presented in several parts, may be the most accurate account published. It is based on personal interviews, declassified government intelligence documents, medical reports, archival material and a wide variety of previously published magazine articles and books—few of which agree with each other.” Burlingame wrote three more articles to complete his story about the World War II events on Ni‘ihau, which include photographs of many of the people who were involved. He titled his articles: “Armed and Dangerous” (December 8), “Terror in Puuwai” (December 9), and “Fire and Death” (December 10).

Miscellaneous The Hawaiian-language articles in this subsection begin in 1853 and end in 1942. In addition to many place names, they offer miscellaneous information about life on Ni‘ihau, such as descriptions of the first airplanes to fly over the island in 1921, a song written shortly after to commemorate the occasion called the Airship Hula, and an account of the first airplane to land on the island in 1924. Hale Lunamakaainana. Heluhelu mai o W. B. Aka i kekahi palapala hoopii no ka Mokupuni o Niihau, e nonoi ana i wahi moku no lakou e holoholo ia i Kauai.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

1. 2. 3. 4.

262

E haawi aku ke Aupuni. E aeia ia lakou e kii i laau hale no lakou ma Kauai. E noho ka Lunakanawai me lakou. E haawina i manawa e hele ai ka Lunakanawai kaapuni i Niihau no ko lakou mau hoopii. Hooholoia, e hoihoiia i ka Luna o Niihau e mahele i na pauku, a hoihoi hou mai. —Ka Elele. 27 April 1853. P. 12. Legislature. W. B. Aka read an appeal from the island of Ni‘ihau, asking for a boat to travel to Kaua‘i. 1. 2. 3. 4.

The government should grant it. They should be allowed to gather lumber on Kaua‘i for building houses. There should be a judge living among them. There should be a circuit judge who travels to Ni‘ihau to hear their complaints.

He Ninau. (No Ka Hae Hawaii). 1. Pehea la na mea ulu maluna o na aina aupuni, i kupu wale mai, a kii kekahi kanaka e keakea? 2. Pehea na manu lele ma na aina aupuni? 3. Pehea la ka paakai kau wale mai na aina aupuni, i hana ole ia e ka lima kanaka? 4. Pehea na ia holo wale ma na aina aupuni? No na’lii paha, no ka poe nona ka aina, no na makaainana paha, nowai la? E hai mai hoi ka mea ike ma ke kanawai i keia mau ninau, i lohe ka poe hookaumaha wale, e noho ana ma Niihau nei, a me ka poe keakea wale. Owau no me ke aloha i ka lehulehu. W. P. E. Hale. Kaununui, Niihau, Sept. 11, 1857. Aole i kapu ia kela mau mea i na kamaaina o ka aina. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 7 October 1857. P. 111. Questions (for Ka Hae Hawaii). 1. What about plants growing wild on public lands when people go and gather them. Should they be blocked? 2. What about birds flying on public lands? 3. What about salt found naturally on public lands that is not produced by people? 4. What about fish found swimming on public lands? Are they for the royalty or land owners or the locals? Who owns them?

Ke Au Ia Kamehameha V. Mak-Mua. Palapala Hoike A Ke Kuhina Waiwai Imua O Ka Ahaolelo O Ka M. H. 1864. Me ka ae o ka Moi, ke hoike aku nei au ia oukou i keia kumu manao, a ina i aponoia e oukou, e hookoeia pela na dala i loaa mai no na aina aupuni ma Niihau, i mea e hookumuia’i i puu dala ku i ka wa, ke manao nei au he mea pono ke hana pela, a e hoopau ka hoolilo ana aku i ka waiwai o na hanauna e hiki mai ana i mea e pomaikai ai ka hanauna e noho nei. A e waiho ana imua o oukou kekahi Kanawai i hoomakaukauia no neia mea, a na oukou ia e noonoo. Na Ke Akua E Hoola I Ka Moi A Nui Na Makahiki. C. De Varigny, Kuhina Waiwai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 29 October 1864. P. 1. The Era of Kamehameha V. First Year Report of the Minister of Finance Before the Legislature of 1864. With the permission of the king, I report to you on all these subjects. If ap-

Miscellaneous

Let someone knowledgeable in law answer these questions, so that those who are oppressed, living here on Ni‘ihau, can hear, as well as those who seek to stop us. It is I with aloha to the public. W. P. E. Hale. Kaununui, Ni‘ihau, Sept. 11, 1857. Such things are not restricted to the locals of the land. [The commentary is from the editor of the newspaper.]

263

proved by you, proceeds will be set aside to establish a special fund for government land on Ni‘ihau. I believe it is necessary to do this and to cease spending the funds of the future generation in order to benefit the current generation. Before you is a law prepared for this purpose for your consideration. May God save the king and grant him many years. C. De Varigny, Minister of Finance. Ka Hoomana Kahiko. Helu 5. Ke Kumu O Ko Pele Haalele Ana Ia Kahiti. Kona Hiki Mua Ana I Hawaii Nei, A Me Kona Noho Ana. Ma Niihau kahi i hiki mua’i o Pele, a malaila kona wahi i k-a mua’i ia aina, a no ka papau, a me ka loaa koke o ke kai, ua haalele oia ia Niihau: A komo oia ia Kauaiomanokalanipo, aia ma Puuopai kana wahi i eli ai, a no ka papau oia aina, a me ke komo o ke kai, oia kona mea i haalele ai ia Kauai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 2 February 1865. P. 1. The Ancient Religion. Volume 5. The Reason Pele Left Tahiti. Her First Arrival Here in Hawai‘i and Her Life. Ni‘ihau is where Pele first arrived and that is where she first struck into the earth. But since it was so shallow, and she struck the sea so quickly, she left Ni‘ihau and went to Kaua‘iomanokalanipō at Pu‘u‘ōpae, where she dug in. But since the land was so shallow, she tapped into the sea, and that is why she left Kaua‘i.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Hunahuna Mea Hou O Hawaii Nei. No Niihau. Iloko o ka malama o Augate i kunewa’e nei; ua holo aku o Kupahu e makaikai i kona Kihapai ma Niihau, a ua hoi mai oia ma Kauai; a mahope aku, alaila holo hou oia me Kauka Mika e hooponopono ai i kona noho ana e like me ke kauoha o ka Papa Hawaii. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 16 September 1865. P. 2. Bits of News of Hawai‘i. On Ni‘ihau. In the month of August just past, Kūpahu sailed to survey his small farm on Ni‘ihau and came back to Kaua‘i afterwards. Then he went again with Dr. Mika to arrange his livelihood, according to the orders of the Hawaiian Board.

264

Hana O Ka La 5 O Iune. Ka uku o ka Lunakanawai o Waimea, Kauai, a me Niihau. Olelo hooholo, e hoololi i $600. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 16 June 1866. P. 1. Actions on the 5th of June. The salary of the Judge of Waimea, Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau. Decision: changed to $600. Papa Pololei o na Lunamakaainana No Ka Makahiki 1870. Mokupuni o Kauai. Waimea a me Niihau, S. K. Kuapu‘u. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 19 February 1870. P. 3. Correct Roster of [the Legislative] Representatives for the Year 1870. Island of Kaua‘i. Waimea and Ni‘ihau: S. K. Kuapu‘u.

He Kanawai E Hoololi Ai I Ka Pauku 498 O Ke Kanawai Kivila. E Hooholoia e ka Moi a me ka Hale Ahaolelo o ko Hawaii Pae Aina i akoakoa iloko o ka Ahaolelo Kau Kanawai o ke Aupuni: Pauku 1. E hoololi ia a ma keia ke hoololi ia nei ka Pauku 498, o ke Kanawai Kivila a penei a heluhelu ia ai. Pauku 498. I mea e pono ai ka Oihana auhau ka Oihana Hoonaauao a me ka Oihana Hookolokolo e mahele ia na Mokupuni o keia Pae Aina penei. E mahele ia ka Mokupuni o Hawaii ewalu apana penei. 1 Hilo. 2 Puna. 3 Kau. 4 Kona Hema. 5 Kona Akau. 6 Kohala Hema. 7 Kohala Akau. 8 Hamakua. E mahele ia na Mokupuni o Maui, Molokai, Lanai, Kahoolawe, i eono apana penei. 1 mai Kahakuloa, a i Ukumehame a e hookomo pu ia Kahoolawe a e kapa ia oia ka apana o Lahaina. 2 mai Waihee, a i Honuaula a e kapa ia oia ka apana o Wailuku. 3 Kahikinui, Kaupo, Kipahulu, Hana a me Koolau, a e kapa ia oia ka apana o Hana. 4 Hamakualoa, Hamakuapoko, Kaliimaile, Makawao me Kula, a e kapa ia oia ka apana o Makawao. 5 Molokai. 6 Lanai. E mahele ia ka Mokupuni o Oahu i elima apana penei. 1 mai Maunalua a i Moanalua a e kapa ia oia ka apana o Honolulu. 2 Ewa me Waianae a e kapa ia oia ka apana o Ewa. 3 Waialua. 4 Koolauloa. 5 Koolaupoko. E mahele ia na Mokpuni o Kauai a me Niihau i eono apana penei. 1 mai Nualolo, ai Hanapepe a e kapa ia oia ka apana o Waimea. 2 mai Wahiawa a i Mahaulepu, a e kapa ia oia ka apana o Koloa. 3 mai Kipu a i Wailua, a e kapa ia oia ka apana o Lihue. 4 mai Waipouli a i Kilauea e kapa ia oia ka apana o Kawaihau. 5 mai Kalihiwai a i Honopu a e kapa ia oia ka apana o Hanalei. 6 Niihau. Pauku 2. E lilo keia i Kanawai mai kona la e hooholoia ai. Aponoia i keia la 1 o Augate M.H. 1878. Kalakaua R. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 7 September 1878. P. 1. A Law to Amend Article 498 of the Civil Code. Be it resolved by the monarch and the legislature of the Hawaiian Islands gathered together in the Legislative Session of the government: Article 1: Be it resolved and by this, Article 498 of the Civil Code is amended to read in the following way: Article 498: In consideration of the Tax Office, the Department of Educa-

Miscellaneous

Na Anoai. Ma ka lono i loaa mai ia makou, ua haiia mai, ua malama ia ke koho balota alua ana no na Lunamakaainana no Waimea, Kauai, ma ka la 1 iho nei, a ua kohoia o J. Kauai, no na balota he 166, a o J. H. Kapuniai he 128. Ma keia hana ana, aole i koho ko Niihau poe, oiai aole lakou i lohe aku mai na luna koho i ka manawa e koho ai. —Ka Lahui Hawaii. 9 March 1876. P. 3. The News. According to a report we received, we were told that the second election for Judge of Waimea, Kaua‘i was held on the 1st of the month, and J. Kaua‘i was elected with 166 votes. J. H. Kapuni‘ai received 128 votes. In this action, the people of Ni‘ihau did not vote, as they had not heard from the electoral leaders when the vote would be held.

265

tion, and the Justice Department, the islands of the Hawaiian Islands shall be divided accordingly: The island of Hawai‘i is to be divided into eight districts: 1. Hilo 2. Puna 3. Ka‘ū 4. South Kona 5. North Kona 6. South Kohala 7. North Kohala 8. Hāmākua. The islands of Maui, Moloka‘i, Lāna‘i, Kaho‘olawe are to be divided into six districts accordingly: 1. Kahakuloa to Ukumehame, including Kaho‘olawe shall be called the district of Lāhaina. 2. Waihe‘e to Honua‘ula shall be called the district of Wailuku. 3. Kahikinui, Kaupō, Kīpahulu, Hāna and Ko‘olau shall be called the district of Hāna. 4. Hāmākualoa, Hāmākuapoko, Hāli‘imaile, Makawao and Kula shall be called the district of Makawao. 5. Moloka‘i. 6. Lāna‘i. The island of O‘ahu shall be divided into five districts accordingly: 1. Maunalua to Moanalua shall be called the district of Honolulu. 2. ‘Ewa and Wai‘anae shall be called the district of ‘Ewa. 3. Waialua. 4. Ko‘olauloa. 5. Ko‘olaupoko. The islands of Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau shall be divided into six districts: 1. Nu‘alolo to Hanapēpē shall be called the district of Waimea. 2. Wāhiāwā to Māhā‘ulepū shall be called the district of Kōloa. 3. Kīpū to Wailua shall be called the district of Līhu‘e. 4. Waipouli to Kīlauea shall be called the district of Kawaihau. 5. Kalihiwai to Honopū shall be called the district of Hanalei. 6. Ni‘ihau. Article 2: This shall be made into law from the day it is ratified. Ratified today, August 1, 1878. Kalākaua R. [The letter “R” stands for Rex: King.] Na Luna Nupepa O “Ko Hawaii Pae Aina” I Ka 1882. I mea e pohihihi ole ai ka lehulehu, a e nui ole ai ka huikau o ka poe makemake lawe i kakou Hiwahiwa, ke hoolaha aku nei maua ma ko akea i na inoa o na Luna pepa no keia makahiki ae a me na apana kahi o lakou e noho Luna ai penei:

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Niihau—M. W. Keale. J. U. a me B. W. Kawainui, Na Luna Hoopuka a Luna Hooponopono. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 31 December 1881. P. 3. The Supervisors of the Newspaper Ko Hawaii Pae Aina in 1882. The names of the supervisors of the newspaper for this upcoming year and the districts they oversee are:

266

Ni‘ihau M. W. Keale J. U. and B. W. Kawainui. Publishing Directors and Editors. [This is an excerpt from a long list of names from Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau.] A Fishy Yarn. Some of the natives here [on Kaua‘i], and on the neighboring island of Ni‘ihau, will not hesitate to fight with a shark. One native, who is renowned for his daring and success in such combats, lives in Kekaha [on Kaua‘i]. His name is Lilo; he is a man of between fifty and sixty years of age. Tourists who wish to satisfy themselves about the truth of the shark-fighting stories may have heard they can always command the services of this man. Lilo has been known to take down as many as ten ropes with him and noose with them an equal num-

ber of sharks, which he discovered in a single cave. This sort of sport could, of course, not be indulged in but for the fact that the sharks are sound sleepers, probably being in a half torpid state through being gorged with food. It is chiefly at the hours of sunrise and sunset that they are thus found asleep. —Evening Bulletin. 12 March 1884. P. 2.

Na Mea Hou o Kauai. Nui ka ua o Hanalei me na Koolau. Ua hiki mai o Kapena J. Ross ke Komite o ka H.H.A.Aina, a ua kakauinoa aku kekahi poe mai ka elemakule a na keiki iluna ke alo ma o na makua la. He poe no kekahi i makemake i ka hoohuiaina, koe wale no ka maopopo ole ina e loaa a loaa ole paha ka pono koho balota i na makaainana Hawaii ke hui io. Ua malamaia he halawai o ka poe o ka aoao hoohuiaina ma Hanalei, a ua nui kamailio me ka holopono ole o na hana i lawelaweia. He nui no ko Kealia poe i makemake i ka hoohuiaina a ua kakauinoa kekahi poe, pela me ko Lihue, a o ka oi loa aku ma Waimea a me Niihau. Mahope iho o ka wehewehe pono ana o kekahi mea i ko Kalalau poe e pili ana i ka hoohuiaina, ua nui ko lakou kahaha no ke kakau ana malalo o ka Ross palapala hookamani. Elua la ona ma Kalalau me elua po, a he lawaia ulua ka hana. Maikai no ke komite o ka Hui Hawaii Aloha Aina. No na olelo a ke komite aloha aina i ke kipakuia o na paahana e na haku hana o Kauai no ke kakauinoa ole malalo o ka hoohuiaina, he hoopunipuni wale no. E lawe ia Kilauea, Kealia, Lihue a me Waimea, o na haku hana mea aina o keia mau wahi, ua waiho aku na na kanaka e hooholo no lakou iho. Ua pau ka wili ana o na mai hiko o Kilauea me Hanalei. Aole i pau ko Enoka Kahele lawe leta ana, e like me na laukua olelo he nui. Nana no i hoopiipii kai ae a malie wale iho no, ua hoole piha oia i ke kakauinoa i ka hoohuiaina no ke aloha i ka Moiwahine. Ke hoala nei he mau Hawaii o Hanalei i Hui Hana Kalo Palaoa me hana poi. Huliamahi nui na kanaka o Waimea i ke kanu ai a pela ko Kalalau me Hanalei. Aole e holopono na hana mahiai ke nele kakou i ka hoohuiaina. Kapalililauakomakana. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 29 April 1893. P. 1. News of Kaua‘i. It is very rainy in Hanalei and Ko‘olau. Captain J. Ross, committee member of the H.H.A.‘Āina [Hui Hawai‘i Aloha ‘Āina] organization arrived and registered some elderly men, some children and their parents. There were people who wanted annexation, but others who did not know whether Hawaiian citizens would have voting rights under annexation. A meeting was held among annexationists in Hanalei. There was much discussion, but the proposed objectives were not successfully passed. There were many in Keālia who desired annexation and some were

Miscellaneous

Apana Koho Eono. Na Mokupuni O Kauai A Me Niihau. Mahele Koho Ekahi. Mokupuni o Niihau, kahi koho, Halekula. —Ke Aloha Aina. 4 August 1900. P. 5. Voting District Six. The Islands of Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau. Voting Precinct One. Island of Ni‘ihau, voting location, schoolhouse.

267

r­ egistered. It was much the same in Līhu‘e, but this was especially true in Waimea and Ni‘ihau. After someone explained annexation to the residents of Kalalau, they were astonished that there were some who registered under Ross’s hypocritical document. He was in Kalalau over two days and two nights fishing for ulua [giant trevally: figuratively people]. The Hui Hawai‘i Aloha ‘Āina committee member is doing well. [Hui Hawai‘i Aloha ‘Āina, or Hawaiian Patriotic League, was a nationalist organization that formed after the overthrow of Queen Lili‘uokalani on January 17, 1893. Its members opposed the overthrow and the subsequent attempt to annex Hawai‘i to the United States.]

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Nuhou Kuloko O Kauai. Ke hiu a wela mai nei na keiki o Niihau i keia mau la, a he nui ke akule e laweia mai nei mai Niihau mai. He i’a hoi i kaulana ma kona moolelo: “Wehe ke akule i ka hohonu.” Eia nae he loaa wale no i ka upena hoolei, e hei ana he mau kaau i ka hoolei hookahi ana; aia no ka hohonu o ke kai i ke kuli. J. W. Kawailiula. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 23 February 1906. P. 5. Local News of Kaua‘i. The boys of Ni‘ihau are really getting into it these days, and there are a lot of akule fish being taken from Ni‘ihau. This is a famous fish in [this saying]: “The akule fish takes off to the deep.” But they are easily caught by thrownets and many ka‘au [counts of 40] are caught in one throw of the net. The depth of the water is only at the knees. J. W. Kawaili‘ulā. [The reference to the saying about akule is explained in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 2925: “Wehe ke akule i ka hohonu. The akule fish takes off to the deep. Said of one who removes himself from the scene of trouble.”]

268

Wae Na Mokupuni Mawaho Ae I Ka Lakou Mau Moho Like Ole. Piha Pono Ka Wae Ana A Na Repubalika I Na Moho No Na Kulana Lehulehu Me Ka Hiki Ole I Na Demokarata Ke Kula’i. Ka Hopena o ke Koho Ana ma Kauai. No ke koho baloka i malamaia no na moho elele lahui ma Kauai, ua hiki ole i ka heluna baloka o Louisson ame Likana ke hoohuiia, ke lihi launa aku i ka lanakila i loaa ia Kuhio. Ma ka hoike mua loa i loaa mai me ke koe o ka Mokupuni o Niihau, o keia iho na baloka no na moho elele lahui: Kuhio, 490; Louisson, 45; Likana, 191. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 13 October 1916. P. 1. The Outer Islands Select Their Various Candidates. Republicans Make All of Their Choices for Candidates for a Wide Range of Positions that Democrats Are Unable to Topple. The Result of the Election on Kaua‘i. Regarding the election that was held for candidates for Representative on Kaua‘i, ballots for Louisson and Likana combined did not amount to a sufficient number, with Kūhiō winning by a comfortable margin. In the very first report, not including the island of Ni‘ihau, these are the ballots cast for Representative candidates: Kūhiō, 490; Louisson, 45; Likana, 191.

Airship Hula. He mele he inoa no ka airship, Hoa hele o ka ua me ka makani, Ua like me ka iwa kauaheahe, Hano haweo o eke ike aku; He iwa ia i hana luna ia, E ka ike noeau a ke akamai, Ala wa ae oe ani ka makani, Haaheo i ka lewa koiuiu. Ua ike na pua a Kahelelani, I ka iwa kamahao e kaulana nei, Ke hale ia la e Keaeloa, Ma na aekai pali a o Kona; Eaha ana oe e ka Unulau. Me ke ko eli lima o Halalii. He iwa mai au no ke kaona, A he u’i no ka Ua Kukalahale. I hale kipa oe e Kawailoa, Ko kapa lauulu i ka hapapa, Papa olelo me ka Moae, E ka paepae kapu a o Hiiaka; He aka ehukai no Leahi, E hooipo ana me ka inuwai, Owai nei kupueau o ka lewa, E hooheno nei me ka Naulu.

Miscellaneous

O Ia Mau No Na Kohikelekele O Ka Uanoe. Hoea hou mai la na mokulele ma o’u halekukui nei i kela pule aku la, a kau hoola’i iho la maluna pono, no ka haawi ana iho i ke aloha i ka hae Amerika, oiai ia e pulelo haaheo ana i ka makani i na la apau. O na moku aeko helu 8, 6 ame ka helu 40 ka i ukali pu mai i ka huakai i na mokulele, no ka mokupuni o Kauai nei, a hala loa aku no Niihau, e makaikai ai: o na mokulele no hoi maluna, na moku aeko no hoi malalo, he ku no hoi i ka nani ke nana aku, a huli hoi aku la lakou apau loa, no ko lakou wahi hoolulu ma Puuloa. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 18 March 1921. P. 8. The Misty Rains Continue the Rich Foods. The airplanes came back again to my lighthouse here last week and flew steadily directly above it to pay tribute to the American flag. It waves proudly in the wind every day. The Eagle Boats, numbers 8, 6, and 40, accompanied the journey of the airplanes heading here to the island of Kaua‘i and on to Ni‘ihau to make a tour. There were airplanes above and Eagle Boats below, so beautiful to look at, and then they all turned back to their stations at Pu‘uloa [Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu]. [Eagle Boats were patrol craft, smaller than destroyers, that were commissioned as USS Eagle Boat 1, 2, and so on. During the spring of 1921, the Naval Air Service conducted an aerial survey of the Hawaiian Islands, including Ni‘ihau, using airplanes, which were supported by several Eagle Boats serving as t­ enders.]

269

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 270

He iwa no ka Ua Kukalahale, He elele no ke aupuni aeto, E kilohi iho ana i kou nani, Na kihi eha o ka aina, E na’i hele ana puni Niihau, Hoako kauoha o ke aupuni, E niniu poahi ana i ka lewa, Hoola’i i kea he a ka mikioi. Ka makani kaulana o ka aina, Nowelo i ka piko olu o Lehua, Ke huli hoi la iwa kamanao, Ma na ale holu o Kaulakahi; Akahi a @ i ka mea nani; E kaulana nei puni ka honua, O ka Makua lani kiekie loa, Nana i kokua nei hana nui. Haina ka inoa o iwa kamahao, Ke elele o ke aupuni aeto. Hakuia e Ka Opua O Ka Liula. Mrs. K. H. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 17 June 1921. P. 2. Airship Hula. A song, a name for the airship Traveling companion of the rain and wind Like the ‘iwa bird headed for the heavens You glow proudly to look at An ‘iwa bird made by hand By the clever knowledge of ingenuity You glance over and the wind blows Proudly in the distant atmosphere The children of Kahelelani saw The famous and wondrous ‘iwa Housed at Keaeloa [sic: Kalaeloa] On the sea cliffs of Kona What are you doing, Unulau wind With the sugar cane dug by hand at Halāli‘i I am an ‘iwa bird of town And the Kūkalahale rain is so beautiful As a home for you to visit, Kawailoa [sic: Kawaihoa] Your covering of ‘ulu leaves on the coral Having a conversation with the Moa‘e wind Oh, sacred platform of Hi‘iaka A shadowy seaspray from Lē‘ahi Making love to the Inuwai wind Who is this hero of the sky Giving tribute with the Nāulu wind An ‘iwa bird of the Kūkalahale rain A delegate of the government of eagles

Ike Maka Ko Niihau I Ka Mokulele. No ka manawa mua loa, i ike maka ai na kanaka o Niihau, i ka hoea ana aku o kekahi Mokulele, maluna o kela mokupuni, ma ka Poaha o ka pule aku la i hala, i kulike ai me kekahi meahou, o ka loaa ana mai i Honolulu nei, mai Lihue mai. No kekahi manawa ae nei i hala, i holo aku ai ka mokuahi Kukui no Kauai, me kekahi o na Mokulele, no ke pa’i ana i na kii o Kauai, Niihau ame Kaula, a ma ka Poaha i hala, i hookoia aku ai ia hana me ka holopono loa. I ka haalele ana iho ia Kauai, ua lele mua aku la ka Mokulele no Niihau, me ke pa’i ana i ke kii o kela mokupuni mailuna mai o ka lewa, a hookuu iho la noluna o ka aina. Ua lilo kela hookuu ana iho o ka Mokulele ilalo, i mea ano hou loa i na kanaka o Niihau, me ka hele okoa ana mai o kekahi poe e nana i ka Mokulele, eia nae, aole o lakou hookokoke mai i kela moku, aka e ku mamao aku ana lakou, ma kahi o ka hapaha mile, mai ka mokulele aku. Mai Niihau, i hoomaka aku ai ka moku e lele noluna o ka lewa, no Kaula, me ke pa’iia ana o ke kii o kela mokupuni, alaila huli hoi hou mai la no Niihau, me ke pa’i hou ana i kekahi mau kii, alaila hoi loam ai la no Hanamaulu, a ma ka

Miscellaneous

Gazing at your beauty The four corners of the land Conquering all over Ni‘ihau Fulfilling the orders of the government Making circles in the distant sky Resting calm in the gusts of the Mikioi wind A famous wind of the land Searching for the pleasant center of Lehua The amazing ‘iwa bird returns home Over the undulating waves of Kaulakahi Finally, I have seen the beautiful thing Spreading in fame all over the world The highest heavenly father Who supported this great creation Tell the name of the amazing ‘iwa bird The delegate of the eagle government. (Composed by Ka ‘Ōpua O Ka Li‘ulā.) Mrs. K. H. [This mele was written to honor the first airplanes that flew over Ni‘ihau several months earlier. The composer compares the “airship” to an ‘iwa, the great frigate bird, a seabird that often glides at great heights above the ocean. The word “airship” was written in English in the original article instead of mokulele (“flying ship”), the Hawaiian word for airplane. The “eagle” references are to the US Navy’s Eagle Boats that accompanied the airplanes as tenders. The place name “Kalaeloa” is the Hawaiian name of Barber’s Point on O‘ahu, while the place name “Kona” refers to the district on Ni‘ihau. The words “town” (kaona) and “Kūkalahale rain” (Ua Kukalahale) refer to Honolulu, O‘ahu.]

271

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Poalima ae, i wehewehe ia ai kela mokulele, a hookauia maluna o ka mokuahi kukui, a ma ia ahiahi no, i huli hoi mai ai ke Kukui no Honolulu nei. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 17 June 1924. P. 2. The People of Ni‘ihau See an Airplane. For the very first time the people of Ni‘ihau witnessed the arrival of an airplane on that island. It arrived on Thursday last week, and the news was received here in Honolulu from Līhu‘e. Recently the steamship Kukui sailed for Kaua‘i with some of the airplanes to take photos of Kaua‘i, Ni‘ihau, and Ka‘ula, and last Thursday this was done successfully. After departing from Kaua‘i, the airplane made its first flight for Ni‘ihau, taking photos of that island from up in the sky. Then it landed on the island. This landing of the airplane on land is something new for the people of Ni‘ihau. All the people came to look at the airplane, but they would not approach it. Instead, they stood far away, about a quarter mile from the airplane. From Ni‘ihau the craft flew up into the sky for Ka‘ula to take photos of that island. Then it turned back to Ni‘ihau to take more photos, and then turned back to Hanamā‘ulu. On the following Friday, that airplane was dismantled and loaded onto the steamship Kukui, and that evening the Kukui turned back and returned to Honolulu. [The people of Ni‘ihau had seen airplanes flying overhead as early as 1921, but this was the first time they saw one up close, when an airplane landed on the island.]

272

Commercial Aviation in Hawaii Near. Commander of Naval Squadron Sees Possibilities. Ideal Conditions. Nawiliwili Provides Good Anchorages for Sea Planes. (By the Associated Press) The potentialities of inter-island commercial aviation were exemplified by the recent trip of the aircraft tenders Aroostook and Gannet and four seaplanes of Scoutplane Squadron No. 2 to Kauai on reconnaissance, Capt. Stanford E. Moses, commander of the aircraft squadrons, U.S. Battle fleet, said yesterday. The visit was made for the purpose of mapping the waters to the westward of Oahu and investigate seaplane anchorages off Kauai and Niihau. The planes circled over the two islands, taking photographs from the air and tested the most favorable anchorages found. Captain Moses said that Nawiliwili has excellent anchorages for seaplanes. “It should not be very many years before passenger and other mail planes will be daily service between Kauai, Oahu and the other island of the group,” Captain Moses said. Planes Are Faster. “The value that would attach to commercial aviation is shown by the fact that the Aroostook left Port Allen at midnight for Pearl Harbor. The seaplanes left at 6:30 a.m. They passed over the Aroostook at 8 a.m. and arrived in Pearl Harbor three hours before the Aroostook. The sea was choppy but the air was smooth.” Captain Moses pointed out that inauguration of commercial aviation would

be a boom to the tourist bureau to a great extent. He pointed out that a tourist who wished to see Kauai could fly to that island, fly over it, view Waimea canyon from the air and return to Honolulu the next morning in comfort. He praised the hospitality of the residents of Kauai. Captain William M. Gorman, harbormaster at Port Allen, was a passenger in one of the planes returning to Honolulu. Paul Rice, who entertained officers of the detachment extensively, flew around Kauai and Niihau. —Honolulu Advertiser. 13 July 1925. P. 1. [This article was translated into Hawaiian in the July 16, 1925, edition of Ka Nupepa Kuokoa and titled Kokoke Loa E Lilo O Ka Lewa I Wahi Hana Kalepa, The Sky Is Soon to Become a Venue for Commercial Service.] Hanohano Niihau. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Hanohano Niihau kuu aina, Haaheo i ka maka a o kaopua. He pua lei au na Kahelelani, Milimili na ka la welo i Lehua. Ilihia i ka nani o ka aina, I ka loku a e ka ua Naulu. Hoi no e pili me ke aloha, Na makani kaulana o ka aina. E ola e ka wehi o ka aina, I ka mana kahikolu malamalama. Haina kapuana i lohe ia, Hanohano Niihau kuu aina.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Ni‘ihau is honored, my homeland Proud in the center of the large cloud I am a lei of flowers of Kahelelani Caressed by the sun passing over to Lehua Overcome with the beauty of the land As the Nāulu rain pelts down I go home to be with my love The famous winds of the land May the beauty of the land live on Saved by the power of the enlightened trinity Tell the refrain so that all may hear Ni‘ihau is honored, my homeland (Composed by Mrs. Kīpola Hulu‘aulani.)

Vital Statistics The articles in this subsection are a series of public notices from 1836 to 1902 that provide information about births, deaths, and marriages of Ni‘ihau residents. These brief notices include not only personal names, but also the dates and places where these events occurred. They show that in addition to Pu‘uwai, the village where everyone lives today, Ni‘ihau residents once lived in many places on the island.

Vital Statistics

(Hakuia e Mrs. Kipola Huluaulani.) —Ka Hoku O Hawaii. 20 May 1942. P. 1. Ni‘ihau Is Honored.

273

This subsection also includes two early population counts for Ni‘ihau, 1836 and 1853. A third population count for 1864, the year the island was purchased, is located in the Christianity subsection. Ka Helu Ana O Kanaka. Niihau. O na kanaka a pau ma Niihau, 1,079. —Ke Kumu Hawaii. 13 April 1836. P. 30. The Census. Ni‘ihau. All the people of Ni‘ihau, 1,079. Summary of Census Returns, Taken Dec. ’53 [1853]. Natives. Island of Niihau. Men: 392. Women: 398. Total: 790. —The Polynesian. 18 March 1855. P. 2.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Make. Ua make iho nei kekahi wahine i ka la 2 o Aperila nei, a i ka la 3 kona loaa ana maloko o ka wai kahi i palemo ai, o keia wahine he nui no; o kona mau makahiki 30 a keu, o ka inoa o keia wahine o Wiwi. Kaununui, Niihau, Ap. 13. P. R. Holi. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 6 May 1857. P. 23. Deaths. A woman died on the 2nd of April. She was found on the 3rd in the water where she fell. She was a large woman in her 30s. The name of the woman was Wīwī. Kaununui, Ni‘ihau, April 13. P. R. Holi. [In the May 27, 1857, notice that follows, Wīwī’s date-of-death is given as April 20.]

274

Hanau. I ka la 12 o Ianuari hanau mai o Keamopahu, keikikane a Puko laua o Halawai, ma Waimae, Niihau. I ka la 26 o Ianuari hanau mai o Kalaauawa, ma Lehua, Niihau, kaikamahine a Sapati laua o Naniuela. I ka la 26 o Ianuari hanau mai o Kanunukaupo, kaikamahine a K. I ka la 27 o Maraki hanau mai o Kahihihaupea, kaikamahine a Kalalau laua o Tina ma Pukaiki, Niihau. I ka la 29 o Maraki hanau mai o Owaanuikaniamea, kaikamahine a Lawai laua o Naaikukue, ma Kaloholua, Niihau. I ka la 1 @ o Aperila hanau o Make, keikikani [sic: keikikane] a Kaiwi laua o Namauu, Kii, Niihau. I ka la 28 o Aperila hanau o Kaneakalau, keikikane a Kaneapua laua o Kaumu@hua, ma Kaununui, Niihau. Make. I ka la 20 o Ianuari ua make o Ohule, Pohueloa, Niihau, he 30 kona mau makahiki, o ka pehu kona mai. I ka la 25 o Ianuari, ua make o Kalipo ma Puheheke, Niihau, o ka maka piapia kona mai.

Hanau. Iune 24, ma Kaunuakaha, Niihau, hanau o Kaike w, na Kalimahuluhulu me Kalelehonua. Iulai 13, ma Kamalino, Niihau, hanau o Kaulana w, na Puuiki me Hoonaniwahine. Iulai 31, [ma] Kahio, Niihau, hanau o Kahaolemana k, na Maa me Paio. Auk. 19, ma Puuwai, Niihau, hanau o Papaleuahi k, na Nohu me Pihe.

Vital Statistics

I ka la 4 of Maraki, ua make o Kalaiki, ma Kahaino, Niihau, he 70 kona mau makahiki. He lolo kona mai. I ka la 6 o Maraki, ua make o Nanukuwaiki, he 65 a keu kona mau makahiki, o ka pehu kona mai. I ka la 23 o Maraki, ua make o Kaina, ma Hapalua, Niihau, he 27 kona mau makahiki. He alaala kona mai. I ka la 20 o Aperila, ua make o Wiwi, ma Lae [Loe], Niihau, he 43 a keu kona mau makahiki, o ka pupule kona mai. I ka la 7 o Aperila, ua make o Owaanuikaniamea, ma Kalohalua, Niihau, he 10 kona mau la. O ka aki kona mai. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 27 May 1857. P. 35. Births. On the 12th of January, Keamopahu was born, son of Pūkō and Hālāwai in Waima‘e, Ni‘ihau. On the 26th of January, Kalā‘au‘awa was born at Lehua, Ni‘ihau, daughter of Sapati and Nāniuela. On the 26th of January, Kanūnūkaupō was born, daughter of K. On the 27th of March, Kahihihaupe‘a was born, daughter of Kalalau and Tina at Pukaiki, Ni‘ihau. On the 29th of March, ‘Oāānuikaniamea was born, daughter of Lāwa‘i and Nā‘aikuku‘e at Kalohōlua, Ni‘ihau. On the 1@ of April, Make was born, son of Kaiwi and Nāmau‘u, Ki‘i, Ni‘ihau. On the 28th of April, Kāneakalau was born, son of Kāne‘āpua and Kaumulehua, in Kaununui, Ni‘ihau. Deaths. On the 20th of January, ‘Ōhule died, Pōhueloa, Ni‘ihau. He was 30 years old and was afflicted with swelling. On the 25th of January, Kalipo died at Pūheheke, Ni‘ihau, afflicted with eye infection. On the 4th of March, Kalaiki died at Kaha‘ino, Ni‘ihau. He/she was 70 years old and was afflicted with a stroke. On the 6th of March, Nānukuwaikī died. He/she was more than 65 years old and was afflicted with swelling. On the 23rd of March, Kaina died at Hapalua, Ni‘ihau. He/she was 27 years old and was afflicted with tuberculosis. On the 20th of April, Wīwī died at Lae, Ni‘ihau. She was more than 43 years old and was afflicted with insanity. On the 7th of April, ‘Oāānuikaniamea died at Kalohālua, Ni‘ihau. She was 10 days old. She was afflicted with chronic head pain.

275

Auk. 19, ma Kauhuhu, Niihau, hanau o Kaaeae k, na Kaniu me Kaniupoloula. Sept. 5, ma Hapalua, Niihau, hanau o Kamaaihue k, na Pepee me ­Makahookahi. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 30 September 1857. P. 107. Births. June 24, at Kaunuakaha, Ni‘ihau, Ka‘ike (f) was born to Kalimahuluhulu and Kalelehonua. July 13, at Kamalino, Ni‘ihau, Kaulana (f) was born to Pu‘uiki and Ho‘onaniwahine. July 31, [at] Kahiō, Ni‘ihau, Kahaolemana (m) was born to Ma‘a and Paio. Aug. 19, at Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau, Pāpaleuahi (m) was born to Nohu and Pihe. Aug. 19, at Kauhuhu, Ni‘ihau, Kāne‘ae (m) was born to Kaniu and Kaniupolo‘ula. Sept. 5, at Hapalua, Ni‘ihau, Kama‘aihue (m) was born to S. Pepe‘e and Makaho‘okahi.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Hanau. Ian. 27, ma Loe, Niihau, hanau o Kekauakakumuole k, na Hina me Hue. Feb. 7, ma Waimae, Niihau, hanau o Rode w, na Kukuele me Kao. Make. Feb. 9, ma Kaununui, Niihau, make o Kahiwalani. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 10 March 1858. P. 199. Births. Jan. 27, at Loe [sic: Lae], Ni‘ihau, Kekanakakumu‘ole (m) was born to Hina and Hu‘e. Feb. 7, at Waima‘e, Ni‘ihau, Rode (f) was born to Kukū‘ele and Kao. Deaths. Feb. 9, at Kaununui, Ni‘ihau, Kahiwalani died.

276

Mare. Augate 16, ma Kaununui, Niihau, mare o E. H. Kaluaikai me Moha. Na Nawahinelua laua i mare. Hanau. Augate 6, ma Kii, Niihau, hanau o Kaualulehua k. Na Kaiwi me Namauu. Aug. 20, ma Halulu, Niihau, hanau o Kauaimokuokaha k. Na Kinikeoki me Naamau. Make. Mei 29, ma Puheheke, Niihau, make o Kamakahelu k. Iulai 7, ma Lehua, Niihau, make o Kamaa k; malaila no make o Mose. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 8 September 1858. P. 91. Marriages. August 16, at Kaununui, Ni‘ihau, E. H. Kalua‘ikai married Mōhā. Nāwāhinelua married them. Births. August 6, at Ki‘i, Ni‘ihau, Kaualūlehua (m) was born to Kaiwi and Nāmau‘u. Aug. 20, at Halulu, Ni‘ihau, Kauaimokuokaha (m) was born to Kinikeoki and Nā‘ama‘u.

Deaths. May 29, at Pūheheke, Ni‘ihau, Kamakahelu (m) died. July 7, at Lehua, Ni‘ihau, Kāma‘a (m) died. That is where Mose died. Hanau. Aug. 27, ma Puuwai, Niihau, hanau o Kalanikoiniu k, na Paukanani me Kapua. Sept. 27, ma Puuwai, Niihau, hanau o Makea k, na Hunohano me Alaalaiki. Make. Okat. 2, ma Puuwai Niihau, make o Kalanikoiuiu k. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 3 November 1858. P. 123. Births. Aug. 27, in that place, Kalanikoiniu [sic: Kalanikō‘iu‘iu] (m) was born to Paukanani and Kapua. Sept. 27, in Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau, Mākea (m) was born to Hunohano [sic: Hanohano] and ‘Ala‘alaiki. Deaths. Oct. 2, in Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau, Kalanikō‘iu‘iu (m) died. Make. Mei 11, ma Nonopapa, make o Kiniaomakani k. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 1 June 1859. P. 35. Deaths. May 11, at Nonopapa, Kiniaomakani (m) died. Hanau. Mei 25, ma Kamalino, Niihau, hanau o Helu w, na Ponawahine me Kapahee. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 22 June 1859. P. 47. Births. May 25, at Kamalino, Ni‘ihau, Helu (f) was born to Po‘awahine and Kapahe‘e.

Hanau. Maraki 13, ma Kaununui, Niihau, hanau o Kahaihonua k, na Amaikeahi me Kaneapua. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 4 April 1860. P. 3. Births. March 13, at Kaununui, Ni‘ihau, Kahaihonua (m) was born to ‘Āmaikeahi and Kāne‘āpua.

Vital Statistics

Mare. Iulai 21, ma Halewela, Niihau, mare o Pookela me Puowaina. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 10 August 1859. P. 75. Marriages. July 21, at Halewela, Ni‘ihau, Po‘okela and Pūowaina were married.

277

Mare. Iune 6, ma Kaununui, Niihau, mare o Akoni me Ainoa, na J. Nawahinelua laua i mare.

Hanau. Iune 2, ma Halehaa, Niihau, hanau o Kapule w, Limaiole me Kaikilani. Iune 7, ma Kaununui, Niihau, hanau o Hoiwale k, na Kahele me Kaluahinenui.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Make. Mei 19, ma Waimae, Niihau, make o Puhilehu w. Iune 10, ma Kolohalua, Niihau, make o Opio w. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 18 July 1860. P. 67. Marriages. June 6, at Kaununui, Ni‘ihau, ‘Akoni and ‘Ainoa were married, J. Nāwāhinelua married them. Births. June 2, at Haleha‘a, Ni‘ihau, Kapule (f) was born to Lima‘iole and Kaikilani. June 7, at Kaununui, Ni‘ihau, Ho‘iwale (m) was born to Kahele and Kaluahinenui. Deaths. May 19, at Waima‘e, Ni‘ihau, Puhilehu (f) died. June 10, at Kolohālua [sic: Kalohālua], Ni‘ihau, ‘Ōpio (f) died.

278

Mare. Sept. 20, ma Kaununui, Niihau, mare o Kaika me Awana, na J. Nawahinelua laua i mare. Hanau. Iulai 9, ma Puuwai, Niihau, hanau o Kalia w, na Kahale me Kolea. Iulai 14, ma Kaununui, Niihau, hanau Kauaihilo k, na Kapaku. Iulai 31, ma Puuwai, Niihau, hanau o Kamehaiku w, na Wahapaa me ­Paikuli. Aug. 6, ma Umeumelua, Niihau, hanua o Paihala w, na Opuni me Ikekumu. Aug. 10, ma Nonopapa, Niihau, hanau o Homaikawai k, na Pauiaiki me Lani. Sept. 8, ma Kamalino, Niihau, hanau o Kalaumano k, na Pukani me Maili. Make. Iulai 9, ma Puuwai, Niihau, make o Kalia w. Iulai 13, ma Pauahula, Niihau, o Paahulihonu w, he hano kona mai i make ai. Iulai 21, ma Kahio, Niihau, make o Papa w, he puupuu ka mai i make ai. Aug. 12, ma Umeumelua, Niihau, make o Ikekumu. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 10 October 1861. P. 3. Marriages. Sept. 20, at Kaununui, Ni‘ihau, Kaika and Awana were married, J. Nāwāhinelua married them. Births. July 9, at Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau, Kalia (w) was born to Kahale and Kōlea. July 14, at Kaununui, Ni‘ihau, Kauaihilo (m) was born to Kapākū. July 31, at Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau, Kamehaikū (f) was born to Wahapa‘a and Pa‘ikuli. Aug. 6, at ‘Ume‘umelua, Ni‘ihau, Paihala (f) was born to ‘Ōpuni and ‘­Ikekumu.

Aug. 10, at Nonopapa, Ni‘ihau, Hōmaikawai (m) was born to Paui‘aiki and Lani. Sept. 8, at Kamalino, Ni‘ihau, Kalaumanō (m) was born to Pūkani and Mā‘ili. Deaths. July 9, at Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau, Kalia (f) died. July 13, at Pāuahula, Ni‘ihau, Pa‘ahulihonu (f). She died of illness due to asthma. July 21, at Kahiō, Ni‘ihau, Papa (f) died of skin eruptions. Aug. 12, at ‘Ume‘umelua, Ni‘ihau, ‘Ikekumu died.

Hanau. Okatoba 16, ma Kaolaelae, Niihau, hanau o Kaweheokalani w, na Kaika me Awana. Novemaba 5, ma Umeumelua, Niihau, hanau o Konaaialee k, na Haa, me Lenalena. Nov. @ ma Lehua, Niihau, hanau o Keolanui w, na Kauaiki, me Maria. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 12 December 1861. P. 3. Births. October 16, at Ka‘ōlaelae, Ni‘ihau, Kaweheokalani (f) was born to Kaikā and Awana. November 5, at ‘Ume‘umelua, Ni‘ihau, Kona‘aiale‘e (m) was born to Ha‘a and Lenalena. Nov. @ at Lehua, Ni‘ihau, Keolanui (f) was born to Kauaiki and Maria. Hanau. Dek. 1, ma Koenaha, Niihau, hanau o Hiloiki k, na Hiloiki, me Kukaweloula. Make. Novemaba, 26, ma Puuwai, Niihau, make o Rose Koleiki w. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 9 January 1862. P. 3. Births. Dec. 1, at Koenahā, Ni‘ihau, Hiloiki (m) was born to Hiloiki and Kūkawelo‘ula. Deaths. November 26, at Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau, Rose Koleiki (f) died.

Vital Statistics

Hanau. Okat. 1, ma Halawela, Niihau, hanau o Kuhau k, na Nalaekolu me Ole. Okat. 1, ma Lehua, hanau o Kaninaualii k, na Koma me Kahiewaa. Make. Okat. 1, ma Kii, Niihau, make o Makaula k, he luaikoko kona mai i make ai. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 17 October 1861. P. 3. Births. Oct. 1, at Halawela, Ni‘ihau, Kūhau (m) was born to Nālaekolu and ‘Ole. Oct. 1, at Lehua, Kanīnauali‘i (m) was born to Koma and Kahiewa‘a. Deaths. Oct. 1, at Ki‘i, Ni‘ihau, Makāula (m) died. The cause of death was hemoptysis [vomiting blood].

279

Hanau. Dek. 1, ma Koenaha, Niihau, hanau o Kapuaamoha w, na Kolo me Kaapu. Dek. 2, ma Lilea, Niihau, hanau o Hiloiki k, na Hilo me Kukaweloula. Dek. 17, ma Papahale, Niihau, hanau o Kaaleokalani k, na Maumauhili me Kamakahuilalama. Make. Dekemaba 31, ma Halehaa Niihau, make o Kainapu w. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 13 February 1862. P. 3. Births. Dec. 1, at Koenahā, Ni‘ihau, Kapua‘amōhā (f) was born to Kolo and Ka‘apu. Dec. 2, at Līle‘a, Ni‘ihau, Hiloiki (m) was born to Hilo and Kūkawelo‘ula. Dec. 17, at Papahale, Ni‘ihau, Ka‘aleokalani (m) was born to Maumauhili and Kamakahuilalama. Deaths. December 31, at Haleha‘a, Ni‘ihau, Ka‘inapu (f) died.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Make. Nov. 26, ma Puuwai, Niihau make o R. Kokiki w. Dekemaba 9, ma Lilea, Niihau, make o Hiloiki k. Dekemaba 17, ma Kaolaelae, Niihau make o Kaweheokalani w. Dekemaba 24, ma Kalanihale, Niihau, make o Kaninaualii k. Dekemaba 26, ma Kaluapupa, Niihau, make o Keoni k. Dekemaba 30, ma Koenaha, Niihau, make o Wahinekane w. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 20 February 1862. P. 3. Deaths. Nov. 26, at Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau, R. Kōkīkī (f) died. December 9, at Līle‘a, Ni‘ihau, Hiloiki (m) died. December 17, at Ka‘ōlaelae, Ni‘ihau, Kaweheokalani (f) died. December 24, at Kalanihale, Ni‘ihau, Kanīnauali‘i (m) died. December 26, at Kaluapupa [sic: Kaluapūpū], Ni‘ihau, Keoni (m) died. December 30, at Koenahā, Ni‘ihau, Wahinekāne (f) died.

280

Mare. Opunui-Tera. Ian. 5, ma Kamalino, Niihau, mare o Opunui me Tera, na J. Nawahinelua laua i mare. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 19 April 1862. P. 3. Marriages. ‘Ōpūnui-Tera. Jan. 5, at Kamalino, Ni‘ihau, ‘Ōpūnui and Tera were married, J. Nāwāhinelua married them. Hanau. Punipu. Mar. 28, ma Nonopapa, Niihau, hanau o Punipu (w), na Kapahee me Ponawahine (w). Wehiwehi. Aperila 5, ma Puuwai, Niihau, hanau o Wehiwehi (w), na Namaka me Auhea. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 3 May 1862. P. 3. Births. Punipū. March 28, at Nonopapa, Ni‘ihau, Punipū (f) was born to Kapahe‘e and Ponawahine (f).

Wehiwehi. April 5, at Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau, Wehiwehi (f) was born to Nāmaka and ‘Auhea. Mare. Kekee-Kuapaakiki. Mei 2, ma Nonopapa, Niihau, mare o H. Kekee me Kuapaakiki, na G. B. Rowell laua i mare. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 21 June 1862. P. 3. Marriages. Keke‘e-Kuapa‘akikī. May 2, at Nonopapa, Ni‘ihau, H. Keke‘e and Kuapa‘akikī were married, G. B. Rowell married them. Make. Iulai 16, ma Halulu, Niihau, make o A. Uo (k.) Iulai 18, ma Kaununui, Niihau, make o Kaae (k.) Iulai 25, ma Halehaa, Niihau, make o Keahiiau (k.) Iulai 27, ma Kii, Niihau, make o E. Hanohano (w.) —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 27 September 1862. P. 3. Deaths. July 16, in Halulu, Ni‘ihau, A. ‘Uo (m) died. July 18, in Kaununui, Ni‘ihau, Ka‘ae (m) died. July 25, at Haleha‘a, Ni‘ihau, Keahilau (m) died. July 27, in Ki‘i, Ni‘ihau, E. Hanohano (f) died.

Make. Iulai 16, ma Halulu, Niihau, make o Anania Ua (k.) Iulai 18, ma Kaununui, Niihau, make o Kaaeopio (k.) Iulai 25, ma Halawela, Niihau, make o Keahilau (w.) Iulai 27, ma Kii, Niihau, make o Elizabeta Hanohano (w.) Aug. 3, ma Kahaluna, Niihau, make o Kaleipila @ —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 22 November 1862. P. 3. Deaths. July 16, at Halulu, Ni‘ihau, Anania Ua (m) died. July 18, at Kaununui, Ni‘ihau, Ka‘ae‘ōpio (m) died. July 25, at Halawela, Ni‘ihau, Keahilau (f) died. July 27, at Ki‘i, Ni‘ihau, ‘Elizabeta Hanohano (f) died. Aug. 3, at Kahaluna, Ni‘ihau, Kaleipila @ died.

Vital Statistics

Make. Aug. 3, ma Kahaluna, Niihau, make o Kaleipila (k.) Aug. 30, ma Keawanui, Niihau, make o H. Kailiuli (k.) Sept. 10, ma Kaununui, Niihau, make o Kaiana (w.) Sept. 11, ma Halehaa, Niihau, make o Pakuiai (k.) —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 11 October 1862. P. 3. Deaths. Aug. 3, at Kahaluna, Ni‘ihau, Kaleipila (m) died. Aug. 30, at Keawanui, Ni‘ihau, H. Ka‘iliuli (m) died. Sept. 10, at Kaununui, Ni‘ihau, Ka‘iana (f) died. Sept. 11, at Haleha‘a, Ni‘ihau, Pāku‘i‘ai (m) died.

281

Hanau. Ian. 2, ma Kamalino, Niihau, hanau o Kalaumano k. na Pukani me Maili. Feb. 15, ma Kununui, Niihau, hanau o Pihana w. na Kahele me Kaluahinenui. Mar. 20, ma Apopo, Niihau, hanau o Oiliwale w. na Kaika me Awana. Aper. 7, ma Halulu, Niihau, hanau o Kaualaniula w. na Tema me Kahiwaa. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 30 May 1863. P. 3. Births. Jan. 2, at Kamalino, Ni‘ihau, Kalaumano (m) was born to Pūkani and Mā‘ili. Feb. 15, at Kaununui, Ni‘ihau, Pihana (f) was born to Kahele and Kaluahinenui. March 20, at ‘Apōpō [‘Āpapa], Ni‘ihau, ‘Ō‘iliwale (f) was born to Kaika and ‘Awana. April 7, at Halulu, Ni‘ihau, Kaualani‘ula (f) was born to Tema and Kahiwa‘a.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Wahine Kahiko. Ua haiia mai makou e P. R. Holi, o Kapuhola, Niihau, no ka make ana o kekahi wahine kahiko ma ia wahi, o Emalie Apuu kona inoa, he 90 a keu ka nui o kona mau makahiki. Ua mareia oia i ke kane i ka wa uuku o Kaumualii, ke Alii mua o Kauai. O ka nui o na keiki a kona puhaka, ewalu; ekolu kaikamahine, elima keiki kane; he 15 moopuna, 4 kuakahi. Ua make oia ma ka la 30 o Dekemaba iho nei. He wahine haipule oia, a ua hilinai nui no hoi mamuli o ke Kalahala, a hiki wale i ka wa a ka uhane i haalele iho ai ia ia. Pomaikai wale ka poe make iloko o Kristo. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 4 July 1863. P. 2. Old Woman. We have been told by P. R. Holi of Kapūhola, Ni‘ihau of the death of an old woman in the area named Emalie ‘Āpu‘u, who was more than 90 years in age. She was married when Kaumuali‘i, the first king of Kaua‘i, was very young. She had eight children: three girls, five boys, 15 grandchildren, 4 great-­ grandchildren. She died on the 30th of December last year. She was a pious woman, who relied heavily on the Redeemer all the way up until the time when the spirit left her. Blessed are those who die in Christ.

282

Hanau. Mar. 17, ma Pukaiki, Niihau, hanau o Kaakinalani (w), na Mamaikona me Helani. Aper. 17, ma ia wahi no, hanau o Kahalehonuaiakea (k), na Nawahinelua me Kuahine. Aper. 17, ma Puhekeheke, Niihau, hanau o Pohole (k), na Kaika me Awana. Make. Ian. 7, ma Kahio, Niihau, make o Mana (k.) Mar. 14, ma Puuwai, Niihau, make o Niau (k.) Mar. 20, ma Puheheke, Niihau, make o Kuahine (k.) —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 28 May 1864. P. 3. Births. March 17, at Pukaiki, Ni‘ihau, Ka‘akinālani (f) was born to Māmāikona at Helani.

April 17, at that same place, Kahalehonuaiakea (m) was born to Nāwāhinelua and Kuahine. April 17, at Pūhekeheke, Ni‘ihau, Pohole (m) was born to Kaika and ‘Awana. Deaths. Jan. 7, at Kahiō, Ni‘ihau, Mana (m) died. March 14, at Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau, Nī‘au (m) died. March 20, at Pūhekeheke, Ni‘ihau, Kuahine (m) died. Hanau. Ian. 10, ma Kamalino, Niihau, hanau o Kinoeka w, na Pouli me Kahoeka. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 30 March 1865. P. 3. Births. Jan. 10, in Kamalino, Ni‘ihau, Kino‘eka (f) was born to Pouli and Kahoekā. Make. Feb. 18, ma Pukaiki, Niihau, make o Hauleiohea k. Feb. 25, ma Kamalino, Niihau, make o Pahuwai k. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 6 April 1865. P. 3. Deaths. Feb. 18 at Pukaiki, Ni‘ihau, Hauleiohea (m) died. Feb. 25 at Kamalino, Ni‘ihau, Pahuwai (m) died.

Hunahuna Mea Hou O Hawaii Nei. Make Ka Hoomaloka. Ua poloai ia mai makou e D. S. Kaelele o Niihau, i ka make hikiwawe ana o kahi wahine, o Nune, ma Puuwai, Niihau. O keia wahine, aole mai, a hoomaka oia e hele aku e holoi lole i ka la Sabati, o kona hele no ia a kokoke i ka punawai, o kona make loa iho la no ia. E ka makamaka—e, e makaala he pokole keia ola ana. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 9 December 1865. P. 2. Bits of News of Hawai‘i. Lost Belief Is Death. We were sent a message by D. S. Ka‘elele of Ni‘ihau about the sudden death of a woman, Nūnē, in Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau. This woman was not ill and went to wash clothes on Sunday. She was near the well and suddenly died. Dear friends, be warned. This life is short. Hanau. Nov. 14, ma Halawela, Niihau, hanau o Hanapauole, na Kahanapauole, kamehai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 9 December 1865. P. 3.

Vital Statistics

Make. Oct. 14, ma Kamalino, Niihau, make o Samuela Ami. Oct. 18, ma Kamalino, Niihau, make o Puawaina (w). —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 18 November 1865. P. 2. Deaths. Oct. 14, in Kamalino, Ni‘ihau, Samuela Ami died. Oct. 18, in Kamalino, Ni‘ihau, Puawaina (f) died.

283

Births. Nov. 14, in Halawela, Ni‘ihau, Hanapau‘ole was born to Kahanapau‘ole, illegitimate. Mare. Lepania-Aikanaka. Ma Lonopapa, Mei 9, mareia e D. S. Kupahu o Lepania k. no Lonopapa, me Aikanaka w. no Kamalino. Mei 9, ma ia wahi no mareia e D. S. Kupahu o Paahao k. me Mahana w. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 9 June 1866. P. 3. Marriages. Lepania-‘Aikanaka. In Lonopapa, May 9, D. S. Kūpahu married Lepania (m) of Lonopapa and ‘Aikanaka (f) of Kamalino. May 9, in that same place D. S. Kūpahu married Pa‘ahao (m) and Māhana (f). Mare. V. Knudsen-Anne. Ma Niihau, Feb. 12, mareia e Rev. D. S. Kupahu, o V. Knudsen k, no Wahiawa, Kauai me Anne Sinclair no Niihau. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 2 March 1867. P. 3. Marriages. V. Knudsen-Anne. On Ni‘ihau, Feb. 12, Rev. D. S. Kūpahu married V. Knudsen (m) of Wāhiāwā, Kaua‘i to Anne Sinclair of Ni‘ihau.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Hanau. Aper. 15. Ma Keawaula, Kamalino, Niihau, hanau he kaikamahine, na M. W. Keale me Rebeka Kaleiwahine. Aper. 17. Ma Kahio, Niihau, hanau he mau mahoe, na Welonika. —Ka Lahui Hawaii. 8 July 1875. P. 4. Births. April 15. In Keawa‘ula, Kamalino, Ni‘ihau, a girl was born to M. W. Keale and Rebeka Kaleiwahine. April 17. In Kāhi‘o, Ni‘ihau, twins were born to Welonika.

284

Make Walohia. Oct. 28, 1884. Ma ka Palama-uka, ua make o Mrs. Estera [sic: Esetera] ­Kanikapoo, i ke 60 a oi o kona mau makahiki, ua hanau ia oia ma Kamalino, Niihau. He hoahanau oia no ka ekalesia o Kawaiahao, a oia kekahi hoa o ka Hui Opiopio, ua pili mau iaia ka mai no ka manawa loihi loa, ae hiki wale i kona hala ana ’ku la ma kela aoao o ka pahuhopu o na mea ola kino a pau maluna okeia honua. Oia hoi ka ka Buke Nui i olelo mai ai, “O ka la o ka Haku me he aihue la ia ke hiki mai.” Ma ka hora 10 o ke kakahiaka Poaha nei i hoolewa ia’ku ai kona kino ma ka ilina o Kawaiahao, me na hoa’loha he nui e @ pu ana me ka walohia o ke kaumaha o ke kanikau. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 1 November 1884. P. 2. Tragic Death. Oct. 28, 1884, in Kapālama Uka, Mrs. ‘Esetera Kanikapo‘o died, after more than 60 years in her life. She was born at Kamalino, Ni‘ihau. She was a member of the Church of Kawaiaha‘o and a member of the Youth Organization. She had endured illness for a long period of time up until the moment she passed away

to that world, the destination of all living things on this earth. As the words of the Great Book have said, “The day of the Lord is like a thief when it comes.” At 10 o’clock in the morning last week Thursday is when her body was buried at the cemetery of Kawaiaha‘o, with many friends grieving bitterly with sadness and laments. Hoolaha Hooilina Waiwai. Ua makemake ia na ooilina o na poe Ma’i Lepera i make ma ke Kahua Ma’i Lepera, Molokai, no lakou na inoa malalo nei, e waiho ae ma ke Keena o ka Papa Ola, me na Hooiaio Kupono, I ka lakou mau koi no ke koena dala o ka Waiwai o na mea i make, iloko o na mahina eono mai keia la aku, a i ole, e lilo loa no ia mau dala no ka pomaikai o ka waihona o ke Aupuni. [A list of nine names follows, including:] Keiki Laweliilii (k) no Kamalino, Niihau, 20 makahiki, laweia Aukake 13, 1901, make Dekemaba 20, 1901. No na mea i koe e ninau i ke Kakauolelo o ka Papa Ola. C. Charlock. Kakauolelo o ka Papa Ola. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 28 March 1902. P. 2. Estate Announcement. The heirs of leprosy patients who died at the leprosy settlement, Moloka‘i, whose names appear below, should come to the office of the Board of Health with appropriate proof [to address] their demands for the remaining funds of the estates of the deceased in six months-time from today. Otherwise, their sums of money will be transferred to the government fund. [A list of nine names follows, including:] Keiki Laweli‘ili‘i (m) of Kamalino, Ni‘ihau, 20 years old, taken [to Kalaupapa] on August 13, 1901, died [there] December 20, 1901. Survivors may make requests of the Secretary of the Board of Health. C. Charlock. Secretary of the Board of Health.

Kanikau are dirges, or poetic chants, that express deep emotions for someone who passed away. Prior to the introduction of the printed word, composing them to honor the memory of a loved one was a common practice among Hawaiians. Composing them for publication in the 1800s offered a new way to express this important tradition, and many Hawaiians took advantage of the opportunity to create permanent memorials for family and friends in the Hawaiian-language newspapers. The first kanikau in Ni‘ihau Place Names was written in 1845 and the last in 1931. Today, kanikau are treasuries of language, history, genealogies, cultural knowledge, and especially place names. They are often written as a trip that goes past places familiar to the deceased and famous places throughout Hawai‘i. A good example is He Kanikau no Rode Koleiki, or A Lament for Rode Koleiki, which is from the November 1, 1862, edition of Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. The writer mentions more than 40 place names on Ni‘ihau and more on the islands of O‘ahu, Maui, and Moloka‘i.

Kanikau

Kanikau

285

This subsection also includes several obituaries for Hawaiians who were born on Ni‘ihau. He Kanikau No Rev. S. Wini Kumu Misionari Ma Kauai. Aloha ka ua lele makani o Lehua, A me ka ua kualau o Niihau; Ke nenee mai la la i ka pue uala, He hanehane leo lea maikai i ke aumoe. —Ka Elele. 30 December 1845. P. 158. A Lament for Rev. S. [Samuel] Whitney, Missionary Teacher on Kaua‘i. I love the rain flying in the wind of Lehua And the Kualau rain of Ni‘ihau As it moves over the sweet potato mounds A wonderfully haunting, jovial voice in the late night.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

He Inoa No Rahapa. Rahaba no he inoa la, Puaoliva no he makua la, E hoi ka nani i Lanihou la, I ka hale lai lua a ka manu la, Aia ko’u hoa i kumu la, I ka ulu lehua i Panaewa la, I ka wai anu o Keau la, Au aku ka manao o ke hoa la, Hone ana Haena i kuu maka la, I ka ihu o ka moku i Mamala la, Hone ana Honolulu i ka lai la, Kaena o Kaula i Lehua la, Haina ka inoa i lohe la, Kekauaokalani he inoa la. Mr. R. Kawaha.

286

Rahaba no he inoa e, Moeikeanu he makua la, E hoi ka nani i Nihoa la, I ka moku Elepani o kai la, Kai no ua pili Haupu la, Me Waialeale i ke anu la, Anu mai Waimea o ka ua la, I ka hoomalu ia e ka noe la, E ake no wau a ike la, Ko kino wailua i ke kii la, Lohiau ka manao ia ia la la, Oiala hoa luhi no la, I ka pua wale o ea roselani e, Haina ka inoa i lohe la, Kekuaokalani he inoa la. M. Kalama. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 13 February 1862. P. 3.

A Name for Rahapa. Rahaba is a name Pua‘oliva is the parent The beauty returns to Lanihou To the peaceful home of the bird My companion is at the place of origin In the lehua grove of Pana‘ewa In the chilling water of Kea‘au My thoughts swim out and find my friend Hā‘ena caresses my eyes At the bow of the ship at Māmala Honolulu caresses in the calm Ka‘ena, Ka‘ula near Lehua Tell the name so that all may hear Kekauaokalani is a name. Mr. R. Kawaha.

He Mele No Emalaina Kapualahaole. Emalaina he inoa la, Kaulaiwelolani he makua e, Linohau ka ohu i na pali la, I ka hao ae a kamakani e, Ua hoi ka noe i alakai la, I ka lipo lehua i ka nahele e, Aia Niihau i ka mole la, I ka ulu hua i ka hapapa e, E ala na kupa o ka lai la, Hoolaha i ka pua oliwa e, Eia ua pua laha ole la, Ke au mai la i ka moana e, Ua lai ka ua i uluoma la, I ka moku lehua i ke kai e,

Kanikau

A name for Rahaba, Moeikeanu is a parent, May beauty return to Nihoa, To the island of the elephants of the sea [seals], Suddenly Hā‘upu is near, Along with Wai‘ale‘ale in the cold, Waimea becomes cold in the rain, Sheltered by the mist, I desire to see, Your spirit in form, Lohi‘au is the thought towards him, He, the burdened companion, Among the blossoming fragrant roses, Let the name be told so that it is heard, A name, Kekuaokalani. M. Kalama.

287

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Haina ka inoa i ke Kaona la, Kapualahaole he inoa e. Na H. Kope. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 20 March 1862. P. 1. A Mele for ‘Emalaina Kapualaha‘ole. A name for ‘Emalaina Kaula‘iwelolani is a parent How perfectly lovely sets the mist on the cliffs As the wind whips by The fog returns to Alaka‘i on Kaua‘i To the verdant lehua blossoms in the forest Ni‘ihau is set at the base of the island chain Where the breadfruit grows on the coral flats May the natives be awakened in the calm Spreading the flowers of the olive trees Here is that rare flower Swimming out at sea The rain is calm On Lehua Island in the sea May the name be told in town Kapualaha‘ole is the name. By H. Kope.

288

He uhane kanikau no Ikaaka. He kanikau he u no Ikaaka, Nou ka uhane pala memele i ka Poakolu, I pala ohelohelo i ke awakea, I memele anuanu i ke kakahiaka, I pua ahihi ula no kuu Pokii, I lei ahihi ka uhane no na makua, Makou ke kaumaha me ka minamina, He u e kanikau mai Apela—e. Aloha ino no kuu keiki, Kuu hoa o ke kai a me ka wai, Kuu keiki o ke kula o Kapae, Pau mako ke aloha no ia la—la, O ka’u keiki hookahi no ia la, Kii mai ka makua mana ua lilo, Kuu keiki o ka i-a u-a lua o Kaauiwaha, A me ka pihe kanaka nui o Kanahawele, Kela kai pumehana o Kalaliilii, Nou ka minamina nui e Ikaaka, Koe mai ke kino no ka lepo ia, Hoi ka uhane me ke Akua, Nou ka ka uhane i maalo ae nei, E au-a aku ana aole paa mai, Holoholo ana ka uhane i Kalanihela, Holo lio ana ka uhane,

Kanikau

Hoea ana ka uhane i Nanailohua, E wiki e wawe kona aloha, Haki manua mai ana na lio, I ke one loa o Pohueloa, He u e kanikau mai e Ma—e, Kuu keiki o Ahailoa, He uhane hoolailai no Ikaaka. Kuu keiki no ka mea minamina, He nui kuu keiki na’u nei la, Kuu keiki o ka la wela o Kaununui, O ka malu hale o ka makua, Au kahi ka uhane i ka holo lio, Kanikau he aloha no Ikaaka. He uwe helu mai e P. R. Holi, Aloha ino no kuu pokii, Hoa hele hoi o na kai mai Hawaii a Niihau, Kuu kaikaina o na pali o Huliikekai, O kela moana o Kaulakahi, Papae aku kaua i Nawiliwili, Holo aku maua o Kaieiewaho, Lele ana o Kaena me he manu la, O ka pohu na la o Waianae, Hone ana ka lae o Kalaeloa i ke kai, A waho maua o Kalia, Ka ili ke aho o kuu pokii, Aulakua maua ninau mai kuu pokii, Owai keia aina, o Honolulu nei he Kaona nui, Holo aku maua o Pailolo. Ike maua i ka hono o na moku, Lele hone ana Lanai a’u i ke kai, Kuu kaikaina o ka pohu o Lele, Alenuihaha maua ike i ka luhi, Hiki mua maua i Honoipu, Uuku ka manawa a holo aku, Ku maua i Kawaihae, Lai ana maua i Kailua, Kuu pokii no hoi o ke kai pohu o Kona, E hiki aku ai maua i Napoopoo, Kuu kaikaina o kela aina o Kona, A haokena maua i ka malu o ka niu, Kuu kaikaina o kahi wai o Puohau, O Kalahiki ka’u aloha, kela aina ku panoa i ka la, A he kanikau no Ikaaka. P. R. H. Kupuupuu. Kaununui, Niihau, Iune 9, 1862. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 2 August 1862. P. 4. A spirit of lament for ‘Ika‘aka. A lament, a mourning for ‘Ika‘aka Yours is the spirit ripened yellow on Wednesday

289

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 290

Fully pink in the early afternoon A cold yellow in the morning A red ‘āhihi blossom for my younger sibling The spirit is a lei of ‘āhihi for the parents It is we who remain saddened and sorrowful ‘Āpela mourns and laments My son grieves My companion of the sea and fresh waters My son of the plains of Kāpae Love regrets the day It is my only child The powerful father comes to fetch and you are gone My dear child of the fish in the hole of Ka‘auiwaha [sic: Ka‘auwaha], And the noise of all the people of Kanahawele That warm sea of Kalali‘ili‘i You are very sorrowful ‘Ika‘aka All that remains is the body for burial The spirit has gone back to God Yours is the spirit that passes by Refusing to hold back The spirit wanders at Kalanihela [sic: Kalanihale] The spirit goes off horseback riding The spirit arrives at Nānāilohua [sic: Nānāilehua] His love is swift The horses arrive in waves On the long sandy beach of Pōhueloa A mourning, a lamenting from Mom My dear child of ‘Āha‘iloa A calming spirit for ‘Ika‘aka My dear child of the one who regrets My dear child is something great to me My dear child of the hot sun of Kaununui The shady home of the parent The spirit travels gracefully on horseback A lament, a demonstration of love for Ika‘aka P. R. Holi cries and recounts tales of love How I feel for my younger sibling The companion with whom I travelled the seas from Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau My younger sibling of the cliffs of Hiliikekai That great sea of Kaulakahi You and I arrived ashore at Nāwiliwili A companion and I sailed the Ka‘ie‘iewaho Channel Ka‘ena appeared before us like a bird In the calm of Wai‘anae The point of Kalaeloa appeared beautifully on the sea My companion and I were outside of Kālia My younger sibling gasped We were just outside the reef and my sibling asked

He Kanikau No Kamae. Kuu wahine mai ka ua a ke Kamahala, Ua hala aku nei paha oe i Lehua, I ka inu wai a ka Paoo. E uwe ae ana ia oe e ke hoa, Ana ke kino luhi i ke aloha, Apikipiki ke aloha me ka manao, E kuu kaumaha ia oe—e. S. W. Kaleo. Nawiliwili, Kauai, Sep. 4, 1862. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 13 September 1862. P. 4. A Lament for Kamae. My dear wife of the Kamahala rain Perhaps you have gone away to Lehua Where the pāo‘o fish drinks fresh water I cry for you, my friend The tired body measures love Love clings to thoughts My sadness for you S. W. Kaleo. Nāwiliwili, Kaua‘i, Sept. 4, 1862. [Kamahala in line 1 may be an alternate spelling or misspelling of Kāmakahala.] He Kanikau no Rode Koleiki. E Rode Koleiki e: Aloha nui oe; Ka pua Rose nupanupa o ka aina kula, I kupu maikai i ke kakahiaka, I popohe maikai i ke awakea, I lai nohea i ke ahiahi, Hiki mai ana ko halia aloha ia’u i ke kuluaumoe, Moe au a hoolono i ka nehe a ke kai olalo,

Kanikau

What land is this? It is Honolulu, a large town We continued on to the Pailolo Channel We saw the bays of the islands Lāna‘i appeared so beautifully, swimming out at sea My dear younger sibling of the calm of Lele We were at ‘Alenuihāhā Channel and experienced hardship We arrived at Honoipu We were there for a short while and continued on We arrived at Kawaihae We relaxed a while at Kailua My younger sibling of the calm sea of Kona Where we arrived at Nāpo‘opo‘o My younger sibling of that land of Kona We quenched ourselves in the shade of the coconut grove My dear younger sibling of the springs of Pū‘ōhau Kalāhiki is my love, that desert land in the sun A lament for ‘Ika‘aka. P. R. H. Kūpu‘upu‘u. Kaununui, Ni‘ihau, June 9, 1862.

291

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Me he ne’la na ke keiki ai waiu i ka poli o ka makua, E uwe hone nei i ka puuwai o ke kanaka, Ua paila loko a maeele i ko aloha, Aloha ke ao opua hoohikii i ka lewa, Aloha ke ao naulu o ka aina, Aloha ka ua nenee i ka moana.

292

E R. Koleiki e: Aloha nui oe; Kuu hoa pili i ka ua me ka la, Hoa pili i ke anu me ke koekoe, Hoa hoolaukanaka o kahi anoano, Hoa ohumu o kahi mehameha, Kuu hoa hele o ke kula kanaka ole, O ka uka anoano e Kalaumaki, Kuu wahine mai ka la o Kona, Mai ka pua o ka mauna o Popolonui, Kuu wahine mai ka wai hope eha o Waihonu, A me ke kahakai paia ala o Papai, Kuu wahine mai ke kahakai pali o Papai, Aloha kuu wahine mai ke Ko eli o Halalii, A me ke ana o Paahulihonu, Ke huli nei au ia oe, aohe wahi e loaa ai, Mahea la oe i niau iho nei? Ei aku nei paha oe i na kalo o Waiu, Alaila kuu aloha hoi mai, aole oe, Aloha kuu wahine mai ka pua neki o Kapihe, A Kalihi kaua, Lulana i ka pihe a ke Akua, No luna o Kawaihoa ke aloha, Kahi a kaua e nonoho ai, E kilohi ana i ke kumu iki o Kaula i ke kai, I ka paia mai e ka makani olalo he Inuwai, Aloha o Kaimuhonu waiho kahela i ka pohu, Kuu wahine mai ka Ulu hua i ka Apapa. Hapapa wale iho nei ka mea hoaole, Kuu wahine mai ka Ulualoa e Kamalino, Mai ka wai poaeae la e Laulau, Kuu wahine mai ke one loa la e Pololi, Mai ka haki nunua mai a na lio, Kuu wahine mai ka huikau o Nonopapa, Mai ka la lehulehu o ka aina, Kuu wahine mai ka olu hala e Halehaa, A me ka piina palana iki e Apopo, Aloha ka nalu hailau e Hualele, Lele hookahi iho nei oe aohe kokoolua, Aloha ka pali Opihi e Paliuli, Oia pali alahula ia oe i ka hele ia, Aloha kuu wahine mai ke kahakai po i ke ala o ka Nenue, I paia mai e ke keha makani olalo,

E Rode Koleiki e: Aloha kaua; Kuu wahine mai ka makani hoolewa o ka aina, I ka pa kolonahe a ka makani o Kona he Unulau Aloha kuu wahine mai ka ua kulu pakakahi,

Kanikau

Aloha Puuwai kahi a kaua e noho paa’i, Aloha ko kaua Hale a’u e noho nei, Kahi a kou mau kapuai e keehi mau ai, Aloha na keiki a kaua e pai auma nei, E paiauma ae ana i ka makua ole, Ka pua haule ole ia oe i ke Kau a me ka Hooilo, O kou kini a me ko’u kini o ko laua makua ia, Aloha kuu wahine mai ka uka e Kamaehu, Oia uka wela nopu i ka la o ka Makalii, Aloha kuu wahine mai ka uka o Mahu, A me ka wai huna la e Puuwai, Aloha kuu wahine mai ke kahakai o Papakaale, Oia wahi au e alo ai i ke’hu kai, Aloha kuu wahine mai ka wai kapi-pi o ka aina, Aloha ka la lili o Kaalea, Hoomaha aku i ka olu Halekula o Kamomoa, Aloha kuu wahine mai ka wai o Pukaiki, He iki ke aloha ke hiki mai, huki ana i ka waimaka kipalale, Ume ana i ka ihu ua hala oe, Kuu makamaka o keia wahi, kamaaina ia oe e ka wahine, Kuu mea minamina e noho nei, Aloha kuu wahine mai ke ala a ka lio, Aloha o Kaakohi i ka haki nunua a na lio, Nau ka eha i ke one piko olu o Kaauwaha, Kuu wahine mai ka malu Halepule o Kaununui, Pau ko makou ike ana ia oe maloko o ka Luakini, Pau no hoi kou lohe ana i ka leo o ka Bele, E kani kuhalale mai ana i ka lewa’nuu, Aloha kuu wahine mai ka la a ke ahi o Puhioloolo, Oia wahi a kaua e alo ai i ke anu a ke Koolau me na pokii o kaua, Hoopumehana aku i ka ula o ke ahi, Aloha kuu wahine mai ka la kahiko a maikai, Kuu wahine mai ka leo o na Kumu aloha, Aloha kuu wahine mai ka puu one lehulehu o Kahuku, A me ke one hanupanupa o Ahailoa, Hele aku nei oe i ke ala hoi ole mai, Iluna mai nei ko maka aohe ike wale ia, Kapu mai nei ko leo aohe pane wale mai, He aloha ko kino i nalo aku nei, Kuu wahine o ka aina nana ka maka i Kauai ke ola, I ka ai kalewa mai ma ka moana, Kau wahine o ka la maka poniuniu ai ole, Ka aku ke aho i ka hua Papipi, i ka ai ooi o ka aina.

293

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 294

Mai ka ua kulu paka kahi o Hilina, Aloha ka lae o Pueo oni i ke kai, Aloha na ale kua loloa o Kaieiewaho, Oia mau ale a kaua i pupue ai i ke anu, Maluna o Moi Wahine Kamalalehua, Aloha ka huikau o ke Kaona, Ka ike’na’ku iwaho o Mamala, E uwe mai ana ka leo o ka (Poe Bele), O oe ka ia e Rode Koleiki e uwe nei ke kai, Kuu wahine mai na ale kupilikii e Pailolo, A ke alo o Lahaina ike i ka hono o na moku, He lohe olelo i ka malu Ulu o Lele, Kumaka ka ike me oe, me ka wahine ua hele pu, Kuu wahine mai kela aina malihini o Molokai, Aloha ka ulu Kukui o Lanikaula, I ka hulei lua a ka makani he Pahoa, Malaila kou inoa a hiki i keia la, Aloha ke kiowai o Nihaukawa, a me kaihona o Halawa, Kuu wahine mai ke kiowai lena o Moaula, Kahi a kou kino i auau ai, Aloha kuu wahine o ka aina malihini, Kuu hoapili o na makahiki 7 me na malama he 10, Pau ko makou ike ana i kou mau maka onaona Pau ko makou lohe ana i kou leo kili nahenahe, E Rode Koleiki e: E honi kaua i ke aloha a noho iho oe. Ezekiela Kahale. Puuwai, Niihau, Aug. 12, 1862. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 1 November 1862. P. 4. A Lament for Rode Koleiki. O Rode Koleiki, such aloha for you The lush rose of the flatlands Sprouting so well in the morning Blossoming fully in the early afternoon Becoming beautiful and calm in the evening Loving memories of you come to me in the late night I sleep and listen to the rustling of the sea below It is like the cry of a nursing baby to the heart of a parent Crying sweetly in the heart of a person Your love boils inside, I am numb How I love the thick clouds that bind the sky I love the Nāulu rain clouds of the land I love the Koko‘ula rain moving over the ocean R. Koleiki, such aloha to you My dear, close friend in the rain and sun Dear friend in the cold and damp Friend who accompanied me in lonely places Friend I complained to in private My dear traveling companion of the plains where there was no one

Kanikau

The solemn uplands of Kalaumaki My dear woman of the sun of Kona From the flower of the mountain of Pōpolonui My dear woman of the last of the four waters of Waihonu And the seaside of fragrant walls of Pāpa‘i My dear woman of the beach cliff of Pāpa‘i I love my dear woman of the hand-dug sugar cane of Halaali‘i And the cave of Pā‘āhulihonu I search for you, but there is nowhere to find you Where have you slipped away to? Perhaps you have gone away to the taro of Waiū Then my love can return, but you are no more My love for my dear woman of the neki flower of Kapihe You and I were in Kalihi, peaceful at Kapiheakekua Love comes from above Kawaihoa Where you and I lived Gazing at the little base of Ka‘ula on the sea In the noise of the wind below, the Inuwai How I love Kaimuhonu spread out in the calm My dear woman of the breadfruit on the coral flats The companionless one gropes in vain My dear woman of the confusion of Kamalino From the circulating waters of Laulau My dear woman of the long sands of Pōloli From the crowded mass of horses My dear woman of the confusion of Nonopapa From the great population of the land My dear woman of the shade of the hala trees of Haleha‘a From the gradual rise that floats of ‘Apōpō I love the wave [with] many breaks at Hu‘alele You fly alone without a companion I love the cliff of ‘Opihi at Paliuli That cliff that we would pass regularly along the way I love my dear woman from the beach at night seeking nenue fish Struck by the wind that rises high from above I love Pu‘uwai, where you and I live permanently I love our home where I live Where your feet would always walk I love the children of ours who mourn you Beating on their chest due to being left without a parent The flower you do not drop in the summer or winter Your people and my people are their parents I love my dear woman of the upland of Kama‘ehu That hot upland in the sun of Makali‘i I love my woman of the upland of Māhu And the hidden water of Pu‘uwai Such love for my dear woman of the beach of Papaka‘ale That place where you would face the sea spray

295

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

I love my dear woman of the fresh water that sprays the land I love the jealous sun of Ka‘alea [sic: Ka‘aiea] Resting in the comfort of the schoolhouse at Kamōmoa I love my dear woman of the fresh water of Pukaiki Love is little when it arrives, pulling out a torrent of tears Enticing the nose away and you are gone My dear friend of this place that you knew so well, my woman My dear one who lives in regret I love my dear woman of the pathway of the horse Ka‘akohi loves the masses of horses Pain nibbles at the sand in the comfortable heart of Ka‘auwaha My dear woman of the shade of the chapel of Kaununui We do not see you anymore at church You no longer hear the voice of the bell Raising high up to the heavens I love my dear woman of the day of the fire of Puhioloolo That place where you and I would face the cold of the Ko‘olau wind with our younger siblings Warming up at the flames of the fire I love my dear woman of the day we would adorn ourselves well My dear woman of the voice of the loving teachers So much love for my dear woman of the many sand dunes of Kahuku And the slippery sand of ‘Āha‘iloa You have gone the way of no return Your face is up above and cannot be seen Your voice is restricted and no answer is received Your body is love that has disappeared My dear woman of the land where the eyes see life on Kaua‘i The food that floats on the ocean My dear woman of the day we were dizzy with nothing to eat We held our breath at the cactus fruit, the spiny food of the land

296

O Rode Koleiki, love for the two of us My dear woman of the wind that rises from the land In the gentle blowing of the wind of Kona called Unulau I love my woman of the rain that falls in single drops From the rain that falls in single drops of Hilina I love the point of Pueo that extends out into the sea I love the long waves of the Ka‘ie‘iewaho Channel Those waves in which you and I sat crouched, cold Queen Kamālalehua was above I love the bustle of the town The sight outside of Māmala The voice of the bell buoy cries out It is you, Rode Koleiki crying at sea My dear woman of the waves of problems of the Pailolo Channel All the way to the front of Lāhaina seeing the bays of the districts Having heard of the shade of the breadfruit trees of Lele

You and I saw for ourselves, my woman who went with me My dear woman from the foreign island of Moloka‘i I love the kukui grove of Lanikāula As the lifting wind called the Pāhoa would blow That is where your name is until today I love the pond of Nīhaukawa and the descent of Hālawa My dear woman from the yellow pond of Moa‘ula Where you bathed your body I love my woman of the foreign island My dear companion of 7 years and 10 months We shall see your lovely eyes no more We shall hear your lovely voice no more O Rode Koleiki, let us kiss lovingly and may you stay. ‘Ezekiela Kahale. Pu‘uwai, Ni‘ihau, Aug. 12, 1862.

He Kanikau No Ka Moi Alexander Kalanikualiholiho, Maka O Louli, Kunuiakea o Kukailimoku, Kamehameha IV! (He Kanikau keia i hanaia ma ke ano kamailo aku, a kamailio mai ma kekahi mau wahi, a o ka nui, ma ke mele inoa no o ua Iolani.) Kiai kaula nana i ka makani e-a, Hoolana o ka halulu a ka malua, Kiei halo i Makaikaiolea, Ka ma uke ea i Kahalauaola, O ke kula lima ia o Wawae noho, Me he pukoa hakahaka la i Waahia, Ka momoku a ka Unulau o Lehua e-a! A lehulehu ka hale pono ka noho ana, Loaa kou ha‘awina e ke aloha, Ke hauna mai nei ka puka o ka hale. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 23 January 1864. P. 4. A Lament for the King Alexander Kalanikualiholiho, Maka o Louli, Kūnuiākea o Kūkā‘ilimoku, Kamehameha IV!

Kanikau

Na Mea Hou O Hawaii Nei. No Ke Aloha. No ka nui o na mele Kanikau o ko kakou Moi aloha, nolaila, ua haawi nui ia ka papa i keia pule no na Kanikau, a no ka maopopo no ia makou he mau puuwai aloha alii ko kakou, nolaila ko makou kuihe ole i ke pai ana ia mea. O ka kakou wahi makana hope loa iho la no hoi ia, i ua Lani nei i hele aku nei. —Ka Nupapa Kuokoa. 23 January 1864. P. 2. News of Hawai‘i. On Aloha. As there are so many laments for our beloved monarch, therefore, there was a section provided this week for the laments. As we know that we have hearts loyal to our royalty, we have no hesitation about publishing them. It is our final offering to our majesty, who has departed. [This notice, written by the editor, Henry Whitney, refers to the overwhelming number of kanikau that were submitted to Ka Nupepa Kuokoa before the funeral service for Kamehameha IV on February 4, 1864.]

297

(This is a lament made in conversational form back and forth in various places; most of it is found in the name chant for said ‘Iolani.) Ka‘ula island stands guard watching the wind Carrying aloft the rustling of the Mālua wind Looking down upon Makaikaiolea The breath carries on at Kahālauaola The plain of hands of Wāwaenoho Like an empty coral fragment at Wa‘ahia The breaking of the Unulau wind at Lehua When there are many houses, life is well You have your gift of love The doorway of the home is dashed open.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

He Kanikau No Ka Moi Alexander Kalanikualiholiho, Maka O Iouli, Kunuiakea o Kukailimoku, Kamehameha IV! K. Mahea auanei kaua e hele ai? E hele no hoi paha kaua ma kukulu o Kahiki, ma ka pae Opua i Niukini, e hio ana i Awalau, Malia o loaa ia kaua ilaila, o Kalaihi kaha ka la ma Lehua, Lulana iho la ka pihe a ke ‘kua, ea mai ka Unulau ma Halalii, Lawe ke Kooku wahine i ke hoa la lilo, Hao ka Mikioi i ke kai o Lehua, Pua ia na hoa makani mai lalo— e—a, I hoonalonalo i ke aloha pee maloko, Hai ka waimaka hanini mawaho, I ike aku no i ka uwe ana iho, pela wale no ka hoa kamalii—e—a. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 23 January 1864. P. 4. A Lament for the King Alexander Kalanikualiholiho, Eye of ’Iouli, Kūnuiākea o Kūkā‘ilimoku, Kamehameha IV! We can possibly go to the extremes of Kahiki, to the billowing clouds of New Guinea leaning towards ‘Awalau. You and I could be found there at Kala‘ihi, where the sun races across to Lehua, with peace in Kapiheakekua. The Unulau wind picks up at Halāli‘i. The Ko‘okūwahine wind takes my companion away, and they are gone. The Mikioi wind blows on the sea at Lehua, and the companion winds lift from below in order to hide the loved one inside. The tears break and spill over so that you can see me crying. This is how my childhood friend is.

298

Kanikau Aloha Nei Nou E Iolani, E Ka Maka o Iouli. Kuu hoa lehua i Halalii, Ke ahai’na la e ka Unulau, Uluku mai nei Kaula i kuu manao, I kahi a maua i hele ai me kuu kane-la. Na Liliu K. Dominis i haku. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 13 February 1864. P. 2. Loving Lament for You, ‘Iolani, the Eye of ‘Iouli. My dear companion of lehua flowers at Halāli‘i Being snatched away by the Unulau wind Ka‘ula is troubled, disturbed in its thoughts Where my husband and I went. By Lili‘u K. Dominis.

Funeral of the Late King [Kamehameha IV]. For several days and evenings previous to the funeral, the palace yards [at Haleali‘i ‘Iolani] were filled with natives (with now and then a few foreigners as spectators) engaged in reciting or singing meles or lamentations composed for the deceased King. The character of these songs can be judged from what have appeared in the native paper, as some of them have been published. They are mostly in praise of the deceased, accompanied with songs referring to other deceased Chiefs, and events in Hawaiian history. Frequently verses in English are interspersed and sung, accompanied by music on the hula drum, and in some instances with dancing. Some of these songs, though accompanied with ancient forms, are sung with such pathos, and embody such touching incidents, as to frequently plunge the whole assembly of hearers into tears. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 4 February 1864. P. 2.

He Inoa No Anianiku. He inoa no Anianiku, Kahiko Niihau i ke kai e—a, Ua ike Kahalauaola e—a, Ke lai nei o Halalii e—a, I ke kau a ke ao naulu e—a, O ka noelo mai a Lehua e—a, Ai ae o Malaehaakoa e—a, Ku’u pau ka hana a Kalaihi e—a, I ae nei o ke Auku e—a, Ua pa ka makani koolau e—a, Ua hoi ka lulu i Kamalino e—a, Ea mai ke Kaupu o kai e—a, He Niuhi ka hoa e kohu ai e—a, Haina ka inoa o ka wahine e—a, Anianiku no he inoa e—a. Mrs. Kumaloe. —Ke Au Okoa. 5 February 1866. P. 4.

Kanikau

He Inoa No O Heneri W. Auld. He aloha no o Lehua, Ke keha’la i Niihau, Pehea la o Kaula, O ka mole o Nihoa, Hoapili o Makalii, Pili alo a Kaawela. —Ke Au Okoa. 15 May 1865. P. 4. A Name for Henry W. Auld. How I love Lehua The height at Ni‘ihau How is Ka‘ula The base of Nihoa Makali‘i is a close companion At the face of Ka‘āwela.

299

A Name for Anianikū. A name for Anianikū Ni‘ihau adorns the sea Kahālauaola sees Halāli‘i in the calm In the season of the Nāulu cloud Lehua seeks out Malaeha‘akoa eats Kala‘ihi gives its all Where the ‘auku‘u bird passes over The Ko‘olau wind blows Tranquility returns to Kamalino The ka‘upu bird of the sea rises The tiger shark is the companion you resemble Tell the name of the woman Anianikū is the name. Mrs. Kūmālo‘e.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

He Moolelo No Paele. Ua hananau ia o Paele ma Niihau, i ka la 4 o Augate, A.D. 1821, a i kona wa kamalii, ua mahalo nui ia oia no kona oluolu a me ka noho malie hoi, a he keiki hoolohe pololei i na olelo a kona mau makua, a ohana hoi. A ua make aku la oia ma ka la 6 o Okatoba, A.D. 1866. Nolaila, o ka nui o kona mau la ma keia ao hooluhi, 45 makahiki, he 7 malama, he 24 la, a make aku la. A ua waiho iho nei i ka luuluu a me ke kaumaha ehaeha o ke aloha, i kona mau ohana a me na lehulehu hoi ma keia ao. A no ia kaumaha i ilihia iho maluna o lakou, nolaila, ua hapai ae kekahi oia mau ohana, i wahi kanikau aloha nona, eia no ia:

300

He kanikau aloha keia ia oe e Kamakaopiopio, Paa kapu o Niihau, Owai la kona alii i paa ai ke kapu—e? Kapu mai nei na maka o kuu makuakane, Pale ke ike ana la e ka makua, Kuu aku la ka lohi i Hakaeaea, Hoomaha aku la i Nuumehalani, Iluna hoi o Kahiki paia lewa, O oe ka kai ke one lauana a Kane, Keekeehia i ka houpo o Kane, o Kanaloa—e, Aloha ino. —Ke Au Okoa. 22 October 1866. P. 3. A Story of Pā‘ele. Pā‘ele was born on Ni‘ihau on the 4th of August, 1821, and when he was a young child, he was appreciated for his kindness and his calm nature. He was a child who listened correctly to the words of his parents and family. He died on the 6th of October, 1866. So, the total of his days in this burdensome world was 45 years, 7 months, and 24 days, when he died.

He left his family and a great many more on this earth with great sadness and pain because of their love for him. Being overcome with sadness, some members of the family have raised a lament of love, and here it is:

Kanikau Aloha No Kahananui. Ke aloha nei no au ke halia nei, Kuu kane wehe kapa o ka aina, E oni mai ana ma ka mole o Lehua, E nana ana ia Makaikaiolea, Kauliilii iluna o Wawaenohu, Kuu kane mai ke ko eli o Aalalii [sic: Halalii], He alii ke aloha iluna o Kahalauaola, Ola kuu kane i ka wai huna a ka Paoo, Ke hao mai la iluna o Lainoai, Ai ka uhane o kuu kane i ka manu o Kaula, O ka mea pau ole o ke aloha e. S. Kamakakoa. —Ke Au Okoa. 17 December 1866. P. 3. A Loving Lament for Kahananui. I express my love and remember fondly My dear husband who laid out the blanket on the land The base of Lehua Island comes into view Looking at Māka‘ika‘iolea Scattered about atop Wāwaenohu My dear husband from the face of the hand-dug sugar cane of ‘A‘alāli‘i [sic: Halāli‘i] Love is the chief atop Kahālauaola My husband lives in the secret water of the pao‘o fish Snatched away atop Laino‘ai The spirit of my husband enjoys the birds of Ka‘ula What carries on forever is love. S. Kamakoa.

Kanikau

A lament of love for you, Kamaka‘ōpiopio Ni‘ihau is covered with kapu Who is its ali‘i who established the kapu? The eyes of my father are kapu Shielding the view by the parent The slowness is let down on Hakaeaea Coming to rest at Nu‘umehalani On Kahiki of the floating walls You are the repeating pattern of the sands of Kāne Tramping along the breast of Kāne, of Kanaloa Oh no.

301

He Make I Walohia. E Ko Hawaii pae Aina. Aloha oe. Ma ke kakahiaka o ka Poaha la 6 o Feberuari, 1879. Ua lalau mai la na lima menemene ole o ka make ia Mrs. Kii, a ua

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

hala aku la ma kela aoao o ka lua kupapau, ke hale puanuanu o na mea hanu a pau. Ua haalele iho oia mahope nei he keiki nona na makahiki he 16, a he pokii e uwe paiauma nona, a me ka makuahine i hooneleia i ke kamalei ole. A no ka nui o ke aloha iaia ua haku iho makou i wahi kanaenae aloha nona, a ola iho keia:

302

Kanikau la he aloha, Nou no hoi e Kii, Ua hala e aku oe, I ka hora kakahiaka, Ko aka kino wailua, Ka’u i ike lihi aku, Ka maalo i ke ahiahi, I kea no huli aumoe, Mee au a hoolohe, Ko leo i ka pane mai, Huli au ma ka paia, Aole oe i loaa, Ei aku nei paha oe, I ka poli o ka makua, Iloko o kea o uli, I ke ao polohiwa a Kane, Haalele mai nei hoi, I ka pili a kaua, Wehe mai nei kaawale, Pau ka ikena la oki, Noho i ka hale anuanu, I ka hale makamaka ole, Hookahi no makamaka, O Liawahine la iuka, Noho au la me ka u, Me ka minamina pauole, Na kini ou a pau, E paiauma nei, Ka hiolo a waimaka, Ka hakoi a ka Puuwai, Loku ana i ka iwihilo, I ka eha koni a loko, Noloko ae ka manao, Luaiele i ke kino, Ko kino ka mea aloha, I ka ike ole ia aku, Akahi a ike pono, I ka mea nui he aloha, He haha ua hiki mai, Ka anoi a ka manao, Ua manao paa no au, Kuu ipo lei mau oe, E ole hoi e hihi,

Kanikau

Kikoo e ia mai, E ka lima mana o ka Haku, Au wale aenei hoi, O ka ike lihi wale aku, Hu mai ke aloha nui, O kahi e noho ai, Malu hale o Kanaele, Hale aloha o ka makua, A kana i pili ai, I na wa liilii, O ka pa a ka makani, Naulu o Niihau, Holu nape i ka lau niu, I ka lau o ka manako, Hu mai ke aloha piha, No kahi wai auau, Wai olu o Kapuhae, E luana ai kaua, I ka lai o Pokii, Kiina o Hiku i uka, I hoa no ka wahine, No ke ala koolua ole, Alamuku a Kane me Kanaloa, Alanui koiawe ula i ka lewa, Aohe ka ukali e ke hoa, Ua nane hookahi aku oe, I ka huakai moe kau moe hooilo, Moe oni ole i ke kau a kau, Kaumaha luuluu i ko aloha, He aloha ke kula o Paua, Ia kula wela panoa i ka la, Ilaila kaili ke aho, Poniu na maka pau ka ike, Hala ka hanu haalele i ke kino, Pau ka oni ka auwe ana, Hapapa aku au mawaho, Aole ka uhane ka hoapili, Kaawale oe la kaawale au, Kaawale hoi Mama ka makua, Haki mai ko aloha e uwe no au, Nau ka olelo malaila aku au, Nau ke kauoha, owau ka ilaila, Aole au i pale i kou leo, He lei haule ole oe na kuu manao, He lei damiana nani na kuu puuwai, O oe paha ia i ka onohi o ka la, I ka paeopua kiikii olalo iho, I ke ao eleele la o loko lilo aku,

303

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Ike e aku la oe i ko ka lani poe, I na anela Hemolele e Hosana ana, E Hoonani ana i ka Haku Sabaota, I ka inoa Ihiihi o ko kakou Akua, O ka Makua Mau Loa make ole, Ike aku la oe i ka Paresaido nani. Mrs. Kaupali Kanoa. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 17 May 1879. P. 4. A Tragic Death. Dear Ko Hawaii Pae Aina, aloha. In the morning of Thursday, the 6th of February, 1879, the merciless hand of death came to claim Mrs. Ki‘i, who passed to the other side of the grave, the cold house of all living beings. She left behind a son aged 16, a young sister who grieves for her, and a mother deprived of a beloved child. As we have so much love for her, we composed this loving chant for her, and here it is:

304

A lament of love For you, Ki‘i You have passed on In the morning hours The image of your body Is what I see at a glance Passing by in the evening In the calm of the early morning hours I sleep and hear Your voice answering I turn to the wall But you are not found Perhaps there you are In the bosom of the father In the great beyond In the dark world of Kāne You have left The bond you and I had You have broken and severed it No longer to be seen, cut off Living in the cold house In the friendless house There is only one friend The old woman inland I sit and mourn Endlessly regretting All of your family Grieving The tears falling down The distress of the heart Beating to the core of my being The throbbing pain within

Kanikau

Where my thoughts come from Causing my body to rock Your body is what I love Which is no longer seen Now see well The great value of love A memory that has come The love of the thought I thought hard on it My sweetheart, may you always wear this lei Never to be entangled Ever extended Is the powerful hand of the Lord That you Simply see Great love springs Where lives The peaceful house of Kanaele House of love of the parent Where clings In the days of youth The blowing of the wind The Nāulu wind of Ni‘ihau Where the coconut trees sway The leaves of the mango trees Great love springs up For the waters where we bathed The cool water of Kapuhae Where you and I relaxed In the calm of Pōki‘i Hiku goes upland A companion for the woman From the pathway of no companion The cut-off road of Kāne and Kanaloa The road of rainbow-hued drizzling rain There is no attendant, dear friend You travel alone On the journey of endless sleep Motionless sleep forever Sad, distraught with love for you How I love the plains of Paua The hot, desert flatlands in the sun Where breath is snatched away Eyes become confused and no longer see Breath passes and leaves the body Moving ends, groaning I feel my way outside The spirit is not my close companion

305

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

You are separated, I am separated Mom, your parent, is also separated Your love is broken and I cry When you speak that is where I go You command and I go there I do not prevent your voice You are not a lei that falls from my thoughts A diamond necklace of my heart Perhaps it is you at the center of the sun Where the billowing cloud is below that snatches the sun In the black cloud at the center You have already seen the people of heaven The holy angels singing praises Praising the Lord of Hosts The sacred name of our God The eternal Father who never dies You see the beautiful Paradise. Mrs. Kaupali Kanoa.

306

He Make I Walohia. He kanikau aloha keia Nou e pauaho hele hewa ia Palani I ka wiliokai a ka manu o Kaula Niniu Niihau alo i ke ehu a ke kai E alo aku ana i na hau o Nonaiki Ka uwe helu mai a ka leo Kaune I ka po kanikau e aloha Aloha ino no kuu kaikuaana Kuu kaikuaana mai ka wa kupuna Mai ka wa makua nui a makua ole O oe ka ka uhane i oili pulelo aku la I Haehae ka hele ana a ka uhane Hele aku la oe i ke ala muku a Kanaloa I ke ala hiki ole ke hoi hope mai Auwe oe aloha ino. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 2 August 1879. P. 4. A Tragic Death. This is a loving lament For you, tiring, wandering off to Palani To the twirling of birds at Ka‘ula Ni‘ihau is sad as it faces the spray of the sea Facing the dews of Nonaiki Crying, recounting what the voice of Kaune says At night when I lament with aloha Oh my, my dear elder sibling My elder sibling of the days of our grandparents From the days of our parents until we became parentless You are the spirit that suddenly emerged

At Ha‘eha‘e where the soul went You went on the cut off road of Kanaloa Along the path of no return Oh, no, you. [Kanikau for Mrs. Kealakua.]

He uwe me ke aloha kaumaha Nou no e Kamaihawaii No kuu pua Oliana i mae Kuu pua i mohala popohe i ke kakahiaka I lu helelei ia aku nei e ka makani he Paupili Pili ka hanu me Apo ka Makua Kuahiwi kaulono ka hele ana a ka wahine Mai ka iu anuhea a ke Koolau Lalauia mai nei oe na eheu manu a ka lewanuu Nuumealani hono a Lele Lele ke ao kuka me ka opua

Kanikau

He Moolelo Walohia No Kuu Pua Oliana Ua Mae. E Ko Hawaii Pae Aina E. Aloha oe. Ke noi ia aku nei ke ahonui o kou mau Hookele, e ae mai ia’u e lawe aku i ka’u wahi ukana, a hookomo iho ma kahi kaawale o kou kino lahilahi; oia hoi ka moolelo piha o Miss Kamaihawaii Opunui. Ua hanauia oia ma Waimea, Kauai, i ka mahina o Kaaona (Dekemaba), la 11, 1866; a ua make iho nei i ka mahina o Welehu (Feberuari), la 3, 1881. Ua loaa iaia na makahiki piha 14, 1 mahina, 22 la, me 10 hora. Ma ka horaa 10 o ke kakahiakanui o ka la 3 i oleloia ae la maluna, oia ka wa i lilo ai ka hae o ka lanakila i na lima o na alihikaua a ke aloha ole, a waiho iho la i ke kino lepo e moe oni ole ana; oiai hoi ka ohana e noho ana me ke kaumaha nui ia manawa, e hooipo ana na kuluwaimaka i ko makou mau maka, e hapuku wale ana no e hapuku ai, e hoka wale ana no e hoka ai. O keia kaikamahine, malalo no ia o ke alakai maikai ana a na makua, me ka oluolu, me ke akahai, me ka nui maikai o kona kino, kupu ohaha ka laau i ka nana aku; kai no a o ka laau e hinawenawe ana, ka mea e luhi ai kaua ka mea kanu laau, eia ka ke kau nei ka ponalo i ka maka o ka’u Pua Oliana. Eia ke ano o ka ponalo: he kunu, he li, he wela, he eha ma ka puu, komo ole ka ai, he eha ma ke kua no na mahina 7 a oi aku; pela keia ponalo i omo malie ai i ka momona o ka’u pua Oliana; koe i ha iho o ke kino. O ka ike lapaau a kaua e Hawaii, he kauonukunuku ka loaa; pela no hoi ka haole, nui mai, halahu ka ike. O keia kaikamahine, nui kona aloha ia. Ua noho mua oia malalo o ke alakai ana a Uilama Kolo ma ke kula Enelani, iloko o na makahiki elua ma Waimea nei; a mahope iho, ua hoouoa hou ia oia ma Koloa, malalo o ke alakai maikai ana a ia kumu ma ke kula Enelani, iloko o na makahiki elua; a i ka nana aku, ua loaa iaia ka ike olelo Enelani; a ua noho pu no hoi me Kamika [Smith] ma i kekahi, a me kona makua hanai Mrs. Miliama Mundon. No ka nui o ko makou aloha iaia, nolaila, ua haku iho makou i wahi kanaenae aloha no, oia keia malalo iho:

307

He ua paha keia e hele mai nei A hiki mai no ko aloha E uwe no au. A lohi oe pono ole au A pa mai oe ehaeha mai au Nuha mai oe pane ole au Akaaka mai oe oluolu iho au Nalo aku oe puhili hoi au A hiki mai uo ko aloha ke aloha nui E uwe no au. W. B. Opunui. Kanikau la he aloha Nou e Kamaihawaii Aloha ino no hoi oe I emi iho nei nalowale Ei aku nei paha ka uhane I ka luna o Niihau I ke kauaheahe a Kaali i ka malie I walea paha ka uhane I ke ala o ka Hinahina E nenee mai ana i ka pali Pali nui o Kaalihala Hala iho nei kuu minamina pauole e noho nei Auwe kuu kaikamahine hoi—e.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Aloha aku au o ko kino aka wailua E hoi ka uhane e inu i ka wai o Waiakekua Oia wai a ke kupua ma ka po mai Oia wai kahela i ke one o Kaluaponiu Poniu iho nei na maka ike ole ia oe Aia ka ka uhane ke nihi ae la me ka Ua Mololani Auwe kuu kaikamahine hoi—e Kuu aloha pau ole e noho nei.

308

Kanikau la he aloha Nou e Kamaihawaii Aloha aku au o ke ku mai a Pualala i ke alia O ka noho ae hoi a Lehua i ke kai Aia ilaila ku wai a ka Paoa Auwe kuu aloha ia oe He uhane aloha keia O ke ku ololi a Palikalahale i ka malie Oni mai nei ko aloha He uhane no Kamaihawaii Ke hoikeia ae la e ka lae o Pueo au i ke kai I walea paha ka uhane i ka auaukai i Keanaakaluahine Aia paha ka uhane i ka luna Waikomo

Aloha au o ke one o Kaluamalu E hiki mai ai i ke awa kau o Kii Nana aku o ke one o Kaunupou Oia one kaulana mai kahiko mai Auwe kuu kaikamahine hoi—e. Aloha ino ka uhane o kuu haku Papahi lei o kuu a-i Auwe kuu kaikamahine Kuu minamina ia oe la—e. Aloha aku au o ke kula loa o Kawaikali Ke pili ae la me Kawaikamakamaka i Lehua Auwe kuu kaikamahine. Noho aku nana i ka lae o Puukoae i ke kai He uhane no Kamaihawaii Kuu aloha la e ua nalo iho nei Ke nana iho ia Halulu Oia wahi i noho ia ai Hu mai ke aloha a nui I ke kai o Keawanui Enaena i ke ehukai Auwe kuu kaikamahine. Kanikau la he aloha Kuu pua e hakui nei E mae ole nei i ke kino Aloha aku au o ke kula la o Kauawea Oia kula lili mai i ka la Aloha wale ia’u ka uka o Kanolo Oia uka ohuohu i ka lau o ka niu Oia wahi a ou kupuna i noho ai Nee mai ka pali a haawe i ke kua O ke kaupaku no ia o ka hale I walea paha ka uhane i ke kui pua nahele I lei papahi no ka wahine Auwe kuu kaikamahine Aloha ino no hoi oe. Kanikau la he aloha Nou e Kamaihawaii E aloha ae ana au I ke kawelu holu momoe i ka makani I ke one o Pohueloa Oia ke one hanau ou kupuna Alaila huli nana ia Pohakuokamaile

Kanikau

Oia wai kau mai i ka pali Ke hao la ka mikioi i ke kai o Lehua A lilo oe la nele makou Auwe kuu kaikamahine.

309

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Oia pohaku mai ka po mai He uhane kaahele no Kamaihawaii. Na’u na Ninio Keoninaakealoha. Waimea, Kauai, Mei 6, 1881. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 28 May 1881. P. 4. A Tragic Story of My Dear Oliander Flower that Wilted. Dear Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. Aloha. I’d like to request your directors to take what I have to offer and place it in whatever space you have in your thin body of text, the full story of Miss Kamaihawai‘i ‘Ōpūnui. She was born in Waimea, Kaua‘i, in the month of Ka‘aona (December) on the 11th, 1866, and passed away in the month of Welehu (February), the 3rd, 1881. She attained 14 years, 1 month, 22 days and 10 hours. At 10 o’clock in the morning on the 3rd, as stated above, is when the flag of victory was obtained by the hand of the generals in battle who lack love and left the earthly body to lie motionless. The family sat in such great sadness at the time with tears caressing our eyes, gathering together just to gather together, filled with regret just to be filled with regret. We saw signs on this daughter that the medicine was taking effect on her able body, under the good and kind guidance of her patient parents. We also saw the medicine running low, a problem that troubles planters of medicinal plants. And yet the blight had settled on the face of my oliander flower. This is what the blight is like: a cough, chills, heat, a sore throat, inability to swallow, pain in the back for 7 or more months. This is what the blight was like as it slowly consumed the richness of my oliander flower, leaving only the body. The medicine we know, you Hawaiians, came up short. Same, too, for the white people. Lots of disease, but useless knowledge. This girl was greatly loved. She first lived under the direction of Uilama Kolo at the English school for two years here in Waimea. Later she was sent to Kōloa under the good direction of the teacher there in the English school for two years. She seemed to have a good grasp of English. She also lived with the Smiths and her adoptive parent, Mrs. Miliama Mundon. Due to the great love we have for her, we composed a loving chant, which we leave below:

310

Crying with loving sadness For you, Kamaihawai‘i For my dear oliander flower that faded away My flower that blossomed fully in the morning Falling and scattering in the Pā‘ūpili wind The breath is connected to Apo, the parent Mountains and ridges were traversed by the woman From the fragrant heights of the Ko‘olau winds You have been snatched away by the wings of birds of the upper heavens Nu‘umealani, the bay of Lele The cloud flies to council with the billowing cloud This could be rain coming Until your love comes I will cry When you are slow in coming, I am not well

When you are struck, I feel the pain You are annoyed, and I have no answer When you laugh, I am comforted You disappear, and I am scattered Until your love comes, the great love I cry. W. B. ‘Ōpūnui.

A lament of love For you, Kamaihawai‘i I love how Pualala emerges out of the wetland With Lehua living on the sea There is where the water of the pāo‘o fish is Oh, my love for you This is a loving spirit Palikalahale stands narrowly in the calm Your love moves towards me A spirit of Kamaihawai‘i Being revealed by the point of Pueo extending out to sea The spirit might enjoy itself swimming in the sea at Keanaakaluahine Maybe the spirit is found atop Waikomo That water up on the cliff The Mikioi wind gusts on the sea at Lehua When you disappeared, we were left without Oh, my dear girl.

Kanikau

A lament of love For you, Kamaihawai‘i How terrible for you Who withered away and disappeared Maybe your spirit is At the top of Ni‘ihau Heading straight for Ka‘ali on a calm day Where the soul relaxes On the pathway of hinahina Moving towards the cliff Ka‘alihala is a large cliff My endless anguish passes that stayed here Oh, my dear girl. How I love the reflection of your body The soul returns to drink the water of Waiakekua That water of the demigod in the night The water that stretches out across the sand of Kaluapōniu The eyes that no longer see you are confused The soul creeps along with the Mololani rain Oh, my dear girl My endless love that dwells here.

311

I love the sand of Kaluamalu Reaching the landing of Ki‘i You look at the sand of Kaunupou The famous sand from ancient times Oh, my dear girl So sad for the soul of my lord The adorning lei of my neck Oh, my dear daughter My anguish for you I love the long plain of Kawaikali Adjacent to Kawaikamakamaka at Lehua Oh, my dear girl Sitting and looking at the point of Pu‘ukoa‘e on the sea A spirit of Kamaihawai‘i My dear love has disappeared Gazing at Halulu That place that was inhabited Love rises and becomes full At the sea of Keawanui Raging in the sea spray Oh, my dear girl.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

A lament of love My loving flower flutters Never fading in the body I love the plains of Kauawe‘a That plain angry at the sun The inland of Kanolo [sic: Kanalo] loves me That misty height in the leaves of the coconut That place where your ancestors lived The cliff moves towards me carrying a burden on the ridge It is the roof of the house Where the spirit relaxes, stringing flowers of the wilderness As a lei adorning the woman Oh, my dear girl How sad for you.

312

A lament of love For you, Kamaihawai‘i How I love The kāwelu grass swaying and laying down in the wind On the sands of Pōhueloa The birth sands of your ancestors Then you turn and look at Pōhakuokamaile That rock from the time of pō A traveling spirit of Kamaihawai‘i. It is I, Ninio Keoninaakealoha. Waimea, Kaua‘i, May 6, 1881. [The long series of kanikau for Kēhukai Rose Kamaihawai‘i ‘Ōpūnui in Ko Ha-

waii Pae Aina begins on April 16, 1881, and continues on April 23, April 30, May 7, May 28, June 11, and June 18. The verses with Ni‘ihau place names are in the May 28 and June 11 editions.] Kanikau No Kamaihawaii. Kanikau kumakena keia nou e Kehukai Rose Kamaihawaii Kuu komo daimana i haule iho nei Haule oe la nalo e nalo la Nele au i ka mea nani ole o kea o nei Ke hapuku nei au i ka hua a ka nele ma kahi o ka miliona He ole miliona, he ole miliona Mimilo ai ke kai nalo ka moku papapa He mokupuni i ike ole ia e ka malihini Malihini ka Helena a ka wahine He wahine auau kai no Keanaoku Oia hoi Kehukai Rose Kamaihawaii Auwe kuu komo daimana ua haule iho nei Aloha ino He pua oe na ka makani he mahoa He pulapula hoi na Kuhaimoana Na ke kupua kahiko mai ka po mai Nona o Kaula ka palena o na aina Ku ka wahine i ka lae o Kahuku Huli ke alo nana ia Niihau Ka hoolai malie mai a ke kai o Kahoomoa Ninau iho la o Kehukai Rose Kamaihawaii Ia Kuhaimoana e kupuna e Owai kela puu ma ka hikini o Niihau Hai ae la o kupuna me ka leo nui E kuu pulapula lani e o Kawaihoa ia

A Kaula i ke kumu o ka makani Oi mai ana Kaneneenee Hulili ana kalauiki a waalea Alo ana i ke kai Makaikiolea A ka moana o Niihau uaua iho ia Lainoai Me he iako waa la ka lae Noio A nihi mai ana i ke kai o Keawanui Auwe kuu komo daimana ua haule iho nei aloha ino He awa kau ia no ka auwaa Nana ae o ke ku a ka pali a Kahukana Ninau o Kehukai R. Kamaihawaii Pane mai la o kupuna ma ka puka nei o kuu hale A kau aku ma ke ala a Kuopihi Nana aku o ka luna o Kalaialamea I walea ka wahine i ke aheahe makani

Kanikau

Hoopuka ae la o Kehukai R. Kamaihawaii i kekahi mau lalani mele penei:

313

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 314

I ka malu o na eheu o ka manu Hoolohe aku o ka nonolo mai a Papala i ke kai Hai ae la o Kehukai R. Kamaihawaii Ino e, ino la, ino o Kapohakahi aku Pane mai la o Kehukai R. Kamaihawaii E u hoi ha kaua i Niihau I mai la o kupuna E kaapuni kaua ia Kaula nei Hiki aku la i ka lulu o Kaimaio Mohala ae la ka puu a Kahalauaola Ola no kolaila kupa i ka leo o ka manu Me he bele kani la ia iluna o Manawahua Auwe kuu komo daimana ua haule iho nei aloha ino E pili aloha ana me ka lae o Kaulanaiwa Me hiwahiwa oe he milimili na ka ua naulu i ke kula o Kamalino Keehi i ke one hanau ou kupuna A me kini makua ou Aloha paweo i ka malu o ka hale A me ka wai huna iloko o ka pohaku Aloha kahi nalu o Iana [sic: Lana] Aia ka pae ana i Umeumelua Ume ia aku nei oe la nalowale Aloha kahi wai o Laulau Ku nana ia Kahaino Iliki ana o Kehukai R. Kamaihawaii ilaila Nana aku o ka holoholo mai a na kanaka alualu kai o Laeahi Ahi wela loko i ko aloha e Aloha o Malaehaokoa i ke ehu a ke kai Aloha o Keanahaki oia wahi au puili Aloha na ulu hua i ka hapapa Aloha ke ehu a ke ao i ka lihi mai a ka la i ke kula o Mauuloa Loa Halalii i paia e ka Inuwai Kela makani hawene no me he ipo la Panoa i ka la ka uka o Makanikoaniani Aloha aku au o Woiuonae Aloha ke ko eli o Halalii Aloha ke alia o Kalaihi a me Kalaalaau Aloha ke one o Pooneone Aloha Kapiheakeakua i ka hao a ka Mikioi Auwe kuu komo daimana ua haule iho nei Aloha au o ke ana a ke kalo Oia ana a Paahulihonu i noho ai Nana na kumu moena he lehulehu Ku ana ka wahine iluna o Kelamaula A nana ana i ke kai o Kona Hoopuka ae la o Kehukai R. Kamaihawaii I mau lalani mele penei:

Kanikau

Haomakua kea o noho iluna Kawaewae E wae ana i ka manao a loko Pehea mai oe e kuu lei aloha A pane mai oe olu iho au Olu ke ku ana a ke anuenue i na kuahiwi Me he kapakea la ka ua i na pali Pali mai nei ko maka la e kuu aloha Auwe kuu komo daimana ua haule iho nei Ku ana ka wahine iluna o Puulua Hoopuka iho la i kekahi moolelo kahiko mai na kupuna mai Ua ka ua i Kaeo, i hea oe? I Niihau nei no mawaho aku Ua ka ua i Kaeo, i hea oe? I Kauai maloko mai Aloha ke koa laulii o Kolaukomo E kahikoia la e ka makani he Inuwai Inu i ka wai lehua a ka manu He mau ia wahi kanaenae la e kuu aloha Aloha no, P. I. Kaleialoha. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 11 June 1881. P. 1. Lament for Kamaihawai’i. A lament to grieve you, Kēhukai Rose Kamaihawai‘i My diamond ring that has fallen away You fell and are lost I am left with the things that are not beautiful in the world I gather the fruits of lack by the millions There are no millions, no trillions The sea curls up and the flat island disappears It is an island unseen by the visitor Where the woman has gone is unfamiliar A woman who bathes in the sea at Keanaokū That was Kēhukai Rose Kamaihawai‘i Oh, my dear diamond ring fallen away Oh, no. You are a flower in the Māhoa wind A young seedling of Kūhaimoana The demigod from the time of divine origin Who rules Ka‘ula, the last of the islands The woman stands at the point of Kahuku Turning the face to look at Ni‘ihau The calm sea of Kaho‘omoa Kēhukai Rose Kamaihawai‘i asks Kūhaimoana, “Kupuna, What is the name of that hill on the east side of Ni‘ihau?” Kupuna replies with a loud voice, “My dear, royal young one, that is Kawaihoa.”

315

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Kēhukai R. Kamaihawai‘i says these lines of chant, as follows:

316

At Ka‘ula is the base of the wind Kānene‘ene‘e sticks out The little leaf of Wa‘alea Facing the sea at Makaikiolea At the ocean of Ni‘ihau, choppy at Laino‘ai Like the outrigger canoe boom on Noio point Creeping to the sea at Keawanui Oh, my dear diamond ring that fell How sad A bay where a fleet of canoes was set You look and the cliff stands at Kahukana Kēhukai R. Kamaihawai‘i asks Kupuna answers at the door of my house And sets off on the road of Kū‘opihi Looking up at the height of Kālai‘alāmea Where the woman relaxed in the breeze In the shelter of the wings of the bird Listening to the bubbling sound of the sea at Pāpala Kēhukai R. Kamaihawai‘i says, “It is stormy, it is stormy at Kapohākahi.” Kēhukai R. Kamaihawai‘i says, “Let us mourn at Ni‘ihau.” Kupuna replies, “Let’s take a tour here of Ka‘ula.” Reaching the calm of Kaimāio The hill of Kahālauaola becomes visible The natives there live by the call of the birds Like the ringing of a bell above Manawahua [grief] Oh, my diamond ring that fell How sad. Clinging to love at the point of Kaulana‘iwa With you, my favorite in the Nāulu rain on the plain of Kamalino Stepping on the birth sands of your ancestors And your parents Greeting and then parting in the peace of the house And the hidden water in the rock I love the surf of Lana The landing is at ‘Ume‘umelua You were drawn in and are now gone I love the water of Laulau Stand and look at Kaha‘ino Kēhukai R. Kamaihawai‘i reaches there She looks and the people who follow the sea at Lae‘ahi arrive I am filled with the heat of your love I love Malaeha‘akoa in the spray of the sea I love Keanahaki, the handle of the tapa beater

Kuu Lei Momi Ua Hala. Kuu makuakane i ke kai o Kaulakahi Akahi no au a ike i ka hana a ke aloha Me he wai mapuna la e pipii nei Kuu makuakane mai ke ao naulu o Niihau Mai ke ao opua hoohaehae malie Auwe kuu makuakane hoi e Kuu makuakane mai ka makani he Mikioi O ia makani halihali wai o Lehua

Kanikau

I love the breadfruit tree bearing fruit on the coral rock I love the dusk of the day as the sun sets on the plain of Mau‘uloa Halāli‘i is long and blown by the Inuwai wind That wind warming you like a lover The upland of Makanikōaniani is a desert in the sun I love Waiūona I love the hand-dug sugar cane of Halāli‘i I love the wetlands of Kala‘ihi and Kala‘alā‘au I love the sand of Pō‘oneone I love Kapiheakeakua in the force of the Mikioi wind Oh, my dear diamond ring that fell off I love the cave of taro That cave where Pa‘ahulihonu lived Who had many piles of mats The woman stands atop Kalama‘ula Looking at the sea of Kona Kēhukai R. Kamaihawai‘i said Several lines of a mele: “Haomakua is the cloud dwelling atop Kawaewae Sorting out the thoughts within.” How are you, my loving lei? When you answer me, I am comforted I am comforted by the rainbow that appears on the mountain The rain appears like a white blanket on the cliffs Your eyes are a lofty cliff, my love Oh, my diamond ring that fell off The woman stands atop Pu‘uloa Telling an old story from the ancestors The rain falls at Kā‘eo. Where are you? Here on Ni‘ihau outside The rain falls at Kā‘eo. Where are you? On Kaua‘i inside I love the small-leafed koa trees of Kōlaukomo Adorned by the Inuwai wind Drinking the water that drips off of the lehua flower as a bird May this tribute go on forever, my love Oh, no. P. I. Kaleialoha.

317

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

He lehua lei ke aloha na’u e papahi nei E hooipo nei la i kuu puuwai Kuu makuakane mai ka la o Niihau Mai ke kula wela o Pohueloa Loa ka heleloa o kuu papa Hele aku o ko makou pua nui Ke nonoho nei no makou la i muliwaa Aloha Kawaihoa i ka hooipo ia e ka Moae. (Aole i pau.) —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 21 March 1885. P. 4. My Pearl Necklace Has Passed. My dear father in the sea of Kaulakahi I have finally seen the work of love Like a spring bubbling up My dear father from the rain clouds of Ni‘ihau From the large clouds that tear away the calm Oh, my dear father My dear father from the Mikioi wind That wind that carries water from Lehua Love is a lei of lehua that I wear Making love to my heart My dear father from the sun of Ni‘ihau From the hot plain of Pōhueloa The journey of my dad is long Go on, our great flower We sit at the stern of the canoe I love Kawaihoa which the Moa‘e wind loves. (To be continued.)

318

Kuu Lei Momi Ua Hala. (Koana mai kela pule mai.) Ke paio ae la me Kaunulau Aloha Pukaiki kahi a kaua i noho ai Aloha ke alia o Kalaihi i Kalaalaau Aloha ka pihe a ke kua i Waiuonae Aloha no ko eli o Halalii Aloha na Uluhua i ka hapapa Aloha na kanaka alualu kai kiai kai o Laeahi Aloha Kaimuhonu i ka lai Auwe kuu aloha i kuu makuakane hoi e Kuu makuakane hoa pili o ia aina malihini A kaua e hele koolua ai Kuu makuakane i ka luna o Kawaewae E wehe ae ana i ka hihi a ke aloha Aole hoi e hiki ua sila paa ia Aloha pau ole oe i ke kau me ka hooilo. Mr. Kanikikaiwalea K. Kanoa. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 28 March 1885. P. 4.

Hoalohaloha. Mr. Lunahooponopono, Aloha oe. O ka mea manaonao ka hiki ana mali mawaena o ke kane ame ka wahine ame na keiki ame ka lehulehu ka uka o ke Aloha, ke kaumaha na ka waimaka e hiolo ana ua hala ka mea aloha he kane ua kii mai ia no ka Mea. Nana i hana mai a lawe aku la i Kana o ka Uhane a koe iho la ke kino lepo a hoi aku i ka Lepo. Ua make o Kahui (k) ma Pakala, Makaweli, Waimea, Kauai, ma ka la 21 o Feberuari, M.H. 1906, a lawe ia aku kona kino puanuanu ma ka pailina ma Lanakila, Waimea, Kauai a koe iho la kana wahine Keokilele Kahui me na keiki he umi, e kumakena aku ma keia ao, me ka ohana. O kona aina hanau o Niihau, i Niihau a nui a kanaka makua i Kauai nei, loaa ka wahine o Mrs. Rose Kalehu, na laua na keiki elua a make ia wahine, mahope iho o ia make ana o Rose Kalehu mare hou i ka wahine oia o Keokilele Kahui me keia wahine a hala wale aku la i ke ala hoi ole mai na laua na keiki he umi, o ke alanui hookahi ia o na mea apau o J. W. Kahaleau ka mea nana i hoomaikai i kona kino hope loa, a mai ka lawaia mai oia me kana lede Mrs. Kalua Kahaleau a kipa mai ma kauhale nei, a ma ko maua home no i hoomanao ia ai kona kino lepo a lawe ia aku a kanu ma ka ilina ma Lanakila. Aloha a nui ame ka wahine kane make. J. W. Kawailiula. Waimea, Kauai, Feberuari 24, 1906. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 2 March 1906. P. 2. Condolences. Dear Mr. Editor, aloha. The most terrible thing to arrive among men, women and children and the entire population on land is the pity and sadness with tears streaming down at the passing of the loved one, a husband. The Creator came to take away what was his, the spirit, and left the earthly body to return to dust. Kahui (m) died in Pākala, Makaweli, Waimea, Kaua‘i on the 21st of February 1906, and his cold body was taken to the cemetery in Lanakila, Waimea,

Kanikau

My Pearl Necklace Has Passed. (Remains from last week.) Contending with the Unulau wind I love Pukaiki where you and I lived I love the wetland of Kala‘ihi at Kala‘alā‘au I love the noise at the back of Waiūona I love the hand-dug sugar cane of Halāli‘i I love the abundant breadfruit on the coral rock I love the people who follow the sea and guard the sea at Lae‘ahi I love Kaimuhonu in the calm Oh, how I love my dear father My dear father, dear friend of the foreign land Where you and I went My dear father at the top of Kawaewae Removing the rays of love But not successfully as it is sealed tight You endlessly love the summer and winter. Mr. Kanikikaiwalea K. Kanoa.

319

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Kaua‘i. His wife, Keokilele Kahui, remains along with ten children to grieve in this world with the family. His homeland was Ni‘ihau, where he lived until adulthood before coming here to Kaua‘i. He found a wife, Mrs. Rose Kalehu, with whom he had two children, and then she died. After the death of Rose Kalehu, he married another wife, Keokilele Kahui, with whom he remained until he went the way of no return. They had ten children. It is the same pathway of everyone. J. W. Kahale‘au performed the final rights over his remains. After coming to go fishing with his lady, Mrs. Kalua Kahale‘au, they came to visit here at home. It was in our home that the funeral service was held for his body, and then he was taken to be buried at the cemetery in Lanakila. We extend our great aloha to his widow. J. W. Kawaili‘ulā. Waimea, Kaua‘i, February 24, 1906.

320

Ka’u Mea Aloha He Wahine Ua Hala. E Mr. Lunahooponopono o kuu Aloha Aina Oiaio. Aloha oe. E oluolu oe e hookomo iho ma kahi kaawale o ka kaua Hiwahiwa a ka Lahui; i ike mai ai na kini makamaka e noho ana mai ka hikina a ka La i Kumukahi a hiki i ka La koili i ke kai ma o aku o Lehua. E ike mai oukou na makua, na hoaha nau o ka’u mea aloha he wahine i hooko-o mai i ka pili a maua, a’u hoi eu aku nei nona ame ka maua mau keiki amen a moopuna, no ka mea, ua niau palanehe aku la oia ma ke ala poliku a Kane, a waiho la i ke kino lepo na’u e painuu aku me ka luuluu me na luhi a maua. Aloha no! No ka mea, ma ka la 22 o Mei aku la, 1912, ua haalele mai la ka’u wahine aloha nui ia’u, oia hoi o Keliikauokau w., ma ko maua home ma Waialua nei, ka Aina ku Poalua i ke ehu a ke kai olalo-e, i ke 58 makahiki o kona hanu ana i na ea oluolu o keia ola ana, hanauia oia ma Niihau i ka mahina o Mei 12, 1854, ma ka puhaka mai o Kina w., a me Kalalau k., a me ka nui o kona mau hoahanau amen a kaikunane. A oia nei hoi i helu pu ia iloko o ke kanaenae o ko lakou one oiwi, oia o Niihau, penei: “Aia i Niihau kuu pawehe, ka moena e wela ai ko ili, hana noeau ia e ka mikioi.” Aloha wale! A ua mare ia hoi maua ma ka la 11 o Mei, 1878 ma Laiewai, Koolauloa, a ua hoopomaikaiia mai no hoi ko maua puhaka me na hua ohaha o ko maua noho mare ana me na keiki 4. He 2 keikikane, ame 2 kaikamahine, a me na ohana keiki a ka maua mau keiki. A ua piha no hoi ia maua na makahiki he 34 o ka noho maemae ana iloko o ka mare a hiki i kona pauaho e ana mai la. He wahine aloha kane oia ame ka heahea; he makuahine hooikaika hoi i na mea pili i ko ke Akua Aupuni lani, a’u hoi e minamina pau ole nei nona. No ka mea, “Nana no i haawi mai, a nana no i lawe aku.” A’u hoi e hoomaikai ae nei ma ka inoa o ka Makua ame Kana Keiki Iesu Kristo. Amene. Owau ino me ka luuluu. Henry N. Kanihonui. Waialua, Oahu, Iulai 13, 1912. —Ke Aloha Aina. 13 July 1912. P. 2. My Beloved Wife Has Passed. Mr. Editor of my dear true Aloha Aina, aloha. Please place this in an empty space of our favorite of the nation for the many friends living in the east, where the sun rises at Kumukahi, to where the sun rests on the sea on the other side of Lehua. May the parents’ generation, the cousins and siblings of my love, my wife, who supported our union, whom I mourn for along with our children and grandchildren, [know] she has passed gently on the path of the dark beyond of Kāne. She leaves her body to me to rock, devasted along with those over whom

Kuu Makuahine Aloha Ua Hala. Mr. Sol. Hanohano, ke kapena o ka Hiwahiwa a ka Lahui ka Nupepa Kuokoa. Aloha oe. E oluolu mai kou ahonui e hookipa aku i keia wahi puolo a ke aloha, ina he keena kaawale kekahi o kou moku ahailono, oia iho keia. Ma ka hora 2 p.m. o ka Poaono, Ianuari 25, 1913, ua haalele mai la i keia ao inea o Mrs. Kiekie Kalua, ma Haena, Kauai, a hoi aku la ma keia home mau ma o, i ke 90 a oi o kona mau makahiki. Ua hanauia oia ma Kahaino, Niihau, i ka la 20 o Ianuari, 1823, mai ka puhaka mai o Kamano Nui me Kahipai, kana wahine, a na ka hele ana mai o kona mau makua ia Kauai nei i hele pu mai ai oia a noho i Haena nei, a mare i kana kane mua oia o Laamaikahiki. Ua loaa he mau keiki me ia kane, ua pau loa no nae i ka hala ma ke ala ana i hele aku la. Make kana kane mua, mare hou me Samson Salue o Kaanapali, Maui, ua loaa hou no he mau keiki mai ia laua mai, ua hala aku no naoe ma kela ao, a koe iho au ka mea e auamo hookahi nei i ka ukana nui a ke aloha, i ahona i na keiki, na moopuna me na kuakahi ana i haalele iho la. Luuluu wale! He makuahine haipule oiaio oia, a he leo paa ole hoi ma ka hookipa ana i na malihini me na kamaaina e kipa ana ma kona home e ai, a na kona hala ana aku la e pau ai ka loha ana o ka lehulehu i kona leo aloha. He mea nui no hoi au kana keiki iaia, pela pu ka’u wahine, kana mau moopuna, me na kuakahi. Ke hoomanao ae i kuu mama, mea o ka mokumokuahua o ka naau. Nana no nae i haawi mai, a Nana no i lawe aku; e hoonaniia no ka inoa o na Kahikolu. Me keia ke haawi aku nei au i ka’u mau hoomaikai palena ole i ka ohana, na hoaloha me ka lehulehu apau i akoakoa mai i ka wa o kuu mama e kau ana kona kino lepa ahiki i kona nalo ana, pela pu i ka poe na lakou i hana ka home hope loa o kuu mama aloha i hala. E oluolu e lawe aku i keia hoomaikai. Ke hooki nei au maanei, me oe e ka Lunahooponopono o ke Kilohana a ka Lahui me kou mau sela ko’u adieu.

Kanikau

we are in charge. What pity! As on the 22nd of May last, 1912, my loving wife, Keli‘ikauoka‘ū, left me, in our home here in Waialua, the land where the spray of the sea rests below. It was on Tuesday. It was the 58th year of her breathing the cool air of this life. She was born on Ni‘ihau on May 12, 1854, from the loins of Kina (f) and Kalalau (m), with many sisters and brothers. She is included in this tribute of their birth place, Ni‘ihau, in the saying: “There at Ni‘ihau is my makaloa mat, the mat that warms the skin, made with skill by the Mikioi wind.” How sad! We were married on the 11th of May, 1878, in Lā‘iewai, Ko‘olauloa, [O‘ahu], and our loins were blessed with beautiful children. We lived in marriage with 4 children, 2 boys and 2 girls, with nephews and nieces among our children. We were both 34 years old, living faithfully in marriage up until she gave up the breath. She was a faithful wife and very inviting. She was a mother devoted to the things of the kingdom of God, and I shall never get over regretting her passing, since “He giveth and he taketh away.” I give praise to the name of the Father and His Son, Jesus Christ. Amen. It is I in great sadness, Henry N. Kanihonui. Waialua, O‘ahu, July 13, 1912.

321

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Owau iho no ke keiki i hooneleia i ka mama. John Kalua. Haena. Ianuari 31, 1913. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 7 February 1913. P. 7. My Dear Loving Mother Has Passed. Mr. Sol. [Solomon] Hanohano, captain of the favorite [newspaper] of the people, the Nupepa Kuokoa, aloha. May it please your forbearance to entertain this bundle of love should there be found a spare cabin on your news-bearing ship, which this is. At 2 o’clock p.m. on Saturday, January 25, 1913, Mrs. Ki‘eki‘e Kalua departed this desolate world in Hā‘ena, Kaua‘i and returned to this eternal home on the other side in her more than 90th year. She was born in Kaha‘ino, Ni‘ihau on the 20th of January, 1823 from the loins of Kamano Nui and Kahipai, his wife. When her parents moved here to Kaua‘i, she also came to live here in Hā‘ena and married her husband, La‘amaikahiki. She had children with this husband, who had passed away on the pathway she travelled. When her first husband died, she remarried Samson Kalu‘e of Kā‘anapali, Maui. She had more children in this union, who have passed away into the next world. I remain to bear the great grief of love alone in the place of the children, grandchildren, and great-grandchildren that she left behind. So devastating! She was a truly pious mother. She did not hesitate to receive guests and acquaintances who visited her home to eat. Her passing puts an end to the people hearing her voice of aloha. I, her son, was important to her, as was my wife, her grandson, and greatgrandchildren. To remember my mom brings grief to my heart. He has given and He has taken away. May the name of the Trinity be glorified. In this way I express my boundless gratitude to the family, the friends, and all the many people who gathered when my mom left her earthly body, so, too, to those who created the final home of my late, loving mom. Please accept this expression of gratitude. I end here and with you, dear editor of the viewpoint of the people and your sailors [sela], I leave my adieu. It is I, the child who is left without his mom. John Kalua. Hā‘ena, [Kaua‘i]. January 31, 1913.

322

Kuu Kane Aloha Keliikanakaole Ua Hala. Mr. Lunahooponopono o ka Nupepa Kuokoa, ke Kilohana Pookela a ka Lahui Hawaii, Aloha kaua a nui. E ae mai kou puuwai ahonui, ame ka lokomaikai, no’u hoi a no ka’u wahi puolo waimaka a ke aloha, e kau ae la maluna, kekahi keena kaawale o ka papa oneki o kou moku lele kaapuni honua, a nana hoi ia e lele mama aku, a hoea i na welau o ka hikina i ka puka ana a ka la i Kumukahi, a pulelo loa aku hoi i na welau komohana; i ka welono a ka la i ka ilikai o Lehua, a hooipo loa aku me Kuhaimoana i Kaula i ka mole o na moku; a na o’u mau kini makamaka hoi ia e ike mai, na hoaloha hoi ame ka ohana, na kaikaina, na kaikuahine o kuu mea aloha he kane, ua wehe, ua hookoo i ka pili a maua; aia la ke naue la i ke ala polikua a kane, ke hoaikane ae la me Hiku i Kanahele, e walea

no paha i kana puni i ke kui lei lehua i ke anu o Kalehuamakanoe, a haalele iho la kela ia’u, me kuu kaikaina me na keiki a makou, me ka ukana luuluu he waimaka, a paiauma aku nei nona, o ka’u ia e huli ae nei, aole oia i loaa. Ae ua pau, ua hala, ua nalo aku la na maka o kuu mea aloha he kane, kuu kane mai ka makani Naulu o Niihau, i hapaiia mai e ka Mikioi o Kawaihoa, aloha na la wela o ka Makalii, a me kea nu o ka hooilo. Luuluu wale ke aloha o kuu kane i kuu manawa e loku nei! Mrs. Kaluawai Keliikanakaole. Me ka ohana, Kekaha, Kauai. June 4, 1917. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 15 June 1917. P. 2. My Dear Loving Husband Keli‘ikanaka‘ole Has Passed. Mr. Editor of the Nupepa Kuokoa, the best viewpoint of the Hawaiian people, great aloha to us both. Please allow the forbearance of your heart and generosity for me and my bundle of tears of love found above to be placed in an available space on the deck of your ship that flies through its rounds, taking speed and reaching the ends of the east, where the sun rises at Kumukahi, and streaks across to the ends of the west, to where the sun makes its trek to the surface of the sea of Lehua to make love with Kūhaimoana at Ka‘ula at the base of the island. It is for my many friends to see, the friends and family, younger brothers and sisters of my loved one, my husband, who has been taken away, who supported the bond between us. He is now making his way on the dark path beyond of Kāne, befriending Hiku at Kanahele, perhaps enjoying his pursuits stringing lei of lehua in the cold of Kalehuamakanoe, leaving that job to me and my younger sister with our children with our sad burden of tears, grieving for him. This is what I pursue, as he is not found here.

Yes, he is gone, he has passed away. The eyes of my dear loved one, my husband, my dear husband from the Nāulu wind of Ni‘ihau, carried away by the Mikioi wind of Kawaihoa. How I love the hot days of the month of Makali‘i and the cold of winter. How bitterly sad the love of my dear husband for my heart that is so struck! Mrs. Kaluawai Keli‘ikanaka‘ole and family. Kekaha, Kaua‘i, June 4, 1917. [This long obituary for Keli‘ikanaka‘ole, who was born December 2, 1860, at Poki‘i, Kekaha, and died May 17, 1917, at Kualukaheka, Kekaha, begins at Polihale and circles Kaua‘i counterclockwise, identifying the wahi pana around the island. When it reaches Nualolo, it mentions Ni‘ihau.] Kuu Lei Kaapuni Heihei Au. I Kaula i Niihau kuu lei momi, Kuu lei daimana a e lei nei; Ka makapeni ka i hiki mua ilaila, Eli i ka punako o Halalii. I ka moena pawehe pahee ka ili, I na ulu hua noho i ka hapapa;

Kanikau

I search for you, my love Among the fragrant walls of Puna Where have you disappeared to? Come back so you and I can be together

323

Ka home aloha o Kapalikalahale, Ke alii i ka mole o ka aina. Ua ola no oe a e Niihau, I kuu lei daimana nau i kui; A nau kuu lei a e lei nei, I huli hele mai au i ke kai loa, A loaa i ka mole o ka aina, I ka la koelo i ka ilikai; A nou ka mahalo piha pono ia, Ia oe Niihau kuu lei momi. Ua ola kuu lei heihei au. Ka lehua daimana pua lilia.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Aia i Kaula kuu lei momi, Ka lei puakoali a ka mikioi; I kuiia mai e na kini manu, O ke kini lawai’a a manu i ke kai. Inu i ka waihuna a ka paoo, I ka la koelo i ka ilikai; Aohe i ana iho kuu makemake, Ke kaapuni hele ana i ke ao nei. Ei aku ia wa heihei au, E aha’i hou mai au he makana, E hooulu hou ae kuu lahui, Ka makia kaulana ia o Kalani. Ia oe ke aloha Kalisimaka, Ka Lunahooponopono o ka nupepa; Me na keiki hoonohohua; Ka Hapenuia makahiki laki. E ola kaua e kuu aloha, Apuna ka honua i ka huli ia. E ola kuu lei heihei au, Ka lehua daimana pua lilia.

324

E huli mai hoi oe e Kaehakoni, E kuu aloha dia poina ole; Ua anuanu au a e noho nei, I ko poli aku au e mehana ai. He loa keia kai o ka au ana, I ka pahu heihei au o Kaula; Ua kua ke eo i ka moho o Maui, Nuna i au aku i ka pahu loa. Mai Hawaii mai a Niihau, Haawi lilo ia mai ka makana; E ke kuini manu i ka home o ka i’a, He lehua daimana pua lilia. He hanohano kiekie i loaa mai,

There at Ka‘ula is my dear pearl necklace The lei of koali flowers of the Mikioi wind Strung together by so many birds The multitude of fishing birds at sea Drinking the hidden water of the pāo‘o fish In the sun that races across to the surface of the sea My desire is limitless It spans the entire circumference of the world Here comes the moment of the swim race I will win the prize Grow my dear nation The famous motto of His Highness [Kalākaua] To you I extend my Christmas greetings Dear Editor of the newspaper Along with the typesetter boys A lucky Happy New Year May you and I live in love All over the known world My lei of the swim race lives The diamond lehua lily flower

Kanikau

I keia makahiki laki mamua; Me oe ke aloha Karisimaka, O ka Hapenuia laki me a’u. Haina kuu lei heihei au, Ka lehua daimana pua lilia. I. K. Kapuaimaui. Honolulu, Dec. 10, 1917. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 21 December 1917. P. 8. My Traveling Lei That Swims the Race. At Ka‘ula and Ni‘ihau is my pearl necklace My dear diamond necklace that I wear The tip of the pen that first reached there Digging out the leaves of sugar cane at Halāli‘i On the makaloa mat, so soft to the touch Where the breadfruit lives on the coral rock The loving home of Kapalikalahale The chief at the base of the island You thrive, Ni‘ihau Due to my dear diamond necklace that you strung And the lei that I wear is yours I turn and make my way to the sea Found at the base of the island Where the sun races across to the surface of the sea And for you is my full admiration To you, Ni‘ihau, my necklace of pearls My dear lei that swims the race The diamond lehua lily flower

325

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Please come back, Ka‘ehakoni My loving dear, never to be forgotten I am cold living here In your bosom I am warmed This sea is long that I swim To reach the end goal of the race at Ka‘ula The prize was won by the competitor of Maui It was he who reached the final goal From Hawai‘i to Ni‘ihau The prize was taken By the queen bird in the home of fish A diamond lehua lily flower A high honor obtained In the lucky previous year May the love of Christmas be with you May the luck of the New Year be with me Tell of my swim race lei The diamond lehua lily flower. I. K. Kapua‘imaui. Honolulu, Dec. 10, 1917.

326

Kuu Wahine Aloha Ua Hala. Mr. Solomon Hanohano, Aloha nui kaua. E oluolu mai kou ahonui i ka’u wahi puolo luuluu a ke aloha, e kau ae la maluna, e hookomo iho ma kahi kaawale o ke kino lahilahi o ka kaua hiwahiwa, ke Kilohana Pookela a ka Lahui i ike mai ai na ohana o kuu wahine aloha e noho mai la ma Niihau. Ua hala kuu wahine aloha Mrs. R. K. Keaho ma ka Auld Lane i ka la 15 o Sepatemaba, i ka hora 6:30 o ke ahiahi Poakahi, a niau aku la kona uhane i ka home a ke Akua i hoomakaukau ai no na mea kino apau, i hoohanauia e ka wahine, a haalele mai la ia’u kana kane e noho kumakena aku iloko o ke kaumaha ame ka luuluu. Auwe kuu minamina pau ole i kuu wahine e! O kuu wahine hoi he makua ola nou no ka home a he makua hoi kuu wahine no ka ohana e hiki mai ana ko maua home, a he puuwai hamama kona i na mea apau mai ka poe liilii ame ka poe nunui, o kahi mea uuku e loaa mai ai na maua, e haawi aku ana oia i ka ohana ame na hoaloha e noho kokoke mai ana ma ko maua wahi e noho ana. Auwe kuu minamina na pau ole i kuu wahine aloha e! Ua kuu ka luhi, ua pau ka auwe ana i na kaumaha ame na luuluu o keia ola kino ana, ua kii mai ia no ko kakou Makua ma ka lani i Kona kuleana o ka uhane a waiho iho i kona kino puanuanu na’u na kana kane ame kona ohana apau e kumakena aku iaia, ahiki i ka moe ana aku la o kona kino ma ka ilina o Makiki. Ua hanauia kuu wahine aloha Mrs. R. K. Keaho ma Kamalino, Niihau, mai ka puhaka mai o Mrs. R. K. Keaho ma Kamalino, Niihau, mai ka puhaka mai o Mrs. R. Kaleiwahine ame Mr. M. W. Keale kona papa i ka la 15 o Aperila, 1875; ua piha iaia he 44 makahiki o kona hanu ana i na ea hu’ihu’i o keia ola ana, a he kaikunane no kona e ola nei ame elua mau kaikaina ame hookahi kaikunane e noho mai la maluna o Niihau, a ua make aku no kekahi poe keiki o lakou ame ko lakou mau makua. Ua hoohuiia maua ma ka berita o ka mare ma Niihau i ka 1891, i ka la 12 o

Kanikau

Mei; ua piha ia maua he 28 makahiki o ko maua noho pu ana, a ua puka mai mai kona puhaka mai he hookahi a maua kaikamahine ua ehiku makahiki kona ola ana, a haalele mai la ola la maua; aole no hoi i loaa hou mai he keiki ua maua, a hala wale aku la no kuu wahine aloha, kuu hoa pili hoi e! E kuu pokii kaikaiua, Mr. M. W. Keale e noho mai la ma Niihau, ua hala, ua nalo ka helehelena o kou kai kuahine aloha, ua pau kou ike ana mai iaia ame ua lei apau a kaua; imua o kou alo, ua pau ko lakou lohe ana i kona leo, ua moe aku la i ka moe kapu o Niolopua i ka moe hiki ole ia kaua ke hoonioni aku. Auwe kuu aloha ia oe e kuu pokii ame na lei a kaua! E ka la’i o Kamalino i ka ehu a ke kai, ka home aloha a kuu wahine i noho ai, ua pau kou hookipa ana aku iaia maloko o kou malumalu; ua pau kou ike ana i kona helehelena. E ke one kaulana o Kahamaluihi e, ua pau ka hehi ana o na kapuaiwawae o kuu wahine aloha i kou mau aekai. E na ulu hua noho i ka hapapa, ua pau ko oukou ike ana i ka helehelena o Mrs. R. K. Keaho, malalo o ka malu o ko oukou mau lau. E ke ko elilima o Halalii, ua pau kou ike ana mai i ka helehelena o kuu wahine aloha, ma ko oukou wahi e ku mai ai, i ka naue iho, ua hala i ke ala hoi ole mai. Nolaila, ke nonoi nei nei au i ke aloha o ke akua ma ka lani, e haawi mai i na hoomaikai ana maluna o na ohana o kuu wahine, mai kona kaikuaana Mrs. Ruta Kahopealoha me kona mau kaikaina, Mrs. Rose Kaiiwa ame Mrs. E. W. Burke ame Mrs. Joe Kaea ame na keiki, Mrs. Apoi, Mr ame Mrs. J. W. Pa me Aiu, no ko lakou kokua ana mai ia’u iloko o na hora o ka pilikia, a he kokua nui hoi e hiki ole ai ia’u ke hoopoina iloko o na la apau o ko’u ola ana. A ke nonoi aku nei no au i ko kakou Makua ma ka lani, e haawi pu mai i Kana hoomaikai ana maluna o ka ohana me na hoaloha i hiki mai me ka lakou mau bo-ke pua, i ka wa e kau ana ke kino puanuanu o kuu wahine aloha, no ha hoohiwahiwa ana no hoi no koana wa e laweia aku ai ma ka ilina o Makiki, a ke hoomaikai ae nei au i ko kakou Makua, ka mea Nana i haawi mai ame ka mea Nana i lawe aku, o Kona makemake no ke hanaia. Nolaila me ka Lunahooponopono ko’u welina pau ole. Owau iho no iloko o ke kaumaha ame ka luuluu no kuu wahine hele loa. J. D. K. Keaho. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 3 October 1919. P. 8. My Dear Departed Loving Wife. Dear Mr. Solomon Hanohano. Aloha. We ask your kind forbearance to allow my little bundle of sadness of love that appears above. Will you please insert it into an empty space on your thin body of our favorite [newspaper], the best viewpoint of the people who have seen the families of my dear, loving wife living on Ni‘ihau. My dear, loving wife, R. K. Keaho passed away on Auld Lane [in Honolulu] on the 15th of September at 6:30 in the evening on Monday. Her spirit glided home to God, where He prepares for all physical bodies that are born to women. She left me, her husband, to sit and mourn in sadness and tragedy. Oh, how I shall always miss my dear wife! My dear wife of my home. My wife was a parent of the future family of our home. She had an open heart to everyone from the little ones to the big ones. A little one that was received by us, she would give to the family and friends living nearby where we lived. How I shall miss forever my dear, loving wife!

327

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 328

She has given up the burden, no more to grieve over the sadness and tragedy of this physical life. Our Father in heaven came to take responsibility for the spirit and leave her cold body for me, her husband. All of her family mourn for her up until her body lays to rest in the cemetery of Makiki. My dear, loving wife, Mrs. R. K. Keaho was born in Kamalino, Ni‘ihau from the loins of Mrs. R. Kaleiwahine and Mr. M. W. Keale, her dad, on the 15th of April 1875. She was in the 44th year of breathing the cool air of this life. She had a brother living and two younger sisters, and one brother living on Ni‘ihau. They had a few children who died, as did their parents. We were joined together in the covenant of marriage on Ni‘ihau in 1891 on the 12th of May. We had been living together for 28 years. From her loins we had one daughter who lived to seven years old, and she departed from us. We did not have any more children and then my loving wife passed away, my dear close friend! My dear younger brother, Mr. M. W. Keale living on Ni‘ihau, the face of your loving sister has passed on, has disappeared. You will no longer see her or any of our children before you. They shall no longer hear her voice. She has laid down in the sacredness of Niolopua in the sleep that you and I cannot stir. Oh, how I love you my dear sister and our children! Dear calm of Kamalino in the spray of the sea, the loving home where my dear wife lived, you shall no longer receive her in your shade. You shall not see her face again. Dear famous sand of Kahamalu‘ihi, the feet of my dear, loving wife will no longer step on your coast. Dear breadfruit growing on the coral rock, you shall no longer see the face of Mrs. R. K. Keaho under the shade of your leaves. Dear sugar cane dug up by hand at Halāli‘i, you will not see the face of my dear, loving wife again where you stand and wave. She has gone the way of no return. So I beg the love of God in heaven that he bestow blessings on the families of my dear wife, from her elder sister, Mrs. Ruta Kahopealoha and her younger sisters, Mrs. Rose Kai‘iwa and Mrs. E. W. Burke and Mrs. Joe Ka‘ea and the children, Mrs. Apoi, Mr. and Mrs. J. W. Pā and Aiu for the support they have given me in the hours of difficulty, a great help that I cannot forget in all the days of my life. I plead with our Father in heaven that he bestow blessings on the family and friends who came with their bouquets of flowers [bo-ke pua], when the cold body of my dear, loving wife lay there to be honored. She was taken to the cemetery in Makiki, and I praise our Father, who gave and took away. May his will be done. Therefore, with the editor I leave my never-ending greetings. It is I, in sadness and grief for my dear wife who has gone away. J. D. K. Keaho. Kuu Pili I Ka Ua Naulu. Hooheno keia no kuu pili, Kuu leimomi o ka ua naulu; I ulu a kupu i ka la hiki, A mohala i ke kai malino o Kona. O Kona i Kailua ua kaulana, O ke onehanau o kuu aloha;

Kanikau

No Kona ka opua kukilakila, Hooipo i ka luna Maunaloa. He aloha na kuahiwi ekolu, A Hawaii a e haaheo nei; Haaheo ka opua i haliia mai, Noho i ka luna a o Kaaliwai. Ilaila hui kino me ka inuwai, Ka makani aloha o kuu aina; Aina Niihau i ka la weli, E loku ia nei e ka ua naulu; Hooulu ia e ke konalani, A mohala i ka ua kualau; Ua kini ua mano lau ke aloha, I lei kahiko no kuu kino. E lei no au i ke aloha, Me a’u mau lei ponimoi; O oe kuu lei a i poniia, A kau ka inoa M. W. K. Hoohihi ka manao me ka makemake, Ina uluhua noho i ka hapapa; He aloha Kamalino i ka ehukai, I ka home kakela o kuu aloha. O oe a owau kau i ka hano, Me na lei eiwa a kaua; Ua hele mai nei loko a liua, A poluluhi au i ko aloha. Kuu hoa i ke one o ke awaiki, A he iki ko aloha eha nei kino; O oe kuu lei i lei a lei, I lei rose na’u no ka ua naulu. Uilani na hana a kuu aloha, I ka moe hooipo me Niolopua; Hea aku no au o mai oe, Ekolu no pua lawa kuu lei. Haina ka puana no kuu aloha, He hapa hawaii hapa Niihau; Haina ka puana no kuu inoa, Milimili na ka la welo i Lehua; Haina ia mai ana ka puana, Huu [sic: Kuu] home kamalino i ka ehukai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 3 October 1919. P. 8. My Companion in the Nāulu Rain. This is a tribute to my dear companion My dear pearl necklace of the Nāulu rain Growing and sprouting where the sun rises Blossoming in the calm sea of Kona Kona in Kailua, so famous The birthplace of my dear love

329

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 330

From Kona comes the majestic cloud Making love to the top of Mauna Loa I love the three mountains Of Hawai‘i, so proud The large cloud that was brought is proud Setting at the top of Ka‘aliwai Where the body meets with the Inuwai wind The loving wind of my island The island of Ni‘ihau in the fearful sun Being drenched by the Nāulu rain Whisked by the heavenly Kona wind Blossoming in the Kualau rain Love is abundant, four hundred, forty thousand A gorgeous lei for my body I wear a lei of love With my crown flower lei You are my dear lei that is consecrated Upon which is set the name M. W. K. My thoughts admire and desire The breadfruit that lives on the coral rock I love Kamalino in the seaspray The castle home of my love You and I live in honor With the nine lei of ours Causing me to become sad And I am fatigued with your love My companion of the sand of Keawaiki Your love is little and my body is pained You are my lei that I wear As a rose lei I wear in the Nāulu rain My love makes pleas to heaven To make love with Niolopua [to sleep] I call out, answer me There are three flowers that complete my lei Spread the word of my love Part Hawaiian, part Ni‘ihauan Spread the word of my name Beloved by the setting sun at Lehua Spread the word My home, Kamalino in the seaspray. [This kanikau was written for R. K. Keaho, the daughter of Moses W. Keale (M. W. K.).] Kuu Makuahine Sarah Kuahua Davis, Ua Hala. Pono hoi ke hoomanao, Ma ka makahiki nei, Kii mai paha o Iesu Ia kakou e hele ae;

Mr. Sol. Hanohano, Aloha oe a nui. E oluolu mai hoi oe e hookomo iho ma kekahi wahi kaawale o ka Nupepa Kuokoa, no ka’u wahi puolo o ke aloha e kau ae la maluna, kuu makuahine, Sarah Kuahua Davis, ua hala. Ma ka wanaao o ka Poakolu, Maraki 17, 1920, ua kipa ae la ka anela o ka make ma ka home o’u mau makua, a lawe aku la i ka hanu ola o kuu makuahine Sarah Kuahua. Aloha wale! Ua loaa oia i ka nawaliwali no na makahiki i kaahope ae nei, me ka hoomanawanui mau i na inea o keia nohoana, a hoi aku la ka lepo i ka lepo, a o ka uhane me ka mea nana ia i hana mai. Ua hanauia kuu makuahine ma Pokii, Kekaha, Kauai, iloko o ka mahina o Iulai, la 3, 1855, mai kona mau makua, Mr. ame Mrs. Kuahuanui Wahapuu o Niihau. Ua piha no iaia na makahiki he 65 me na la keu o ka hanu ana i na ea hu’ihu’i o keia noho ana. Ua hoohuiia oia ma ka berita o ka mare me Mr. Sam Davis ma Laie, Oahu, iloko o ka makahiki 1876; ua loaa mai ko laua puhaka mai na keiki he nui, a he ekolu mau keiki e ola mai nei i keia manawa, elua keikikane a he hookai kaikamahine, aia no lakou apau ma Honolulu. Ua hoikeia mai no hoi ka make o kuu makuahine ia maua nei ma ke telepona, a ua holo aku maua me ke aloha poinaole nana, no ka ike hope ana i kona kino puanuanu. O kuu makuahine i hala aku la, o kuu ohana ponoi ia o ka aina aloha o kuu mama, a ua waiho iho oia i ka nui o ka ohana ma hope nei, me na hoomanao mau ana nona. Ia oe e Niihau kuu aina hanau e, aole o mama Kuahua e hehi hou ana i kou paemoku, ua hoi aku oia ma kela ao; e Kii e, aole o mama Kuahua e hoea hou aku aua ma kou mau aekai aloha. Ia oe e Nonopapa, ua pau ko mama Kuahua maalo hou ana ma kou laeone nane. E papa Kaina e, aole oukou e ike hou ana ia mama Kuahua, ua nalo kona helehelena no ka manawa mau loa. Ua pau ko mama Kuahua ike ana i ka luhi keia ao inea, ua kuu ka luhi, oiai he nohona keia i piha me na luuluu o na ano apau, a pela auanei kakou e hoomanawanui mau ai ma keia noho ana. He hoahanau kuu makuahine no ka Euanelio o Iesu Kristo o ka Poe Hoano o na La Hope Nei, a moe aku la. Ua waiho iho oia i kana kane aloha me ua hoomanao mau ana nona, oiai o laua wale iho oia i kana kane aloha me ua hoomanao mau ana nona, oiai o laua wale iho la no, a haalele mai kuu makuahine i keia ola ana. Auwe no hoi ke aloha. Aole no hoi au i maopopo mua i ka nawaliwali o kuu makuahine, i hiki ai ia’u ke haawi aku i ka’u mau kokua aua, eia ka auanei he nawaliwali no keia e haalele mai ana ia ma kou. Ke haawi aku nei au i ka’u mau hoomaikai aua i kaohana ame na hoaloha i kumakena pu me a’u, oiai ke kino o kuu makuahine e kau ana, pela me na makana boke pua i laweia mai, me oukou ka mahalo a nui, a na ka makua ma ka lani e hoopomaikai mai ia oukou. Ke haawi pu aku nei maua ia oe e Bro. John A. Kealoha, i na hoomaikai ana

Kanikau

Pomaikai ke makaukau E haalele i keia ao, A pii aku ihuna e, Me Iesu e noho pu.

331

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

he nui, oiai ua lawe aku oe i ke ko’iko’i o na hooponopono ana o kuu makuahine ma kou mau aoao apau, a ke pule nei au na ke Akua e hoomaikai mai ia oe me na pomaikai he nui. Ua hooholo iho maua e hoounaia i hookahi o keia hoalohaloha i ko maua makuakane i hooneleia i ka wahine, Mr. Sam Davis, a ke komo pu aku nei au me oe, no ke kauikau ana no kuu makuahine aloha, a na ke Akua e lawe aku i na luuluu apau mai ia oe aku, a me ka ohana no apau, a pela auanei oia e hoopomaikai mai ai ia oukou apau, ma ka inoa o Iesu Kristo, Amene. Owau iho no me ka naau o ke aloha no kuu makuahine aloha. Mrs. Ester N. Medeiros, Louis J. Medeiros. Maraki 26, 1920. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 9 April 1920. P. 7. My Dear Departed Mother, Sarah Kū‘āhua Davis. A need to pay tribute This year Jesus came to get All of us to go We are blessed if we are prepared To leave this world To ascend With Jesus to live.

332

Mr. Sol. [Solomon] Hanohano, great aloha to you. Will you please insert in an empty space of the Nupepa Kuokoa my small bundle of aloha as you see above. My dear mother, Sarah Kū‘āhua Davis, has passed away. In the early morning of Wednesday, March 17, 1920, the angel of death visited the home of my parents and took away the living breath of my dear mother, Sarah Kū‘āhua. How sad! She was overcome with weakness in recent years, enduring much hardship in life. Dust returned to the dust, with the soul returning to the Creator. My dear mother was born in Pōki‘i, Kekaha, Kaua‘i in the month of July on the 3rd, 1855 to her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Kū‘āhuanui Wahapu‘u of Ni‘ihau. She was all of 65 years old and a few days, breathing the cool air of this life. She was joined in the covenant of marriage with Mr. Sam Davis in Lā‘ie, O‘ahu, in the year 1876. From their loins they had several children, three of them surviving until today, two boys and one girl, all of them in Honolulu. The death of my mother was reported by telephone to the two of us. We rushed over with unforgettable love to have our last viewing of her cold body. My dear, departed mother was my family in her loving homeland, and she left most of the family behind to remember her. To you, Ni‘ihau, my birthplace, Māmā Kū‘āhua will no longer step on your group of islands, as she has gone home to the afterworld. To Ki‘i, Māmā Kū‘āhua will not reach your loving shores ever again. To you, Nonopapa, Māmā Kū‘āhua will no longer pass by your beautiful sand point. Pāpā Kaina, you all will not see Māmā Kū‘āhua again, her face is gone for all time. Māmā Kū‘āhua will no more see the burdens of this troubled world. She has given up the burdens, as this was a life of great sadness of all kinds, which we all must endure in this lifetime. My mother was a member of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day

Saints until her death. She left her loving husband with eternal memories of her, as it was just the two of them until my dear mother departed this life. Oh, the love. I did not know about the weakness of my mother, so that I could offer my help, but then I found out she was so weak, and she left us. I give my thanks to the family and friends, who grieved with me while the body of my mother laid in state, and for the gifts of flower bouquets that were brought. With you I leave my great thanks, and may the father in heaven bless you all. The two of us give to you, Bro. John A. Kealoha, thank you very much for taking charge of the important matters surrounding my mother in all the ways that you did. I pray that God will bless you with great blessings. The two of us decided that condolences should be sent to our father, Mr. Sam Davis, who was denied a wife. We participate with you in grieving for my dear, loving mother. May God take away all of the grief from you and the entire family, and may he bless you all in the name of Jesus Christ. Amen. It is I, with a heart of love for my dear mother. Mrs. Ester N. Medeiros. Louis J. Medeiros. March 26, 1920.

He Hoalohaloha No Ko Makou Mama Aloha. Mr. Solomon Hanohano, Lunahooponopono o ke Kuokoa; Aloha nui oe: E oluolu mai kou lokomaikai ame kou aloha e hookomo iho i kela mau huaolelo e kau ae la maluna iloko o ke kino o ka hiwahiwa a ka lahui, ina he wahi rumi kaawale kekahi, a nana hoi ia e lawe aku, i ike mai ai ka ohana o ko makou mama aloha, ame na hoaloha e noho mai la i ka la hiki ma Ha’eha’e ahiki aku i ka la kowelo i Lehua i ke onehanau o ko makou mama aloha. Ua haalele mai ko makou mama ia makou i kana poe keiki ame ko makou papa aloha Mr. Hoolikelike i ka la 26 o Maraki, 1922, i ka hora 11:30 o ke kakahiaka Sabati, a ua waiho iho i kona kino wailua na makou e kumakena aku iloko o ke kaumahana ame ka luuluu, pela no kona kaikuaana ame kona kaikaina i komo pu mai me makou iloko o keia haawina hookahi o ke kaumaha ame ka luuluu.

Kanikau

Kanikau No Eda Kalua. Ei ae ka makani Moeahua, Ka makani aloha o kuu aina, A e pa kolonahe mai nei, O ka Mikioi mai o Kawaihoa, A ka Naulu a e hapae nei, A ka la kowelo poli o Lehua. Hakuia e J. P. Kaapawai. Hanalei, Kauai, Iulai 11, 1921. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 15 July 1921. P. 2. Lament for Eda Kalua. Here comes the Moeāhua wind The loving wind of my beloved island Blowing gently The Mikioi wind of Kawaihoa To the Nāulu wind picking up To the sun streaking across to the heart of Lehua. Composed by J. P. Ka‘apawai. Hanalei, Kaua‘i, July 11, 1921.

333

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 334

Ua loihi no na la o ko makou mama o ka noho ana iloko o ka pilikia ma’i, a ua imiia aku no na mea e pale ai i na pilikia iwaena o na kauka o ke aupuni, aole nae he wahi mea a loaa mai o ka maha iaia, ahiki i kona hala ana. Ua hanauia mai ko makou mama aloha mailoko mai o M. W. K. Kauanaulu ko lakou makuakane ame Kaleiwahine Kauanaulu ko lakou makuahine i ka makahiki 1876, i ka la 25 o Maraki ma ka mokupuni o Niihau, nolaila ua piha iaia na makahiki he 46 me hookahi la o kona hanu ana i na ea o keia ola honua ana, a ua mare kuu mama i ke kane i ka A. D. 1892 a ua puka mai makou 3 keiki; 2 maua e ola nei o J. W. Lanakila Pa, ame D. K. Wailiula, a o ko maua hope, ua hala mua no oia, a o ia ka’u e aloha ae nei no kuu pokii e noho mai la i ka aina­ hanau, no kona ike ole i ka hanu hope loa o ko maua mama aloha. Aia he ohana nui no ko makou mama e noho mai la ma ka mokupuni o Niihau, he mau makua, he mau kaikunane a he mau kaikuaana a he mau pokii, aole lakou i ike i ka hanu hope loa o ko makou mama. E na makani hoolewa o ka aina, ua pau kou hoopa hou ana mai i na papalina o ko makou mama, ua lawe aku la o Malio ua lilo. E ka pali hinahina o Kaali, kahi a ko makou mama e pii aku ai e honi i ke ala o kou nani, i kona helehelena, ua nalo. E na pupu kaulana o ke one o Waiapoloa, ua pau ko oukou ike hou ana i na hapa pulima o ko makou mama i ka lawe kiani ae ia oukou iloko o kona lima e ka waihuna i ka pohaku, ua pau ka inu hou ana o ko makou mama i kou aliali, ua hala, e ke one kapu o Kahamaluihi, ua pau kou ike hou ana mai i na kapuai wawae o ko makou mama i ka hehi, iho maluna ou; e ka home Kakela i ka la’i o Kamalino, ka home hoi o ko makou mama i puka mai ai mai kona mau makua mai, ua pau kona komo hou ana aku iloko o kou malu ua hala ua moe ua nalo, aloha no! E na ulu hua noho i ka hapapa, ua pau ko oukou ike hou ana mai i ka helehelena o ko makou mama i ka nana aku ia oukou. E ka wai a Kaulili i Keanahaki, ua pau kou ike hou ana mai i na papalina o ko makou mama aloha i ka nana aku ia oe. E na ko eli lima o Halalii, ua pau ko oukou ike hou ana mai i ka helehelena o ko makou mama aloha; no na wahi kaulana o ke onehanau o ko makou mama aloha i haalele mai i keia noho ana. Ua haalele aku ko makou mama i kona onehanau i ke A. D. 1903, a hele mai oia a noho maluna o keia mokupuni, o kona wahi i noho mua ai iuka o Kalihi, a mai Kalihi mai, noho makai o ke alanui Liliha ame Moi, a mai keia hale aku, nee hou kona noho ana i Puowaina, loihi no ia mau la o ka noho ana i Puowaina, nee hou mai ko makou noho ana i ka Auld Lane, ahiki i ko’u imi ana kana keiki i wahi no makou e noho paa ai, a ua hookoia ia mau upu ana, a ilaila makou i noho iho la me ko makou mama ahiki i kona haalele ana mai ia makou na keiki ame ko makou papa aloha. O ko makou mama, he makua oia no ka home. Nolaila o makou o ka poe no lakou na inoa malalo iho nei, ke haawi aku nei makou i ka makou mau hoomaikai palena ole, i na hoaloha ame na makamaka i haawi mai i ka lakou mau makana pua, ame ke ku kiai ana i kona kino ahiki i ka waiho ana o kona kino ma ka ilina o Makiki, malalo o na hooponopono ana a ka Hui Ohana Niihau a kona kaikunane i kukulu ai mawaena o keia ohana oia o D. K. Kaohelaulii. O makou iho no me ka oiaio, Mr. Hoolikelike, Mrs. R. K. Kahee, Mrs. M. Ku’i, Ms. J. Lanakila Pa. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 7 April 1922. P. 3.

Kanikau

Condolences for Our Loving Mom [Rose Ho‘olikelike. Photo included]. Mr. Solomon Hanohano, editor of the Kuokoa. Aloha. Please allow your generosity and aloha to insert those words that appear above into the body of adoration of our people, if there is any space available. Then it can take them forward, so the family of our loving mom can see it, as well as the friends who remain from the sun that rises at Ha‘eha‘e all the way to the sun’s passing to Lehua, the birthplace of our loving mother. Our mother left us, her children and our loving father, Mr. Ho‘olikelike, on the 26th of March, 1922, at 11:30, Sunday morning. She left her body for us to mourn with sadness and great sorrow, along with her elder and younger sister, who entered with us in the same experience of sadness and great grief. Our mom endured a long while in a state of illness. We attempted to find ways to fight against the problem from doctors throughout the country, but found no way for her to find relief until her passing. Our loving mom was born to M. W. K. Kauanāulu, their father, and Kaleiwahine Kauanāulu, their mother, in the year 1876, on the 25th of March on the island of Ni‘ihau. So, she was all of 46 years old and one day of breathing the air of this earthly life. My mom married her husband in 1892, and three of us children came from them: 2 of us still living, J. W. Lanakila Pā, and D. K. Waili‘ulā. Our youngest sibling, who died previously and to whom I pay tribute, remains in the birthplace, not having witnessed the last breath of our loving mom. There is a large family of my mom’s living on the island of Ni‘ihau, including parents, brothers, elder sisters, younger siblings, who did not see the final breath of our mom. Dear winds that blow across the island, you shall not touch the cheeks of our mom anymore, Mali‘o [twilight] having taken her away. Oh, gray cliff of Ka‘ali, where our mom climbed to smell the fragrance of your beauty on her face, she is no more. Oh, famous shells of the sand of Waiapōloa, you shall no more see the signature of our mom taking you daintily into her hands among the secret waters of the rock. Our mom shall no more drink from among your crevices. She is gone, oh sacred sand of Kahamalu‘ihi. You shall no more see the stepping of the feet of our mom upon you. Oh, castle home in the calm of Kamalino, the home of our mom, where she came from her parents, she shall no longer enter into the shade of your pandanus groves. She has laid to rest and is gone. Oh, woe! Oh, breadfruit that lives on the coral rock, you shall no more see the face of our mom looking upon you. Oh, water of Kaulili at Keanahaki, you shall no longer see the cheeks of our loving mom looking upon you. Oh, hand-dug sugar cane of Halāli‘i, you shall no more see the face of our loving mom of the famous places of the birth sands of our loving mom who has left this life. Our mom left her birth sands in 1903 and came to live on this island [O‘ahu]. The first place she lived was in upper Kalihi, and from Kalihi, she lived well on Liliha and King Streets. From this house, she relocated to Pūowaina, where she lived for quite a while. Then we moved our place of residence to Auld Lane until I, her son, went searching for a place for us to live permanently. This desire was fulfilled, where we lived with our mom until she left us, the children and our loving dad. Our mom was a parent of the home. So, those of us whose names appear below give our everlasting thanks to

335

the friends and close acquaintances who presented us with flowers and who watched over her body until we laid her body to rest in the cemetery of Makiki. [This was done] under the arrangements of the Ni‘ihau Family Association by her brother with the support of the D. K. Ka‘ohelauli‘i family. Those of us sincerely, Mr. Ho‘olikelike, Mrs. R. K. Kahe‘e, Mrs. M. Ku‘i, Mr. J. Lanakila Pā.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

He Hoalohaloha No Mrs. Rose Hoolikelike. Na ka Ahahui aloha Niihau i hooponopono i ka hoolewa o kuu kaikuaana, a o ka ahahui o makou ohana Niihau wale no, a i kukuluia hoi e ko maua kaikunana Mr. Dan Kaleiki, peresidena o ka ahahui, ua hoomoe ia aku oia ma ka pa ilina ohana ma Makiki. He ohana nui no makou, o 22 ka nui, mailoko mai o ko makou mau makua, a owau no ka muli loa, ua hoomoe ia aku oia ma ka pa ilina ohana ma Makiki. He ohana nui no makou, o 22 ka nui, mailoko mai o ko makou mau makua, a owau no ka muli loa, ua lawe aku ka po i ka nui apau, a hookoe iho la ia makou ekolu, owau kona pokii, me ke kaikuaana o maua ame ke kaikunane o maua e noho mai la i Niihau. Mrs. Mary Ku’i. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 7 April 1922. P. 3. Condolences for Mrs. Rose Ho‘olikelike. The Aloha Ni‘ihau Association made the arrangements for the funeral of my elder sister. The association of just our Ni‘ihau family was established by our brother, Mr. Dan Kaleiki, president of the association. She was laid to rest in the family plot at Makiki. We are a large family, 22 in number from our parents, and I am the youngest. The night took away most of us, and three of us remain. I am her younger sister, with our elder sister and the brother of ours living on Ni‘ihau. Mrs. Mary Ku‘i. Ua Hala O Joseph K. Kahee. E oluolu mai e ke kapena o ka elele a ka lahui, in a he wahi kaakaawale, e komo iho ai keia wahi puolo waimaka a ke aloha, a nau hoi ia e hoopae aku ma na aekai aloha o na aina, i ike mai na kini makamaka ame na hoaloha o kuu lei aloha he keiki. Ae ua eha au, ua pulu i ka ua o ka aina; ua naha mai la ka manowai ua o Pueo, i ka makani, ua lilo mai la na Kalihi a elua, o a’u pua rose i Mahamoku, ua lilo i ka wai. Ua moku ke kaula gula a ke aloha; aloha ino ke kino wailua o kuu keiki, e ku kohana la i ka luna o Hihimanu, ke keehi la i ka piko o Kaukaopua, ke aahu la i ka ehuwai o Namolokama; ke hoomamala ia Mamalahoa, i hoa hele no ke Kula o Holomanienie, ke kahiko la i na hala o Luia e—Aloha wale! He mea hoolele ia i ka hauli, i ka hoea ana mai o ka lono kaumaha me ka luuluu, ua hala, ua moe aku la o—

336

Ku me he pokii makani la Kaula. Me he keiki alo makani ka noho a Manawalua. Ke alo la i ka ino a na makani,

E ola Namakaolaa, na maka o Kukona, na maka o wela i ka la, i wela ka la i ke pili. I pili ka manu i ke kepau. Puiwa ka manu lele i ke aka o ke kunaka, aha’i ke kupu i ka manu a uku; mai kai ka hoina a ka manu, he ai la i ka pua lahaole ka manu, pua o ke ka wa’u, pua o ke aeae, pua a ke kanaka i kui a paa he aloha. O ka mea konakona o ke aloha, o ka hoole aole hoi e ua, ua ua hoi ua pulu ka hulu ua ka ka manu o Haleana, a ua ka ua i Kaeo ihea oe? Aloha ino no hoi a’u keiki, na hoa hele o na wahi apau, a laa nae hoi ko hele hookahi i ke ala loa, i ke ala mehameha a ka lokoino, aloha wale kuu keiki. Ua hanauia kuu keiki ma Anini, Hanalei, Kauai, i ka la 12 o Sepatemaba 1880, a ua haalele mai i keia ola ana ma ka la 10 o Maraki, 1922, ua piha iaia na makahiki he 41, elima mahina ame 10 la o kona ola ana. Aloha wale! He ekolu keiki mai ko maua mau puhaka mai, he elua i hoi aku la i ka aoao mau o ke kanaka, a he hookahi e ola mauleule nei. Ua mare oia i ka wahine, a nana mai he eono mau keiki, ua lawe aku ka make, a koe hookahi, a he umikumamakolu makahiki i hala ae nei, i haalele mai ai kona mama i keia ola ana, me ke aloha! He kanaka oluolu a heahea oia, a he nui kona mau hoaloha, he imi i na pono o keia noho ana, a ua oi aku ka lokomaikai i ka mea kupono, aohe hipuu i nalo iho. Ma Hanapepe kona wahi i noho ai, ahiki i kona moe ana aku la, a no ka loihi o kona noho ana malaila ua lilo i kupa ma ka noho loihi ana. Ma ia kumu ua loaa iaia ma ka noho loihi ana he wahi apana aina, a he elua apana aina aupuni ma ka hoolimalima loihi. Ua hoonaauaoia oia ma Honolulu, a mahope iho ma ke kula o Kamehameha, a no kona loaa ana i ka nawaliwali ua waiho oia i ke kula a noho hana me na mahiko ame na hana o ke aupuni kalana, aka mamuli o ka ike a ke kauka, ua okiia oia, a hookahi makahiki o kona waiho ana ia eha a hala aku la, me ke aloha pau ole. Owau iho no, Chas. K. Kahee. Honolulu, Aperila 11, 1922. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 21 April 1922. P. 5. Joseph K. Kahe‘e Passed Away. Would the captain of the messenger of the people please, if space provides, enter this small bundle of tears of love so that you can land it on the loving

Kanikau

Makani ke puka kakahiaka mai nei ke ao, Ke hanai la i ka poli o Keau, Maona Kahalauaola i ke ao opio, Ua noho mua no o Kanenenee ke kumu o ka makani, Makani ua hoea ke kai a luna o Palepalemoana, Pale ka ike i ka ino a ka makani, I ku’i hoomauia ka pali o Pohakupio, I waiho na na hua a ku manu, Me he uhakea la ka Unu o na’lii, O ka lawelawe a ke kupa i ke kaula, Me he eheu la no ka manu ka halalo ilalo o Kaimaio, Kuli ka leo o ka manu o Kaula, O kahi manu iki hoala hiamoe o Keawanui, O ka manu noho i ka papa o Kahaulauaola la e e ola!

337

shores of the islands, so that the many family, acquaintances and friends may know about my beloved lei, my child. Yes, I am pained, soaked in the rain of the land. The dam holding back the rains of Pueo burst in the wind and the two Kalihi [land divisions] and my rose, Mahamoku, has been taken by water. The gold chain of love has burst. How sad for the body of my dear child, standing naked at the top of Hīhīmanu, stepping on the precipice of Kauka‘ōpua, wearing the mists of water of Nāmolokama, splintering [the paddle] at Māmalahoa, as a traveling companion on the plains of Holomānienie, adorning the pandanus of Luia. Such a pity! It stirs the heart when the sad news arrives, so devastating, my son has passed away and lies down.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Ka‘ula rises like a young sibling wind Like a child that faces the wind living at Manawalua Enduring the storm of winds A wind that emerges in the morning at the break of day Feeding the bosom of Keau Kahālauaola is well fed in the day of youth Kānenēne‘e, the base of the wind, lived there before In the wind, the sea arrives at the top of Palepalemoana Shielding the sight in the storm of wind Constantly hitting on the cliff of Pōhakupi‘o Where the eggs of birds are deposited The altar of the chiefs resembles a white mist The native takes the rope Like a wing of the bird that gazes down at Kaimāio Deaf to the cry of the birds of Ka‘ula A little bird of Keawanui that stirs people awake The bird that lives on the flats of Kahālauaola, may we live!

338

May Nāmakaola‘a live, the eyes of Kūkona, eyes burned in the sun, the sun that burns away our bond. The bird is caught by the resin. The bird is startled flying in the shadow of man. The spirit takes the bird and the uku fish and returns from the sea. The bird eats the rare young fish, flower of the kāwa‘u tree, young of the a‘ea‘e fish, flower of man strung into a lei of love. The strong one of love preventing the rainfall. The rain has fallen and the feathers are drenched, the bird of Haleana strikes, and it rains at Kā‘eo. Where are you? How terrible for my child, and the traveling companions of all places. It is time for you to go alone on the long pathway, the lonely pathway of the unkind one. How terrible for my child. My son was born at ‘Anini, Hanalei, Kaua‘i on the 12th of September 1880 and departed this life on the 10th of March 1922. He was 41 years, five months, and 10 days into his life. How sad! We had three children from our loins, two who have already passed onto the eternal way of man, and one surviving feebly. He married a wife and together they had six children, whom death has

He Hoalohaloha No William Makaloa Kaohelaulii. Mr. Solomon Hanohano ka Luna hooponopono o ka Nupepa Kuokoa, Aloha kaua me ka mahiehie. E oluolu mai hoi kou ahonui, ina he rumi kaawale kekahi o ke Kilohana pookela a ka lahui a nau hoi ia e hooili iho maluna o kona kino lahilahi, oiai he wahi ukana ka’u na ka waimaka e panee aku ana imua o kou hanohano, a nana hoi ia e hoike ae ma na kihi apau o na Kaiaulu aloha ou e Hawaii, mai ka la puka ma Ha’eha’e a ke welona a ka la i ka ilikai o Lehua no kuu mea aloha, he kane i niau palanehe aku i la ma kela aoao o ka muli wai eleele o ka make mau loa, a ko ae la ka olelo a ko kanaka naauao, o ke kaula dala ua mokumoku liilii o ke kiaha gula ua okaoka liilii, ua pepe a opaha ke pakeke ma ka punawai, ua naha hoi ke kae ma ka luawai; no ka mea hele no ke kanaka i kona hale mau, a hele ka poe kanikau ma na alanui alaila e hoi ka lepo i ka honua, elike me ia mamua, a o ka uhane e hoi ia i ke Akua nana ia i haawai mai. E hoomaikai ia ka inoa o Iehova. Ua nohoia e maua me ka hoomanawanui iloko o ka pilikia o maua wale iho no, me na keiki a maua no elua pule wale no kona kaama’i ana, a haalele mai la kuu kane ia’u i ka hora 11 o ka po o ka la 27 o Maraki, 1922. Owau o kana wahine ame kona pokii Mr. E. K. Kaohelaulii me kana wahine, ame ka laua mau keiki Mr. Kaeualii me Mrs.Alice Kaeualii me Mr. J. Kekuhina ame kana wahine ame na leia-i a makou, ka i akoakoa ae, a ike i kona hora hope loa o o kona hanu ana i na ea hu’ihu’i o keia ola ana. Auwe no hoi kuu kane e! Auwe no hoi ka luuluu ame ke kaumaha. Auwe no hoi ka ehaeha o ka manao no kuu kane heleloa. Auwe ka mea poina ole i kuu puuwai i na wa apau o ko’u noho ana; oiai ua piliia e maua na wahi apau o ka aina. He makua oia no’u ame na pokii o maua ame na leia-i makou. Auwe no hoi kuu kane e, kuu minamina pau ole ia oe e! Ua hanauia kuu kane heleloa, Mr. William Makaloa Kaohelaulii ma Pukaiki, Niihau, mai ka puhaka mai o Mr. Kaohelaulii ame Mrs. Makaualani i ka malama o Dec. 30, 1872; he 8 ko lakou nui he 5 keiki kane, he 3 kaikamahine; he helu 3 kuu kane ma ka hanau ana. Ua piha iaia na makahiki he 49 me elua malama me na la keu, a haalele mai la oia ia’u i kona hoapili he wahine, ame na keiki a maua iloko o ka ehaeha ame

Kanikau

taken except for one. It was thirteen years ago when his mother departed this life and love! He was a kind man who called out invitingly. He had many friends and tried to improve his life. He was kinder than was necessary, and no bundle went missing. In Hanapēpē is where he lived until he was laid to rest. He lived there for so long, he became a native. He lived there so long, he acquired a piece of land and leased two government tracts of land. He was educated in Honolulu and later at Kamehameha School. He was sickly, so he left school and took up work in the sugar fields and in county government. But due to the recommendation of the doctors, he had surgery. After one year of enduring pain, he passed away with eternal love. It is I, Chas. K. Kahe‘e. Honolulu, April 11, 1922. [This lament includes condolences provided by several family members.]

339

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

ka luuluu; o ke alahele a ka waimaka; auwe kuu minamina pau ole i kuu kane, kuu makua hoi e! Ua mareia maua ma Waimea, Kauai, i ka malama o Aperila 8, 1910; ua piha ia maia na makahiki he 11 me na malama keu o ka maua noho ana iloko o ka berita maemae o ka mare, me ka hoomanawa nui ana i na inea o keia noho ana. He kupa a he kamaaina kuu kane no ka la welo, he mamo a he hiialo hoi na Kahelelani, he punahele hoi na na makani hoolewa o ka aina, he milimili hoi na ka mikioi o Lehua; nolaila o kuu kane aloha aole e hoopulu hou ana na hunakai o ke kai kapu maluna ou. Aole hoi ke aheahe makani a ke Koolau e pa kokololio hou ana ma kou mau papalina aole hoi e houhou hou ana ke anu hu’i a ka makani Kiu maluna o kou ili, aole hoi na kilihune pakaua a ka ua naulu o ka aina o kaua e hoope hou ana ma kou helehelena e kuu kane aloha kuu hoapili hoi o keia ola ana, oiai ua poli na maka o kuu aloha, ua moe aku la i ka moe kau moe hooilo, a o na alina a ke aloha, kupouli kana i hoahu iho mahope nei na’u na ka wahine e u aku i ka po ame ke ao. Aloha wale kuu kane hoomanawanui kuu aloha pau ole ia oe a. Auwe kuu kane, e kuu kane i ke alahele me ka waimaka, he makamaka ka ke oho o ka palai lipo i ke anu, anu kuu kane ua hala ka uhane, hoapili o ka kino hala pu no me ka anoi a ke aloha, aloha na Kaiaulu pali o ka aina, ame kona, mau kula uliuli. He aloha Iwilei, hale ao a na hoa home imi i ka pono kaulike aole e hehihehi hou ana kona mau kapuai ma kou kahua, lahalaha e ike hou ana i kona helehe­ lena ame kana mau hana no ka mea ua haalele i Puna na hoaaloha, ua imi aku la ia Papalauahi, he lauahi na hana a ke aloha o kuu kane i o’u nei, e hana ma-o ole nei i ka puuwai. Auwe kuu kane e, kuu minamina pau ole ia oe; Auwe no hoi kuu kane haalele ia’u ame na lei a kaua e kuewa i ke ala me ka waimaka, no ka mea, ua hala oe ka makua nana e malama mai ia makou, auwe no hoi kuu kane e! Kuu kane i ka waihuna i ka pohaku, he aloha puuwai, o ia home a kaua i luakaha pu ai kuu kane i ka makani he Unulau, hoapili o ke ko eli o Halalii, aloha ka makani Moae, wehe lau ulu o Kawaihoa; he aloha ia Ulu kaulana o ka aina aloha ka la’o [la’i?] o Keanahaki, me Kaumuhonu o ka i’a hoolaukanaka he puili, Auwe kuu kane e, kuu minamina pauole ia oe e! Elike me ka Makolukolu o ke aloha i loaa ia’u pela au e owili pu aku nei i keia wahi lau limukohu no kuu mea aloha he kane i haalele mai ia.

340

E i aku nei paha Makaloa, I ka luna o Wawaihoa E nana ana paha, I ka wai a Kaulili Hoi mai hoi mai kaua! Kuu kane i ka wai awili me ke kai o Waiakolea e, hoohenoia ana e ka inuwai o Leahi, he alona Kahaino i ka la lili nopu i ke kula, kuu kane i ka la’i o Kamalino, aloha ke one kapu o Kahamaluihi me ka huikau o Lonopapa, o ia wahi a’u i pili ai me kuu kane i noho hoomanawanui ai i ka hana a na haku. Kuu kane i ke ala a ka lio e haulani nei i ke kula o Pa-ne-ne no hone ke aloha o kuu kane io’u nei a’u e hoonana ae nei ma-o a maanei, pehea la ia e pau ai.

Kanikau

Ke hooki nei au i keia mau manao luuluu me ka waimaka o ka ehaeha ame ka minamina pauole no kuu kane hele loa a ke haawi aku nei au i ka’u hoomaikai ana i ka poe i komo pu mai me a’u iloko o na hora o ka luuluu ame ke kau maka no ka’u mea aloha i haalele mai i keia ola ana, a ke haawi pu aku nei i na hoomaikai ana i ka lunahooponopono o ke Kilohana ame na keiki limahei o ka kou keena pa’i; na ko Akua e kiai mai me Kona lokomaikai nui ia kakou, a Nana no auanei e lawe aku i na haawe luuluu mai a’u aku e hoomaikaiia ka inoa o Iehova ame Iesu ame ka Uhane Hemolele. Amene. Owau iho no me ka naau luuluu o ke aloha kane, Mrs. E. N., W. M. Kaohelaulii. Aperila 20, 1922. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 11 May 1922. P. 7. Condolences for William Makaloa Ka‘ohelauli‘i. Mr. Solomon Hanohano, editor of the Nupepa Kuokoa, a pleasant aloha to us all. Please be patient and allow a space in the best viewpoint of the people. Will you please load something on its thin body, as I have a matter of tears to present before your honor, in order to reveal to all corners of your loving communities, oh Hawai‘i, from where the sun rises at Ha‘eha‘e to where the sun streaks across the sky to the surface of the sea of Lehua, regarding my loved one. He was a husband who gracefully slipped away to the other side of the black river of eternal death. The saying of your wise man is fulfilled, “The silver cord is shattered. The golden chalice is dashed to pieces. The bucket sent down into the spring is battered and dented. The lip is cracked at the well, because the person is gone to the eternal house. The mourners go along the way and return to the soil of the earth, as from before. The spirit returns to the God who gave it.” May the name of Jehovah be praised. The two of us endured difficulties alone, along with our children, for only two weeks while he suffered illness. My husband left me at 11 o’clock at night on the 27th of March 1922. I, his wife, and his younger brother, Mr. E. K. Ka‘ohelauli‘i and his wife, and their children, Mr. Keauali‘i and Mrs. Alice Keauali‘i, Mr. J. Kekuhina and his wife, and the children of ours gathered together in his final hour of his breathing the cool air of this life. Oh, my dear husband! How overcome I am with devastation and sadness. How pained I am in my thoughts for my dear husband who left me. Oh, how unforgettable to my heart in my entire lifetime, as we were always together everywhere we went on the land. He was a parent for me and our younger siblings and our loving children. Oh, my dear husband, how I shall miss you always! My departed husband, Mr. William Makaloa Ka‘ohelauli‘i, was born in Pukaiki, Ni‘ihau from the loins of Mr. Ka‘ohelauli‘i and Mrs. Makaualani on Dec. 30, 1872. There were 8 of them: 5 boys and 3 girls, and my husband was the third born. He was all of 49 years old and two months and a few days when he left me, his close companion and wife, and the children of ours, to endure pain and grief, the pathway of tears. Oh, how I shall miss my dear husband always, my father! We were married in Waimea, Kaua‘i on April 8, 1910. We were together for 11 years and a few months in the pure covenant of marriage, enduring difficulties of this lifetime.

341

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

My husband was a native and resident of the place where the sun tracks across the sky, a descendant and a beloved child of Kahelelani [Ni‘ihau], a favorite of the winds that shift on the land, a sweetheart of the Mikioi wind of Lehua. So, my dear husband shall no longer be wet by the seaspray of the forbidden sea above you. The Ko‘olau wind shall no more blow gently upon your cheeks, and the chill of the Kiu wind shall no more prick your skin. The drops of the Nāulu drizzle of rain shall no more wet your face, my dear, loving husband, my dear close companion of this life. The eyes of my dear love are closed, and he lies in the sleep of summer and winter. The blemishes of love that weighed heavily afterwards are left for me, his wife, to grieve night and day. How I love my dear husband. You were so patient with my undying love for you. Oh, my dear husband, my husband on the pathway with tears, an acquaintance of the leaves of the dark ferns of the cold. My husband is cold and his soul has departed, the dear companion of the body is also gone with expressions of love. How I love the communities of the cliffs of the island and its green fields. I love Iwilei [O‘ahu], houses of learning, the homes seeking justice, where his feet shall no longer tread on your expansive grounds or see his face and actions. Such friends have departed for Puna to seek after Papalauahi, actions that destroy the love of my dear husband for me, actions that do not soothe the heart. Oh, my dear husband, how I shall miss you always. Oh, my dear husband who left me and our children to wander off on the path with tears, as you have passed away, the parent who cared for us. Oh, my dear husband! My husband in the mists of water on the rock, a loving heart of our home, where my husband and I relaxed in the Unulau wind, dear companion of the sugar cane dug by hand at Halāli‘i. I love the Moa‘e wind that tears off the leaves of the breadfruit tree at Kawaihoa. I love the famous breadfruit of the land. I love the sugar cane leaves of Keanahaki and Kaumuhonu, where the fish join people closely. Oh, my dear husband, how I shall miss you always! Just as with the intense love that I have, so, too, I weave together the leaves of this kohu seaweed for my loved one, my dearly departed husband.

342

Perhaps Makaloa is saying To the summit of Wawaihoa [sic: Kawaihoa] Perhaps watching The water of Kaulili Come back, come back to me! My dear husband in the fresh water blended with sea water of Wai‘ākōlea, cherished in the Inuwai wind of Lē‘ahi. I love Kaha‘ino in the hot, angry sun on the plains, my dear husband in the calm of Kamalino. I love the sacred sand of Kahamalu‘ihi in the confusion of Lonopapa, that spot where my husband and I lingered, where we lived patiently doing the work of the owners [haku]. My dear husband on the path of the horse going back and forth on the plains of Pānēnē. The love of my husband sounds sweetly to me, and I am soothed everywhere, in spite of his passing. I end these devastating thoughts with tears of pain and never-ending regret

He Hoalohaloha No Ko Makou Mama Heleloa. Mr. Solomon Hanohano, aloha oe. E oluolu mai kou ahonui i kauwahi kaawale o ke kino lahilahi o kau nupepa, no kela poomanao e kau ae la maluna, a nana hoi ia e ahai mama aku mai ka la puka ma Ha’eha’e, a hoea loa mai hoi i ka la kowelo i Lehua nei, kahi hoi a kuu mama i noho ai a kupa, a haalele mai la hoi ia makou kana poe keiki ame ka papa ame kana poe moopuna lehulehu. No kuu mama, ua make oia i kakahiaka Poalima, June 9, 1922, oiai kuu mama e noho ana iloko o ka nawaliwali, e hele mau aku ana no makou kana poe keiki e ike iaia i na la apau, ahiki i ka nui loa ana. Auwe no hoi ke aloha o kuu mama. O kuu mama, he mea nui na makou kana poe keiki ame na moopuna, a hala wale aku la no. Ua moe aku makou a ao, ua hoi aku au i ko maua hale, a no kuu pokii hoi, ua hele aku oia i ka hana a na haku, oiai au e noho ana, hiki ana no ke kaikamahine a kuu pokii oia hoi kekahi o na mahoe, ua makemake o kuku kane is oe o hele aku, haupu ae la no au kuu mama, ia hiki ana aku, ua hala ka hanu o kuu mama aloha. Aia hoi ko’u mau waimaka e hoopulu ana i ko’u mau lihilihi no kuu mama hele loa, nolaila o kuu papa ame ko makou hope, helu 18 hoi, oia ma ka hanau ana, ame ke kaikaina hoi o kuu mama, o Mrs. Mookini, o lakou ka i ike i ka hanu hope o kuu mama. Laweia aku ka lohe i kuu pokii ame na kane a maua, ame na kaikunane ohana hoi a mama, ua waiho aku lakou i ka hana. Mamuli o ka lokomaikai o na haku aina, ua nui no ka poe i akoakoa mai me makou i na hona o kuu mama e kau ana. Ke haawi nei au i ko’u mahalo i na mea ha laua i hoowehiwehi iho ke kino wailua o kuu mama, i ka laua mau bo-ke pua, ame na lei no laua keia mau inoa Mrs. Kealekupuna, Miss H. Huluaulani, auwe kuu mama e! No kuu mama, ua hanauia oia ma Kamalino Niihau i Feberuari 7, 1869, na Hopeni kona papa, ame Waikaloa kona mama, ua piha iaia no makahiki he 53, me 3 mahina me na la kou o kona kanu ana i na ea hu’ihu’i o keia ola ana, a hele aku la oia ma kela ao, a waiho iho ie oia i ka ukana he aloha na makou e u aku mahope nei iaia, i ka po ame ke ao. Auwe ke aloha o kuu mama a’u hoi e poina ole ai i na wa apau. Ua hanauia mai makou, mailoko mai o laua, he 14 ko makou nui, ua hala e aku hoi ma kela ao 4 kahi a ko makou mama i hele aku la, a koe hoi makou he

Kanikau

for my husband who left. I give my thanks to those who have joined me in the hour of devastation and vigil over my loved one, who departed this life. I also give my appreciation to the editor of the lookout point and the boys whose hands weave the string figures of your printing office. May God guard us with his exceeding graciousness, and may he take away the great burdens from me. May the name of Jehovah be blessed and Jesus and the Holy Ghost. Amen. It is I, with a devastated heart of love for my husband, Mrs. E. N., W. M. Ka‘ohelauli‘i. April 20, 1922. [The reference to Papalauahi mid-way through the article is explained in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 424: “Hala ka Pu‘ulena aia i Hilo, ua imi aku la ia Papalauahi. The Pu‘ulena breeze is gone to Hilo in search of Papalauahi. Said of one who has gone away or of one who finds himself too late to do anything.”]

343

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 344

10; aloha no kuu mau pokii i ka aina malihini, ua nele kakou i ka mama, aole hoi kakou e lohe hou ana i kona leo. E hoomaikaiia ka inoa o ka Makua ma ka lani, Nana no i haawi mai, a Nana no i lawe aku, oiai makou i hele pu aku ai no kana huakai hope loa, a hoomoeia aku kona kino ma ka ilina o Kauakinikini. Me oe e Mr. Lunahooponopono ame na keiki limahei o kou keena pa’i ka makou mahalo no kou ahonui ana mai i ka makou mama heleloa. O makou iho no me ka luuluu, na keiki na moopuna ame ko makou papa. E hoomaikaiia ka inoa o Iehova ko Akua ka makua ame Iesu ke keiki, ka mea i poniia ame ka Uhane Hemolele ke kokua. Amene. Miss M. Kaneapua, Mrs. K. Kelohakaulike, Mrs. K. Beniamina, Mrs. Piilaninohokula. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 6 July 1922. P. 7. Condolences for Our Dearly Departed Mom. Mr. Solomon Hanohano. Aloha. We ask your kind forbearance for a space in the thin body of your newspaper for the heading you see above, to carry it forth swiftly from where the sun rises at Ha‘eha‘e and reaches all the way to where the sun streaks across to Lehua here, where my mom lived as a native and departed from us, her children and dad and her many grandchildren. About my mom: she died in the morning of Friday, June 9, 1922. My mom was living with weakness, while we, her children, would constantly go to see her every day, until there were so many of us. Oh, how we love our mom. My mom was very special to her children and grandchildren until she passed away. We slept until daybreak, and we returned home to the home of my husband and me. My younger sister went to do the work of her bosses, while I stayed. The daughter of my brother arrived, one of the twins, who said, “Grandpa wants you to go.” I thought of my mom, and when I got there, the breath of my loving mom passed away. My tears were drenching my eyelashes for my dearly departed mom. It was my dad and the youngest in the family, number 13 in birth order, and the younger sister of my mom, Mrs. Mo‘okini, who were there to see the last breath of my mom. Word was taken to my younger sister and our husbands, as well as the brothers of my mom, who took leave from work. As the landlords were generous, many people gathered with us in the hours our mom remained. I give my thanks to the two who dressed the body of my mom, their bouquets of flowers, and the children by the names of Mrs. Kealekupuna, Miss H. Hulu‘aulani. Oh, my dear mom! About my mom, she was born in Kamalino, Ni‘ihau on February 7, 1869 to Hopeni, her dad, and Waikaloa, her mom. She was 53 years old and 3 months and a few days breathing the cool air of this life. Then she went to the other world. She left the burdens of love for us to grieve after her departure, night and day. Oh, how I love my dear mom, whom I shall never forget for all time. We were born from the two of them. There were 14 of us in all. Four of us went the way our mom went, and 10 of us remain. What a pity for my dear younger siblings in foreign lands. We are without a mom now, and we shall no longer hear her voice. May the name of the Father in heaven be praised. He gives and he takes away. We went to her final procession, and her body was laid to rest in the cemetery of Kauakinikini.

Mailoko Mai O Ha Lokahi E Loaa Ai Na Mea Maikai. (Kakauia e J. K. Mokumaia) Kuu Solomon Hanohano: E oluolu mai oe i keia poomanao e kau ae la maluna, i ike mai ai kuu koko ame kuu i’o i keia mau hana maikai. I ka hoihoi pono ana ae i keia mau kukulu manao ana, ua imiia na mea oiaio apau i kupono ai ka waiho ana aku imua o ko kaua lahui, i na mea oiaio loa a kuu lunaikehala i haawi aku ai i na hoomaikai ana i ka poe i hilinai ike kapaka hookahi, e alakai i kona hoa kanaka i loko o ka maha mau, a e hookaawale ana i na luuluu o keia noho honua ana. Ma kekahi la o kela pule aku nei, i lawe ai au i kekahi o na makamaka maikai, i kahi hana pahu o M. V. Silva i lohe mai ai au i na hana a ia ohana maikai, o ia ko lakou kukulu ana ae he hui i kapaia “Hui Ohana Niihau,” a e ikeia hou he Niihau oiaio oia, a i mare aku i ko Hawaii a i ole i ko Maui. Keikikane, a i ole kaikamahine paha a puka mai na pua mailoko mai o laua ua kuleana ia mau keiki, moopuna, e lilo i lala. E nana i ka maikai o keia mau alakai ana, o ka ukukomo o na keiki, hapalua dala pakahi, o ka makuahine he hapalua o ka makuakane he hookahi dala; ina e haule i ka halawai, hoopaiia, he kenikeni, ina oe e noho aie, a i ka pio ana o kou kukui o ke ola ana, e uku mua oe i na mea au i aie ai, alaila e kaa ana na ka hui e lawelawe na mea e pili ana no kou kino. Nui ka maikai o ka lokahi, o ke kumu o ke ala ana mai o keia hana maikai, o ia no ka haalele ana mai o kekahi makuahine maikai i ikeia ai ka pilikia, o ia hoi kela hou poo ana i kela ame keia ohana o ia iho la ke kumu i ala mai ai keia noonoo maikai iwaena o kekahi o na koko oiaio o Niihau, a hapai mai i keia hana. O ka mea i ikeia, o ia ke koho pono ia ana Mr. Kaniela Kaaleiki, i peresidena, a lunahoohana nui ame puuku no ua nui nei, i oleloia ae nei no ua hui nei, i oleloia ae nei: o ka mea i ikeia, ua loaa na lala he kanaono kumamaono, he poe hoi e lawe ana i na koikoi o ka poohiwi i ka poohiwi, me ke kunukunu ole, e paepae ana i ko lakou mau lima e hapai ae i ke kanaka a lakou i hilinai aku ai. Heaha ka mea i ikeia, ua haalele mai i keia ola ana he elima lala, o na hana I hanaia aku maluna o lakou, o ia ka hana ana i na mea maikai apau, o ia hoi ka lilo pahu, he kanahiku-kumamalima, o ka lilo ai ame ke kiai ana, e lawe ana ka nui i na mea apau; ina aole e lawa, e auhau hou ia mai ana ma ka palua, a i ole pakahi dala paha no ke kala ana ae ia mau hemahema. Nana i ka hana a ka lokahi, o ka haule hope ana aku nei, o ia lala, ua waihoia kona kino hookahi pule, i akoakoa mai na lala ame ka lunahoohana nui, no ka mea o kana hana, aia me ka hui moku pili aina. Nolaila, e nana mai kakou i keia hana, aole i nanaia ka lilo aka ua nauia aku, e huki like, a e hana like, alaila e loaa mai ana keia haawina maikai: o na mea kaumaha apau, ua lilo ia i mea e mama mai ai, a i ka hoihoi pono ana

Kanikau

With you, dear editor, and the boys whose hands weave the string figures of your printing office, we leave our thanks for your understanding of our departed mom. It is us, the children, the grandchildren, and our dad. In the name of Jehovah God, the father, and Jesus, the Son, the consecrated one, and the Holy Ghost, the Helper. Amen. Miss M. Kāne‘āpua, Mrs. K. Kelohakaulike, Mrs. K. Beniamina, Mrs. Pi‘ilaninohokula.

345

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 346

ae, e loaa na mea apau me ka piha hauoli; oiai o na hoolala ana apau mai keia kanaka hookahi mai no. He nui no na hoakamai ana, aka, aole loa e lanakila ia mau olelo ana, o kekahi mea maikai he kahunapule no kekahi mea maikai he kahunapule no kekahi o lakou a o kekahi maikai, he hoihoiia a ke dala i ka banako ma ka inoa o ka hui; o kekahi mea helu ekahi loa, i ka make ana no, e kii koke ia mai ana, a laweia, aole hoi o kela ano hoaa e hoaa ai, aka o ka malama ame ka hooponopono ana i na mea o pono ai ke kino ame ka ohana o ka mea i haalele mai. Auwe ka nani e, o keia mau hana, a ke ku nei keia hui iloko o na makahiki elua a oi, o ka nee malie ana, a kekahi mau ahanui e ku mai nei iloko o ka uluaoa, no ka nui o ka poe i piha loa me ka naauao hoakamai, a keia makapeni e wehe a hoomaikai nei ia oukou e kuu koko ame kuu i’o, o ke koko iloko o oukou, o ia no ke koko iloko o’u nei, a’u i kukulu hookahi aku ai i na mea maikai ma ko’u onehanau nei, i loaa ole aku apuni keia Terotire. E hana wale ana, e hapai ae ana i ka inoa o ua aina nei, i piha i na mea hou o keia nee ana, a i lilo i mea o nanakeeia mai ai keia mai hana maikai, a na dala liilii i ohiia mai ai o ia hoi, he kenikeni o ka mahina, hookahi dala me iwakalua keneka o ka makahiki, a he kenikeni no ka uku komo, e lilo oe i lala. O keia mai dala, no ka hoomaemae ana, ame ka pa ana, a e ukuia hoi ke kanaka hana, i kupono i ka manao o ka haku aina, aole iho la he pono o ia, no ka mea, he aina loaa wale mai no, a e kanu no elike me kou makemake i ku-e maoli i ke kanawai o ka papa ola; o kela ano kanu , a o keia ano kanu, aia ka pono o ka nalo, a o ka nahelehele, o ia iho la kau mea e ike ai, aka i ka lawe ana ae o ke kanaka hookahi, a hana me ka manao oiaio, i keia la, ua kauia ae ka pailina o Puuomao ma ke ana kaulike. Ma ka waha o kela ame keia e mahalo ana i ka nani, i ka u’i ke nana aku, i oi loa ae, he aina loaa wale me ke kahe ’ole o ka hou, e alualu ai a loaa ka umi dala, a i ole umi-kumamalima no ka lua, aka o keia aia wale no iloko o ka mama a o ka mea hoopalaleha, e loaa no iaia na hoopa’i ana, o ia hoi e uku mua ia na mea apau alaila ua makaukau na mea apau nona. Aka e Moanalua e ala, a e hana elike me Niihau i ka huki like, ua oi ae oe e Moanalua, ina he noonoo kekahi i na mea maikai, o kou nani o ka lua, he nui o Moanalua e lawa ai e uku i kanaka hana mau i kela ame keia la, he wai loaa wale, nui hou no ka nani. Nolaila, ua oi no oe e Moanalua maluna o Niihau, o ke kumu pilikia no ea, aole he makemakeia o na hana maikai e kekahi poe, a minamina ole no hoi i na mea o keia ano. Ma ka nana aku, aole paha he mano ae e, he mahu wale no keia kino, i ka pio ana o ke ola, ua pau. Nolaila e ala mai a huki like, oiai elike me ke kaakaa ana o kuu maka, ame ka pana mau o kuu puuwai, e mau aku ana ka maemae o kuu pailina, i eha ai kuu lima, a i kahe ai kuu hou, a’u i hoolilo ai i na olelo ano ole, i mea liilii, a’u no hoi e haaheo nei, ua hookoia ka’u mea apau i hoolala ai, a’u e paipai nei ia oe e Moanalua, e hoohalike ae me Niihau, a’u e wehe hou nei i ko’u papale a hoomaikai aku i na lala o ua hui Niihau nei, ame ka lunahoohana nui ko’u lululima pumehana ana, ame oe e kuu kapena opio, ko’u welina pau ole, ame na keiki kikokiko ko’u iini pau ole. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 5 October 1922. P. 7.

Kanikau

In Unity We Obtain Good Things. (Written by J. K. Mokumai‘a) My dear Solomon Hanohano. Please allow the heading you see above, so that all of my relatives and family may know about these great things that took place. As excitement for this subject matter grew, all the facts needed to put it forth before our people were researched. This is the truth behind how my conscience came to give appreciation to those who relied on the same teaching to guide their fellow men into everlasting peace to liberate them from the grief of this earthly life. One day last week I took a good friend, M. V. Silva, to have a casket made. I had heard about their family, and the good things they’ve done, such as establishing the association called “Ni‘ihau Family Association,” for those who were known as a Ni‘ihau [a Native Hawaiian from Ni‘ihau], who had married a Hawai‘i islander or Maui islander. If there are sons or daughters who come out of a couple, those children or grandchildren are taken care of and become members. See how well it is led. The initial fee for children is half a dollar each, and half a dollar for the wife, and a dollar for the husband. If they miss a meeting, they are assessed ten cents. If you have acquired a debt, when your lamp of life is extinguished, [your family] first pays off your debt. Then the organization takes care of all expenses dealing with your body. The unity is great. The reason this great work was put together was due to the departure of one good mother, who was seen to endure difficulties. It was she who put in place each of the family members, and that is the reason this great idea arose among true-blooded Ni‘ihau people. They proposed to organize this. What resulted was the election of Mr. Kaniela Ka‘aleiki as president, general manager, and treasurer of this organization spoken of. What was seen was that there were sixty-six members, people who took upon themselves whatever was needed from shoulder to shoulder without coughing, offering their supportive hands to carry the person they put their trust in. What is it that was seen? Five members passed away. What was done for them was all the good and necessary things, such as the casket expenses, ­seventy-five dollars, the food expenses and guards. They took most of the entire amount. If there was not enough, they would double the contribution or take cash from each member to take care of deficiencies. So, see what unity does? In the last death of a member, his body was displayed one week so that the members, the general manager, and his fellow workers could gather, as his job was with the inter-island ships. So, let’s look at this action. They did not care about the expenses, but they took a bite out of it to pull together and work together. They will realize the great benefits of this. All the sadness becomes uplifted. When all the benefits are returned, they gain complete happiness, while all of the planning comes from this one man. Some people talk as if they know better, but such talk does not win. A good thing is that one of them is a pastor. Another good thing is that the money is put into the bank in the name of the association. One of the best things is that when one dies, it is taken out, not for every impulsive purpose, but to tend to and make arrangements for whatever is needed for the body and the family of the deceased.

347

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 348

How wonderful are these services. The organization has been in existence for more than two years, moving slowly. Some associations in existence are experiencing tumultuous times with so many people who think they know better. This writer congratulates you, those of my flesh and blood. The blood inside you is the blood inside me, those whom I supported alone in good times on my birthplace. Such support cannot be found anywhere in this territory [Territory of Hawai‘i]. Working for and supporting the name of this land, which is now filled with new things of progress, have become reasons for us to look critically upon these new things, for which we collect money in small amounts: a dime a month, a dollar and twenty cents a year, and a dime to join and become a member. This money is used for cleaning and handling. Workers are paid according to what the landlord deems appropriate, but it is not necessary, as the land was acquired. We can bury however we choose against the rules of the Board of Health. Whatever you plant, the success or loss is dependent on you. You eat whatever plants you grow. But when someone harvests, they take, using an honor system. Today, the cemetery of Pu‘u‘ōma‘o [in Moanalua, O‘ahu] has been made proportional. By the mouth of everyone who appreciates aesthetics and observable beauty above all else, land can easily be acquired without breaking any sweat in pursuit of ten dollars or fifteen for a well. This can only be achieved according to the alertness of those who are oblivious, those who receive punishment. One must pay for everything first, then everything is prepared for him. But, Moanalua, wake up and do like Ni‘ihau did and get to work together. You are better, Moanalua, if one thinks about the good things. Your beauty is the well, Moanalua, enough to pay workers everyday with water easily obtained. That is even more beautiful. So you, Moanalua, are even greater than Ni‘ihau, the reason being that no one wants to do anything good and no one has feeling for anything like this. It appears there is no other thought. This body is only mist, when life is over. It is over. So, wake up and pull together, since, as my eyes are opened and my heart still beats, my cemetery remains clean, making my hands hurt and my sweat run. I turn useless words into inconsequential things, and I am proud of that. Everything that I planned has been executed. I implore you, Moanalua, to compare with Ni‘ihau, to whom I take off my hat and pay tribute to, the members of this Ni‘ihau association, and with the manager I shake hands warmly. You are my young captain. I extend my endless greetings to you, and to the typesetter boys, I extend my eternal desire. [The writer, John Kulia Mokumai‘a (1871–1929), was a popular columnist in the Hawaiian-language newspapers.] He Aloha Pauole No Kuu Hoahanau Miss Maria Piko. Mr. Lunahooponopono o ka Nupepa Kuokoa; Welina kaua: E oluolu mai kou ahonui ame kou lokomaikai, nou hoi kekahi wahi keena kaawale o ka kaua hiwahiwa, ka mea nana e hiihele aku, ma na aekai ou e Hawaii aloha, no kahi puolo waimaka a ke aloha, e kau ae la maluna, i ike mai ai ka ohana na hoaloha, na makamaka mai Hawaii moku o Keawe, ahiki aku i ka la welo i Lehua.

Kanikau

Ua haalele mai i keia ola honua ana ka makou mea aloha, kuu hoahanau kaikuaana kuu io, kuu iwi, ame kuu koko, o kona kupunakane ka mua i hanau mai ai, a o ko’u kupunawahine ka muli loa; no ka aina kaili la o ia o Kauai o Manookalanipo, ko maua mau kupuna, o ko laua aina hanau ia. Mare aku kona kupunakane i ka wahine, no ka aina e haaheo nei o Maui no ka oi. Hanau mai kona makuakane e ola nei, o ia o Mr. John Piko Sr., a o ko’u kupunawahine, mare no oia i kana kane no Kauai; hanau mai ko’u mama aloha, e ola nei, a e noho mai la i ka aina e kaulana nei i ka lei pupu o ia o Niihau, Mrs. K. Huluaulani. Ma kona home aloha, Helu 1428 Kulika [Gulick] Ave., Kalihiwaena Honolulu, Oahu, i kipa ae ai ka anela menemene ole o ka make, a kaili aku la i ka hanu ola o kuu hoahanau kaikuaana i aloha nui ia, Miss Maria Piko, a niau palanehe aku la oia i ke ala o na mea hanu ola apau; no ka wa mau loa. Ua maha, ua kuu ka luhi, ua hoi aku oia i ka home puanuanu i ka opu ana ole o ka honua he lepo, i kona mau la opiopio; a waiho iho la i ka ukana luuluu he aloha, na’u na kona hoahanau pokii, ka mea nana keia aloha pauole e hoopuka nei maloko o ke Kuokoa, ame ka nui ohana, makuakane hoahanau, makuahine hoahanau, mau kaikuaana hoahanau, mau pokii hoahanau, mau kaikunane hoahanau, ame na keiki a kona mau hoahanau, kona mau makua aloha Mr. ame Mrs. John Piko Sr., i hooneleia i ke kaikamahine, ame hokahi kaikunane i hooneleia i ke kaikuahine Mas. John Piko Jr., ame na hoaloha he lehulehu, ame na makamaka, e kumakena aku nona me ka minamina pauole. Auwe ka mea ehaeha o ka naau e ame ke kaumaha i ka hana mao ole a ke aloha, no ka makou mea aloha i lala i ke ala hoi ole mai, i ka Poakolu, Maraki la 7, 1923. Ua hanauia kuu kaikuaana hoahanau ma Waikiki, Honolulu, Oahu ma ka la 26 o Iune, 1907, mai ka puhaka mai o kona mau makua, Mr. ame Mrs. John Piko Sr., ua piha iaia na makahiki he 15 a oi o kona hanu ana i na ea hu’ihu’i o keia ola ana. Auwe ka mea manaonao e! He lehulehu no lakou i hanauia mai ai, ua hala aku no ka nui o na keiki, koe mai no elua, eia ka e hele aku ana kuu hoahanau kaikuaana ia alahele hookahi, auwe ke aloha pauole e! He ike ohana, he lokomaikai, he heahea, he puuwai hamama, aole ana mea paa. E Kalihi-waena i ka ua Poolipilipi e, nau i hiipoi iho la kuu hoahanau kaikuaana, a hala iho la. Aloha ia mau wahi i pili ia. Eia o Waikiki ke uwe helu mai nei nou e kuu kaikuana, auwe ke kai o Kawehewehe e, ua pau kou hoopulu ana i ka ili o kuu mea aloha, ua pau kona maalo hou ana ma kou aeone, ua nalo, ua pau kana hana ma keia ao, ua hoi aku oia me kona Haku aloha. Aole no au kona pokii hoahanau i ike i kona hanu hope ame kona kino. Hiki mai ka lohe ua nalo, ua pau ko’u ike hou ana i kona helehelena, ua pau ko’u lohe hou ana i kona leo; auwe ka luuluu me ka ehaeha ame ke kaumaha. Me keia mau kanaenae aloha pau ole no kuu hoahanau kaikuaana hele loa; ke haawi aku nei au i ko’u mahalo nui ia oe e Mr. Solomon Hanohano, ame kou mau keiki limahei o kou papapa’i. Owau no me ka luuluu, Mrs. Dora Craig, 2004 North Queen St., Kalihi-kai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 29 March 1923. P. 3.

349

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 350

Endless Aloha for My Dear Cousin, Miss Maria Piko. Dear Mr. Editor of the Nupepa Kuokoa, greetings. I ask your kind forbearance and generosity for a spare room within our favorite [newspaper]. It carries everywhere to your shores, beloved Hawai‘i, a bundle of tears of love, appearing above for the family, friends, and acquaintances from Hawai‘i, island of Keawe, all the way to where the sun streaks across the sky to Lehua. Our loved one has departed this earthly life, my dear elder sibling of my flesh, my bones, and my blood. Her grandfather was the firstborn and my grandmother was the lastborn. She was from the island that snatches away the sun, Kaua‘i of Manokalanipō. It was the place of birth of our ancestors. Her grandfather married a woman of this proud island, Maui is the best. Her living father, Mr. John Piko Sr., was born, and my grandmother married her husband of Kaua‘i. My beloved mom was born, survives and lives on the famous island of the shell lei, Ni‘ihau, Mrs. K. Hulu‘aulani. At her loving home, number 1428 Gulick Ave., Kalihiwaena, Honolulu, O‘ahu, is where the unkind angel of death visited and took away the living breath of my dear elder sibling, dearly loved, Miss Maria Piko. She gently left on the way of all living things for all eternity. She is at rest and has given up the burden. She returned to the cold home of the immeasurable bosom of the earth, the soil, in the days of her youth. She left the heavy burden of love. It is I, her younger sibling, who publishes this endless love in the Kū‘oko‘a, together with all the family, uncles, aunties, elder cousins, younger cousins, brothers and cousins, and children of her cousins, her loving parents, Mr. and Mrs. John Piko Sr., those who have been denied a daughter and a brother who was denied a sister, Master John Piko Jr., and numerous friends and acquaintances. We all mourn for her with endless regret. Oh, the pain in our hearts and our sadness at the never-ending work of love for our loved one, lying on the pathway of no return on Wednesday, March 7, 1923. My elder sibling was born in Waikīkī, Honolulu, O‘ahu on June 26, 1907, from the loins of her parents, Mr. and Mrs. John Piko Sr. She was over 15 years of breathing the cool air of life. Oh, how terrible! There were many who were born. Most of the children passed away except for two, and here my dear sibling goes along the same road. Oh, my endless love! She knew her family, she was generous, she knew how to call out in hospitality, she had an open heart and would not hold back. Dear Kalihiwaena in the Po‘opilipili rain, you have cherished my dear elder sibling until she passed away. How I love those places where we were together. Here is Waikīkī, crying while recounting moments with you, my sister. Oh, sea of Kawehewehe, you shall no longer wet the skin of my dear loved one. She shall no longer pass by your sandy shore. She has gone and her work in this world is done. She has returned to her loving lord. I am not her younger sibling who saw her final breath and body. I received word that she had gone. There was no more seeing her face for me, and I shall no longer hear her voice. Oh, I am devastated and pained in sadness. With these endless expressions of love for my elder sibling who has gone for good, I give my great thanks to you, Mr. Solomon Hanohano, and your boys who string the string figures on your printing press.

It is I, in such great sadness, Mrs. Dora Craig. 2004 North Queen St., Kalihikai, [O‘ahu]. Kuu Kaikamahine Aloha, Loke Opio, Ua Hala. O na makua ame na kaikaina ame na kuku e noho ana ma Kekaha nei, ua ike lakou i ke kino o kuu Rose aloha, a o na kuku amen a makuahine e noho mai la i ka kowelo i ka poli o Lehua, ka makani mikioi o Kawaihoa, na ko eli lima o Halalii ame na ulu hua i ka hapapa, ka makani naulu o Niihau i ka home la’i o Hapuuhale, aole oukou e ike i ka lei a kakou; ua hala, ua nalo i ke ao polohiwa a Kane me Kanaloa; aia paha me Hiku wahine ku’i pua o ka nahele. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 13 December 1923. P. 5. My Dear Loving Daughter, Loke Jr., Has Passed. The parents, younger sisters and grandparents living here in Kekaha [Kaua‘i] have seen the body of my loving Rose. The grandparents and mother living where the sun flies over the heart of Lehua. The Mikioi wind of Kawaihoa, the hand-dug sugar cane of Halāli‘i, and the fruit-bearing breadfruit on the coral rocks, the Nāulu wind of Ni‘ihau in the calm home of Hāpu‘uhale, you shall no longer see our child. She has passed and has disappeared on the dark pathway of Kāne and Kanaloa. Perhaps she is with Hiku, the woman who picks flowers in the forest.

I kuu kapena ahonui, Mr. Sol. Hanohano, Lunahooponopono o ka Nupepa Kuokoa Welina kaua: Eia hou no au imua ou no ka elua o ka manawa. He mau mahina wale no ke kawa o ia waimaka hiki hou no keia lono hoolelehauli, me ka ehaeha. Nolaila e noi aku ana au i kou lokomaikai no’u kekahi rumi kaawale o ka kaua hiwahiwa, no kahi puolo waimaka a ke aloha e kau ae la maluna nana ia e uwila aku ma na aekai ou e Hawaii aloha, i ike mai ai ka ohana mai Hawaii Moku o Keawe, ahiki aku i ka moku o Kahelelani. Ia’u e noho ana me ka nanea, ame ka pa a ka makani kaulana o na Kalihi nei, me ka haupu ole ae he mea hoehaeha ahiki maii, hoea mai ana ka elele waha ole he leta, wehe ae la a heluhelu iho la i ka manao, a ike iho la me ka hoohewahewa ole maluna o ke aiai o ke kanana na kuu pokii aloha, e i mai ana i ka mea ehahea o ka naau. E kuaana e ua hala i ke ala hoi ole mai ka lei a kaua he kaikamahine. Ho wa iho la ia o ka waimaka e haloku ana, e hoopulu ana i ka lihilihimaka, me ka ehaeha o kuu naau, noonoo ae la, i ka homo i noho aloha ia me na keiki. Aloha no! Kauai kihapai pua nani e, aina hanau o ka lei heleloa a makou na kou aloha no i hiipoi iho la ko lei onaona, nau iho la no i milimili me ke aloha, ma ko poli no oia kahi i walea ai i ke konane, i kou alo iho la no kahi holoholo ai, e hoonanea ana i ka pa a ka makani hu’ihu’i, o kou hoohemahema iho la no ka ia i ko kama, auwe ko lokoino e!

Kanikau

Ka Lei I Alohaia, Miss Rose Palaile Palea. He maha ma o no na luhi, He hale alii e maha ai, He hale Iasepi a gula, A Iesu i kukulu ai.

351

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 352

Aloha Kekupua e kahi a ka lei heleloa a makou i noho ai, kupa a kamaaina i na wahi apau malihini ka hele ana mai me kona mau makua me na pokii. Na ka makua i noho ia wahi, no ka hana i mea e pono ai keia ola ana. Aloha na paia o ka home, ua pau ka maalo hou ana o ka lei a makou, ua pau ka lohe hou ia ana o kona leo aloha, ua pau no ka wa pau ole. E Polihale i ka pahapaha e, a Nohili i ke one kani i ka hone mai me he waiolina la, a me ka pua ohai o Papiohuli, a ke kula laula o Limaloa, ame ke kaha o Kaunalewa i ka ulu niu i ka peahi mai me he ipo la. E Waimea i ka waiulailiahi, a me ka waikea o Makaweli i hui ia, ame ka auwai a ka menehune i ka lae o Kikiaola, me ka makani anu he waipao. Eia aku nei paha ka lei heleloa a makou me oukou kahi i hooipo ai, auwe ke hoala mai nei Pupukaniao. Aole oia e lei hou ana i ka paha paha, a me pua o ka ohai. Aole i ka wai anapa i ke kula, ia wai alualu a ka malihini, aole oia e maalo hou ana i ke kula laula o Limaloa, aole oia e ike hou ana i ka lau o ka niu i ke ani peahi mai me he ipo la, aole oia e lohe hou ana i ka hone mai o ke one me he kaula eono la o uwebone, aole e hoopulu hou ia ana kona ili waianuhea i ka wai ula me ka waikea no ka wa mau loa. Minamina wale! Ma ka home oia kupunakane J. P. Kaapuuwai, ma Kauwaihee, Kekahi, Kauai, i haalele mai ai i keia ola honua ana, ka makou lei aloha i kona mau la opiopio me ka minamina nui ia, Miss Rose Palaile Palea, imua o kona mama aloha, aole kona papa ame kona mau pokii ame ka ohana i ike i kona hanu hope i ka manawa i kipa ae ai ka anela menemene ole o ka make a kaili aku la i ka hanu ola, a niau pulaneho aku la i ke ala hoi ole mai, ma ka la 16 o Novemaba makahiki 1923. Auwe ka mea pilihua e! Ua waiho iho la i ka ukana luuluu he aloha na’u na kona Aunty Mrs. Dora K. Craig, ame kona mau makua aloha, Mr. ame Mrs. John Palaile Palea, na pokii Miss Dora K. Palea, Miss Edith Palaile Palea, a me hookahi kaikunane, Mas. William N. Palaile Palea, a me kona hanaumua Miss Mary K Palaile Palea e hono nei i ka uluwehi o Honolulu me ka huikaulua o ke taona. O kona mau kupuna ponoi e ola nei nana mai kona mama, Mr. ame Mrs. J. E. Huluaulani, ame ekolu auntys, Mrs. Emily K. Pa, Mrs. Emma H. Kaiwi, ame Miss Hannah K. Huluaulani e noho mai la i ka moku o Kahelelani, aole no lakou i ike i ka hanu hope o ka loi heleloa a makou, no ka mea ua oki ke kai kaawale, e uwe kumakena aku me ka ehaeha ke kaumaha. Auwe ka mea manaonao e! Auwe olua e o’u mau pokii i hoonele ia i ka mea aloha ho kaikamaihine, ua luhi ia, ua lei ia, ua milimili ia, me ke aloha keiki oiaio, a nui no boi, me ke kau mau aku o ka manaolana maluna on a no ka pono o keia mua kau. Eia ka ua poho o keia mua aku. Eia ka ua poho ia mau manao, ame ia mau upu ana. Ua pau ka lohe hou ia ana o kona leo nahenahe i ka hea mai ia olua, ame kona mau pokii, ame ka ohana e kipa aku ana. Heaha no la keia hala nui i paweo mai ai, a ike ole mai o ka lei aloha a kakou, a hele hookahi aku la, me ka haalele mai ia kakou e u me ke kanikau aloha aku me ka ehaeha. Auwe kakou e! E Oahu e, i ke one o Kakuhihewa me ka huikaulua o ke Taona, ame ka Ua Kukalahale e, ua pau kou hoopulu hou ana i ka ili o ka lei heleloa a makou, ua pau kona maalo hou ana ma kou mau alanui. E na ale o Kaieiewaho, ame Kaieieloko e, ame ka halelana nana i hiipoi mai i ka lei heleloa a makou, ua pau ka au hou ana i ke kai, ua pau ka au hou ana i ke kai ua pau ka ike hou ana i ka luhiehu o Honolulu. Aloha no!

To my dear, patient captain, Mr. Sol. [Solomon] Hanohano, editor of the Nupepa Kuokoa, greetings. Here I am again before you for the second time. It’s been only a few months since my tears, and I come again with this distressful and painful news. Therefore, I ask of your generosity for a bit of a spare room for me in our favorite [newspaper]. It is for the bundle of tears of love that you see above to be transmitted to your shores, beloved Hawai‘i, for the family from Hawai‘i, island of Keawe, all the way to the island of Kahelelani [Ni‘ihau]. I was enjoying myself in the famous blowing wind of the Kalihi land divisions [on O‘ahu], not expecting to be struck with the arrival of any sort of pain, and a voiceless messenger arrived in a letter. I opened it, read its message and saw unmistakably on the white writing paper that my beloved younger sibling was speaking about the pain of the heart. [It said] “Dear sister, our child, our daughter, passed onto the pathway of no return.” That is the moment the tears burst forth, drenching my eyelashes, with such pain in my heart. I thought of the home we lived in with love, with our children. Oh no! Kaua‘i, beautiful flower garden, birthplace of our departed child, your love has cherished your fragrant lei. You have caressed her with love at your bosom,

Kanikau

E kuu nui ohana e noho mai la i ka moku o Kahelelani e, eia aku nei paha ka lei a kakou me oukou i ke kui lei momi o kai, ame ka ui libano o ke kuahiwi i hui ia me ke koa lau lii o Koolaukani i ohu i wehi no ka wahine, i ohuohu ka hele ana o ke ala, no ka mea ua hele i ke kakahiaka i ka wa ma’u i oluolu ka hele ana a ka huakai a ka lei heleloa a kakou. Auwe aloha wale e! E Pakala e kahi a ka lei heleloa a makou e hele ai, eia aku nei oe ilaila me Aunty Lilia ma kahi i walea ai i ka lohe i ka nehe mai o ke kai i ka pueone, ame ka holu mai o na ale o ka moana kai lipolipo. E ka lei heleloa a makou e, eia au la ko aunty ua luuluu Hanalei i ka ua nui, ua po i ka noe o Alakai, i ka peahi ia e ka ualoku a eha au i ka eha lima ole a ke aloha. Auwe kuu menemene e! O Kekaha, no kona wahi i hanauia ai, no ka la, ame ka mahina ka makahiki aohe maopopo ia’u. Ua hoomoo ia aku ke kino o ka lei heieloa a makou me ka ohana, a me na kupuna i hala e ma kela ao, ma ka ilina o Kekaha ua kuu ka luhi ua maha no ka wa mau loa. A ko iho la ka ka Buke Nui e hoi ka lepo, ka palaho i ka palaho, a o kona uhane e hoi aku no ia ma ka poli aloha o kona Haku, a e kali no ke kani a ka pu a ka anela, a e ala mai ko na ilina. Nana no i haawi mai a Nana no i lawe aku. E hoomaikaiia aku Kona inoa Ihiihi, Amene. Me keia mau manano aloha ke hooki nei au me ka mahalo nui i ka lunahooponopono ahonui me na keiki o kou papapa’i ke aloha nui. Owau no me ke kaumaha, Ms. Dora K. Craig, 2002 [sic: 2004] North Queen St. Kalihi-kai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 10 January 1924. P. 4. Beloved Child, Miss Rose Palaile Palea. There is rest for the weary A palace to rest in A house of jasper and gold That Jesus built.

353

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 354

where she relaxed, playing kōnane [a traditional game like checkers]. In your presence she went here and there, enjoying herself in the cool breeze. You did not know [something was wrong]. Oh, how terrible! How I love Kekupua, where our departed child lived. She was a native and a local of all the foreign places she visited, coming with her parents and younger siblings. The parents lived there for work, to make a living. Dear walls of the home, our child shall no more pass by. Her loving voice will not be heard again. It is gone forever more. Polihale, with your pahapaha seaweed, and Nohili, with the sand that sounds like a violin, and the ‘ōhai flower of Pāpiohuli, all the way to the expansive plain of Limaloa, and the place of Kaunalewa, with its coconut grove, beckoning like a lover. Waimea, in the waters of Wai‘ula‘iliahi and Waikea of Makaweli combined, and the canal of the Menehune people at the point of Kīkīaola and chilling Waipao wind, our departed child might be where you all get together. Oh, how Pūpūkaniao awakens us. In the home of that grandfather, J. P. Ka‘apu‘uwai at Kauwaihe‘e, Kekaha, Kaua‘i, is where our beloved child, Miss Rose Palaile Palea, departed this earthly life in her youthful days, so regrettable, before her loving mom. Her dad, younger siblings and family did not see her final breath at the moment the unkind angel of death snatched her breath of life. She gracefully slipped away on the pathway of no return on the 16th of November in the year 1923. Oh, such distress! What was left was a burden of sadness of love for me, her aunt, Mrs. Dora K. Craig, and her loving parents, Mr. and Mrs. John Palaile Palea, the younger siblings, Miss Dora K. Palea, Miss Edith Palaile Palea, and one brother, Master William N. Palaile Palea, and her elder sister, Miss Mary K. Palaile Palea, living in the lushness of Honolulu in the confusion of town. Her own surviving grandparents from whom her mom derives, Mr. and Mrs. J. E. Hulu‘aulani, and three aunts, Mrs. Emily K. Pā, Mrs. Emma H. Kaiwi, and Miss Hannah K. Hulu‘aulani, living on the island of Kahelelani, did not see the final breath of our dearly departed child, as they were separated by ocean. They cry, mourning with pain and sadness. Oh, this is so terrible! Oh, you, my younger siblings, denied a loved one in a daughter, taken care of, worn like a lei, caressed with true love of a child so much, always keeping hope for her for the better into the future. But unfortunately, these thoughts are disappointing, as are the expectations. Her sweet voice will no longer be heard, calling out to you two and her younger siblings and family to come visit. What is that this great passing that hides from us. We do not see our loving child as she goes alone, leaving us to mourn and lament with love and pain. Oh, poor us! Oh, entire family of mine living on the island of Kahelelani, perhaps our child is with all of you, stringing momi shell lei of the sea and beautiful frankincense of the mountains, combined with the young leaves of koa of Ko‘olaukani and the mists that adorn the women. The journey on the pathway is misty, as the journey was started in the morning, in the damp and cool time of day, when our dear departed child left. Oh, how sad! Oh, Pākala, where our departed child would go, you are there with Aunty Līlia, where she enjoyed herself listening to the rustling of the sea on the sand dunes and the rippling of the waves of the deep, blue sea.

He Hoomanao Aloha No Kuu Pokii. Mr. Solomon Hanohano. Aloha oe. E oluolu oe e hookomo iho i ka’u puolo waimaka o ke aloha no kuu pokii i haalele mai i keia ola ana, maloko o na ko­ lamu o ka Nupepa Kuokoa, a nana hoi ia e hoike aku i ka lono kaumaha ma na Kaiaulu o Hawaii nei, mai ka puka ana a ka la ma Kumukahi, a ka welona a ka la i Lehua kahi hoi a kuu pokii i noho ai a haalele iho la ia makou me ka ukana luuluu he aloha. No kuu pokii ua make oia i ka la 5 kakahiaka Aperila, Poaha la 24. Ua loihi no ka hoomailio ana o ka ma’i maluna o kona kino, oiai i kona hanaumua e hele mau aku ana no e ike iaia mai ka wa hiki iaia ke hele a pau ka hiki ana ke hele a olelo mai ia’u e hoi aku au a moe pu meia. Ua hooko aku au ia manao o kuu popii [sic: pokii] aloha, imua makou ona a hala wale no; o maua me ka maua mau keiki, oia kaikunane ohana o maua o ia o Kalanipio me kana wahine me ka laua mau keiki; o kana kane no hoi me na keiki ame ka makuahine hanai. Aloha no kuu pokii ka makua oia home e hookipa ana oia i ka nui ame ka lehulehu. No kuu pokii aloha, hanau oia i Ianuari 1, 1885; ua piha iaia 39 makahiki 3 mahina me na la 23; mailoko aku o laua 9 keiki, 8 kaikamahine 1 keikikane. Ua hala mua 2 a laua mau keiki, oia aku la no hoi mahope. Haalele iho la i ka hoapili he kane ame na keiki, ame ka lei moopuna o na la opiopio, aloha no na pokii o maua i ka aina malihini, aloha no hoi kuu pokii i hala, kuu hoapili o na wahi apau. Aloha no o Kiekie, ia home a maua i noho ai me na haku oia hoi o John Rennie ame kana wahine, he mea poina ole ia no ka laua mau hana maikai; auwe no hoi ke aloha o kuu pokii ke hoomanao ae i na wahi i heleia, i nohoia, kuu pokii i ke kai au umauma o ke Anahaki, aloha ia kahakai i nohoia e maua me na makua hanai o maua. Aloha kahi wai o wai a Kaulili, ia wai kapipi i ka lima; auwe ka luuluu ame ke kaumaha, aloha no kuu pokii heleloa. Ko iho la ka ka Buke: O ke kanaka i hanauia e ka wahine, he hapa kona mau la, he piha i na popilikia. E hoomaikaiia ka inoa o Iehova, ka Makua Nana no i haawi mai. Nana no i lawe aku. Me ka mahalo i na keiki o ka papapa’i o ke Kuokoa no ko oukou ahonui. Owau no kona kaikuaana, Mrs. P. Kaohelani. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 19 June 1924. P. 5.

Kanikau

Kekaha is where she was born, the day, month and year I do not know. The body of the departed child of our family and grandparents, who passed before to the other world, was laid to rest at the cemetery in Kekaha, where the labors were put to rest for all time. The words of the Great Book have been fulfilled, as dust returns to dust. Her spirit returns to the loving bosom of her Lord to await the sound of the trumpet of the angel, when all [the spirits] in the cemetery rise up. He gives, and He takes away. May His holy name be praised. Amen. With these loving thoughts, I end with great appreciation to the patient editor, and to the boys of your printing press, I say aloha. It is I, with sadness, Ms. Dora K. Craig. 2002 [sic: 2004] North Queen St., Kalihikai, [O‘ahu].

355

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

A Loving Memory of My Dear Younger Sister. Mr. Solomon Hanohano. Aloha. Will you please insert my bundle of tears of love regarding my dearly departed younger sister among the columns of the Nupepa Kuokoa, so it can report the sad news to the communities of Hawai‘i from the rising of the sun at Kumukahi to where the sun streaks across the sky to Lehua, where my sister lived and left us with the heavy burden of love. About my dear sister, she died on the 5th in the morning in April. She endured sickness and physical complications for a long time, while her eldest child went constantly to see her. From the time she could walk up until the time she could no longer walk, she told me to come home to sleep with her. I did as my loving sister wished, and we all were in her presence until she passed away. It was the two of us and our children, our cousin, Kalanipi‘o, and his wife with their children. Her husband was there, too, with the children and her adopted mother. How terrible for my dear sister, the parent of the home where she would welcome anyone and everyone. Regarding my loving sister, she was born on January 1, 1885. She was all of 39 years, 3 months, and 23 days old. From the two of them came 9 children, 8 daughters, 1 son. Two of their children passed on earlier, and she later. She left a dear companion, her husband, and her children and a grandchild, who is very young. How sad for our younger siblings away in a foreign land. How sad for my departed younger sister, my dear companion everywhere. How I love Ki‘eki‘e, that home where she and I stayed with the overseers, John Rennie and his wife. All the good they did will not be forgotten. Oh, the love of my sister to reflect on the places we went and stayed, my sister in the sea where we swam at Keanahaki. I love the beach where we lived with our adoptive parents. I love the fresh water of Kaulili, the water we would dip our hands in to sprinkle ourselves. Oh, I am devastated and sad. How I loved my dear, departed younger sister. The word of the Book has been fulfilled: Man who is born of woman is of few days and full of trouble. May the name of Jehovah be praised, the Father who gives. He has taken away. With gratitude to the typesetting boys of the Kuokoa for your forbearance. It is I, her elder sister, Mrs. P. Ka‘ohelani.

356

Kuu Ipo Aloha Ua Hala. Mr. Solomon Hanohano. Aloha oe a nui. E oluolu mai hoi oe i kekahi wahi kaawale o ka Nupepa Kuokoa, no ka’u puolo waimaka e kau ae la maluna, i ike mai ai na kini amen a hoaloha o kuu ipo, i haalele mai i keia ola ana, auwe no hoi kuu minamina pau ole; kuu minamina pau ole, kuu makua nana i malama mai ia’u i kuu mau la nele. Aloha wale au ia oe, aloha no hoi na wahi apau i piliia e kaua; a he mea poina ole ia a’u e hoomanao ae ai no na wahi pana apau o ka aina. Aloha ka uka o Kalawela, na wahi i nohoia a kupa i ke aloha, auwe kuu mina­mina pau ole ia oe e. Mamina wale ka nani o Hemela, i ka hene wai olu lawe malie, aloha na hune kai o Kaulakahi, aole oe e hoopulu hou ana ma na papaiina o kuu ipo aloha; oiai ua hoi aku oia me ka Makua Lani, ka mea nona mai keia ola ana.

Ua nohoia e a’u me kuu ipo me ke aloha pila paa ahiki i kona mau la hope; aole i loihi loa ka hookau ana a ka ma’i maluna o kona kino, a pauaho mai la oia i keia ola ana. Ua hanauia oia ma ka mokupuni o Niihau, i ka makahiki 1873, ua piha iaia 50 me 8 mahina o kona hanu ana i nae a o keia ola ana, make oia i ka mahina o Iune 12, M. H. 1924, ua nohoia e maua me ke aloha pili paa mai ka M. H. 1915 Mar. la 6 ua piha ia maua he 9 M. H., o keia noho aloha ana.

Kuu ipo o J. W. Keahiaokalani, ua hele loa, ua noho like ia e makou me ka maikai i kekahi wa, a i kekahi wa mokuahana no hoi kuu aloha ia oe, no ia mau pulama a’u ia oe! Aloha ko leo i ka i mai aloha no oe, a aloha no kaua, me na waimaka o ke aloha poina ole. Auwe au e, ka makua o kuu lei o oe, o keia noho makua ole ana, na kaua i lei ia a nui. Auwe no hoi oe e J. W. Keahiaokalani e, aole au e ike hou ana i kou helehelena i na paia o kuu home, ahiki i na la hope o ko’u ola ana, oiai o ke kanaka i hanauia e ka wahine, he hapa kona mau la, he piha me ka popilikia hoi aku la no ka lepo i ka lepo, a o ka uhane imua o ka Makua mana loa. Ua hoi mai oia imua o na keiki a kona kaikuahine, e noho ai i na la o kona pilikia, oia hoi o Mr. J. Kekuhina ame Mrs. M. Kekuhina ame kona kaikuahine Mrs. K. Keamoai, a o wau kekahi imua o kona noho pilikia, auwe ke kaumaha aole oe imua o ko makou alo, ua mae, ua nalo no ka wa mau loa. Ke hoomaikai ae nei au i ka inoa o Iehova ka mana kahikolu mana loa, amen a keiki no laua ka home, ko makou home i noho aku ai ame ka poe apau i akoakoa mai i ka wa o ke kaumaha. Me oe e ka Lunahooponopono ka mahalo nui ame na keiki o kou pa papa’i ka welina pau ole. Owau iho no me ka poina ole, Kalikookalani. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 24 July 1924. P. 4. My Dearly Departed Love. Mr. Solomon Hanohano. Aloha. Will you please allow a little space in the Nupepa Kuokoa for my bundle of tears that appears above, so the families and friends of my loved one who departed this life may see it. Oh, my never-ending regret, my dear parent, who cared for me in my days of need. How I love you. I love all the places we were together. They are things I shall never forget to reflect on, all the famous places on the island. How I love the upland of Kalāwela, the places we lived and became loving natives. Oh, endless regret for you. I grieve for the beauty of Hemela, and the cool, calm gullies and streams. The dear seaspray of Kaulakahi, you shall no more drench the cheeks of my dear sweetheart, as he has gone back with Heavenly Father from whom we have this life. It was inhabited by me and my sweetheart with a firm and full love all the way until his last day. The illness did not stay with him physically for long, and he gave up the breath of this life.

Kanikau

Kaua i ka la’i o ka uka iu. Ka leo hone mai o ke kahuli, Aloha no hoi oe e kuu lei hulu Ka momi o ke ko Eli o Halalii

357

He was born on the island of Ni‘ihau in 1873. He was all of 50 years and 8 months, breathing the air of this life. He died in the month of June on the 12th in 1924. He and I lived in the close union of love from 1915, March the 6th, and we had 9 years in this life of love. Kaua‘i is the calm of the heights The pleasant voice of the kāhuli snail My love for you, my precious feather lei The momi shell of the sugar cane of Halāli‘i

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

My sweetheart, J. W. Keahiokalani, has departed for good. We all lived well together at times, and at times there was strife in my love for you, as I cared for you! Your dear voice saying, “I love you,” and “We love each other,” with tears of unforgettable love. Poor me, the parent of my dear lei, which is you. Now I live without a parent, and you and I wore the lei, our child, always. How sad for you, J. W. Keahiaokalani, I shall not see your face again, [which is] on the wall of our home, until the last days of my life. Man who is born of woman is of few days and full of trouble, dust returns to dust, and the spirit returns to the allpowerful Father. He came home to where the children of his sister were to live out the days of his troubles. Mr. J. Kekuhina, Mrs. M. Kekuhina, his sister, Mrs. K. Keamoai, and I were there in his troubles. Oh, how sad that you are not here before us. You have faded away and have disappeared forever. I express gratitude to the name of Jehovah, the all-powerful Trinity, and the children whose home it is, our home where we lived, and everyone who gathered in the time of sadness. To you, editor, go my great thanks, and to the boys of your printing press, my endless affection. It is I, who never shall forget, Kalikookalani.

358

He Puolo Waimaka Aloha, No Kuu Aunty Heleloa Mrs. Kaiawe Helelani ­Punohu. Ma ko Iesu mau lima, Ma kona poli no, Malaila au e malu ai, A maha maikai pu. Kauai Manookalanipo e, aina kaulana i ka malie ilaila o Aunty i hanaiia ai, ka aina hanau o kona papa aloha i hala mua ma kela ao mau; e ka makani moeahua o Kekaha e, ame ka makani anu he Waipao, e pahola aku olua i ka lono hoolelehauli a hookaumaha ia Uncle J. P. Kaapuwai, ame kuu pokii aloha, Mrs. Abbie K. Palea, ua hala i ke ala o na mea apau he make, ka mea aloha o Aunty Kaiawe Punohu, ua pau no ka wa pau ole. Auwe lihaliha wale! E ka moku o Kahelelani e; aina i ka mole o Lehua, ame ka makani hoohaehae he naulu, e lawe aku oe i ka lono ehaeha, a hookaumaha o ka noonoo i kuu mau makua aloha Mr. ame Mrs. J. E. Huluaulani, ame o’u mau pokii, Mrs. Emily K. Pa, Mrs. Emma H. Kaiwi, Mrs. Hannah K. Niau, ua hala ma kela ao mau o na

mea apau ka mea aloha o Aunty Kaiawe, ua pau ko kakou ike hou ana iaia, ua nalo aku oia, a haalele mai ia kakou. Auwe ka menemene e! O maua no me ka luuluu, Mr. & Mrs. Alexander Craig. 2004 North Queen St., Kalihi-kai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 5 March 1925. P. 5. A Bundle of Loving Tears for My Dear Departed Aunty Mrs. Ka‘iawe Helelani Pūnohu. In Jesus’ arms In his bosom There is where I find sanctuary And rest well.

He Alohaloha No Ko Makou Papa Heleloa, B. H. Kahele. Mr. Solomon Hanohano, Aloha kaua. E ae mai hoi oe ina he rumi kaawale kekahi o kou moku lawe meahou, a nau hoi ia e hii helo aku no ka’u wahi puolo waimaka ma na kihi eha o ka honua nei, i ike mai ai hoi ka nui ame ka lehulehu o kuu papa heleloa, o noho mai la ma ka puka ana o ka la ma ka hikina ahiki i ka aina aloha o kuu papa heleloa, i ka welona a ka la i Lehua. Ma ka hora 1 5 minuke o ke kakahiaka Poalima, Mar. 20, 1925 kipa mai ai na lima menemene ole o ka make a lawe aku la i ka hanu ola mai kuu papa aloha aku, ma ka home o kana mau keiki a mau pokii hoi o’u Mr. ame Mrs. Pomaikai, Colburn St., Kalihi, a waiho iho la i ke kino puanuanu o kuu Mr. B. H. Kahele, papa aloha na makou na na keiki e u aku me ka naau ehaeha a luuluu. Aloha wale ko makou papa heleloa, ko makou papa i ke ala hoi ole mai. Ma kona moe ma’i maua kana mau aloha wale ahiki i kona haalele ana mai ia maua, aloha wale kuu makuakane, waiho na iwi ka aina malihini, ko ae la ka ka Buke Nui i i mai ai, “He mahu ke ola o ke kanaka i pu-a ae a nalo aku.” Pela iho la ke ola aua o kuu papa i keia ao inea. Ua hanauia mai kuu papa aloha ma Niihau mai ka puhaka mai o kona mau makua, Kahele Nui, kane ame Kaluahine Nui wahine, i ka makahiki 1860 Feb. 5 ame kona mau kaikuahine elua i hala mua i ka po, o ia hoi o Pihanaokalani kona hanaumua ame Koleiki kona pokii, a oia hoi keia e alualu aku nei i ko laua meheu.

Kanikau

Kaua‘i of Manookalanipō, famous land in the calm where aunty was raised, the birth place of her loving dad, who passed before to the other world. Dear Moeāhua wind of Kekaha and the cold Waipao, you both take the startling news far and wide and to Uncle J. P. Ka‘apuwai and my loving younger sister, Mrs. Abbie K. Palea, who passed along the way of all, which is death. The loving Aunty Ka‘iawe Pūnohu is gone for all eternity. Oh, how very sad! Dear island of Kahelelani [Ni‘ihau], island at the base of Lehua and the Nāulu wind that tears things apart, take the painful news, so sad, to the thoughts of my dear parents, Mr. and Mrs. J. E. Hulu‘aulani, and my younger siblings, Mrs. Emily K. Pā, Mrs. Emma H. Kaiwi, Mrs. Hannah K. Niau. Our loved one, Aunty Ka‘iawe, passed into the next eternal world. We shall no longer see her. She is gone and has left us. Oh, the sorrow! It is us, both with great sadness, Mr. & Mrs. Alexander Craig. 2004 North Queen St., Kalihi Kai, [O‘ahu].

359

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 360

Aloha wale kuu papa heleloa, kuu papa hiki ole ia’u ke paa aku. Nolaila eia kuu papa i ke 65 o kona mau makahiki o ka hanu ana i na ea huihui o keia ola honua ana, aloha wale kuu papa ke noonoo ae au ia oe a. Kuu papa heleloa, kuu papa i ke ala hoi ole mai. Ua hoohuiia kuu papa ma ka berita o ka mare me ko’u luaui makuahine i hala mua i ke ala hoi ole mai, a mailoko mai hoi o laua i loaa mai ai makou akolu keikikane, elua kaikamahine, kana hiapo ua hala mua no oia ma kela ao la’i mao; a koe iho la makou eha ma keia ao inea, e u e uwe aku no ka makou mea aloha he makua. He mea hiki ole ia makou ke imi aku; aloha wale kuu makuakane i ke ala hoi ole mai. Kuu makuakane i ke aloha keiki, aloha moopuna. Ua hala, ua nalo na maka o kuu makuakane no ka wa mau loa; kuu hoa o na ale o Kaulakahi, o ia kai a makou e au ai me kuu papa no ka hoihoi ana ia maua no Waimea, Kauai, me kou hanaumua Joseph E. Kahele, pau hoi ko maua noho ana ma ia kihapai pua; ua kii hou mai la no ko maua papa aloha ia maua, a au hou mai la no makou no ke kai o Kaieie no ka ua Kukalahale nei, aloha wale kuu makuakane, kuu makuakane i ke ala he ole mai. Heaha no la ka’u hala nui au i hoopaweo mai ai ia’u, auwe kuu papa kuu aloha ia oe a! O kuu makuakane, he kanaka puuwai hamama he kanaka oluolu he kanaka heahea, he hookipa, he makua no ka lehulehu apau ou e ka welona a ka la i Lehua, auwe kuu minamina ia oe a! He mea loaa ole hoi ia makou ke huli ae o ko’u mau makemake apau aole oe i hoonele mai ia’u, auwe kuu makuakane heleloa e! I kona mau la opio oia kekahi o na kanaka holo ma keia hana he ako hipa. Aloha wale ia mau la o kuu papa. Kuu makuakane i ka uka o Waiokaikai, kuu makuakane i ka pali o keana Kaluahine, kuu makuakane i ka puu o Kaeo, o ia au awawa a kuu papa e hele ai, aloha wale ke noonoo ae ia mau wahi i piliia e kuu papa heleloa. Mamuli o kela pili aloha mau o ke kauwa me na haku, ua hapaiia ae la kuu papa i ke kulana lunanui, no ua aina wela nei e hele ana ma na wahi like ole o ka aina elike me ke kauoha a na haku. Aloha wale kuu makuakane, kuu makuakane i ka ihu o ka lio, kuu makuakane i ke kula manienie o Pukaiki, kuu makuakane i ka la’i o Puheheke aloha wale ia mau home o kuu makuakane ua nalo, aole oia e hehi hou ana malalo o ko olua mau kaupaku. Aloha wale kuu makuakane, kuu makuakane i ka pali o Kawaihoa kuu makuakane mai na makani hoolewa o ka aina, mai ka makani anu la he kui, ame ka i’a ai pu no la me he one. Kuu makuakane i ka nalu olelo Ohia; nalu kaulana mai na kupuna mai, aloha wale ia mau wahi a kuu makuakane e luakaha ai. Mai kela kulana lunanui mai oia i paa ai no na makahiki loihi, ua hooliloia iho la oia i kahu hipa, o aole ana ma na awawa ame na kualono, na punawai na lae kahakai; aloha wale ia mau wahi i piliia e kuu papa heleloa, a na ka nawaliwali i kau mai malani o kona kino i waiho aku ai oia i ka hana a na haku i Sept. 1923, malalo o ka malama ana a ko’u mau hanaumua Mr. ame Mrs. Kalua Keale; a no olua ko’u mau hoomaikai nui, no ka olua mau hana maikai i kuu papa, oiai makou kana mau pua i ka aina malihini nei. Ke noi aku nei makou na keiki i hooneleia i ka makua, ame ka makou mau keiki Mary Kaaihawaii Burke Amelia Puaino i hooneleia i ke kupuna e lawe aku

Kanikau

i ka makou mau hoomaikai kuio mailoko ae o makou; na makua na hoahanau apau i malama i ko makou papa heleloa. Eia la oia ua nalo na maka mai ia kakou aku no ka wa mau loa; ua hoi aku la no oia ma ka poli aloha o ko kakou Haku. I Jan. 1924, ua kii aku la au i kuu papa heleloa; elike me ka ka Buke Nui i i mai ai e oe i kou makuakane ame kou makuahine i loihi ai kou mau la maluna o ka aina a Iehova kou Akua i haawi mai ai ia oe. Auwe kuu makuakane e kuu makuakane i ka malu hale o Iubile o ia home laahia e noho mai la i ka malu o ke kiawe; eia la kuu papa, ua nalo na maka i ke aouli ame maua oia a haalele mai la, aloha wale kuu makuakane, kuu makuakane i ka huikau o ke kaona; kuu makuakane i ka luna o Puowaina, kuu makuakane i ke kaa otomobile, kuu makuakane i ke ala hoi ole mai. Ua ko ka Kekahuna i i mai ai maloko o kana olelo: “E hele no ke kanaka i kona hale mau, a hele no ka poe kanikau ma na alanui, oi moku ole ke kaula kala; aole hoi i naha ke kiaha gula, aole no naha ka pakeke ma ka punawai aole hoi i naha ke kaa ma ka lua wai, alaila e hoi ka lepo i ka honua elike me ia mamua, a o ka uhane e hoi ia i ke Akua Nana ia i haawi mai.” Me keia mau manao o ke aloha makua, ke hooki nei au, a ke hoomaikai aku nei no hoi makou na keiki i hooneleia i ka makua, ame na moopuna i hooneleia i ke kupuna, ina makamaka ame ka ohana apau o kuu papa heleloa no ka hui pu ana mai me makou iloko o ko makou mau hora o ka luuluu. E lawe aku i ka makou mau hoomaikai no na makana pua ame ka malama ana i ke anaina haipule hope o kuu papa heleloa; a me oe e ka papapa’i ko’u ­welina. O makou iho no me ka luuluu, Joseph Ekela Kahele, Ben Iubile Kahele, Mr. & Mrs. Burke, Mr. & Mrs. Pomaikai, Mary K. Burke, Mrs. Lucy Nuuhiwa. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 9 April 1925. P. 2. Condolences for Our Departed Dad, B. H. Kahele. [photo included] Mr. Solomon Hanohano. Aloha. Allow a bit of space on your news-bearing ship so that you may carry it forth regarding my bundle of tears to the four corners of the earth. Then everyone in the public may know about my dad who departed, those living where the sun emerges in the east all the way to the loving island of my departed dad, where the sun races across to Lehua. At five minutes past one in the morning of Friday, March 20, 1925, the merciless hands of death visited us and took away the living breath of my loving dad at the home of his children and younger siblings of mine, Mr. and Mrs. Pōmaika‘i, on Colburn St., Kalihi [O‘ahu], and left the cold body of my loving dad for us, the children, to mourn with pained hearts devastated. Our poor departed dad has gone the way of no return. We, his loved ones, were at his bedside up until the moment he left us. How sad for my dear father, who left the bones in a foreign land. The words of the Great Book have been fulfilled, saying, “The life of man is a mist rising and dissipating.” This is how the life of my dear dad went in this world of strife. My dear, loving dad was born on Ni‘ihau from the loins of his parents, Kahele Nui, husband, and Kaluahine Nui, wife, in 1860 on Feb. 5. His two sisters who passed away into the night beforehand were Pihanaokalani, just elder to him, and Koleiki, his younger sibling. He follows in their footsteps. How precious my departed dad, my dear dad, who I cannot hold onto.

361

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 362

Therefore, here is my dad in the 65th year of breathing the cool air of this earthly life. How I love my dad, as I think of you. My departed dad, my dad on the path of no return. My dad was joined in the covenant of marriage with my late birth mother, who went the way of no return. From them we are three boys, two girls, with the firstborn having passed away into the peaceful other world, leaving us four here in this world of suffering to mourn and cry over our loved one, our parent. We cannot go and search for him. How sad for my dear father on the pathway of no return. My father who loved his children and loved his grandchildren. He passed away, and the eyes of my father are gone forever. He was my dear companion of the waves of the Kaulakahi Channel, that ocean we traveled, my father and I, to take us back to Waimea, Kaua‘i with my elder brother, Joseph E. Kahele. Our life in that flower garden is over. Our loving dad came and got us. We traveled back on the sea of Ka‘ie‘ie, headed for the Kūkalahale rain here [Honolulu]. My dear father, my father on the pathway of no return. What great sin have I committed that you no longer turn and face me. Oh, my dear dad, how I love you! My father had a heart open wide. He was a kind man, who would call out hospitably to others to come in. He was a man for everyone. Oh, sun that tracks across the sky to Lehua, I am so sorry for you! We cannot find him, if we look. Everything I ever wanted, you never denied me. Oh, my dear departed father! In the days of his youth, he was one of those people who would shear sheep. What affection we have for those days of my dad. My dear father in the uplands of Waioka‘ika‘i, my father on the cliff of Keanakaluahine. My father on the hill of Kā‘eo, the valleys my dad would travel. How dear to think about those places where my dad and I would travel together. Because of our eternal close bond between servant and landowner, my dad was elevated to the position of lead supervisor of this hot land, going everywhere on the island, according to the orders of the landowners. Oh, my dear father, my father at the nose of the horse. My father on the grassy plain of Pukaiki. My father in the calm of Pūheheke. How I love those homes of my father who is gone. He shall no longer step under the roof of you two. My poor father, my father on the cliff of Kawaihoa, my father from the winds that lift the land. My dear father on the waves that talk at ‘Ōhi‘a, the famous wave of the ancestors. How I love those spots where my father relaxed. From that position of supervisor, he served for many years. He was made a shepherd, going through the valleys and ridges, the springs, and the shoreline points. How we love those places my dad used to go, long and far. When weakness overcame his body, he left the job of the owners in September 1923. He was cared for by my elder siblings, Mr. and Mrs. Kalua Keale. To you both, I leave my great thanks for all the good things you two did for my dad while we, his children, were away in a foreign land. We, the children whose father has been taken from us, and our children, Mary Ka‘aihawai‘i Burke and Amelia Pua‘ino, who have been denied a grandfather, ask that you take our true gratitude from us, the parents and all the siblings who took care of our departed dad.

He has gone, and his eyes are gone from us for all time. He has returned home to the bosom of love of our Lord. In January 1924, I went and got our departed dad. It was like what the Great Book said to you and your father and mother, that your days be long on the land Jehovah, your God, gave to you. Oh, my dear father, my father in the peace of the house of Jubilee, that sacred house located in the shade of the kiawe trees [in Pu‘uwai]. Here is my dad, his eyes have gone to the blue vault of heaven, leaving the two of us behind. My poor beloved father, my father in the confusion of town, my father atop Pūowaina [Punchbowl, O‘ahu], my father in the automobile, my father on the pathway of no return. The words of Ecclesiastes have been fulfilled, wherein he says: “Man goes to his eternal home, and they mourn on the roadway, or ever the silver cord be loosened, or the golden bowl be broken, the pitcher be broken at the fountain, or the wheel broken at the cistern; then shall the dust return to the earth, as it was, and the spirit shall return to God who gave it.” With these thoughts of love for our father I close. We, the children whose parent has been taken away along with the grandchildren denied a grandfather, give thanks to the dear friends and all families of my dearly departed dad for gathering with us in our hours of great grief. Take our expressions of gratitude for the gifts of flowers and care for those in attendance at the last service held for my departed dad. To you, the printing press, is also my greeting. It is we, in great sadness, Joseph Ekela Kahele, Ben Iubile Kahele, Mr. & Mrs. Burke, Mr. & Mrs. Pomaikai, Mary K. Burke, Mrs. Lucy Nuuhiwa.

Mr. Lunahooponopono o ka Nupepa Kuokoa; aloha no kaua: E noi aku ana au i kou oluolu, ame kou lokomaikai, no ka’u wahi puolo waimaka a ke aloha poina ole, e kau ae la maluna, ina nae hoi, he wahi rumi kaawale kekahi, no’u hoi ia wahi a nana hoi ia o aha’i mama aku i ko’u aloha pokii, i ike mai ai na hoa o maua, e noho mai la i ka huikauilua o ke kaona, ame na keiki he nui a lehulehu, a na pokii hoi o maua, e noho u mai nona, a pela hoi au e poina ole nei no kuu pokii heleloa. Ua haalele iho la i ka makua o maua ma ke kino, ame na keiki, ame na moopuna, he lehulehu ame kahi makuahine hookahi i koe o maua; ame ka ohana apau, i ike i kona kino wailua, a koe hoi au kona hanaumua; auwe ke aloha o kuu pokii e! Eia no au i Kauai nei, aole au i ike i kona hanu hope loa, me ko’u noonoo ole ae, he pilikia ahiki mai oiai no hoi au e noho nanea ana; ua hiki mai la ka elele a ke aloha, mai Niihau mai e hoike mai ana o Mrs. R. M. Kanahele ua hala i ke ala hoi ole mai. Ua like kela mau mamalaolelo ia’u, me kekahi hekili ku’ipamalo, aole hoi au e

Kanikau

He Mau Waimaka Aloha No Kuu Pokii Heleloa Hoi Ole Mai, Mrs. R. M. ­Kanahele. He maha mao no na luhi, Ho halealii e maha ai, He hale iasepi a gula, A Iesu i kukulu ai.

363

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 364

ike aku iaia, no ka mea, he kai mawaena o maua, kaawale oia, a kaawale hoi au; auwe ke aloha o kuu pokii e! Ua oleloia, o ke aloha aole loa ia e mokuhia i na waikahe he nui. Auwe ke aloha o kuu pokii hoi ole mai! Aole maua na ka makua hookahi, penei ko maua like ana, he mua a he hope. Hookahi no o maua mea nana i hanai, owau no ka mua, a he hope mai oia, a pela iho la maua i like ai, noho like no maua imua o ke alo o ko maua kahuhanai, ke ole au e koho hewa, ua piha iaia oa makahiki he 52 me na mahina keu. Aloha Niihau au i ke kai, e hooheno nei me ka naulu, aolo kou aheahe e pa kolonahe, ana ma kona mau papalina, ua nalo oia no ka wa mau loa; aloha Waiaka home a ke aloha i noho ai, kuu pokii i ka luna o Puuwai, aloha ia wahi a maua i pili ai, aloha Iubile home laahia, me ka leo o ka bele e kani hone ana aole kuu pokii e lohe ana i kou leo. E ka wai huna i ka pohaku e aole kuu pokii e inu hou ana i kou wai hu’ihu’i; ua pau kona kii ana ia oe; e ka malu hale a kuu pokii aloha i walea ai; aole oe e ike hou ana iaia, aloha o wai u’i i ka hone a ke kai, o ia wai hoolawa i ka lehulehu; aloha Papaiki i ke kainehe i ka pu’eone, o ia wahi a maua e pili ai me kuu pokii hele hoi ole mai. Aloha ae au o ka luna o Paliuli, me Halehaa i ka wai aliali; kuu pokii aloha i ka ulu hala o Kaha’ipu, me Wailana i ka uluwehi o Kiekie, aloha ia wahi a maua i pili ai i ka hana a na haku; aloha o Kalaekii me Aalawela, me ka wai o Kaahupuna kau mai iluna, o ia wai aloha nalo i ka poli o ka pohaku. Aloha na opihi aala lipoa o Halo, o ia wahi a maua me kuu pokii e hele ai; aloha Nonopapa i ko one kapu, one kaulana mai na kupuna mai; aloha anuenue i ka ehu a ke kai, o kuu pokii i ke one o Pololi, aole oia e hehi hou ana i kou mau hunaone; aloha o Kalaeloa i ka uluwehiwehi me ka ua liilii noenoe i ka luna o Kawaewae, hoopulu aku la i ke one o Kahamaluhi, aloha ae au o ka la’i o Kamalino, aloha ia walu i hele pu ia me kuu pokii; aloha o Lanakila i ka hone a ke kai o Keawaiki, he iki ke aloha o kuu pokii ke hiki mai; e uwe no au e; me na hoomanao poina ole nona. Mo ka ohana apau loa ko’u aloha walohia, no kuu pokii i hala i ke ala hoi ole mai. Owau iho no o kona kaikuaana me ka luuluu. Mrs. M. H. Uahinui. Waimea, Kauai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 17 February 1927. P. 5. A Few Loving Tears for My Departed Younger Sister, Never to Return, Mrs. R. M. Kanahele. There is rest for the weary A palace to rest in A house of jasper and gold That Jesus built. Mr. Editor of the Nupepa Kuokoa. Aloha. I will ask for your kindness and your generosity for my little bundle of tears of unforgettable love that you see above. Should you also find some space for me, transmit swiftly my love for my sister so our friends living among the businesses in town and the many children, as well as the siblings of ours, know we mourn for her. This way I shall not forget my departed sister.

Kanikau

She departed to our Father of the flesh. The children, numerous grandchildren, our mother, who remains along with all the family to view her deceased body, and I, her elder sister, remain. Oh, the love I have for my dear sister! Here I am on Kaua‘i, I did not see her final breath, and I had no thought that I would encounter any sort of distress while I was enjoying myself. The messenger of love arrived from Ni‘ihau to report that Mrs. R. M. Kanahele passed away on the path of no return. Those words were to me like a clap of thunder that I should not see her, as there was a sea separating us. I was away. Oh, the love I have for my sister! It is said that love cannot be torn apart by many floodwaters. Oh, the love I have for my dear sister, who shall never return! We were not of the same parents, but how alike we are, as we are the first and the last. We share the same adopted parents. I am the first and she is the last, and that is where she and I are alike. We lived together in the presence of our adoptive parents, and if I am not mistaken, she was 52 years old and a few months. Alas, Ni‘ihau, that swims in the sea, cherishing the Nāulu wind, your breezes shall not gently blow on her cheeks. She is gone for all time. Alas, Wai‘aka, home where love lived, my dear younger sister, above Pu‘uwai. How I love that place where the two of us were together. How I love Jubilee, sacred home, with the voice of its bell, a lovely sound. My sister shall no longer hear your voice. Dear water hidden in the rocks, my sister shall no longer drink your cool water. She shall no longer go and fetch you. Dear shade of the house of my loving sister, where she relaxed, you will not see her any more. I love the beautiful fresh water in the pleasing sound of the sea, that water that satisfies the people. I love Papaiki in the rustling sea on the sand dunes, that spot where my sister, who shall never return, and I were together. I love the heights of Paliuli and Haleha‘a in the crystal clear water, my dear loving sister in the pandanus grove of Kaha‘ipū, and Wailana in the lushness of Ki‘eki‘e. I love that place where she and I were together, doing the work of the landlords. I love Kalaeki‘i, ‘A‘alawela and the water of Ka‘ahupuna set up high, the beloved water that disappears into the heart of the rocks. The ‘opihi love the fragrant līpoa seaweed of Hālō, that place where she, my sister, and I would go. I love Nonopapa with its sacred sands, famous sand of the ancestors. I love Ānuenue in the spray of the sea, my sister on the sand of Pōloli. She shall not step on your grains of sand again. I love Kalaeloa in the lushness of the misty drizzles of rain at the top of Kawaewae that drench the sand of Kahamalu‘ihi. I love the peacefulness of Kamalino. I love that spot where I went with my sister. I love Lanakila in the gentle rustling of the sea of Keawaiki. The love of my dear sister is but a little. I cry with unforgettable memories of her. With all the family I leave my precious love for my dear younger sister who passed away on the path of no return. It is I, her elder sister, in great sorrow. Mrs. M. H. Uahinui. Waimea, Kaua‘i.

365

He Puolo Waimaka No Ko Makou Papa Aloha I Haalele Mai. E oluolu mai kou ahonui e hookomo iho i ko’u aloha makua i ike mai hoi na kini lehulehu ohana o kuu aina hana ame o’u mau pokii aloha. Aloha wale

kakou! Eia mana ame na ohana o kakou ke hiolo nei na waimaka. Ua pomaikai oukou e o’u mau pokii ua pa-pa olelo aku la me ka makuakane o kakou. Luuluu wale. Eia ka ole o maua ame na ohana pale ke kai mawaena o kakou. Mahea la maua e ui ae ai. Aia aku nei la o papa i hea? Luuluu wale ke aloha makua. Me ka nanea a me ka moeuhane mua ole puka ana ka leka me ka hoailona. I ka wehe ana ae. Puiwa a hikilele ae la ko makou manao a na ka waimaka no e helelei. E mama e, eia mai o papa. Aia aku la paha ola me Niolopua, ua imi aku la ia Papalauahi. Auwe kuu makuakane hele loa e!

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

E kuu aina hanau e, E ka ua naulu o Niihau e, Ua pau ko hoopulu hou ana i na papalina aloha o kuu papa. E ka wai huna o ka Paoo, Ua pau ka inu hou ana o kuu papa i kou wai huihui e. E ka makani kiu o Niihau e, Ke halihali mai nei oe i ke aloha makua i o’u nei e. Aloha wale kaua e. E ka nalu ha’i olelo a Ohia e, Ke hooipoipo mai la paha oe me kuu makuakane e. E ka nalu kaulana o Kamoamoa e, Ua pau lohe hou ana o kuu papa i ka owe mai o kou mau ale e. E na ulu hau noho i ka hapapa e, Ke hapapa wale ae nei no wau aole loaa aku o kuu makuakane. E ka paepae kapu o Hiiaka e, Ke hiipoi mai nei oe i ke aloha o kuu papa e. Auwe kuu aloha pau ole e!

366

Ua piha ia Mr. Lewi Ikaaka Kanahele Kaiwiahuula he 95 makahiki. He kahunapule oia no 20 makahiki a hala wale aku la. He makua oluolu a heahea. Aohe me koe. Me ka maikai wale no hoi a kauhale, a olelo i ko makou muli loa e ohana laua. I ka pau ana hoi e hiamoe, o ko lala moe loa no ia, a waiho iho la ia makou na keiki eiwa (ekolu i hala mua), e u aku nona. Ke haawi aku nei makou i ka hoomaikai nui i ko makou pokii amen a ohana apau loa o Niihau i akoakoa ae me ko maua pokii i ka la hope o ko makou papa hele loa a ke hoomaikai pu aku nei no hoi ia oe e ka lunahooponopono, Mr. Jonah Kumalae ame kou mau kokua. O makou iho no me ke aloha. Mr. ame Mrs. B. Kaiwiahuula, Miss Maggie Niheu, Mr. Naleialoha Niheu. E hoohana i kou oi kelakela. Aole i kou wahi mea iki. E hoolala i kau hana alaila hana aku i kau mea i hoolala ai. —Ke Alakai O Hawaii. 12 March 1931. P. 4. A Bundle of Tears for Our Loving Departed Dad. Will you please insert the loving tribute I have for my parent, so that all the many family members of my birthplace and my loving younger siblings

may know. How terrible for us! Here we two are with our family, and the tears are flowing down. You are fortunate, my younger siblings, to have spoken with our father. How devastating. None of us in the family can hold back the sea among us. Whom do we ask? Where is Dad? How sad the love I have for my parent. Without relaxing or dreaming about it, a letter with a familiar address appeared. When I opened it, I was shocked and startled, and tears began to pour.

Mr. Lewi ‘Ika‘aka Kanahele Kaiwiahu‘ula was all of 95 years old. He was a pastor of 20 years and more. He was a kind parent, who called out to all, excepting none. With everything being well at home, he told the youngest in the family that they should have family prayer together. After that they went to bed, and he slept for good. He left us nine children behind (three having passed away previously) to mourn for him. We give our great thanks to all of our younger siblings and all the family on Ni‘ihau who gathered with our younger sibling on the last day our dad departed. We appreciate you, editor, Mr. Jonah Kūmalae and your helpers. It is we, with love, Mr. and Mrs. B. Kaiwiahu‘ula, Miss Maggie Niheu, Mr. and Mrs. Kāneali‘i Niheu, Mr. Nāleialoha Niheu. [The reference to Niolopua in the second line of the lament is explained in the Hawaiian Dictionary: “Niolopua capitalized is the god of sleep.” The reference to Papalauahi in the second line of the lament is explained in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 424. “Hala ka Pu‘ulena aia i Hilo, ua imi aku la ia Papalauahi. The Pu‘ulena breeze is gone to Hilo in search of Papalauahi. Said of one who has gone away or of one who finds himself too late to do anything.”]

Kanikau

Oh, Mom, here comes Dad. Maybe he is with Niolopua looking for Papalauahi. Oh, my dear departed father! My dear homeland The Nāulu rain of Ni‘ihau You shall no more wet the loving cheeks of my dad Oh, hidden water of the pāo‘o fish My dad will no longer drink your cold water Oh, Kiu wind of Ni‘ihau You are carrying the love of a parent to me Oh, the love between us Oh, waves that speak at ‘Ōhi‘a Maybe you are courting my dad Oh, famous waves of Kamoamoa My dad will not hear the rustling of your waves any more Oh, cool breadfruit living on the coral rock I feel around and do not find my dear father Oh, sacred platform of Hi‘iaka You cherish the love of my dear dad Oh, my endless love!

367

He Mau Waimaka Aloha No Kuu Kai Kuahine. I ka Lunahooponopono o ka Hoku o Hawaii, “Ka Ipu Kukui Malamalama o Hawaii nei.” Aloha no kaua. Ke noi aku nei au i kou oluolu a me kou lokomaikai, ina he wahi kaawale kekahi o ka kaua mai a nunu aha’i lono, no ka’u wahi puolo waimaka a ke aloha e kau ae la maluna i ike mai ai hoi na ohana a pau i ka huikau o ke kaona ame na hoa o maua i ka lai o Manokalanipo. Ua make o Miss M. Manuhulunani Kaohelaulii i ka po Poakahi la 14 o ka mahina o Mei, ua piha iaia na makahiki he 16 me 11 mahina me 11 la, o na la o kona ola ana. Ua hanau mai ko makou mama iaia i ka makahiki 1914 i ka mahina o Iune la 16. He mau la hoi kona o ka noho nawaliwali ana, a no ka nui loa o kona pilikia, a ua pauaho mai oia i hele ola ana.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Ua hala oia i ke ala hoi ole mai, Aloha Halepua malu i ke ao Oia malu hale o kuu pokii i noho ai Ua pau kou hoomalumalu ana iaia Ua nalo oia no ka wa mau. O kuu pokii aloha i ka ehu kai o Paliuli Aloha ia mau wahi i hele ia me ke aloha Aloha papaiki i ka hone a ke kai Oia ae lohe o kuu pokii aloha i hele ai O kuu pokii hoi i ka wai o Keaopopolo Aloha ia wai hoolawa i ka lehulehu Aloha o Iubile i ka leo o ka pele Oia home laahia a ke aloha i noho ai. Aloha puuwai kau maluna E kilohi ana i ke ahe a Koolau Au ana ke aloha o kuu pokii i keia mau wahi apau o ka aina. Aole oia e maalo hou ana makou mau alahele e ka uluwehi o Kiekie, i ke ahe a ka naulu luuluu wale hoi au i ko aloha, oia aku nei paha ola, me ke one Kapu o Nonopapa oia ae one poina ole i pokii hele loa. Aloha ae au o ke alahele o waahia walohia wale hoi ka leo o kuu pokii aloha, aia paha kuu pokii i ka ehu kai o Kamalino. Aloha ia ae kai a kuu pokii i hele ai, e imi aea i pono no keia oli ana o kuu pokii hoi i ke ahe a ka inu wai e hooipo ana me na ulu hua i ka hapapa. Aole ia mau wahi a pau e ike hou ana i kuu pokii. Ua nalo oia no ka wa pau ole. Aloha o Kawaihoa kau mailuna I ka holu a ka lau Kawelu I ke ahe a ka Moae Hele loa ka makani o na Kona Aole hoi olua e ike hou ana i kuu pokii aloha E na ko eli lima o Halaalii.

368

Ua ike paha olua i kuu pokii hele loa e ke ahe a ka unulau o pa nei, a me ka ehu kai o ka ailana hooipo i na pali, aole hoi ola e ike ana i kuu pokii hoi ola mai, aia paha oia i ka piko o Kaeo, me ka ua kilihune i ke oho o ke pili.

E pii [sic: pili] aloha no maua me kuu pokii i ke alo makua Aole hoi au ame na makua o makou e ike hou ana iaia Aloha wale hoi kuu pokii hele loa e Aloha ka Lae o Pueo i ke ahe o ka aoa Ka makani oia pua ia i ke kai e Kaulakahi Hele hookahi kuu pokii i ke ala o na mea a pau Aohe kokoolua i ka pali o Kaali Kuu pokii hoi hoi i ke ahe a ka lehua Ka makani kolonahe i ka pua o ka hinahina He aloha kahi wai o Kaali kau mailuna Oia wai hooheno a kuu pokii i ka ae one o Kii. Aole paha lakou e ike hou ana i kuu pokii hele hoi ole mai. Ua paweo na maka huna ike ao uli Ike ole iho i ka wai hina [sic: huna] a ka paoo E hooipo ana me ka Mikioi i ka piko olu o Lehua. Elua maua me kuu pokii i ke kula loa o nana i Koolau, a aloha ia kula mehameha kanaka ole i hele pu ia me ke kino, a aole hoi lakou e ike hou ana i kuu pokii hele loa. Ua nalo na maka o kuu pokii ike ole mai. Auwe hoi ke aloha poina ole ia oe e Kaumaha luuluu wale hoi makou i ke aloha nou Aloha e Koenaha, malu i Kekiawe. Me ka wai o Kanawea i ke ani a ka lau niu Aloha ia wahi a kakou i noho ai Me na makua o kakou o kuu pokii aloha i ka wai halana o ka aina ia Me kona mau kuana eloelo e loku hala ole ana.

Aloha o Kanalo i ke ani peahi a ka lau niu E i mai ana he welelau Koolau ka makani Aole oukou e ike hou ana i kuu hele loa Aloha o Kahinuu e waiho nei Me Puuohawaii wela i ka la Ua ike paha olua i kuu pokii i hala aku la Aole oia e maalo hou ana ma olua mau alahele Aloha ke kula o Ahailoa, me pohaku o Kamaile. Oia mau wahi a kuu pokii i hele hookahi ai Hoomaha aku i ka piina o Kalihilihiea A hiki mai ko aloha me kuu mau waimaka e hoopulu ana i ko’u mau lihilihi Aloha kuu pokii hele loa e. Aloha keia kula loa e waiho mai nei, a kuu pokii aloha i hele ai, i pili Koolau ia me Kapaialani a hoolai ana i ka luna o mauna aleo e kilohi ana i ke one o

Kanikau

Aloha ia mau hoomanao ana a kou hanau mua, me na pokii o kaua i ka poli o ka makua luuluu wale hoi au i ke aloha o kuu pokii e, a aole ia mau wahi e ike hou ana i kuu pokii hoi ole mai.

369

Kaauwaha, a aloha ia one nua ina hoa o kaua ame na makua aloha hoi o kakou. Auwe hoi ke aloha o kuu pokii hele loa e, aloha no mau ae kai i hele pu ia me ke kino. O kuu pokii hoi i ke one o Kalehua. E walea ana paha i ka alohi a ka momi o kai Aole oia e ike hou ana i kuu pokii aloha Oia mau ae kai au i hele ae me na hoa Hoomaha aku i ke one o Waiapaloa E ka momi hoi a kai e Ua ike paha oe i kuu pokii aloha Aia paha oia me ka mula o uka Me ka ui lipano hoi o ke kuahiwi He hiwahiwa no oe I ka poli o ka makua ao kakou hoi apau imua o ko laua alo. Auwe hoi ke aloha poina ole e Auwe o Kalanai i ke ahe a ke Koolau Ma kahi wai o lo’e i ka manienie Ke haale aku la i ka luna o ka hoiwai. Aole hoi oukou e ike hou ana i kuu pokii hele loa. Aia paha oia i ka lai o Kahio, oia ae kai aloha a na kupuna o kaua i noho ai e haihai olelo ana me ke one o Kawahamano, e kilohi aku ana hoi i ka nalu olelo o Ohia. Aole paha olua e ike hou ana i kuu pokii aloha.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Ua nalo oia no ka wa mau loa Aole ke kula mahiki o Pukaiki wela i ka la Hoomaha aku i ka aekai o Kamoamoa Oia ae kai hoi a kuu pokii e auau ai. Aole oe e hoopulu hou ana i kuu pokii hele loa. Aloha ka ae kai o Puheleke ika malie. Me ka wai o Papakaale i ka ae one aloha no ia mau wahi i hele ia me na hoa o kaua. Aole hoi laua o ike hou ana i kuu pokii hoi ole mai. Aloha o Hapu’uhale i ka uluwehiwehi, me ka wai o ke a’ona i ka poli o ka pohaku, oia mau wahi a kuu pokii i hele ai.

370

Auwe hoi ke aloha e, aloha oia e maalo hou ana ma ia mau alahele, e hoi e kuu pokii aloha i ka lai o Waiomina, oia kahua kuha’o i ka malie me ka papa­konane o Kaikilani i ka ae one, a aole oia e hehi hou ana i kou mau alanui. Ua nalo oia no ka wa mau loa E na lulu hoi o lei walo i ka leo o na manu E pohai ana i ke ahe a ka nauluulu mai ke aloha o kuu pokii hele loa Aole au ame na makua o makou Ame ka maua mau wahi pokii E ike hou ana iaia, aole hoi ka ohana apau Ua nalo oia no ka wa mau loa.

Ke hoomaikai nei au a o makou apau i ka ohana apau i hele mai e ike i ko makou kaumaha no kuu pokii hele loa. Me ke aloha hoi o ko kakou Makua Lani. Amene. O makou iho no me ke aloha. Mr. E. K. Kaohelaulii, Mrs. M. P. Kaohelaulii, Mas. W. K. Kaohelaulii, Mas. H. Kaohelaulii, Mas. A. Kaohelaulii. —Ka Hoku O Hawaii. 14 July 1931. P. 4. Tears of Love for My Dear Sister. To the Editor of Ka Hoku o Hawaii, “The Lighthouse of Hawai‘i.” Aloha. I request your forbearance and generosity, if you would create some space in our news-bearing pigeon [Ka Hoku o Hawaii] for a little tearful gift of mine bearing the headline above so that all of the family in the hustle and bustle about town and the friends of ours in the tranquility of Manokalanipō [Kaua‘i] may know. Miss M. Manuhulunani Ka‘ohelauli‘i died the night of Monday on the 14th of the month of May. She was 16 years, 11 months, and 11 days in all the days of her life. Our mom gave birth to her in 1914 in the month of June on the 16th. She was weak for a number of days, and due to the severity of her trouble, she gave up the breath of life.

She shall no more pass along your roads, dear lushness of Ki‘eki‘e, in the breeze of the Nāulu wind. I am overcome with grief in my love for you. She lived with the sacred sand [one kapu] of Nonopapa, the unforgettable sands of the beach where my younger sibling went so often. I love the road of Wa‘ahia, and the loving voice of my dear sister. My dear sister may be in the sea spray of Kamalino. How I love the seaside [ae kai] where my sister would go, searching to improve her life in the gentle Inuwai wind that caresses the breadfruit that grows on the rocky flats. All those places shall no longer see my young sister. She is gone forever. Aloha to Kawaihoa set up high In the sway of the blades of kāwelu grass

Kanikau

She has gone the way of no return How I love Halepua in the shade of the day The shade of the house where my dear younger sister lived She is gone forever My dear, loving younger sister in the sea spray of Paliuli How I love those places we’d go and loved How I love Papaiki in the soft sound of the sea That my loving younger sister heard as she walked My dear younger sister in the fresh water of Keaopōpolo I love that water that supplied everyone I love Iupilē [alternate spelling of Iubilē] and the voice of the bell That sacred home where love dwelled I love Pu‘uwai set up high Gazing down in the breeze of the Ko‘olau wind The love of my dear younger sister is swimming in all of these places on the island.

371

In the breeze of the Moa‘e wind And the far-reaching Kona winds You two shall no longer see my loving sister Dear sugar cane dug by hand at Halāli‘i. You two have likely seen my dear younger sister who has gone away, dear breeze of the Unulau wind blowing and the sea spray of the island that makes love to the cliffs. You shall no longer see my younger sister living. Perhaps she is found at the summit of Kā‘eo in the fine rain on the blades of pili grass. My sister and I were bound with love in the presence of our parents The parents of ours shall see her again no more How I love my dear younger sister who has gone away I love Pueo Point in the gentle breezes of the ‘Aoa wind The wind that blows over the sea of Kaulakahi My dear younger sister has gone alone on the way of all the world There is no companion on the cliff of Ka‘ali My dear young sister in the breeze of the Lehua wind The gentle breeze among the flowers of the hinahina I love the water of Ka‘ali set up high That water cherished by my young sister on the beach at Ki‘i They shall not see my dear sister again; she has gone and shall not return The eyes have turned away toward the blue vault of heaven [ao uli] Never to see the hidden water of the pāo‘o fish Making love with the Mikioi wind at the cool summit of Lehua

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

It was the two of us, my younger sister and I on the vast plain, watching the Ko‘olau wind. How I love the lonely, desolate plain we would go to in our physical bodies. They shall see my dearly departed younger sister no more. The eyes of my dear sister shall not see Oh, my unforgettable love for you We are so grief-stricken for our love for you Aloha to Koenahā in the shade of the kiawe trees And the spring of Kanawea in the waving of the coconut leaves How I love that place where we stayed With the parents of my dear sister and mine in the abundant spring on the land As it continually drenched us. I love the memories of your firstborn, along with the younger siblings of yours and mine in the bosom of the parents left grieving. How overcome I am with grief for my young sister. Those places shall not see my dear sister ­anymore.

372

I love Kanalo in the waving of the coconut fronds Swaying in the Ko‘olau wind

You all shall no longer see me going on I love Kahinu‘u, lying there With Pu‘uohawai‘i, hot in the sun She shall no longer pass along your roads I love the plain of ‘Āha‘iloa and Pōhaku o Kamaile Those places my dear sister went alone Resting on the climb up to Kalihilihiea Until your love and my tears arrive to drench my lashes How I love my dearly departed sister. How I love this vast plain as it lay, where my dear sister would go, where Ko‘olau and Kapaialani are found together peacefully atop lookout mountain with a view of the sands of Ka‘auwaha. The sand dunes love our friends and our loving parents. Oh, the love of my dearly departed sister, who loved the beaches she went to in person. My dear sister on the sand of Kalehua. Relaxing in the sparkle of the shells of the sea They shall not see my loving sister again Those beaches you would go with friends Resting on the sand of Wai‘apaloa Dear shells of the sea You may have seen my loving sister She might be where the myrrh inland is found With the beauty of the frankincense of the mountains You are a favorite In the bosom of the parents of us all, in the presence of them both Oh, the unforgettable love I love Kalānai in the breeze of the Ko‘olau wind And the spring of Lo‘e with the mānienie grass Rippling, up on top of Kaho‘iwai

She is gone forever No more the grassy plain of Pukaiki, hot in the sun Resting on the beach at Kamoamoa That beach where my dear sister would swim You shall no longer drench my dearly departed sister I love the beach at Pūhelekē in the calm. And the spring of Papaka‘ale on the sandy beach. I love those areas where you and I would go with our friends. They shall no longer see my dear sister, never to return. Aloha to Hāpu‘uhale, so lush, and the spring of Kea‘ona in the bosom of the rock, those places my dear sister would go to.

Kanikau

You all shall not see my dearly departed sister again. She may be found in the peace of Kāhi‘o, that beach loved by our grandparents, who passed the time talking on the sand of Kawahamanō watching the talking waves of ‘Ōhi‘a. You two shall not see my loving sister again.

373

Oh, such love I feel, she used to love passing by on those roads. My beloved sister will return to the calm of Waiomina, that lonely place in the calm and the checkerboard of Kaikilani on the shore. She shall no longer step on your roads. She is gone forever Dear tranquility of Leiwalo in the call of the birds Circling above, with my love of my dearly departed sister wafting in the Nāuluulu wind Neither I nor our parents Or even our younger siblings Shall see her again, not all the family either She is gone for all eternity. I give thanks along with all the rest of us in all the family who came to witness our grief for my dearly departed sister. With the love of our Heavenly Father. Amen. It is we with our love. Mr. E. K. Ka‘ohelauli‘i, Mrs. M. P. Ka‘ohelauli‘i, Mas. W. K. Ka‘ohelauli‘i, Mas. H. Ka‘ohelauli‘i, Mas. A. Ka‘ohelauli‘i. [The name Leiwalo in the next to the last paragraph is mentioned in Ka Poe Kahiko, The People of Old, by historian Samuel Kamakau: the breadfruit tree of Leiwalo was found at the spirit leaps on each island and played a part in the departure of souls to the spirit world.]

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Ka‘ula

374

The island of Ka‘ula is approximately 23 miles southwest of Ni‘ihau. A tuff cone like Lehua Island, it has an area of about 130 acres and rises 540 feet above sea level. A large sea cave is located at the northwestern end of the island. The federal government has jurisdiction over Ka‘ula with the Department of the Navy maintaining control. The Navy uses a portion of the island as a bombing and strafing target, so the entire island is a restricted area. Permission from the Navy is required to land on Ka‘ula or to be in the waters around it up to three miles away. Ka‘ula is home to at least 18 species of seabirds that roost and nest there, but the State of Hawai‘i’s attempts to include the island in the Hawai‘i State Seabird Sanctuary have to date been unsuccessful. Writers in the Hawaiian-language newspapers called Ka‘ula “ka moku o Kūhaimoana,” or “the island of [the shark god] Kūhaimoana” and “ka moku kapu o Kūhaimoana,” or “the sacred island of Kūhaimoana.” A brother of Pele, the goddess of the volcano, he lived at Ka‘ula in the sea cave at the northwestern end of the island that was called “ana o Kūhaimoana,” or “cave of Kūhaimoana.” Other place names associated with the island that appear in the articles that follow include: Kahālauaola, Kaimāio, Kānene‘ene‘e, Leino‘ai, Makaikiolea, and Wāwaenohu.

[Untitled] I keia la 14 holo aku la ka Moi maluna o ka manuwa Farani, “Eurydice,” ma na Mokupuni mao aku o Niihau, a, e hoi koke mai no ia. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 15 April 1857. P. 11. [Untitled] On the 14th, the king [Kamehameha IV] sailed on the French war ship “Eurydice” to the islands beyond Ni‘ihau. He will return soon. He Inoa No Kunuiakea. I ko liko kawelu punana a ka manu, He hale no ka manu Kahalauaola —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 16 January 1862. P. 4. A Name for Kūnuiākea. The young shoots of kāwelu in the nests of birds A home for the birds of Kahālauaola [on Ka‘ula]

Ka‘ula

Ka Make Ana O Sarai Hiwauli. Mea hai a hoike hoi, no ka make ana o Sarai H. Ii. Ua make oia ma Nawiliwili i Kauai, ma ka la 29 o Aug., mawaena o ka hora 1&2 o ke kakahiaka oia la, me ka ike ole o kana kane ia ia i ka wa i make ai. No ka mea, ua kii mai ka mea mana i kekahi o laua me ka ike ole a ua lawe aku la. Ua oleloia ua piha kona poo i ke koko, a me ka ino o kona puuwai, mamua o kona make ana. Ua loaa no oia i keia mai mamua, na Kauka Judd no i lapaau a ola. A ua hoomaka mai nei no ia ia na mai nei mamua o kona holo pu ana me ka Moi, nolaila ua pauma ia e Kauka Judd na maha ona a elua a ua oluolu, ua kauoha nae ke Kauka ia ia e malama pono, no ka paa o kona manao e holo no. A ua holo a hiki ma Waimea i Kauai, a malaila aku i Kaula, oia no kekahi o na mea i hiki i luna o Kaula. A i ka hoi ana mai a Niihau, a i kekauwahi alaila i kapaia o Kaunuunu, alaila hoomaka mai ka nalulu ma kona poo, a me ia nalulu no a hiki lakou ma Waimea, a ma Koloa, ilaila hoomaka ka huku, a oluolu no nae. Hiki lakou ma Nawiliwili, he la hoomalolo ia me ka u ai no. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 24 September 1856. P. 119. The Death of Sarai Hiwauli. Announcing and reporting the death of Sarai H. ‘Ī‘ī. She died at Nāwiliwili on Kaua‘i on the 29th of August between the hours of 1 and 2 o’clock in the morning of that day without her husband noticing that she had died, as the powerful one came to seize one of them unnoticed and take her away. It was said that her head was full of blood and that her heart was bad before she died. When she came down with this affliction before, Dr. Judd treated her, and she recovered. This sickness of hers began before going on the trip with the royals. Dr. Judd, therefore, massaged her two temples until she felt fine, but the doctor told her to take care, as she was determined to go on this trip. They went all the way to Waimea on Kaua‘i, and from there to Ka‘ula. She is one of those who reached it and went on the island. When they got back to Ni‘ihau to a place called Kaunuunu, a dull headache began for her, which lasted all the way to Waimea. In Kōloa, a swelling appeared, although it was not painful. When they got to Nāwiliwili, they took a day’s rest. [Sarai Hiwauli ‘Ī‘ī was the wife of noted Hawaiian historian John Papa ‘Ī‘ī.]

375

He Uhane Kamakamailia No Mrs. Kamakamahu. E noho ana i ka moku Papapa, E lawe mai i ke kapa manu mai Kaula mai, E keekeehi ana ia moana kaio-o. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 15 May 1862. P. 4. A Conversing Spirit for Mrs. Kamakamāhu. Living on Mokupāpapa To bring the cloak of birds from Ka‘ula Stepping on that surging sea.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

No Iolani Kamaka O Iouli Kamehameha IV. O Kaula ua akiakia e ka makani, Ua welu i na niho o Kaimaio, Ahu iho ke oka i Kahalauaola, Ke kawelu moe hua o Leinoai, E kiai ana ia Manawaohua, O ka nana ia Makaikiolea, E kau ana ka maka i Wawaenohu, Ke noi i ka ua i komo i Poli-e, Ua i—i aku la oe ia ia nei e, Ua i—i ae la oe ia ia nei e. Na Kaomi. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 13 November 1862. P. 1. For ‘Iolani Kamaka O ‘Iouli Kamehameha IV. Ka‘ula, nibbled by the wind Torn to shreds by the teeth at Kaimāio The remnants are piled up at Kahālauaola The kāwelu grass laying down flat at Leino‘ai Waiting on Manawa‘ōhua Looking at Makaikiolea The eyes look upon Wāwaenohu The request of the rain to enter the heart You have said—said to him You have said—said to him. By Kaomi.

376

Ka Moolelo O Na Manu O Hawaii Nei. Helu 6. He manu nui keia e like me ka Oo, aka, ula puni nae koinei hulu, ma na wahi a pau o kona kino, aole kekahi hulu ano e maluna ona, he ula kona hulu a pau, he ula kona nuku ame na wawae, ame na manamana, a no kona ula loa, ua kapaia kona inoa mamuli oia ano. He lea no hoi keia manu ke kani, a ua nui kona leo a ko-ha no hoi, o na i-a o ka moana kana ai, ame ka wai no hoi o na pua o ka uka. Aole noho mau keia manu ma ke kuahiwi i na wa a pau, o ka laauola (oia ke kau), oia kona wa noho ma ke kuahiwi, no ka mea, ua pua mai na laau ia wa, a hiki i ka laamake (oia ka hooilo), oia ka wa e hoi ai o keia manu ina Kaula, kekahi wahi mokupuni, ma ke komohana hema o Niihau, a malaila oia e lawaia ai, a pela mau no kona noho ana. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 13 June 1863. P. 1.

The Story of Birds of Hawai‘i. Number 6. Manu ‘Ula. This is a bird the size of the ‘ō‘ō, but its plumage is entirely red all over its body, with not one feather out of place on it. All of its feathers are red, its beak is red, as well as its legs and talons, and since it is entirely red, it is named after its characteristics. The call of this bird is lively. It is a loud call, a kind of cackle. Its food is fish of the sea and the fry of freshwater fish as well from inland. This bird does not live in the mountains at all times, in lā‘auola (which is summer) is when it lives in the mountains, as the plants blossom at the time, all the way until la‘amake (which is winter). That is when this bird goes back to Ka‘ula, a small island to the southwest of Ni‘ihau. That is where it goes fishing. This is the regular lifestyle of this bird.

Na Mea Hou O Hawaii Nei. Ka Moi. I ka holo ana’ku nei o ka Moi a me kana huakai ma Kauai, ua kipa ae oia ma Hanalei a me Waimea, a ua holo no hoi i Niihau ame Kaula, a ua ku hou mai ma Honolulu nei i ka Poalua, la 6 keia malama. Ua ku iki no e hooponopono i kekahi mau hemahema iki o ka moku, a ma ka po o ka Poakolu, holo hou aku no i Wailuku, Maui, a mailaila aku e holo ai a hiki loa i Hawaii. Ua maikai no ke ola o ka Moi, a me na ‘Lii o kana huakai. E ke Akua, e kiai i ko makou Moi. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 11 June 1864. P. 2. News Items from Around Hawaii. The king [Kamehameha V]. When the king went on his tour of Kaua‘i, he visited Hanalei and Waimea, and went to Ni‘ihau and Ka‘ula. He arrived back here at Honolulu on Tuesday, the 6th of this month. He remained for a little while to take care of some problems with the ship, and on Wednesday night

Ka‘ula

He Wahi Mele No Kapualeilahaoleinapali. Malama ka ula i ke kai o Lehua, Kahu nana a ka manu i Kahalauaola, Ola o Keawekikeeleihala, ke keiki nona ia inoa, Ke ai i ka pua hala ai o Alakai, O na keiki manu a Kuhaimoana, Ke hoi ae la e hoolulu ilalo o Kaipoli, Pumehana wale ka noho ana i Waahia, Me na hoa hui aloha i Waialoha—e, A he aloha—a, A he aloha no—e. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 25 July 1863. P. 1. A chant for Kapualeilahaoleināpali. Ka‘ula cares for the sea of Lehua, A caretaker that the birds watch over at Kahālauaola, Keawekīkē‘eleihala, the child whose name it is, When eating of the hala flowers of Alaka‘i, The bird children of Kūhaimoana, Returning to gather down at Kaipoli, Life is warm at Wa‘ahia, With the friends who meet in love at Waialoha, A love, true love.

377

took off again for Wailuku, Maui, and then departed for Hawai‘i. The king is in good health, so, too, the chiefs in his party. May God watch over our king.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

No Kalani “Kauikeaouli Kamehameha III.” O Kaula, o Kamokupapa i ke kai la O kona lua no ia, o laua no ia —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 7 April 1866. P. 4. For His Highness “Kauikeaouli Kamehameha III.” Ka‘ula, Kamokupapa on the sea They are his double, it is the two of them [Kamokupapa is an abbreviated spelling of Kamokupāpapa.]

378

No Lucy Lulea Kaiamoku Muolo Moehonua. Kuu wahine i na ale ehukai o Kaula—e, Mai ka ehuehukaiala a ka opi-hi, Hoa au umauma i ke alo o Leinoai e, Hoomaha aku i ka luna o Kaneneenee, Neenee pono mai kaua e Kaiwaanaimaka—e, E nana i ka lalo pali o Keanaoku—e, Ku au kilohi ia lalo o Kaimaio e, Ua lai malino pohu i ke kaao—e, Huli, e huli mai kaua—e. W. L. Moehonua. Halaaniani, Oct. 7, 1865. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 11 November 1865. P. 1. For Lucy Lūle‘a Kai‘amoku Mūolo Moehonua. My wife in the sea spray of the waves of Ka‘ula From the strong sea foam of the ‘opihi My companion with whom I swam to the face of Leino‘ai And rested at the top of Kānene‘ene‘e You and I moved along well, Ka‘iwa‘ānaimaka To look at the base of the cliff of Keanaokū I stand and gaze down at Kaimāio It is calm and flat with lulls and gusts Turn, let us turn back. W. L. Moehonua. Halaaniani, Oct. 7, 1865. [Keanaokū in line 6 is an abbreviated spelling of Ke ana o Kūhaimoana, or “the cave of Kūhaimoana.”] Ka Moku Papapa. Aia ma ka aoao komohana hema aku o Niihau e kokoke ana i ka mokupuni uuku o “ka wai a ka paoo,” kekahi mokupuni uuku i paa ole kona kii iloko o ka palapala aina. Aia oia ma Latitu Akau 21˚ 27’ Lonitu komohana, 161˚ 19’ ma ka aoao komohana hema komohana ae mai Kaula aku, he 40 mile mailaila aku; a he 55 mile mai Niihau aku, a he 190 hoi mile mai Honolulu nei aku. Ua ike ia ua puu pohaku nei e Capt. Pohaku o ke kialua birigi Kamehameha V. Ua like kona ano me he opuu kopaa keokeo ’la, he aneane e alua haneri kona kiekie mai ka ili ae o ke kai, a ua pii kuoho ae no ia mailoko ae o ka hohonu lipolipo a ka moana. Ua kapa kahiko ia no ia wahi ailana e ko Hawaii nei o “ka moku Papapa.” —Ke Au Okoa. 21 April 1870. P. 2.

Moku Pāpapa. To the southwest of Ni‘ihau, which is near the little island of the “water of the pāo‘o fish” [Lehua], is another little island whose image has not been documented on any map. It is on the latitude North 21° 27’ longitude west 161° 19’ to the west-southwest of Ka‘ula, 40 miles in that direction. It is 55 miles from Ni‘ihau and 190 miles from here in Honolulu. This rocky hill was seen by Capt. Stone of the double-masted schooner, Kamehameha V. Its shape is like a white sugar cube, almost two hundred [feet] high from the surface of the sea and rises from the deep depths of the ocean. This little island has been called from ancient times by Hawaiians, “Moku Pāpapa.” [This article is a reprint of “Notes About Islands in the Pacific” on page 3 of the April 16, 1870, edition of the Pacific Commercial Advertiser. In Rebirth of an Archipelago (2010), regarding the island today, Kekuewa Kikiloi says, “It is proposed here that Mokupapapa refers to a small submerged seamount located less than 3 miles southwest of Kaula called Five Fathom Pinnacle.” The pinnacle rises from a depth of 200 feet to 35 feet below the surface, is approximately 75 feet in diameter, and is described as an exceptional dive site for experienced scuba divers.]

He Moolelo Kaao No Kaehuikimanoopuuloa. No Ke Keiki Mano A Kapukapu Ma Laua O Holei Ka Hoouka Kaua A Na Mano. (Hakuia E William Henry Uaua, Esq.) Helu 5. [ . . . ] a hiki nui i Kaula i ka moku kapu o Kuhaimoana, ka lae koakoa. Komo aku la lakou nei i ke ana o Ku, he ana nui keia, oia ka halealii o ua aiwaiwa nei o ka moana ma kaulana a ka la. I nana aku ka hana o lakou nei malihini, weliweli ua mea o ka nui o ke kino, wahi a lakou ke hui ia ko lakou mau kino a pau, aole no e like aku ana me ko ia la kino, ike mai la o Kaimaio ka haku Puuku o Kuhaimoana i ka paa ana aku o Kaehuikimanoopuuloa i ka lei alii niho palaoa o ke alii wahine haku o lakou, ua kii koke mai la oia e hookipa i ka huakai malihini a kome ana lakou iloko loa, a hai aku la ka Puuku i ke alii, he poe malihini keia i komo mai nei me ka lei alii niho palaoa o olua. Pane aku la kahi Opio ua haawi ia mai keia mea ia’u ka paa i maka no

Ka‘ula

Nu Hou Kuloko. No Kaula. He Mokupuni kaawale keia mai Niihau aku, ua awalu a oi aku paha na mile ke akea ma waena. He Mokupuni oi loa o Kaula o ka manu ma keia Pae Aina Hawaii a puni. E like me Fataau ka oi o ka manu ma ka Pae Aina o Nuuhiwa. Ina e uwa na kanaka maluna o Kaula. E piha pono o luna oia mokupuni i na ano manu a pau, na manu nui a me na mea uuku. Aole e huikau na manu, okoa kela ano keia ano o na manu. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 1 October 1870. P. 2. Local News. Regarding Ka‘ula. This is a separate island from Ni‘ihau. They are about eight miles [sic: 23 miles] apart. Ka‘ula is the best island for birds across the Hawaiian Islands. It is like Fatu‘u‘u, the best island for birds in the Marquesas Islands. If a person shouts on top of Ka‘ula, the [air above the] whole island becomes completely full of all kinds of birds, large and small. The birds don’t get confused, and there are different types of birds.

379

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 380

­ akou e ike ai ia oe, a o oe ko makou kamaaina o keia wahi makamaka ole, m a hele aku makou, hoike aku la ua Opio nei, o Kepanila keia o ke alii o Hilo, o Kaneilehia keia o ke’lii o Kau, o Kua keia o ke’lii o Kona, o laua nei ae na’lii o Kohala me Hamakua, a owau no hoi ko Puna o Kaehuikimanoopuuloa o ke keiki a Kapukapu ma laua o Holei o kiai pali o Panau i Puna Hawaii, aloha mai la ua olomana nei ia lakou a pau, a lalau mai la i ka lei alii o laua a honi iho la, oia kona aloha ana i kona koolua, nanea lakou nei i ka moe a ke kanaka nui kohu mauna ke kino, a ia manawa ke makaukau mai la ka Puuku Nui o Kaimaio i na mea ai na ua poe malihini nei, ua poeleele iho la ia manawa, a waiho ia mai la na mea ai a pau imua o lakou nei, o ko lakou nei ai nui iho la no ia a lawa pono, walea iho la ko ia manawa, no na mea e pili ana i ka lakou nei huakai makaikai, a hiki i ko lakou wa i moe nui ai, a ao ae la o ko lakou nei manawa ia o ka makaukau ana no ka hele ana [ . . . ]. —Ke Au Okoa. 22 December 1870. P. 4. A Tale of Ka‘ehuikimanōopu‘uloa on the Boy Shark of Kapukapu and Hōlei. The Sharks Go to War (Created by William Henry Uaua, Esq.) Number 5. [The group of royal sharks left Kawaihoa on Ni‘ihau and] arrived at Ka‘ula, the sacred island of Kūhaimoana, on the rocky coral headland. They all went into Keanaokū, which is a large cave. It was the royal home of the mysterious one of the ocean at the resting place of the sun. When the visitors looked upon him, he was enormous and scary, the size of all of their bodies put together, and yet not even reaching the size of his body. Kaimāio, the head guardian of Kūhaimoana, saw that Ka‘ehuikimanōopu‘uloa was carrying the royal lei niho palaoa of the head chiefess of them all. He took it, welcomed the visiting entourage, and they all went in. The guardian said to the chief, “These are visitors who have come with the royal lei niho palaoa of yours.” The young one explained, “This [beloved object] was given to me to carry and hold until we saw you. You are the local of this place without friends that we have come see. Then we shall continue on our way.” The young one introduced them, “This is Kepanilā, chief of Hilo. This is Kāneilehia, chief of Ka‘ū. This is Kua, chief of Kona. These are the chiefs of Kohala and Hāmākua, and I am the chief of Puna, Ka‘ehuikimanō‘ōpu‘uloa, the son of Kapukapu and Hōlei of the overlook cliff at Panau in Puna, Hawai‘i.” The old man greeted them all and took the royal lei belonging to him and Ka‘ahupāhau and kissed it as an expression of affection for his companion. They all relaxed a while and slept on the bed of the giant man with the mountainous body. When the head guardian, Kaimāio, got all of the food ready for their visitors, it was late at night. When he left all of the food before them, they all ate well until they had had enough. They rested for a while and talked about their adventure until they all fell asleep. At dawn they prepared to continue on their journey. Makaikai Ia Kauai. O keia loko Nomilu, he loko ia nunui, elua a hiki aku paha i ka eono kapuai o ke awa, anae, a me kekahi mau ia e ae. Mamua iho o ko, makou hiki ana i laila; ua liu iho ke kai o ua loko la, ua pau i ka make ka i a o ua loko la, ua laweia ma Oahu nei, a ma kua o Kauai, a e ai ia’na no hoi e na kamaaina. Ua pii pololei ae ma ia ahua e hele ana i ka akau, a ma ia ahua e nana pono ana i

He Mele Inoa Hanau No Ke Kama Alii Wohi Victoria Kaiulani Kawekiu o Lunalilo. O holoi ka lima, i Hawaii ke kapu, Noa wale o tahiti, amama, lele wale, Ua noa ka ai ana a Kalani, E hoohalike aku na moku, Ka hoohalike ana o na moku e like ai, O Kaula o Kamokupapapa i ke kai la. Alua laua, o ko laua pili no ia, Ka hoohalike aka o na moku e like ai O Niihau o Lehua alua laua. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 17 February 1877. P. 1. A Birth Name Chant for the Wohi Ranking Princess Victoria Ka‘iulani Kawēkiu o Lunalilo. Let us compare the islands Comparing the islands that are alike Ka‘ula, Kamokupāpapa on the sea They are two and close to each other Comparing the islands that are alike Ni‘ihau and Lehua are two that go together Comparing the reflection of the islands that are alike Ni‘ihau and Lehua are two Kaua‘i of Mano, their companion, is one They are attached, lie together, and are drowsy

Ka‘ula

ka palahalaha o Koloa ma ka hikina, a ma ia wahi oe e nana ai i ke komohana, a ike aku oe ia Niihau o ka ha-ole, a me ka mokupuni o Lehua, a e ike pu-aiki aku no oe i ka moku o Kuhaimoana, oia o Kaula, e waha mai ana mawaena o Niihau. I ko’u nana ana’ku ia Niihau, he palaha-laha o waena, he pali ma ke komohana he-ma o ka lae o Kawaihoa, a he ahua pali ma ka aoao hikina aku. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 2 September 1871. P. 3. Tour of Kaua‘i. This fishpond, Nōmilu, is very large. Fish [in it], such as awa, ‘anae, and other fish, can reach from two to six feet in length. Before we got there, the water in the fishpond had receded [with the tide]. The fish had already been harvested and taken to O‘ahu and inland on Kaua‘i. The fish were being enjoyed by the locals. The hill [above the fishpond] rises straight up going north, and from the top of this hill you can see the flat lands of Kōloa to the east. To the west you can see Ni‘ihau of the foreigners, the island of Lehua, and you can barely see the island of Kūhaimoana, Ka‘ula, emerging from the middle of Ni‘ihau. As I look at Ni‘ihau, it is flat in the middle, with a cliff on the southwest to the point of Kawaihoa and a cliff that rises to the east of that. [Nōmilu fishpond on Kaua‘i covers about 20 acres on the floor of a volcanic cinder cone. The fishpond is spring-fed, but the water is brackish, rising and falling with the tides.]

381

They lie together in pleasure and sleep The reflection is drenched in aloha. Na Nu Hou Kuloko. Ua lohe mai ma na leta, ua hala aku la ka Mea Kiekie Ke Alii Liliuokalani a me kona mau ukali, i ka mokupuni o Niihau, a me he mea la paha o kaha loa aku i Kaula, ka palena o na moku. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 3 November 1877. P. 2. Local News. We have heard in letters that Her Royal Highness Lili‘uokalani has gone with her attendants to the island of Ni‘ihau, and they may cross over to Ka‘ula, the boundary of the islands. He Inoa No Ka Pua Alii Hou. Ka Princess Victoria Kawekiu Kaiulani Lunalilo Kalaniahilapalapa. A Waimea i ka uluwehi la, Aina wai ula Iliahi la, Auau wai kea Kahoomano la, A he Nila ka iniki i ka ili la. Aia Limaloa i Mana la, I ka hoaleale liu la la, Hoohehelo ana na pua la, I ke one kani o Nohili la. Kahiko ia kini i ka ohu la, Lei pahapaha o Polihale la, E huli e hoi kakou la, A he po mahina lailai la.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

E ui ninau i ka Opua la, A heaha ka hana Niihau la, Hookele ia ku ia moku la, O ke Awa ia e kau ai la.

382

No ka pua luna lilo ka puana la, No ka Lani kapu o Hawaii la, E o e ka Lani lei Hiwa la, O Kaiuonalani he inoa la. Panini. Ike i ke one o Halalii la, Na nalu ehuehu o Kaohia la, Ka makani aheahe o Lehua la, He mikioi ka lawena pili mai la. Ea mai o Kaula i ka kai la, Ua lai ka hikina a pili la,

Haaheo ka aina ia moku la, A oi ike ia mamua la. Ua nani he ma-u no ia la, Ua ike i ke Ana o Ku la, Ia oe ae kau hana mahope la, Ua paa keehena a ka Lani la. Ua poni ia Mokupuni la, Poni kapu ia na ka welo kapu la, Kiina mai ka hikina i Kumukahi la, A ka welona a ka la i Lehua la. No ka pua iluna lilo ka puana la, No ka Lani kapu o Hawaii la, E o e ka Lani lei hiwa la, O Kaiuonalani he inoa la. Puuwela.

Chorus. A heaha ka hana a ka ohu, Kahiko mai la i ka ili kai, Hooipo ana paha i Kaula, Me ka Olali Kuhaimoana. 2. Ike maka i ke kai holuholu, Na ale o kai o Kia. He makana ka Liliuonamoku, I ka poli o Palepalemoana. Composed by Liliuonamoku Club. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 24 November 1877. P. 4. A Name for the New Royal Child. The Princess, Victoria Kawēkiu Ka‘iulani Lunalilo Kalaniahilapalapa. In Waimea in the lushness of nature Land of Wai‘ula‘iliahi [river] Kaho‘omano bathes in Waikea Like needles poking the skin. Limaloa is in Mānā Stirring up the mirage Causing the flowers to blush On the sounding sand of Nohili.

Ka‘ula

Manu Pohai. 1. Pohai na Iwa o ke kai, I ka welo a ka Hae Kalaunu, Haaheo ka welona i ka makani, Na ale nupanupa o Lehua.

383

The people of that place adorn themselves in mist Pahapaha seaweed of Polihale made into lei Let us turn and come back together On a moonlit night. Ask of the billowing clouds What is Ni‘ihau doing? That island is steered It is the bay that sets before us. This pronouncement is for the flower [child] set up high For the Sacred Royal One of Hawai‘i Hail, Precious Lei of Royals Ka‘iuonālani is a name. Panini. Behold the sand of Halāli‘i The gusty waves of Ka‘ōhi‘a The breezes of Lehua It is the Mikioi wind that brings near. Ka‘ula rises on the sea The east is calm and approaches near The land is proud on that island As it is seen before. It is beautiful and drenched To see Keanaokū You do what you do afterwards The footstool of the royal is in place.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

The islands have been consecrated Consecrated and made sacred in the family line Brought from the east at Kumukahi To where the sun races to Lehua.

384

This pronunciation is devoted to the flower set up high For the sacred royal of Hawai‘i Hail, Precious Lei of Royals Ka‘iuonālani is a name. Pu‘uwela. Birds Circling. The ‘iwa birds circle at sea At the waving of the royal banner The lineage is proud in the wind The tossed waves of Lehua.

Chorus. What does the mist do? It adorns the skin of the sea Loving Ka‘ula And the traveler, Kūhaimoana.

He Mele Inoa No Binimaka. Maikai Kaula ka mole o na moku, Ke nana iho ia lalo o Kaimaio, Hookai na hono pali o Leinoai, Kahela no, e paia e Kaunulau, Ke halalo aku i ke oho o ke kawelu, Lipolipo maikai ka hulu o ka manu, Ua hele a maumau ka nuku i Wawaenohu, Hoi pono ka pohu i ke alo o Kuhaimoana, E pii ana ke kai i Kahalauaola, Ola no i ka makani inuwai o Lehua, E inu hoomau ana i ka wai a ka paoo, Ma u aku la ke kikala ka hena o na pali, I ke koai paa ia e ka makani Moae, Paa pono iho la na mamaka wai a ka ua, I ka hoolale ae a ka mikioi olalo, E akahele oe i ko eli o Halalii, E hilala kuhela kahela nei i ka makani, Ke alawa iho i ke kowa o Niihau, Me he nuku manu la ka lae o Kawaihoa, Me he lae no ka Noio aukai la ua pali kalahale, Ka palahalaha o ke kai o Kaulakahi. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 26 October 1878. P. 4. A Name Chant for Binimaka. Ka‘ula is wonderful at the base of the islands Looking down upon Kaimāio Listing in succession the cliff bays of Leino‘ai Spread out and struck by the Unulau wind Gazing down on the blades of grass The feathers of the birds are lush and dark The point of Wāwaenohu is firm The calm extends all the way to Kūhaimoana The sea rises at Kahālauaola Surviving on the Inuwai wind of Lehua Constantly drinking the water of the pāo‘o fish The base and crevices of the cliffs are drenched

Ka‘ula

Witnessing the swaying sea The waves of the sea of Kia Lili‘uonāmoku has a gift At the heart of Palepalemoana. Composed by Lili‘uonāmoku Club

385

In the constant swirling of the Moa‘e wind Caught in the grasp of the droplets of rain Inspired by the Mikioi wind below Be careful of the hand-dug sugar cane of Halāli‘i Leaning over and spread out in the wind To glance out over the channel of Ni‘ihau The headland of Kawaihoa is like the beak of a bird This plaiting design cliff is a point for the noio aukai bird The flat sea of Kaulakahi.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Na Nu Hou Hawaii. Ma ka la 27 o Augate, o ka makahiki i hala, ua loaa aku ia Keale o Niihau kekahi manu o ka mokupuni o Kaula, he “A” kona inoa, he keokeo kona hulu, a ua like kona nui me ke kaupu, ua hanaiia keia manu me ka maikai ma Niihau, a ma ka la 21 iho nei o Ianuari, ua nalowale aku la ua manu nei, ua manoia ua hoi hou aku no i Kaula, aka, ma ka 21 iho nei o Mei, ua hoi hou mai la oia ma kona home ma Niihau a luai mai la i kekahi kawakawa nui mailoko mai o kona waha, a ke noho nei keia manu ma Niihau nei, he mea kupanaha keia. J. Kapahee. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 11 June 1881. P. 3. Hawaiian News. On the 27th of August last year, Keale of Ni‘ihau found a bird from the island of Ka‘ula called an ‘ā with white feathers. Its size was about that of a ka‘upu bird. The bird was well fed on Ni‘ihau and on the 21st of January it disappeared. It was thought that it went back to Ka‘ula, but on the 21st of May it came back to its home on Ni‘ihau and regurgitated a kawakawa fish out of its mouth. This bird lives on Ni‘ihau now. This is amazing. J. Kapahe‘e.

386

He Moolelo Kaao No Keaomelemele. Ka Pua Nani Iuiu O Kealohilani, Kahiapaiole Nuumealani a me Kuaihelani; ka mea nana i uneune ia Konahuanui a kaawale o Waolani ka aina o ka poe eepa a pau i noho ai. Hoopukaia e ka Haku Moolelo kaulana Mose Manu no ke Kuokoa. [ . . . ] A o Kahanaiakekua hoi, e lilo auanei oia i kahuna nui ma na oihana a pau maluna o na aina, a nana e ao aku i na kanaka a pau i kona mau ike a pau ma ka aina a me ke kai, a e kapaia oia he Kaula. [ . . . ] I ka holopono ana o keia mau noonoo ana o Kane ma, aia hoi, ua holo koke o Kahanaiakekua maluna o ka waa a pae oia ma Niihau, malaila oia kahi i hoomaka ai e ao i ka oihana kuhikuhipuuone kakaolelo a me ke kilokilo a me kuhikuhi ana i na kanaka i na ko’a lawaia ma Niihau, a pau kona noho ana malaila, ua holo aku oia a hiki ma Kaula, a malaila oia kahi i molia aku ai i kana mau mohai alana imua o Kane ma a me Keaomelemele, a kapa iho la oia i ka inoa o kana heiau o Kaneneenee. Aia keia wahi maluna pono ae o ka lua o Kuhaimoana, kahi e huli pono la ma ke Komohana akau. O kahi keia e waiho ai ka hoe a ka poe hoe waa a ka poe kahiko e hoano ai i ko lakou ikaika, a he mau hana kahiko ia na lakou. A pau kona mau la kapu heiau maluna o Kaula, ua hoi mai oia a hiki i Kauai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 27 June 1885. P. 1.

Sereno E. Bishop reports on Nihoa, 1885. Bird Island. Geological and Topographical Report Upon Nihoa, or Bird Island. Surveyed July 22, 1885, by Sereno E. Bishop. Sailing from Nihoa at 4 p. m., we made the small island of Kaula, twenty miles southwest of Niihau, at 7 a. m., and spent two hours and more in making the circuit of the island and landing a party in pursuit of the birds which swarmed much as at Nihoa. Kaula is a beautiful specimen of the cinder-cone, about the size and form of Punchbowl [in Honolulu] cut in half, the lower and windward half destroyed by the waves. Its beautiful compact laminated strata of true, yellow cinder showed the rounded “onion-skin” form admirably, much like the sea face of the lower Koko Head [on O‘ahu]. The contrast with the irregular but quite horizontal strata of Nihoa’s gray and black scoriae was most marked. Lehua, which we skirted in the afternoon, exhibited a formation similar to Kaula, but maintaining about 200 degrees of its circle, instead of the 140 degrees of the latter. The lamination on the south incline of the higher part is exquisite. Both these crater cones of Lehua follow the common law of all such formations in these islands, that their highest side is to the west, whither the prevailing trade wind usually pushes the falling rain of ashes and lapili during the brief explosion, building up to leeward a compact laminated pile of the ejecta, while the windward side is low, and if exposed to the waves, soon washed away, leaving a crescent form like Lehua, Kaula and Molokini opening to the winds and surges. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 6 August 1885. P. 3. Ka Hoike O Ke Kula Haole. Ua oi ae no hoi ka makaukau o keia hoike ana i kona mua, no ka mea ua kuonoono pono iho ka lua o Kuhaimoana, aohe i ana iho ka puu moniai. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 13 August 1887. P. 3. The Commencement of the English School. This commencement was better prepared than the first one because the cave of Kūhaimoana was well supplied, and there was no limit to the food to swallow.

Ka‘ula

An Account of Keaomelemele. The Ultimate Beautiful Flower of Ke‘alohilani, Kahi‘apa‘i‘ole Nu‘umealani and Kuaihelani; who pried up Konahuanui separating it from Waolani, the land where all mystical people lived. Proclaimed by the famous author, Mose Manu, for the Kuokoa. […] [The gods agreed that] Kahānaiakeakua would become a high priest in all skills over the land. He would teach all people all of his knowledge of the land and the sea, and he would be called a prophet. […] When Kāne and the others agreed to this, Kahānaiakeakua quickly sailed to Ni‘ihau, where he began teaching the priesthood and oratory, counseling, as well as divination. He taught the people how to keep fishing holes, in particular spots in the sea at Ni‘ihau. When he was done living there, he went to Ka‘ula. That is where he made his offerings before Kāne, the other gods and Keaomelemele. He named his heiau Kānene‘ene‘e. This place is situated right on top of the cave of Kūhaimoana, facing the northwest. This is where the paddles of the paddlers of the ancients were left to venerate their strength. This was one of the ancient customs of those people. At the end of the days of kapu of the heiau on Ka‘ula, he left and came back to Kaua‘i.

387

[The description of this commencement is explained in ‘Ōlelo No‘eau no. 1923: “Kū‘ono‘ono ka lua o Kuhaimoana. Deep indeed is the cave of Kuhaimoana. Said of a prosperous person. Kū‘ono‘ono (deep) also means ‘to be well supplied.’ The cave of Kuhaimoana, a shark god, is at the islet of Ka‘ula.”]

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

On Niihau they fish for squid [sic: octopus] with two strong hooks (formerly made of bone, now of English manufacture), attached to a line that is weighted in a peculiar fashion. The hooks are fashioned between a spotted cowry shell (cyprea) and a hemispherical mass of granular olivine (grooved on the convex surface to secure the line). The stones are about the size and shape of a half-orange; the material is sought by the men of Niihau on the neighboring tiny island of Kaula, which is occasionally visited for this purpose of collecting a supply. The Hawaiians believe that the shell and the green stone attract the squid, and is necessary to their capture; certain specimens of the stone are regarded as very choice and are highly treasured. —Bolton, H. Carrington. Some Hawaiian Pastimes. The Journal of American Folklore, P. 24.

388

He Lei No Liliuokalani. Aia i Lehua ko lei alii Ka wai kaulana a ka paoo Noho mai Kuhaimoana i ka nani Ke kae’ae’a o ke kai uli A he kiai ia nou e Kalani A he paku hoi no ke kalohe Haina ka wohi nona ka lei O Liliu i ka walu o na lani. Na Mrs. Nahaukapu. Hakuia ma Iwilei, Dec. 17, 1894. —Ka Oiaio. 21 December 1894. P. 2. A Lei For Lili‘uokalani. There at Lehua is your royal lei The famous water of the pāo‘o fish Kūhaimoana lives in beauty The hero of the deep sea A guardian for you, your Majesty And a defense against the rascals Let the royal one be spoken of whose lei it is Lili‘u in the eighth heaven. By Mrs. Nāhaukapu. Composed in Iwilei, [Honolulu, O‘ahu] Dec. 17, 1894. He Moolelo Kaili Puuwai No Kaehuiki Mano O Puuloa. Ke Keiki Mano A Kapukapu Laua O Holei O Ke Awa Uliuli O Panau, Puna, Hawaii. Ke Aiwaiwa I Poniia I Ka Niu Hiwa, Ka Awalau Ame Ke Kumuula, A I Ole, O Ka Iki Hoonahoa Nana I Ulupa Na Niuhi Hae O Na Ale Kualoloa O Ka Moana Mai Hawaii A Hoea I Kukulu O Kahiki. Nani wale au e ike nei I ka aina o Kuhaimoana

Aina i ke kai lipolipo Hookala kupueu a ke aloha. I ko lakou nei komo ana aku i ke ana o Ku, oia ka inoa o ka halau alii o ua Kuhaimoana ala i ka moku o Kaula ma kaulana a ka la, he ku i ka weliweli ka lakou nei ike aku, he kohu kuahiwi maoli. —Ke Au Hou. 4 January 1911. P. 16. A Heart-Wrenching Tale of Ka‘ehuiki-Manō-o-Pu‘uloa. The Shark Boy of Kapukapu and Hōlei of Pānau, Puna, Hawai‘i, The Mystical One Consecrated With Sacred Coconut, The Leafy ‘Awa and the Red Tree, or, the Little Defient One Who Toppled Over the Menacing Vicious Sharks of the Long Deep-Sea Waves from Hawaii All the Way to the Limits of the Distant Lands. How beautiful that I see The island of Kūhaimoana Island in the deep blue sea The hero who tames love. When they went into Keanaokū, which was the name of the royal long house of this Kūhaimoana on the island of Ka‘ula, where the sun sets, what they saw was ominous, like a giant real mountain.

Attempt to Mark Precipitous Kaula Rock by Light. Plan to Blast Trail This Week; Kukui Makes Trip with Powder Men. (Special to the Advertiser.) Lihue, Kauai, July 11. The first attempt to establish a light on Kaula Rock will be made this week by the lighthouse service when a party of men will be landed on the rock and will try to reach the top. The lighthouse tender Kukui called at Nawiliwili last Thursday morning and after taking on board a number of powder men from the Nawiliwili breakwater quarries sailed for Kaula to make the first assault. The plans call for a landing party of powder men and workers who will attempt to blast a trail up the precipitous sides of rock after a foothold has been gained.

Ka‘ula

Menemene Wale Kuu Mea Aloha He Wahine. Nau e kuu kapena ahonui e pailaka a e aha’i mama aku me kou mokulele, mai ka la puka ma Haehae i Kumukahi, a ka welena a ka la i ke kaohi ana i ka mole o na moku, hoa pili aloha hoi o Niihau e kiei wale aku ana no hoi ia Kaula i ka au mai i ke kai, hoa heihei hoi o na ale kualoloa o ka moana Pakipika, ka mulipokii loa hoi o na mokupuni o Hawaii nei; a e luuluu wale! —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 15 February 1918. P. 3. How Sad My Dear Loved One, My Wife. Will you, my dear patient captain, drive and take your airplane swiftly from where the sun emerges at Ha‘eha‘e in Kumukahi all the way across [the sky] to where it presses on the base of the islands, dear friend of Ni‘ihau, gazing at Ka‘ula swimming out at sea, racing friend of the long waves of the Pacific Ocean, the lastborn of the islands of Hawai‘i. How sad it is!

389

This is the first actual step in marking Kaula rock although the lighthouse service has made many preliminary arrangements before making this attack. The first step occurred when the army air service was asked to take photographs from the air, in order that the island could be mapped and the service get an idea of the plans to make. The second step was getting information from men who had landed on the rock and as far as could be learned only George Gay of Niihau and one unnamed Hawaiian had been able to successfully land. On Rock All Night. Gay made his landing by swimming through the surf, but he was forced to remain overnight on the rock as though the sea seas were so rough that he could not make his way back through them. The next morning, he was taken off in an outrigger canoe by his Hawaiian crew. Two sailors were landed at the same spot that Gay made his landing by the Kukui and they were able to climb up the face of the rock for about one hundred feet. They reported that there still towered above them about five hundred feet of pali that could not be scaled. It is the intention of the service to land a crew of workers at this point and then attempt to construct a trail to the top by blasting. It will be necessary to do this work within two weeks as the Kukui will not carry coal enough for a longer cruise.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Install Light Next Year. If the trail to the top is completed, this year, no light will be constructed until next year as there will not be funds available for the work. An automatic light will be installed. To give an additional factor of safety on account of the inaccessibility of the rock and the fact that it will be impossible to make a landing at all times of the year, two lights will be installed in order that one will be operating in case there should be a breakdown. It is hoped that the final chapter of installing a light on Kaula rock will be written soon and the Lighthouse Service official says that it will be done if it is humanly possible. —Honolulu Advertiser. 14 July 1925. P. 5. [This article was translated into Hawaiian in Ka Nupepa Kuokoa, July 23, 1925. P. 8, and titled He Hana Hoao E Kauia I Kukui Maluna O Ka Mokupuni O Kaula.]

390

Nihoa The island of Nihoa is the remnant of a volcanic cone located northwest of Ni‘ihau. It is the easternmost of a chain of low islands that was formerly called the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, but since 2006 has been known as the Papahānaumokuākea Marine National Monument. Characterized by steep slopes, six valleys, and vertical sea cliffs, Nihoa’s saddle-shaped profile is 895 feet at the northeast end of the island and 852 feet at the northwest end. In spite of its considerable distance from the main Hawaiian Islands, 120 miles from Ni‘ihau, significant pre-contact cultural sites are found on Nihoa that include residential, agricultural, and ceremonial features. Although

Nihoa

Nihoa was uninhabited at the point of western contact in 1778, Hawaiians in the 1800s were aware of its existence and considered it a part of Hawai‘i Pae‘aina, the Hawaiian Islands. In 1822, at Queen Ka‘ahumanu’s request, Captain William Sumner led an expedition of several vessels to find the island and claim it as a possession of Hawai‘i. The royal party included the queen and other members of Hawaiian royalty, including Kaumuali‘i, Liholiho, Keopuolani, and Kahekili Ke‘eaumoku. On March 28, 1857, Robert C. Wyllie, Minister of Foreign Affairs of the Hawaiian Kingdom, published a notice in The Polynesian newspaper that defined the extent of the Hawaiian Kingdom: “I have the honor to make known to you that that the following islands, &c., are within the domain of the Hawaiian Crown, viz: Hawaii, containing about 4,000 square miles; Maui, 600 square miles; Oahu, 520 square miles; Kauai, 520 square miles; Molokai, 170 square miles; Lanai, 100 square miles; Niihau, 80 square miles; Kahoolawe, 60 square miles; Nihoa, known as Bird Island, Molokini, Lehua, Kaula, being Islets, and all Reefs, Banks and Rocks contiguous to either of the above, or within the compass of the whole.” The arrival of steamships in Hawai‘i made widespread travel in the Hawaiian Islands possible and comfortable for large numbers of people. Hawaiian royalty especially took advantage of these new transportation opportunities, occasionally adding Ka‘ula and Nihoa to their itineraries. Several of these voyages beyond Ni‘ihau are described in the articles that follow. The most well-known voyage was an excursion to Nihoa that took place in 1885, when the steamship Iwalani carried approximately 300 people to the tiny rock island. This particular visit resulted in an environmental disaster, when the majority of the passengers disembarked and spent the day walking wherever they could to gather birds and feathers. During the afternoon someone accidentally started a grass fire, which swept the nesting area, killing thousands of juvenile birds trapped in their ground-nesting burrows. The fire was still burning when the Iwalani and its passengers left the island. Details of this excursion were reported at length by the Hawaiian-­ language newspapers Ka Nupepa Kuokoa and Ko Hawaii Pae Aina and by other local papers. An English version of the trip that was printed in the Daily Honolulu Press is included in the articles that follow. Nihoa was first sighted by non-Hawaiians onboard the HMS Iphigenia on March 19, 1778. Captain William Douglas and his crew named it Bird Island for the thousands of seabirds they saw, a name that stayed with the island well into the 1900s. English names for various places on Nihoa were coined by members of scientific expeditions to the island in the wake of the visit by Captain Douglas and the Iphigenia. The Hawaiian-language newspapers do not mention place names for Nihoa other than the name of the island, but Tava and Keale in Niihau: The Traditions of a Hawaiian Island called a spring near the sand beach on the south side of the island Waiakanohoaka (P. 102). The Tanager Expedition was a series of five biological surveys of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands conducted in partnership with the U.S. Navy, the Bureau of Biological Survey and the Bishop Museum during 1923 and 1924. The expedition was led by Lieutenant Commander Samuel ­Wilder

391

King on the minesweeper USS Tanager. During the third voyage in June 1923, assistant biologist Alexander Wetmore discovered the Nihoa millerbird and named it Acrocephalus familiaris kingi, in honor of Captain King. [Untitled] Ku mai nei ka moku “Man o War” Farani o “Eurydice,” mai Nihoa mai, me Kamehameha IV, ka Moi, a me ke Kiaaina Oahu, i ka la 25 o Aperila. I Nihoa lakou e makaikai, a ua maikai wale no ia holo ana, a hoi ola mai lakou. Ua lawe mai i ekolu “Elepani o ke kai,” mai Laila mai. Apopo, holo hou ua moku nei i Oahu. Hanalei, Kauai, Ap. 27, 1857. —Ka Hae Hawaii. 13 May 1857. P. 26. [Untitled] The French “Man of War” ship, “Eurydice,” arrived from Nihoa with Kamehameha IV, the king, and the O‘ahu governor [Kekūanāo‘a] on the 25th of April. They went to Nihoa on a sightseeing tour, which went well, and they returned in good health. They brought back three “elephants of the sea” [seals]. Tomorrow this ship goes on to O‘ahu. Hanalei, Kaua‘i, April 27, 1857.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Report of the Exploring Voyage of the Schooner “Manuokawai,” Capt. Paty. The schooner Manuokawai has visited Kauai, Nihoa, or “Bird Island,” Necker Island, Gardner’s Island, Laysan Island, Liscanskey’s [sic: Lisianski’s] Island, and Pearl and Kerm’s [sic: Hermes] Reef, or Group. Also run over the location (according to Blunt’s charts) of Polland’s Island, Neva Island, Bunker’s Island, Massachusetts Island, and passed near Philadelphia Island without seeing the appearance of land. They do not exist, or their location on the chart is erroneous. Nihoa, or Bird Island, is N. W. by W. ¾ W. 244 miles from Honolulu. This is a precipitous rock, 400 feet high, 1½ miles long and about ½ a mile wide; the north side is nearly perpendicular; on the south side is a small space of sandy beach, where boats may land in smooth weather; although I think it is seldom a boat can land there with safety. Near the beach is a small drain of fresh water. About a dozen of seal were on the beach, and birds were plentiful about the Island. There is anchorage from ¼ to 2 miles off the south side, in from 7 to 17 fathoms of water on sand. Plenty of sharks about the anchorage. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 11 June 1857. P. 2.

392

The Hawaiian or Sandwich Islands. Niihoa [sic: Nihoa] or Bird Island, about 120 miles N. W. from Kauai, was always reckoned by the natives as belonging to the Hawaiian group, and in ancient times was not unfrequently visited by the chiefs. Fish, birds and eggs, as well as sea-lions, and perhaps turtle, they obtained there, and these comprise the list of its productions. It is a precipitous rock, described by Captain John Paty as 400 feet high, one and a half miles long, and half a mile wide. A landing can seldom be accomplished with safety with ordinary boats, though canoes might succeed better. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 25 February 1858. P. 1.

He Wahi Kaao No Mokulehua. [ . . . ] o Kualanakila a hiki ma kahakai, o ka mahiki, o ka pohuehoue, kiola aku la keia iloko o ke kai, a ae aku la no hoi keia mahope. Ia wa no, e lawe aku ana o Keaumiki a me Keauka ia ia nei, aole okana mai o ua mea he holo, o koia nei lilo mai la no ia, ia hele ana mai aia nei, a hiki mua keia i Laniku, a i Lanimoe, a Laupala, i Nihoa, i Kamaokumanamana, i Kuaihelani, i Hanakaieie, i Onuiki, i Onunui, i Kapuuoneiki, i Kumumahane, i ka moku o Kamohoalii. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 28 November 1861. P. 1. A Tale of Mokulehua. [ . . . ] Kualanakila came to the beach and threw mahiki grass and pōhuehue into the ocean. Then he set to cross it afterwards. At that time the ocean currents, Keaumiki and Keaukā, took him with great speed, and suddenly he was gone. As he went, he first reached Lanikū, then Lanimoe, Laupala, Nihoa, Kamokumanamana, Kuaihelani, Hanaka‘ie‘ie, ‘Ōnūiki, ‘Ōnūnui, Kapu‘uoneiki, Kumumahane, and the island of Kamohoali‘i. [Some of these names are the names of islands in the Papahānaumokuākea Marine National Monument.]

He Mooolelo No Mokulehua. Helu 5. Aloha ko kaua hoa o ke ala kai, E hiki aku ai kaua i Laniku, i Lanimoe, I Laupala, i Nihoa, i ka moku Manamana, I Hanakaieie i ka moku o Kamohoalii. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 20 March 1862. P. 1. An Account Of Mokulehua. Number 5. I extend my affection to our companion on the sea path, You and I arrive at Lanikū, at Lanimoe, At Laupala, at Nihoa, at Mokumanamana, At Hanaka‘ie‘ie on the island of Kamohoali‘i. [Lanimoe and Lanikū are alternate versions of Kahikimoe, the horizon, and Kahikikū, the sky just above the horizon. They are places where spirits departed earth to reach the afterlife. Laupala, or “fading leaf, turning yellow, red, or brown,” figuratively means a person in failing health.]

Nihoa

He Inoa No Rahapa. Rahaba no he inoa e, Moeikeanu he makua la, E hoi ka nani i Nihoa la, I ka moku Elepani o kai la. —Ka Hoku O Ka Pakipika. 13 February 1862. P. 3. A Name for Rahapa. A name for Rahaba, Moeikeanu is a parent, May beauty return to Nihoa, To the island of the elephants of the sea [seals].

393

Ka Moolelo O Na Kamehameha. Ua kukulu ae o Kaumualii i mau Hale nui no Kaahumanu ma Papaenaena. I ka noho ana o Kaahumanu ma Kauai. Ulu mai la ka manao nui iloko ona e huli ia Nihoa, he aina o Nihoa aohe i ikeia e na hanauna hou. Aka, ma na kaao a me na mele a ka poe kahiko ua loaa o Nihoa. Ma ko Kaahumanu lohe i na paha o Kawelo a Mahunaalii. Ea mai ana ke ao ua o Kona Ea mai ana ma Niho-a Ma ka mole mai o Lehua, Ua iho la pulu ke kahawai. Aia ma na mele a Hiiaka: Ea mai ana ma Nihoa, Ma ka mole mai o Lehua.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

A pela aku, a he nui loa na mele a me na wanana e hooakaka mai ana i na aina a pau o Kahiki. Nolaila paa iho la ka manao o Kaahumanu e holo e imi ia Nihoa, nolaila, olelo aku la o Kaahumanu ia Kaumualii, “E Keiki e, e holo kakou e imi ia Nihoa.” Ae mai la no hoi o Kaumualii. Hoomakaukau ia iho la elua a ekolu paha moku no ka holo ana. O Wiliama Sumner ke kapena, a oia no hoi ke alakai a ua loaa io no o Nihoa i ka makahiki 1822, a ua hui ia mai o Nihoa no ka Pae Aina o Hawaii. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa, 1 February 1868. P. 1. The Story of the Kamehamehas. Kaumuali‘i built large houses for Ka‘ahumanu at Papa‘ena‘ena [on Kaua‘i]. When Ka‘ahumanu lived on Kaua‘i, she came up with the idea to look for ­Nihoa. Nihoa was an island that had not been seen by the generation of the time, but in the traditions and chants of the people of old there was Nihoa, according to what Ka‘ahumanu had heard about Kawelo of Mahunaali‘i. The rain cloud of Kona is rising Rising up at Nihoa To the base of Lehua. It descends to wet the stream. In the chants of Hi‘iaka Rising up at Nihoa To the base of Lehua. And so, it was, and there were numerous chants and prophecies describing all of the islands in the realm beyond. Ka‘ahumanu decided to sail and seek out Nihoa, so she said to Kaumuali‘i, “Child, let us go and seek out Nihoa.” Kaumuali‘i agreed to it. Two or three ships were made ready to sail. William Sumner was the captain, and he was the guide. Nihoa was actually discovered in 1822 and annexed to the Hawaiian Islands.

394

Ka Moolelo O Kamehameha. 17. He wahine alii kaulana o Kaahumanu, no ka holo ana e huli i kela aina ia Nihoa, ma ka moana, ma ka mole aku o Lehua. Ma na mele a ka poe kahiko,

Ka Moolelo O Kaahumanu. O Kaahumanu pu no kekahi i ke kaapuni ana o Liholiho ia Maui me Oahu a Kauai. I ka hiki ana a Kaahumanu i Kauai. Lawe ae o Kaahumanu ia Kaumu­ alii, ke alii o Kauai i kane nana. I ka hoi ana o Liholiho i Oahu me Haakulou ka wahine a Kaumualii; no ka mea ua lawe o Liholiho ia Haakulou i wahine nana, a me kana mau wahine. Noho iho la o Kaahumanu ma Kauai me Kaumualii i ka M H 1822. I ka malama paha o Augate. Makemake iho o Kaahumanu, e imi ia Nihoa. O ka maka mua ia o ka loaa ana o Nihoa kela wahi mokupuni ma ke komohana akau o Niihau. Ua lohe wale ia ma na kaao a me na mele a me na hana a Kawelo. Nolaila makemake iho la o Kaahumanu e ike maka, a ua loaa ia laua o Kaumualii, me na moku i holo pu me laua. Oia ka hoomaka ana e helu pu i kela mokupuni me ka pae aina Hawaii. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa, 25 December 1880. P. 1. The Story of Ka‘ahumanu. Ka‘ahumanu was also on the voyage with Liholiho to tour around Maui, O‘ahu, and Kaua‘i. When Ka‘ahumanu reached Kaua‘i she took Kaumuali‘i, the chief of Kaua‘i, as husband. When Liholiho went back to O‘ahu, Ha‘akūlou, the wife of Kaumuali‘i went with him. Liholiho took Ha‘akūlou as his wife along with his other wives. Ka‘ahumanu stayed on Kaua‘i with Kaumuali‘i in 1822. It was probably the month of August. Ka‘ahumanu wanted to seek out Nihoa. It would be the first time Nihoa would be discovered, that little island to the northwest of Ni‘ihau. It was heard about in the stories and chants and the activities of Kawelo. Ka‘ahumanu wanted to see it for herself, and so it was discovered by her and Kaumuali‘i with the ships that accompanied them. That was when that island was included among the Hawaiian Islands.

Nihoa

ua loaa o Nihoa, aka, aohe nae he mea i ikemaka. I ka makahiki 1822 hoi, ua imi o Kaahumanu a me Kaumualii ke alii aimoku o Kauai, a me kekahi poe e ae no o ia huakai, a ua loaa io ka aina o Nihoa, a ua hui pu ia mai me ke aupuni holookoa a pau o keia Pae Aina. A no ka loaa o Nihoa, nolaila, ua kapa aku o Kaahumanu i kona mau hale a me na pa hale. Ua kapa iho hoi kekahi poe makaainana i ka inoa o ka lakou poe keiki mamuli o keia inoa Nihoa. O ka aina i loaa ia Kaahumanu ke ano. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa, 3 October 1868. P. 1. The Story of Kamehameha. 17. Ka‘ahumanu is a famous royal woman for having sailed to seek out that island, Nihoa, on the ocean beyond the base of Lehua. In the chants of the ancients there was Nihoa, but no one had seen it. But in the year 1822, Ka‘ahumanu sought it out with Kaumuali‘i, the paramount chief of Kaua‘i, along with others on the voyage, and Nihoa was actually found. It was then annexed to the entire kingdom of this archipelago. And since Nihoa had been discovered, Ka‘ahumanu named her houses and estates after it. Some commoners also gave their children the name, Nihoa. It was the island that Ka‘ahumanu had learned about.

395

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 396

He Inoa No Kaonohiulaokalani. O Kaonohi no he inoa Naholowa ko kupunakane Kekukaaiwi ko kupunawahine Ae Kalani iluna o ka moku Ke holo ale i ka moana Ku aku la i ka pali i Nihoa Popoi ka ua me ka makani Nana aku au ia uka Nani ka manu, nani ka elepani Nani ke one lauana a Kane Ka moku kapu o Kuhaimoana Lahilahi ka pali upa ke kai Kaikoo ka moku puni ole ke awa Huki ka poihiki me ka polena Huki na pea ihiu mamoa Poakahi, Poalua ke kuloloia ana i kai Ka inea ana i ka moana Pono ole kakou e Kalani e Loaa anei i ka punohu Ka ua koko kaa lewalewa Ke kualau i ka moana Onini pua ia i kai Ka imi ana o ka aina Ku aku la i Niihau A ke ahi iluna o Kalamaula He ahi hai lono no Kalani A holo ana i ka maukoli E imi i ka haku o kakou Ku aku la i Waimea Ke komo ala i Pohakomo Ka la komo i Lehua Ka aina noho i ke kai O ke kai ka moku O Kaonohi ke ’lii nona ka inoa la. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 5 February 1881. P. 4. A Name for Ka‘ōnohiulaokalani. Ka‘ōnohi is a name Your grandfather is Nāholowā Your grandmother is Kekūka‘aiwi His Majesty crosses over the islands Sailing out to the ocean Reaching the cliff of Nihoa The rain and wind beat down I look inland The birds are beautiful, the elephants [seals] are beautiful The relaxing sands of Kāne are beautiful The sacred island of Kūhaimoana [Ka‘ula]

The cliffs that the sea dashes upon are thin The island sits in a rough sea, the bay is not enclosed. The sails and rigging lines pull tight The bow sails pull tight Monday, Tuesday setting sail from Kuloloia Living in desperate conditions at sea We are not well, Your Majesty The sails are blown out The misty rainbow-hued clouds at sea The wind and rain at sea Gusts of wind at sea Searching for land Reaching Ni‘ihau The fire is alight atop Kalama‘ula A fire that tells the news of His Majesty Sailing silently To seek the lord of ours Reaching Waimea Entering Pohākomo The sun entering Lehua The island lives in the sea In the sea is the island Ka‘ōnohi is the royal whose name it is.

Ka Huakai Makaikai Ia Nihoa. I ka hora 5 o ke ahiahi Poakahi iho nei, ua lawe aku ka mokuahi Iwalani i ka huakai makaikai nui i ka moku palena loa o Hawaii nei, oia o Nihoa. A mawaena o na ohua kaulana i holo makaikai aku oia no ka Mea Kiekie Ke Alii Ke Kama Aliiwahine Liliuokalani i ukali ia e kona puuku Chas. B. Wilson, a me na ohua kapena haole, Mr. a me Mrs. A Hoffnung, Miss Ella Hoffnung, Rev. J. Hemphill a me kana wahine, Hon. S. B. Dole, W. W. Hall, Rev. S. E. Bihopa, J. Jaeger, Henry Jaeger, E. S. Cunha a me kana wahine, J. Williams pai kii, na hoahele o ke alii Mrs. Emma Kapena a me ke kaikamahine, Mrs. Hattie

Nihoa

Departures. For Kauai, Niihau and Nihoa, per steamer Iwalani, Monday, July 20— H. R. H. Princess Liliuokalani, A. Hoffnung and wife, Miss Ella Hoffnung, Rev. J. Hemphill and wife, W. W. Hall, S. B. Dole, J. Jaeger, Henry Jaeger, E. S. Cunha and wife, Harry W. Auld, J. D. Holt, Hon. James Keau and wife, Hon. Junius Kaae and wife, Hon. J. T. Baker and wife, J. Keakaokalani and wife, O. J. Holt, Jr., and wife, J. J. Williams, Mrs. Emma M. Beckley, Miss Peterson, Miss Lily Piikoi, Miss Rose Opealu, Mrs. J. M. Kapena, Miss Leihulu Kapena, Miss Lily Richards, Mrs. W. R. Holt, Miss Annie Harris, Mrs. Lemon, Mrs. P. Costa, Mrs. Drew, Sr., Miss S. Sheldon, Mrs. G. T. Maegnoe, Miss L. Victor, Mrs. W. L. Wilcox, Master A. Cunha, Rev. S. E. Bishop, W. Brede, C. B. Wilson, Joseph Heleluhe, A. McBryde, Mrs. E. A. McBryde, A. K. Hoapili, Dr. A. Martin, Master Boyd, Mrs. D. L. Kinimaka, Miss Bertleman, & Mrs. W. Auld. —Saturday Press. 25 July 1885. P. 3.

397

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 398

­ amakanoe, Mrs. Kahuila Wilcox, Miss L. Nakanealoha, Hon. J. Kase a me kana K wahine, Hon. J. T. Baker a me kana wahine, Hon. J. Keau a me kana wahine, Mekia J. Holt, H. W. Auld, W. Holt a me kana wahine, Mrs. Emma Beckley, Mrs. Kahaunaele, Mrs. M. A. Lemon, Jack Ailau a me kana wahine, Sophia Sheldon, Mrs. Anna Costa, Lily Richard a me na ohua e ae malalo o ke alii he 42 aku i koe a me kekahi poe e ae mawaho mai. O ke ake nui wale no o ka poe hele makaikai ia Nihoa, oia ka ike maka ana aku i keia wahi mokupuni nuku i hoomaopopo ole ia kona nui, ka hehi ana ma kona mau kaiaulu, a e hoolawa ae hoi i na kii onohi maka ma na nanaina malihini o ua mokupuni la. Ua holo ake nei ma keia huakai makaikai, kekahi kamaaina ili keokeo me na lako ana aina, me ka manao e hoomaopopo i kona ili, ka nui a me ke kiekie o keia mokupuni mai ka ili kai ae. Ke manao nei makou, e hoopomaikai ake ana makou i ko makou poe heluhelu i ka nui o kela mokupuni i ka wa e loaa mai ai ia makou kana hoike. Ma keia huakai hookahi aku nei no hoi, he haole pai kii e manao ana e pai kii i na hiohiona ano nui o kela mokupuni a me ua mea a pau e pili ana i ka hoopomaikai i kana oihana. A ina e holo pono io ana kana hana me ke keakea ole ia, alaila e loaa ana na kii kuai ma kona hale pai kii. Ua kau pu aku nei he puali mele Hawaii ma ia huakai, a ke lana nei ko makou manao, e haku mele ia mai ana keia huakai, ka pae ana i ka aina, ka hehi ana i kula, ka milimili ana i na loulu a me na hiohiona awaawaa. Ke lana nei ko ka Pae Aina manao aole e nele ana ka loaa o kekahi mea kakau mailoko mai o kela aluka nui no kona mau kolamu. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 25 July 1885. P. 3. The Sight-seeing Expedition to Nihoa. At 5 o’clock in the evening last Monday the steamship ‘Iwalani took a large sight-seeing expedition to the outer reaches of Hawai‘i, including Nihoa. Among the famous passengers who made the sail was Her Royal Highness, the Princess Lili‘uokalani who was accompanied by her Steward Chas. B. Wilson and the foreign captains, Mr. and Mrs. A. Hoffnung, Miss Ella Hoffnung, Rev. J. Hemphill and his wife, Hon. S. B. Dole, W. W. Hall, Rev. S. E. Bishop, J. Jaeger, Henry Jaeger, E. S. Cunha and his wife, J. Williams, photographer, traveling companions of the chiefess, Mrs. Emma Kāpena and her daughter, Mrs. Hattie Kamakanoe, Mrs. Kahuila Wilcox, Miss L. Nākānealoha, Hon. J. Ka‘ae and his wife, Hon. J. T. Baker and his wife, Hon. J. Keau and his wife, Major J. Holt, H. W. Auld, W. Holt and his wife, Mrs. Emma Beckley, Mrs. Kahaunaele, Mrs. M. A. Lemon, Jack ‘Ailau and his wife, Sophia Sheldon, Mrs. Ann Costa, Lily Richard, and 42 other passengers under the chiefess, and others apart from them. The main objective of those who took part in this tour of Nihoa was to examine this little island at the end of the archipelago, whose dimensions were unknown, step among its communities [of birds], and gather a sufficient amount of observable data, as visitors of this island. On this voyage, a few local white people traveled with surveying gear, intending to determine its dimensions, including the size and height of this island from the surface of the sea. We believe we will bless our readers with the dimensions of that island when we obtain the data.

On this same voyage was a white photographer, who intended to take photos of the geological features of that island, and anything that might benefit his field of occupation. If his work is successful without any problems, there could be photographs for sale in his photography studio. Also onboard joining the tour was a troupe of Hawaiian musicians. We hope music or chants will be composed from this voyage about the landing, stepping on the land, spending time with the loulu trees and the appearance of the valleys. The Pae Aina hopes that writers will not be left out of the crowd, so they can provide us with material for our columns.

Ka Huakai Makaikai Ia Nihoa. (Mai Ka Mea Kakau Kuikawa Mai.) Haalele i ke kulanakauhale alii i ka la 20 o Iulai, ma ka hora 5 ahiahi ponoi a i ka uapo hoi o Pakala i hele a lehau i na kanaka. Ua holo aku ka mokuahi Iwalani me ka piha i na ohua e ake ana e ike ia Nihoa Ailana. Aia ma keia holo ana ua ike ia aku e na mea a pau he mau helehelena maikai a maemae ko ke Alii ka Hooilina Moi Liliuokalani, pela hoi ke huli ae a nana i waena o ka huakai a ke alii, ua piha hauoli na ladies a me na Gen’t, ahiki wale i na hora i hooluolu ai na lihilihi maka ma ka home moana. Ma ke kakahiaka wanaao, Iulai 21, kaalo ana ka Iwalani mawaho ae o Papaa i Kauai, a ma ka hora 6, ku ma Nawiliwili me ka oluolu maikai o ke Alii Liliuokalani a pela pu no me ka huakai holookoa. I ka hiki ana aku ma Nawiliwili, e lana mai ana ke alii Kiaaina Hou, Paul

Nihoa

Return of the Excursionists from Bird Island [Nihoa]. The steamer Iwalani returned yesterday, bringing the party of excursionists from Bird Island. They had a great number of trophies in the form of feathers and birds, alive and dead. The general sentiment of the party was one of satisfaction at having made the trip, although the crowded state of the little steamer interfered not a little with the personal convenience and comfort of the party. On the up trip the Iwalani touched at several points on Kauai, and H. R. H. Mrs. Dominis and suite landed and were entertained by Mr. Aubrey Robinson at his elegant place. Mr. A. Hoffnung, Mrs. Hoffnung and their daughter remained at Kauai on a visit, while the little steamer proceeded on her trip. Niihoa [sic: Nihoa] was made in good time and a landing effected with much difficulty and not a little danger, several of the party having literally to take to water. Mr. Jarger [sic: Jaeger] was slightly injured going ashore, while the boat in which Mr. Williams, photographer, was making a landing, was swamped and his valuable photographic apparatus lost. The island was explored to some considerable extent, and specimens of its feathered denizens, as above stated, were brought away. Just before leaving, however, it was seen that the dry grass was on fire. The flames soon spread until it became evident that the entire surface would [be] burned over, thus destroying all the nests and thousands of birds. Doubtless the fire was accidental, caused by the carelessness of some smoker, but it may very well be questioned whether the scientific results of the expedition will compensate for this wholesale destruction. —Pacific Commercial Advertiser. 27 July 1885. P. 2.

399

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 400

P. Kanoa me kona wahi hoolana uuku, e kali mai ana o ka hiki aku o ke alii ka Hooilina Moi Liliuokalani. Ua hookipa aku ke Kiaaina o Kauai me kana lede i ke alii ka Hooilina Moi Liliuokalani. His Ex Jno M Kapena a me kana wahine me ka Puuku o ke alii C B Wilson a me ka huakai holookoa ma kona home nani ku kahakai. I ka hiki ana o na mea a pau i kahi i olelo ia, “Ahea wale oe e Leialoha,” “Lio lawe huapala ma Niumalu,” ua ikeia aku la na lede e lele auna like ana i ka hiuwai ma ka Muliwai o Hulaia me na boys mai hoi kuilima pu. Mahope o keia manawa ua pahola mai la ka ona miliona o Niumalu he papa aina i hele a luluu i na ono o na ano a pau e ko’u ai ka puu, ua hooluana iki mahope iho o ka pau ana o ka paina kakahiaka, a haalele ke alii Liliuokalani a me ka huakai ia Niumalu no ua home lana la i ke kai. Haalele ia Nawiliwili mahope o ka hora 10, a ua haalele mai la ke Kuhina Waiwai Jno M Kapena i ke Alii a holo aku la oia mauka o ka aina maluna o ke kaa lio, a ua hui pu mai hoi ke Kiaaina a me kana lady no ka huakai imi Ailana a Liliuonamoku, ma keia wahi ua noho iho o Mrs L Holt ma Nawiliwili no ke omaimai. Ua kapalulu aku ka Iwalani ma ke awa o Koloa kokoke i ka hora 12 awakea, i ka ike aku ua hele a luluu ka uapo i na kanaka me ka makaukau e hui pu mai me ka huakai a ke Alii Liliuokalani, me na mea ai he nui wale i hooma­ kaukau ia na ke Alii, me na lau nahelehele i kinohinohiia me na pua rose o na ano a pau. Haalele ia Koloa kokoke e kani ka hora 1 p.m., hiki ma Eleele kokoke hora 2 p.m. Nana aku no hoi i ko laila uapo, ua haiamu no i ko laila mau keiki kuono­ ono, a hookahi no ihu o Nihoa, me na mea ai i hoomakaukauia na ke Alii. Haalele ia Eleele, hiki ma ke Kupua hora 3, ma ka home noho o na keiki o Pupukaniao, a ua lele aku ke Alii Liliuokalani, Mrs Kapena, Miss Kapena, Mrs Lemon, Mrs Ward, Sophia Sheldon a me C B Wilson a ua hookipaia me ka maikai, a o ka huakai ua holo loa no Waimea. Ma ka hora 5 ua hekau aku la no ke awa o Waimea. Ua lele na mea a pau i uka, ua puili mai la na lima lokomaikai o ke keiki lalawai oia awawa Liwai Kauai me kana lady. Ua hooluana iki ka huakai e hele like aku no ka hiuwai ma ka muliwai o ka wai Ulailiahi o Waimea. I ka hoi like ana mai o na mea a pau ma ka home o L Kauai, ua hiki mai ke Alii ma i Kupua mai maluna o ke kaa lio. Mahope iki oia manawa, ua pahola mai la ke kamaaina o ka hale i kekahi papa aina i hele a luluu i na mea ai ono a ka puu e moni ai, ua ai na malihini a me na kamaaina pu a kena. Ua hooluana malaila na mea a pau no kekahi mau hora, a i ke kokoke ana i ka wa hiamoe, ua hoi ae kela a me keia ma na home lehulehu no ia po. Ua hanau mai ma ia po he keiki kane ohaha maikai na Mr a me Mrs Jeo Aea, a ua kapaia kona inoa o Charles Nihoa Aea. Ma ia kakahiaka ae Iulai 22, ua hele aku ke alii Liliuokalani me na lede no ka makaikai i ka Waiulailiahi a i ka hoi ana mai o ke Alii mai ka auau mai, e waiho ana he papa aina i piha pono me na mea ai, a ua hookomo ko waho ia loko. Mahope o ka pau ana o ka aina kakahiaka, a ma ka hora 11 o ia la, ua hoomaka ka huakai e hoi no ka home au kai. A ma ka hora 3:30 p.m., ua haalele iho ka Iwalani ia Waimea no Nihoa. O ka nui ke hui ia mai ka huakai a ke alii a me ko Kauai poe i hui pu mai, ua hiki aku ka huina i ka 210 me ka helu ole ia o na lala o ka moku. Ma ka la 23 ae ma kekakahiaka, ua ike ia aku la ka Ailana o na manu e ku

Nihoa

mai ana mamua pono, a ike ia aku la hoi ko kakou pai kii kaulana Wiliama e liuliu mai ana me kana mau mea paahana. A ma ka hora 7, ua kaalo ae ka Iwalani ma ka aoao Hikina, i hele a kokoke i na paia paa o ka Ailana Manu. Ua kaapuni ae ka moku, a ma ka aoao Hema, ua hekau iho la ka home moana aliuliu no ka holo aku e pae i ka aina. I ka lele ana aku o ka waapa mua, ua kau aku na kilokilo, na Ana Aina, na pai Kii a me ka poe huli mau mea hou o na Ailana liilii, a hookahi wahine haole ma keia waapa. Ma ka pili ana aku ma ka aina, ua ano hiki inoino no, e ole na keiki Hawaii na lakou i kokua ae ua wahi hapauea wahine haole nei, mahope mai o keia poe ua hoomaka aku ka huakai e lele i uka o Nihoa, ua kau na mea a pau i holo i uka me ka maalahi. Mahope iho o ka hoi hou ana o ka waapa no ka moku, ua kau aku la ke Alii Liliuokalani me kekahi mau lede a me na kane a ua kau pono aku i uka, a ma keia manawa ua hoomaka mai ke ano kawahawaha o na ale. He elua waapa i piholo i ke kai, koloia a ka moku huki ia iluna a pau ke kai, hoomaka hou no no ka laua hana mau. Aia ke Alii Liliuokalani e nanea ana i ka ike aku i na punua manu e nonoho mai ana o na ano a pau. E pii ana ke alii ma na kualapa a e iho ana ma na awawa ahiki i kahi e ulu ana o na kumu Loulu me ka uliuli lipolipo o ko lakou mau lau. Ua lualai iho ke Alii malalo o kona mau malumalu me kekahi hapa o ka poe i hiki aku malaila. Aia i ka wa a ke Alii e hoonanea ana, ua eleu aku la ko kakou pai kii kaulana J. William i kana hana o ka hoolele aka. Maluna o ka ili hualala o kela Ailana, i paina iho ai ke Alii Liliuokalani i kona aina awakea. I ka pau ana o ka paina, ua liuliu mai ke Alii e hoi ahiki ilalo o Nihoa, a ua hoi pu mai no me kekahi poe. Ia wa ua lohe ia aku ke oeoe o ka moku e kahea mai ana e hoi na mea a pau no ka moku. Ia wa ua ike ia aku ka pua ana mai o ka uahi o ke ahi e a mai ana iluna pono o Nihoa, ua hoao no kekahi poe e kinai i ke ahi, aka aole nae e hiki no ka mea ua hikiwawe loa ka a ana o ke ahi. Ua ike ia aku na mea a pau e hoi me na huihui manu o na kane me na wahine, he nui ka manu o kela Ailana, nui na hua a me na manu punua i hiki ole ke lele. I ka wa e makaukau ana na mea a pau e kau no ka waapa, ua hooiliia aku na mea pai kii a Mr William iluna o ka waapa me kekahi mau mea i kau aku iluna, ia wa no i poi mai ai kekahi nalu nui a loaa mai la o Deverril Kepolo ke kanaka e ku ana ma ka pahoehoe me kana mau mea pai kii e kau ana ma kona kua, ua lumilumi ia oia iluna o ke aa me ke ano weliweli ke nana ku, ua pohole­ hole kona mau lima me na kuli, a ua poholo koke ka waapa ia manawa. Ua kau aku na Ana aina, na pai kii, na imi mea hou a me na kilokilo ma ia waapa me ka inoino. Hao aku ke kai i na mea pai kii lilo i mea ole. I ko ke alii Liliuokalani kau ana i kona waapa i hoi ai no ka moku ua kau aku oia me ka palanehe, a pela no me na waapa mahope aku ua holo pono a o Mrs Kaae i kona wa i lele aku ai iluna o ka waapa, ua hapapu a haule aku la iloko o ke kai aole nae i poino. I ka pau ana o na mea a pau maluna o ka moku, huli aku a nana ia Nihoa Ailana e kaulu wela ana ke ahi ma kona mau awawa a me na kualapa, me he la he 20 paha eka i uhiia e ke ahi e a ana, a aia maluna o kela wahi i a ia, he mau tausani, tausani o na manu i pau i ke ahi a me na hua. Ua ike ia aku ka lewa ia manawa ua hele a pouli i na manu, a e lohe ia aku ana ko lakou mau leo wawalo e uwe ana no ko lakou home i pau i ke ahi.

401

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 402

Ua haalele ka moku ia Nihoa o ka hora 3 ia, me ka mau no o ka a ana o ke ahi ahiki i ka pau ana o ka ike ana aku ia Nihoa. Ma ke kakahiaka Poalima ae hora 6 1/2 Iulai 24, ua poai puni ae ka Iwalani ia Kaula a ma ke Ana o Kuhaimoana malaila i kalewa iho ai ka moku, a ua holo aku he elua piha waapa iuka o Kaula a me ke Alii no ka makaikai ana ia loko o ke ana o Kuhaimoana. Ua ike ia aku kekahi poe e holoholo mai ana iluna pono o Kaula, a e kui opihi mai ana kekahi poe, a mahope hookaniia aku ke oeoe kahea e hoi na mea a pau no ka moku. Haalele ia Kaula kokoke e hora 9 a.m. hiki ma Niihau hora 12 awakea, ua lele aku ke alii a me ka huakai a pau i uka, a koe o J M Kapena iluna o ka moku no ke omaimai. I ka hiki ana aku ua hoomakaukauia na mea a pau a ua hoolawa mai na ona miliona o Niihau he mau lio no ke alii a me kekahi poe, a o kekahi poe maluna o na kaa pio a me na kaa liilii, a hele aku la ka huakai no ka makaikai, a i ka hoi ana mai, ua paholaia aku la kekahi papaaina nui i hele a piha me na ono o Niihau, ua awala iho la kela a me keia a piha pono. I ka pau ana o ka ai ana, ua liuliu na mea a pau e hoi no ka moku, a ua kau mai kekahi o na ona o ua Ailana la me ka huakai a ke alii. Haalele ia Niihau hora 4 p.m. kaalo ma na paia o Lehua Ailana, o ka hapalua ia o ka hora 5 p.m. Ua hooleleia aku he mau poka lehulehu iluna o ia Ailana mai na ki pu pololei ana a C. B. Wilson a me Jno T. Baker, aole nae he Iole Labita i ku aku. Holo mai ma ia ahiahi a hora 9 ku ma Waimea, aole e hiki ke lele na ohua ma ia po, no ka nalu o ke awa, ua moe ke alii a me na mea a pau a koe wale no ke keiki o Niihau a me Mrs Dole ua kau laua maluna o ka waa, a pela no me Hon Lowela a me kekahi poe e iho no 8 ko lakou nui. Ua ku ka moku ahiki i ke ao ana hora 5 holo no ke Kupua, malaila i lele aku ai na ohua a pau o Waimea a o ke Kuhina Waiwai kekahi a me ka ohana i lele a hoi no Waimea e hooluolu ai. Ua haalele ia laila, hiki ma Eleele hora 8 1/2 a.m. He maikai ka holo ana o ka moku, he ano maikai ke kai. Haalele ia Eleele, hiki ma Koloa hora 10 ua ku iki malaila a holo loa mai no Nawiliwili a ku i ka hora 12. Ua lele aku ke alii a me ka huakai no ka hooluana ana no kekahi mau hora ma Nawiliwili ahiki i ka makaukau ana o na mea ai i hoomakaukauia e Hon P. P. Kanoa, ua noho iho na mea a pau maluna o na papa aina ekolu me ka lawa pono i na mea a pau. I ka pau ana o ka paina, ua liuliu na mea a pau no ke kau mai i ka moku, a ua ukali loa mai ke Kiaaina o Kauai a noho ke Alii alaila huli hoi no Kauai. Ma keia huakai makaikai ia Nihoa a me na Ailana liilii e ae, ua holo ka mo. Iwalani ma ka moana me ka malie a me ke aheahe maikai o ka makani, aole inoino o ka moana. I ka nana aku i na mea a pau, ua piha hauoli. Mai ke alii Liliuokalani a i na hoa hele o ka Ailana manu. He oluolu na keiki kane, a he waipahe na kaika­ mahine. I ka haalele ana ia Nawiliwili a hoi loa mai no ke kaona nei, akahi no a ike ia aku ka moana e ooloku mai ana na ale, e paio ana me ka ihu haulani o ka Iwalani, akahi no hoi a lohe ia aku e halulu mai ana ka ale ma kona mau palekai a hiki wale i ke komo ana i ke awa. O na mea ulu i loaa aku maluna o ka mokupuni o Nihoa i ka huakai makaikai o ka pule i hala, oia ka loulu a hawane ma kekahi olelo ana, na aweoweo ma kekahi olelo ana a me na kala malo. Na mea kahiko hoomanao i loaa aku

Nihoa

maluna o keia wahi mokupuni, he umeke pohaku ua puka olalo, he koi pohaku, he hoana pohaku a he mau iwi poo kanaka. O na kamaaina o ka aina, oia no ka manu o na ano like ole paha he umi, i hoomokaki iho a makolukolu i ko lakou mau lepo ma kekahi wahi. He hohono manu a puni o luna o keia moku, a me he la o ka ea kuluma paha ia ma kona mau kaiaulu. Ua kanu ia aku nei kekahi mau laau hou maluna o ua moku la, e like me ka niu a me ka manako. He kou kekahi i manao ia e kanu, aka ua kahuli e ka waapa a lilo aku la i ke kai. E ulu ana paha keia mau laau, aole paha, aka na ka poe makaikai hou aku ia e nana pono aku ke ole hoi e hamu e ae la na alelo manamana ana ole o ke ahi a ka huakai i haalele aku ai e a ia ana kekahi wahi o ka mokupuni. Ua lohe mai makou, ua poholo he elua waapa o ka huakai makaikai ia Nihoa ma kahi e pae aku ai, a ua manao ka poe hoomanamana, i piholo kela mau waapa no ke kau ana o kekahi iwi poo kanaka i loaa iluna o Nihoa a lawe ia mai me ka manao e hiki i Honolulu nei. Nolaila i ka hii ana mai o kekahi haole ae i kana iwi poo kanaka, o ka lua ia, ua keke aku la na kanaka iaia me ka hooia aku mahope pilikia lakou. Nolaila, ua hoihoi hou ia ka iwi poo kanaka i kau ole iluna o ka waapa a waiho hou ia i Nihoa. Pau ole no hoi ka hoomana kii o keia lahui. Heaha ka mana a me ka ikaika i koe i kela iwi poo, i hoomauia ai ke kuhihewa o ka poe makau wale. Malalo iho nei e loaa ai ka moolelo o ka Kapena J. Paty huakai i ka mokupuni o Nihoa i ka malama o Aperila a o Mei paha o ka 1857, i laweia mai e makou mai ka nupepa haole P. C. Advetiser mai o Iune 11, 1857. Nihoa. Aia oia ke moe nei ma ke Komohana Akau Komohana ae 3/4 Komohana 244 mile mai Honolulu aku. He moku akoakoa pali 400 kapuai ke kiekie, he 1 1/3 mile ka loihi a he 1/2 mile paha ke akea, o ka aoao akau, he ano pali kuhoho loa; ma ka aoao hema, he wahi ae one nuku, kupono no ke ku ana o ka waapa i ka wa malie; aka ke manao nei au, he hiki kakaikahi no ka waapa ke pae me ka maalahi. Ma kahi kokoke i kahakai he wahi wai maoli ke puapuai mai ana. Ua umikumamalua paha na ilio holo i ka uaua ma ka ae kai i ka wa a makou i hiki aku ai, a he nui loa na manu ma na wahi a pau o ka mokupuni. He wahi no e ku ai o ka moku mai ka hapaha a i ka elua mile ka mamao mai ka aina mai, a ma kahi he 7 a hiki i ka 17 anana ka hohonu maluna o ke one. He nui loa na mano e poalo mau ana ma kahi o ka moku e ku ai. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 1 August 1885. P. 2. The Sight-seeing Expedition to Nihoa. (From the special reporter.) The expedition left the royal city [Honolulu] on the 20th of July, promptly at 5 o’clock in the evening from the dock of Pākala, which was crowded with people. The steamship ‘Iwalani set sail full of passengers desiring to see Nihoa Island. On this sail everyone was seen, including the Royal Heiress, Her Majesty Lili‘uokalani, who looked radiant, as did the members of the royal entourage. The ladies and gentlemen were very cheerful all the way up, the eyelashes of the people of the ocean home revealing how pleased they were. In the early morning of July 21 the ‘Iwalani passed outside of Papa‘a on Kaua‘i, and at 6 o’clock it arrived at Nāwiliwili with the Chiefess Lili‘uokalani in good spirits along with the entire delegation. Upon arrival at Nāwiliwili the new royal Governor Paul P. Kanoa came out on his little skiff, awaiting the arrival of the Chiefess and Royal Heiress Lili‘uokalani.

403

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 404

The Governor of Kaua‘i and his lady received the Chiefess, the Royal Heiress Lili‘uokalani, His Ex. Jno. [John] M. Kāpena and his wife, and the steward of the chief, C. B. Wilson, and the entire entourage at his beautiful home on the beach [at Niumalu]. When everyone arrived at the previously mentioned location, “When, oh, when, Leialoha,” “Horse carrying the sweethearts to Niumalu,” the ladies were seen disembarking to bathe in the river of Hulā‘ia [alternate spelling of Hulē‘ia] with the boys arm-in-arm. After this the millionaire of the Niumalu laid out a banquet with all sorts of delicious food to satisfy oneself. After the party relaxed a bit following the morning meal, the Chiefess Lili‘uokalani and the entourage left Niumalu for their floating home on the sea. They left Nāwiliwili after 10 o’clock. The Minister of Finances Jno. [John] M. Kāpena parted with the chiefess and went inland on a horse-drawn carriage. The governor and his lady joined the expedition of discovery of Lili‘uonāmoku. Mrs. L. Holt stayed here in Nāwiliwili, due to illness. The ‘Iwalani made her way to the harbor at Kōloa close to 12 o’clock in the afternoon. The pier was heavy with people ready to meet with the entourage of Chiefess Lili‘uokalani, with lots of food prepared for the chiefess and greenery decorating the place with roses of all types. The party left Kōloa close to 1 p.m. They arrived at ‘Ele‘ele close to 2 p.m. They saw the people on that pier were dignitaries of that place, who had gathered with the same objective, to head to Nihoa. They had prepared food for the chiefess. They left ‘Ele‘ele and arrived at Kupua at 3 o’clock at the residence of the sons of Pūpūkaniwao [the Robinson family of Ni‘ihau]. The Chiefess Lili‘uokalani disembarked, along with Mrs. Kāpena, Miss Kāpena, Mrs. Lemon, Mrs. Ward, Sophia Sheldon, and C. B. Wilson, and were hosted graciously. They then made their way to Waimea. At 5 o’clock they anchored in the bay of Waimea. Everyone disembarked and made their way ashore, and the gracious hands of the wealthy son of that valley reached out to shake hands, Līwai Kaua‘i and his lady. The party took a break for a moment to go and bathe in the river of Wai‘ula‘iliahi of Waimea. When everyone reached the home of L. Kaua‘i, the chiefess and party arrived at Kupua on horse-drawn carriages. Shortly after that time the residents of the house put out an abundance of delicious food to eat. The visitors and locals ate until they were satisfied. Everyone spent some time together for a few hours, and when it drew near time to sleep, everyone retired to their various homes for the night. That night a healthy son was born to Mr. and Mrs. Jeo [sic: Joe] ‘Ae‘a, and he was named Charles Nihoa ‘Ae‘a. The next day, July 22, the Chiefess Lili‘uokalani, went on a tour of Wai‘ula‘iliahi [river] with some ladies. When they got back from swimming, a table full of delicious food awaited them, so they ate. When they were done with breakfast at 11 o’clock, the entourage began to make their way to their home on the sea. At 3:30 p.m. the ‘Iwalani left Waimea for Nihoa. The total number in the party of the chiefess combined with those from Kaua‘i who joined the entourage reached 210, not including the crew of the ship. On the 23rd, the next day in the morning, the island of the birds was spotted rising directly ahead. The famous photographer, Williams was seen ready-

Nihoa

ing his equipment. At 7 o’clock the ‘Iwalani passed on the eastern side in order to get close to the solid cliff of Bird Island. The ship made a pass around the island, and on the south side the salty home on the ocean anchored for going ashore. When the first boatload was ready, the astronomy gear, surveying equipment, camera equipment, and scientific equipment for studying the new island were loaded, along with one white woman. As the boat drew near to shore, it encountered difficulty, and the Hawaiian workers struggled to help this feeble white woman. After these people landed, the rest reached shore at Nihoa. Everyone made it further inland easily. After the boat returned to the ship, the Chiefess Lili‘uokalani got onboard with some ladies and men, and they made their way onshore. This is when the waves started to rise. There were two boats that swamped in the sea. They were towed to the ship and pulled onboard. The seawater was emptied, and they set out again to do their work. The Chiefess Lili‘uokalani enjoyed herself, seeing the chicks of all types nesting. The chiefess climbed up on the ridges and went down into the valleys to where the loulu trees grow, healthy with lush, green leaves. The princess relaxed under the shade of the trees with part of the company who reached there. While the chiefess enjoyed herself, our photographer, J. Williams, hurried over in order to take some photos. On the high hill of this island is where the Chiefess Lili‘uokalani had her lunch. After the meal was over, the princess got ready to go back down the face of Nihoa and returned with some of the people. That is when they heard the ship’s whistle, calling everyone to come back to the ship. Then they saw the smoke of a fire rising directly over Nihoa. Someone tried to extinguish it, but couldn’t because the fire spread so quickly. Everyone saw the birds making their way back to their nests, male and female birds. There were so many birds on that island. There were so many eggs, and chicks that could not fly. When everyone was ready to board the boat, the camera equipment of Mr. Williams was loaded with some other items. That is when a large wave broke and caught Deverril Kepolo [sic: Deverill. Kepolo is Hawaiian for Deverill.], who was standing on the pāhoehoe rocks with the camera equipment set up on his back. He was knocked down on the rough rocks. It was horrifying to watch. His arms and knees were cut up, and the boat sank immediately. The surveying equipment, camera equipment, geological equipment and astronomical equipment were onboard and damaged. The sea took the camera equipment, and it was gone. When the Chiefess Lili‘uokalani got on her boat to return to the ship, she boarded easily enough, and so it went for the boats that came afterwards. When Mrs. Ka‘ae got on her boat, she was halfway onboard, and the sea suddenly sank down, but no harm was done. When everyone was onboard the ship, they turned to look at Nihoa Island where the fire was consuming the valleys and ridges. It seemed to be 20 or so acres covered by the fire that was raging. In that area thousands and thousands of birds and eggs were destroyed. The sky at that point was dark with birds, and we could hear their tremendous crying over their home that was destroyed in the fire. The ship left Nihoa at 3 with the fire still raging. [It was visible] all the way until Nihoa was no longer seen.

405

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 406

In the morning of Friday at 6:30, July 24, the ‘Iwalani made a pass around Ka‘ula. At the cave of Kūhaimoana, the ship came to a stop. Two boats went ashore to Ka‘ula with the chiefess to have a look inside the cave of Kūhaimoana. Some people were seen going around on top of Ka‘ula. Some were picking limpets, and soon after the whistle of the ship sounded the call for everyone to return. We left Ka‘ula at nearly 9 a.m. and reached Ni‘ihau at 12 noon. The chiefess disembarked along with the entire entourage and went inland. Only J. M. Kāpena stayed onboard, due to feeling ill. When everyone arrived, everything was made ready, and the millionaire owners of Ni‘ihau provided horses for the chiefess and some others. Some rode on large carriages and small carriages, and the party headed out on a tour. When they got back, a large spread of the delicious food of Ni‘ihau was laid out, with each person throwing their heads back to enjoy their meal until full. When the meal was done, everyone got ready to return to the ship. Some of the owners of the island came onboard to join the entourage of the chiefess. They left Ni‘ihau at 4 o’clock and passed the walls of Lehua Island. It was 5 p.m. at the time. Several shots were fired into the island by the expert marksmen C. B. Wilson and Jno. [John] T. Baker. No rabbits were hit. We set sail that evening and reached Waimea at 9 o’clock. The passengers could not disembark that night due to large surf in the bay. The chiefess and everyone slept, except for the son of Ni‘ihau and Mrs. Dole, who boarded a canoe, along with Hon. Rowell and others, 8 in number. The ship anchored until daylight, and at 5 o’clock went into Kupua. That is where all the passengers disembarked at Waimea. The Minister of Finance and his family went to Waimea to relax. They left there and headed to ‘Ele‘ele at 8:30 a.m. The ship went well, under fairly good sea conditions. They left ‘Ele‘ele and reached Kōloa at 10 o’clock, where they stopped for a moment, and then continued on to Nāwiliwili, where they arrived at 12 o’clock. The chiefess and her entourage disembarked to relax for a few hours at Nāwiliwili, until the food was prepared by Hon. P. P. Kanoa. Everyone sat at three dining tables with everything having been made ready. When the meal was over, everyone was ready to board the ship. They were accompanied by the Governor of Kaua‘i, who stayed, visited with the chiefess and then returned ashore to Kaua‘i. On this expedition to Nihoa and other little islands the ship, ‘Iwalani, sailed on the ocean smoothly with a fair wind. The sea was not turbulent. Looking back at how everything went, everyone was very happy, including the Chiefess Lili‘uokalani and the passengers to Bird Island. The boys were kind, and the girls were gracious. When we left Nāwiliwili to make the final return to the city is when we finally saw rough conditions and choppy seas, with waves fighting the undaunted bow of the ‘Iwalani. Then we finally heard the thundering of the waves at the breakwater until we made our way into the harbor. The types of vegetation found on the island of Nihoa on the expedition last week consisted of loulu, or some say hāwane, and others call it ‘āweoweo, and dry kala. Artifacts found on this little island included a stone bowl with a hole at the bottom, a stone adze, a stone adze sharpener, and a few human skulls.

Huakai O Nihoa. Hemo mai ka laina o ka mokuahi Iwalani mai kona pahu hoopaa mai, a haalele mai la i ka uwapo ma ka hora 5 a.m. o ka Poakahi Iulai 20. Niau aku la ua nene aukai la me ka palanehe ma ka ilikai lana malie o ke awa o Kou a pulelo ana iwaho i ka moana kai hohonu. No ka manawa hope loa makou i na na mai ai i ka aina nei a nalo aku la, oiai ka po e hoalii iho ana maluna o ka honua. Aia paha mawaena o na haneri elua ka nui o ka poe i hoio pu ma keia moku, a oiai au e nana ana i ka nui hewahewa o na ohua, ua komo iho la ka manao nalu iloko o’u, pehea la e lawa ai keia poe me na bela [pela] moe kupono. Aka, na hoohehee ia ae la ia mau manao ana, no ka mea, ua ike aku la au he lehulehu wale o na hela [pela] moe e halii ia mai ana ma ka po iho. Ma ka uhi ana mai o ka po, ua launa ae la na ohua ma ka oneki o ka moku a hoohala manawa iho la ma ke mele ana i kekahi mau himeni Hawaii, oiai na aliiwahine o ka po e kuupau iho ana i kona malamalama nui. Ua nanea nui iho la a hiki wale i na hora kuliu o ia po, a ia wa i ikeia aku ai kela me keia e lapee a lapuu ae ana ma kona wahi hela [pela] i hoomakaukauia. Hiki ka moku ma ke awa o Nawiliwili, a ma ia wahi i lele nui aku ai kekahi poe no ka aina me ka hooilinalii Liliu. Aia mauka he ahaaina nui i

Nihoa

The locals of the island consist of birds of all types, perhaps ten different types that spread their droppings all over the place in some areas. There is nothing but the stench of bird droppings all over the top of this island. This is probably a normal thing for the communities there. Some new plants were planted on the island, such as coconut and mango. Kou was intended to be planted, but the boat capsized, and [the plants] were lost to the sea. Perhaps these [other] trees are growing, or maybe not, but the next sightseers can check to see if they remain, or if the incredible fire destroyed them as well from the expedition where we left the island burning. We have heard that two boats swamped on the expedition tour to Nihoa at the spot where they landed. Those who are superstitious say that they swamped due to the human skulls that were found on Nihoa and brought with the intent to reach Honolulu. So, when one white man carried the skull he had, which was the second one, people started to crowd around him telling him that they could get in trouble. So, the skull that was not taken on the boat was put back and left on Nihoa. These people never cease to worship idols. What power and strength does that skull have left that scared people should be so misguided? Below is found the log of Capt. J. Paty’s voyage to Nihoa in April and May of 1857, which we took from the English newspaper, P. C. Advertiser of June 11, 1857. Nihoa. It lies on the west northwest, ¾ west 244 miles from Honolulu. It is a coral island with cliffs 400 feet high, 1⅓ miles long and perhaps ½ a mile wide. Its north side is a sort of wide valley with cliffs. On the south side is a sandy point good for boats to land in calm conditions, but I think only very few boats successfully land easily. Near shore is a freshwater spring that is flowing. There were about twelve monk seals on the shoreline when we arrived and there were numerous birds everywhere on the island. There is a spot from a half mile to two miles from shore for ships to anchor about 7 to 17 fathoms deep to the sand. There are numerous sharks that gather where the ship ­anchors.

407

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 408

­ oomakaukauia nona e ke Kiaaina Kanoa a ua ai iho la malaila, inu no hoi, h hoonanea iki iho la malaila, a hoi aku la no ka moku. Malaila hou aku no Waimea, a liuliu loa ke ku ana malaila no kekahi mau hora loihi. Ma ka auina la Poakolu, ua kau hou ma ka moku a kau pololei ka ihu o Iwalani no Nihoa. Mamua o ka poeleele ana, ua ike powehiwehi ia mai la o Kauai me Niihau e ka ike a ka maka, a hao aku la ka ihu eku o ka Iwalani no Nihoa ka pahu hopu. Ma ia po a ao ka holo ana, a ma ke kakahiaka nui o kehaki la ae, ua ike ia aku la o Nihoa ma kahi he iwakalua paha mile mai ia makou aku. He puu pohaku keia ma ka nana aku ma kahi kaawale, a nona ke ano me he puu pohaku huinakolu la, a ua kiekie no hoi; aia ma kona aoao akau he kiekie a hooiho’na aku la ma kona aoao hema. Oiai ka ihu o ka moku e kau pololei aku nei no ka mokupuni meka pakika launa ole i ka ilikai, ua halawai pu mai la me makou na kamaaina o ua wahi la, oia hoi na manu; lele pohai mai la lakou a kau ae la ma na kaula likini, na kia, a maluna o ke kino o ka moku. He mau haneri ka hui o lakou i halawai u me makou, a he liu wale ia holo ana aku a makou, haule iho la ka heleuma ma kahi kokoke i ua mokupuni la, nona ka hohonu i hoomaopopoia aia ma kahi o iwakalua a oi anana. He hohonu ke kai a puni o Nihoa a ua lipolipo no hoi a hiki i kumu pali. Ma kekahi mau aoao o keia mokupuni ua kiekie, nona paha ua kapuai e ewalu haneri a oi ma ka hoomaopopo aku, oia kahi kiekie loa, a he pali ka hapanui a puni. O kahi i kuu ai o ka heleuma o makou he ano kuono ia, aka, he inoino me ka loaa nae he wahi e pili ai ka waapa me ka hoomaka’uka’u no nae. He one no ma ke kauwahi, aka, he kupilikii loa no ka pae ana aku. Mamua o ka lele ana aku o na makaikai, ua holo mua aku ka waapa o ke kapena a me kekahi poe e iho, no ka nana ana i kahi kupono e pae ai, a ua loaa he wahi ano iho’na iloko o ke kai maluna nae o ke kauwahi pohaku. He kupono wale no nae keia wahi no na kane a no ka poe ano mama i ka lele, oiai me ka eleu loa e kau ai i ka aina. Aia wale no ka hiki pono ke kau maluna o ka aina a pili aku ka ihu o ka waapa ma ua pohaku la i ka wa e pii mai ai ke o-pu ale, a ma e emi iho ana ke kai, e haule loa ana ka waapa ilalo no ka umi kapuai paha; he hala ole ka piono o kekahi ma ia wahi ke poi aku ka nalu, a i ole he pau loa no paha i ka poino. Lele aku la he heluna mahuahua o na makaikai maluna o Nihoa ma na waapa. He mau tausani o na manu e lele ana mao a maanei o ka aina a me ka moku o na ano he nui, a i ike ole ia paha e na kanaka kia manu manua. He mau mea nuhou loa keia i na makaikai ka ike ana aku i na hua manu ma na punana e waiho mokaki mai ana maluna o ka lepo, a e hehi ana oe maluna o ka hua ke nana kou mau maka ma kahi e. He apuupuu ka aina mai o a o me na alualua, aia nae maloko oia mau wahi popoo na punana manu i piha me na hua no lakou na waihooluu ano e he nui. He mau tausani o na hua e waiho ana. Ua loaa kekahi manu nui, a ua ana ia ka loa o kona mau eheu ke hui ia aia ma kahi o eono kapuai a oi. He nahele no ko keia mokupuni a me ka manu, aole nae o ka nui loa, a o ka loulu ko laila laau kiekie a ano mahuahua no. Aia na mea a pau ke hele la mao a maanei o ka aina e ohi ana i na hua manu, a loulu, e kanu ana no hoi i na anoano a pela wale aku. Aia no hoi o Bihopa me kana mau mea ana aina; Mr. J. Wiliams no hoi me na mea pai kii a ua hoohalaia he mau hora loihi maluna o Nihoa a hiki i ka hora eha o ka auina la, a mahope ihoua holapu mai la kekahi

He Wahi Hooakaka No Nihoa: Aia o Nihoa ma ka aoao A.K. ma K@ K. malalo aku o Kauai, a he 244 mile mai Honolulu aku nei. He 400 kapuai ke kiekie, a he pohaku ka hapanui. O kona loa he mile me ka hapa, a he hapa mile kona laula. Ma kona aoao akau he ano ku pololei ka pali, a ma ka hema hoi he ihona ilalo, a he one malaila, a he pae ka waa ma ia wahi i ka wa malie. Ma kahi kokoke i ke kahakai he wahi luawai. He sila me ka manu na holoholona o luna. He hiki ke ku ka moku ma kahi he mile a he hapaha mile paha ka mamao mai ka aina mai, a nona ka hohonu ma ka ehiku a hiki i ka 17 anana. He nui ka manu a me ka mano malaila. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 1 August 1885. P. 2. Expedition to Nihoa. The lines of the steamship ‘Iwalani were cast off from its docking spot, and it departed from the pier at 5 a.m. [sic: p.m.] on Monday, July 20. The seagull moved smoothly and gracefully on the surface of the sea and gently floated out of the harbor of Kou [Honolulu Harbor], drifting out to the open and deep ocean. We watched the land disappear for the last time, while night came to dominate over the earth. There were between one and two hundred people who sailed on this ship, and as I looked at the numerous passengers, I wondered to myself how there could be enough sleeping mattresses for all these people. But these thoughts faded away when I saw the numerous mattresses that were spread out. When night covered us, the passengers gathered together on the deck of the ship and passed the time singing Hawaiian songs, while the chiefesses of the night released their great lights of knowledge. We enjoyed ourselves all the way up until the very late hours of the night. Then each person saw that their bedding had been bunched up and efficiently made ready in an area for bedding. The ship reached the harbor of Nāwiliwili, where some people disembarked with the Heiress Lili‘u. Inland a large banquet was prepared for her by Governor Kanoa. They ate, drank, and relaxed a while there, and then they returned to the ship. They went to Waimea and spent a long time there, some long hours. On Wednesday in the late afternoon, they boarded the ship again and the ‘Iwalani set its bow directly for Nihoa. Before it turned dark, Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau were dimly seen with the naked eye, and the bow of the ‘Iwalani plowed ahead, aiming for Nihoa, the final destination. That night and into the day, the sail continued. In the early morning of the next day Nihoa was spotted about twenty miles away from us. It is a rock hill in appearance, in the middle

Nihoa

ahi i na manu a me na lau nahele e ulu ana. He ahi keia i ike ole ia e ka hapanui kahi i hoea ae ai, a ua noonoo wale ia he ahi puhi. Ua pioloke ae la kekahi poe a holo aku la no ka waapa. Hopu ae la hoi kekahi haole i kana mea pai kii a holo aku no ka waapa, a @aia i hoao aku ai e lele, ua loaa mai la oia i kekahi nalu nui nana oia i kulai iloko o ke kai. Me ka eleu no nae ua kau hou oia ma ka waapa. Mamuli o ka pioloke loa, ua nui ka poe i poino me ka paholehole ana o na ili i na pohaku ooi, a he wahine ka i oi loa aku o ka eha. Kau ma ka moku a haalele aku ia laila no Kaula. Haalele pu aku la no hoi ia Nihoa na ke ahi e ai, a ua pii ae la kona uwahi iluna me he lua pele la. Hiki ma Kaula ma kekahi la ae, a haalele hou ia laila no Honolulu nei.

409

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

of nowhere, and looks like a high, triangular rock hill. It is high on its north side and descends on its south side. While the bow of the ship was set directly for the island, sliding over the surface of the sea, we met with the locals of the area, which are birds. They circled us and landed on the rigging, the gears and the body of the ship. There were hundreds of them that met us. After a long time of sailing for us, the anchor was dropped close to the island at a depth known to be about twenty or more fathoms deep. The sea around Nihoa is deep and a dark blue color all the way up to the base of the cliffs. Some sides of this island are high, an estimated eight hundred feet or more at the highest point, with mostly cliffs all around. The place we anchored was sort of a bay, but it was rough. Even though there was a place where the boat could approach, it was frightening. There is some sand in one spot, but landing would be very dangerous. Before the sightseers disembarked the boat, the captain and some others went first on a rowboat to spot a good place to land. They found an area to disembark from the sea onto a rock ledge. This was a good area for the men and those nimble enough to jump. It was a quick way to get on shore, but you could only get on shore if the bow of the boat was up next to the rocks when the swell rose up. When the swell receded, the boat dropped down about ten feet. Damage would no doubt occur if a wave broke. There could even be a complete catastrophe. An increasing number of sightseers jumped on Nihoa from the rowboats. Thousands of birds of all types that birdwatchers had not seen before flew everywhere, all over the island and the ship. It was great news to the sightseers to see bird eggs on the nests scattered on the dirt. You would step on an egg, if you were looking away. The terrain is bumpy with pits, and in these holes are bird nests full of eggs of strange colors of all sorts. There were thousands of eggs. There was one large bird, whose wingspan was measured to be about six or more feet. There is vegetation on this island with the birds, but not a lot. Loulu [a native fan palm] is the tallest and most abundant. Everyone was all over the island, gathering bird eggs, loulu, planting seeds, and so on. Bishop had his land surveying equipment, Mr. J. Williams had his camera equipment, and several long hours were spent on Nihoa until four o’clock in the afternoon. Then a fire broke out. It spread and consumed birds and brush. The cause of the fire was not seen by most of the people who were there, but it was suspected to be a smoking-tobacco fire. When the fire raged is when everyone was making their way to the rowboat. Some people were panicked and rushed to the boat. A white man grabbed his camera equipment and raced towards the rowboat. As he tried to get on board, he was struck by a large wave that knocked him into the sea. He quickly got back onboard the rowboat in utter panic. Many people were badly scraped on the sharp rocks, and a woman was injured even worse. When everyone got onboard the ship, it departed for Ka‘ula. Nihoa was left behind for the fire to consume. The smoke rose like a volcano. The expedition reached Ka‘ula the next day, and then departed again for Honolulu.

410

Some Information About Nihoa. Nihoa is on the NW side, W ¾ W below Kaua‘i, and 244 miles from Honolulu. It is 400 feet high and consists mostly of rock. Its length is a mile and

The Island of Nihoa. As the steamer Iwalani left the wharf at Honolulu on Monday afternoon, July 20th, she made a most interesting picture, and the motley throng that crowded her decks above and below seemed to anticipate a trip full of pleasure and incident. With decks and cabin so crowded with passengers, the trip to Nawiliwili would not be a pleasant one, though the sea was smooth and the wind light. Her Royal Highness Princess Liliuokalani with her servants and large retinue of women, dressed in plaid holoku, and straw hats trimmed with white muslin with blue figures, constituted a very important feature of the ­expedition. At Nawiliwili, the steamer arrived in time to allow the passengers to go ashore for breakfast, and here Governor Kanoa had prepared a grand feast for the princess and her party. During the day the Iwalani coasted round the Eastern and Southern shore of Kauai, touching for a short time only at Koloa, Eleele and the Makawele [sic: Makaweli] landings, arriving at Waimea before dark. Here everyone went ashore, leaving on board only enough to look after the vessel. During the evening and night, a great feast was in progress and entertainments and refreshments of various kinds were provided. At quarter past three on Wednesday the passengers from Honolulu and about a hundred more from Kauai were all aboard and the Iwalani steered away toward the west in search of Nihoa. The main deck, the cabin and even the hurricane deck were now paved with human beings, numbering over three hundred, and it required the skill of a gymnast to pass from one part of the vessel to the other. As soon as it was light on Thursday the form of Nihoa was seen before us, distant nearly twenty miles, and the course of the vessel was changed slightly so as to bring the island a little to the left. As we approached, the sea birds became more numerous, circling round the masts, and seeming to have much curiosity in regard to our vessel and probably about the objective of the expedition. The artists of the party, Mr. Williams and Mr. Deverell [sic: Deverill], began preparing their instruments for the purpose of taking views of the island, and the amateurs got out their pocket books and commenced making pencil sketches of this great rock, which rose almost perpendicularly from the sea. As the steamer passed to the north of the island and within a few hundred yards of it, a magnificent view was had of the rocky cliff, filled with innumerable holes and little caves, homes of thousands of sea birds. The first point passed was about eight hundred feet high. The highest point, some eight hundred and forty feet high was to the north and west; and when the steamer rounded it and we had a view of both angles of the island, the sight was indeed grand, and one to be remembered by everyone on board. Every one of the three hundred souls on

Nihoa

a half and a half mile wide. On its north side the cliff rises straight up, and on the south side is a downward slope, where there is sand. Canoes land there in calm conditions. Near the beach is a freshwater spring. Seals and birds are the animals onshore. Ships can anchor about a mile and a quarter away from the island, where the depth can reach between seven to 17 fathoms. There are many birds and sharks there.

411

NI‘IHAU HISTORY 412

board had forgotten their many tribulations of the previous night, and every eye and ear was intent to take in the grand scene before us. The air was filled with the notes of the various birds, which could be seen circling through the air by tens of thousands as far as the eye could reach. The sight reminded one of mosquitos hovering round a lamp on a quiet summer evening, but on a much grander scale. The birds seemed to have much admiration for the Royal Hawaiian standard that flew at the mast head, and came by hundreds near enough to touch it, looking first on one side and then on the other. The coming of this steamer loaded with strange human beings into this quiet and almost unknown region must have been a great surprise to these birds, most of whom had probably never seen anything of the kind before. The steamer came to anchor off the southeastern coast of the island, which was in the form of an irregular bay. The shore was very rocky, all but one little sand beach to the left, and as we gazed at the breaking waves all along the shore, no place could be seen where it seemed possible to make a landing. The captain, along with the artists, the surveyors, the scientist, and several tourists, started in the first boat for the shore and after several attempts succeeded in effecting a landing on a very rocky shore at the foot of the little bluff. Within an hour or two after the first boat landed the whole of the passengers were on the island, and it is a wonder that some serious accident did not happen. There is hardly a square yard upon the slope from the shore to the top of the precipice on the northern side that has not a bird nest, and in several places one can hardly step without treading upon birds or a nest with eggs in it. The largest is the Frigate bird. Its wings, when full grown, will stretch about six feet. It builds its nest upon the top of the low shrubs that cover the slope of the islands. Another bird, of the Booby tribe, somewhat smaller, builds its nest in the same way; and the young birds, pure white, each one on a separate nest, make a most ludicrous appearance. These birds show fight when any one comes near them, squwaking [sic: squawking] and opening their bills in the most excited manner at [sic: as] if they would demolish the intruder, but never trying to escape. Besides these large birds there is the beautiful Ula [koae ula], a tropic bird, pure white, with red bill, black eyes and two long, slender red tail feathers, much prized by the natives. These feathers were worn by all the excursionists and became the badge of the expedition. There are about ten varieties of birds in all, but I shall have to refer to Mr. Dole, the Hawaiian Ornithologist, who accompanied the expedition, for a full account of the birds of Nihoa and Kaula. The day was very warm, and as we found no water on the island and very little had been brought from the steamer, many of the excursionists suffered for want of it. There were three white ladies besides a great many Hawaiian ladies, and it is possible that these were the first that had ever set foot on Nihoa. In the depressions or valleys the ground was covered with a low, scrubby bush, which had a yellow flower, this made a grateful shelter for the smaller birds. Several groves of the Loulu palms were seen on the island, and much of the ground was covered with a bunch grass, which furnished places for thousands of bird nests. The tender leaves of these palms furnish the material for making those beautiful soft hats, much worn by the natives. The soil, which covers nearly the whole slope of the island is very fine like ashes and is strongly impregnated with gua-

Nihoa

no which can also be found upon all the plants and stones. The pungent smell of guano pervades the atmosphere even to the highest point of the island. Mr. Jaeger who had brought a number of growing plants and a variety of seeds, was unable to land them on account of the heavy sea, but fortunately some other members of the party were able to carry seeds ashore, which were planted in the most available places. Mr. S. E. Bishop, who was the scientist of the party, was sent by the government to obtain as correct a survey as possible of the island. He was joined by Mr. W. E. Rowell of Waimea and the two, with the assistance of natives, established several points and obtained the data from which it is hoped a correct map can be made. The altitude is nearly double what was supposed by Captain Paty and others who had visited Nihoa. It is to be hoped that Mr. Bishop will give to the world the results of his observations from a scientific point of view, telling when and how the island was formed. Mr. Dole seemed to think there was a large amount of gold buried some where near the shore, and perhaps that was the reason why he and another member of the party started for the sand beach to the left of the bay. But the only out come [sic] from this tramp was a most delightful bath in the magnificent surf that came rolling in on the sand, and the discovery of the only good boat landing to be found on the whole coast. Had the advice of the mate of the Iwalani been taken when we first landed, the whole company would have been landed at this point with very little trouble or danger. One of the natives in tramping over the island, found, to the left of the sand beach, a place in the rocks where fresh water could be found in small q ­ uantities. Most unfortunately, just before we left, a fire was started, whether accidentally or not no one knows, and it spread very rapidly along the middle ridge and down into the little valleys on each side. It is sad to think of the many thousands of young birds which could not leave their nests and the older birds on their nests which had never seen smoke or fire, now burnt or smothered in the dense smoke that covered the island. Many exciting incidents occurred during the embarkation, and some came near being very serious. Several boats were swamped and everything in them soaked with salt water. Most unfortunately Mr. Williams and Mr. Deverill had their photographic instruments and most of their negatives spoiled in getting from the island to the steamer. At about three o’clock the Iwalani weighed anchor and steamed away for Kaula, a bird island about 20 miles south-west from Nihoa. This was reached early the next morning, and several boat loads of passengers were landed on the rocky edge that skirted the island. Six or eight of the natives swam around and climbed up onto the slope, from which they ascended to the top of the cliff over-hanging the sea. The birds at Kaula are not as numerous as those at Nihoa, and there seem to be less of the larger varieties. One boat containing Princess Liliuokalani, C. B. Wilson and a number of men and women, entered a fine cave running into the solid rock at Kaula, for a distance of several hundred feet. The water in the cave is very clear and deep, and is said to be the dwelling place of some very large sharks. Sharks are very abundant around all of these islands. I omitted to mention that a cave, large enough to admit a boat, runs clear through the eastern end of Nihoa, and we could see through it as we came away.

413

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Also that in the valleys of Nihoa are to be found a number of stone walls or terraces, built up to the height of from three to six feet, evidently for the purpose of retaining the soil for the purposes of cultivation, showing that the natives from Kauai or Niihau must formerly have visited the island to fish or catch birds. The trip was one long to be remembered, on account of the many incidents that occurred, and the interest attached to the islands themselves and the interesting birds that were to be seen there. The steamer touched also at Niihau, where a feast had been prepared for the princess and her friends. Some of the tourists rode up to Mr. Gay’s residence, about a mile and a half from the landing. The island is covered with beautiful maniania grass which furnishes most excellent pasturage for the large flocks of sheep and the herds of cattle there. Upon leaving Niihau the steamer passed very close to and nearly around the island of Lehua, which is uninhabited, except by rabbits, which at times are very numerous. The Iwalani reached Honolulu, Sunday morning, July 26th, and all were glad to get on shore again, after the hardships of the voyage. W. W. H. [W. W. Hall] Honolulu, July 29, 1885. —Daily Honolulu Press. 1 August 1885. P. 3.

414

Nihoa. Its Topography. Something About Its Geology. The Trip In Outline. [This is another long article about the trip to Nihoa and Ka‘ula. The excerpts that follow offer some additional information.] The excursion party to Nihoa or Bird Island, was Mr. Jaeger’s plan, with a botanical object. It was finally carried into effect by the personal cooperation of H. R. H. Liliuokalani. Besides the attendants of the Princess, [there] was a large company of her personal friends. Mr. S. B. Dole went as ornithologist. Mr. James Williams as photographer. Rev. S. E. Bishop was employed by Surveyor-General Alexander to make such topographical survey of Nihoa as might be practicable, and to observe its geological formation. Dr. James Martin of Spreckelsville, also joined the party, and Mr. W. W. Hall came as friend and encourager of everybody. Minister Kapena and his family were also of the explorers, and at Kauai Gov. Kanoa and a large company of natives joined the expedition. The after deck and even the hurricane deck were covered with a promiscuously disposed crowd of jolly Hawaiian tourists, for whom the fat things of hospitable Kauai made continual feasting. A company of ladies in pretty grayish blue holoku were especially noticeable. Mrs. E. M. Beckley of the Hawaiian Government Museum, was with us. At Waimea we were joined, among others, by Miss Field of New York City, who proved a brave and cheerful tourist, and by Mr. W. C. Rowell, who lent his efficient aid to the surveyor. No outlying rocks were observed along any part of the shores. Running down the western precipice, we swiftly opened the south bay and anchored. An amphiteatre [sic: amphitheater] of steep hills lay before us, with coves at their bases, which were lined with low cliffs. A beautiful sand beach, 300 or 400 feet long, lay deep in the western-most cove. On this a heavy surf was rolling in. [From another paragraph: There was a good spring found above the west end of the sand beach.] Our landing must be on some of those narrow ledges under the little cliffs.

Local News. The schooner Waiehu of the Pacific Navigation Company returned a few days ago from a special trip to the Island of Nihoa. When the schooner reached the Island she landed some twenty native passengers who remained on shore all night. Captain Kibling reports that the fire, which was still burning when the former excursion party left the Island, did not extend over more than twenty acres. Grave fears were entertained when the former party left that the entire Island would be burnt over and much damage done. The fine palm groves also escaped uninjured. Captain Kibling brought back a sample of soil deposited on the Island, which will be subjected to analysis. He doubts it having any commercial value as guano. —Daily Honolulu Press. 22 September 1885. P. 3. E Ola Loihi Ka Hooilina Moi. O@ la hanau o Ka Mea Kiekie Ke Alii no Kama Aliiwahine Lidia Kamakaeha Liliuonamoku Liliuokalani, Sepatemaba 2, 1886 i hala iho la, oia ka makamua loa o kona mau la hanau i kulaia a hoomanao kehakeha loa ia ma Honolulu nei, a e ikeia auanei a lilo na pahola a me na haawi makana a me na hoomaikai olelo ana, i hui pu ia me na kukai olelo ana mai kea lii mai nona ka la, i hoomaka hou ana no ke kahakaha ana maluna o ka moolelo o Hawaii nei.

Nihoa

The central valley heads in the lowest part of the north precipice and ends in the largest cove, dividing the island into two chief bulks, over which the two great summits respectively preside. In the larger eastern valley, half way up, stood a small grove of little loulu palms, and in a western valley a few more. These were the only trees. Meantime the Princess and her train had landed and visited the palms, and were returning to the shore. The island had been ransacked for birds, skins, eggs, and feathers. Over two hundred people had landed and worked their sweet will. They were now beginning to go aboard, it being past noon. Doubtless there had been lunching and a good time. The photographers had been half drowned and lost most of their instruments and plates. There are perhaps 200 acres of slopes occupied by birds, and probably 2,500 nests in an acre, making 500,000 young and as many old birds, or one million. Besides these are the swarms inhabiting the precipices. As we left, I estimated the surface already burned at not less than 20 acres, and 50,000 young must have perished on their nests. No one knows how the fire was kindled. No one was within 100 yards of it when it was first noticed. Numbers of people had passed the vicinity within half an hour. No one of us had the forethought to suggest the prohibition of smoking above the shore. Indeed, no one, before landing, could have suspected the extreme combustibility of the surface. We made Kaula at an early hour on Friday, steamed around it and landed a party on the ledge under the Western precipice. These scrambled and swam to the north-east end and mounted the upland, when the birds suddenly arose like a vast thick swarm of gnats. They shortly returned with bags of birds, and leaping into the sea at the north end, swam to the boats. —Daily Honolulu Press. 8 August 1885. P. 1.

415

Ua hanau ia o Liliuokalani, Hooilina o ke Kalaunu o Hawaii, i ka la 2 o Sepatemaba, 1836, na Hon. C. Kapaakea a me A. Keohokalole. Nolaila, ma keia la 2 Sepatemaba, 1886, i piha ai ke Kanahakumamawalu o kona mau makahiki. Ua mare Oia i Ka Mea Mahaloia John Owen Dominis i ka la 16 o Sepatemaba, 1862; a kuahaua ia i Hooilina no ke Kalaunu o Hawaii ma ka la 12 o Aperila, 1877. Ua lilo kona pa hou ma Kapalama, i wahi e hakinua ai na kanaka aloha alii ma na la mamua ae, no ka haawi makana ana ma ke ano mau o Hawaii nei.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Ke Ahiahi Mamua O Ka La Hanau. I ke hora 6 o ke ahiahi o ka la 1 o Sepatemaba, ua wehe ia ka hoomanao ana i ka la hanau, ma ka hiki ana ae o ke Komite o ka Hui Nihoa me ka makana a me ka hoomaikai malalo iho, i heluheluia mai e Hon. J. M. Kapena.

416

E Ke ‘Lii, Ka Milimili a na Nihoa: Oiai, eia kakou ma ka liula o ka puni ana o kekahi o Kou mau la hanau, a o ka alua hoi mahope o ka kakou huakai hoopoina ole ia i na ale kualoloa o ka mokupuni haaheo kukilakila o Nihoa i ke kai o Kaulakahi, a no keia mea ke hoomau hou aku nei no Kou mau hoa a’e ale i ka hoike ana aku i ko lakou mau manao mahalo o ke aloha a me ka lokahi Nou e ke ‘Lii; a oiai hoi, ma na wa a ma na wahi a pau Au e hele ai, a Au e noho ai, o ka pule hooki ole a kou mau loa aukai, o Kou ukali mau ia e ka oluolu maikai o Kou ola, a me ka hooloihi ia o na la maluna o ka aina a me ka lahui o Kou @ @. Ano, ma ka inoa o na Nihoa oiaio a pau, e hookuu ia mai au, e haawi aku i ko lakou hoomaikai ana ma keia ka liula o ka puni ana o kekahi o Kou mau la hanau; a e oluolu ia e ke ‘Lii ka apono ana mai, ma ka lawe ana aku i keia mau makana a ko lakou mau hoomanao lokomaikai aloha alii i puhailama ke ohaoha o ka pualu lokahi ana e makana aku ia Oe. E ola loihi Ke ’Lii i ke Akua! O ka makana a ka hui, he wati kau hale, he lako kiaha aniani no ka paina nui a me 2 kahili nunui hulu kaupu. —Ko Hawaii Pae Aina. 4 September 1886. P. 2. Long Live the Heiress to the Throne. The birthday of Her Royal Highness, the Princess Lydia Kamaka‘eha Lili‘uonāmoku Lili‘uokalani, was last September 2, 1886. It was the first time her birthday was celebrated and given high honors here in Honolulu. It was commemorated with expressions of gift giving and congratulations, with addresses by the chiefess whose day it was, marking a new entry in the history of Hawai‘i. Lili‘uokalani, Heiress of the Crown of Hawai‘i, was born on the 2nd of September 1836 [sic: 1838] to Hon. C. Kapa‘akea and A. Keohokālole. Therefore, on this day, the 2nd of September 1886, she reached the forty-eighth year of her life. She married the Honorable John Owen Dominis on the 16th of September 1862 and was proclaimed Heiress to the Crown of Hawai‘i on the 12th of April 1877. Her new estate at Kapālama became a place where royalists thronged in the first days to present gifts, according to the normal custom of Hawai‘i.

The Evening Before the Birthday. At 6 o’clock in the evening on the 1st of September, the commemoration of the birthday was opened when the Committee of the Nihoa Society arrived with gifts and congratulations below, read by the Hon. J. M. Kāpena: Dear Chiefess, the favorite of the Friends of Nihoa: We are at the twilight of one of your birthdays, the second since our unforgettable expedition in the great waves to the proud and majestic island of Nihoa on the Kaulakahi Channel. For this purpose, your wave-crossing companions take the opportunity to express their gratitude for, loyalty to, and solidarity with you, chiefess. And as in all times and places you live, wherever you may be, the never ceasing prayer of your sailors is may your life ever be attended by good kindness, and may your days on the land and over the people of your ancestors be lengthened. And now, in the name of all true friends of Nihoa, may I be allowed to give their congratulations to this the twilight of the celebration of one of your birthdays. And if may it please the chiefess, allow me to take these gifts of gracious royal commemoration in delight and in collective unity and give them to you. Long live the heiress in the Lord! The gifts of the society were a home clock, a set of glass goblets for banquets, and two very large kāhili made of ka‘upu feathers. [The members of Hui Nihoa, the Nihoa Society, were the friends of Princess Lili‘uokalani that accompanied her on the trip to Nihoa in 1885. Ka‘upu are booby seabirds.] He Inoa No Liliuonamoku. Kahiko ka nani i na kuahiwi, Ka ohu halii i na pali, He pali kapu ku kilakila, Mapu ke ala me ke onaona.

Iauei pu mai kaua, I ke kui lei pua alii, I wilia pu ia me ke aloha, Ka hoapili o ke kai Nihoa. Hui Nihoa. —Ka Nupepa Elele. 25 September 1886. P. 1. A Name For Lili‘uonāmoku. The mountains are adorned With the mists that spread over the cliffs A sacred cliff that stands majestically Where a fragrance catches the wind.

Nihoa

Hui: He alii he wohi hoi keia, A e hiipoi ia nei e ka Hui Nihoa, Kohu wai mapunapuna, E pua ae nei i ka puuwai.

417

Chorus: This is a high-ranking chiefess Adored by the Nihoa Society Like a spring Welling up in the heart.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Let you and I come together To string a crown flower lei Entwined with love The close friend of the sea of Nihoa. [By the] Nihoa Society.

418

Ka Pae Aina Hawaii. Ua hoomaopopo ia he 12 mau mokupuni ko lakou huina nui, me ke kaulele ana mai ia Neka Ailana mawaho mai. Aole makou e kamailio ana no na ano a me ke kulana o keia Paemoku, aka, e hoakaka wale ana no makou i ke ana o ka nui o ka area [ili] palahalaha o Hawaii ponoi, ke hookuko ae me na mokupuni e ae a pau loa, a pela o Maui, Oahu me Kauai. Ina he mea hiki ke maihi ia ae o Maui, Molokai, Kahoolawe, Lanai, Molokini, Oahu, Kauai, Niihau, Kaula Nihoa a me Lehua a kau ia iho maluna o ka mokupuni o Hawaii; alaila e koe ana o Kohala holookoa aole i paa i ka uhi ia. Nani ka nui o Hawaii, ku no hoi ka olelo kaulana a kahiko; he apa na Hawaii an ka moku nui. Ina e kaikai ia ae ana o Molokai, Lanai, Kahoolawe a me Molokini a hoouka iho iluna o Maui, alaila, e paa pono ana o Maui Hikina, a koe aku o Maui Komohana i ka malu ulu o Lele. Ina e hapai ia mai ka mokupuni o Kauai a kau ia iho maluna o Oahu nei, alaila e uhi pu ia ana oia a koe aku na makalae o Makapuu. Ina hoi e hui ia na mokupuni o Niihau, Nihoa, Lehua, me Kaula a kau ia iho maluna o Kauai o Manokalanipo, alaila he aneane hookahi hapakolu wale no o Kauai e paa i ka uhiia a koe aku ka hapa nui. He mea ano ole keia ke oleloia aka, ke hoike maoli mai nei no nae ia ua hooponopono ia keia paemoku mamuli o kekahi ano nui i ike ole ia kona hookumuia ana ma kekahi wahi o na paemoku liilii o ka honua nei. O ke kukuluia ana o keia pae moku ma kahi ana e ku nei, he naauao kiekie a hohonu maoli no ma ke Ana Moleana-honua, aka nae, ke olelo nei makou, o Hawaii no ka oi ma kona nui. —Ke Aloha Aina. 25 May 1895. P. 3. The Hawaiian Islands. It is known that there are 12 islands in total, with Necker Island outside of the group. We will not cover the description or coordinates of this archipelago, but we will only describe the dimensions of the flat area of the island of Hawai‘i compared to all of the rest of the islands, such as Maui, O‘ahu, and Kaua‘i. If it were possible to strip off Maui, Moloka‘i, Kaho‘olawe, Lāna‘i, Molokini, O‘ahu, Kaua‘i, Ni‘ihau, Ka‘ula, Nihoa and Lehua and place them on top of the island of Hawai‘i, then all of Kohala would be left uncovered. Hawai‘i is amazingly huge, as it is said in the famous expression of old, “Hawaiians are a part of the Big Island.” If Moloka‘i, Lāna‘i, Kaho‘olawe, and Molokini were to be taken and placed

onto Maui, that would take up all of East Maui, leaving West Maui to the shade of the ‘ulu trees of Lele [Lāhaina]. If Kaua‘i were to be lifted and placed onto O‘ahu, then it would cover all of it except for the cliff faces of Makapu‘u. If the islands of Ni‘ihau, Nihoa, Lehua, and Ka‘ula were to be placed on top of Kaua‘i of Manokalanipō, they would cover only a third of Kaua‘i, leaving most of the island uncovered. It is meaningless to say so, but it goes to show that this archipelago is organized in a way other small archipelagos in the world are not. The way this archipelago is organized in its present state is very clever and profound in geological terms, but we say that Hawai‘i is the largest in size.

Ka Paeaina O Hawaii Nei. Mawaho ae o na mokupuni o Hawaii, Maui. Oahu, Kauai, Lanai, Molokini, Kahoolawe, Niihau, Lehua ame Kaula, i maa mau i ka ikeia, o lakou na mokupuni i komo iloko o ka inoa lahui “Ko Hawaii Pae Aina,” he mau mokupuni e ae no kekahi i komo mai maloko oia poai. O ka mokupuni o Nihoa (Bird Island), ua lilo mai ia no Hawaii nei ma ka makahiki 1822. U hanaia keia hana “hoohui aina” ana mai e ke Kuhina Kaahumanu. O “Keolaloa” (Capt. Wm. Sumner) ke kapena o ka moku i hoounaia ai e hana i keia hana. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 26 November 1897. P. 2. The Hawaiian Islands. Apart from the islands of Hawai‘i, Maui, O‘ahu, Kaua‘i, Lāna‘i, Molokini, Kaho‘olawe, Ni‘ihau, Lehua, and Ka‘ula, which are regularly seen and included

Nihoa

Na Wahi Pana A Kaulana O Honolulu, Oahu Nei, I Uhiia I Ka Lepo A Nalowale Loa Hoi I Keia Au Hou. 7. O Nihoa, aia kahi i kapaia ai keia inoa ma ka aoao hikina hema aku o ka hale Uinihapa hou e ku nei o Samuel Alani & Ropikana, ma ke Alanui Moiwahine a hiki ma ka hale Makete mua loa e ku nei mauka iho o ka uwapo o Burua ma, a mauka ae hoi ka halekuai o H. Walakahauki ma, oia kahi i hoopiha mua loa ia i ka lepo me ka opala, a mahope mai nei na wahi e ae i hoopiha ia ai. Ua kapa ia ka inoa o keia wahi ma ka holo ana o Kaahumanu maluna o na waa kaulua i Nihoa, a ua kanuia ka Uli, (Loulu), malaila a nui, a hoi mai a pae ma kahi i hoike mua ia ae nei, a nolaila mai ka inoa i kapaia iho ai o Nihoa. —Ke Aloha Aina. 26 September 1896. P. 5. Storied and Famous Places Here in Honolulu, O‘ahu, that Have Been Covered with Dirt and Are Now Gone Today. 7. Nihoa, the spot that was given this name is located to the southeast of the new brick house of Samuel Alani & Robinson that stands on Queen Street all the way up to the first market building standing on the mountain side of the estate of Brewer, on the mountain side of the store of the H. Walakahaukī family, which was the first place to be covered by dirt and rubbish, and later, other areas were covered up. This spot was given its name when Ka‘ahumanu sailed on double-hulled canoes to Nihoa. Loulu trees called uli were planted there in large numbers. When she got back, she landed at this spot described, and that is how this place was named Nihoa.

419

in the national name, “The Hawaiian Islands,” there are other islands included in the group. The island of Nihoa (Bird Island) became a part of Hawai‘i in 1822. This “annexation” was accomplished by Regent Ka‘ahumanu. “Keolaloa” (Capt. Wm. Sumner) was the captain of the ship that was sent to perform this act.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

Ka Pule Kanaenae Mua Loa A Kanemilohai. Hiki Mua O Pele-Keahialoa Me Kona Ohana Ma Nihoa. Aia ma ia pule e maopopo ai ia oe e ka mea heluhelu kahi i hiki mua mai ai ka Pele ma maluna o kekahi mokupuni uuku i noho oleia e na kanaka ma ka Helu Umikumamalua o na mokupuni o ka Pae aina o Hawaii nei, oia hoi o Nihoa; alaila, e maopopo no ia oe e ka mea heluhelu kahi a Pele i hiki mua ai o keia “Hulihia” nae, aia ia iloko o ka mo’olelo o Hiiaka-i-ka-poli-o-Pele; Ewalu ka nui, me Elua pule Kulana Ola. O ka pule keia mahope iho o ka himeni mua a ke Kahunapule, a pau keia; alaila, e heluhelu ia mai ka Iwi-haia’o a me ka Poo-olelo o ka la.

420

E Pule Kakou: Hulihi kulia mai ka moku-Tahiti I na no Tahiti la i Kalakahi Ho—ali aku i Hoenamao O—lapa mai ka Uwila, a mai ke ahi Kee-keehi wale la i ka lani Haule, U-i’na i Borabora Noho i ka lauhaa o ka Moku Hina mai kukulu o Tahiti Hina ka Pae—opua, kii i ke AO Hina ka Onohi; ula i ka LA Hina ke Anuenue, pipi’o i ka lewa Hina ka ua Kualau i ka makani Hina ka honua i ke Ola’i Ka newenewe opua i ke kai Ea mai ana ma Nihoa Ma ka mole mai o Lehua Mai Kauai-nui Oahu Molokai—Lanai—Kanaloa Mai Maui—Hawaii—ka wahine o Pele. Ma ka hiki mua ana o Pele me ka ohana maluna o ka mokupuni o Nihoa, ua hoao no ua Pele nei e eli malaila; aka, ua eli oia, me ka manao e hoolilo ia Nihoa, i mea ole. Eia nae, ua makemake kekahi kaikunane oia o Keaolele e noho ma ia aina mehameha kanaka ole; a ua ae aku oia i kana noi, he kino mano ko keia kaikunane. Ua olelo ia ma keia mooolelo, oia kekahi lua hohonu loa a ua Pele nei i eli ai ma kahi aoao o Nihoa e pili ana i ke kai wale no, e huli ana i ke Komohana-akau. He wahi hoakaka pokole. I ka manawa o Kamehameha I me kana Aliiwahine me Kaahumanu e u noho ana ma Pakaka i Honolulu Oahu. Ua holo o Kaahumanu maluna o na

waa kaulua me na kanaka e ike ia Nihoa; a ua lawe pu oia me ka hua o ka Uli, oia hoi ka loulu e ulana ia nei i ka papale; a i kona hiki ana malaila, ua kanu oia i kela hua Loulu maluna o Nihoa; me ka hoonoho ana i kekahi Nini Pohaku malaila. A na ua Kaahumanu la no hoi, i hookuukuu i ke aho ma kela lua a Pele i eli ai ma ke kai e pili koke ana ma Nihoa; ua ikeia he Eha Lau (oia hoi 1600) anana, aole nae i ku aku i ka papaku o lalo; aka, ua pau e ke aho, ina paha he haole a mea nana i ana, ina la ua lilo i mea ole loa. O kela loulu, no a Kaahumanu ma i kanu ai oia no ka Loulu a ka poe makaikai i holo pu ai me Liliuokalani maluna o ka mokuahi Iwalani i lawe mai ai. A pau mai ai i ke ahi mahope mai. A ma ia hoi ana mai o Kaahumanu ma a pae na waa kaulua ma kela wahi ma kai iho o ka hale pohaku Uinihapa o Sam’l Alani ma ke alanui Mo-iwahine; a ma Ewa iho hoi o ka hale e kau ia nei e ke kii a Pakaka; ua kapaia kela wahi o Nihoa. (Laki no ka poe hou o Honolulu i loaa ole ka i oa.) Mahope Iho O Ko Pele Ma haalele ana’ku la ia Nihoa, me ia kaikunane, ua hiki ae oia ma Kaula, a ua hoohihi hou no ia kaikunane e noho i laila, oia o Kuhaimoana ka Lae-a’ko’ako’a; a ua ae no o Pele me ke kali ole; a ua hoomanao ae la ka mea-kakau i keia mau lalani mele o ka Moi-wahine Emma Kaleleonalani i hala mua ma o: He aloha o Nihoa i ke kai I ke kapa Ehukai a Kaula Ua kau ka Iwa i ka makani Ua ko ke ano i ka nahele.

Let Us Pray: Overturning the upright position of the island of Tahiti If it is Tahiti in Kalakahi Digging in at Hoenamao The lightning flashes and the fire burns Treading across the sky Falling, cracking at Borabora Residing in the trembling of the island The pillars of Tahiti fall over The cloud banks fall over gathering the cloud The eye of the cloud falls over turning red in the sun

Nihoa

Haalele ia Kaula hiki i Niihau, aole i liuliu iho, noho i Lehua; mai laila aku, hiki ma Mana i Kauai; huipu me ia kaikaina o laua e noho ana malaila. —Ka Loea Kalaiaina, 26 August 1899. P. 1. The First Prayer Chant of Kānemiloha‘i. Pele-Kahialoa and Her Family Reach Nihoa First. In that prayer [called Hulihia] you will learn, dear reader, that Pele and her family landed first on a little uninhabited island, the twelfth of the islands of the Hawaiian Islands, which is Nihoa. Then you will know, dear reader, where Pele reached first. But this Hulihia is found in the story of Hi‘iakaikapoliopele. There are eight in total, with two prayers called Kūlana Ola. This is the prayer that follows right after the first song of the priest. When this is over, then read the Iwi-ha‘ia‘o and the headline of the day.

421

The rainbow falls overarching across the sky The Kualau rain falls over in the wind The earth falls over in the earthquake The billowing cloud on the sea Rising at Nihoa At the base of Lehua From Great Kaua‘i, O‘ahu Moloka‘i, Lāna‘i, Kanaloa [an alternate name for Kaho‘olawe] From Maui, Hawai‘i comes the woman, Pele.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

When Pele and her family first reached the island of Nihoa, Pele tried to dig in there, but she dug determined to destroy Nihoa completely. But one brother, Keaolele, wanted to stay on this lonely, uninhabited island, and she granted his request. This brother has the body of a shark. It was said in this account that Pele dug a very deep cave on one side of Nihoa, where it was just ocean facing the northwest.

422

A short clarification. When Kamehameha I and his Queen, Ka‘ahumanu, were living in Pākākā in Honolulu, O‘ahu, Ka‘ahumanu sailed on a double-hulled canoe with some men to see Nihoa. She took seeds of the uli, or loulu tree, [its leaves] now being woven into hats. When she got there, she planted those loulu seeds on Nihoa and built a stone fence. Ka‘ahumanu also let down a fishing line in that cave that Pele dug in the sea adjacent to Nihoa. It was learned that it was four lau (which is 1,600 fathoms) deep, but did not yet reach the bottom. They ran out of line. If it had been white people to measure, it would have not been an issue. That loulu that Ka‘ahumanu and her party planted was the loulu that the sightseers who ventured with Lili‘uokalani [in 1885] on the steamship ‘Iwalani brought back and that was all destroyed by the fire later. And when Ka‘ahumanu and her party came back, they landed their canoes at that spot just onshore by the brick house of Sam’l Alani’s family by Queen Street. On the ‘Ewa side of that house is where the idol of Pākākā was placed, and that spot was called Nihoa. (Those who are new to Honolulu are lucky to have the name.) After Pele and her family left Nihoa and that brother, she reached Ka‘ula. Another brother liked it and decided to stay there. That was Kūhaimoana at Lae‘ako‘ako‘a, and Pele allowed it without hesitation. This writer remembers these lines of a lyric of the late Queen Emma Kaleleonālani: How I love Nihoa on the sea Cloaked in the sea spray of Ka‘ula The ‘iwa bird soars in the wind Seeming like a forest. Nuhou Kuloko. He huakai makaikai kai holo aku ma ka moku manu o Nihoa ma ka La Pule iho nei ma ka mokuahi Mikahala. —Ke Aloha Aina. 31 August 1901. P. 5.

Local News. There was a sight-seeing voyage that set sail for the bird island of Nihoa last week Sunday on the steamship Mikahala. Ka Moolelo Hawaii Kahiko. Hoomakaukauia e J. M. Poepoe no Ka Na’i Aupuni. Mokuna I. O na inoa o keia mau mokupuni he umikumamalua i hoike ia ae la, oia o Hawaii, Maui, Kahoolawe, Lanai, Molokini, Molokai, Oahu, Kauai, Niihau, Lehua, Kaula ame Nihoa. Ua olelo ia, o keia poe inoa apau i hoikeia ae la, he mau inoa wale no lakou i keia ma na mele, na moolelo ame na kuauhau kahiko o Hawaii nei. —Ka Nai Aupuni. 2 February 1906. P. 1. Ancient History of Hawai‘i. Prepared by J. M. Poepoe for Ka Na‘i Aupuni. Chapter I. The names of these twelve islands are Hawai‘i, Maui, Kaho‘olawe, Lāna‘i, Molokini, Moloka‘i, O‘ahu, Kaua‘i, Ni‘ihau, Lehua, Ka‘ula, and Nihoa. It is said that all of these names shown here are names seen only in chants, stories and ancient genealogies of Hawai‘i. [Joseph Poepoe, an authority on Hawaiian oral traditions, identified the 12 islands that were considered to be the Hawaiian Islands, according to oral ­traditions.] Huakai Makaikai. Haalele ia Wahiawa hora 2:15 p.m., kau aku la iluna o ka honua a kamoe aku la ma kea no ihona, a oia ka hoomaka ana aku e komo I Eleele nona ka aina mahiko i noho ona ia e McBryde, a mai keia ihona aku e ike aku ana oe i ka puu o Peapea i uka, hoomanao ae la au ia Kaniki puu o kuu aina hanau, aia no hoi iluna pona olaila kahi i kapaia o Peapea, “Pau Peapea la i keahi”; a oia inoa no hoi ko keia puu, a ma ka aoao makai na aina i kanuia i ke ko, no ka halewili o Eleele, oia nae ka halewili i kai loa. A mai keia wahi aku no e ike aku ai oe i ka mokupuni o Niihau, Kaula ame Nihoa, a ia’u i nana aku ai i ua mau mokupuni ala ua pohina ka nana ana aku, me he la ua po i ka ehukai, hoomanao ae la au i ka olelo kaulana a ia kanaka naauao i hala e aku:

Hua e la no hoi ka aka o na malihini no keia mau olelo hoohepa, o ka pololei paha, o Nihoa ka moku kaawale loa mamua o Lehua. —Ka Nupepa Kuokoa. 12 July 1912. P. 6. Sight-seeing Tour. We left Wāhiāwā [on Kaua‘i] at 2:15 p.m. We reached the top of the hill and continued on downhill and began to enter ‘Ele‘ele, with the sugar fields owned by McBryde. In going downhill you see Pe‘ape‘a inland, and it brought to my mind the hill of Ka‘uiki in my homeland [Hāna, Maui], where there is a place called Pe‘ape‘a on it, “Pe‘ape‘a is consumed by fire.” That is also the name of this

Nihoa

He love no Nii-ice, Ka bread o na ship, Cut ia e, ka big sea, Far from mai o Lehua.

423

hill. On the oceanside is the land planted with sugar cane for the sugar mill in ‘Ele‘ele, which is the mill way down by the shore. From this place you can see the islands of Ni‘ihau, Ka‘ula and Nihoa. As I look at these islands, it is hazy as if the sea spray turned the day into night. It brought to my mind the famous words of that wise man who passed away: I have love for Ni‘ihau [hau: ice] The end of the island chain [palena: bread, border; moku: island, ship] Cut off by the big sea Far from Lehua. Visitors get a real laugh out of these garbled words. Actually, Nihoa island is a much greater distance away than Lehua. Ka Moolelo O Ka Aina Ana Ma Keia Mau Mokupupuni A Me Ka Laha Ana O Keia Lahuikanaka. Ma ka moolelo o Niihau, o Kaula, ame Nihoa, hookahi no o lakou mau makua. No ka mea, o Wanalia ke kane, noho aku ia Hanalaa, he wahine ia, hanau mai o Niihau, o Kaula, a me Nihoa, he mau mahoe pakolu lakou, ia lakou no pa ka makuahine, aole i hanau moku mahope mai. A penei e heluhelu ai i ke mele a Kahakuikamoana ma ka pauku 10.

NI‘IHAU HISTORY

O Wanalia ke kane, O Hanalaa ka wahine. Hanau Niihau he aina, he moku, Ekolu lakou keiki I hanau i ka la kahi. O Niihau, o Kaula, Nihoa pau mai. Pa ka makuawahine, Oili moku ole mai mahope. —Ke Alakai O Hawaii. 23 March 1933. P. 2.

424

The Story of the Creation of These Islands and the Spread of This People. According to the story of Ni‘ihau, Ka‘ula and Nihoa, they share the same parents. While Wanalia is the man, he lived with Hanala‘a, who was a woman, and Ni‘ihau, Ka‘ula, and Nihoa were born. They were triplets. With them the mother became barren and no other island was born afterwards. This is how it reads in the chant of Kahakuikamoana in the 10th verse: Walania, the man Hanala‘a, the woman Ni‘ihau was born, a land, an island There were three children Born on the same day Ni‘ihau, Ka‘ula, Nihoa, that was the end The mother was barren No island emerged after.

Nihoa

Na Iliili Hanau. (Kakauia e George K. Kane Sr.) Kaa malalo o Niihau i ke kai o Kumukahi hoea i ke kai o Hoomo’a i ka mole olu o Lehua, hiki i ka loa ame ka laula o ke kai o Hoope’a Nihoa ame Hawaiiloa. Ma keia kahua manienie o na kai o Hoope’a ame Hawaiiloa, Nihoa, ka home kapu hoi o ka Mano alii o keia mau kai Kuhaimoana. Na Keia Alii ka olelo kapu mai kahiko mai a hiki loa mai i keia la, “Aohe i-a (mano) nana e ai a hoopai i ke kanaka ma keia mau kai, he make wale no, hoopae la i ka aina.” (Aole au i ike i keia mea, o ko’u poe kupuna Niihau, olelo mai lakou he oiaio, a oia ko lakou mea i makau ole ai ke huli a poho ka waa i ka moana mai Kauai aku, au no lakou, hoi i Niihau a pae no i kaaina me ka hoopa ole ia, oiai no nae hoi he halawai mau lakou me keia ilikani o ka moana i ko lakou wa e au ai. He ekolu a he eha i kekahi manawa, aole nae lakou e hookokoke mai ia oe, hele mamao no lakou mai ia oe aku. Aole e pau kou ike ana ia lakou a pa ko wawae i kahi papa’u o ke kai alaila pau kou ike ana ia lakou. M. K.) —Ka Hoku O Hawaii. 22 April 1942. P. 4. The Pebbles That Give Birth. (Written by George K. Kāne Sr.) Under Ni‘ihau in the sea of Kumukahi [sic: Kaulakahi], arriving in the sea of Ho‘omo‘a at the gentle base of Lehua, you reach the length and width of the sea of Ho‘ope‘a, Nihoa, and Hawai‘iloa. On this barren foundation of the seas of Ho‘ope‘a and Hawai‘iloa, Nihoa [sic: Ka‘ula] is the sacred home of the chief of sharks of the seas, Kūhaimoana. This chief possesses the sacred word from ancient times all the way until today, “There is no fish (shark) that eats and punishes people in these seas, just death that lands onshore.” (I haven’t seen this, but my ancestors of Ni‘ihau say that this is true, and this is the reason they are not afraid if the canoe overturns in distress on the ocean from Kaua‘i. They swim and return to Ni‘ihau and reach shore untouched, while always meeting up with these tough skinned ones of the ocean, whenever they swim. There could be three or four at a time, but they will not approach you. They stay far away from you. You will never stop seeing them until they touch your leg in the shallow water, then you don’t see them again. M. K.)

425

References

Akaka, Rev. Abraham K., Pastor, Kawaiahao Church. “Lessons to Learn from Niihau.” Honolulu Star Bulletin. September 13, 1982. Akana, Collette Leimomi, and Kiele Gonzalez. Hānau Ka Ua: Hawaiian Rain Names. Honolulu: Kamehameha Publishing, 2015. Albao, Harriet. “Isle of Isolated Registrants.” Selective Service News. Washington, D.C.: Selective Service System, November 1973. Andrade, Carlos. “Pae I Ke One.” Unpublished manuscript of interviews with Ni‘ihau surfers Papa Malaki Kanahele, Kahu Apelahama Nizo, and Papa Kalihilihi Niau. Honolulu, 1995. Andrade, Carlos, Chipper Wichman, and Hau‘oli Wichman. Map: Inoa Kahakai O Ni‘ihau. Nā Po‘e o Ni‘ihau, 2007. Andrews, Lorrin. A Dictionary of the Hawaiian Language. Honolulu: Island Heritage Publishing, 2003. Bolton, Henry Carrington. “Some Hawaiian Pastimes.” The Journal of American Folklore 4, no. 12 (Jan.–Mar. 1891): 21–26. Ching, Clarence. “Ni‘ihau: ‘Get The Drift And Bag It.’ ” Ka Wai Ola (Office of Hawaiian Affairs) 5, no. 12, December 1, 1988. Clapp, Roger B., Eugene Kridler, and Robert R. Fleet. “The Natural History of Nihoa Island, Northwestern Hawaiian Islands.” The Smithsonian Institution with the assistance of The United States Fish and Wildlife Service, U.S. Department of the Interior. Washington, D.C., May 1977. Clark, John R. K. Beaches of Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau. Honolulu: University of Hawai‘i Press, 1990. ———. Hawaiian Surfing: Traditions from the Past. Honolulu: University of Hawai‘i Press, 2011. Daws, Gavin. “Niihau: A Shoal of Time.” American Heritage Magazine 14, issue 6, October 1963. DeLaVega, Timothy Tovar. Images of America: Surfing in Hawaii 1778–1930, Charleston, S.C.: Arcadia Publishing, 2011. Duncan, Col. Rudolph L., AUS (Ret.). “Without Warning.” American Legion Magazine 63, no. 6, December 1957. Elbert, Samuel H., and Mary K. Pukui. Hawaiian Grammar. Honolulu: University of Hawai‘i Press, 1979.

427

REFERENCES 428

Frazier, Frances N. The True Story of Kaluaikoolau. Lihue: The Kauai Historical Society, 2001. Gay, Lawrence Kainoahou. Tales of the Forbidden Island of Ni‘ihau. Honolulu: Topgallant Publishing Co., Ltd., 1981. Haapoja, Margaret A. “Prelude to Pearl Harbor.” American Legion Magazine 153, no. 6, December 2002. Herbst, Derral R., and Warren L. Wagner. “Alien Plants on the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands.” Symposium paper in Alien Plant Invasions in Native Ecosystems of Hawai‘i. Cooperative National Park Resources Studies Unit. University of Hawaii–Manoa. Honolulu, 1992. Jones, ‘Ōiwi Parker. “Loanwords in Hawaiian.” Loanwords in the World’s Languages: A Comparative Handbook. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2009. Kahaunaele, Donna Kainaniokalihiwai. “He kama‘āina au no Kahelelani, He kupa no ka lā welo i Lehua: He Noi‘ina Mele Ni‘ihau.” MA thesis, University of Hawai‘i at Hilo, 2013. Kahōkūlani, ‘Ōpu‘ulani. “Hui He‘e Nalu ma ka ‘Āina.” Hale Kuamo‘o. Hilo, Hawai‘i, 1995. Kanahele, Alina, “Na Hulu Kupuna,” interview by Tuti Kanahele for Nā Maka o ka ‘Āina. Hawaiian documentary and educational videos. Videotaped June 5, 1990, in Honolulu. Center for Hawaiian Studies, University of Hawai‘i– Mānoa, 1996. Kanahele, Elama. “Hana Pale Hulu Hipa. Part 1.” Ka Wai Ola O Oha. Honolulu, August 1996. ———. “Hana Pale Hulu Hipa. Part 2.” Ka Wai Ola O Oha. Honolulu, September 1996. Kanahele, Elama, Emalia Licayan, and Virginia Nizo. Aloha Niihau. Waipahu, HI: Island Heritage, 2007. Kanahele, Mileka, Annie ‘Iliahi Kanahele Faulkner, Lolena Niau Nicholas, and Larry Kimura. “Presentation on Ni‘ihau.” Ka Leo Hawai‘i (Filename: KLH-HV24–005-audio-M.MP3). April 25, 1972. Kikiloi, Kekuewa. “Rebirth of an Archipelago: Sustaining a Hawaiian Cultural Identify for People and Homeland.” Hūlili: Multidisciplinary Research on Hawaiian Well-Being 6. Honolulu: Kamehameha Schools, 2010. Kikuchi, William K. Reconnaissance Survey: Eastern Section of Pakeho‘olua Dome, from Kikepa to Ki‘i, Ni‘ihau. Oma‘o, Kaua‘i: Archaios, 1987. Leone, Diana. “Ethanol deal ends sugar era on Kaua‘i.” Honolulu Advertiser. September 11, 2008. Lipman, Victor. “Bombs, Birds and Whales: The Little-Known Story of Kaula.” Honolulu Magazine. August 1980. Macdonald, Gordon, Agatin Abbott, and Frank Peterson. Volcanoes in the Sea. Honolulu: University of Hawai‘i Press, 1983. Marshall, Ann P., Kevin W. Brinck, Walterbea Aldeguer, and Daniel H. Tsukayama. “Nihoa Island Biological Monitoring and Management Trip Report, 14–25 August 2012.” Unpublished report to the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Hawaiian Islands National Wildlife Refuge, Honolulu. Meyer, Philip A. Niihau. Ka Noho ana o ka poe Hawaii o keia manawa a me ka pono waiwai no ka nee hou ana aku. Present Circumstances and Future Requirements in an Evolving Hawaiian Community. Niihau: Hoomana Ia Iesu Church, Inc., January 1998. Moffat, Riley M., and Gary L. Fitzpatrick. Surveying the Mahele. Honolulu: Editions Unlimited, 1995. Moriarty, Linda Paik. Ni‘ihau Shell Leis. Honolulu: University of Hawai‘i Press, 1986. Morris, Nancy J. “Hawaiian Missionaries in the Marquesas.” The Hawaiian Journal of History 13. Hawaiian Historical Society. Honolulu, 1979. NeSmith, Keao. “Hālulu ka Moa‘ekū o Ka‘ula.” Honolulu Star Bulletin. September 26, 2009.

REFERENCES

———. “Take My Word: Mahalo no i to‘u matua tane.” Linguapax Review 7. Catalonia: Linguapax International, 2019. ———. “The Teaching and Learning of Hawaiian in Mainstream Educational Contexts: Time for Change?” Thesis submitted in fulfillment of the requirements for the Degree of PhD at the University of Waikato. New Zealand, 2012. NeSmith, Keao, and Kevin Baetscher. “ ‘Ōlelo Ni‘ihau: Is it really that different?” 2018 International Conference on Austronesian Linguistics, University of Antananarivo, Ambohitsaina, Madagascar. https://www.academia​ .edu/37076317/%C5%8Clelo_Niihau_Is_it_really_that_different NeSmith, R. Keao. “Tūtū’s Hawaiian and the Emergence of a Neo-Hawaiian Language.” ‘Ōiwi: A Native Hawaiian Journal 3. Honolulu: Kuleana ‘Ōiwi Press, 2009. Ni‘ihau Cultural Heritage Foundation. History of Ni‘ihau. https://www​ .niihauheritage.org/about_nchf.htm# Porzucki, Nina. “Meet the last native speakers of Hawaiian.” The World in Words (Podcast). July 28, 2016. https://theworld.org/stories/2016-07-28/last​ -native-speakers-hawaiian Pukui, Mary Kawena. ‘Ōlelo No‘eau: Hawaiian Proverbs & Poetical Sayings. Honolulu: Bishop Museum Press, 1983. Pukui, Mary Kawena, and Samuel H. Elbert. Hawaiian Dictionary. Honolulu: University of Hawai‘i Press, 1971. Pukui, Mary Kawena, Samuel H. Elbert, and Ester T. Mookini. Place Names of Hawaii. Honolulu: University of Hawai‘i Press, 1974. Randall, John E. Shore Fishes of Hawai‘i. Rev. ed. Honolulu: University of Hawai‘i Press, 2010. Rauzon, Mark J. Isles of Refuge: Wildlife and History of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. Honolulu: University of Hawai‘i Press, 2001. Riley, Thomas J. “Report of a Reconnaissance of Archaeological Sites of Nihoa Island, Hawai‘i.” Department of Anthropology, Bernice P. Bishop Museum. Honolulu, March 1982. Romaine, Suzanne. “Signs of Identity, Signs of Discord: Glottal Goofs and the Green Grocer’s Glottal in Debates on Hawaiian Orthography.” Journal of Linguistic Anthropology, 2002. Rose, Roger G. “Patterns of Protest: A Hawaiian Mat-Weaver’s Response to 19thCentury Taxation and Change.” Bishop Museum Occasional Papers 30. Honolulu, June 1990. Shintani, Kalei. “Puhi‘ula.” Hale Kuamo‘o. Hilo, Hawai‘i, 1996. Sommer, Anthony. “Niihau: Opening Up.” Honolulu Star Bulletin. May 14, 1999. Tabra, Ruth M. Ni‘ihau, The Last Hawaiian Island. Kailua: Press Pacifica, 1987. Tava, Rerioterai, and Moses K. Keale, Sr. Niihau: The Traditions of a Hawaiian Island. Honolulu: Mutual Publishing Company, 1989. Tenbruggencate, Jan. “Niihau Today.” Honolulu Advertiser. January 23, 1986. URS Corporation. “Appendix E: Overview of the History of Commercial Fishing and Related Activities in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands.” In Draft Environmental Impact Statement: Bottomfish and Seamount Groundfish Fisheries in the Western Pacific Region. Honolulu: Western Pacific Regional Fishery Management Council, 2003. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and Hawai‘i Department of Land and Natural Resources, Division of Forestry and Wildlife. Final Environmental Assessment Lehua Island Ecosystem Restoration Project. July 2017. Von Holt, Ida Elizabeth Knudsen. Stories of Long Ago: Niihau, Kauai, Oahu. Rev. ed. Honolulu: Daughters of Hawaii, 1985. Walwork, Mary. “Eastern Polynesia: The Linguistic Evidence Revisited.” Oceanic Linguistics 53, no. 2. Honolulu: University of Hawai‘i Press, 2014. Wong, Annette Kuuipolani Kanahele. Mai Pukaiki Kula Maniania a Puuwai o ka Ohana. Honolulu: University of Hawai‘i Press, 2020.

429

General Index

Names in the index are spelled the way they appear in the Hawaiian-language newspapers, which is without diacritical marks.

airplanes, 131, 254, 255, 259, 261, 262, 269, 271, 272, 389 Akina & Aseu, 144 Aloha Niihau Association, 336 American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions (ABCFM), 91, 214 annexation, 100, 121, 267, 268, 420 aumakua (family guardians), 197

blast (dynamite) fishing, 248 California Gold Rush, 161

California Midwinter International Exposition of 1894, 145, 231, 232 California Shipping Company, 165 census, 109, 133, 221, 274 Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints, 332 Church of Niihau, 201, 213, 216 Church of the Living God, 222

dogs, 72, 74, 106, 108 earthquakes, 235, 244, 422

evictions, 16, 17, 77, 80, 81, 85, 87, 90, 121, 220 Exhibition of the Native Hawaiian Agricultural Society, 134

Forbidden Island, xv, 38, 155 Gay & Robinson, 45, 112, 119, 132, 199, 200, 201

Hokulea (voyaging canoe), 11 Hui Nalu (Niihau), 12 Hui Nihoa, 417 hula, 13, 26, 68, 87, 105, 141, 203, 231–233, 262, 270, 299 International Exposition of 1867, 138 Iubile Church, 201

Kahoolawe, 15, 67, 109, 118, 153, 156, 266, 391, 418, 423 kahuna, 108, 121, 148, 172, 387 Kaahumanu Society, 150 Kamehameha School, 339 Kawaiahao Church, 50, 224, 284, 285 kanikau (and several obituaries): 1845 (Rev. Samuel Whitney), 286 1862 (Rahaba), 287 1862 (Emalaina Kapualahaole), 288 1862 (Ikaaka), 289 1862 (Kamae), 291 1862 (Rode Koleiki), 294 1864 (Kamehameha IV), 297–298 1865 (Henry W. Auld), 299 1866 (Anianiku), 300 1866 (Paele), 300 1866 (Kahananui), 301 1879 (Kii), 304 1879 (Kealakua), 306 1881 (Kehukai Rose Kamaihawaii Opunui), 310 1885 (Rev. K. Kanoa), 318 1906 (Kahui), 319

431

1912 (Keliikauokau), 320 1913 (Kiekie Kalua), 322 1917 (Keliikanakaole), 323 1917 (Kaehakoni), 325 1919 (R. K. Keaho), 327 1920 (Sarah Kuahua Davis), 322 1921 (Eda Kalua), 333 1922 (Rose Hoolikelike), 335 1922 (Joseph K. Kahee), 337 1922 (William Makaloa Kaohelaulii), 341 1922 (Huluaulani family member), 344 1923 (Maria Piko), 350 1923 (Loke Opio), 351 1924 (Rose Palaile Palea), 353 1924 (Kaohelani family member), 355 1924 (J. W. Keahiokalani), 357 1925 (Kaiawe Helelani Punohu), 359 1925 (B. H. Kahele), 361 1927 (R. M. Kanahele), 364 1931 (Lewi Ikaaka Kanahele Kaiwiahuula), 366 1931 (M. Manuhulunani Kaohelaulii), 371

lei of the islands, 156, 158

legends: Hiiakaikapoliopele, 250, 251, 421; Kapunohuula, 5, 146, 234, 238, 249; Lanaikahiki, 226; Namakaokapaoo, 146, 148; Pakaa, 237, 249; Papiohuli, 148; Pele, 5, 138, 264, 374, 421, 422; Puuone, 17, 226 leprosy, 19, 20, 113, 190, 191, 231, 285 Lihue Fair of 1889, 155 Liliuonamoku Club, 383, 385, 404, 415

Mamalahoa (Law of the Splintered

Paddle), 143 Marquesas Islands, 91, 379 Medal of Bravery, 252, 254, 255 Medal for Merit, 252, 253, 259, 261

General Index

Na Kai Ewalu (the eight seas), 15, 57, 173

432

Niihau Cultural Heritage Foundation, 17, 154, 155, 216 Niihau dialect, xi, xiii, 155 Niihau Family Association, 336, 347 Niihau makaloa mats (moena pawehe), 59, 60, 64, 87, 132, 133, 135, 137, 142–146, 148, 150, 151, 153, 166, 237 Niihau shell lei, xv, 61, 132, 154–161, 217

Olelo Noeau, Hawaiian Proverbs & Poetic

Sayings: (259), 81; (299), 81; (360), 132; (424), 343; (444), 78; (455), 77; (1044), 78; (1653), 28; (1752), 1; (1923), 88; (2014), 173; (2176), 133; (2297), 18; (2312), 155; (2313), 16; (2314), 65;

(2670), 121; (2906), 81; (2912), 66; (2925), 268 onions, 72, 74, 165, 166 opium, 124–126, 188

pineapples, 162 Provisional Government, 65 Punahou School, 116, 118 rabbits, 29, 30, 33, 110, 406, 414 rains: Kamakahala (Oahu), 32, 291; Kilihune,130; Kokoula, 294; Kualau, 80, 286, 330, 422; Kukalahale (Oahu),8, 24, 128, 270, 271, 362; Lelemakani, 80; Mololani, 311; Naulu, 8, 24, 75, 128, 207, 243, 251, 273, 294, 316, 329, 330, 342, 367; Poopilipili (Oahu), 350 salt (paakai), xiii, 1, 136, 263

Sea Island Cotton (Pulupulu Si Ailana; also Si Ailana Pulupulu), 85, 88, 98, 168 seals, 109, 191, 194, 287, 392, 393, 396, 407, 411 seaplanes, 272 sharks, 29, 136, 198, 231, 232, 235, 266, 267, 300, 374, 380, 388, 389 sheep wool, 38, 88, 109, 114, 116 ships: Aikake Kapuniai Hart, 104; Annie Laurie, 77; Aroostook, 272; Australia, 145, 231, 232; Bessie, 70, 87; Claudine, 128, 129, 200; Columbia, 125; D. C. Murry, 88; Dolphin, 177; Ebesu Maru, 200; Eurydice, 375, 392; Iphigenia, 391; Itaea, 200; Iwalani, 22, 188, 196, 391, 397–399, 403–406, 409, 411, 414, 422; Kamehameha V, 379; Keauhou (Ke Au Hou), 191, 193, 194; Kimo Makee (James Makee), 188, 230; Kinau, 160, 200; Kukui, 272, 389, 390; Lehua, Likelike, 160; Lilinoe (Planter), 21, 22, 110, 111, 188; Lopailani, 6, 15, 176; Makau Ole (Fearless), 104, 107; Malulani, 116; Manuokawai, 392; Mattie T. Dyer, 191; Mauna Loa, 124, 125; Mikahala, 113, 114, 160, 423; Nahienaena, 75; Neki Mela (aka Neti Mela), 88, 108; Persia Maru, 125; Tanager, 392; Waialeale, 191 sisal, 248 spirit leap (leina a ka uhane), 5, 14, 28, 30, 374 sounding sand (one kani), 9, 29, 47, 55, 61, 352, 383 surfing, 6, 11, 17, 39, 49, 182, 217, 226–235 surf breaks: Apu, 227; Hualele, 6, 7, 295; Kalehua, 130, 227, 373; Kanaha Waho, 227; Kamoamoa, 10–14, 39, 227, 367, 373; Kamoilehua,227; Kauhipahaku,

Tanager Expedition, 291

Temperance: Pualiinuwai (Water-Drinking Army), Ahanui Hoole Wai Ona (Total Abstinence Society), 70, 83, 84, 96, 133 tsunami, 235, 243 twelve (12) Hawaiian Islands, xv, 78, 423

Waimea Foreign Church, 132

Waimea Hawaiian Church, 225

winds: Akipohe, 252; Aoa, 240, 372; Aoalaenihi, 240; Auhau, 61; Halalii, 238; Hoanauli, 250; Huakai, 251; Inuwai, 9, 249, 251, 270, 295, 317, 330, 342, 371, 385; Kaihalelo, 251; Kapunohuula, 238; Kikio, 176; Kiu, 37, 342; Kiulehua, 240; Koahiahi, 7; Kona, 240, 330, 372; Koolau, 238, 242, 250, 372, 373; Kookuwahine, 298; Koolauwahine, 240, 251; Kulepe, 240; Lehua, 240, 371; Lupekii, 251; Mahoa, 315; Malua, 298; Manukiiwai, 251; Mikioi, 157, 238, 240, 249, 251, 270, 333, 372; Moae, 249, 251, 270, 342, 372; Moaeau,251; Moaeku, 251; Moeahua, 333; Naulu, 240, 249, 251, 270, 333; Noa, 247; Papaainuwai, 240, 251; Paupili, 310; Unulau,42, 44, 157, 240, 243, 251, 270, 296, 298, 319, 342, 372, 385; Waialoha, 250; Waipanoo, 251; Wilikoolau, 251

General Index

227; Kawahamana, 17, 226, 373; Kawelo, 227; Lana, 226, 316; Lua, 227; Ohia, 13, 39, 49, 226, 229, 234, 235, 362, 367, 373, 384; Nanawaanu, 227; Pakala, 226, 227, 354; Pueo Waho, 227; Umeumelua, 49, 229, 316 sweet potatoes, 34, 38, 43, 72, 74, 85, 90, 91, 95, 105, 146, 161, 163–165, 168–172, 194, 209, 242, 286 swipe, 95, 106

433

Index of Place Names

Names in the index are spelled the way they appear in the Hawaiian-language newspapers, which is without diacritical marks.

Aalawela, 365

Ahailoa, 290, 296, 373 Anaki, Kauai, 149, 150, 248 Anuenue, 245, 365 Apopo, 24, 130, 295 Awalau, 298

Haenaloa, 130 Halalii; also Halaalii, 1–5, 7, 20, 32, 35, 39, 59–61, 66, 67, 105, 149, 150, 157, 209, 238, 249, 251, 270, 295, 298, 300, 301, 317, 319, 325, 342, 351, 358, 372, 384, 386 Halawela; also Halewela, 6, 41, 73, 85, 172 Halealii, 130 Halehaa, 26, 295, 365 Halii, Lehua island, 130 Halulu, 6, 17, 77, 244, 312 Hapalua, 104, 226 Hapuuhale, 351 Hawaiiloa, Nihoa island, 425 Hiliikekai, 290 Hoanuanu, 47, 48 Hualele, 6, 7, 227, 295 Iubile; also Jubilee, 201, 363, 365, 371 Kaahupuna, 365

Kaaiea, 296 Kaali, 7–9, 30, 311, 335, 372 Kaalihala, 8, 311 Kaaliwai, 7, 8, 130, 330 Kaauwaha, 130, 296

Kaeo, 38, 251, 317 Kahaino, 105, 316, 322, 342 Kahalauaola, Kaula island, 238, 298, 300, 301, 316, 338, 374–377, 385 Kahamaluihi, 10, 328, 335, 342, 365 Kahinuu, 369 Kahio, 9, 155, 373 Kahoomoa, 315 Kahukana, 316 Kahuku, 73, 167, 230, 296, 315 Kaimaio, Kaula island, 316, 338, 376, 378, 380, 385 Kaimuahi, 167 Kaimuhonu, 9, 19, 105, 295, 319 Kaipoli, 377 Kalaalaau, 2, 7, 317, 319 Kalaekii, 365 Kalaialamea, 316 Kalaihi, 7, 249, 251, 298, 300, 317, 319 Kalalau, Kauai, 19, 20, 77, 113, 161, 190, 191, 198, 246, 268 Kalaliilii, 290 Kalanihale, 8, 130, 290 Kalaumaki, 295 Kalawela, 357 Kalehua, 130, 227, 373 Kaluahonu, 10, 108, 182, 245 Kalualena, 130 Kaluamalu, 312 Kaluaponiu, 311 Kaluapupu, 280 Kamaehu, 295

435

Index of Place Names 436

Kamaile, Kauai, 149, 150 Kamalino, 10, 245 Kamalukii, 167 Kamoamoa; also Kamomoa, 10–14, 39, 227, 296, 367, 373 Kanahawele, 290 Kaneneenee, Kaula island; also Kanenee, 316, 378 Kanalo, 50, 312, 372 Kaolaelae, 279, 280 Kapae, 290 Kapalikalahale; also Palikalahale, 37, 106, 311, 325 Kapapakiikii, 14 Kapihe, 295 Kapiheakekua,7, 295, 298, 317 Kapohakahi, 316 Kapuhae, 305 Kapuhola, 282 Kauakinikini, 92, 111, 344 Kauaulau, 2 Kauawea, 312 Kauhuhu, 276 Kaula, 374–390 Kaulakahi, 8, 15, 35, 37, 58, 104, 130, 149, 162, 173, 174, 176, 178, 182, 186, 190, 237, 238, 249, 251, 271, 290, 318, 357, 362, 372, 386, 417, 425 Kaulili, 105, 335, 342, 356 Kaunalewa, Kauai, 31 Kaunuakaha, 276 Kaununui, 16, 17 Kaunupou, 180, 312 Kaunuunu, 375 Kawaiahao, 9, 19, 105 Kawaewae, 317, 319, 365 Kawaiaina, 130 Kawaihoa, 2, 4, 8, 9, 13, 16, 17–20, 24, 25, 36–38, 74, 77, 105, 106, 157, 170, 209, 237, 238, 249, 251, 270, 295, 315, 318, 323, 333, 342, 351, 362, 371, 380, 381, 386 Kawaikali, 312 Kawaikamakamaka, 312 Keaku, 9 Keanahaki, 105, 316, 335, 342, 356 Keanaakaluahine, 311 Keanaoku, Kaula island, 315, 378, 380, 384, 389 Keaopopolo, 371 Keawakule, 130 Keawanui, 20, 21 Keawaula, 47 Kehuakeao, 2 Kiekie, 22, 227, 244, 356, 365, 371 Kihalanui, 75, 179 Kii, 21, 22, 115, 259

Koenaha, 372 Kolaukomo, 317 Koolau, 23 Koolaukani, 354 Kuakamoku, 23, 24, 130 Kukahi, 245 Kuopihi, 316

Lae, 275, 276

Laeakoakoa, Kaula island, 422 Lana, 39, 49, 226, 316 Laulau, 24, 245, 316 Leahi; also Laeahi, 6, 8, 19, 24, 25, 105, 209, 270, 314, 316, 342 Lehua (Lehua aina), 25–28, 32, 104, 107, 181, 209, 220 Lehua (Lehua mokupuni), 13, 25, 27–37, 104, 107, 130, 181, 186, 221, 247 Leinoai, Kaula island; also Lainoai Lilea, 31, 301, 316, 376, 378, 385

Mahu, 295 Makahuena, 40, 74, 245 Makaikaiolea, Kaula island; also Makaikiolea, 298, 301, 316, 374, 376 Makanikoaniani, 317 Malaehaakoa, 300 Mana, Kauai, 61 Mauloku, Lehua island, 14, 29, 30 Mauuloa, 317 Mokupapapa; also Kamokupapapa, Kamokupapa, Moku Papapa, 28, 376, 378, 379, 381 Naiakaulili, 105

Nanina, 21, 37, 106 Nihoa, xv, 34, 35, 53, 57, 59, 78, 109–110, 149, 250, 251, 287, 299, 387, 390–425 Nohili, Kauai, 9, 29, 47, 55, 61, 185, 352, 383 Noio, 316 Nonaiki, 306 Nonopapa, 23, 29, 38, 125, 227, 245, 295, 332, 365, 371; also Lonopapa, 85, 105, 129, 181, 213, 243, 342 Nualolo, Kauai, 23, 178, 198, 266, 323

Ohia; also Kaohia, 39, 49, 226, 229, 234,

367, 373 Oiomoi; also Oiamoi, 40, 105, 106 Opihi, 295

Paahulihonu, 295

Paapaakoahi, 77 Pakaua, 85 Palepalemoana, 385 Paliuli, 295, 365, 371

Puulehihi, 185 Puuloa, Oahu, 255, 257, 269, 389 Puuwai, 44, 49, 105, 106, 172, 214, 220, 234, 244, 262, 295, 365

Samoa, 151 Umeumelua, 49, 229, 278, 279, 316 Waahia, Kaula island, 298, 377 Waahia, Niihau, 245 Waalea, Kaula island, 316 Waiakanaio, 50, 51 Waiakanohoaka, Nihoa island, 391 Waiakekua, 311 Waiakolea, 342 Waiapoloa, 335 Waihonu, 295 Waikomo, 311 Wailana, 365 Waimae, 17, 77 Waiokaikai, 362 Waiu, 295 Waiuona, 317, 319 Waiuonae, 7 Wawaenohu, Kaula island, 301, 376, 385

Index of Place Names

Paniau, 40, 41 Papahale, 280 Papai, 45, 295 Papaiki, 365, 371 Papakaale, 295, 373 Papala, 316 Paua, 305 Pauahula, 41, 245 Pohakuokamaile, 16, 312, 373 Pohakupio, 338 Pohueloa, 41, 42, 290, 312, 318 Polihale, Kauai, 15, 61, 176, 323, 352, 384 Pololi, 295, 365 Popolonui, 295 Pueo, 42, 74, 296, 311, 338, 372 Puhekeheke; also Puheheke, Puheke, Puuhekeheke, 27, 42–44, 85, 105, 107, 165, 172, 362 Puhioloolo, 296 Puhiula, 105 Pukaiki, 43 Puniwai, 85 Pupukaniao; also Pupukaniwao, 40, 44–49, 354, 404 Puukoae, 312 Puuohawaii, 373 Puuokama, 130

437

Index of Personal Names

Names in the index are spelled the way they appear in the Hawaiian-language newspapers, which is without diacritical marks.

Aka, W. B., 163, 164, 181, 262

Akaka, Abraham K., 50, 224 Alexander, William DeWitt, 117–119, 414 Anderson, R. Alex, 260 Andrade, Carlos, 10, 39 Aniani, 151 Apuu, 282 Armitage, Kimo, 14

Beniamina, K., 345

Bolton, Henry Carrington, 227, 388 Brown, Francis H., 222, 223 Bull, E. K., 112, 114

Cartwright, Bruce, 151 Conradt, Christian, 118, 119 Craig, Alexander, 359 Craig, Dora, 351, 354, 355 Damon, Ethel L., 201 De Varigny, C., 264 Dillingham, B. F., 118 Dominis, J. O., 4, 71, 416 Dominis, Liliu K., 298, 399 Duvauchelle, Edward, 173 Faulkner, Annie Iliahi Kanahele, 28 Gay, Charles, 114, 115

Gay, E. (f), 93 Gay, Francis, 70, 93, 112, 122, 201, 216 Gay, George, 70, 92, 93, 112, 114, 142, 143, 227, 390

Gay, James, 70, 110, 116 Gay, Jane, 70, 112, 119 Gay, Mary Ellen, 116 Gay, Thomas, 70, 87 Gulick, L. H., 86, 211

Hakaleleponi, 19, 105

Hale, W. P. E., 218, 219, 263 Harada, Yoshio, 253, 259, 260 Harrison, Ella Wise, 222, 223 Hayes, Flora K., 224 Helekunihi, Elia, 105, 107, 215 Hinamili, 242 Hinaaholo, 197 Hoffnung, A., 111, 397–399 Holi, H., 93 Holi, K., 93 Holi, Peter (Pilipo) R.; also Holiohana and Holi-o-Hana, 26, 41, 43, 74–76, 85, 89, 93, 110, 165–167, 179, 207, 218, 239, 240, 274, 282, 290 Hookaaku, H., 85 Hookaaku, Kamara, 85 Hopeni, 236, 344 Houston, Victor Stewart Kaleoaloha, 69 Huluaulani, H., 344, 354 Huluaulani, J. E., 254, 359 Huluaulani, Kipola, 273, 350

Imaikalani, 146, 148 Jarrett, W. P., 67 Judd, A. F., 151

439

Judd, Charles, 49 Judd, Henry P., 259, 260 Judd, Lawrence, 49

Index of Personal Names

Kaahumanu, 109, 394, 395, 419, 422

440

Kaahumanu, Victoria, 71 Kaelele, D. S., 168, 181, 209, 212, 214, 283 Kaeo, Peter, 71 Kahale, Awapuhi, 155 Kahele, E., 26, 105, 107, 215 Kahale, Edward M., 87, 93, 216 Kahale, Ezekiela, 9, 171, 181, 297 Kahikiae, Abela, 201, 203, 205 Kaholokai, A. S., 111 Kaika, J. H., 248, 278, 279, 282, 283 Kakina, L. A., 231–233 Kalakaua (King), 71, 142, 190, 225, 266 Kalama (Queen), 19, 105 Kalauokalani, D., 66 Kaleiwahine, 93, 109, 328, 335 Kaleiohano, Howard “Hawila”, 252, 254, 255, 259, 260 Kaluaikai, 218, 276 Kamaiopili, Sam K., 131 Kamakahelu, 236 Kamehameha I, 70, 97, 133, 143, 173, 179, 422 Kamehameha II (Liholiho), 70, 167, 391, 395 Kamehameha III (Kauikeaouli), 70, 97, 133, 143, 173, 179, 422 Kamehameha IV (Lunalilo), xiv, 2, 7, 69–71, 84, 114, 132, 168, 297–299, 375, 376, 392 Kamehameha V (Lot), xiv, 16, 53, 62, 63, 69–72, 75, 78, 106, 208, 225, 263, 377 Kamalalawalu, 58, 61, 63 Kanahele, Alina, 2, 18, 155, 161, 228 Kanahele, Benjamin “Benehakaka”, 252, 253, 259, 261 Kanahele, Elama, xiv Kanahele, Ella, 251, 253, 254, 260 Kanahele, Henry Kaipo, 252 Kanahele, Malaki, 11 Kanahele, Mileka, 18 Kanahele, Tuti, ix, 2, 18, 155, 161, 227 Kanakaiki, J. H., 74 Kanepuu, J. H., 79 Kanoa, Paul P., 6, 403, 406, 409, 411, 414 Kaohelaulii, M. Manuhulunani, 51, 225, 336, 341, 343, 371, 374 Kaonohilani, Lilimaikalani, 197, 198 Kaopuaikamaokekai, 197, 198 Kapahee, J. K., 6, 93, 182, 183, 187, 190, 191, 232, 243, 246, 386 Kapahee, R. P., 93 Kapahulehua, Gilbert K., 252

Kapahulehua, Kawika, 11 Kauai, J., 77, 191, 265 Kauanaulu, M. W. K., 190, 191, 335 Kaukau, A., 104, 171, 215 Kawahalau, 131–132 Kawailiula, J. W., 268, 320 Kawainui, Joseph, 110, 247, 266 Keahiokalani, J. W., 130, 358 Keale, Moses W., 3, 47, 93, 97, 105, 107– 112, 114, 126, 155, 170, 173, 221, 225, 240, 244, 245, 266, 328, 330, 386 Keamoai, K., 16, 18, 358 Keamoai, Lahapa, 131 Keamoai, Paulo, 131 Knudsen, Valdemar, 72, 75, 89, 99, 122, 225 Koakanu, P. F., 72, 73, 105 Koleiki, Rode, xvi, 7, 9, 42, 285, 294 Kupahu, D. S., 89, 90, 91, 93, 96, 168 Kupahu, Mary P., 93 Kupahu, N., 93

Liliuokalani (Queen), 16, 48, 382, 388, 397, 411, 413, 414, 416, 422

Makaualani, 93, 341 Mizuha, Jack, 252, 256 Mokumaia, John Kulia, 160, 161 Mundon, Miliama, 45, 310 NeSmith, Keao, xi, xiii, xiv, 14, 16 Niau, Kalihilihi, 11 Nizo, Apelahama, 11 Notley, C. K., 36, 66

Paahulihonu, 279, 295, 317 Paikapu, 27 Paikuli, 183, 185, 186 Paty, John, 392, 407, 413 Piilani, 20 Piko, John, 350 Poepoe, Joseph, 423 Pouli, W. P., 74, 218

Rennie, John, 22, 48, 125, 356 Rice, Paul, 273 Rice, Phillip L., 255 Rice, W. H., 216 Richardson, Robert C. Jr., 252, 259, 261 Robinson, Aubrey, xv, 44, 45, 70, 93, 112, 114, 119, 201, 399 Robinson, Aylmer, 222, 224, 252 Robinson, Bruce, xiv Robinson, Helen, 70, 112, 114 Robinson, Keith, xiv Robinson, Lester, 224 Robinson, Lois E., 70, 132

Robinson, SelwynAubrey, 132 Rooke, Emma, 70 Roosevelt, Franklin (President), 259–261 Rowell, G. B., 98, 164, 207, 209, 213, 214, 406

Sinclair, James, 26, 70, 73, 74, 88, 89, 92, 105 Smith, J. W., 210 Stoltz, Louis, 20, 190 Sumner, William, 391, 394, 420

Shintani, Ishimatsu, 259

Wahapaa, 183, 185, 186

Waiamau, 104–106, 215 Wailiula, D. K., 335 Whitney, Henry, xv, 74, 98, 182, 297 Whitney, Samuel, 200, 209, 286 Wise, John H., 222 Wyllie, R. C., 70, 75, 391

Index of Personal Names

Sinclair, Anne, 70, 89, 225 Sinclair, Elizabeth “Eliza”, xiv, 70, 112, 114, 132, 201, 225 Sinclair, Francis, 22, 37, 73, 74, 87–89, 92, 104–106, 114, 172, 201, 210, 215 Sinclair, Frank, 98

441

About the Author John R. K. Clark is a former lifeguard and a retired deputy fire chief of the Honolulu Fire Department. He is the author of eleven books about Hawai‘i’s beaches, surf spots, and shoreline place names published by the University of Hawai‘i Press.

About the Translator Keao NeSmith, PhD, is an applied linguist and researcher who is fluent in Hawaiian, having been taught the language by his grandmother and by having grown up among native speakers of Kaua‘i and Ni‘ihau. A native of Kaua‘i, Keao has also lived in New Zealand and Tahiti, where he taught the Hawaiian language at universities in both places in addition to teaching for nearly twenty years at universities in Hawai‘i. He works as a cultural consultant, author, teacher, and teacher trainer, as well as a translator of foreign texts into Hawaiian.